Siebetdietekeiuc eet se P : ris. mi: - : ” . ae poe , -* Ve, “ oe , ce a n wa ps or ar = ca * be sS ma a 7 “ : er N. 4. ae A ii LA | OF THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Volume XII 1899-1900 Editor: GILBERT VAN INGEN Acting Editor: THEODORE G. WHITE Ney Dork PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY Tue New Era Prinrinc Company, LANCASTER, PA PRINTERS tat ee 2 a RR a ip atte ee es < TABLE OF CONTENTS OF Vot. XII. 1.—Charter, Order of Court, Constitution and By- Laws, and List of Members of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1899, . 2.—Matthew, Geo. F. A Palzozoic Terrane beneath the Cambrian. (Figs. 1-4), es 3.—Catalogue of Exhibits, Sixth Annual Reception and Exhibition, New York Academy of Sci- ences, April Ig and 20, 1899, 4.—Hollick, Arthur. Some Features of the Drift on Staten Island, New York, (Plate I), . : 5.—Weil, Richard. Development of the Ossicula Audita in the Opossum, (Plates II-II]), . 6.—Merrill, Frederick J. H. Origin of the White and Variegated Clays of the North Shore of Long Island, ah eles De ida naa og tesa) 2 7.—Clark, Hubert Lyman. Further Notes on the Echinoderms of Bermuda, (Plate IV), 8.—Whitfield, R. P. List of Fossils, Types and Fig- ured Specimens, used in the Palzontological Work of R. P. Whitfield, showing where they are probably to be found at the present time, 9.—Irving, John Duer. A Contribution to the Ge- ology of the Northern Black Hulls, (Figs. 5—20; Plates V-XVI), ee 10.—Kretz, Walter C. The Positions and Pee Motions of the Principal Stars in the Cluster of Coma Berenices as Deduced from Measure- ments of the Rutherfurd Photographs, ae *t lb1¢3 PaGE. I-40 41-56 Bye 10) gI—102 . 103-112 . T13-116 . 117-138 . 139-186 . 187-340 iv TABLE OF CONTENTS OF VOL. XII. 11.—Catalogue of Exhibits, Seventh Annual Recep- tion and Exhibition, New York Academy of Sciences, April 25 and 26, 1900, . . 479-520 12.—_ Rankin, W. M. The Crustacea of the Bermuda Islands, (Plate XVII), . 521-548 13.—Gray, Louis H. Contributions to Avestan Sie tax, The Conditional Sentence, . 549-588 14.—Ritter, Wm. E. Some Ascidians from Puget Sound Collections of 1896 (Plates XVIII-XX), 589-616 15.— Dodge, Richard E., Recording Secretary. Rec- ords of Meetings of the New York Academy of Sciences, January, 1899, to December, 1899, 617-690 16.—Title Page and Index for Volume XII, . 691-715. Index Slips for Librarians, . . ote in Se Appendizx Supplement to List of Members, Corrected to Decem- bet Os 71S QO) pre hiete sel 5 Bs leet eet Beane a POET Gl iose [Annas N. Y. Acap. Scr., Vol. XII, No. 1, pp. 1 to 40, April 21, 1299. | CHARTER, ORDER OF COURT, CONSTITUTION AND BY-LAWS. CHARTER. AN ACT TO INCORPORATE THE LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK. Passed April 20, 1818. WueEreas, The members of the Lyceum of Natural History have petitioned for an act of incorporation, and the Legislature, impressed with the importance of the study of Natural History, as connected with the wants, the comforts, and the happiness of mankind, and conceiving it their duty to encourage all laudable attempts to promote the progress of science in this State—there- fore, Le it enacted by the People of the State of New York repre- sented in Senate and Assembly, That Samuel L. Mitchill, Casper W. Eddy, Frederick C. Schaeffer, Nathaniel Paulding, William Cooper, Benjamin P. Kissam, John Torrey, William Cumber- land, D’Jurco V. Knevels, James Clements and James Pierce, and such other persons as now are, and may from time to time become members, shall be, and hereby are, constituted a body corporate and politic, by the name of Lyceum oF NATURAL History IN THE City oF New York, and that by that name they shall have perpetual succession, and shall be persons capable of suing and being sued, pleading and being impleaded, answering and being answered unto, defending and being de- fended, in all courts and places whatsoever; and may have a common seal, with power to alter the same from time to time ; and shall be capable of purchasing, taking, holding and enjoy- ing, to them and their successors, any real estate in fee simple or otherwise, and any goods, chattels and personal estate, and (1) ANNALS N, Y. AcaD. Scr., XII, April 21, 1899—1 2 CHARTER. of selling, leasing, or otherwise disposing of said real or personal estate, or any part thereof, at their will and pleasure: Provided always, that the clear annual value or income of such real or personal estate shall not exceed the sum of five thousand dol- lars: Provided, however, that the funds of the said corporation shall be used and appropriated to the promotion of the objects stated in the preamble to this act, and those only. 2. And be it further enacted, That the said Society shall, from time to time, forever hereafter, have power to make, constitute, ordain, and establish such by-laws and regulations as they shal] judge proper, for the election of their officers; for prescribing their respective functions, and the mode of discharging the same; for the admission of new members ; for the government of the officers and members thereof ; for collecting annual contributions from the members towards the funds thereof; for regulating the times and places of meeting of the said Society ; for suspending or expelling such members as shall neglect or refuse to comply with the by-laws or regulations, and for the managing or direct- ing the affairs and concerns of the said Society : Frovided such - by-laws and regulations be not repugnant to the Constitution and laws of this State or of the United States. 3. And be it further enacted, That the officers of the said Sa ciety shall consist of a President and two Vice-Presidents, a Corresponding Secretary, a Recording Secretary, a Treasurer, and five Curators, and such other officers as the Society may judge necessary ; who shall be annually chosen, and who shall continue in office for one year, or until others be elected in their stead ; that if the annual election shall not be held at any of the days for that purpose appointed, it shall be lawful to make such election at any other day; and that five members of the said Society, assembling at the place and time designated for that purpose by any by-law or regulation of the Society, shall con- stitute a legal meeting thereof. 4. dud be it further enacted, .That Samuel L. Mitchill shall be the President ; Casper W. Eddy the First V ice-President ; Fred- erick C. Schaeffer the Second Vice-President ; Nathaniel Pauld- ing, Corresponding Secretary; William Cooper, Recording ORDER OF THE COURT. 3 Secretary ; Benjamin P. Kissam, Treasurer, and John Torrey, William Cumberland, D’Jurco V. Knevels, James Clements and James Pierce, Curators ; severally to be the first officers of the said corporation, who shall hold their respective offices until the twenty-third day of February next, and until others shall be chosen in their places. 5. And be wt further enacted, That the present Constitution of the said Association shall, after passing of this Act, continue to be the Constitution thereof ; and that no alteration shall be made therein, unless by a vote to that effect of three-fourths of the resident members, and upon the request in writing of one-third of such resident members, and submitted at least one month before any vote shall be taken thereupon. State of New York, Secretary's Office. I certiry the preceding to be a true copy of an original Act of the Legislature of this State, on file in this Office. ARCH’D CAMPBELL, Dep. See’y. AxBany, April 29, 1818. ORDER OF COURT. ORDER OF THE SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK TO CHANGE THE NAME OF THE LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK TO THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, WHERAS, in pursuance of the vote and proceedings of this Corporation to change the corporate name thereof from “ The Lyceum of Natural History in the City of New York” to “The New York Academy of Sciences,’’ which vote and proceedings appear of record, an application has been made in behalf of said 4 ORDER OF THE COURT. Corporation to the Supreme Court of the State of New York to legalize and authorize such change, according to the statute in such case provided, by Chittenden & Hubbard, acting as the attorneys of the Corporation, and the said Supreme Court, on the 5th day of January, 1876, made the following order upon such application in the premises, viz : Ata special term of the Supreme Court of the State of New York, held at the Chambers thereof, in the County Court House, in the City of New York, the 5th day of January, 1876: Present—Hon. Gero. C. BARRETT, /ustice. itn the matter of the applica- tion of the Lyceum of Nat- ural History in the City of New York to authorize it to assume the corporate name of the New York Academy of Sciences, On reading and filing the petition of the Lyceum of Natural History in the City of New York, duly verified by John S. New- berry, the President and chief officer of said Corporation to authorize it to assume the corporate name of The New York Academy of Sciences, duly setting forth the grounds of said application, and on reading and filing the affidavit of Geo. W. Quackenbush, showing that notice of such application had been duly published for six weeks in the State paper, to wit. Zhe A/- bany Evening Journal, and the affidavit of David S. Owen, show- ing that notice of such application had also been duly published in the proper newspaper of the County of New York, in which county said Corporation has its business office, to wit, in the Daily Register, by which it appears to my satisfaction that such notice has been so published, and on reading and filing the ORDER OF THE COURT. 5 affidavits of Robert H. Brownne and J. S. Newberry, thereunto annexed, by which it appears to my satisfaction that the appli- cation is made in pursuance of a resolution of the managers of said Corporation to that end named, and there appearing to me to be no reasonable objection to said Corporation so changing its name as prayed in said petition: Now on motion of Gros- venor S. Hubbard, of Counsel for Petitioner, it is Ordered, That the Lyceum of Natural History in the City of New York be and is hereby authorized to assume the corporate name of The New York Academy of Sciences. Indorsed: Filed January 5, 1876. A copy. WM. WALSH, Clerk. Resolution of THE ACADEMY, accepting the order of the Court, passed February 21, 1876. And whereas, The order hath been published as therein re- quired, and all the proceedings necessary to carry out the same have been had, Therefore : _ Resolved, That the foregoing order be and the same is hereby accepted and adopted by this Corporation, and that in con- formity therewith the corporate name thereof, from and after the adoption of the vote and resolution hereinabove referred to, be and the same is hereby declared to be EEN, MORK NG ADE MY Ol SCHENCES.< 6 CONSTITUTION. CONSTITUTION. ARTICLE I. This Society shall be styled The New York Academy of Sciences. ANRDICEE ep It shall consist of four classes of members, namely : resident members, corresponding members, honorary members, and fel- lows. Resident members shall be such as live in or near the City of New York ; corresponding members, such as reside at a distance from said city ; and honorary members, such as may be judged worthy, from their attainments in science, to be admitted into the Academy. The number of honorary members shall not exceed fifty. Fellows shall be chosen from among the resi- dent members, in virtue of scientific attainments or services. ARTICLE III. All fellows and members shall be elected by ballot. The names of candidates shall be proposed in writing, at least two meetings previous to being balloted for. The affirmative votes of three-fourths of the fellows and members present shall be necessary to elect a candidate ; honorary or corresponding mem- bers, however, may be elected without previous notice, provided that the ballot on such election is unanimous. ARTICLE lV. None but fellows or resident members shall be entitled to vote in the Academy. ARTICLE V. No fellow or member who shall be in arrears for one year shall be entitled to vote or be eligible to any office in the Academy. ; ARTICLE VI. The officers of the Academy shall consist of a president, a first and second vice-president, a corresponding secretary, a re- CONSTITUTION. 7 cording secretary, a treasurer, five curators, and a librarian, who shall be chosen annually on the fourth Monday in February,! The president, vice-presidents and secretaries shall be fellows, There shall also be elected, at the same time, a finance com- mittee of three. ARTICLE VWiII: There shall be elected at the annual meeting six members, at least three of whom shall be fellows, who, together with the president, the vice-president, the two secretaries, and the treas- urer, shall constitute a Council, by whom all business, to be brought before the Academy, shall ordinarily be prepared. Vacancies occurring in the offices or in the Council of the Academy in the interval between the annual elections, may be filled for the unexpired term by special election at any regular business meeting, provided notice of such election shall have been given at a previous regular business meeting. AR@TIGEE. Vill: The election of officers and of the Council shall be by ballot, and the candidates having the greatest number of votes shall be declared duly elected. ARTICLE IX. Five members at an ordinary meeting shall form a quorum, and ten ata special or business meeting, a majority of whom, in either case, shall be fellows. ARTICLE X. By-laws for the further regulation of the Society may from time to time be made. ARTICLE XI. 7 No alteration shall be made in this Constitution, unless by a vote to that effect of three-fourths of the fellows and three- fourths of the resident members entitled to vote under Article V. 1See eighth line of Section 3 of the Charter. 1This clause must be taken in connection with Section 5 of the Charter, which requires a previous request in writing of one-third of all the resident members (which must be considered in this case as including fellows, as that class of mem- bers was not in existence at the time the Charter was granted), submitted one month previous to any vote being taken. CO BY-LAWS. BY-LAWS AMENDED TO DECEMBER 5, 1898. CHAPTER I. Officers. 1. President. It shall be the duty of the President, or, in his absence, one of the Vice-Presidents, to preside at the business and special meetings of the Academy; he shall exercise the customary powers of a presiding officer. _ 2. Corresponding Secretary. The Corresponding Secretary shall keep a corrected list of the Honorary and Corresponding members, their titles and addresses, and shall conduct all cor- respondence with them. He shall make a report to the Acad- emy at the Annual Meeting. 3. Recording Secretary. The Recording Secretary shall keep the minutes of the Academy proceedings; he shall have charge of all documents belonging to the Academy ; shall keep a cor- rected list of Resident Members and Fellows; shall send to Resident Members and Fellows announcements of the meetings of the Academy ; shall notify all Members and Fellows of their election and committees of their appointment ; shall give notice to the Treasurer and to the Council of matters requiring their action, and shall bring before the Academy business presented by the Council ; he shall make a report to the Academy at the Annual Meeting. 4. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have charge of all moneys belonging to the Academy, under the direction of the Council, and of their investment. He shall receive all fees, dues and contributions to the Academy, and any income that may accrue from property and investments; shall report at the Council meeting in January the names of members in arrears ; shall keep the property of the Academy insured, and shall pay all debts against the Academy, the discharge of which shall be ordered by the Council. He shall report to the Council from time to time the state of the finances, and at the Annual Meeting shall report to the Academy the receipts and expenditures of the en- tire year. BY-LAWS. 8) - §, Librarian. The Librarian shall have charge of the library, under the general authority of the Library Committee of the Council, and shall conduct all correspondence respecting ex- changes of the Academy. He shall make a report on the con- dition of the library at the Annual Meeting. 6. Other Officers. The other officers of the Academy shall perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the Council. CHAPTER II. Council. 1. The Council shall meet once a month and shall have general charge of the affairs of the Academy. Past Presidents of the Academy, resident in New York, shall be advisory mem- bers of the Council, with the right to be present at the meetings and to serve on committees, but without vote; they shall be notified of all meetings. 2. Quorum. Five members of the Council shall constitute a quorum. 3. Officers. The President, Vice-Presidents and Recording Secretary of the Academy shall hold the same offices in the Council. 4. Committees. The Council shall organize within itself a Committee on Publications and a Committee on the Library ; the action of these committees shall be subject to revision by the Council. CHaPTER III. Finance Committee. 1. The Finance Committee shall have the duties and powers of a committee on ways and means ; it shall audit the annual report of the Treasurer, and shall report on financial questions whenever called upon to do so by the Council. CHAPTER IV. Elections. 1. Resident Members. Resident members shall be elected as follows: Candidates may be nominated publicly in writing at any meeting, and such nominations shall be referred to the 10 BY-LAWS. Council ; if approved by the Council candidates may be elected at any succeeding business meeting, (See Art. III. of Consti- tution.) 2. Fellows. Fellows shall be elected as follows: Candidates may be nominated by the Council in writing at the business meeting in January or February, and shall then be balloted for at the subsequent Annual Meeting. 3. Honorary and Corresponding Members. Honorary and Corresponding Members may be nominated by the Council in writing at the business meeting in January or February, and elected at the subsequent Annual Meeting. Only persons emi- nent in some branch of science shall be eligible to corresponding membership. 4. Officers and Councillors, Officers and Councillors shall be elected at the Annual Meeting as follows: Nominations may be sent in writing to the Recording Secretary, with the name of the proposers, at any time not less than thirty days before the Annual Meeting, and the Council shall then prepare a list which shall be the regular ticket; this list shall be mailed to every Resident Member and Fellow at least two weeks before the Annual Meeting, but any Resident Member or Fellow shall be at liberty to prepare and vote another ticket. The election of Officers and Councillors shall be by ballot. CHAPTER V. Fees and Dues. 1. fees and Dues. Every Resident Member shall pay an initiation fee of $5.00 within three months after his election, or such election shall be void. Annual dues of Resident Members and Fellows shall be $10.00, payable in advance at the time of the Annual Meeting ; but new members elected after November Ist shall pay $5.00 for the remainder of the fiscal year. 2. Members in Arrears. If any Resident Member or Fellow, in arrears for his annual dues for over one year, shall neglect or refuse to pay the same within three months after notification by the Treasurer, his name may be erased from the rolls by a two- thirds vote of the Council. BY-LAWS, 11 3. Renewal of Membership. Any Resident Member or Fel- low who shall resign because of removal to a distance from the City of New York may by a vote of the Council be restored to membership or fellowship at any time upon application, and without payment of an initiation fee. CHAPTER VI. Original Subscribers, Patrons and Life Members. 1. Original Subscribers. Every person holding a receipt for the sum of $100 (whether as original owner, transferee or lega- tee), paid toward the liquidation of the debt incurred in the erection of the building formerly the property of the New York Lyceum of Natural History, shall be deemed an Original Sub- scriber. Original Subscribers and their families shall be ad- mitted to all lectures before the Academy, and shall be entitled to use the library. 2. Patrons. Any person contributing at one time $1,000° to the general funds of the Academy shall be a Patron, and shall during life be entitled to the same privileges as an Original Subscriber, and in addition to one copy of all subsequent publi- cations of the Academy. 3. Life Members. Any Resident Member contributing at one time $100 towards the general fund of the Academy shall be a - Life Member, and shall thereafter be exempt from annual dues. Any person becoming a Life Member immediately upon elec- tion as a Resident Member shall be exempt from an initiation fee, CHaPter VII. Sections. 1. Sections. Sections devoted to special branches of science may be established or discontinued by the Academy on the rec- ommendation of the Council. 2. Organization, Each section shall be organized with a chairman and a secretary who shall have charge of the meetings of their section. 1 Patron’s Fee was raised from $250 to $1,000 in 1898. Wy BY-LAWS. CHAPTER VIII. Meetings. . Business Meetings. Business meetings of the Academy shall be held on the first Monday evening of each month from October to May inclusive. 2. Sectional Meetings. Sectional meetings shall be held on Monday evenings from October to May, inclusive, and at such other times as the Council may determine. The sectional meet- ing shall follow the business meeting when both occur on the same evening. 3. Annual Meetings. The meeting held on the fourth Mon- day in February shall be the Annual Meeting. 4. Special Meetings. A special meeting may be called by the Council, provided one week’s notice be sent to each Resident Member and Fellow, stating the object of such meeting. CHAPTER IX. Order of Business. 1. Business Meetings. The following shall be the order of procedure at business meetings : 1. Minutes of the previous business meeting. Report of the Council. Report of committees. Elections. Nominations for membership. . Other business. 2: Suen! Meetings. The following shall be the order of procedure at sectional meetings. 1. Minutes of the preceding meeting of the section. 2. Nominations for membership. 3. Presentation and discussion of papers. 4. Other scientific business. 3. Annual Meetings. The following shall be the order of procedure at Annual Meetings: 1. Minutes of the preceding Annual Meeting. 2. Annual reports of the Corresponding Secretary, Re- cording Secretary, Treasurer, Librarian and other officers. ARR YN BY-LAWS. 13 3. Election of Honorary and Corresponding Members and Fellows. 4. Election of officers for the ensuing year. 5. Annual address of the retiring President. CHAPTER X. Publications. 1. Annals and Memoirs. The established publications of the Academy shall consist of the Annals and Memoirs. ‘They shall be issued by an Editor appointed by the Council, and shall be under the supervision of the Committee on Publications. One copy of all publications shall be furnished free to each Resident Member and Fellow, and one copy of each volume of Annals to all Honorary and to all Corresponding Members who may signify their desire to receive them. 2. Publication Fund. Contributions may be received for the publication fund, and the income thereof shall be applied to- ward defraying the expenses of the scientific publications of the Academy. CHAPTER XI. General Provisions. 1. Debts. No debt shall be incurred on behalf of the Academy unless authorized by the Council. 2. bills. All bills submitted to the Council must be certified as to correctness by the officers incurring them. 3. Lnvestments. All the permanent funds of the Academy shall be invested in United States, or in New York State securi- ties, or in first mortgages on New York real estate, provided they shall not exceed 65% of the value of the property. All in- come from Patron’s fees, Life membership fees, and initiation fees, shall be added to the permanent fund. 4. Expulsion, etc. Any member or Fellow may be censured, suspended or expelled, for violation of the constitution or by- laws, or for any other offence deemed sufficient, by a vote of three-fourths of the members and three-fourths of the Fellows present at any business meeting, provided such action shall have 14 BY-LAWS. been recommended by the Council at a business meeting, and one month’s notice of such recommendation and of the offence charged shall have been given the member accused. 5. Changes in By-laws. No alteration shall be made in these by-laws unless it shall have been submitted publicly in writing at a business meeting, shall have been entered on the minutes with the names of the members or Fellows proposing the same, and shall be adopted by two-thirds of the members and Fellows pres- ent at a subsequent business meeting. RESIDENT MEMBERS. 15 LIST OF FELLOWS AND RESIDENT MEMBERS. . f. = Fellows ; 1. = Life Members ; p. = Patrons. Adams, Edward D., 455 Madison Avenue. Alexander, Chas. B., (1.) 120 Broadway. Alexander, Henry M., (1.) 10 West 54th Street. Allen, Ds, George S:, 51 West 37th’ Street. Allen, J. A., (f.) American Museum of Natural History. lente: EVE ea(f) *3ast 4isth Street. Amend, B. G., (f.) 120 East 19th Street. Anderson, A. A., 93 Fifth Avenue. Andreini, José M., 29 West 75th Street. Anthony, R. A., (1) 591 Broadway. Tmoldaeb. Sse, (Cane: of > Newport, Nat. Mist. Soc:, Newport, R. I. Astor, John Jacob, 23 West 26th Street. Bailey, James M., (1.) 77 Madison Avenue. Beach, Frederick C., 361 Broadway. Beard, Daniel C., 204 Amity Street, Flushing, Long Island. Beatty, A. Chester, 3 East oth Street. Becky banning de (fl) 78) Bast 56th Street. Beers, M. H., 408-410 Broadway. Bickmore, Prof. A. S., (f£) American Museum of Natural History. Bien, Julius, 140 Sixth Avenue. Biggs, Charles, 13 Astor Place. Blake, Dr. Joseph A., (f.) 437 West 5oth Street. Bliss, Prof. Chas. B., (f. 1.) 115 Washington PI. Boas, Dr. Franz, (f.) American Museum of Natural History. Bolton, H. Carrington, Ph.D., (f.p.) Cosmos Club, Washing- toni, Boyd, James, 12 Franklin Street. Bristol, Prof. Chas. L., (f.) University Heights. 16 RESIDENT MEMBERS. Bristol, John I. D., 1 Madison Avenue. Britton, N. L., Ph.D., (f p.) N. Y. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park. Brockway, Fred. J., M.D., 183 West 73d Street. Brown, Hon. Addison, (f. p.) 45 West 89th Street. Brown, Alfred S., 160 West 76th Street. Brown, E. C., 741 St. Nicholas Avenue. Brownell, Silas B., (f) 322 West 56th Street. Bruce, Catherine W,, (1.) 810 Fifth Avenue. Burnett, Douglass, 42 Livingston Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. ‘Burr, Prof. W. H., Columbia University. Calkins, Gary N., Ph.D., (f.) The Beresford, West 81st Street. Casey, Capt: Thomas dL.)U.S. As, (f p.) U.S. ‘Bngineert@iacey Norfolk, Va. Caswell, John H., (f) 11 West 48th Street. Cattell, Prof. John McK., (£.) Columbia University. Chamberlain, L. T., M.D., The Chelsea, 23d Street, bet. 7th and 8th Avenues. Chandler, Prof. Chas. F., (f) Columbia University. Chapin, Chester W., (p.) 34 West 57th Street. : Chapman, Frank M., (f.) American Museum of Natural History. Cheesman, Dr. Timothy M., (f) 46 East 29th Street. Chester, Prof. Albert H., 39 College Ave., New Brunswick, Noa: Collingwood, Francis (f.) Elizabeth, N. J. Conkling, Alfred R., 27 East roth Street. Constant, S. Victor, (1.) 420 West 23d Street. Cook, James B., Memphis, Tenn. Cooper, Hon. Edward, 12 Washington Square, N. Cooper, Prof. F. T., 177 Warburton Avenue, Yonkers, N. Y. Cornish, Robert H., 123 Claremont Avenue, Montclair, N. J. Coster,.\C. H.; (I) 27 West Tothstreet. Cox, Charles Fy (£54 Hastie7thystreet. Crampton, Henry E., Jr., Columbia University. Crow, A. Eugene, St. Andrews Hotel, 721 Western Boule- vard. RESIDENT MEMBERS. 17 Curtis, Henry S., Columbia University. Curtis, Prof. John G., M.D., 327 West 58th Street. Daily, W. H., 32 Old Jewry, London, E. C., England. Daly, Hon. Chas. P., (f.) 84 Clinton Place. Davies, Wm. G., 34 Nassau Street. Davis, J. Woodbridge, Ph.D., 523 West 173d Street. Day, Wm. S., 203 West 85th Street. Dean, Prof. Bashford, Ph.D., (f.) Columbia University. Delaneld, M.L., jr., (@) 56. Liberty Street. ) Dennett, Wm. S., M.D., 8 East 49th Street. Devereux, W. B., Hetel San Remo, City. Devoe, F. W., 101 Fulton Street. DeWitt, W. G., 88 Iwassau Street. ; Dickerson, Edward 'N., Washington Life Building, 141 Broad- way. Dix, Rev. Morgan, /\9.D., 27 West 25th Street. Dodge, Prof. R. E. (f.) Teachers College, West 120th Street. Dodge, Wm. E., (p.) 262 Madison Avenue. Donald, James M., Hanover Nat. Bank, 11 Nassau Street. Doremus, Chas. A., Ph.D., (f.) 59 West 51st Street. Doremus, Prof. R. Odgen, M.D., (f:) 241 Madison Avenue. Douglas, James, (1.) 99 John Street. Douglass, Alfred, 170 West 59th Street. Douglass, Andrew E., (f.) 9 East 54th Street. Draper, Mrs. M. A. P., 271 Madison Avenue. Drummond, Isaac W., M.D., 436 West 22d Street. Dudley, Henry, (f.) 56 West 57th Street. Dudley ir: H.,-Ga)so0; Pine Street. Dunham, Edward K , M.D., 338 East 26th Street. Dwight, Jonathan, Jr., M.D., 2 East 34th Street. Dyar, Harrison G., 243 West goth Street. Dyckman, Isaac M., 15 East 71st Street. Egleston, Prof. Thomas, (f. p.) 35 West Washington Square. Bihothe nH. PhiDP()) An invine Place. English, George L., 64 East 12th Street. _ ANNALS N, Y. ACAD. Sc1., XII, April 21, 1899—2 Px A 18 RESIDENT MEMBERS. Eno, Wm. Phelps, 111 Broadway. Eyerman, John, Easton, Pa. Fargo, James C., 56 Park Avenue. Farrand, Livingston, M.D., (f.) Columbia University. Farrar, John N., M.D., 1271 Broadway. Field, C. de Peyster, (p.) 21 East 26th Street. Flemming, Robert L.; 76 Montgomery Street, jersey Cit ING Foley, Ernest, 108 East 62d Street. Ford, James B., (1.) 507 Fifth Avenue. Hostepwle. 7S) Line senect! Foster, Scott, 332 West 72d Street. Frankland, Fred. W., 346 Broadway. Freeborn, George C., M.D., 215 West 70th Street. Frissell, A. S., 530 Fifth Avenue. Gallatin, Frederick, 670 Fifth Avenue. Garrettson, Francis T., 26 Broad Street. Gibier, Paul, M.D., (f). 313 West 23d Street. Giddings, Prof. F. H., Columbia University. Godkin, E. L., 36 West 1oth Street. Gordon, Reginald,-Ph.D., Columbia University. Gould, Edwin, (p.) Dobbs Ferry, N. Y. Gould, Frank J., Irvington, N. Y. Gould, George J., (p.) 195 Broadway. Gould, Miss Helen, (p.) Irvington, N. Y. Gouley, J. W.S., M.D., 11 East 43d Street. Greacen, Thomas E., 65 West 48th Street. Green, Hon. Andrew H., 214 Broadway. Greene, Jeannette B., M.D., 135 West 41st Street. Hall, Prof. Robert W., University Heights. Hallock, Prof. William, (f-) Columbia University. Hascall, Mrs. Virginia K., 110 East 16th Street. Havemeyer, William F., 29 West roth Street. Heller, Max, 76 East goth Street. = SONS RESIDENT MEMBERS. 19 Hering, Prof. Daniel W., (f.) University Heights. Herrman, Mrs. Esther, (p.) 59 West 56th Street. Herter, Christian A., M.D., 839 Madison Avenue. Hewitt, Hon. Abram S., (f.) g Lexington Avenue. Hewitt, Edward R., 119 East 18th Street. Hinton, John H., M.D., (f p.) 41 West 32d Street. Hitchcock, Miss F. R. M., (f) 4038 Walnut Street, Phila- delphia, Pa. Hoe, Henry, 91 John Street. motman,) iwev, i, JAN) 11) 1 Chelsea Square: Hoffmann, S. V., Morristown, N. J. Hollick, Arthur, Ph.D. (f) Columbia University. Holt, Henry, (1.) 29 West 23d Street. Hooper, Franklin W., 71 St., James Place, Brooklyn, ING: Hoppin, Wm. W., 111 Broadway. Hornaday, Wm. T., (f.) 183 2d Street and Southern Boule- vard. Howe, Prof. Henry M.., (f.) Columbia University. Howe, J. Morgan, 58 West 47th Street. Howe, Marshall A., Columbia University. Hoyt, Alfred M., 1 Broadway. Hubbard) Brot, ©. Evi (f) 117 West, 55th Street. Hubbard, Walter C., Room 25, Cotton Exchange. Humason, Thomas A., M.D., 42 West 76th Street. Huntington, Geo. S., M.D., () 50 East 73d Street. Hyde, B. Talbot B., (1.) 82 Washington Street. Hyde, E. Francis, 835 Fifth Avenue. ey dewhiny wie: (1) Zo nWestassd Street: Hyde, Henry St. J., 210 East 18th Street. Iles, George, (1.) Park Avenue Hotel. Ireland, John B., 31 Nassau Street. Irving, John D., Columbia University. J ackson, Prof. A. V. Williams, Columbia University. Jacobi, Abram, M.D., (f.) 110 West 34th Street. Jacoby, Prof. Harold, (f) Columbia University. 20 RESIDENT MEMBERS. James, D. Willis, 40 East 39th Street. Jesup, Morris K., 197 Madison Avenue. judd Prot. Chas. Jbl NN) Ye University: Julien, Alexis A., Ph.D., (£ p.) Columbia University. Kane, S. Nicholson, Knickerbocker Club. Kemp, Prof. James F., (f.) Columbia University. Kendig, Rev. A. B., 86 Vernon St., Brookline, Mass. Kennedy, John S., 6 West 57th Street. Keppler, Rudolph, (1.) 28 West 7oth St. Keyser, Samuel, 14 East 36th Street. Kunz, George F., (f.) care of Tiffany & Co., 15 Union Square. Lamb, Osborn R., (1.) 356 West 22d Street. Laudy, Louis H., Ph.D., (f) Columbia University. Laurence, Amos E., 1 West 81st Street. Lawton, James M., (1.) 37 Fifth Avenue. Leao, F. Garcia P., Brazilian Consulate, 23 State Street. Lederle, Ernest J., 471 West 143d Street. Ledoux, Albert R., Ph.D., (f) 39 West 50th Street. Wee, Prof. Frederic S.,,(¢.); 437 West 50th Street Leeds, Prof. A. R., (f p.) goo Hudson Street, Hoboken, N. J. Lembke, Chas. F., 21 Union Square. Levison, W. Goold, Ph.D. (f. p.) 1435 Pacific Street, Brooklyn, IN. Ys Rewis; W.-H. Jr, 11 Bast-35th Street Liautard, A., M.D., 141 West 54th Street. Lichtenstein, Paul, 48 Exchange Place. Lloyd, Prof. Francis E. (f.) Teachers College, 120th Street West. Loeb, Morris, Ph.D., (f.), 118 West 72d Street. Loeb, Solomon, 37 East 38th Street. Lord, Benjamin, M.D., 34 West 28th Street. Love, E. G., Ph.D., 80 East 55th Street. Low, President Seth, (1.) Columbia University. Luquer, Lea MclI., (f.) Columbia University. Lusk, Prof. Graham, N. Y. Univ. Hospital and Med. College. RESIDENT MEMBERS. 21 McClintock, Emory, (f.) Mutual Life Insurance Co., 32 Nas- sau Street. McCook, Col. J. J., (1.) 10 West 54th Street. McCracken, Chancellor H. M., N. Y. University. McKim, Rev. Haslett, 33 West 20th Street. McLouth, Prof. Lawrence A., (f.) University Heights. McMillin, Emerson, 40 Wall Street. ~ McNulty, Prof. John J., 17 Lexington Avenue. Macy, Chas. A., 2d, 208 West 45th Street. Maitland, Alexander, 45 Broadway. Marble, Manton, Bedford, Westchester Co., N. Y. Marie, Peter, 6 East 37th Street. Marquand, Henry G., (f.) 11 East 68th Street. Marston, Edwin S., 20 William Street. Martin, Prof. Daniel S., (f. 1.) 126 Macon Street, Brooklyn, NENG Martin, T. Cumerford, The Monterey, West 114th Street. Mason, Wm. L., 170 Fifth Avenue. Mayo-Smith, Prof. Richmond, 305 West 77th Street. Mead, Walter H., (p.) 65 Wall Street. Meltzer, S. J., M.D., 66 Past 124th Street. Mendelson, Dr. Walter, 159 West 74th Street. Merrill, Fred. J. H., (£) N. Y. State Museum, Albany, N. Y. Meyer, Max, M.D., 157 West 103d Street. Meyer, Thomas C., Union Club. | Miller, Geo. N., M.D., 811 Madison Avenue. Mitchell, Edward, 31 East 50th Street. Mitchell, John Murray, 17 Broad Street. Morgan, J. Pierpont, 219 Madison Avenue. Moses, Prof. Alfred J., Columbia University. Munsell, C. E., Ph.D., 100 Horatio Street. Nichols, George L., 66 East 56th Street. Niven, William; POs Box 361, Ni Y: Nott, F. J., M.D., 544 Madison Avenue. Olcott, E. E., (1.) 38 West 39th Street. “ \y 22 RESIDENT MEMBERS. Osborn, Prof. Henry F., (f.) 850 Madison Avenue. Ottendorfer, Oswald, 150 West 59th Street. Parker, Herschel C., Columbia University. Parmly, D. D.,. Phoenix Bank. Parsons, John E., 111 Broadway. Patten, John, (1.) 27 Union Square. Peabody, Hon. Chas. A., 70 West 21st Street. Pell, Alfred, 20 East 35th Street. Pellew, Prof. Chas. E., (f.) 68 East 54th Street. Peckham, Wheeler H., 685 Madison Avenue. Perry, Prof. Edward Delavan, Columbia University. Pettegrew, David Lyman, Box 75, Worcester, Mass. Pfister, J. C., Columbia University. Phcenix, Lloyd, Union Club. Pierson, Israel C., (f) 21 Cortlandt Street. Piffard, Dr. Henry G., 256 West 57th Street. Pitkin, Lucius, (f.) 138 Pearl Street. Post, ©. Av, 16 Exchange Place: Post, George B., (f.) 11 West 21st Street. Prime, F. E., (p.) 26 Broad Street. Prime, Temple, (p.) 26 Broad Street. Prince, Prof. John D., 19 West 34th Street. Prudden, Prof. T. Mitchell, (£.) 437 West 59th Street. Pupin, Prof, M. 1; Ph.D. 68 West 72d(Strcet: Quackenbos, Prof. J. D., 331 West 28th Street. Rees, Prof. John K., (f.) Columbia University. Reuter, Dr. L. H., Merck Building. Rice, Charles, Ph.D., Bellevue Hospital. Rich, Jacob M., 50 West 38th Street. Ricketts, Prof. Pierre de P., (f) Columbia University. Ries, Heinrich, (f-) Cornell University, Ithaca, N: Y- Riley, James Johnstone, 77 Beaver Street. Riley, R. Hudson, Bensonhurst, N. Y. Robb, J. Hampden, 23 Park Avenue. RESIDENT MEMBERS. 23 Rogers, Henry H., 26 East 57th Street. Roosevelt, J. A., 4 West 57th Street. Rusby, Henry H., M.D., (£.) College of Pharmacy. Russak, Frank, 46 Exchange Place. Sabine, Wm. T., Jr., g60 Madison Avenue. Satterlee, F. Le Roy, 8 West 18th Street. Satterlee, Livingston, (1.) New Brighton, S. I. Schermerhorn, F. A., (1.) 61 University Place. Schermerhorn, Wm. C., 49 West 23d Street. Schoonmaker, W. D., 116 Duane Street. Schuyler, Philip, Nevis, Irvington P. O., N. Y. Senff, Chas. H., (p.) Whitestone, L. I. ~ Serrell, Lemuel W., 140 Nassau Street. Shiland, Andrew, Jr., 262 West 78th Street. Shriver, Walter, 333 East 56th Street. Shultz, Chas. S., Hoboken, N. J. Sickles, Ivin, 17 Lexington Avenue. Sieberg, W. H. J., 138 West 126th Street. Skeel, Frank D., M.D., 361 Mott Avenue. Sloan, Samuel, (p.) 26 Exchange Place. Smith, Ernest E., 262 Fifth Avenue. Sommerfield, Wm. I., 32 West 13th Street. Starr, Prof. M. Allen, 22 West 48th Street. Stetson, Francis Lynde, (1.) 576 Madison Avenue. Stevens, George T., M.D., 33 West 33d Street. Stevenson, Prof. J. J., (f. 1.) 468 West End Avenue. Stokes, James, 49 Cedar Street. Stone, Mason A., 20 East 66th Street. Stratford, Prof. Wm., (f.) 17 Lexington Avenue. Strong, Chas. A., Lakewood, N. J., Box 208. Stuyvesant, Rutherford, (f.) 246 East 15th Street. Sutro, Mrs. Mathilde E., 60 West 49th Street. Taggart, Rush, 319 West 75th Street. Matlock; John; jr; G1) POBox 194. Terry, James, (1.) New Haven, Conn. 24 RESIDENT MEMBERS. Thompson, Prof. W. Gilman, 34 East 31st Street. Thorne, Samuel, 43 Cedar Street. Todd, Prof. Henry Alfred, Columbia University. Tows, C. D., Buckingham Hotel. dirask, Spencer, 277 hinepotect: Tripler, Chas. E., 121 West 89th Street. Trotter, Alfred W., 26 Cortlandt Street. Trowbridge, Chas. C., Columbia University. Tuckerman, Alfred, 342 West 57th Street. Tufts, Frank L., Columbia University. Underwood, Prof. L. M., (f.) Columbia University. Van Beuren, Fred. T., 21 West 14th Street. Van Brunt, Cornelius, (f) 319 East 57th Street. Van Giesen, Ira, Columbia University. Van Ingen, Gilbert, (f.) Columbia University. Van Nardroff, E. R., 89 Quincy Street, Brooklyn. Van Slyck, George W., (1.) 120 Broadway. Wade, Herbert T., Columbia University. Waller, Elwyn, (f.) 440 First Avenue. Warburg, F. N., 18 East 72d Street. Ward, Delancey W., Flushing, N. Y. Ward) Ses Heya Wallestreer Washington, H.S., Locust, N. J. Waterbury, John I., Morristown, N. J. Weston, Theodore, 14 West 48th Street. White, Thaddeus R., 242 West 45th Street. White; Theo. Ga. 30) \Wests20thy Stree =) Whitfield, Prof. R. P., (f) American Museum of Natural History. Whitman, Alford A., 305 West 78th Street. Whiton, Louis C., 114 West 76th Street. Wicke, William, First Avenue and 31st Street. Wiechmann, F. G., (f.) 771 West End Avenue. Wiener, Joseph, M.D., 1046 Fifth Avenue. PATRONS. 25 Wiggin, Frederick H., 55 West 36th Street. Wills, Chas. T., 156 Fifth Avenue. Wilson, Prof. Edmund B., (f.) Columbia University. Wolff, Alfred R., 15 West 89th Street. Wood, William H. S., 45 East 1oth Street. Woodhull, Prof. John F., Teachers College, West 120th Seicer Woodward, C. A., 49 West 46th Street. Woodward, Prof. R. S., (f) Columbia University. Wortman, J. L., (f) American Museum of Natural History. Youmans, Wm. J., M.D., (f.) 72 Fifth Avenue. Zabriskie, George, 45 West 48th Street. PATRONS. Bolton, H. Carrington ; Cosmos Club,Washington, D. C. Britton, Dr. Nathaniel Lord; Director Botanical Garden, Bronx. Park, New York City. Casey, Captain Thomas L.; Engineer Department U. S. Army Norfolk, Virginia. Chapin, Chester W.; 34 West 57th Street, New York City. Dodge, William E. ; 262 Madison Avenue, New York City. Egleston, Thomas ; Professor Emeritus of Mineralogy and Met- allurgy in Columbia University. New York City. Field, C. de Peyster ; 127 Water Street, New York City. Gould, Edwin; Dobbs Ferry, N. Y. Gould, Miss Helen; Dobbs Ferry, N. Y. Herrmann, Mrs. Esther; 59 West 56th Street, New York City. Hinton, John H., M.D. ; 41 West 32d Street, New York City. 26 HONORARY MEMBERS. Leeds, Albert R., Professor; goo Hudson Street, Hoboken, N. J. Levison, W. Goold, Ph.D.; 1435 Pacific Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. Prime, Frederick E.; 26 Broad Street, New York City. Prime, Temple ; 26 Broad Street, New York City. Senff, Charles H.; Whitestone, N. Y. Sloane, Samuel ; 26 Exchange Place, New York City. Weston, Henry; 29 Broadway, New York City. HONORARY MEMBERS. Agassiz, Alexander; Director Emeritus Museum Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. (1887). - Akerman, Richard, Ph.D.; Director General and Chief of Royal Board of Trade, Stockholm, Sweden (1876). Auwers, Arthur; Professor of Physics and Mathematics, Uni- versity of Berlin; Berlin, Germany (1898). Barrois, Charles, M.D.; Adjunct Professor of Geology ; Secretary Geol. Soc. of France ; 37 Rue Pascal, Lille, France (1889). Brooks, William K.; Professor of Invertebrate Zoology, Johns Hopkins University ; Baltimore, Md. (1898). Bunzen, Robert W., Ph.D. ; Professor of Chemistry in Heidel- berg University ; 12 Bunzen Street, Heidelberg in Baden, Germany (1876). Dallinger, Wm. Henry, LL.D., F.R.S.; Ingleside, Lee, London S. Es England (1837): Darwin, George Howard, M.A., F.R.S.; Professor of Physics, Trinity College, Cambridge, England (1899). Dawkins, W. Boyd; Professor of Geology and Paleontology, Victoria University, Owens College, Manchester, England (1876). Dawson, Sir John Wm.; Emeritus Principal McGill University 293 University Street, Montreal, Canada (1876). HONORARY MEMBERS. ZN. Flower, Sir William H., LL.D., F.R.S.; Late Director British Museum of Natural History ; London, England (1887). Frankland, Sir Edward ; Foreign Secretary of the Royal Society of London; the Yews, Reigats Hill, Surrey, England (1870). Geikie, Sir Archibald, F.R.S.; Director General of Geological Survey of Great Britain and Ireland ; 28 Jermyn Street, London S. W., England (1876). Geinitz, Hans Bruno; Professor of Paleontology and Mineralogy, Geheimrath., Dresden Mus. of Geol. and Archezol. 10 Lindenaw Strasse, Dresden, Germany (1876). Gibbs, Wolcott, LL.D. ; Professor Emeritus of the Application of Science to the Useful Arts, Harvard University. New- port, R. I. (1889). Gill, David ; Professor of Astronomy at the Observatory. Cape of Good Hope, Africa (1898). Goodale, George Lincoln, M.D., LL.D.; Professor of Natural History and Botany, Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. (1889). Heckel, Ernst, Ph.D.; Professor of Zoology in the University of Jena. Jena, Weimar, Germany (1894). Hall, Asaph ; Professor of Mathematics U. S. Naval Observa- tory. South Norfolk, Conn. (1889). Hartlaub, Gustav, M.D.; Assistant Director Museum of Natural History. Bremen, Germany (1864). Hauer, Franz Ritter von, Ph.D.; Hofrath, Supt. Royal Museum _ of Natural History. 7 Kirchbergstrasse, Vienna, Austria, (1864). Hooker, Sir Joseph Dalton, LL.D., F.R.S.; Sunningdale, Eng- land (1879). Hubrecht, Ambrosius, A.M.; Professor of Zoology and Com- parative Anatomy in the University of Utrecht. Utrecht, Netherlands (1896). 28 HONORARY MEMBERS. Kelvin, The Right Hon. Lord, F.R.S.; President of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. University of Glasgow; or 28 Chester Square, London, England (1876). Klein, Felix, M.D.; Professor of Mathematics in the University of Gottingen. 3 Wilhelm Weber Strasse, Gottingen, Ger- many (1896). Kokscharow, Nicholas von; Professor of, Lesnoj Inst. St. Petersburg, Russia (1879). Lang, Victor E. von, Professor of Physics in the University of Vienna. Vienna, Austria (1876). Langley, Samuel Pierpont ; Secretary of Smithsonian Institu- tion, Washington, D. C. (1887). Lankester, E. Ray, LL.D., F.R.S.; Director British Museum of Natural History. Cromwell Road, London, England (1898). Lockyer, Sir Norman, F.R.S.; Professor of Astronomy in the Royal College of Science; Solar Physics Observatory, Kensington, England (1880). Moissan, Henri; Professor of Chemistry in the University of Paris. 7 Rue Vangullin, Paris, France (1898). Nansen, Fridtjof, M.D.; Professor of Zoology in the Royal Fredericks University. Christiania, Norway (1898). Newcomb, Simon ; Professor of Mathematics and Astronomy in the Johns Hopkins University, and U. S. Naval Observa- tory. 1620 P. Street, Washington, D. C. (1891). Penck, Albrecht ; Professor of Geography in the University of Vienna. Vienna, Austria (1898). Pfeffer, Wm.; Professor of Botany in the University of Munich. Munich, Germany (1898). Rayleigh, Lord, LL.D., F.R.S.; Professor of Natural Philoso- phy in the Royal Institution of Great Britain. Albemarle Street, Piccadilly, N. W., London (1899). Reusch, Hans H., M.D., Professor of Geology ; Head of Nor- wegian Geol. Investigations. Christiania, Norway (1898) CORRESPONDING MEMBERS, 29 OScoey Soin menn a nield ys Re Sss Nice Chancellor University of London. 10 Braham Gardens, London S. W., England (1887). Rosenbusch, Heinrich ; Professor of Geology and Mineralogy, University of Heidelberg. Heidelberg, Germany (1887). Stokes, Sir George Gabriel, LL.D., F.R.S.; Lucasian Professor of Mathematics in Pembroke College. Lensfield Cottage, Cambridge, England (18809). Thomson, Joseph John, M.A., F.R.S., Professor of Experimental Physics in Cambridge University ; Cavendish Laboratory, Cambridge, England (1896). Torrell, Otto Martin ; Professor of Zoology and Geology ; Head of Swedish Geol. Investigations at Stockholm. Stockholm, Sweden (1876). Virchow, R.; Professor of Pathological Anatomy in Royal Fried- rich-Wilhelms University. Berlin, Germany (1898). Young, Charles Augustus ; Professor of Astronomy in Princeton University. Princeton, N. J. (1878). Zittel, Karl Alfred Ritter von ; Professor of Geology and Pale- ontology in the Royal Bavarian Ludwig-Maximilian Uni- versity. Munich, Germany (1808). CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. Abbe, Cleveland, Professor of Meteorology in Columbian Uni- versity. Weather Bureau of the Department of Agricul- ture, Washington, D. C. (1883). Abbott, Charles Conrad, M.D.; Trenton, N. J. (1883). Achiardi, Antonio D., Ph.D.; Professor of Mineralogy and Meteorology in the University of Pisa. 12 Via San Mar- tino, Pisa, Italy (1890). Acosta, Antonio Gordon y; M.D., President of the Dispen- saries of Havana. 54 San Nicolas, Havana, Cuba (1883). 30 CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. Adams, F. D.; Professor of Geology in McGill University. Montreal, Cn (1898). Alexander, Wm. DeWitt; Surveyor General of the Hawaiian Islands. Honolulu, Hagen (1890). Andrews, Dr. C. W.; British Museum of Natural History, Lon- don, England (1899). Appleton, John Howard, M.A.; Professor of Chemistry, Brown _- University. 209 Angell Street, Providence, R. I. (1876). Baker, J. G.; Royal Gardens, Kew (1899). Balfour, I. B., Professor of Botany in the University of Edin- burgh ; Edinburgh, Scotland (18098). Bell, J. Graham ; Washington, D.C. (1878). Bertrand, Emile ; Professor of Geology in the Ecole des Mines. Paris, France (1883). Boltzmann, Ludwig; Professor of Physics in the University of Vienna. Vienna, Austria (1899). Bombicci-Porta, Professor of Mineralogy and-Applied Gainer in the University of Bologna. Bologna, Italy (1883). Boulenger, G. H.; British Museum: of Natural History. Lon- don, England (1899). Branner, John C., Ph.D., LL:D., Professor of Geology and Vice-President of the Leland Stanford Junior University (1899). Palo Alto, Cal. (1884). Brewster, William ; 145 Brattle Street, Cambridge, Mass. (1874). Brogger, W. C.; Professor of Geology in the University of Christiania. Christiania, Norway (1899). Brush, George Jarvis; Former Director of Sheffield Scientific School, Yale University. New Haven, Conn. (1876). Caldwell, George Chapman; Professor of Chemistry in Cornell University. Ithaca, N. Y. (1876). Garmichael, Henry, Ph.D:; “Analytical Chemist. 12 eean Street, Boston, Mass. (1876). Carruthers, Wm. C.; M.D.; Consulting Botanist Royal Agricul- tural Society of England. British Museum, London, Eng- land (18098). Chamberlin, T. C.; Head Professor of Geology in the Univer- sity of Ginceee Chicago, IIl. (1898). CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. 31 Chandler, W. H.; Librarian of Lehigh University. Bethlehem, Rass@r 8770): | Clarke hrank Ve. Chiet\Chemist) Us S:1Geolosical Survey; Washington, D.C. (1876). Comstock, Theo. B.; M.D. 535 Stimson Block, Los Angeles, Cal(877): Cooke, M. C.; M.A. 2 Grosvenor-villas. Upper Holloway, England (1868). Cornwall, H. B., Professor of Chemistry, Princeton Univ., Prince- ton, NGF (37): Cory, Charles B.; 160 Boylston Street, Boston, Mass. (1880). Cox, Kenyon; 75 West 55th St., New York City. Crawford, Joseph. 2822 Frankford Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa. (1877). Credner, Hermann, M.D., Professor of Historical Geology in the University of Leipzig ; Director of Geological Survey of the Kingdom of Saxony. Leipzig, Germany (1866). Cushing, Henry P.; Professor of Geology in Western Reserve University. Adelbert College, Cleveland, O. (1895). Dale, T. Nelson, Geologist of the U. S. Geological Survey ; In- structor in Geology in Williams College. Williamstown, Mass. (1879). Dall, Wm. Healey; Curator Department of Mollusks in the U.S. Nat. Mus.; Professor of Invertebrate Palaeontology in the Wagner Free Institute Science, Philadelphia. Smith- sonian Institution, Washington, D. C. (1870). Dana, Edward Salisbury, Ph.D.; Professor of Physics in Yale University. 119 Grove Street, New Haven, Conn. (1885). Deane, Ruthven ; 30 Michigan Avenue, Chicago, Ill. (1894). Deperet, Dr. Charles ; Professor of Geology in the University. Lyons, France (1899). Derby Onalle Ns bsGess Chictcof, Geog.) and Geol; Com- mission. Sao Paulo, Brazil (1890). Dollo, Dr. Louis; Musée d’Histoire Naturelle. Brussels, Bel- gium (1899). : Drown, Thomas Messinger, LL.D.; President of Lehigh Uni- versity. South Bethlehem, Pa. (1876). 32 CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. Duns, Rev. John, D.D.; New College, Edinburgh, Scotland (1868). Edsall, Burroughs; Spuyten Duyvil, N. Y. (1884). Elliot, Henry W.; Lakewood, Cuyahoga County, O. (1876). Elliott, John B.; Professor of Theoretical and Practical Medicine in Tulane University. New Orleans, La. (1880). Engelhardt, Francis E.; Chemist to Syracuse Board of Health. 7 Clinton Block, Syracuse, N. Y. (1869). Ernst, A., M.D.; Professor of Natural History in the Univer- sity of Caracas. Caracas, Venezuela (1878). Fairchild, Herman Le Roy, B.S.; Professor of Geology in the University of Rochester. Rochester, N. Y. (1879). Fensi, Sebastiana ; Florence, Italy (1887). Fittica, Frederic B., Ph.D.; Professor of Chemistry in the Uni- versity of Marburg. Marburg, Germany (1879). Fletcher, Lazarus, M.A., F.R.S.; Keeper of Minerals in the British Museum. 36 Woodville Road, Ealing, London W., England (1885). Ford, Prof. Darius B.; Elmira, N. Y. (1874). Fraas, Professor Dr. Eberhard ; Kgl. Naturalien Kabinet, Stutt- gart, Germany (1899). Fritzgartner, Reinhold, Ph.D.; State Geologist of Honduras. Tegucgalpa, Honduras (1879). Gadolin, Gen. Alex.; St. Petersburg, Russia (1868). Gilbert, G. K.; Geologist of the U. S. Geological Survey. Washington, D. C. (1870). Gill, Theodore, M.D.; U. S. National Museum. Washington, IDBAGA Emacs)» Gilman, Daniel C., LL.D.; President of the Johns Hopkins _ University. Baltimore, Md. (1876). Goessman, Charles A., LL.D.; Professor of Chemistry in the Massachusetts Agricultural College. Amherst, Mass. (1865). Gooch, Frank Austin; Professor of Chemistry in Yale Univer- versity. New Haven, Conn. (1888). CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. 33 Grattarola, Guiseppe; Professor of Mineralogy. San Marco, Florence, Italy (1883). Greenleaf, R. C.; Honorary Prof. Military and Public Hygiene in the University of California. Boston, Mass. (1868). Greao Wink i MeL Porte @hester, NV: (1865): Gregoris, Marguis Antonio, M.D.; Editor of the Annals of Geol. and Paleon. Palermo, Sicily, Italy (1883). Grierson, T. B., M.D.; Dumfriesshire, Scotland (1865). Grote, August R.. Professor at Roemer Museum. Hildesheim, Germany (1876). Groth, Paul; Professor of Mineralogy in the Royal Bayr. Lud- wig-Maximilians University. Hamburg, Germany (1877). Gudeman, Edward, M.D.; Philadelphia, Pa. (1890). Guppy, R. J. Lechmere; Late Chief Inspector of Schools. Tunapima, Trinidad (1869). Hale, George E.; Professor of Astronomy and Physics in the University of Chicago. Yerkes Observatory, Williams Bay, Wis. (1898). Hamlin, Chas. E.; Cambridge, Mass. (1865). Hesse-Wartegg, Count Ernst von; New York, N. Y. (1882). Hill, George W., M. D. ; West Nyack, N. Y. (1898). Hill, Henry Barker ; Professor of Chemistry in Harvard Uni- versity. Cambridge, Mass. (1876). Hitchcock, C. H., LL.D.; Professor of Geology in Dartmouth College. Hanover, N. H. (1867). Hoskold, H. D.; Director General National Department of Mines and Geology. 2043 Santa Fé, Buenos-Ayres, Ar- gentine Rep. (1890). : Howard, Thomas D., Jr.; Perth Amboy, N. J. (1877). — Howe, Professor G. B.; Normal College of Science, S. Kensing- ton, London (1899). Hyatt, Alpheus, LL.D.; Curator of the Boston Society of Nat- ural History. Berkeley Street, Boston, Mass. (1876). Hyatt, James, Sc.D.; Stanfordville, Duchess Co., N. Y. (1876). Iddings, J. P.; Professor of Petrology in the University of Chi- cago. Chicago, Ill. (1898). . ANNALS N, Y. ACAD. Sci., XII, April 22, 1899—3 34 CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. Iles, Malvern W.; Metallurgist. Globe Smelting Co., Denver, Colorado (1875). Innes, Dr. Walter ; School of Medicine, Cairo, Egypt (1899). Jaekel, Dr. Otto ; Koniglichen Museum fur Naturkunde. In- validenstrassen 43, Berlin, Germany (1899). Jannettaz, Pierre Michel Edouard ; President of the Faculty of Sciences and Assistant in Mineralogy, Mus. Hist. Nat. 86 Boulevard Saint Germain, Paris, France. Jannetaz, A.; Professor of Mineralogy in the University of Paris. Pare, France (1883). Jessup, Henry Griswold, M.A.; Professor of Beene in Dart- mouth College. Hone ee Ni (1835)): Johnson, Samuel H., M.A.; Professor Emeritus of Agricultural Chemistry in Yale University. 54 Turnbull Street, New Haven, Conn. (1876). Jordan, David Starr, LL.D.; President of Leland Stanford Jr. University. Palo Alto, Cal. (1876). Koenig, George A., Ph.D.; Professor of Chemistry and Metal- lurgy in the Michivan College of Mines. Houghton, Mich. (1876). Kohlrausch, Professor Dr. Friedrich ; President of the Physikal- ish-Technisches Reichsanstalt. Charlottenberg, Marsh- strasse 25, Berlin (1899). Koltzoff-Massalsky, Princess Helene; Florence, Italy (1887). Kroutschoff, Baron K. de; St. Petersburg, Russia (1890). Kukio, Baron R.; Privy Counselor and President-General of the Imperial Museum of Japan. Tokio, Japan (1888). Kulbin, N.; Military Medical Academy. St. Petersburg, Rus- sia (1890). Lacroix, Alfred; Professor of Mineralogy in the Museum of Natural History. Rue Buffon, Paris, France (1890). LaCroix, P.; Professor in the Musee d’Histoire Naturelle. Paris, France (1899). Land, Wm. J.; Atlanta, Ga. (1877). CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. 39D Langley, John W., Ph.D.; Professor of Electrical Engineering in the Case School of Applied Science. Cleveland, Ohio 1876). oe S. A.; University of Rochester. Rochester, N. Y. (1876). Laussedat, Col. Aime; 292 Rue St. Martin, Paris, France (1890). Le Conte, Joseph, LL.D.; Professor of Geology and Natural History in the University of California. Berkeley, Cal. (1876). Le Jollis, Auguste Francois; Directeur Museum des Sci. Nat., of Cherbourg; 29 Rue de la Duche, Cherbourg, France (1876). Liversidge, Dr. A.; University of Sydney. Sydney, New South Wales (1899). - Macloskie, George ; Professor of Biology in Princeton Univer- sity. | Erimecton, N35), )( 0876): Mallet, John William, LL.D.; Professor of Chemistry in the University of Virginia. University Station, Charlotteville, Va. (1876). Marcy, Oliver, LL.D.; Professor of Geology in Northwestern University. Deane College of Liberal Arts, 1703 Chicago Ave., Evanston, Ill. (1871). Matthew, George F., LL.D.; Surveyor of. Customs. St. John, Neb Canada (13867): Maynard, Charles Johnson; 477 Crafts Street, West Newton, Mass. (1874). Meade, Theodor Luquer, C.E.; Oviedo, Fla. (1874). Meek, Seth E.; Professor of Zodlogy in the Arkansas Industrial University. Fayetteville, Ark. (1888). Merriam, Clinton Hart, M.D.; Chief of U.S. Biological Survey, Washington, D. C. (1874). Meyer, A. B., M.D.; Director of the Royal Museum. Dres- den, Germany (1890). Michie, P. S., Professor of Mathematics at the U. S. Military Academy. West Point, N. Y. (1885). 36 CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. Minot, Charles Sedgwick ; Professor of Histology and Human Embryology in the Harvard Medical School. Boston Mass. (1808). Mixter, William Gilbert ; Professor of Chemistry in the Shef- field Scientific School of Yale University. New Haven, Conn. (1876). Moldehnke, Richard G., Ph.D.; 174 Home Street, Pittsburg, Pa. (1890). Morse, Edward S., Ph.D.; Director of the Peabody Academy Science. Salem, Mass. (1864). Murray, George, M.D.; British Museum, London, Eng. (1898). Netto, Ladislaus ; Professor of Mathematics in the Theological Seminary, Hessische-Ludwigs University. Newton, Alfred, F.R.S.; Professor of Zoology and Compara- tive Anatomy in the University of Cambridge. Magdalene College, Cambridge, England (1866). Nicholls, Henry Alford, M.D.; Dominica, Br. West Indies (1882). Nicolis, Enrico de; Verona, Italy (1884). Niles, Wm. H.; Professor of Geology and Geography in Massa- chusetts Institute of Technology. Boston, Mass. (1881). Nolan, Edward J., M.D.; Recording Secretary and Librarian of the Academy Natural Sciences of Philadelphia; 825 North 20th Street, Philadelphia, Pa. (1880). Nordenskiold, Baron A. E.; Kongliga Svenska Vetenskab, Akad. ; Stockholm, Sweden (1868). Ober, Frederick A.; 1608 New Hampshire Ave., Washington, DG. (187.0). Ordway, John M.; Professor of Biology in the H. S. Newcomb College ; 3125 Chestnut Street, New Orleans, La. (1876). Orton, Edward; Professor of Geology in the Ohio State Uni- versity. 100 Twentieth Street, Columbus, Ohio (1871). Ostwald, Professor Wilhelm ; University of Leipzig. Leipzig, Germany (1898). - CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. 37 Packard, Alpheus Spring, Ph.D.; Professor of Zodlogy in Brown ~ University. 275 Angell Seer Providence, R. I. (1866). Peckham, Steven F., M.A.; 1480 Pacific Street, Brooklyn, INE Ye (1876): Perkins, Maurice F.; Professor in Union College. Schenectady, INE Ve (18770): Phené, John Samuel, LL.D.; 5 Carlton Terrace, Oakley Street, London, England (1882). Pickering, Edward C.; Director of Harvard College Observatory. Cambridge, Mass. (1876). Pisani, F.; Professor of Chemistry and Mineralogy in the Naples University, Italy. 8 Rue de Furstenberg, Paris, France (1883). Post, Rev. George E., M.A., Professor of Surgery in the Syr- ian College. Beirut, Syria (1888). Potter, Wiis 1225 Spric]e Street. ot, Lous, Moi (187.0): Prescott, Albert B.; Professor of Organic Chemistry in the Uni- versity of Michigan. Ann Arbor, Mich. (1876). Prime, Frederick, Ph.D.; Professor of Natural History in Girard College. Philadelphia, Pa. (1877). Pumpelly, Raphael; U. S. Geological Survey. Dublin, N. H. (1868). Pynchon, Thomas Ruggles, LL.D.; Professor of Moral Philos- _ ophy in Trinity College. Hartford, Conn. (1876). Randall, F. A.; Warren, Pa. (1876). Rawson, Sir Rawson William ; 68 Cornwall Gardens, London S. W., England (1867). Read, Matthew C., M.A.; Attorney-at-Law, Hudson, O. Read, T. Mellard, F.G.S.; Park Corner, Bludellsands, Liver- pool, England (1888). Remsen, Ira, LL.D.; Professor of Chemistry in Johns Hopkins University. Baltimore, Md. (1876). Ridgway, Robert ; Curator Division of Birds in the U. S. Na- tional Museum, Smithsonian Institution. Washington, D. C. (1874). Robb, William L.; Professor of Physics in Trinity College. Hartford, Conn. (1886). 38 CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. Russell, Israel Cook, LL.D.; Professor of Geology in the Uni- versity of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1879). Sadtler, Samuel S., Ph.D.; 1042 Drexel Bldg., Philadelphia, Pa. (1876). Schaeffer, Charles A.; President of the University of Iowa. Iowa City, lowa (1876). Schlosser, D. Max; Alte Akademie, Munich, Germany (1899). Schweitzer, Paul, LL.D.; Professor of Agricultural Chemistry in the University of Missouri. Columbia, Mo. (1867). Scott, W. B.. Professor of Geology, Princeton University. Princeton, N. J. (1898). Scudder, Samuel H.; Cambridge, Mass. (1876). Sherwood, Andrew ; Mansfield, Pa. (1876). Slosson, Charles; Buffalo, N. Y. (1885). Smith, J. Ward; 144 Monmouth Street, Newark, N. J. (1883). Smyth, Charles H., Jr.; Professor of Geology and Mineralogy in Hamilton College. Clinton, N. Y. (1895). Spencer, J. Selden, Rev.; Tarrytown, N. Y. (1890). Staebner, Frederick W.; Willimantic, Conn. (1882). Stearns, Robert E. C., Ph.D.; Associate Zoologist of the U. S. National Museum. 1025 East 18th Street, Los Angeles, Cal. (1896). Stevens, Wm. Le Conte; Washington and Lee University. Lexington, Va. Stover, Francis H.; Professor of Agricultural Chemistry in Bussey Institute, Harvard University. Jamaica Plain, Mass. (1876). Stuart, “A. FR. .S:," M-A.; Professor of ‘Chenustny in University, of Nebraska. Lincoln, Nebraska (1876). Thurston, Sir John; Governor-General of the Fiji Islands. Fiji Islands (1887). Thurston, Robert Henry ; Director Sibley College, Cornell Uni- versity. Ithaca, N. Y. (1876). Thwing, Rev. Edward P.; President of the Western Reserve University. Cleveland, O. (1885). CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. 39 Traquair, R. H.; Museum of Science and Art. Edinburgh, Scotland (1899). Trowbridge, John ; Rumford Professor of Application of Science to Useful Arts in Harvard University. Cambridge, Mass. (1877). Tuttle, D. K.; U.S. Mint, Philadelphia, Pa. (1876). Van Heurck, Henri, M.D.; Professor of Botany and Director of Botanical Gardens. 8 Rue de la Sante, Antwerp, Belgium Gisi70): Verrill, Addison Emery ; Professor of Zoology in Yale Univer- sity. 86 Whaley Avenue, New Haven, Conn. (1867). Vogdes, Anthony Wayne; Captain 5th U.S. Artillery. Fort Wadsworth, Staten Island, N. Y. (1890). Vollum, Edward P., M.D.; Jefferson Barracks, Mo. (1880). Walcott, Charles D., Director of the U. S. Geological Survey. Washington, D. C., (1898). Waldo, Leonard ; 57 Coleman Street, Bridgeport, Conn. (1876). Ward, Henry Augustus, LL.D.; Rochester, N. Y. (1888). Warring, Charles B., Ph.D.; 288 Mill Street, Poughkeepsie, N= Y= (37.0) Weber, Thomas ; Kelleyville, Ireland (1887). Weisbach, Albin, Ph.D.; Professor of Mineralogy in the School of Mines. Freiberg, Saxony, Germany (1883). Weller, Stuart, Ph.D.; Assistant in Paleontologic Geology ; University of Chicago. Chicago, Illinois (1899). White, I. C., Ph.D.; State Geologist. Morgantown, W. Va. (1874). Whitman, C. O.; Head Professor of Zoology and Director of the Marine Biological Laboratory of the University of Chicago. Chicago, Ill. (1898). Williams, Henry Shaler ; Professor of Geology in Yale Univer- sity. New Haven, Conn. (1898). Winchell, N. H.; Professor of Geology in the University of Minnesota. 120 State Street, Minneapolis, Minn. Niiood,, Horatio, © Il D.. 1925. Chestnut, Street, Phila. Fa. (1866). 40 CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. Woodward, Dr. A. Smith; British Museum of Natural History. London, England (1899). Woodward, Henry W.; Curator of Paleontology in the British Museum of Natural History. London, England (1869). Wright, Albert, A.; Professor of Geology and Zoology in Ober- lin College. 123 Forrest Street, Oberlin, O. (1874). Wright, Arthur Williams; Professor of Experimental Physics in Yale University. 73 York Square, New Haven, Conn. (1876). Yarrow, Henry C., M.D.; 814 Seventeenth Street, Washington, De. 038 70): [Anwnats N. Y. Acap. Scr., Vol. XII, No. 2, pp. 41-56, April 22, 1899. ] A PALZOZOIC TERRANE BENEATH THE CAMBRIAN. Gro. F. MaTTHEw. (Read November 28, 1898.) [FiGuRES 1-4. ] CONTENTS. : PAGE 1 liheoldest Raleeozoic Hauna (Etchemunian)) oir ss.cs-cs-c2 sce wcaconsecsne ona AI 2wNew Brunswick sectionsiofitheitenrame: smcnsachodeccesaeacext cee sdeeccceneeene cena 42 3. Newfoundland sections of the terrane...............c2..2066 Hoc waswenae Mastee ese vena 45 4. Distinctness of the Fauna from the Cambrian...................2.065 HbR ara ne 52 Kem Vestward extension othe Htchemimians.sassareecteceasccecaencesce es eenen es rececr 54 1. The Oldest Paleozoic Fauna. THE author has for some years been aware of the existence of a fauna in the rocks below those that contain Paradoxides and Protolenus! in New Brunswick, eastern Canada, but the remains of the higher types of organisms found in these rocks were so poorly preserved and sc fragmentary, that they gave a very imperfect knowledge of its nature. To assure us that there had been living forms in the seas of that early time, other than Protozoa and burrowing worms, we had only the casts of Hyolithide, the mould of an Obolus, a ribbed-shell similar to Palazaacmzea and portions of what appeared to be the arms and bodies of Crinoids. These objects were found in the upper division of a series of rocks, immediately subjacent to the Cambrian strata containing Protolenus, etc. Asa decided physical break was discovered between the strata carrying the objects named above, and those 1Trans. New York Acad. Sci., XIV, 101-153, Pl. I-XI, fig. 1. (41) 42 MATTHEW. having Protolenus, it was thought that the underlying series was worthy of a distinctive name, and ETCHEMINIAN was chosen— . derived from a tribe of aborigenes which inhabited this country before the advent of Europeans. In most countries the basement of the Palzeozoic sedi- ments seems almost devoid of organic remains. It has been thoroughly searched in Europe, but with very unsatisfactory re- sults; and there seemed little hope that America would yield better returns. Nevertheless, the indications of a fauna obtained in the maritime provinces of Canada seemed to hold out a hope, that in some more favored region, these basement beds of the Paleozoic might yield remains in a better state of preservation. With this hope the author last summer made a visit to a part of Newfoundland where Mr. J. P. Howley, the director of the Geological Survey of that island, had reported a clear section of sediments below the horizons of Paradoxides and Agvazulos strenuus. Before describing the rocks of that district, however, it may be well to speak more fully of the corresponding terrane in New Brunswick, in which the relation of this series to the Cambrian was first observed, and the break between the two series of strata first demonstrated. 2. The New Brunswick Sections. The accompanying general section will show the relations which the Cambrian and Etcheminian terranes bear to each other in the province of New Brunswick, and their attitude to the underlying Prepalzozoic Systems. The section, which cuts through all these terranes, shows how insignificant in bulk the whole Eopalzozoic is to the underlying Archzan masses. It is perhaps owing to the thinness of the Eopalzozoic rocks and the firm platform of older sediments on which they rest, that they have escaped severe metamorphism, and contain recogniz- able fossils at the present day ; and yet withall there is a differ- ence in the conditions of preservation of the organic remains of the Cambrian and those of Etcheminian age, so that it is not alone the greater recency of the former, which will account for PALAOZOIC TERRANE BENEATH CAMBRIAN. the ease with which the fossils can be recog- nized, but the chemical changes which took place in the Etcheminian sediments, as well as different conditions existing at the time of their entombment, have tended to obliterate the Etcheminian organisms while the Cambrian have remained. In the base of the Cambrian the Hyolithoid shells andthe Foraminifera have preserved the substance of their tests, but in the older ter- rane this has been replaced by glauconite or, some other mineral substance ; so that in many cases the structure is gone and only a cast of the fossil remains. Still there is no evidence that the Etcheminian sediments were consol- idated before the deposition of the Cambrian, as.they have given no fragments to the latter, and apparently have furnished only mud and sand, for the building up of the Cambrian layers. Section North from St. John.—Al\though there is but slight evidence in the condition of the sediments of the greater antiquity of the Etcheminian, and the unconformity existing between it and the Cambrian, this break be- comes manifest when the distribution of the two is traced in the field, for then we find that the older terrane was entirely eroded from large tracts of country before the depesition of the newer. The accompanying section, taken along a line from the harbor of St. John northward, (Fig. 1) shows an instance of such erosion. In the city of St, John a, belt-of Etcheminian strata crosses the southern end of the city, being exposed along the southern side of the basin of Cambrian rocks on which the city is built. On the north side of this ‘snolojluoqieg JaMoT ‘OT f uvuquies ‘0 { ueluIMYsyq ‘8 £ UBTUOIMT;T ‘sounoy Ss Sulyy pue uYyof }S YSnoiy) preMyjiou uyof[ +g Wor UOT}Iag ‘1 Oly Y-Y ‘Ye foj9 ‘uvnuoiney “T ‘your ¥ 0} sap %z ateos s/sevaqauuay AdAls “yoy Su07 id !-Protolenian— —— — —. Paradoxidian— — — — N. Fic. 2. Section of Eopaleozoic at Hanford Brook, St. John County, N. B., Can. Scale 700 feet to 1 inch. MATTHEW. basin the Etcheminian thins out and disappears in going westward. Crossing from the St. John Basin to the one next northward containing Cambrian rocks, we find this to be one in which no Etchemin- ian rocks appear. The Etcheminian here has been entirely eroded before the deposition of the Cambrian, and this is the condition for many miles to the westward. Passing over another plateau about five miles wide one reaches a third valley in which Cambrian sediments remain. Here we again meet beneath them the familiar red rocks of the Etcheminian, exposed along an anticline with Cambrian measures on both sides of it. The Etcheminian appears also along the north side of this basin’ and, so far as thickness .of measures counts, is an important part of the Eopalzozoic sediments there... Section on Hanford Brook.—In the eastern part of St. John County at Hanford Brook a clear section of the lower part of the Eopalao- zoic is exposed, and is worthy of comparison with that of Smith Sound in Newfoundland de- scribed ona following page. From this section at Hanford Brook (Fig. 2) we see that the Hu- ronian (Coldbrook) in Prepalaozoic times, formed in this area a district raised above the sea, against which a sea-beach deposit was made, the initial member of the Etcheminian. As the land sank the texture of the sediments changed, first to sand and then to clay. Sub- sequently there was a gradual re-elevation, so that flags alternated with the finer beds, and finally predominated in sandstones full of cast- ings and burrows of worms. With added eleva- tion of the land the condition of a sea beach PALAOZOIC TERRANE BENEATH CAMBRIAN. 45 with which the terrane begins, was restored. ‘The resulting in- terraned conglomerate then sank, and clays and sands accumu- lated, in which are buried the remains of the fauna mentioned on a former page. From this point to the summit of the series somewhat coarser accumulations of sand and clay continue. The Etcheminian terrane in New Brunswick, like the Cambrian, contains two cycles ; each, in the Etcheminian, begins in a con- glomerate, sands and fine shales follow, and then there is a re- turn to coarser flags and sandstones toward the end. A similar succession, but of finer sediments can be traced in the St. John or Cambrian terrane,’ and to this condition there is an approxi- mate parallel in Newfoundland. When one considers the softness of the Etcheminian sediments at the time of the deposition of the Cambrian it seems alto- gether likely that in the 1,200 feet of measures exposed on Hanford Brook, the entire thickness of the Etcheminian may not be represented, and this argument as to thickness also holds in Newfoundland, where a lesser thickness of beds is visible on Smith Sound, than is to be found in New Brunswick. At several localities in southern New Brunswick masses of red shales, sandstones and conglomerates are seen, but as these are not accompanied by Cambrian strata, and are not known to contain definite fossils, there is no proof that any of them are of Etcheminian age. 3. The Newfoundland Sections. So often do we find the basement beds of a Cambrian basin raised to a high angle of dip, or displaced by faults, leading toa doubt of the regularity in the succession of the beds, that one where the sequence is clear and continuous, and the dip low is de- serving of careful examination. Such favorable conditions are present in the western of the two Cambrian basins on Smith’s Sound in Trinity Bay, Newfoundland. Here the succession ap- pears to be normal throughout, and besides the Etcheminian strata, it contains a series of beds extending to at least the summit 1 Division 1 and Division 2a belong to the lower cycle, and Division 2¢ and ¢ and Division 3 to the upper. 46 MATTHEW. of the Cambrian, since Dictyonema flabelliforme Eichw. was found in some of the higher beds. Even the rocks on which the Etche- minian rests, and which undoubtedly belong to an older system, are so little disturbed that no difference of dip was observed in passing to them from the Etcheminian. The small amount of disturbance which this basin has under- gone is also shown by the absence of slaty cleavage, which so often obscures, or even obliterates, the organisms of the older Palaeozoic rocks. These conditions were almost as favorable as those which exist in Sweden, for the study of the basement sediments of the Paleozoic. As the author has already remarked, the rocks in eastern Canada, corresponding to these old Palzozoic layers in New- foundland, are distinguished from the true Cambrian by a slight discordance of dip, and by evidence of erosion prior to the dep- osition of the Cambrian, and similar conditions prevail in New- foundland. The latter feature is well shown at Manuel’s Brook, where the Etcheminian is entirely eroded and the Cambrian rests directly upon feldspathic gneisses, felsites and ash rocks of the Intermediate or Huronian system. The relation of the Cam- brian to the Huronian at this place has been shown by Mr. C. D. Walcott. It corresponds to the conditions in the Kennebecasis Valiey in New Brunswick, where the basal beds of the Cam- brain rest directly upon Laurentian rocks, without the interven- tion of the Etcheminian. But at Smith Sound in Newfoundland a lower series of Palz- ozoic rocks, z. ¢., the Etcheminian, separates the Cambrian from the Huronian. Here as at Manuel’s Brook a conglomerate lies at the base of the Cambrian, the pebbles however, consist of fragments of slate and small blocks of limestone, similar in ap- pearance to a bed of this rock occurring in the Etcheminian series a few hundred yards to the eastward. The conglomer- ate also contains lumps and elongated pieces of phosphate of lime intermingled with the limestone pebbles. The presence of this mineral, according to the studies of J. G. Andersson and H. Hedstrom in Sweden, show that beds in which it occurs were deposited along a shore line, or at least not very far from shore. PALAOZOIC TERRANE BENEATH CAMBRIAN. 47 In the more easterly basin of the Eopalzozoic sediments on Smith Sound, the conglomerate at the base of the Cambrian is in more massive beds, and the fragments are largely small pebbles of red slate, derived from the Huronian terrane. ‘This shows beds of such red slate a few hundred yards to the west of the place of the conglomerate. The basal conglomerate of the Cambrian may therefore vary much in composition in the different localities where it has been recognized. It separates the Cambrian from the Etche- minian and indicates an emerged area of the latter sediments when the Cambrian rocks were being formed. The Section at Smith Sound.—TVhree years ago Mr. J. P. Howley, the director of the Geological Survey of Newfoundland, sent to the writer a section of the Cambrian measures on the north shore of Smith Sound, together with some fossils which he had collected there and at Random Island on the south side of this sound. The fossils were found to be mostly of upper Cambrian age, there being an Olenus related to O. cataractes, Salt., a Parabolina having affinity with P. spznulosa, Wahl. and a Pro- topeltura resembling P. acanthura, Brogg. The Paradoxides zone was indicated by a few other fossils, viz., an Agraulos like A. holocephalus, Matt., and a Liostracus near L. Ouangondianus, Hartt. From the same locality came an Acrothele apparently A. Matthew, Hartt, which might indicate either the Paradoxides or the Protolenus zone. The section was of special interest to the author as showing that below the Paradoxides beds there was a continuous section of underlying, and not greatly disturbed, measures that gave promise of older faunas ; in fact, Mr. Howley indicated several horizons with obscure fossils, and a limestone with Agvaulos strenuus and Straparollina remota. The section (Fig. 3) shown in this article is practically Mr. Howley’s section reduced to one-tenth of his scale, with the dips preserved as he gave them, but with some data and a classifica- tion added by the author. By this section it becomes apparent that in this basin of Paleozoic sediments we have two terranes, of which the overlying one has a higher dip than that beneath. Crosses indicate where fossils are found. Scale 600 feetto I inch. Fic. 3. Section of Eopaleozoic at Smith Sound, Newfoundland. MATTHEW. From the direction of the dips it would ap- pear that when the Cambrian (the upper) series was deposited upon the Etcheminian, these rocks had been tilted in a direction the opposite of that which now effects them, and had been eroded chiefly on the landward (west- ern) side. If, as the writer has inferred in a previous part of this paper, the Etcheminian sediments in the “Atlantic coast” province’ of the Cambrian sea were in an incoherent state, erosion would proceed rapidly. The exception to this rapid destruction would be the lime- stones, which would have already become con- solidated, and would supply an abundance of blocks and boulders to the new terrane. Besides the limestone bed shown in this section the eastern basin of Eopalzeozoic rocks on Smith Sound shows a lower bed of lime- stone, and as the measures intervening between ‘the limestones in both basins show great numbers of layers studded with nodular cal- careous masses, an abundance of material for building up limestone conglomerates existed in this eastern part of Newfoundland over which the Etcheminian terrane was spread. As a consequence, it happened that while the deposits of the Protolenian and Paradox- idian zones were accumulating, every debacle of a more violent character tore from the land and spread over the sea-bottom the ruins of these Etcheminian limestones and nodular de- posits. As will be seen by the section there are two such fragmental beds in the Protole- nus zone and one or more in the Paradox- ides zone in this basin on Smith Sound, 1U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 81, Pl. I. PALAOZOIC TERRANE BENEATH CAMBRIAN. 49 and similar deposits occur in the Protolenus zone at Manuel’s Brook. It will readily be seen that a careful discrimination must be exercised in separating the fossils occurring in the limestone boulders from those that belong to the paste of the conglom- erate, otherwise the fossils of the Etcheminian terrane will be accredited to the Cambrian system. This commingling of species is less likely to mislead in the conglomerates of the Para- doxides zones, where the paste is usually gray, than in the Pro- tolenus zone, where it is usually red, and paste and pebble seem of equal antiquity. Still more misleading are the conditions when, as is frequently the case, the limestone blocks are imper- fectly rounded, and seem portions of a limestone paste formed an siti. The two Eopaleozoic basins in Smith Sound are separated by a wide area of strata of the Intermediate (Huronian) series, chiefly the slates of the ‘“d” division, and the sandstones or quartzites of the ‘“e” division. The whole of this system was injected with trap and greatly eroded before the Etcheminian time. Resting upon these gray beds on their eastern side is a comparatively narrow band of tough, feldspathic, red (and greenish), heavy bedded sandstones and slates, which separate the gray beds from the lowest recognizable Etcheminian ; these are perhaps a part of “f” of the Intermediate system. They are mentioned here because their red beds seem to have fur- nished the numerous fragments of red slate, which, in this basin of Paleozoics, form the bulk of the basal conglomerate of the Cambrian part of the deposit. This conglomerate is much heavier than that of corresponding age in the western basin, and is exposed for hundreds of yards along the shores of the sound. It would thus appear that in both basins, at least so far as the exposures along this shore of the sound give any clue to the matter, the materials of the basal conglomerate were swept from the westward into the basins, and were in close proximity to the place of deposit. | It is quite possible that the cause which led to the produc- tion of the basal and interraned conglomerates of the Cambrian Annals N. Y. Acap. Sct, XIT, April 9, 18€99—5. 10) MATTHEW. (which in all probability was a disturbance and uplifting of the earth’s crust) may have operated in a milder way in the earlier Etcheminian time, and have produced the limestone beds in Newfoundland, and the flags and conglomerates which in New Brunswick form the middle part of the terrane. In this view the limestone beds would mark a shoaling and clearing of the sea water in this district of eastern Newfoundland while the pure shale beds, and especially those having layers beset with calcareous nodules, would mark the deeper water. We suppose (though their structure has not been investigated) that these nodules may be due to some sedentary protozoan or to accumu- lations of errant protozoans, on account of their peculiar growth and structure, which will be described in a future article. The limestone beds of the Cambrian, as we have said, are due to different conditions of accumulation from those of the Etche- minian. That they are littoral is seen from the abundance of coarse material which they contain, as well as to the lumps and grains of phosphate of lime, and the nodules of hematite with which they abound. At Smith Sound, in the lowest conglom- erate bed, the former mineral is common; while in the next, hematite is so plentiful as to form a thin bed of iron ore; a limestone conglomerate occurs in the Paradoxides zone on this sound in which the upper boulders are peppered over with parti- cles of phosphate of lime, as we now often see rocks on the sea- shore coated with barnacles ; this indicates clear water and quiet conditions after the boulders were deposited. These little, round grains of phosphate may have been the moulds of minute organisms which have fallen to the bottom of the sea and lodged upon the stones accumulated there. In conclusion it may be said that we have in the Eopaleozoic basins of Smith Sound two separate terranes: the Etcheminian of which the summit and base are not visible, and which con- tains true limestones, and the Camdrian, of which the limestone beds are fragmental, and which has a definite base as shown by the fauna, the structure and the lithological characters. The Sections at Manuel's Brook.—While waiting in St. Johns, Newfoundland, for a train to go northward to Smith’s PALAOZOIC TERRANE BENEATH CAMBRIAN. Sound, the author took opportunity to spend a day at Manuel’s and on Conception Bay. The section in the gorge at Manuel’s Brook has been so well and so fully described by Mr. Walcott that the author had no occasion to seek for other data ; he has, therefore, for com- parison with the section at Smith Sound, con- structed the accompanying section (Fig. 4) on the data given by that author.' As in the case of the Smith Sound sec- tion, the difference between the Olenian and Paradoxidian is arbitrary, but the limit between the two lower Cambrian zones is fairly well defined by fossiliferous outcrops. The dip of the beds as given by Mr. Walcott is 12°. Here, as at Smith’s Sound, it will be noted that the Cambrian begins with a conglomer- ate, but this, in place of resting on the soft shales of the Etcheminian, as at that place, is based on Huronian gneisses, felsites and ash rocks, and from these the pebbles of the ‘conglomerate have been derived. But it seems highly probable that the ruins of the Etcheminian are also represented in these boulder-beds, as Mr. Walcott says that there are ‘irregular masses of limestone on and among the boulders of gneiss, forming the base of the Olenellus zone at Manuel’s Brook,” and these are said to contain fossils. There are also certain red slates in the lower part of the Cambrian here which are similar to those at the same horizon on Smith Sound, ° but at the latter place the red shales are in much greater mass. The correspondence of these two sections is obvious, as the genus Protolenus is found in 1U. S. Geol. Survey Bull. 81, p. 260. *puv[punojmany “Yoorg s jonuvyy ye uvliquiey jo uoNDeg “FY ‘ONT “YOUT T 0} 3O9F OOH a[vos uelpixopeseg ueluajo20dg USB. I UROS | 0) petiaes a ment er as 52 MATTHEW. both at the top of the basal conglomerate. It is plain there- fore, that the Etcheminian terrane was entirely eroded at Man- uel’s Brook before the first member of the Cambrian was laid down, though perhaps the harder calcareous masses remained to: contribute to the boulders in the conglomerate. This is parallel to the conditions in New Brunswick onthe Kennebecasis River, except that there are no limestones or remains of them in that. valley, and the Etcheminian is entirely wanting. 4. The Etcheminian Fauna distinct from the Cambrian. If there is a break in the geological succession, such as we have shown by the above sections, there should be some differ- ences to mark it between the faunas of the two terranes. This. we find to be the case, and believe the difference to be an im- portant one. In the Etcheminian beds the author has found no trilobites, though other classes of animals, such as Gasteropods, Brachio- pods and Lamellibranchs, occur, with which trilobites else- where are usually associated in the Cambrian and later geo- logical systems; and the absence (or rarity?) of the latter appears to have special significance, since they are the most notable fossils of the Cambrian deposits, and serve better than any other organisms to differentiate the several zones of that. important system. The fossils which are most abundant and most characteristic of the Etcheminian of Trinity Bay, Newfoundland, are shells of the genera //yolithes and Orthotheca, not distinguishable in size or general appearance from the usual forms of the Cambrian. Conical shells resembling Pa/@acmea' are rather common, and others belonging to the genus Sceze//a. The shells of Gastero- poda outside of those named above, as well as the Brachiopoda and Lamellibranchiata, are small, almost minute. We have thus. far found no Linguloid brachiopod, nor any Acrothele in this ter- rane, though they are common in the Protolenian zone of the Cambrian in New Brunswick. 1 Such shells are usually referred to Stezotheca, but, as the author has sno n in previous publications, this name is not applicable. PALAZOZOIC TERRANE BENEATH CAMBRIAN. 53 Adding to the Etcheminian fauna of Newfoundland that of southern New Brunswick we have the following forms (macro- SCopic) : Species. Species. JE OLUGDS fears eooaeeoe sage sotnoon DUN BLA Gy QUULIVCUIELS I pctepae merece a 2 OZTNOTHWEED en een oe AL CLERC TNs Bie NOT NGAI ODIO ae ui I (QOUVARL, Wis (KAN erccohokbobnataoor TAU ATAMIAD kor abno sho sedans dane Kee I ADL COP SIS te as ers Meet eh on ac or Mee | PO CCHLCLI A tana Sacre Wa veteny Murer tie 2 ED EDU NB) eibadebengsns naconuse SU EUNICE AOS sec MASON ARO RMNu SN 3 QOD CHE OG TATE CS ie its | MU QOMOMO PSS conc supce sb Adon osu coat I QOD SE ESS OU Gui Ae ine I | AUOEVSOUCIIOLES | (hia ee enn eect I COTCOCMES BIR Waa Se NE heen tele I Coral-like forms (Protozoans), fragments of Cystidians and bur- rows and trails of marine worms, including Arenicolites and Psammichnites. The uniformity of conditions attending the depositions of the Etcheminian terrane throughout the Atlantic Coast province of the Cambrian is surprising, and points to a quiescent period of long continuance during which the Hyolithide and Capulide developed so as to become the dominant types of the animal world, while the Brachiopods, the Lamellibranchs and_ the other Gasteropods still were puny and insignificant. The crus- tacea so far as we know, were represented only by one Phyllo- carid and the trilobites so far have not been recognized at all. Dana has said that “if strata should be found containing no Trilobites, but only Worms, the lower types of Brachiopods, Ostracods among the Crustaceans, and other. inferior species, a place in the Cambrian would properly be made for it.’”’ To the author it appears that while a place might for convenience be found in the Cambrian for such a fauna, it would not be ‘‘prop- erly found,” if we regard its biological significance. To assign such a fauna to the Cambrian would be to ignore the impor- tance of the trilobites in distinguishing from each other the sev- eral life-zones of the Cambrian system; we would not recog- nize aS Cambrian a varied fauna from which the trilobites were absent. 1 Manual of Geology, 4th ed., pp. 487-488. 54 MATTHEW. But the Etcheminian is not sucha fauna as that described by Dana, for it has the marks of advancement and develop- ment in it and the dominance of one class over others. The Hyolithide had at this time reached as high a development structurally as they ever attained. While not having the diversity of ornamentation, or varieties of shape which they afterward exhibited, they had already reached a high standard as regards their general structure. Gerard Holm, in his stand- ard memoir on the Hyolithide and Conulariide of Sweden, divides Hyolithes (sens. strict.) into two great sections, viz : Equidorsati, in which the boundary between the real dorsal and ventral sides is at the lateral edge of the shell; and Jlagnidor- sati in which the real division between these two sides (7. ¢., the place where the growth-lines change their course) is on the dorsal. Both of these sections are found among the Hyolithes of the Etcheminian Fauna. The Hyolithide then were highly developed in this fauna, and dominated all other forms, burrow- ing worms excepted, in numbers and size. 5. Extension of the Etcheminian to the Westward. Having found the physical history of the Etcheminian terrane so constant and parallel in the two regions of New Brunswick and Newfoundland, 600 miles apart, I took advantage of an op- portunity presented to me through the courtesy of Prof. W. O. Crosby, at the time of the meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of Science in Boston, to see the shales at Braintree. Dr. Crosby first showed me the red slates near Braintree which have been referred to the Olenellus zone, and I was at once struck by their resemblance to the Etcheminian of Newfoundland. These slates are said to underlie the trilobite slates of Braintree, but they are separated from these by a granitic intrusion ; this granite has so far affected the calcareous masses found in the red slates that the borders of such bodies are epi- dotized and the rock has an appearance of greater antiquity than the red shales and slates of Newfoundland. But there are the same occasional limestone beds and the same layers beset with PALAOZOIC TERRANE BENEATH CAMBRIAN. 5D calcareous nodules, which we have remarked in the Etcheminian of Smith Sound. As I learn from Dr. Crosby, the fauna found in these red slates includes many of the types which I have spec- ified, as characteristic of the Etcheminian fauna, and no trilo- bites have with certainty been obtained from them. Whether these red slates are Etcheminian or not, future investigation will determine, but it may with certainty be affirmed that the con- ditions of deposition closely resemble those of the Etcheminian of Newfoundland. Red slates have been studied at Nahant near Salem, which have yielded Hyolithide and other fossils, and are probably of the same age as the red slates near Braintree. The lowest Cambrian zone has not been recognized at this locality by its characteristic fossils, and the space where it should occur is occupied by the granitic intrusion above referred to, but at North Attleborough, some distance to the westward of Boston, a Cambrian fauna was found some years ago by Messrs. Shaler and Foerste, and the fauna described by these authors. As the trilobites all have continuous eyelobes, and the species Microdiscus bellicinctus is common to this locality and the Proto- lenus zone in Newfoundland, it is evident that this fauna is Protolenian. The group of trilobites to which the above Jfcro- discus belongs, have a series of tubercles along the anterior mar- ginal fold, which had a functional meaning. Though not found at St. John, these trilobites are evidently characteristic of the Protolenus fauna series ; they occur with it at Attlebor- ough and Conception Bay; but they are also a common con- stituent of the Cambrian fauna at Troy, N. Y., it seems therefore highly probable that the Troy fauna in part at least, belongs to the Protolenus zone, but with considerable variation from the typical facies. The fauna is found in its integrity only in the areas over which the Etcheminian fauna is known to be spread. It is a disappointment to the writer that he has not been able to find Olenellus (sens. strict.)'in any of the sediments de- scribed in this paper, which are spread for a thousand miles along the Atlantic coast of America. This has debarred him from 1As represented in O. Thompsont, Hall, O. Gilberti, Meek,? O. J/ddings?, Walc. and O. Lapwortht and O. reticulatus, Peach. 56 MATTHEW. using the name Olenellian for any Cambrian fauna in the At- lantic region. This region hada physical history different from that of the interior and the St. Lawrence Valley, from the begin- ning of the Etcheminian to the middle of the Ordovician, and had faunas more closely allied to those of Europe, than to the parts of America to the north and west. ‘This has been sig- nalized by Dana in his descriptions of the “ Eastern Border Region,” and stands out distinctly in the earliest Palaeozoic time —the Etcheminian. ST. JoHN, N. B., CANADA, Nov., 1858. {Annais N. Y. Acap. Sci., Vol. XII, No. 3, pp. 57 to 86, April 9, 1899. ] NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. SIXTH ANNUAL RECEPTION. April 19 and 20, 1899. CATALOGUE OF EXHIBITS. NEW YORK ACADEMY OF. SCIENCES. 1399 Sixth Annual Reception and Exhibit of Fees’ ipfO%ess Ii olelice at the American Museum of Natural History. WEDNESDAY, APRIL Io: RECEPTION TO MEMBERS OF ACADEMY AND INVITED GUESTS, 8-10 P. M. THURSDAY, APRIL 20: AFTERNOON EXHIBIT, 3-5 P. M. EVENING RECEPTION, TO MEMBERS OF THE SCIENTIFIC ALLIANCE, 8-10 P. M. SIXTH ANNUAL RECEPTION. 61 COMMITTEES. Honorary Committee of Members. Miss; GATHERING BRUCE Mrs STH ER HERR MAN® WME. DODGE, ABRAM S. HEWITT, (C)ELAURICIES) Je, IBVAIEING, MOKRIS KY JESUP; Mrs. HENRY DRAPER, CENRIERS EH. SE NE We EAA VEE ras SVEUNMOTEIE, SILOVAIN Reception and Exhibition Committee. HENRY F. OSBORN, GRHAREE Sh COx CHAS VA. DOKE MUS, (CISUNS, JEy IRIS IONE, WILLIAM HALLOCK, Chairman. General Committee. INATONMY. OS. Ne Bile AKGRe: ASTRONOMY: J. K. REES. Horny: CC CURTIS: CHEMISTRY : CHAS. A. DOREMUS. ELECTRICInY, > GEO, Fk. SEVER. ETHNOLOGY AND ARCH#oLocGY: L. FARRAND. EXPERIMENTAL PsycHoLoGy : CHAS. H. JUDD. GEOLOGY AND GEoGRAPHY: J. F. KEMP and R. H. CORNISH. MineraLocy: A. J. MOSES. PAL#ONTOLOGY: GILBERT van INGEN. PHoToGRAPHY : CORNELIUS Van BRUNT. Paysics: © ©. TROWBRIDGE. ZooLocy : GARY N. CALKINS. SIXTH ANNUAL RECEPTION. 63 NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. FOUNDED IN 1817. ORGANIZATION. The New York Academy of Sciences is fourth in age among American scientific societies, having been organized in 1817 as the Lyceum of Natural History. It embraces all branches of science and its scope is the same as that of the older European societies. Its publications are of world-wide reputation and contain the first announcement of many discoveries, which have proved to be of great importance in their practical and theoret- ical relations. The former Presidents have been: Dr. Samuel L. Mitchell, 1817-1823. Professor John Torrey, 1824-1826; 1836. Major Joseph Delafield, 1827~1837; 1839-1865. Professor Charles A. Joy, 1866-1867. Professor John S. Newberry, 1868-1892. Professor O. P. Hubbard, 1892-1893. Dr. H. Carrington Bol- ton, 1893-1894. Professor John K. Rees, 1894-1896. Profes- sor J. J. Stevenson, 1896-1898. Professor H. F. Osborn, 1898-. MEMBERSHIP. Honorary members are limited to fifty in number, and are elected from the representative scientific men of the world. Corresponding members are also chosen from distinguished men in different part of the world engaged in the prosecution of various branches of research, the results of which they are expected to communicate to the Academy from time to time. This list now includes over 250 names. Fellows are limited to 100 and are chosen from among the Resident Members in recognition of scientific attainments or services; they form the Council and the main working body, and conduct the business of the Academy. 64 CATALOGUE OF EXHIBITS, Resident Membership is not restricted to specialists, but is open to those who take a general interest in science and desire to promote the work of the Academy by their subscriptions. The initiation fee is $5, and the annual dues are $10. _ Pay- ment of these confers upon Members full privileges and the right to all publications. By payment of $100a Member may become a Life Member, commuting his annual dues. Donors of $1,000 become Patrons, and have all the privileges of Life or Resident Members. Members are elected as follows: The candidates are proposed publicly, in writing, at any meeting, by a Fellow or Member ; and the nominations, together with the name of the person mak- ing them, are referred to the Council ; if approved, the candi- dates may be elected by ballot at any succeeding business meeting. PUBLICATIONS. The publications of the Academy at present consist of two: series—The Annals (octavo) and The Memoirs (quarto). All are distributed to Members and Fellows, and are circulated in exchange for the publications of nearly all the foreign and Amer-_ ican Academies and learned Societies. The Annals, which opened in 1824, contain the longer contributions and reports of researches, together with the reports of meetings. The Zrans- actions, in which the shorter papers and business reports have hitherto appeared, are now abolished and the matter appears in the Annals. The complete volumes of Annals now coincide with the calender year, and appear with a new typography and ar- rangement of pages. Under the present system of printing, an author can secure immediate publication and distribution of a discovery in which it is important to establish priority. The present edition of the Annals is 1,250. The Memoirs, issued in quarto form, are adapted to papers requiring large plates or tabulations. But one number has thus far been issued. LIBRARY. The Library numbers over 18,000 titles, and is especially rich in sets of the publications of American and Foreign Societies. SIXTH ANNUAL RECEPTION. 65 In this respect it is one of the most complete in this country. It is now shelved in room 507 Schermerhorn Hall at Columbia University, and is accessible to Members from 8 a.m. to 5 P.M. MEETINGS. The Academy at present meets at 12 West 31stSt. Meetings are held every Monday at 8 p.m., from October to May, inclusive. The Academy meets in sections on successive Mondays in the following order: Astronomy and Physics: Biology (Zoology, Physiology, Botany); Geology and Mineralogy; Anthropology, Psychology and Philology. Other sections may be formed by a vote of the Council. Each of the sectional evenings is devoted mainly to scientific papers and discussions. All the meetings are open to the public and are announced, with the subjects of the papers to be read, in the bulletins of the Scientific Alliance of New York. SCOPE OF WORK. Owing to the increased scientific activity in this city, expan- sion of the Academy’s work is called for along two lines, pub- lications, and grants for research. The Academy is endeavoring to increase its efficiency in the near future by securing a larger publication fund so that it will no longer be necessary to decline important scientific papers offered for publication, especially when accompanied by illustrations. A certain sum of money should also be available annually for lecture courses—such as the well-known lectures of the Royal Institution in London ; and for grants for original research. Our scientific men give their results freely to the world with no thought of financial re- turn in most cases, and should be aided in their work by Scien- tific Academies. Persons desiring to join the Academy or support its scientific work by subscription in either of the lines suggested above should address THE SECRETARY, New York Academy of Sciences, TEACHERS COLLEGE, NEw YorRK CITY. ANNALS N. Y. Acab. Sct, XII, April 9, 1899—5. 66 CATALOGUE OF EXHIBITS. OFFICERS OF THE ACADEMY, 1898-9. President, HENRY F. OSBORN. first Vice- President, Second Vice-President, JAMES F. KEMP. CHAS. L. BRISTOL. Corresponding Secretary, WILLIAM STRATFORD. Recording Secretary, RICHARD E. DODGE. Treasurer, CHARLES F. COX. Librarian, BASHFORD DEAN. Editor, GILBERT VAN INGEN. COUNCILLORS. FRANZ BOAS, WILLIAM HALLOCK, CHARLES A. DOREMUS, HAROLD JACOBY, LAWRENCE A. McLOUTH, L. M. UNDERWOOD. CURATORS. HARRELSON G. DYAR, GEORGE F. KUNZ, ALEXIS A. JULIEN, LOUIS H. LAUDY, WILLIAM D. SCHOONMAKER, FINANCE COMMITTEE. HENRY DUDLEY, JOHN H. HINTON, CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT. OFFICERS OF THE SECTIONS. Section of Astronomy and Physics. M. I. PUPIN, Chairman. W. S. DAY, Secretary. Section of Biology. F. S$. LEE, Chairman. F. E. LLOYD, Seexetary. Section of Geology and Mineralogy. G. F. KUNZ, Chairman. A. A. JULIEN, Secretary. Subsection of Anthropology and Psychology. F. BOAS, Chairman. C. H. JUDD, Secretary. CHAS. B. BLISS, Secretary for Anthropology and Psychology. Subsection of Philology. L. A. McLOUTH, Chairman. A. V. W. JACKSON, Secretary. i) SIXTH ANNUAL RECEPTION. 67 A ANATOMY. In CHARGE OF JOSEPH A. BLAKE. . MorPHOLOGY OF THE AMPHIBIAN VASCULAR AND VISCERAL Systems. From the Department of Anatomy, Columbia University. Exhibited by Prof. George S. Huntington. DRAWING ILLUSTRATING VARIATIONS OF THE HEPATIC AR- TERY IN Forty CONSECUTIVE DIssEcTIons. From the Department of Anatomy, Columbia University. Ex- hibited by Dr. George E. Brewer. . SPECIMENS SHOWING TyPEs OF THE HuMAN ILEO-cOLIC JUNC- TION AND VERMIFORM APPENDIX IN THE ADULT AND Cuitp. From the Department of Anatomy, Columbia University. Exhibited by Dr. K. Walton Martin. . SPECIMENS ILLUSTRATING THE CELLOIDIN CORROSION Mass. From the Department of Anatomy, Columbia Univer- sity. Exhibited by Dr. Joseph A. Blake. . RECONSTRUCTIONS AND DRAWINGS ILLUSTRATING THE STRUC- TURE AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE FOURTH VENTRICLE. From the Department of Anatomy, Columbia Univer- sity. Exhibited by Dr. Joseph A. Blake. . SPECIMENS OF ZOOMETRIC IMPREGNATION Casts. Exhibited by the Department of Anatomy, Columbia University. ” B ASTRONOMY. In CHARGE OF JOHN Krom REEs. ILLUSTRATIONS OF RECENT Work, 1398 AND 1899. Exhibited by Harvard College Observatory ; E. C. Pickering, Director. I-21. 1. The Cluster w Centauri, showing 125 variable stars. 2. Light Curves of Variable Stars in w Centauri. 68 CATALOGUE OF EXHIBITS. 3. Comparison of the Potsdam and the Harvard Photo- metric measures of the variable stars U Vulpeculee and Sle Gyo: 4. Photographic Method of Discovering Variable Stars of Short Period. 5. Meteors photographed on November 14, 1898, show- ing radiant point. 6. Distribution of Stars of Type V. 7. Specimens of Stellar Spectra, Types I., 1. 111: 8,7 Specimens of Stellar Spectray Dy pessull iy ave g. Specimens of Stellar Spectra, peculiar. 10. Method of converting Prismatic into Normal Spectra. 11. Method of converting Prismatic into Normal Spectra. 12. The New Planet Eros (433); Bruce Telescope. 13. The New Planet Eros (433); Bruce Telescope. 14. Path of Eros in 1894, showing positions of images found on Harvard photographs. 15. The New Star in Sagittarius. 16. New Satellite of Saturn. 17. New 12-inch Horizontal Photometer ; exterior. 18. New 12-inch Horizontal Photometer ; interior. 1g. Ascent of El Misti. 20. Interior of crater of El Misti. 21. Stations on El Misti; elevation 15,700 and 19,200 feet. Lick OBSERVATORY, CALIFORNIA; James E. Keeler, director. 22. Campbell’s photographs of the total solar eclipse of January 21.1808, 12 23. Photographs of the Orion Nebula taken with the Cross- ley reflector. 24. Enlargements of Campbell’s photographs of star spectra. WARNER AND SWAZEY, CLEVELAND, OHIO. 25. New Model Telescopic gun sights. 26. Sextant. 27. Latest design of 2-inch Alt-Azimuth Telescope. CoL_uMBIA UNIVERSITY OBSERVATORY ; J. K. Rees, director. 28. Graphical representation of the variation of latitude at New York City from 1893 to 1899. SIXTH ANNUAL RECEPTION. 69 29. Photographs of ancient Chinese instruments. 30. Loewy and Puiseaux’s latest enlargements of photo- graphs of the Moon, taken with the Paris Equatorial Coude. PUBLICATIONS OF THE OBSERVATORY STAFF: Bit b. 34- 35. a. Vol. I. Rutherfurd’s Stellar Photographs by Rees, Jacoby, Davis and Schlesinger. Astronomical Journal, Nos. 401 and 451, giving “The Variation of Latitude at New York and a determination of the constant of aberration from Observations at the Observatory of Columbia University” by Rees, Jacoby and Davis. . Bulletin Imperial Academy of St. Petersburg on “ Pho- tographic Researches near the Pole of the Heavens,’’ by Jacoby. . Contributions Nos. 12, 13 and rg from the Observatory of Columbia University on “ A Catalogue of 65 stars near Ol Cyeni~ “Whe parallaxes of 61! and 612 Cygni,” and “A catalogue of 34 stars near Bradley 3077,” by Davis. . Contribution No 15 from Observatory of Columbia Uni- versity on “The Prasepe Group: Measurement and Reduction of the Rutherfurd Photographs,” by Frank Schlesinger. . Elements of DQ—(433) Eros—with projection of orbit on ecliptic plane with Mars and Earth. . Path of pole of axis of Earth’s figure around axis of rotation. Exhibited by Dr. S. C. Chandler, of Cam- bridge, Mass. Glass positives showing spectroscopic proof of iron, etc., in the Sun. Exhibited by Professor J. S. Ames, : Johns Hopkins University. Glass positives showing rotation of the Sun by dis- placement of lines in spectrum (Doppler principle). Exhibited by Professor J. S. Ames, of Johns Hopkins University. 70 CATALOGUE OF EXHIBITS. YERKES OBSERVATORY, UNIVERSITY OF CuIcaco, George E. Hale, Director. 36. Collection of photographs illustrating the work of the Observatory staff. C BOTANY. IN CHARGE-OF C. C. CURTIS. I. EXHIBIT By THE NEw York BOTANICAL GARDEN. a. Architect’s designs of the Museum Building and Horti- cultural Hail now in course of construction. 6. Illustrations of methods of exhibiting specimens in the Botanical Museum. c. Photographs of various portions of the Botanical Gar- den, including Buildings. 2. PUBLICATIONS: OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB AND ITS MEMBERS. Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club. Fern Bulletin. Plant World. Illustrated Flora of the Northern States and Canada, Vol. III. by Professor N. L. Britton and Addison Brown. e. Flora of the Upper Susquehanna by W. N. Clute. #. Monograph of the North American Potentilleze by P. A. Rydberg. . @ SOME NEw FERNS FROM MEXICO AND THE SOUTHWESTERN UNITED STATES. 6. New Funai From MAINE. Exhibited by Professor L. M. Underwood. c. COLORED PHOTOGRAPHS OF PERISHABLE FUNGI. Exhibited by J. A. Anderson. 4. PHOTOGRAPHS ILLUSTRATING DISEASES OF PLANTs. Exhibited by Professor B. D. Halsted. 5. Mosses New To THE EASTERN UNITED STATES. Exhibited by Mrs. E. G. Britton. Na fe WwW SI 10. If Je 16. 17 SIXTH ANNUAL RECEPTION. Wl EXAMPLES AND ILLUSTRATIONS OF NEW HEPATICAE FROM CALIFORNIA. Exhibited by Dr. M. A. Howe. SoME INTERESTING MossEs oF NoRTH AMERICA, with ex- planatory notes. Exhibited by Dr. A. J. Grout. NeEw GRASSES FROM EASTERN AND SOUTHERN NORTH AMERICA. Exhibited by G. V. Nash. STUDIES OF THE ASCLEPIADACEAE AND LEGUMINOSAE OF NorTII AMERICA. Exhibited by Miss Anna Murray Vail. STUDIES IN THE LOCAL FLORA. Exhibited by EP: Bicknell: UNDESCRIBED PLANTS OF THE SOUTHERN UNITED STATES. Exhibited by Dr. J: K. Small. PLANTS NEW TO THE VICINITY OF New York. Exhibited by W. N. Clute. PREPARATIONS AND ILLUSTRATIONS OF A PARASITE OF THE ERYSIPHACE®. Exhibited by D. Griffiths. STUDIES IN THE Lire History or Spherella lacustris. Exhibited by T. E. Hazen. PREPARATIONS AND DRAWINGS, ILLUSTRATING THE EMBRY- OLOGY OF THE RUBIACE. Exhibited by Professor Francis E. Lloyd. -a. SPERMATOGENESIS OF FPel/ia. 6. Fruitinc Trips oF Sargassum. Exhibited by Dr. W. R. Shaw. DEVELOPMENT OF Empryo-sac oF Delphinium exaltatum. Exhibited by Miss L. B. Dunn. a. EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL IRRITANTS UPON CERTAIN FUNGI. b. FORMALIN AS A PRESERVATIVE OF ALG. Exhibited by Dr. H. M. Richards. A SELF-RECORDING AUXANOMETER FOR CLASS DEMONSTRA- TION. Exhibited by Professor J. C. Arthur. A CONVENIENT MANOMETER FOR RooT PRESSURE. Eeanibited by; Dre G2 ©. Curtis: 72 CATALOGUE OF EXHIBITS. D CHEMISTRY. In CHARGE OF CHARLES A. DOREMUS. 1. SPECIMENS OF EFFECT PRODUCED ON METALS BY THE DETO- NATION OF EXPLOSIVES. Exhibited by Charles E. Monroe. 2. BASE OF SIX-INCH CARTRIDGE CASE FOUND ON THE DECK OF THE VISCAYA AFTER THE BATTLE, EXPLODED BY HEAT OF FIRE. Exhibited by W. W. Gilmartin, gunner, U. S. Navy. SoME CHEMICAL Propucts USED IN THE MANUFACTURE OF Exposives. Exhibited by C. W. Volney. 4. APPARATUS FOR CONTINUOUS FILTRATION AND EXTRACTION. Exhibited by C. W. Volney. 5. PROGRESS IN ARTISTIC GLass. Exhibited by Louis C. Tiffany. 6. AN APPARATUS FOR THE EXTRACTION OF SOLIDS WITH AN ATTACHMENT FOR THE EXTRACTING ONE LIQuID By AN- OTHER. Exhibited by Aug. E. Knorr. 7. An APPARATUS FOR THE SEPARATION OF ARSENIC, ANTIMONY, SELENIUM AND TIN BY FRACTIONAL DISTILLATION. Exhibited by Aug. E. Knorr. 8. GUAIACOL. a. Guaiacolsulphonic acid (crude). 6, Barium Guaiacolsulphonate. Sodium Guaiacolsulphonate. d. Acetylguaiacol Sodium sulphonate. Exhibited by Ludwig H. Reuter. 9. SAMPLES SHOWING THE MANUFACTURE OF PURE LITMUs. Exhibited by Ludwig H. Reuter. 10. 8 NAPHTALENESULPHONIC ACID AND BENZENESULPHONIC ACID FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF ETHERS AND ESTEE: Exhibited by Ludwig H. Reuter. Uo SIXTH ANNUAL RECEPTION. ee 11. PHENYLDIMETHYLPYRAZOLONE-SULPHONIC ACID (crude). a. Morphine Phenyldimethylpyrazolonesulphonate. 6. Codeine Phenyldimethylpyrazolonesulphonate. c. Caffeine Phenyldimethylpyrazolonesulphonate. d. Quinine Phenyldimethylpyrazolonesulphonate. e. Barium Phenyldimethylpyrazolonesulphonate. Exhibited by Ludwig H. Reuter. 12. FIivE SAMPLES SHOWING THE MANUFACTURE OF ACETYL DE- RIVATIVES OF SULPHONATES OF PHENOLS. Exhibited by Ludwig H. Reuter. 13. Carsoric Acip (Merk & Co.) REMAINING PERFECTLY WHITE UNDER USUAL PRECAUTIONS IN KEEPING. Exhibited by Ludwig H. Reuter. 14. a. HEXAMETHYLENETETRAMINE SULPHATE. 6, HEXAMETHYLENETETRAMINE ETHYSULPHATE. Exhibited by Ludwig H. Reuter. 15. A SERIES OF THE APPROXIMATE CONSTITUENTS OF TRINIDAD Lake ASPHALT. Exhibited by Clifford Richardson. 16. PHENOLS FROM CALIFORNIA PETROLEUM. Exhibited by Clifford Richardson. 17. A SOAP CONTAINING 25 TO 30% OF KEROSENE. © Exhibited by Hermann Poole and Ralph W. Bailey. a. A soap containing 40% of paraffine oil. A soap containing 50% paraffine wax. c. An ointmeat, base Permol, which will not become - rancid. d. Various ointments with base Permol. é. A solid ammonia soap. Exhibited by Hermann Poole and Ralph W. Bailey. 18. TELLURIUM EXTRACTED BY SUGAR. a. Raw material. 6. Pure tellurium oxide. Exhibited by Victor Lenker. 1g. COLORIMETER. Exhibited by Jerome Alexander. 20. APPARATUS FOR TESTING FOR ALUM IN WATER FILTRATION. Exhibited by C. A. Doremus. SF 74 CATALOGUE OF EXHIBITS. 21. a. PARAFFINE, extracted from commercial oleomargarine. 6. ARTIFICIAL COFFEE BEANS. Exhibited by Joseph F. Geisler. KH ELECTRICITY. IN CHARGE OF GEORGE F. SEVER. 1. EXHIBIT OF NEW APPARATUS BY QUEEN & Co. THROUGH O. T- LoulIs. a. A new complete incandescent lamp Photometer. 6. A sensitive simple D’Arsonval Galvanometer. ey _ETHNOLOGY AND ARCHAOLOGY. In CHARGE OF LIVINGSTON FARRAND. 1. DECORATIONS AND PROPERTY MARKS ON EskIMO HARPOONS. From the Collection of the American Museum of Natural History. Exhibited by Franz Boas. . INDIAN BASKETS FROM WASHINGTON AND BRITISH COLUMBIA, illustrating the development of conventional designs. Collected for the Jesup North Pacific Expedition by Livingston Farrand and James Teit. i) . A New Form oF HIEROGLYPHIC WRITING FROM MEXxICco. Collected for the American Museum of Natural His- tory by M. H. Saville. 4. Types oF Hanp HAMMERS AND PESTLES FROM THE NORTH Pacific Coast oF AMERICA. From the collection of the American Museum of Natural History. Exhibited by Harlan I. Smith. 5. PHOTOGRAPHS OF ARCHZOLOGICAL SPECIMENS FROM WESTERN NEw YORK AND SARATOGA COUNTY. Exhibited by W. L. Hildburgh. io) iS) ios) i) SIXTH ANNUAL RECEPTION. 75 G EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY. IN CHARGE OF CuHas. H. Jupp. . New ERGOGRAPHS. Exhibited by Professor J. McKeen Cattell. . METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR THE STUDY OF ACCURACY OF MOVEMENT. Exhibited by Mr. R. S. Woodworth, Columbia Uni- versity. . APPARATUS FOR THE STUDY OF BINOCULAR RIVALRY. Exhibited by Mr. B. B. Breese, Columbia University. . SIMPLE PHOTOMETER FOR MEASURING LIGHT INTENSITIES IN SCHOOLS. Exhibited by Mr. G. E. Johnson, New York University. . CHarts oF Opricar JELUSIONS. Exhibited by Professor Chas. H. Judd, New York Uni- versity. H GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY. In CHARGE OF J. F. Kemp anp R. H. Cornisu. . GEOLOGICAL AND TOPOGRAPHICAL MopEL ILLUSTRATING THE YELLOWSTONE NATIONAL Park, prepared for exhibi- tion at the Paris Exposition in 1900. (Modeled by E. E. Howell.) Exhibited by U. S. Geological Survey, Washington, D. C. . SERIES OF Maps SHOWING THE TOPOGRAPHIC WORK OF THE U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. a. Printed map to show the progress of topographic map- ping by the survey in the Eastern third of the United States in 18098. : 6. Hand-colored map of New York State showing prog- ress in topographic mapping last year. c. Five wall maps of portions of New York State, in- 76 CATALOGUE OF EXHIBITS. cluding new sheets and old ones, viz: The new map of New York city, 2’, 9!’ by 3’, 8”’. ThewLower Hudson 114 3/7 bye sar The Adirondacks, 4’, 4’ by 5’, 10”. Syracuse: tor Utica, 15.545 4 Dyan Oe Theveastern’ end of Wake Ontario 3/13) sbyalOn Niagara Falls to Rochester, 6’, 6’’ by 2’, 9/”. 3. SERIES OF Maps AND PUBLICATIONS TO SHOW PROGRESS IN GEOLOGY : a. The Holyoke, Mass. ; Butte, Mont.; Ten Mile, Colo. ; Boise, Idaho ; and Nereces, Texas, Folios. 6. Wall maps of the London and Richmond sheets, Ky. Wall.maps of the Little Belt Mtns. ; Ft. Benton and Livingston sheets Mont. Wall maps of Tazewell and Pocahontas sheets, Vir- ginia. Wall maps of Fredericksburg and Nomini sheets, Maryland. Wall maps of Truckee, Pyramid Park, Big Trees and Sonora sheets, California. Wall maps of Holyoke sheets, Massachusetts. c. Eighteenth Annual Report of the Director of the U.S. Geological Survey. ad. Monograph XXVIII. and Atlas. . Physiographic Folio. Exhibited by U. S. Geological Survey, C. D. Walcott, Director. N A. @. RECENT PUBLICATIONS OF THE NEW YORK STATE MUSEvum, Albany, N. Y. 6. RELIEF Map OF THE EASTERN ADIRONDACKS. Exhibited by Dr. F. J. H. Merrill, State Geologist of New York. 5. a VARIOUS CRUDE PETROLEUMS FROM THE East INDIES, Ja- PAN, ETC. 6. New GeoLtocic Map or WEstT VIRGINIA, prepared by I. C. White, State Geologist. SIXTH ANNUAL RECEPTION. ial Exhibited by Professor J. J. Stevenson, of New York University. 6. a. MAP SHOWING THE GEOLOGY OF MARYLAND, SCALE 2’ TO THE MILE. ; 6. Map showing the relative elevations of Maryland, scale Zito thesmiile: c. Map showing the physiographic provinces of Mary- land @scaley2/ tolthe mile ad. Map showing the divides and drainage basins of Mary- lancdseale.24 to) tie mile: é. Framed chart showing Maryland building and decora- tive stones. 5 jf. Framed chart showing the physical features of Mary- land. Framed chart showing the quarries and quarry areas of Maryland. h. Reports of the Maryland Geological Survey. Exhibited by the Maryland Geological Survey through Professor W. B. Clark, State Geologist. 7. SERIES OF SPECIMENS ILLUSTRATING THE EFFECT OF MINER- ALOGICAL COMPOSITION UPON THE FUSIBILITY OF CLAY. Exhibited by Dr. Heinrich Ries, Cornell University. 8. SERIES OF SPECIMENS OF Rocks, DIAGRAMS, PHOTOGRAPHS AND ORES, ILLUSTRATIVE OF THE NORTHERN BLACK Hixzs, SourH Daxora. (Paper read before the Acad- emy, March 20, 1899.) Exhibited by John D. Irving, Fellow in Geology, Columbia University. is) g. SERIES OF SPECIMENS OF Rocks, ILLUSTRATING THE GEOLOGY OF SonorA, MEXICO, NOW UNDER INVESTIGATION. ‘Exhibited by Bi P. Hill 10. @. TEN LARGE THIN-SECTIONS OF ADIRONDACK Rocks, ILLus- TRATING Dynamic METAMORPHISM. 6. SPECIMENS, PLATES AND PHOTOGRAPHS, ILLUSTRATING THE GEOLOGY OF THE TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITES. (Paper read before the Academy, February 20, 1899.) Exhibited by Professor J. F. Kemp. 18 CATALOGUE OF EXHIBITS. 11. SERIES OF ABRASIVES, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL, VIZ. COR- UMDUM FROM ONTARIO, CANADA, SHOOTING CREEK, N. C., CARBORUNDUM FROM N1rAGaRA Fatts, N. Y. Exhibited by G. F. Kunz and J. F. Kemp. I MINERALOGY. In CHARGE OF ALFRED J. MOSEs. a. Exurspit OF DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY, Soo Se Sk AMERICAN Museum Narturav History,.through L. P. Gratacap. . Mass of Corundum Rock, Towns Co., Ga. Fuggerite, Le Salle, Monzoni, Tyrol. Lorandite, Allchar, Macedonia. . Herderite (large crystals), Stoneham, Me. . Epididymite, Greenland. : Celestites (groups of large crystals), Strontian Island, Lake Erie. . Series of English Barites. 1. Parkside, Cumberland, Eng. Mowbray, Cumberland, Eng. Dalmellington, Eng. Frizington, Eng. I. Pallaflat, Cumberland, Eng. ae We . Stilbite, Berufiord, Iceland. . Apophyllite (geode cavity) Berufiord, Iceland. . Phacolite, Melbourne, Australia. Microcline (Baveno Twin), Crystal Peak, Col. Crocidolite (unaltered, long fiber), Griqua Land, S. A. m. Fluorite (large elongated cube), Northumberland, Eng. . Barite on Calcite (large nodular mass), Bad Lands, S. Dakota. . Large group of associated Galenite, Sphalerite and Chalcopyrite, Joplin, Mo. Stephanite on Pyrite, Grand Prize Mine, Tuscarora, Elks Co., Nev. q. SIXTH ANNUAL RECEPTION. a8) Column of Halite (crystallized froma natural solution), Greatisalt Wake 2 Utah: r. Smoky Quartz (colossal crystal), Auburn, Me. s. Smoky Quartz (parallel crystallization), Auburn, Me. 2. EXHIBIT OF DEPARTMENT OF MINERALOGY, CoLUMBIA UNI- GY Sy So SxS Og h. O P q. ee Ss the Uw. VERSITY. . Goldschmidt’s Two Circle Application Goniometer. Fuess’s Student Goniometer No. IVa. . Goldschmidt’s Goniometer Lamp. . Fuess’s Pyroelectric Apparatus after Kundt. . Suite of microphotographs showing the figures pro- duced on crystal faces by means of the etching method. Prepared by H. P. Whitlock. Suite of microscope slides showing etching figures on crystals of Gypsum, Natrolite, Calcite, Rhodochrosite, Siderite, Apatite, Fluorite, Cerussite, Calamine, Pyrite, and Biotite. Prepared by H. P. Whitlock. . Marshite (Copper Iodide) Broken Hill Mines, New South Wales. Tocornalite (Silver Mercury Iodide), Broken Hill Mines, New South Wales. . Clinohumite, Monte Somma, Vesuvius. . Chalcotrichite, matted, Old Dominion Mine, Arizona. . Hessite, large crystal, Botes, Transylvania. . Alexandrite, large crystal, Emerald Mines, Urals. . Silver, twinned cubes, Lake Superior. . Anglesite, large crystal, Wheatley Mine, Penn. . Ramosite, Ramos, Mexico. . Olivenite, large crystal, Mark Valley Mine, Cornwall. Capped quartz, England. . Coquimbite Crystals, Atacama, Chili. . Rubellite, Schaitausk, Urals. . Titanite, twin crystals, Renfrew, Ontario. Beryl, terminated crystals, Mursinka, Urals. The specimens and apparatus have been acquired by the Department during the year. Specimens / to w are from the 80 CATALOGUE OF EXHIBITS. collection of Dr. Thomas Egleston, recently presented to the Department. 3. ERIONITE, DURKEE, OREGON. A New Zeolite, described and exhibited by Arthur S. Eakle, of Harvard Univer- sity. 4. @. PHOTOGRAPHS OF MINERAL SPECIMENS REDUCED OR EN- ”) LARGED, ‘‘ photomicrographs” with society size acces- sories including lantern slides for lecture illustrations and prints for book illustrations. | Made by exhibitor. 6. APPARATUS FOR PROJECTING THE EFFECTS OF THE C. d. PASSAGE OF CONVERGENT POLARIZED LiGut, through crystals practically after the plan given in Wright’s “Tight”? London. But being made of aluminium it is so light that it is not disposed to sag, and requires no supporting bed. Made by exhibitor. RAKESTRAWS OF SOCIETY SIZE, showing methods of mounting in special instances. 1. Attwood cells in rakestraws. 2. Cover glass cemented on ground surface of speci- men. ACCESSORIES FOR SOCIETY SIZE RAKESTRAWS. 1. Modern Cartoon designed by Roy Hopping. 2. Microscope stage attachment for holding Rake- straws during examination, designed by James Walker. Made by William T. Gregg. Exhib- ited by Wallace Goold Levison. 5. a. Large Quartz Twin from Japan. IAS g. h. Green Fluorite from New Hampshire. Unaltered Crocidolite from South Africa. Uranium Minerals from Colorado. Thomsonite and Analcite from Colorado. Recent finds in the Iron Mines North of England. Allophane from New Mexico. Recent Finds near Joplin, Missouri. Exhibited by Geo. L. English & Co. 6. a. Neptunite, Narsasuk, Greenland. b. Epididymite, Narsasuk, Greenland. SIXTH ANNUAL: RECEPTION. 81 Elpidite, Narsasuk, Greenland. Catapleiite, Narsasuk, Greenland. Parisite, Narsasuk, Greenland. Rinkite, Kangerdluarsuk, Greenland. Steenstrupine, Kangerdluarsuk, Greenland. Ilvaite, Siorarsuit, Greenland. z. Aemigmatite, Naryakasik, Greenland. j. Parisite, Ravalli Co., Montana. k. Scheelite, Dragoon, Arizona. /. Scorodite, Tintic District, Utah. m. White Olivenite, Tintic District, Utah. nm. Red Olivenite, Tintic District, Utah. o. Green Olivenite, Tintic District, Utah. p. Penfieldite, Tintic District, Utah. g- {2 5 . ss SS Josephinite, Josephine Creek, Josephine Co., Oregon. Vanadinite, near Bannock City, Montana. Exhibited by Lazard Cahn. 7. CRYSTALS OF Mica. Exhibited by Jerame Alexander. J PALEONTOLOGY. In CHARGE OF GILBERT VAN INGEN. 1. Upper DEVONIAN BRECCIA wiTH Fish Remains DEPOSITED IN A SUBTERRANEAN CHANNEL IN THE NIAGARA LIME- STONE. Elmhurst, Illinois. Exhibited by Dr. Stuart Weller, of the University of Chicago. 2-8. Exhibition from the Department of Vertebrate Palaeon- tology, American Museum of Natural History. Mainly the Western Expedition of 18098. 2. Dinosaur Limps. a. Hind limbs of great Carnivorous Dinosaurs, full-grown and two-thirds grown. 6. Hind limbs of great Herbivorous Dinosaurs, probably two stages of growth of Brontosaurus. Exhibited by Hs Fs @sborn, Curator: Annas N. Y. Acap. Sci., XII, April 10, r899—6. 82 CATALOGUE OF EXHIBITS. 3. SKULL AND FEET OF THE PRIMITIVE CARNIVORE, Oxy@na, WITH A RESTORATION OF THE SKELETON. Exhibited by J. L. Wortman, Assistant Curator. 4. COMPLETE SKELETON OF A. JURASSIC TURTLE, Compsemys, FROM THE DINOSAUR BEDS OF WYOMING. Exhibited by J. L. Wortman, Assistant Curator. Mu- seum Expedition of 1808. 5. CHART AND SPECIMENS ILLUSTRATING THE ANCESTRY OF THE Docs AND Raccoons. Exhibited by J. L. Wortman and W. D. Matthew. 6. New MEMBERS OF THE CAMEL SERIES, FILLING GAPS IN THE CHAIN OF DESCENT. Exhibited by J. L. Wortman and W. D. Matthew. 7. NECK AND HinpD Lins oF A GIRAFFE-LIKE CAMEL. JA CASE OF INEXACT PARALLELISM. Exhibited by W. D. Matthew. 8. RESTORATIONS OF Extinct ANIMALS OF NORTH AMERICA. Painted by Charles Knight. Nos. 20-24. 0. Phenacodus primevus, a Condylarth. Coryphodon testis, an Amblypod—male and female. Floplophoreus primevus, a Sabre-tooth Cat. Lrontosaurus, a great Herbivorous Dinosaur. Telcoceras fossiger, a short-limbed Rhinoceros. Exhibited by H. F. Osborn, Curator. 9g. PHOTOGRAPHS OF EURYPTERUS SCORPIONIS AND E. BENNETTI FROM THE WATERLIME GrRoUP OF BUFFALO, N. Y. Exhibited B. Ky Mixers ButialossN. Ne by b& NO NY N Hou sy 1S) Ua M PHYSICS. In CHARGE OF C. C. TROWBRIDGE; PHOTOGRAPHY, IN CHARGE OF CORNELIUS VAN Brunt. I. STREMMATOGRAPH, Third Form, with recording tape, to ob- tain strains under both rails for high speed trains. iS) ISS) 10. Tiles SIXTH ANNUAL RECEPTION. 83 CAMERA FOR DouBLE Exposures of 1-100 to I-1000 of a second of locomotives and trains as they pass over the Stremmatograph, and scale-boards for timing exposures. PHOTOGRAPH OF RUNNING LOCOMOTIVE, exposure 1-500 of a second, showing position of counterbalance in reference to the Stremmatograph. PHOTOGRAPH OF 80 Car TRAIN, 34 of a mile long. Gross load 3,400 tons. PHOTOGRAPH OF TRAIN with Goerz five system double Anas- tigmat. PHOTOGRAPH OF VENUS AND THE Moon, March 8th, 5:30’A. M., lens 120 millimeters focus. 4 SHEETS OF TABULATIONS OF STRESSES in 100-Ilb. rails taken by the First Form of Stremmatograph. BosTON AND ALBANY ‘‘CONDENSED D1aGRAms’”’ of track, show- ing reduction in undulations per year from 1881 to 1898. Nos. 1—8 exhibited by P. H. Dudley. IMPROVISED STILL for continuous production of distilled water of extreme purity for general laboratory purposes. Exhibited by E. H. Loomis. Princeton University. RESISTANCE VESSEL for electrolytes. Exhibited by E. H. Loomis. Princeton University. MODIFICATION OF PFAUNDLER’S CALORIMETER for the meas- urement of the specific heat of solutions. Exhibited by W. F. Magie. Princeton University, STILL FoR Distittinc Meruyt Atcouor (etc.) and deter- mining its specific gravity without contact with atmos- phere. Exhibited by E. H. Loomis. Princeton Uni- versity, . CROOKE’S TuBE WITH RADIOMETERS to show unequal distri- bution of gaseous pressure after discharge. Exhidited by J. E. Moore. Princeton University. 84 14. itis 16. 7A 18. 19. 20. 22. ty Go CATALOGUE OF EXHIBITS. STILL FOR THE PurIFICATION OF WATER for experiments in conductivity. Exhibited by G. A. Hulett. Princeton University. PHOTOGRAPHS OF CuRVES showing conductivities of various electrolytes and the hydrolysis of stannic chloride. Exhibited by William Foster, Jr. Princeton Uni- versity. Gass PosITIVES comparing metallic and solar spectra. GLAss Positives showing effect on spectra produced by in- creased atmospheric pressure on the arc. Grass Positives showing Zeeman effect in spectra. Grass Positives showing the displacement of spectrum lines by the rotation of the sun. Dopplar principle. Nos. 16-19; taken at John Hopkins University and exhibited by J. S. AmEs. MECHANICAL ILLUSTRATION OF KIRCHHOFF’S PRINCIPLE. Exhibited by W. Hallock. . THompson DousiLe BribdGE, improved form of, for the measurement of low resistance, reading directly to o0.ocoocor ohm. Manufactured by Hartmann and Braun of Frankfort. Exhibited by H. C. Parker. REICHSANSTALT STANDARD CLARK CELL. Exhibited by I-(@> Parker, . BRIDGE FOR THE COMPARISON OF STANDARD Oxms by the Carey-Foster Method. Manufactured by Queen & @or; Exhibited iby, rl 7Gs Parker: WEHNELT’S ELECTROLYTIC INTERRUPTER, a form of, for in- duction coils. Exhibited by F. L. Tufts. . A PLatinum THERMOMETER for the measurement of low temperatures. Designed and exhibited be C. C. Trowbridge. MerTALLic Bopies used in determining the specific heat of metals at low temperatures. (+ 15° to — 182°C.) Exhibited by C. C. Trowbridge. 35: 30. 37: 38. 39. SIXTH ANNUAL RECEPTICN: 85 Hertz WAVE Apparatus. Exhibited by A. E. Lawrence. . EFFECT OF AN ALTERNATING CURRENT upon the glowing filament of an incandescent lamp producing nodes and loops as in Melde’s experiments. FE xinibiteds my Winn ©. beckham,» Adelphi College, Brooklyn. - Mercury Vacuum Pump; new short form, designed by Boltwood, which requires only 5 lbs. of mercury ; will exhaust a vessel of one liter capacity to a cathode ray vacuum in 25 minutes. . PoLariscopr, new half shade instrument with triple field of vision, adopted as United States Standard for sugar polarization. . COLORIMETER, according to Lovibund. An apparatus for the recording and comparison of colors. . JUNKE’S REeapinG Lens for thermometers. . X-Ray TuseE for 16-inch spark. For induction or static machine. No platinum used at cathode. . Grass Prisms, hollow, plates fused together to stand all acids and alkalies. New REVERBERATORY SHADE AND CHIMNEY for Welsbach incandescent light. Nos. 29 to 35 exhibited by Eimer & Amend. AUvUDIMETER. Aninstrument for the production of standard units of sound intensity, and for the establishment of corresponding units of sensitiveness and defectiveness of hearing. Exhibited by Alfred G. Compton. ELECTRICAL INTERRUPTER for Helmholtz’s acoustic appar- atus and other uses. Exhibited by Alfred G. Compton. Focusinc Arc Lamp. Exhibited by Alfred G. Compton. a. CHROMO-PHOTOGRAPHS on paper, of life scenes, instantan- eous. b. Stereoscopic views on glass. Exhibited by Charles L. A. Brasseur. 86 CATALOGUE OF EXHIBITS. O ZOOLOGY. In CHARGE oF Gary N. CALKINS. 1. ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE Nite Fauna. From coliection made by the Senff Zodlogical Expedition of 1898, to the Nile. Exhibited by N. R. Harrington. a. Mormyrus oxyrhynchus. b. Malapterurus electricus. The “ electric fish.” c. Polypterus bishir. The special object of the Expedi- tion. d. Various vertebrates and invertebrates from the Nile and the Red Sea. FURTHER ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE FAUNA OF BERMUDA. From collection made in the summer of 1898 by the New York University Alumni Expedition. Exhibited by C. L. Bristol. 3. ILLUSTRATIONS OF BirD Hapits. ° Exhibited by Frank M. Chapman. ! a. Nesting Habits of the Brown Pelican. Collected by F. M. Chapman on Pelican Island, Florida. Mounted by, EH Smith: 6. Photographs of Birds in Nature. Photographed by F. M. Chapman. 4. THE PLUMAGES OF CERTAIN PASSERINE Brirps oF NEW York, illustrating the changes produced by Moult and by Wear. Exhibited by Jonathan Dwight, Jr. Ny a. Bobolink. fj. Gold Finch. 6. Cowbird. g. Scarlet Tanager. c. Red-winged Blackbird. /. Black-Yellow Warbler. ad. Meadow Lark. z. Red-stark. é. Purple Finch. 5. a DEVELOPMENTAL STAGES OF THE STONE CAT, JVoturus gyrinus. 6. A FREE-LIVING TunicaTE, Dololum. - Exhibited by F. B. Sumner. SIXTH ANNUAL RECEPTION. 87 6. a. BoRN Wax-PLaTeE MODEL OF THE CRANIUM AND JAWS OF THE LARVAL CHIM#ROID, H/ydrolagus collier. 6. SEGMENTATION STAGES OF THE HaG-Fisu, /dellostoma stoutia. Exhibited by Bashford Dean. 7, PREPARATIONS ILLUSTRATING RECENT NEUROLOGICAL METH- ops. Exhibited by O. S. Strong. 8. PREPARATIONS ILLUSTRATING THE DEVELOPMENT OF SPER- MATOZOA IN THE CRUSTACEA. Exhibited by M. Bunting. Q. PREPARATIONS ILLUSTRATING THE EVOLUTION OF THE Kary- OKINETIC FicurE. Exhibited by G. N. Calkins. 10. PREPARATIONS ILLUSTRATING THE MATURATION AND FERTI- LIZATION OF AN ASCIDIAN. Exhibited by H. E. Crampton, Jr. II. PREPARATIONS ILLUSTRATING CERTAIN STAGES IN THE Ma- TURATION AND FERTILIZATION OF A SNAIL, Limuea elodes. “Exhibited by H. R. Linville. 12. PREPARATIONS ILLUSTRATING fORMATION AND DIVISION OF AN ABNORMAL TETRAD IN THE SPERMATOGENESIS OF Various HEmMIPTERA. Exhibited by F. C. Paulmier. 13. @ PREPARATIONS SHOWING A METHOD oF HISTOLOGICAL AND CyTOLoGICcAL TECHNIK. 6. DEMONSTRATION OF THE BREATHING APPARATUS OF FISHES. Exhibited by Ulric Dahlgren, of Princeton University. CATALOGUE OF EXHIBITS. INDEX OF EXHIBITORS. NAME, Mexandernm|cc eee NTIMES WANs MS tit Se eect tyres ee eee AWOGKEOI, ov Je\us.ob3eacgsacue Arthur, Bailey wa Veiaeran = a aes Ibrekmelll ak. iey s..anee eres Blakesley (Anes ee eee OAS web ramiZaesere ca aa aeose Botanicals Gardent.fa. 20-5. iBrasseur Ces AL reenter Bre Wer Gc i.e ave wets BItSESE; 18 Mogumseewmesnaesec IB TIStO MGI eee ake uae Britton plnG se peeks BmutOmaNe gle: cen seen ee Bumatimeee ND yet aaa. cee ance Calmealeazandit: sracnsctn se GalikimGunGeiNge sno seen @attell ane MG ee. ChandlennsutGs ew es Ghapmians bei oon) i. @latkea Web etree. GlntemWiwiNiteecheecn eet cae Compton WA Geese... Crampton}: (E35 |ir-... Curtis heats ee eee Name. PaGE DoremussCeA ne ee eee Ae Dudley, Rese: ice. weer 83 Dnin Sea icer ores eee if Dwiehe oe reese 86 Hakle A eOne ic. s2esnecscasseeceeee SEO actin ssics cis ie seran oai ARO RENSNO Helos ow ve a cioiad bits | Expl. Black Hills,-Pl. 1, Figs) Ticcesee-eeeeeereeeee ANIMALIA. | PROTOZOA. CAUNOPORA | planulata vEl Gc Wig typeatesnancsacsssccsesesssscsroes | 23d Rept. St. Cab., Pl.-9; Fig. 25oicnn.essssene tee CERIONITES. | dactyloides: Owen spsrereermoececocccccssasesceurcmaces Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl., Figs. 1-3............+ceceres | . RECEPTACULITES. Devonicus Whitf., type.........ccecseseceeeeeeeee renee oe Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 6, Figa tO: temmesee inemiispliericus: ball auemomeetenancass...s.nodeee sees | Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 13, Fig: 4n20.20--pnesceneeeeee Ohioensis H. & W. » type Weme erating ove g tee ae | Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. ©, Wig. 1..)...2.0207-css-weaeee @yweniy balls 2: Seana einen eet, Lc mei Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. £0, Fig: 7..0..2.-.2ss-sseeee STROMATOPORA. | erratica El. Gz Winitypencaeseertcces oves. oececaciemeenmaceteceect reas «c Vol.-4, Pl. 14, Figs) 8=0)05---sseeeeee FAVOSITES. | Occidens WHI AIty PEs. .u6c.22 55. sacescectteneetinnteees | Geol. Wis., Vol.-4, Pl 23; Wigs: 6-72 esseeneeeeee HALYSITES. Catena tusioimMMese ce stiges ws ceils weve ove celeemeee incre Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 10; Fig! 6.20.2.2.c.seessene 6¢ Cement atss sc citieincifianaie oe eo RE REECE (eaeacrs “¢ WVol. 45 Bl 13) Migs: 3=7eeeseeee : OG var. labyrinthicus Goldf. ..............66+ Ot é¢.. Vol. 4; Pl.-135 Pigs [eens eee ee var. micropora Whitf., type.........c066. retanse 6¢ Vol. 4, Plint3, HigtiGkteees-a-eeeeeeee LopHOPHYLLUM. | - Cal CeOlaaWerGa Vir OV PCM ecie secs .'s ones sneseeeeeaeeees | Proc. Boston S. N. H., Vol. 8, p. 305....... s+. MICHIEL INTAIS piviwesesinstitereaisscine: os. sess cadneemesoser se 4cth Parall. Surv. Vol. 4, Pl. 4, Fig. 19......... OMPHYMA. Stolcsesiviial sacollramertaecctcicici ess s+. cases meeeeeeeree Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 14, Fig. 10............-200 GD Geaneosndsonsocouesc00add cous cuoU aoc oR eH EREnGeoocuoaucodob oC “6 Vol. 4, PID 15,) Fis: 40s .ceeseecs seer PACHYPHYLLUM. SOli tari uma ed sa COMER Ab YD Ose rnicltcs sss ccsseeum sees 23d Rept. St. Cab., Pl. 9, Figs.-6—8: 2. -cssesceee Woodmani White sp., type.........0.-ccceeeeeeeeeceees Ee roames 66) 6 PIN OS Fist) On eeeeeee eee SMITHIA. ohammni Fl. CcoWienahypeseestettecnecccsc.s. 5. -0.dcsaseer 23d Rept. St. Cab. , Pl--9; Pig. gl... s-seeeee ae mmultinadiata del p Scam type wsceracisisstcc\- c+. +e -sceeenee oy fo OO 66% SECT 2 3A each aneeee eR eC EEE creer STROMBODES. pentag onus Gold fe ieassseeecere ssc: ss + cecleiar Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 15, Fig. 5.........-<-----te STYLASTRAA. Anna Whitt) vty, pescscsccceecne samen toseecisle ooces eel | N.Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 6, Figs) 1-5) esse SYRINGOPORA. | verticellata*Goldfji.cvseessecsteeeeserteeesenccss ss Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 14, Fig. 6..............000 ZAPHRENTIS. BICTEN NMVGas'a Binning enroseneeoodaoooacboos. cond0oQcdens Proc. Bost. S: N- Hi, Wol.783p: 3002..cssseeeeeeer Glitfordana Eid) (Sees ese ce ee eeeo ne encanto: | N. ¥. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 13, Figs. 1-3...... RacinensisaWihitfy sty pes-cscscecnescceeetecemscecces es | Geol Wis:, Volk4, Plr4, Bigsii—2.eeeeeeee se Solidamld. SoaWi- sity pOncsscosacemeeesmeestcereeectercaee | 23d Rept. St. Cab., Pl. 9, Fig. 5.......-.-.eec0-+-s CCELENTERATA. = TT = = = = a | WHERE LOCATED. | GEOLOGICAL AGE. | LOcALIry, | Hoon MEN Oi State Mus¢--osc...cec.sesc0e0: | Chemunioeeeeeeece | Rockford, Iowa. a WriCaneese eee || Elude Rives): |\lronlRidgen Wis Seana | N. Y. State Mus..................... | Chemung............ | Rockford, Iowa. Lele eit Neve state Mish sac. crceesceesiee | Up. Helderb....... | Waterloo, Iowa. | ce oe 66 | oe “eé ce ce Se | Sadeooull Nyse Staten Colllesaen sac sseserse i peNagaT ars... cee. | Racine, WIS: | 1A atin | N. VY. State Mus..................... | Chemung............ | Rockford, Iowa. Sade (Wiowhy,” (Callie, soscannoocnsbooabgancosucoo al INTEVSENE) Geog soconcsue. | dese Kerboree Nic se. feat es Ris au ass mamas atte sles WY aocenie aul Catos Vast eee Witsenstate: Colleen secensceesectedsen | Guelphcccss.ses-c.e: | Ozaukee, Wis: | | aise Wismstatey Colleyuerscases seis eee) Mebnenton sss seen ene mleockton Mle ies Wham @aliiftmen acter sccseteletacee secu |e Niagata sobre moturgeon. Bay, Wis: 66 | 66 66 a 6 ye OY BRM d. Aatedineicepanaeet| 6O seeceeeeseees. | Bailey?s Harbor, Wis. | Seibiatee MEINE Midis esacsnnsacnoneaseeeeoe || WAVetbyaee cease. ma ieDurlington. Lowa: Mtge) | (Ols Se INTE, MUTI Ccocosoanobdbooncoone |) NAMEN pacsosoccose |) Clepibiado Wham Of eo, AaB eWinliven Calittenmescccceencseceecece im Nlamaraene wn os lal watosa.) WAS: | Sein AEST e oink cee Tee aaah vee LOTSA ARS ee en aa £6 oe HR I NeWeState Musweener eines Chemung............ | Rockford, Iowa. ce ce é | 6é ee dewoue (UNE Wenotate Must cs meemeenee- cela Chemunes nase. blackberry, Lowa: > 66 ce 6é nae 6é oe HE Wnty Calitry cc eccanseeeeen cece y Niagara nase. clmked) Rivers Wis: HH ed Wii. Califey....cs+sceteccanentece | 9 Ups lelderbye.se.. |), baulding, Co. , Ohie: | ae | Winivas Califa sano asc-vecceeeseeneeeas eNIagatarseeseecs.o. | Rockville, Was. dagoee | UNE MieNeEle esse sccssceceeeeeeee teem Wa ieLly: soceeecesee.:, | Burlington, Lowa. Sane | Univ. Calif.....................0... | Chester Limestone | Newtonville, Ohio. Ai oane pa Witsepotaten Collis.) aeecucmeeeeenan Niagara secs. | Racine, Vis. Jaseee IN] Wey State Mustceeatc 1 eee Chemung: ).24.+2-. |) Rockford.) lowa. WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. CQZELENTERATA. | Name, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE Pua ————— oe e sites LOCATED. GEOLOGICAL AGE, | Ceelenterata — Continued. ie | CAMPOPHYLLUM. | nanum H. & W., type....secccreceeretereceeessereeen noes eo chia St Cab.;p 232... aie | N. Y. State MuS..-ceeceesereceserees Chemung ........... CHATETES. ' : : TM eeeveshaneene! p fusiformis Whitf., type.....0:+ssescseersereesenenee reese Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. £1, Figs. 13-14 Univ: Califire-cnnssaeteneenaaeeeaaaatie Tshul, IRON Aesoeeeseeee CHONOPHYLLUM (PTYCHOPHYLLUM). ellipticum H. & W., tyPe.ssseeeeeseessesseeeeeeeees 23d Rept. St. Cab., Pl. 9, Fig N.Y, State Mus.sssccsssseeseeeeees @hemung........... CLADOPORA. magna H. & W., type...c.:s-seesssseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeenes 23d Rept. St. Cab., PI. N. Y. State Mus.....scseseeeesersees Up. Helderb....... palmata H. & W., type. ...cceccecsseeeccnteeeeeeeeceees CG-2G0 meee» P), oe ae rf CC, ERR oeeeice 6G OG "yaaa prolifica H. & W., type......s.scecseeeeeeeeeeeen scenes Gey GG CGS ae 6c: ee Gb G6 eceeree CYATHAXONIA. : | : Wisconsensis Whitf., type.........cssceeeeeecneeeeeeees Geo Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 14, Figs. 3-5 | Wis. State Coll... .aaaaneinreeee Niagara .............. CysTIPHYLLUM. | | mundulum H. ie \W/a, 180 2socbo-nonannanacoaandg=nosogs0 23d Rept. St. Cab., p. 234 IN. V.:State Mus.aeeeeeereeeneeses Chemung ............ CyYSTOSTYLUS. | infundibulum Whitf., type.............seseseseeseeeees Geol. Wis:, Vol. 4, Pl. 14, Fig. Fiiiscscsscsh Meise. iUniv. Calif... scaaeanmememeettsteteettistatt Niagara ...........06 Ey PUGHSMV VUE fag aLY DE siteeeieinetelta= ier )see=sieletialseeeterler uG CeViolke45, Pl. 14, FigsiiS=ommers sss ye Ta canoe cc ei FAVOSITES. | OGEIGENs NVM by PCrersensermceseeae oss eieneleismsecie Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 23, Figs. 6-7....:c:sscee y=. Wis. Statel@olleteeeememeeeeeee rest Gilelphicts...-0-se50s HALYSITES. CALSMMMAMIS MUI M seveeveiceacenercetcrcteceaececatereccceses Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 10, Fig. 6.....c.cccccuen Ba | Wiss States COllneneeeeentteseser nists Bie ntOnersesie ween SS OD heaenhictiicvc esti aailectae loaSeeces easels OG “© Vol. 4, Pl 13, Figs. 3 re UVa Calif ice. ccenacsescoetnctcentencs Niagara ............+5 se var. labyrinthicus Goldf. .............0+6+ 6G OG WO, 7 Laleae BRIN. Yloocos ee Sa atctsnia eaiasinstetcnsceec aisiaslsie OG careso089e0000 «¢ var. micropora Whitf., type.............. fs © Vol. 4, Pl. 13, Fig. O..ccccceesesereetrees MMMM Tere Coser. ica ccusets CCB Rr dascilasteasetes LOPHOPHYLLUM. aleeolan WisiGO\Vi.g LY PCccssssccasccecussececcenssscs .... | Proc. Boston S. N. H., Vol. 8, p. 305-100 see =: AC VIMIRIN BE eit encase Waverly...........00 MVINGEUMIGUNTAYS Distbives esnastteae vewslsjeapeecededasauecovsdseusse acth Parall. Surv. Vol. 4, Pl. 4, Fig. 19.10 Seeemsee USSNaGa Nis eee eres . | Waverly. ..........+ OMPHYMA. e ’ LOK CSIM Cl SOI EL emo ectons sajssiesui cine cnceoossececteueaeee Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 14, Fig. 1O...+:scrss Laas Calpe eeReeRe Se acdc cis Niagara ..........000 SPREE ers een oatec aieaiavioscaclsteasdyweeve shaeneaaee iets “ “© Vol. 4, Pl. 15, Fig. 4 ; Dp BocticonncoSe cyan nee ne A ewcaeinast ec PACHYPHYLLUM. N.Y pes Meeamttr EA Ge Won iby Gy. sess stcsbaeisasbacvssecuude 23d Rept. St. Cab., Pl. 9, Figs. 6-B..:-s:-senr errs: > ©: State Micteieeis.... | Chemung +... Woodmani White sp., type....00sssssssssncen Be ee te? BY 9, Fig, Quon netenes = CES SMITHIA. N.Y Nota EL Gc Wi ibyperccresessssesessesceeseeleesece 1. 9, Fig. TOssrscreerree i - Y. State Mus......., multiradiata H. &W., iS [oleae weve te een a oe ae ey we oe ane Daya: gen Lee ee. Choaung Pa cuuae! STROMBODES. 5 Uni ese DEMeAPONTISAG Old ss tre.sceccs.ncseseteoesouseeecee cece Geols Wis:, Vola, Ely 15, Higiee = ie E BUY. Calif. eet NAW ATA Hecesustc STYLASTRA&A. = Wat - ‘Ania, VIVES (a fol onasmeee ocean ee N. Y. Acad, Sci,, Vol. 5, Pl- 6 8s me Bag on-site Up. Helderb........ SyRINGoPoRA, : Me, | Unitees: ; ‘ “TATRA EA 10) (a aaa ee Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 14, Fig: Ota SEL Oe oe ee Niagara ......eeceeees ZAPHRENTIS. witteees. | AMON m 0080 ta W. of a Grscnecer Ot eeeee NRE Clitfordan aul me BaDODBOAbUAGeRaOAD Ana. Kespe rede son Proc. Bost. S. N. H., Vol. s yi aries 1-3. sss. | Univ, Calipso eattteceees Waverly ........++0++ 2 OTL N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, ra oe Tete IS. State Cop] ttreeeeeeees Chester Limestone Geol Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 14, rg: aes State Mus Geotnealvewalsiemescosic Niagara Santopiateldicivie’eeiy 23d Rept. St. Cab., Pl. 9, Hig wong ——— See os Chemung. ........+-. Locauiry, Rockford, Towa. Iron Ridge, Wis. Rockford, Iowa. Waterloo, Iowa. ee “ce ce “ce Racine, Wis. Rockford, Iowa. Racine, Wis. | Cato, Wis. Ozaukee, Wis. Rockton, Ill. Sturgeon Bay, Wis. 7 oe co Bailey’s Harbor, Wis. Burlington, Iowa. Ogquirrh Mts., Utah. Wauwatosa, eé Wis. ee Rockford, Iowa. (3 ce Hackberry, Iowa. Red River, Wis. Paulding Co., Ohio. Rockville, Wis. Burlington, Lowa. N ewtonville, Ohio. Racine, Wis. Rockford, Iowa. ees 4 * iM WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. ECHINODERMATA. ACTINOCRINUS. WapuneglalleetvMelcascccsiosessececsccacereecccase sees CML UY PEs steacicisoccescesteccicessssveeceless seciaces Eelncepelalll types caccciscessceeacseessiscedeacerneice viminalis Hall, type ASTERIAS. ? dubius Whitf., eevee eee eeeeee soe oecers cescerecevesese EY) E atelolsiielaloreisisilolatelseleisieyars sie scisielejotsiefatars CYATHOCRINUS. Maxvillensis Whitf., OMATUS HOAV sc scan-cevissesseeseestasenes itecairiesiaaisceeeeeee Somersi Whitf., type Cee e reece ccccceceseccrscsescvceseeD EUCALYPTOCRINUS. cornutus Hall, type crassus Hall eee e reece ceeesoreeesctesescccesecescecn Se ee wcrc wee ancacnc acces ccrcssesosescssccsesesen eer eeecce eee sercereoeeseseccceparsesecees FORBESIOCRINUS. communis Hall, type Kelloggi Hall, type tardus Hall, type Cece eecccccaseeesecsreroeseoesscoo0e Pee eee re cerece recs cers sesees reeves coe eer ee ese vescenccsees ser esesecsecesseeeeee GILBERTSOCRINUS. SPUN Serpe al esa ca acc cicwinciseve eis secsnesuawemocens GLYPTOCRINUS. AGM OSUS) MiGCHESMEYccwaieceseoics-cescess:chcsececouscoete nobilis Hall, type emt wee eer sec ccc r reser ees ecercseeesescee GLYPTASTER. occidentalis Hall Peet cere ere ewes ens te eeeeeesecreeceescceces MELOCRINUS (CTENOCRINUS). Bainbridgensis H. & W., PENTACRINUS. asteriscus M. 6 CO i ti ras Corer sees eresesor reese enceesesesee.ceces PENTREMITES. elegans Lyon subcylindricus H. & W., Peewee eee e rece ee wees ee se eee se seesenecenstsece PLATYCRINUS. Bedfordensis H. contritus Hall, type & W., Deni ie i rary eraphicus sal Mtiyperccscsscscemasiescactsessce sce hans Lodensis H. prematurus H. & W., Richfieldensis H. &W., & W., POTERIOCRINUS. crineus Hall, type Pleias Hall, type (SCAPHIOCRINUS) Corycia Hall Feber reece we eet eeeeeeseereseeeaeseee Se i errr scene ee eee reer esesesee SACCOCRINUS. ornatus H. & W., type eer eee eee eee eee ee ry WWennesseenSislncoste. sence eae ener eee | Geol peas, Vel’ 4 Pl. 16, Fig. 11 | Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 16, Figs. 3-4 Pal. Ohio, Vol a) my Be Fig i eeseese 66 66 (O5Q—lOs eee ge a6 8G oe 66.» Save oeeee ee 66 (a4 be ce 12-14 ay ee Expl Black Hills; Rl 3; Bign3-.e- acer N. Y. Acad. Nat Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 13, Fi Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 16, Figs. 1-2........ N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 15, Figs. 4- Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 16, Figs. 5-7 Hell Olle Wels 25 PINs (6; Fig. 1G EeePearacaadll (0 Bigs 22) haces eer ceeen ce “ce 6é 6é N. Y. Acad. Sci, Vol. 5, Pl. 11, Fig 12..| ete eee ey 6 Bigs .O—=lOsey Pal; Ohio, Vol:)2, Pligr3; Figs2—s.ee ene | Expl Black Hills, Pl. 3, Figs. 1-2........... - goth Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 6, Fig. 16.. N. Y. Acad. Sci. Vol. 5, Pl 13, Fig. Tit Pals @hio; Viol-:2;7RIRO™ Bigs nance eal Ohio, Vola bl l35 Hig. Arsene COU MPL SPL, Higa Aeiccccereres Ge “c G5 - Ab gtity Fig. Bik oa serene ot Ge seal II, Fig. Bw ccaievstocene OG 6G oe) PING; Bigsan3—Oreeeneees a6 oe 6 Plena Pigs Denese Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 12, Figs 6-7........ ee 6 és (5S WEI gS ea seers ot ce 36 66s Dig: (ORS aee cere Pal. hic; Nels 2, Pl 16; igs) 7-9) eee ic ‘| (Bipthao a eee ECHINODERMATA. WHERE LOCATED. GEOLOGICAL AGE. LOCALITY. peeee neeee seeee secee oeeee secre ,ecoee poses pooese pe seoe pe cece yeceee coccce | Ohio State Coll INGE Ver Statee Miustusccscaccarccnasene | ce ce ce Beer eccesesccosecsese eevee cece eeeeescecce (ie Sue Nira Gh Sue tose eigen Ohrors tates Colleen eeeeee cee Waist states Colleeccessenuaueencsnccs Univ. Calif..... IN URNINDUE Te se | Una, (CAINE cosscecasasceoode Batrsianoe | Olney Sere COU bcasanesboocssconoea 5 INTG Ws. SGI IN GIG GA canineonoucooadane be ee ‘ eee eee eeeseccccvecce ee wee c cere eee ees ceseseses 1} WW, Stati Coll cocsscascsouseconese I @hhiosStater Colle sors eae Wes Sie Na a Miisieeee erent ere ee e be ster ewes cccccccsseeeee Hee ccc ent tees sccove (a3 Columbias Colley eae (lesinive (Calntise iio eee ea ale INE; State: Mus: eee eeeeeee renee ce ce ce ee ces ecceresecseseces | 6é ce 66 SOOO OOOO i iirc ran Gall nies Oe 2 areata ate wees ecco eeeeee eee ee reer eeece sJUTASSI Ceeeeee secrete Chester lime......... Ni agianayere aster tlsiee | Coal Measures...... ce ees eeecreeeece ee erry were eect sence INiagaraleeeereaceete Huron Shales Jurassic ee Chester Lime....... INiaganageessrcsee ied Sivall exist Wiaverlyseeeseeeseece Cee EN Sat paNAE. Seals Ser nm Map uoatore eisai Niagara Waverly Richfield, Ohio. 6e oe ce ce _ Spear Fish Creek, Black Hills. Newtonville, Ohio. Waukesha, Wis. Carbon Hill, Ohio. _ Racine and Waukesha, Wis. | Cedarville, Ohio, Springfield, Ohio. | Richfield, Ohio. Columbus, Ohio. Racine, Wis. 66 6é Racine, Wis. Bainbridge, Ohio. Black Hills. Pah-Ute Mts., Nev. | Newtonville, Ohio. Yellow Springs, Ohio. | Bedford, Ohio. | Richfield, Ohio. Lodi, Ohio. Cedarville, Ohio. | Richfield, Ohio. | Richfield, Ohio. 66 ce Yellow Springs, Ohio. 66 ce ce _—) <-> | WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. ECHINODERMATA. ; ACTINOCRINUS. Daphne Hall, type Pal. Ohio, Well 2 Pl on, Figs ohh ..2.0s esse Risener Bris Hall) types.:..........sccccenee G6 se 6) 1910. op ene «cfoaeeetae LelicesElall ty percencsrceesesceses & a OG ss 6 R= 8. vente omnes viminalis Hall, type Ga ee GG be “¢ 12-14 ASTERIAS. PIdubUIS aVVinithe, Ly PCs.-0-s-s-escenoccecntennve aacere se Expl. Black Hills, Pl. 3, Fig. 3.............]s-ccoe CYATHOCRINUS. Maxvillensis Whitf., type .............sscseseessesereee N. Y. Acad. Nat Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 13, Figs. 5 COUMALUS | SAY. c,c0s-~eosececnensnssenenee oounmobadtodendoad Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 16, Figs. 1-2.......J....+. DSOMELSINVV Mi tiny by POreteeseeeneeeetessctacseennssersteeses N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 15, Figs. 44-5.....- EUCALYPTOCRINUS. COUN S EEL al lyphy PC useere nse nscececawelenseressacee secs. Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 16, Figs. 5-7.......J.s+0++ QRSUS, TSIEN so oedenoo boone: ceesiconosascodeeq9enobcdqN0005 Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 6, Fig. LTS savveweanl team SplendidismUrOOStarersesecerrsecsebeesbescscerseasss saci (CO BIGM D2 waves: cos 4 eee FORBESIOCRINUS. communis Hall, type ..........scsscsseeeseeeeeeceeneeeee Pal. Ohio, Ral 2 Pl. eb Figs. 3-5........{sceeeees | Re Op GI EVAll Sty POs ciecrssepecssiersercoeeem MObiliswelallenbypersmecssseepnettesecsersnehesnassest sss «Figs. Q-I0.....) GLYPTASTER. ‘ i OecidentalisMlall cers .ewemeneesecavisiiecnseecrlassee\s => Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 16, Figs. 3—4....... [ereeeees MELOcRINUS (CTENOCRINUS). Bainbridgensis H. & W., type......s.csssceeeseeeeees Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 13, Figs. 2-3........ PENTACRINUS. asteriscus M. & H ce ce Expl Black Hills, Pl. 3, Figs. 1-2........ 4oth Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 6, Fig. 16 PENTREMITES. OU AT smiley Ol eseotarescecelse sens chc-beveeeiesesacscle anaes N. Y. Acad. Sci. Vol. 5, Pl 13, Fig. 4. subcylindricus H. & W., type.........0sseseseeeseeenee Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 6, Fig. 13........- PLATYCRINUS. Bedfordensis H. & W., type......sessseeeeeceeeeeeeees | Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 13, Fig. 4........+ contritus Hall, type................ ts ce GG 1 ie UNE Al aococece graphicus Hall, type HES 0G se Pll rr} Bigs 25.-.--e- Lodensis H. & W., Gb 6 86 PL IT, Fig. 3eccccceereee§ cores Prosmiaturuswed Ge Woy ty PCs. .c2.cessec-scseacesereer Of G6 ce Pl. 6, Figs. 3-6........2-4 #002 Richfieldensis H. & W., type.......scssssceeceeeeeees Oo 6 Pl AL, Fig. 1......+000-e-Heeeenae POTERIOCRINUS. TIMES MELA EVOs aesionsies vices s vchslsieviee pits a>) vee eciet Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 12, Figs 6-7 Welerase bial ity Pesvesss0csccssisetonscceesspsvecetanesseos Gs) “ to Hig. (8).....050e--|psnenee (SCAPHIOCRINUS) Corycia Hall............ssesereeeeee Biba 2G OG CIS 3) ea OPppprecpocace |) 057° SACCOCRINUS. OTMIAPHS ELM OGIVVin's) HYPCveccctiesaicvscerierecasresceseneves Pal. Ohio, vole 2, Pl 6, Figs. 7-9 MUEMMESSEENSIS! LYCOSE:. 2s. -cercccesvse, eenecseceiencecers Gis 6¢ Fig. 10,,..-.2+-++ WHERE LOCATED. | N. Y. Stat 6c 66 se se U. S. Nat. cc “ec Ohio State Univ. Calif | CG 6c iG “ce ce “ce PMS MNT MIVIUS Sh roneecsacecsesncce ss (Oderts) Skene (COM sosponnnsnonnnsecneno Waismstater Coll scccnceseseemesec aw Wriivag Calitics. ceases noseuess eeiwe QWMUS secession sce ecu GG MUS eaatnwtaeesecnce ss te Columbia (Goll... --.ss-ce- sc ees N. Y. State Coll ce ce ce Columbia Calle emia oke:. Univ. Calif......... a's INEM Yen StatevMUS:.; ssecesvessereecss “cc Croll eonaneceecaceriene ECHINODERMATA, | | GEOLOGICAL AGE. | UNTERSENE cioenneococios | Coal Measures...... Niagara sé | 66 Marcellus............ Niagara .............. a Niagara.............. Huron Shales | Jurassic ce | Chester Lime....... Niagara ..........+... Erie Shale........... Waverly ee oe oe Niagara Waverly Jf 5 cnaccencocce | | Chester lime......... | (14 | Locatity. Richfield, Ohio. “ce 6é 66 cc Spear Fish Creek, Black Hills. Newtonville, Ohio. Waukesha, Wis. Carbon Hill, Ohio. Racine and Waukesha, Wis. Cedarville, Ohio, Springfield, Ohio. | Richfield, Ohio. 66 “cc 66 “ce Columbus, Ohio. Racine, Wis. “ce ac Racine, Wis. Bainbridge, Ohio. Black Hills. Pah-Ute Mts., Nev. Newtonville, Ohio. Yellow Springs, Ohio. Bedford, Ohio. | Richfield, Ohio. Lodi, Ohio. Cedarville, Ohio. Richfield, Ohio. Richfield, Ohio. “e ee “ce cc Yellow Springs, Ohio. WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS: NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. Echinodermata— Continued. SCAPHIOCRINUS. Bubcanimatus wilalls type. os.ccsseemecteneaessccsee vocneee Pall One ols 2, Pi. ue) Figs. 230A eseeeet Subtontuosussadlallly types cececemseetsenecres snes ete: Pigs.215—0Os-sseeeeeee: POTERIOCRINUS AXgina Hall, type...............seeseeee pe aw a (0° Figs! “=i22 eee “6 Jeyriope (elallMtypersce....+-ensenece Ibyauies’ ay OG Gs Fig. 1O.ciresdeen cee ZEACRINUS. Neropenilall ty pe a iicesteeceeeeteeesias. sence eeeenes Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2; Pl. 12; Fig (1822. IMooresi Whitt: ty pes ncemepenecciei ns tess. ons sconcies | N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 15, Figs 6—10..... patcrnus Elall. typé.saemcesteece tees s< Sa ra Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 12, Figtt7 275-2 eee BRYOZOA. CLATHROPORA. | Glintonensis! He Sc Wiayatyperrsntscicenscues vases ss | Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2; Pls 5, Big™ 7tesces cece eee CONSTELLARIA. polystomella INicholson 22. sscuecseceseecere ceeee ses ee es | Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 11, Bigs) 9=4:iee-cseeeeee FENESTELLA. | Pranwlosa.Whith.., type.sssesetesssmmereeee one ane sa sees | Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 12, Figs, 1=2)ir2cessesmee FISTULIPORA. | IGS: NAVISIICE 5 1h WO eyeneegpEerecacocoatcde on oaddocddacadudadee | Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 11, Figs §=os-e sence occidensvElnrcc Win, type iacnasacccecneceseeeecececceeknce | 23d Rept. St. Cab., Pl. 10, Figs™9=10..2.-ssseeee. MUS OSAMNVMths. LYE.) cocecnsmememonetceea cence eet cieeoes | Geol. WES. ‘ Well 4 Pl. £¥; Figs, 20-2125. Solidissimay Wihiti,, itype.cceeasuesemsronesceree see eees ioe ics ee Figs. 18-10..........6. MONTICULIPORA. | multituberculata Whitf., type............ssceeceeseeees Geol Ws: Ves 4 Pl. tt, Kigs) 0=lOme.5- seen (GE Oxtonigi Nicholson... (:iGaccaeeetsens- seme STICTOPORA. TATA PL COMA oY D Coca sa velcinie di smaisivcie ss seesinnenemiaynee Pal: Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 5, Figs. 5—O2c:-cesseseeenne Aracilis (Billings tapes etce ac ac-ce a sneee oMecdececeeeen | Geol. Wis, Vol. 4, Pl. 11, Figt 245.----s-eeeeee: STOMATOPORA. Pieihieroorey ae Ge Nan. (nyo songnanodoaceecenssaesonccadon: | 23d Rept. St. Cab , Pl. 10, Figs. 7—Ssseeseeeemer SYNOCLADIA. KECtISbY la, Whitt, types scn sees eoss:cv>s dens vaeeeitenee eX Y. Acad. Sci, Vol. 5, Pl. 13, Figs. 9-10... TREMATOPORA. AMMUlitera WW hith.subypeaseecemtseidccsciscs s-'ssse necienecee Geol. WW Sh 5 Vol. 4, Pl. tt; Figs! 15=1/7e--seeeeee Sranulata Wihittssatyperca-eeccccstmecrcse tee +s cscs sence 4 ss Figs. 22=23. 0. ceseaes BRACHIOPODA. ATHYRIS. Clayton TEIGiGeN Wes tty pe wrerectrnscitececeteeciscsces acta eels Parall, Sa Welk 4, Pl. 4, Figs. 15-17... Planosulcata (Phill s.s.ceassete see sese ee ececceececons sce Gt oc Figs. IO-I1.... subguadrata lal .nn. sesame tosceseemenecect een ste N. Y. Acad. Sei, Vol. Sj bl. 145 Bigs; ames ECHINODERMATA—BRYOZOA—BRACHIOPODA. WHERE LOCATED. wees MeN PEVe State MUSmcseccteccce wen acsees 06 OG FTN AR Ae) heen SN a nai BN hee pc ie Mc ee Mer ON:. Y.-State: Musi. .cccssccsccseescees eae fen Orniwan @alliteses 2-.\9,Sasstiiessessetene eeseee ees | Wis: State Colle ois. esecscsccsescs: eeccce DOC OOO Wy SOO OOOUOUDUUUTOOOOU OOO000 Peewee es erecescceesese eipinlely ay | Oat eee NC Tel olalelelvlelelelestwleisielelpleisiaiciola serene | Univ. womeee | VV EDs DLALG CULT c cece ewer cevccescceee » ERE INGA SHES WIG sos coooosonsscodes Bes Caps AmdrewSaseeeee eee eee Pee ae | Wise Pile Coll... sssseeeeeetee eee po RE See ecpeacaoncococcconotbeo BB sc | Ge Se Nat Nts, Peete eccosdscaan . ce Ce ee OOOO Onn iii iii) WeNpm ee State: Mus css0ss.-csessecesase | [pinion @cslithe si cnctons cnautuencsie «scsi | Pete cece ees eeesscecess | Hee e ees eescecescoersessereee | | GEOLOGICAL AGE. | LocaLirty. Wravenliyicncseseneetr _ Richfield, Ohio. CO ch rateae ene bone ae “ce ee ce | g : le \ Wawel ieee aeenacer | Richfield, Ohio. | Coal Meas........0-- | Carbon Hill, Ohio. AWE Grd biasceranannacne | Richfield, Ohio. @linton=-eee-cn-ce: Dayton, Ohio. ein clip Riveeac cance: | Delafield, Wis. | | Teevals IRN is coosccaccos | Delafield, Wis. labivals IRIN S.sacnoo000 | Delafield, Wis. i biemmun oayeereceen Rockford, Iowa. | JERL: IRA os cseosene Delafield, Wis. VENOGLY RUN oessbockecan Delafield, Wis. | C@lintonetresrasaeeet | Dayton, Ohio. | le Climtomnesenencennee: | Dayton, Ohio. | @limtonbpeeeeeeensesone Dayton, Ohio. Clintons ee Dayton, Ohio. | TSGHGlS TRI asecsnacee Delafield, Wis. | C@hemungigeeese sees Hackberry, Iowa. | Chester Lime....... Newtonville, Ohio. telauely IRShy Gascaguesoo | Delafield, Wis. | 66 66 66 66 fie Sy peapeoaace: | NWiawienlyasen eae | Little Cottonwood, Utah. | Chester .............. Newtonville, Ohio. WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. | ECHINODERMATA—BRYOZOA—BRACHIOPODA. (148) NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. | WHERE LOCATED. | GEOLOGICAL AGE, | LOCALITY. ae 3 2 es weFeT By ee g | | Echinodermata—Continued. SCAPHIOCRINUS. | Sulcauinatise lal puby Cyn cceseiresreatasserceeen sees | Pal. Olutes Mole oy, Pl. 12, Figs. Nema State; MUSiencwccee-deuseceaect UL aie siegesdestece | Richfield, Ohne: subtortuosus Hall, type........00csssesesecsseseeseceneee tains Figs. eRe ants ie eaecteds Merecsy, | of ott Cah aeeansan sf POTERIOCRINUS Aigina Hall, type............ceseeeeeneee CG eg se Ce Shigs OG OG ppccogedoaosbo0a0ge™ 66 sasaeeeenaees ys > a Lyriope Hall, type................... oo ie Se ut ‘© Fig. 10. ciieceseeeeeeee fs OO OG eceoqcobc000aNge008 Yee ee taocagtedas | a BY ZEACRINUS. | | sobiebigse ; Weropesklalll ity pelrcrhesssccueceseretetees vothecrerne Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 12, Fig 18............ss00000 BemUN. Vaistate Mus. i. .cscsccessessseeee |) Waverlyeeesescar ssc. | Richfield, Ohio. BVO ESIgAY VI tie by De ere eripeisgetasiee selene srtmren selciews N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 15, Figs 6-10....... (Wirt, (Celli, .-saepnpanonosnBbagenogsoc , Coal Meas.......... | Carbon Hill, Ohio. eatennuspllall ty perc. .cer-eseenctnaeccoees-tilcsesedeaces etal, deri, WO 2, NG He TR Bf aco ren oonecn|p¢o oo: WIND We State Muss ..7......-.. ccc. | Waverly.......-.+00+- | Richfield, Ohio. BRYOZOA. | CLATHROPORA. eke ee CGlintomensisnldnoe Why ty Pelecssccasen-cssseesceeserces TAL, erty, WOM 2, VAL By TNE Gocersocnneeuaoaeesseccao4 jUnival@alifire.ssssssessnsse acre (eG lintonterssesterte: Dayton, Ohio. CONSTELLARIA. | ; - ee polystomella Nicholson ...... ..-...-ssseccsececenseeaes Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 11, Figs. 3-4..........cscseeee i Wine, Slane (Cobia concosoonsoonaeeoones | Efud. Riv,........... | Delafield, Wis. FENESTELLA. | : BR eel Sh zirararnllorg”, Wylontils 57) 8%2acsao0ca nods udeacusedeoBodasees 000 | Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 12, Figs 1-2.....-cccsesesees | Wis. State Coll.........cseseeees TBNGL, TREN eqsconen one | Delafield, Wis. FISTULIPORA. | : abate ROSMAN ViMittey ty Dect sreres tees acrnesesecdeassascccaasees Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 11, Figs. | Wis. State Coll.....s.cseeeeeeees | Hud. Riv.......-.+.. Delafield, Is. CCID SnS PEN WOc Wing i LY PCsen nee nerslenseocieee esse sence 23d Rept. St. Cab., Pl. 10, Figs. | Ni WY, State Mus... ov... esc... -n. Chemung. .......++.. | Rockford, ote. MINT OSA VV LI tte) BY DCm wee -Aeceasscisssiashcosssseeestnseee Geol. Wis. ; Vol. 4, Pl. 11, Figs. Wis. State: C@ollGaisscsacce a EM Pe ae ence | Z ‘i imluavdietian WRITS 18)])012seqnocdnoneosnpecdeonosanoDooeonAeeE ae ap ‘ 66 Figs. 3-4......02eceeeeee penta son eae ee eh | “ “ rectangularis Whitf., type..........--.scscsercseseenoee Heald ue ie (Figs) Pi—12.n.. cea GES GSO accep nooo REO CH-OD005 If = otvenrEAco | PH4NOPORA (PTYLODICTYA). 4 : igen | : SAN sae em OCR Vin | LY Dera Maoesctenesvelioenesaereedeone | Pall Ohio; Voli2; Bl 55 Wigs Lo ..msesseesse=-eteneel | Univ. Calif. ......scsssesseeesseeerees | Clintons eee | Dayton, Ohio. RETEPORA. | sigue - see | ein yoann) 13 Fo sap oaninonsannoscenbnanor Cor ACE 2q0080000900 Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 5, Figs 2-4.........-..+0+-++ | Univ, Calif......0....sssesserseeeeree | Clinton..........00+ Dayton, Ohio. | RHINOPORA. ? : ees Ohi frondosavll. (Go Wi, ty Pess.seeeccedsccoseainnoeseednaci= Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 5, Figs. 8-9......... peseeeeaees Winiven Califigecce.ccrececesesienemcecs | Clinton...........+++- | Dayton, Ohio. STICTOPORA. | } WP tase |'eseaue : magna H. & W. » type BORDA Ncticlicasie deapeieseceeichens Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 5, Figs. 5-6..............------1g| Univ. Galllifseeecttoreteeeteseenmeeacan | Clinton... aieasueess Re ae PACU SMO IN Si ypas geome cersaninescateacaMeaaseearaces ss Geol. Wis , Vol. 4, Pl. 11, Fig. 24 Wis. State Coll)..........0..000--2--+ | Hud. Riv... | Delafield, Wis. STOMATOPORA. | | : Praltemata EW Ge Wi... ty PO:..acerccsevccssssesessccaere> 23d Rept. St. Cab, Pl. 10, Figs. 7-8............. ~ BN. Y. State Mus.................000 Chemung. ........-+- | Hackberry, Lowa. SYNOCLADIA. : : | Newtonville, Ohio. MECHSEY IAN WV Litia.y Ly PC-csscsereasersncecnesseriedeomase sens N. Y. Acad. Sci, Vol. 5, Pl. 13, Figs. 9-Io...... (Gus Am drew Sr mcceem teem neeertaner Chester Lime....... Mass: , TREMATOPORA. P | Delafield, Wis. annulifera Whitf., type.......scsssecsececceeseeeceeceees Geol. Wis: 5 Vel 4, Pl. 11, Figs. 15-17...........00. Wis. State Coll pe ceeeeeeeeeesenecvenee tind: HSN 0 eal | £ ee 2 se granulata Whitf., type.......-.sssseccesssressenssecneees ee « ‘Figs, 22-23 OP rahe Aer UEC COUR COS ON || Se Eg meas BRC SESREDSY | BRACHIOPODA. i ATHYRIS. Tarerl vee ee Little Cottonwood, ele Clayton Hi. & W., type.......01c.csscascresconsceseress xsi evel SRE Wols 4, Pl. 4, Figs. 15-17...... WEEN icooce Ke Planostilcata PHil........1...-02scsesseenssesencennereeoore G6 Figs, 10-I1...... Gilestes Newton Ohio. subquadrata Hall........01...s0sessesscoerecceneeresceeee | N.Y. Mae Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 14, Figs. 1-3.. WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. | WHERE PUBLISHED. Decnosoda!) intima ATHYRIS—Continued. | Subanadratay kale (2) cneces.saraueeeceeeeraeacsenens 4oth Parall. Surv. Vol. 4, Pl. 5, Figs. 19-20 ..... Sul tiliitallall Mecsas: sees scqeecnsceeeermmen ena iscecs | N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 16, Figs: 7—onaae ATRYPA. Ey s Eup eal Dee ei teats «a wie ins olsinars choo preemtetenraacieisc close | Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 26) Fig: (5) sece-csees eee MOdoStriatarlallss . <22).4.(cleusesuaeeemueteeeertes «a cseicls | Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 7, Figs. I2=04 . cccses eee Meticulanismeinn. 4... 0c-eacceeeeecene ee oS CESEHOE | zoe Rept. St. Cab., Pl. 1,-Figs. 1=4).2..2.. eee ge 6.0 Scidvien ad eis eee OT Cee ees ciesee sees | G1 6G 6 igs. 5=0225-...ch eae H ae GE LAs Ae 2 RRC a 28 ey Meer Wis. Pe Vol: 4, Pl. 26, Fig. (6)-.esee-ee- eee i Spinosa (lal 2. -.ccescsveat comemenemeeceeoncenccesey nes ce «Figs. 7=8:...02- ee : CHONETES, Coronatus: Conrady... soe tere cee ee oe eee isewis sinless _ Geol. Ws: ; Wels we Pl-25, Higs 1020 eee Geflectuis Halls. susickserseter ses eee PRR ae ve dneneise GG Fig. 17..25.4c6s leoganensis Hi.) 8 Wi, type ti casseeeeeeettiecescseclme joe Parall. ae Pl.-4,. Fig: 'Q.2:cisscecece peer MEVEESUS> WME. 02. 2ce ta etoae eRe ee Reem oT eee act N. Y. Acad. Sei. Vol. 3 Pl. 11, Figs. 8-g.....9 | Sertulltis: lial |. svise\ssecuisccees cuemeeneracmeeetsaeacesea os GG «< Kig. foe CRANIA. | Bordent: (Hs GW.) ty pele caseseeeteneeconceee ncaa 24th Rept. St. Cab., p. 187; 27th Rept., Pl. 9, Figs Carbonarial) Whitty, type: acsmsarotcectreeec eee aecl cee | N.Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 2, p. 229, Vol. 5, Pl. 15, Figs famelica H & W. » tyPer cei ceeeeusaess ontsceaas 23d Rept. St. Cab);Pl. 11, Pigs: 6—72222- eee Weeliawelall,., tyPe.....:s<--+--= amt LINGULELLA. | Cincinnatensis H. & W., type.......eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees | Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 1, Figs. 2-3.....::sseeeeeeeee TowensisS OWED.......cccccccceeecseeceeeeceneeeensceeeees | Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 9, Fig. 1....-.secessseceeene LINGULEPIS. | cuneolus Whitf., type.......eeeeeeeeee eset ee ners SoneeUE | Expl. Black Hills, Pl. 2, Figs. Oy pbonuqscacdesan . Dakotensis M. & H........ cece eee ne renee ene e eee ee ees oC GG BG sé Figs. 10-11 .......00--+<2) : Ella H. & W., type.......cscesssecscecsceecsesnenecteres 4oth Parall. Surv., Pl. 1, Fig. Socio sees ecseee Meera H. & W., type.......secececeereeeeseeeeeeeneeeees us GG es 66 Figs. 5—7.ccsdsavecsereemae (?) minuta H. & W., type......eeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeetes RG ss os (6 Figs. 3=4....2+c----00s-e- perattenuata Whitf., type........cseeeereeeerseseeseeees Expl. Black Hills, Pl. 2, Figs. 7=9.....+--+++---+== . pinniformis OWen.........secseeeeeeseeesceceeeeneeeennees Of uC « 6¢ Figs. I-4.....ceccesenrenee pinniformis OWen,..........sssseeeeeeseeeneeeceesseeeeees | Geol, Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 1, Figs. 2-3...-..-++-----+- primzeformis ? Owen .......secseeeseeeeeeeer eer eeeesees Ludlow’s Rept., 1874, Pl. 2, Fig. 4...-...-++++++++ MERISTELLA. TEEVISMNTATIUUXG oii. cc one onwaseessatiemcnsteseemameeccscras N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 5, Figs. 6=7) «senate : muUGleolatarlslalllis. cco. .sccssccss aceeceeeserinn termes | Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl 25, Fig. 5 ...------:0-s-+0: AV Mearst eal ebevaal disp serctsc clsin. « ocicie soni oe winisreisuelotowelneteieteisiciste(sesie\s Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 7, Figs. [oes eeppepacocsce:. < MONOMERELLA. Newberryi H. & W., type....cesseceeeeeeeeeeeeeesteees | Pal. Ohio. Vol. 2, Pl. 7, Figs. 1-2.........+.+-+++ NUCLEOSPIRA. | rotundata Whitf., type.........ccceeeee cece eee e eee eens N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 5, Figs. 11-14...- OBOLELLA. discoidea H. & W., type.........ccccesereceeeeceeeoeees 4oth Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 1. Figs. 1-2 +. MATTIAMN TES lek en EeL allie seetants stots ore soe es 010 sin lstessisteetetersieeerates Expl. Black Hills, Pl. 2, Figs. 14—17.....---+-+e++ polita Hall........ ese seeecesseeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeseeaeneeeees reas cs sf 66 Figs. 12-13.....0+0+ sees OBOLUS. : | pectinoides WWiltttifiesEYDGrcecc.c0+20-+00 soveceseeiscmeinisin | Expl. Black Hills, Pl. 2, Figs. 18-10.....0.e-se200 GG COMPRA ea vais s civ anes acts conmareiees | Ludlow’s Report, 1874, Pl. 2, Figs. 1-2 .......--- ORTHIS. | Clytie Hall, type.......-eseseeeseecseeee seeeeeeeenneaaeees | Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 1, Figs. 18-19.....00eceeee TEV, TBE wecscoadoccoooobond coo neo dd IG OcEOM EER eCabEoacdoc Gt oH ge 66 Fig. 20. ...-eeee reese eees impressa Elall...........---seeeeseerssereeeseeeseeneeeeess Geol. Wis , Vol. 4, Pl. 25, Figs. 13-15----++++s+: Jamesi Hall, type.....-cscesseeeeseeeesereeeeeeeerersesees Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 1, Figs. (OT 22., 0. ons see Nisis H. & W., type....scecccececeeeceseeecececeeeceeees 24th Rept. St. Cab., p. 181; 27th Rept., Pl. 9, F Oblata Hall ..........cecceeececceeeecsceesceececeeeeeeenace Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 25, Figs. 1-2.....-.+-seses occidentalis Hall..........ssccecseceeeersececeeceeeeceees a “6 ce PI, 12, Figs. 17-18.......--s00 pectinella Conrad ........:sseeeeeeeenererereses eee eeeeeens Bag OG cc Pl. 12, Fig. 8.......0+.-0- seme Pepina Hiall.........-..2ecceseseseseecccesceeeseescnecerens GG» GC PL. 1, Figs. 4-5......-eeeeeeees Pogonipensis H. & W.,, type... ..cccecsereereececneeees 4oth Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 1, Figs. 9-10.....- testudinaria Dalman...........cceeeeseeeeeeeerenetesseres Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 12, Figs.5-7..----se+-+-- Tioga Hall.........cccsssercesneseeenneererccerseeccene res N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 12, Fig. 3.--------: BRACHIOPODA. WHERE LOCATED. GEOLOGICAL AGE. LOCALITY. 3 Ul, > Nel WemsmeNeat Mus’ cc icees-esscts.3 | | (Ws JP, Jfenaaes (Coll sasecaatcceensoer Wnnive Calitin...-. Taireisebinomeitinetesiog AN Wily INIo Jel ee meee cece eres eras eseceece Win 126 “feng cooscopseaonopcodecoconen WWistestater@ ollie cine) cecseseecr ce eee e ee cere ees eeeeecee seem eee scene coseeeee cece eee ee reser oceves eee e eee es tet eee seseee ce ee Winniway Callutigee eeachonaccgnacsasoseses 5 || Ola Starts Coll sosscoscesscasagaccoce WeOiniva@alieeb seis e eles a) cURL Sia DN SIA UC cae ea a a 6¢ oe oe (74 ce eee e sere cscs csesoeesces | 6c * eee cece vce eecs eres esone Unde entiNeS,éepcre0 200900005 nooonoaes A. M. N. Dr. Knap GG 6é ce oe eee eee esasccsseeces see cc ceo cc cree sessesene eer eeccecccc cesses eseee se eeee ceecesccsccccoses Nig, (Siteuey (Coyle Ns ee eee JeliuGly IRV sebodossouc eee eeccccce oper e ec eetas I haves Helderb..... eRotsdanc sees eeneeee | TBhnGly IN oouedosaone | Galena eee e sce recenses _ Potsdam ce | QMEEAC. cscoeadascsose sewer cccerce sete eet ce esene eee eee reeeee | Lower Helderb.... INialearaleeea-te css 3 | Niagara or eesooccscce | Lower Helderb.... 66 Cece eer escese ce See eccceces seecscccesce oes Se rionunaenbobs Lower Helderb.. ue Cesc eeeroccce eee eececcceee Spearfish Creek, B. Hills. | Covington, Ky, | Rochester, Minn. Delaware, Ohio. Near Columbus, Ohio. | Near Dublin, Ohio. _ Cincinnati, Milwaukee, Wis. Mazomania, Wis. Ohio. Galena, Wis. | Red Cajion Creek, B. Hills. Castle Creek, B. Hills. Box Elder Cafion, Utah. aie NOY | Red Catton Creek, B: ieullls oe | ae St. Croix, nee French Creek, B. Hills. Greenfield, Ohio. Milwaukee, Wis. Springfield, Ohio. Genoa, Ohio. Greenfield, Ohio. Eureka, Nev. | Red Cafion Creek, B. Hills. 6eé ce ce | Castle Creek, B. dolls. ce French Cincinnati, line. 66é Milwaukee, fe Cincinnati, Ohio. Louisville, Ky. Milwaukee, Wis. Delafield, Wis. ce 66 Berlin, Wis. White Pine, Nev. Delafield, Wis. Leroy, Ohio. Locauiry. Red Cafion Creek, B. Hills. Hills. | WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. BRACHIOPODA. NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. WHERE LOCATED. GEOLOGICAL AGE, Brachiopoda— Continued. LINGULA. Tavaniimostien, INE We 18 lo aconceaeosecogogoQ Unc soc NED 00obedoD Exp Black Hill, Pl. 3, Figs. 45 PEER AC ECRSROCAACeCe Ene hodornd MUSA HN ate VUUSS- s Scccecevsesersee. \s..1. Wis. Louisville, Ky. Burlington, Iowa. ce ce Various, Wis. Yellow Springs, Ohio. Burlington, lowa. Williamstown, WIS: Greenfield, Ohio. Adams Co., Ohio, Pewaukee, Wis. Yellow Springs, Ohio. White Pine, Nev. Oquirrh Mts., Utah. 66 66 66 Newtonville, Ohio. Oquirrh Mts., Utah. Newtonville, Ohio. Oquirrh Mts., Utah. Greenfield, Ohio. Burlington, Ia. White Pine, Nev. Stockbridge, Wis. Uinta Mts., Utah. Greenfield, Ohio. Uinta Mts., Utah. Red Cafion Creek, Black Hills. Cedarville, Ohio. Delafield, Wis. Burlington, Ia. Danville, Ohio. Delafield, Wis. Logan Cajion, Utah. Columbus, Ohio. Yellow Springs, Ohio. Near Sucre, Bolivia, S. A. Cincinnati, Ohio. » WHITFIELD : LIST OF FOSSILS. BRACHIOPODA. (151) NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. WHERE LOCATED. GEOLOGICAL AGE, LocaLity. Brachiopoda— Continued. OrtTHIS—Continued. TESUIPINATANVLALLIN Hecteadsacesseereeeeesdeessaspresmuesses 4oth Parall. Surv. Vol. 4, Pl. 5, Figs. 1-2............0000000 Wi, Ss IN fe AY ae Lower Carb......... Oquirrh Mts , Utah. rugeplicata H. & W., 24th Rept. St. Cab., p. 182; 27th Rept., Pl. 9, Figs I Seen TPIS ADD) ices sciesesichseressseueesse Niagara .............. Louisville, Ky. subcarinata Hiall................ Geol. Wis., Vol. an "PL 25, Figs. 3-4 Niagara & Helderb | Milwaukee, Wis. subelliptica W. & W., Proc. Bost. aS IN| EDS; Viol) 85 pn 20 25a rcs ene eeee nena nee \WWEM@IN7 Gosesocctsce: Burlington, Iowa. PENTAMERUS. bisinuatus McChesney............eccsceceeececeeeeseennee Geol Wisi Voli 45) Ril tn 7.) Bign oh sscsennteeeeeeae INGa gare er ceeses sae ? Wis. Mera PUL OC Wing TYPE. ..ccecvoccecscevevesecseorersers 24th Rept.St.Cab.,p.184; 27th Rept., Pl. 10, Figs. 10-12. | Dr. ‘enp Sunocho eae ak ee een es Louisville,- Ky. Wenticularis’ W. (6c W., tyPe.......0eccsoscecensrererere Proc. Bost. S.N. Hl., Vol.8,p.205.......:-c.++--.sesssseeeereees. PAW Vg IN Es thle ss cise ssccnevwcewecesve Waverly.............. Burlington, Iowa. Nysius var. crassicosta H. & W., type.............. cs ee GG GO) 0}, 1845 27th R’ ty TeLG3s), IP 11="7 cag GG CC e ‘“ Pr ef tenuicosta H. & W., type...eseeeeeeses Batic tees co ARS ee 5 caren: oblongus Sowerby.............0000 Ba Saree ties sneak Geol Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 17, oe A=0, acecteneeeeeneee Gc ss Pl. 5, Figs: 1=3-:3ee rove Wis 62. Won 115) O cpa docs oRee ee eRERE BER AceScsceos boc 4oth Parall. ee Vol. 4, Pl. 45 Bigs 3o---e “< ‘6 Bee Ets ec icels tina vee ca vaceee eee Proc. 8-19: 9 Ne iviole 7 Po 2O32b anes eee | STROPHODONTA. Camace elem Gan VsmGV PE Recesarcas ites cscceceeconeaeeeteee 23d Rept. State Cab., Pl. 11, Figs. 8—I1........ . a6 Ct Metis aicletcsie(s'e +0 vs wa cisa'e seen 4oth Parall. Surv , Vol. 4, Pl. 3, Figs. 1-3..... demissai@ontadinesseeseeetenteeacetce sci ccs oc sevees concen Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 25, Fig! 18... -.....cssae Ry bridave lela VEnubyD Cameeteerecicscsc.cc-Uscecsec ect 23d Rept. State Cabs, Ps 230 nesses: sstecsee eee i IN eEGuisthiatay Conia CUeeem Macs eerncckeseccecess-ccees Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pi. 25, Fig. 12) c.vse.ceeaee . STROPHOMENA. | Kein cua Wiaithepemtypemmeettee tittececcccsetissceocsnweaee | Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 12, Figs. 15-16........ EN emma kla/ QcOW maby Derr ascecmensneescisciciosiis sisbisees sae | 40th Parall. Surv , Vol. 4, Pl. 1, Fig. 15......% patentayll alll eesenscscceec se eeemsscsces ecsecsce cela. s='s | Pal: @hio; Vol: 2; \Pli 5) Bigs TO ese ee seeeeee | ThomboidalismWwailckatassecseseeeeceseeeccereeeere see ce 40th Parall. Surv , Vol. 4, Pl. 4, Fig 4........28 wnicostata Mis Ce Wi ctxscesuteareteet eee cuemen emice ss Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 12; Fig: 14.0.:2220--.--6m . BRACHIOPODA. (152) WHERE LOCATED. eeveee eevece eeeees en eces bee eee eeecce se eace eaceee eer ece weseee eecee ee ceec ee eece eococe WUOMBSSaNia te Mius. sc c.scsseck leet ces Wrseistatem Gollan ci sckes os sieccees ce ce ee pence nese es sees coon Univ. INGE Ven State Collste cs eis abi: eu Gimine@alifete eos sckcss PaseiLal IS Colle easel erence rele chiens WS eaNate Mlusiee neces veeccescees ee oe “ee sere meee eset aw eescee wap Vier otate Colles a aiete es Nome OhiowStatel Colles eee eee WissestatesCollie rar ue eaees WimivenGalitecs seet hat he ah ee Wrasse Nate Muse css ee eke. DreplGmappsetsssjeescescaceeeecees Wanner Callie, Meee aac Wissnstatem@ollliie. entra: Winivenn Calli fist ke ai Oe U. S. Nat. Univ. fee eecescosvccesscevesscce U.S. Nat. White Coll DOO iii iii iy Fete tw cee cas eesessesceeecs N. Y. State Coll U.S. Nat. Mus ween tee c cscs ees voces OOOO nici i iii COs neni i NisseS tater Colic: 2 aacamunen U.S. Nat. Reenter eee cere te asec tssses see eee ccc ccc rer ese ceens WWastestate Callas ne usccasvssease secs. | Wis! SES CO ee ee | | GEOLOGICAL AGE. | Waverly aieasene cere Weel tompereeeeeesee | oe | IWaverlyereeceeracee Kn GInestenscnmaee tenes (n@hemungeseeesreaees Ftamiltoni 22... 26 Wiawerlyacsenessccess lmltowere Carbessese | Wleres UGS Goooddoos Eamnltoneesssenenee Chenin erence INiagaralinerassccncs: Chestersa.ee INiaigarabeneereensseee eee eeecee Upper Helderb..... | Lower Helderb..... amiltoneescessoneee We Marcellistesen sneer |SailinWAS Si Csi seceeeeee Hamilton............ le Nia garaeeeeenereneeee SETIaSSIGN Ce ecece secret eeeee Upper Helderb..... Lower Helderb..... se eer es esscee Ciremun gee eee. Devonian............ Hamilton. 2 ...22..0. Hamilton @uehecteereee eee Clinton ae eee | Wan ssocusdoa0 ee Hud. Riv............ | Coal Meas.......... | LOCALITY. Oquirrh Mts., Utah. Milwaukee, Wis. Oquirrh Mts., Utah. Newtownviile, Ohio. Rockford, Iowa. Milwaukee, Wis. Burlington, Ja. Bear River, Utah. | Near Dublin, Ohio. | Milwaukee, Wis. | Rockford, Iowa. Elamulitontesesscesece | Milwaukee, Wis. Racine, Wis. | Newtonville, Ohio. Louisville, Ky. Oquirrh Mts., Utah. oe ce oe Waterloo, Iowa. Put-in- Bay, Lake Erie. Milwaukee, Wis. Near Dublin, Ohio. | Pah-Ute Mts., Nev. Milwaukee, Wis. Louisville, Ky. Webb Summit, Ohio. Pah-Ute Mts., Nev. Delafield, Wis. Newtonville, Wis. | Ogden and Logan Cafions, Utah. Columbus, Ohio. Bellville, Ohio. Oquirrh Mts., Utah. Burlington, Ia. | Rockford, Ia. | White Pine, Nev. Chemung............ | Milwaukee, Wis. Hackberry, Wis. Milwaukee, Wis. | Delafield, Wis. White Pine, Nev. Dayton, Ohio. Oquirrh Mts., Utah. Delafield, Wis. WHITFIELD : LIST OF FOSSILS. BRACHIOPODA. NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. WHERE LOCATED. LOCALITY. (152) | GEOLOGICAL AGE. Brachiopoda— Continued. SPIRIFERA. alba-pinensis H. & W., type........0.:ssseseeeeeeeeeee 40th Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl 4, Figs. 7-8..........s00000 U. S. Nat. Mus Waverl Oquirrh Mts.. Utah AIT S tap llall nese eetlertirsesctinacaive see siina cas one cote avesctes Geol. Wis,, Vol. di D120; Hig 3 Nenanaee Meee. aeenen ¢ Wis. Sonn Galilee cee yma Paine oe MuGraiee Wis. audacula Sa Sab uUOseDdoR dasoasbae erp odnosoGceaocG OG fc Pl. 25; Figs. 25=20 nse ee eee UG Ob 6 ae ee Gentronota’ Winchelliic...c..cccscccesscceceeccnsucesiors ben Parall. sury., Vol. 4, Pll 4) iccis=osneny eeeeeeeee j THEMEN Mae Gea eae Haniel acco Jaui i OMIA GLACE Karmne tescrn eee sce nGrctcresersien ese ssesie N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. e Pi. a Higs 18 Ig. “af U.S. raises io A | ee Phe ue eene ane cyrtiniformis H & W., type.........:escceeeeeeeeeeee 23d Rept. St. Cab., Pl. 11, Figs. 21-24.. aN NIRVARSER GSD ht ee \Chenutiens 2. Pak: Rec fordiiton ami eurytines var. fornacula Hall..................seeeeneee Geol Wish Vole; elas) igs 22.0. one eee 7 Wis State Cn ee | i Stecaehl eo, ee Milwaukee Wis FrELaTIS WANG, 1s NUREPL TEC a ae te a Proc. B. S. N. H., Vol. 8, p. 203..eeceescseeee WENN ho. \escarteeee oats eal | Burlington, Ta. rralbyres? 16 AND. eeqasetcoronce suoc unc Ua cce ane REe reer eCaA 4oth Parall. Sury., Vol. 4, Pl. 5, Fig. 16......... ; U. S. Nat. NI Seka, Reteecre. Vee | Bear ithe (Wiis. Wea LSS WORSE, 5 jon ocososnpuanngeconacodaodasuANbS ==p900002 N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 11, Fig. 14.... 86 (Liksiicte. =: CHIR een a ee | Marcellus.. ......... | Near Dublin, Ohio. mucronata Comrad.........00.sesseeeeseeceeeee eeneeees Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 25, Figs. 27-28..............0..0- bi Wits, Seve Colle ces Poe | Tlewmbltiorn, onc Milwaukee, Wis. Orestes H. & W., type.......0.seescsseeeeeeseeeeseeeees 23d Rept. St. Cab. Pl. 11, Figs. 16-20................00006+ f | WAS Site Gill eee | Chemung............ Rockford, Iowa, PUTA LAM OW Clee acesticcser cheer ccircessecs serio ensvernes Geol. Wis., Voll a5 bliv26s Hig eave ws cs:cceseeeee eee d tl cwis! State Coll _.. | Hamilton Milwaukee, Wis. ACI ALA Mm SOM AEA ses erimerenaasncthuislsseusseenie vaevere «seve 6G Ce Big) Rigsy l=2\.2..5. ceca Waal 5 Pscatd. 2 a ea eee | Niagara..s.ccsesse. Racine, Wis. Rockymontana Marcou N.Y. Acad. Sci. , Vol. 5, Pl. 13, Fig. 20 © | Wits, Callers) ene Newtonville, Ohio. rostellum H. &. W., type 24th Rept. St. Cab., p. 182; 27th Rept. Pl. 9, Figs BOEEUG | Wye tall Goll ieessarecccessec-seeseous Niagara.............. | Louisville, Ky. RET perag lal leer veecserei crests stetecviecesduteceevr cates 4oth Paral. Surv., ‘Vol. 4, Pl. 5, Figs. 17-18....... UMIGRENTA nits cee ilteren @arh __ | Oquirrh Mts., Utah. ShALAR OO Weareteaciieeriecstcssassecte ssl oteecncecs ccise enemies us Figs. 13-15.. | touerrein ee CSE th hor tle ie | “ “ pel aan GG ea Bubwaricosa Elsi Weg) tYPC.crrercscteereneatacereecune 23d Ree St. Cab:, Pl. Li ics 2 = eee NE Waitin Cal tec uyenn. | Upper Helderb..... | Waterloo, sae RWanitixeniig lal lewsncansencnenscseseasescincssesevedee sey ces N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 5, Figs. 4-5......... ussseees. f Moho statacol a eee | Lower Helderb,.... | Put-in-Bay, Lake Erie. SPIRIFERINA. | ce ZAM isl Allleecmetseeeccetenwecerectsisvec sees ese sa easness Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 25, Figs. 23-24......c.:ccceseeeeess j Wis, Sheri (Chill, Seance cancsaccccs Hamilton........ ... Milwaukee, Wis. 6s CRN EM RRR oir coisas uae aecies IN} Ye Acads Sci, Mol: 5%, Pl. ait, hig: 0a eeeeeene eee Ba Raneee Calitics een eee Marcellus............ Near Dublin, Ohio. Nlonaicayie Gab Die vencsane ose ve release rcenesselersi-celnne 4oth Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 6, Fig. 8...........,:.00000 | }- Ta SUNT Eee. US ee Serie Gime | Pah-Ute Mts., Nev. SPIRIFERA (CYRTINA). g agai) JAZ ocneonseqdaps6500nqb565encb0p0009 9500000000008 Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 26, Figs. 1-2.........sscceceresenes } Wis: State: Colles. aiccsseecwieeries Hamilton.......0.066 Milwaukee, Wis. teApeZOV ALIS EN Gl Wigs ctsr- covcecavssconreoseesccerose 24th Rept. St. Cab., p. 183; 27th Rept., Pl. 9, Figs. 19-21 7 Drs Kinappin vn wsscise oecteeecte> Niagara........0000+- Louisville, Ky. (MarrInia) lineata Martin... cceeesceeeeeees N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 16, Figs. 6 ores pocoeee fF odliinrivenn Galifeseoeeeee Coal Meas.........- Webb Summit, Ohio. (SPIRIFERINA) alia H. & W., type........c...:seeeeee 4oth Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 6, Fig. 17.........01. .--2+ § Wi Se Naveen MIst te ee aceescewee Teiassi@s..osccdoree Pah-Ute Mts., Nev. STREPTORHYNCHUS. i : GardinalenVVinith em by pee-serteeeenstanstccs ss suede et Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 12, Figs. Q-10........:ccceeeeree0= i AiVFay Geta Cll cansontoanoacnaszode Hud. Riv Delafield, Wis. TSEFIS SITUA Vem CCaMNN ctie cee ctcerinctionsohatcicis hae eeeen scirans IND YepAcadsiScissViolem. Pl. 03, higse: lI lomesemmeret nm an lu miven Galitieeeseeeecseren sintees Chester....... Newtonville, Wis. . Eq uivalyiswEtANM o2s.ccccsscrscosseereseivevvereiecever soe 4oth Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 4, Figs. 1-2........ See | Ul St Nat Musics... .... | Waverly, Ogden and Logan Canons, Utah. flabellum Whitf., type...............0.sseseseesseeeeeee N. Y. Acad. Sci. paVioles 5) Bly 6, Eigse) —oruemeam : Uitir, CaIB Rene Upper Helderb..... | Columbus, Ohio. hydraulicum Whitf., type... ree ee ses Pll; igs) 1=setemees "| Ohio State Coll... Lower Helderb..... Bellville, Ohio. inflatum W. & W., type 4oth Parall. ae Vol. 4, Pl. 4, Fig. 3...----- U. S. Nat. Mus.... Waverly | Oquirrh Mts., Utah. es BS ae Proc. B. S. N. H., Vol. 8, p 203......0s-rcsee0- White: Colliciceeeeme aeerncaee Cee ERAS res Burlington, Ia. STROPHODONTA. Pamace tbls Oe Wisi tYPCLcuvosssesieeeesssiceewsaeesssedes 23d Rept. State Cab., Pl. 11, Figs. 8-11....... N. Y. State Coll Chemung Roden’ ae ; is Oo Beets ae cuan isn acaman tes tesoee 40th Parall. Surv , Vol. 4, Pl. 3, Figs: 1-3. .cssscesereseee i | U.S. Nat. Mus... Devonian.... White ee Te ETI Ssay CONTAC edaceincsecccnuslvcrecesienk saceateceSeoonses Geol. Wis., Vol. hp Pl. 25, Fig. 18.......seceeee eectenevee Pala Visy State Coll, seeccessseesaeaeers Hamilton.... MNS ee, ae, Py bridamel, Sc W., type.....1.ceseeessernesateresnesess 23d Rept. State Cab., p. 23Q-.-s-+ecessssssceseareserspensenes "| N.Y. State Coll Chemung.... Mei aie Beg uistriata Conrad!) scnsvaccscssenersessreereasneeseass Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 25, Fig. 12 ..cccccseenceceeereeeeers |. | Wis. State Coll.......:ceesccsseeees Hamilton Wa CUS Ee avs STROPHOMENA. Melenelduayis DSi eI WHI ty Perens. eeeerencceeussseuenanaeseseosenrse Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 12, Figs. 15-16......:s:+cssss0ees |,, | Wis. State Coll,.........:-:02s:s2000 Hud. Riv.... SATS Nex PEG AMER OCMV\aouILYDCrsctte sis sass cassevcsresaiuesens ore 40th Parall. Surv , Vol. 4, Pl. 1, Fig. 15..----+s:2s1seere-- LO. Si Nat. Mus...... 2.0. eeceren see Quebec......+e0e00001 lnestan Ohio. ‘ acta eA aN Pemeene stave eee iseeres#eesaeency vas saiseseonaes Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 5, Fig. 10.......--sses01* [: Univ. Callif.........-:2sceeeeeeeseneee Clinton......++++++++ 0 eee Mts., Utah. metyaalorotcea hs \WhI Vey ase aacenacooreseasssacnoronercreree 40th Parall. Surv , Vol. 4, Pl. 4, Fig 4 ++ |. | U.S. Nat Mus Dilafeld, Wis. Mnicostataslvlls Sc Wane srgrce che ose-nas.isessreneonneene Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 12, Fig. 14.sscceserceerres certeeeess *. | Wis. State Coll | 4 is Pek me WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. | WHERE PUBLISHED. Brachiopoda— Continued. STROPHOMENA— Continued, Wisconsensis Whitf., type.......secceeeeceseereeeneeees | Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 12, Figs. II-13......... | STRICKLANDINIA. | ‘ multilirata Whitf., type........secscceeseeereeece see c sees | Geol. Wis., Vol 4, Pl. 23, Figs. 3-4.....+++0 , TEREBRATULA. | augusta H. & W., type.......-eeseereerercreeeeneeees | 40th Paral. Sur., Vol. 4, Pl. 7, Figs. 7—lOs--ce ap PlarlanivNlortom cos ceseecteraces cosee sees eseenn erin | Hl N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 1, Figs. 20-23............ Harlani var. fragilis, Morton...........-sseseeeereeeees | es sc Pl. a, Figs. 15-22... ease . Harlani var. perovatus, Morton.........s.esseeereer ees ee be oe ge Pl. 1, Fig. 10%. -s-ee2-- eee Helena Whitf., type.......csscceeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeecteees | Capt. Ludlow’s Rept., 1874, p: 103, Pl. =aag Humboldtensis Gabb..........ceeceeeneeeeneeeeeceeeesees _ 40th Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 6, Figs. 22-24. turgida Hall..........ecceseeeee ceeeeneseceeereeeeeeeeeees N. Y. Acad. Sei, Vol: 5, Pl. 13, Figs. 21-22.. Utah H. & W., type......-.cccsecsnrseseecseceeeeerenees | goth Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 3, Fig. 18.50 TEREBRATELLA. WERE eaTitil On iall sy e sr nea nbrcadaparcosddosducsdoaad: Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 1, Figs. 1-4...........02+. : plicata Say.....ccccoseeressesseseesceecenerererensecerceers aCe: iegees gs Pl. 1, Figs. 5=0. |) s:. 2. eee _ TEREBRATULINA. | Ntlantica’ Morton. csccstererecceaec eee raseeseeecesce =r Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 1, Figs. 10-13.......... lachryma Morton. .......sssssesscceeeereeeeeenseeraneee nes a GGL ae ere CCS es ieee fe a GG IDG (0), JESS TICSCET, opanenonancnatoosoanacen 74) toGe cde GG) 0G SE RARE Rae acencocososouco UG. isesncesonnoug ay " S 0 = PIO; Bigs: jyhetesnce sree ccs | coe | ® Wh, Wwe nasennoacoasonbacoondee he aa eon Shiloh, N. J. Pal. N. Js Vol. 1, Pl. 22, Figs. T4=15) ss schsssevenenene ‘| ie TN, Se Wail nacoeqeosouoneoonenord | CGiati, We Wloccacecoos | Arneytown, N. J. ? 66 beh eine ea Pedisedootck| eenion no dec OnE OB ORRDDUSEQUORBaEIINCD CO Ol Tos Kodug jpbiullice Bill, Ne Ip ae 18 a ee Pa NREL fo gece Sires Vike | 4oth Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 7, Figs. 20-21.............)) UJ, S. Nat. Mus......:seeeeerereees Triassic or Jur...... Chalk Creek, ee Pall N. Ji, Voli 1, Pl. 30, Figs. 1-2.) ri NipAe NT GNIpa Lies teste se vsauseteaneca=s EOcene.«..+e-seseee+ SY eee | Mioc. N. ihe Pl. 8, Bigs, 8=10..i.0.0:s002 +200 eee \iGax INE, Gi, TNL ocean soenpouceococctacc Miocene......-+.+-+++ See ale «PI. 7, Figs. 13=07).. 00.008 00s eee U. S, Nat WES) sooo0g0uopos0cHco060 Ce weprpeeccicdeaee i Will | | Chhabra age Clete Rapid Creek, Blk. Hills. | Expl Blacke Hills, a ie ae Jette aioe « dee EERE meets cece Red Water Valley, Blk. Hills Pal. N. vi Vol 1, Pl. 30; Pigs o—4.v.c.-necssem tees acen emu nesseos Shark River, N ae Ha NJ. Mioc. N. J., Pl. 8 Figs. 3-7.... ‘ Miocene......-..++++: Near Mullica Hi a ce ? Pl, 3. Bigs! Sopot ae Ga e See Atlantic City, N. j. Pal. N. qj, Vol. 4, Pl. 2, Fig. t44....):9 4 Cicivon Owen: tieaeegeny elh fe . Shark River, N. J- TEBIL, INT, Nog WO Lig WG 9), TR @nonsccoacoscconccanccne occ BORene erecta Bik. Hills. Expl Bile) Hills, Pll 4,! Bigs, 1220../sc11:./cteieemitTy) S, Nat, Mus.eoc.cccere--or-e-3* BVT En cerrenconcce Belle Fourche, j if ts., Utah. 4oth Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 6, Fig. 4... we U.S. Nat. Mus.....-0seeeeeeeeeeeees Benoa aaa Ba Tors 2 24th Rept. State Cab., p. 188 ; 27th Rept., ‘Pl. roi ‘Fig. | Dr. Kmapp.....eecseesseseeeereeerss Up. Helderberg... | Boneares, Ohve! N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 11, Fig. 16 | Univ. Calif Marcellus «-.2-++-+- lls T ‘nship, Ohio. o 3S «Dy. 36, Figs, 10-I1... eserves? Coal Meas......-+++ Falls Tow BED Proc. B. 8. N. H., Vol. 8, p. 295 oe ee Waverly eee De 20 Onemreseeaenaereese bs i h Mts., Utah. 4oth Parall, Suis Vol. 4, Pl. é Fig. 6 Permo-Carb SEU ae “ “ « Pl. y Fi sy ee Bly, His 16 Jurassic pee ford, etc., N. J- Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 11, Figs. 26-29 Trenton, N. Jesceescceeesceeetertees Gret, Lu. Mu... ee eas NJ & & «¢ Pl. 29, Figs. 10-11 COMM C2 va, enero cocennee E0cene...++seseeeee00+ Siok Ne it Muoen NG Jn, els a, Bigs. (5=O0ss.snncesee-esseeeeeeeee U.S. Nat. Mus......ssceeseseeeeees Mose rf ae Presa I Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 11, Figs. 23-25 "tetera, INL, |) neceeepeeeercerecaac0 Cret. L. M...+-++++ : Shiloh, N. J. Mioc. N. Jes Pi. Tes Figs. Q—Aiccccccceccccccssersccevenaaessseces 1 U.S. Nat. Mus.....cceeeeeeeseerees Mioceneé.....--++++++* 110. J 4 1 ci Pp i) > 4 | WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES, - WHERE PUBLISHED. Lamellibranchiata— Continued. BREVIARCA. Saffordi Gabb., t CALLISTA. DeclawarensisnGabb; tyPelsc.escocseecsssoecooeesrcecee CAMPTONECTES. bellistniatarVlee ky iis cick seu nace epee ener wesc oant omens ce ce wee wees e rere cee e ce es sess esoveseesesess ee mee merce ec escceeseceseeesessosesescese Burin stonensis;Gabb,wspsessscestscasecstesecseeesees extenuatusn Micek, (Sp. cscnceaceieecace eee -ecceccacres Gc Ma & Hi. ake cave veetooveneeaskenaeeemacete PanvyusiWihith , sty pezannssnaqcecmecesaseencsecettenceeeece pertenuistriatus H. & W., CARDITA. Be rittont Whitt.; type: :..s-stsseceenseseesemeseneeseee ae: OMAN WALA LS AY! sce asic asieis’e sje welewre acta oas weeoeeeiseseiietsieies intermedia Whitf., spekantiqua Conrad. <5... ..s«ssseseeeeemesen ss nescee CARDITAMERA. Maculeatam Conrad cease! sce soe e Oe eS ene arata of CaRDIOPsIS. crassicosta H. & W., Pe eee ere rere eee ceseseesseeeesceesccaeesens CARDIUM. Enfaulense Conrad ENE VAMC cts Whoa ie siccs sa wa ale outa Gerson cose aerate (CERASTODERMA) craticuloides Con Ce ee a (GRIocAR DIUM) sdumosum Con. .......2...csceseetes ee MOM tiradiatwanis Gal Dy sas jescs sc ccsecsesseenerceeeuneeceess (FRAGUM. ) tenuistriatumeNVbithwty Pes. ascsesccssc-sscseeceonncsince (PROTOCARDIUM) perelongatum Whitf., type......... PerelongatumiVVhithe ty pesescssces.cc-ccdectecserenaees CARDIOMORPHA. Missouxiensis Swallowiscwerctecocecmacesceclsesce-ceneae CARYATIS. ovalis) Wihithi sty pesmeseasstdssactecsessceactere seca: wetar WWihithc vty pevasceaceccset ccaneremenecceoscee aceon CERCOMYA. peculiaris ‘Conrad, type s.ses-dssestecse oeceees sence. CHAMA. congregata, Conrad, types cnccossresseneeecenacenseeeren CIBOTA. multiradiata, Gabb, itypem---sec-cose-eseecrenseee eee sose> besa: Whith type .t.c.-cceccacser setenoerereeeneeeeeenne: rostellata Morton mnlOpsis Conrad. {ccs cscs-doacouseseaeteeeeeeemeees Ral. N.\J.,; Vol. ri sbiaeersiias: | Mioc. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 9, Figs. | Pal. Pal. N. J., Vol..1, Pl. 12, Figs. 11=12-.2..-2eeeae Pal. N. J., Vol: 1, Pl. 22-Figs. 8—10....5:.-seeeee 40th Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 7, Fig. 13......... Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 4, Figs-6—15.%....).-casemaee Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 8; Figs. 3-9725.20:--caenum 4oth Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 7, Fig. 18.......... Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 4, Figs. 4-5..............000: Pal. N. J.,; Vol. 1, Pl.-8, Figs. 1=2.2°5-222-seeee 40th Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 7, Fig: 17-2. eee Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 30, Figs. 1I—12)--)--saaa Mioc. N: J., Pl. 9, Figs. 1=45....22.cssse ce += eeeea Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 28, Figs. 14-15...) aaa Sc Vol. 1, Pl. 30, Figs. 8-10) .-.2--aeeaee Mice: N. i Pl. 9;-Figs. 7=8. cscscs..000e--e eee cc Pil.-9,. Figs. 5=6-s.:..-c0cee sees eee 24th Rept. St. Cab., p. 188; 27th Rept., Pl. 12, Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 20, Figs. 17=19....-22-uee 66 ‘¢ Vol. 1, Pl. 20; Fig>—14sie.s2- eee Mioc. N. J., Pl. 10, Figs. 16-19.......2..-...aan Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl:.20, Figs: 9=137--22--aenemm Vol. 1, Pl. 21, Figs: 1=355.-2---. see Pal. N. J.;-Vol. 1, Pl. 20, Figs. 15-16......2dem ce. ‘¢ Vol. 1, Pl. 20, Figs. 20=227.---- seen aie ‘¢ 6Vols.4, Pl. 21, Figs. 4=5. <22.:-seee 4oth Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 6, Figs. 1-2...... leat N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 30, Figs. 15—16.-.-.:sheemm cco Vols th bles: Figs. 16—10...... 20a 24-25,.......00ne 14-18. ....c 20am N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 11, Figs. 21-22........2aue Ge ‘¢ Vol. 1, Pl. 11, Figs. 30=31---.. aaa 6 66 Vol. 1, Pl. 13, Figs. 34—36.-...-ce 36 ‘¢ =6-Vol. 1, Pl. 11, Figs. 32=33°.:--- see LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. pecees ae eee ee eee pees WHERE LocaTED. A. INig So. Jen peecconancoesaeeEbeosce AVON. |S» Phil? & Trenton, N. J. Wis Ss INKS WWM Sogcos bosoudaonodoooe (73 oe ce sirentons Ne Js, 46 N.S. Bhilee Us, So INGEN TIRES Coscosnecssdsaaded “ce ce ee see erence er ececssecs AMrentons Nin icscessseceseeoleerseesss (WiheSisNati Musi saccnwecnseeesmiec + ee ew weet eee s ee ese scans PAW MIVIESUN Es elise cee itocesislscictsseesiices: be 66 66 |, “seeratkoyar, IN. [a aeasasecoboncs doncanbes | Columbia College.................... NeW SemNiataVitisSessernee vr amnn sacri eee ve teece ete e ee sescce Cece eter eee escccces Wo So INeS AYES. sds Scoosscoscasadodee Mien tom Nei aie-eomeereereeneeceee 6 & A.M. N. H eee esceee wee creer ecceseceeeessces MiremtoneeN spe )/.22<3\s.00 ese eee (At Vinge NEOs 36 0... scene cee GEOLOGICAL AGE. Cretuless Vieesseeeees ce ee Greta Ups ilestess IOcenetseseeeeene 66 | Up. Helderb. Hamilt. Miocene.......... Cret. ce ce Grete leaiteenee ce ce 66 or anes eee LOCALITY. Haddonfield, N. Y. Holmdel and Freehold, N. J. | Uinta Mts., Utah. | Belle Fourche Riv., Blk. Hills. Freehold & Burlington, N. J. Rawling’s Station, Wyo. Belle Fourche Riv., Blk. Hills. Freehold, N. J. Rawling’s Station, Wyo. Squankum, N. J. Atlantic City, N. J. Farmingdale, N. J. | Shark River, N. J. | Shiloh, N’ J. | Louisville, Ky. Holmdel, N. J. Keyport, N. J. Shiloh, N. J. | Haddonfield, N. J. Burlington, N. J. Marlborough, N. J. Cream Ridge. N. J. Mullica Hill, N. J. White Pine, Nev. Shark River, N. J. Farmingdale, N. J. Crosswicks, N. J. Shiloh, N. J. Mullica Hill, N. J. Burlington, N. J. | Freehold, N. J. | Burlington, N. J. WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. (155) NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES, * WHERE PUBLISHED. WHERE LOCATED. GEOLOGICAL AGE. LocaLity. Lamellibranchiata— Continued. BREVIARCA. | AOKGIN GAD ity Pereseresspescsrercssersascaaresessenss Balen. Js, Vol. 0, Pl. 2), Bigs 0002s eee eet eee JN, JIN Sho] Bahl eesapeponsstopesonaceoe Cret. L. M.......... | Haddonfield, N. Y CALLISTA. Delawarensis Gabb, type......1....2ssesseereceeeeseeces Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 22, Figs. 8-10......cecccsseredeseresss A. N.S. Phil. & Trenton, N. J. Ob ON ease ase | Holmdel and Freehold, N. J. CAMPTONECTES. ; ellastriatay Meeks cca. sessessscrscedseccerececseesecssenes 40th Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 7, Fig. 13 Pee enon Naty MUSi..ccsscencecscoeccees S|ULASSI Comeeeeaeeesets Uinta Mts., Utah. 66 OE SSC SOR OBB ODECECUCEDACDOC aOR ROOegS Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 4, Figs. 6-15. .....Js.seees ic ce CMM Mr eae siroanonsecasoses OS geemeceacece Belle Fourche Riv., Blk. Hills. Burlingtonensis Gabb, Sp............cseseceeceeeeceeees Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 8, Figs. 3-9...........000+ ... || Drenton, N. J., A. N. S. Phil.... | Cret. L. M.......... | Freehold & Burlington, N. J. xtentatis: Meek, SPreeccwceasriecseceseseccecncrasersees 40th Paral. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 7, Fig. 18 Dem MUM SH Nat wIVIUS!o.2.0c.c2cs.eceeeeoe JuILASSicaeeseeesses ee Rawling’s Station, Wyo. Gs INUee Scaled teste ace se-estesaciecatestecccrsenses Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 4, Figs. 4—5.........-..:ssceseeceeeeeeeee ae GG 8 00s See csacheHncrocacenre COS ceeaseac aes | Belle Fourche Riv., Blk. Hills. AILS MV VNIEE Wty DOr. sasesecesisceceescsscerise ie tinsciiel« BalING es aVOle I, bl cS) igs. T=2. 0... 1s esaseeemeenie == sirentonsyNew| fect ees. -eececccesccescce. | Gigli, We Mlercscasccs |) ECOG INK Vf. pertenuistriatus H. & W., type...........ceceeeeeeeees 4oth Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 7, Fig. 17........s.cecsseeeeee (WeeSueNath Miustecceenccsccces-s eens JWISSI© opasccsandacer | Rawling’s Station, Wyo. —~ CARDITA. | BeisrittonisWihitfy, type’.. veta Whitf., type Bee ates Mic asleceGugborsccwsdiersmaveds us Sia 1, Pl. 28, Figs. 16-19........--...98 Peta ns & & A. MN He. .... Cret. U. M.......... Farmingdale, N. J. CERCOMYA. : A peculiaris Conrad, type ............ssseeeceeceeseeeeeeee Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 23, Figs. 24-25. -+sceesecersetteeeeeees A. N.S. Phil Crosswicks, N. J. CHAMA. : an congregata Conrad, type........seceseceeeceeeeeeeeeee Mioc. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 9, Figs. 14-18........ teeetecteceeeees U.S. Nat. Mus Sule ore At CIBora. . P ill, N. J. Paulitradiata!Gabb, tyPe.....-ss.rsesceeseeesseseeseoes Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 11, Figs. 21-22 A. N.S. Phil aoe a Fe obesa Whitf., type «. «¢ ‘Vol. 1, Pl. 11, Figs. 30-31.. oo recholasaNeuls rostellata Morton .......... WG «¢ -Vol. 1, Pl. 11, Figs. 34-30... Trenton, N. J... Burli ngton nh Ip OPS SM COMLAC evencecszscsecssecssvoncdsvecsdcseseeneees ee “© Vol. 1, Pl. 11, Figs. 32-33 A. M. N. Heese eeeeeeeteeteeeeeeees ‘ eee 3 WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. Lamellibranchiata—Condinued. CLAVAGELLA. mrmata sMOTtOMvs.wivecscascssasecceececartacemmeeeeeseeeee | Pal. N. J., Vol: 1, Pl: 25, Fig-)24.-ee eee CONOCARDIUM. | pulchellum Wi. (& W., type «...c.c.ccceseernecet caren Proc. B. S. .N. Hi, Vol.(8)\p: 290.-2-se-ee eee CoRBICULA. EMMOSA A CONTAC, SP..ces: sn.o/svsooinactsaadcmuicnsemaseetne Pal. Ne J., Vol. 1, Pl. 2, Figs. 2-4............28. Pemacerata Whitf., typ€.........cscccessesesscneeceeess v Pl. 2, Figs. 5—6............+ CORBULA. erassiplica Gabb|i...s.0...4.sssnessccaseeuarere ene esepcce™ Pal. N. J., Vol. a, Pl. 23, Fig: 30.-p2--eeseeeens elevatan Conrady .ceeasescsssecsceeeccemetseeetiee see Roe. N. de Pi. 15, Fig. 15...3...:csseeree eee ae an A ae MTER RA Re OS cadabae OS Figs. 16-10)... -sces-sseeee HO Miah Meea.s.c.cohosuwele evtuce tesuseeeneruicesmocmeeure Pal N. i Vol. 1, PI. 23, Figs..27-20) 2 -same ACONeAt CONTAC seo sac cccciestecauoosetennmaceceecocosteee: Mioc. N. J., Pl. Is, Fig. 20.\..5:2/5.0.c0 eee eee Sabcontracta, Whitf.,~ type.c.2-s.-cccseesssetcene scones is ¢ Figs. Tt-14............000 Bubcompressa Gablin ci scce00seeeeeeeams CRASSITELLA. enlliay Cros oh ac bgp aanecenromecneaneacankceacnd6s boc onb00bo00000 Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 20, Bigs 9172peeeeeeeene OMTACIMNNnitt: ity Pee ....< cee meccincerereeeemececlsicl: 6¢ fie Pl. 28), Figs) 1=22..e---4-ene ie Hien PRE ananeaacodcacocobodsosDudcRdca 86 ot 66 BIg. 2 seciecenssteeee as se OES E I Haticio. ocuodobobeboade “e ac 6O\ Wigs. 4=5pcce..ceaeen Gumeata Gab Dretiens.+scessecnactsesnecestecmesaesectias | G6 BG Pl. 17, Figs. §8=20:2.--cee Welawarensis\ Gabb:........sce-s:e-cetmmerecensseaces | “ ce Pl. 27, Figs.’ 14-15. cose HitttoxalismConradiss.....2-..-snnecnsce sesseneeesceacetce| te 66 Pl. 28, Wigs. 6—7/20.ceeenes relma,’ Coyote elec oapesacnonenpananeadacaccobcsdacoaoo=ccnce Mioc: N. J.,-Pl. 8, Figs: i=t3 econ see Monmouthensis Gabb, type .......:.......ceseeeeeeees Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 17, Kgs. 21-2272ae GbliquatamWiMith uty Pe. .....5..0..0..sesasainanmecemseaecs Ob ss Pl) 29, Figs 0 Sieee seca Oh re Ce EE are REET aSaoAGaccoonoaaaaa06 GG oie Pl. 30, Figs. 13-14......... HHOMBS AMV Che MEY PCa. cessesssecec-s veeacioecencencseees Ge a Pl. 27, Figs. 16=072--o-cees MMO Seif Siovicie sac ee assess emenneeemases 36 ac 106 Figs. 18-19.......- SusplanaCOmradsety pe... s....0+c.cee wee sense seeamaect G6 56 Pl. 18, Figs. 14-16.......... subquadrata; Wihitf5 type..............0s0sesssceseereres Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 11, Fig. 12 ..00sccene oe BUATANSVETSAM GADD MEY PC a ccicsoss +2. o...sseesseeoreeseaees pale Nes; Violstejcil- 17, Figs. 16-17....-c0g8 Stumdula mV Wty PC cnet. 200s 0 eve, oseeceloeseenaseeess | Am. Jour. Conch., Vol. 1, Pl. 27, Fig. 16..... Val OSA MVlORtOMmcce tes ceciacisebes ce -vccssecniiceineeeeeeiees | Pal. Nt ilies Welt is Jel 17, Figs. 12=15.....-0sae (ETEA) prora Conrad, type...............ceeseneeeerees | GG Figs. LOLI. ..5:-c8ae CRIOCARDIUM. | MULCLEOMUS VNTR ty DO wectee ee oseieloe- on «0 nicis ee smorssieeers | Pal. N.-J., Vol. x, Pl. 28, Figs. 1O=0%.----=3e. CUCULLEA. | MMACTOR ON LAM NVA tem VGaetieersccc occ esc esssicerecesees | Am. Jour. Conch., Vol. 1, Pl. 27, Fig. 17.238 CUNEAMYA. | Vitam Tensiswedew OM WARMLY PD Ceeeie else cals acl vin oee vllesiseees Pal. (ORD; Viol 2, Pl 2, Bigs. 9-10-23. scapha H. & W. ee ncteateme 66 Fig. 12..sesssesessees CYMELLA. Mee kaa VVilhi tipereeeneececetenteseeticcsceiseriieiies sia.isie ces Pal. N. J. Vol. I, Pl. 20, Figs. 6-7 oc sisicic Brocy Bas. Ni El, Vols 8; 2 400) .sesevei eet eemeenemeeeee:- (Co AN, Wiiiti@ (Coll coagaceoneooonpncee Waverly........-...+. Burlington, Ia. pt aT ;) , i. WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. Lamellibranchiata— Continued. CYPRICARDINIA. - 2? cylindrica H. & W., LYPO....--2 2-2 eeeeeeeeeeee ees 24th Rept. St. Cab., p. 190; 27th Rept., Pl. 11 inflata ver. subequiv alvi is H. & W., ‘type Seer = Re phe to eee i CYPRICARDELLA. TEREST SEU RSE SSE Ee SSE Ene Proc. “B. S. N:.H., Vol. 8, p: 308. anna CYPRICARDITES. 2 Reape PO CONN ed =| OF WW. | ty PG == = <<” Pl. 10, Figs, 6-9... Sa DICERAS. Mactyloides WIRE. type... <<. ..cscscccncnsee ee eee Pal. N. Y., Vol. 1, -Pl. 28, Figs. 26—27....22 DIONE. Marylandicas GOnrad. <<<... <<... see tei “ce fe Pl. 8, Bigs icc. steetees eee Sub laevi Si Fas co MIB msn aac mc caninsiceneccbninsconcenececises GG 1 GG se Pl. 10, Figs. 1=202e.cs see eee eee Wamuxeriis Mes Gculelsaaaswnctn ny scrcnissncancens eeemecitsise 56, GG cc Pl. 7, Figs. 8-10.s25. sesso eee TISOCARDIA. @onradi|Gabbiitypenwcescsceccssriscesmseecmser-laces Pal: N. J.;-Vol. 3, Pl. 26, Figs..3-40iese-0-eaee LeEDA. BarnisipWietec Wigay yp emesis misissisiiaieiis sis sasisa’leretnaieainlae Proc. .B. S: Ni Hi, Volk 8; pyi208ssseeeene-e eee LEGUMEN. appressum Conrad. oo ncuccccscesers te vascsesenecee eres Pal. N. J. Vel. 1, Pl. 25, Figs. 6-8-2... sese-eeeee ellipticum Cea ease ING Mais hieae sake Srvesa'siss cust nesciaws slejmssee | G6 Pl. 255: Fig. 5.0.2 dec see. seeeee planulatumm 66 se sccwcecsecerasss-+oscsecennecesiscerancces 6 fe ce Pl. 25, Figs.) 3=4eeesses-- eee LEIOPISTHA. iMiataw WV Ini ths Mey pe smemstecicssscessess\e+>scceieeisemee se Pal. N. 5A Vol. 1, Pl 20, Figs. 4=5...-..----eeene protexta Conrad cosas sc tulareuane “6 ‘ec Pl. 20, Figs. 1=3.5. 2.0. eee (CyMELLA) Meeki Whitf., type............0...seee0 Expl. Bik. Hills, Pl. 11, Figs. 27-28... .0.oceneee LEPTOSOLEN. biplicata Conrad........ Pernned tchicehvetinssacemneceee Pal. N. J-, Vol.-t, Pl. 25, Figs..1—2:22-02- =a Lima ( PLAGIOSTOMA ) occidentalismEL. see (WieenbyPCsccssccre access srecessesee 4oth Parall: Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 7, Fig. 23... sees LIMOPTERA. cancellata var. occidentalis eee Wty Pesos. conse 24th Rept. St. Cab, p. 199; 27th Rept., Pl. 11, Fig LINEARIA. contracta Whitf., type. .........ccceceecseecsereeeeeeeeeee Ral. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl223) Bigs 5 cece ss-eeeee Metasthiata | Comrades. .o- ceseeee messes eeletene sel Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 23, Figs.6=8220.-.. esse LITHODOMUS. affinis Gabby, typescs-c.-on-cceeenseecetenesemceectssac: Pal. N. J., Vo'. 1, Pl. 17, Figs. 2-3.-.... cau neglectus McChesney, SPp........cseceeeececeeseeeee reece Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 18, Figs. 3-4...........0+- : Ripleyana Gabb, type ...........:sceceeeseeeeeeeeeece ees Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Ploo07, Figs. 4=5-.-2cs-s-ceeeene undulatus Wihitf. , type.eea-cncc-cccsmoceweenessieccaenss Geol. Wis., Vol. A Pl. 18, Wigs. 1=25.--oss ssa Subalveatus) Conrad: oiaccenscascsseccseseceineteecescces Mioc. N. ite PY 55 Wg. 9.5.5. oo cnc. conte ee eee LUCINA. ACClIVIS | COM iasccccsceosecceessereas se seeeermeeresseeree | Moc. N. J., Pl. 10, Figs. 5-6:.........2---s-.:seeea Gremurl ata OC eee eer we ciaeelictonst te ctene eiciatenisloeeetaetseits GG Pl. 10, Bigs. 7=15..---------2--0eeame crefaceall Conrad sencc.eseceetenseeseeee es cseeeeterecaee | Pal. N. Ji, 9Violax Pl. 18, Figs. 23-25....-- csc LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. \| LOcALITY. WHERE LOCATED. GEOLOGICAL AGE, | | (WES ae Nate Miuscits tes accccosiocnes Grethceencen ae Sees ANG ters ce aM NG EL See eecna on) Czetay Ie Mavis. | Brann ee See Neate Vinh aaccn mares aoe enn be One baxteanime nl gemna eeeie | ae PENTA Pil ets oe an sik ees Mise ata WES ah, Us Ge ON eies INES, Sop Snsdedbonasoeedone) | CS cosueaccoccenenaee MM trenton, No Jose cess. | Cret. L. Mo, Beh sd faGolumbrai@ollegeaaresseeneceecesr CSU eden eeeaaen iRrentormy NA eMemeea i eemc oe senses: CECB eet) yen Abe LN aN SisS eta Steen gee Ba en SE Sealer taiterers nts sn ett Bbeeas | Collermora COMEEEs5 cossccsaodsdco0ce SKS Plume inatieccosaseieewats aohtets (We Sea tte Miistecteeceas ere mewn Crete ie cite scien eee eee Gs GG 80 ee ey | uC ee ari PAGING Ss abril een eNree ul Crete MME, pan ea Nea Mina Eteive ates cca wanes nein hl WWeverlye ncrse cet | eee Ava Nig Set ea heanes eet tae nee reel Crete a, Miucek nn ae BG INGE INE TICS ee es area ae Oy coe Wee. Pliceratombse) New) ceeematis eecccmn soee acca try oe acy MIRC rae ee | War siyentOnw a see ee nc anee eee eral Cre tllugu Ning. ence RM ROR S Nat Maso eC Gretiay | a piremtounNey Jie Mere auneense ce sal kOnets ly Mie (reas Re WES Nata MUshomes eee teense URAS Contac. sa | Marcel Prof; James Halle. e000). Up. Helberb........ | he see Brenton Ny ieencses eer ene terete. Lee oat PrentonyeNa iieasessema eee cee Cretwile wien ita AX, INS Sy elon Besa se Beasacnosacs oases ill a Ge tel emn Ded [aeeneetunien Reel, WWwismotate Collin. ser nascent. | Niagaraisaaccseewe yy, ce aaa AN. INVo Se Leda eee RMN Gein ads alla Ora) tal DANY [iyaeeeu tame WisepStates Collis. Wenie eae: INTEVEEIE) coodéanoudosce jane i NeSNeg S aileliteseia. a coetase meee’ ll MAOCeNe. cause. ‘ieee Wisp Nate Musi eeen oul Mi@cene: hte... MOG) TrentontN oe ret | i Beaver Creek, B. H. Holmdel & Marlboro, N. J. Beaver Creek, Blk. Hills. Cheyenne River, B. H. Delaware. Belle Fourche River, B. H. Beaver Creek, B. H. Holmdel, N. J. ae Keyport, N. J. | Holmdel, N. J. Burlington, N. J. | Keyport, N. J. Sage Creek, B. H. Old Woman’s Fork, B. H. Cheyenne Forks, B. H. es River, B: Ht. Timber Creek, N. J. | Burlington, Ia. Haddonfield, N. J. | Tippah, Miss. | Freehold & Marlboro, N. J. Piclinele, N. J. Dead Man’s Rapids, Up. Missouri. Marlboro, N. J. Uinta Mts., Utah. Falls of the Ohio. Holmdel, N. J. Holmdel & Haddonfield, N. J. Burlington, N. J. Wauwatosa, Wis. Mullica Hill, N. J. Wauwatosa, Wis. Shiloh, N. J. Shiloh, N. J. Jericho, N. J. Haddonfield, N. J. WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. WHERE LOCATED. Lamellibranchiata—( ontinued. INocERAMUS—Continued. Barabini Morton ce cc fragilis H. & Mu... ...cecceeccneee nese eee esceeeeeeseeees multilineatus H. & W........0e:scceessseeeeeeeeees eee ees perovalis Conrad, type........-seeeeeeeeeeesseeeeneeeeeee perplexus Whitf., type.........-.0---seeeeesseeeeeeeeeeee problematicus SSA Ee ely ee aoe eae De perobliquus Whitf., type..........ssseeeeeseceeeseeees Sagensis Owen sbopecddanossvoqcosocosannododanqoncGq000%00 “ee var. quadrans Whitf., type.... var. Vanuxemi Tuomey............:2sseeeee SHBOASIS, OSEAN aso 0nnd0o00no0neoq.anooeooU9qD9nH00000R5000 BOLTS ODM Kireeeela meson za caaterereescelsemseseenease es GubleeviSnble CM avcwcseonresnerscne \Wearmanbagin’ We (82 18 b pasa nosqnanpoopsot sag soUcbosc0beood ISOCARDIA. onradi Gabbyityperarcsecscesseeneeesn sree ersr ere ers ss LEpa. Barrisi W. & W., type LEGUMEN. HP PLESsMil CONTAC wyaenssessiessectme rerctecresas+-meses cllibgeyaenie, OO pscAgadosonnescdnsoateDs0ebug BbcaCBBUEbecs planulatum LEIOPISTHA. MIME ALN VIET ys ILY D Creede srencesessnerassreossecssneasscas protexta Conrad | Ro vObobS IO BbOdOH NGOS SrIDACE BOC O ADO NEAOGIGgG (CyMELLA) Meeki Whitf., type............0....000+ LEPTOSOLEN. biplicata Conrad........ | sO Se DO OTOOBSCCURC EOI aORACROsEN LiMA (PLAGIOSTOMA) occidentalis H. & W., type.........s.ccssecseeeeeseees LIMOPTERA. cancellata var. occidentalis H. & W., LINEARIA. ontractapwiMitiay bY Perecesccsesseers-ccrsesrs ce aooeHea mietastiiata’ (CONTAC Ns ..c.ss+.scecsescers+-scss00 Senses LiITHODOMUs. BEAN ISAGAD DM LY Crees. ncscssekescssccesesselcsessiasenee neglectus McChesney, sp 86 Ripleyana Gabb, type undulatus Whitf., type cc “ec Biibalveatits Conrad ix. ...0.-steoceccacnssseseveecstecseres Lucina. PICCIIVISH@OM Wire foseracardcesessweatbeccoest ce ouerentecceet Expl Blk. Hulls; Pl. 9, Hig. Sivscsnesssessssseeeee Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 15, Figs. 3-5 Expl Bike Gills! Pig), Bigs lOstscen ssieeeee eee eee eee eeee oh oC (ee *G gs Wigs! 12-13. ...5.as eee pe lee renee =00 Pali IN: J, Vole i, Pl. 15, Fig: 6: ...:.....0tteeeeeeeeneeee Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 10, Figs. 4-5 G3" 0G sc B75 Bigs Ul ies. ov saccccese sees Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 14, Fig. 17 ee GB Ce OR ATS 5) LiGs 22. aeacsescerkate Gh a6 cc Pl. 14, Fig. 15 OG 6G Cs PRET hoe TOs 8.) 0c a.. eee Seis: ses Gras 0 EO eaTiS MMi St ilies oaiaiso'e aie aaeen Targolly IEMs, JERVIS, 1G 7/5 IMSS F125 coosansapeenanoece: G5 G6 open el (betes al auteaeen Onpenacctaer eerie GG gee «Pl. 10, Figs. 1-2 oorede GG 66 Phy, Bigs: S10. once scenes cin « Pals Ne Jes Vol: 0, Pl 26) iigs:93 An pene ee eee eee ee meee te Proce BS) NH. Vole 8) 1p)-208i.c. esses eee eee Bal: MB Jo Val. 1, Pl. 25, Higs. 6=8...:.....:c:eeeeeeeeeeeeee Pl. 255 Fig. 5 .ccc0.icstnes-coeseee eee eeeeeerte c OG 66 Pl. 25, Pigs. 3-4ics.c.:-seceeeeeeemeneere PallyN. J:5 Vol. 1, Pl 20; Wigs. 4=5....:-.---1aeeeamenmer Gis Gi t¢ Pl. 20; Figs. 1—3)....cs..-semeeeeeeeeess Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 11, Figs. 27-28 Palo NJ. Vol. t, Pl. 25, Figs, 1=2.........-ssesmmeseeasees 4oth Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 7, Fig. 23...-....0-:0sesss0e+s 24th Rept. St. Cab, p. 199; 27th Rept., Pl. 12, Figs. 12-15. Pal, N: J, Vol. 1, Ell 23, Hig) See eee ee. Pale Na Je5 Vols 0, El, 235) Bigs O>Ouy tern eeemmrmeeey eemEeea = Pale No J:, Voll x, Ble 07, Bigs: 2—9 0... << -ccenmereeeneemeeier Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 18, Figs. 3-4.........cseeeerteseeneees Pally Ne j:, Vol. & Ble 17, Bigs. 4=5...0.--scsmaestesttesammeeneT Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 18, Figs. 1-2 : Mioes ING Jey BE gy Hig Qin...6. once nnatespenss teeeameaneeteesene Mioc. N. J., Pl. 10, Figs. 5=6:......:.0--->cssvedsaaledenecesess «Pl. 10, Figs. 7-15 Pal. N, J., Vol. 1, Pl. 18, Figs. 23-25....--sesesesssseeeeeees (WitSiNats MUSin. dstciecseaeessctens Rutgers & A. M. N. H......... 5 U. S. “c 6c ce Teen, IN pal eairesecccs ce eheacearee Columbia Collegetrarcececsancostees AUREETO TEINS eaacogocensosenectacnoee ACS INI Sar bint te. dvckiisedteaccenssenes GG ce 6c Trenton “c “Brentonse Ny Winvevesceussuacsevecvect: LW fShs, Neti AE 08 soca cenconecc06es Profes antes cla) lPeaepeeeeeee menace ‘Trenton; Ni. Jie cececseeeeateceees direntony, IN) toed eseteneseseeetess We SaiNatey Mis sc s.ecsseeecasscemcen ‘ec Trenton, N. J Ne IMIRIS Seah se cet eaneiiaatees | GEOLOG ICAL AGE, | LOcALITy. Niagara Miocene.........s..00 ee teeeenneeene | Beaver Creek, B. H. | Holmdel & Marlboro, N. J. | Beaver Creek, Blk. Hills. Cheyenne River, B. H. | Delaware. | Belle Fourche River, B. H. Beaver Creek, B. H. Holmdel, N. J. Keyport, N. J. | Holmdel, N. J. Burlington, N. J. | Keyport, N, IE Sage Creek, B. H. | Old Woman's Fork, B. Cheyenne Forks, B. H ob River, B. H. | H. Timber Creek, N. J. | Burlington, Ia. Haddonfield, N. J. Tippah, Miss. Freehold & Marlboro, N. J. Holmdel, N. J. Dead Man’s Rapids, Up. Missouri. Marlboro, N. J. Uinta Mts., Utah. Falls of the Ohio. Holmdel, N. J. Holmdel & Haddonfield, N. J. Burlington, N. J. Wauwatosa, Wis. Mullica Hill, N. J. Wauwatosa, Wis. Shiloh, N. J. Shiloh, N. J. Jericho, N. J. Haddonfield, N. J. WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. Lamellibranchiata— Continued. “Sse LucinA— Continued. Rae, WEh cc | ERE Ble TERS Ee trisulcata Canculs Bo Ee) R ea 0 SL ONIN Seen ere EVES | Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 18, Figs. 21—22...........+ ventricosa H. & M..........ccceecceee nsec cen eesccseeccee Mice. N- J. Pl. 10, Figs. sep asoooo aor BBORSOROB006 (DirLoponTA ) Be data Eee Mine eae Bes Black Hills, Pl. 11, Migs. i416... ee a a ee igs, L718 maser ae gap eccidentalis Hi y 24th Rept. St. Cab., p. 189; 27th Rept., Pl.12, Fi; fragosum Meek........cseccseeeseeeeeeeeseeen een eene scenes | : | aoth Parall. Surv., Vol. ]. 3, Figs. 9-II..... LYRODESMA. Ihe arall. Sury-, Voli 4) lS aaa Cincinnatensis Hall, type........:cseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeee PaDab Olen Nish Ss DL a Fig. 25 RR RODON. | ; 3 ; DB aire senators parvus W. & W., type......ceseeeeeeeeeeereeec neste eeees | Pe AS ANE EL. Wels 8 MINCE A, | c. Bb. dS. N. «y VOL. S, P. 299... ..e sees eeeeeees maia Whitf., type........ssseeeeeeeereee cee ee eee ee eeeens | ) ‘ (MuLINtA ?) lateralis, Say... .scsscesseceeeeneeneeee ee ee see 1445 El 25 eo (ScHizopEsMA) delumbis @onradieenesseeessseresseses Satengelar rash Monte Rar ee aa Boctns tee oot ieee | foe KO Memaroegadanoocagsca0ccc Cretacea Gabb Rue : wee ccc cee sccerscccssseeseseesessssesecereses | Pal. N. rs Vol. I, Pi. 2 : F : as Sena MELEAGRINELLA. | J 3) ee abrupta Con. sp., gen. tyPC....seseeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeee | Pal. N Vel . | > Ns J: . 1; Pl.14, Bigs) Pattee eeeeeeee MERCENARIA. spe anes ‘ Cancellata Gabb............cecccscctcescrecccececeeeetes | wae <0 plena Conrad.........ccseeeeseceet eee eeeteeeeceeeeenerens | Mnee: Me J.; Et ty pigs ae me tcr | aia | GS. 4=O 00.0 ss eceoeneeeeeae Burlingtonensis Whitf., type......-.-..:s eee eeeeee seers | : iMilata a uOmreQeMel OlMESeee cence sige vss ecesesecncasseecas | ee 4 Bl 2 fae Figs. 8-9. .--.-.-07hp ee 6 ci spconcar eee Rarer eet \oote cee ty ne ee inflata Whitf., type.*......0...cececesesereeeeereeceeeces g Ph | olmcomt WAI sf ypese sl. sconeessseeeessseeeasee Pal. N. Js Vol. 1 Ee ee TS TEGAN Gri eascncc toon eer e “ . Play, Fic, 6 ane edged Pe leeiatniclaletateisicio sialeleie(eveldc'eie|v\elel(s n\ejsieiejsle(ela(vinele Pal. N. Ike Vol. Tr; Pl. 26, Figs. 13—I4.» type sodapondssdanoaadonatos GuusEapadas P..N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 30, Figs, 20=21022oe-caee ce LOMSANO SUIS) sym cmc tMmcmcseciieeceaiscnnccestmessseeccrse Expl. Blk. Hills, PI. 5, Figs: 35)ict-nsevesesce eee Miorealensisy Misa Gegklt jase cceeswses tes acieesaciee ace y6 Pl. P1, (66 Busse codeseseaseeeee NEITHEA. quingtecostatas amin. wse.srnecastsseescsseneemson neers Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 3, Figs. £20400. eee NEMODON. angulatusiGabbyespas..uacscscsascessecrccesceeclsernses ae GG GE 6e> 60 12, Bigs. O=7ase eee ee-eeeeeen Ibrevitrons (Contade eases ccmenentseesceesGes svete esis GG GG 6c 6672, Figs 2. eeeee seen Bi ifaul ensis qi seamcntesaeissasieses ster seeanccee siecle? SG 5G fc 6612, SBigs) 3—5 peeeeee a eee NEMOARCA. | Gretaceai Conrad); ity Pekasesce socllepocssceces secesn cease ee nee sc 66 12). Figs 8 —lO)eecsesceeaees NUCULA. CircemWWhithsatypemerarnsncomsc ccs cecccienecs-eincl sie see OG Ty eu {6 | 6°20, Fig. 1223io.5 eee HO WEDSISEWEUOCENV sp REVDC si ttas = 2-— COE aacciesoecietesee aa ssaai'esosgeacssaenee a Sens Big. §:...ctcete co eee LOXA MAY SA Vrepececr tessa her coresainiele ciotie sotuaccmeneeene Mioc. N. I. Pl. 7; Figs. 7=1O) 2. ccsccse = eeeeeee SlackianayGabbaitype sence setreccsscseececseascecenaee Pal. N. J, Vol: 1, Pl. 14, Fig. 2: s..cenecsos eee ‘ ‘6 OG 7 Si 8 Pn PSD 5 ce.66 opr, 86 8 NUCULANA. AlbAT Al Conra cleeasee mse See aelsa cove ace oelen acon oeeenen G6" GG cc 20, °° SUS —TONEee.-- cee | isu catay MigrGceidepecssccecacsscuss treks saeesees leans Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 11, Fig. 7......--0ees-eeeseeeee compressifrons Conrad, type .........cecseeseeeeeeeeees Pal. N. J. Vol. 1,. Pl. 1, BigsQesccses---. scene GabbanagvwihithiptyPesccccescetcicie esse secon semeeceeeese ss 66 66 C6) T= 52 <2t-. longifrons) Conrad hisporcstnsce-cesncsses-coececeeceeeee come | SE 66 665 (605 66 G07) .. 2c oe pinniformis Gabby itypeyeas..cssecce.so0s-c~seoseceseeeees Se Wace co ee GC 6-8). oir protexta G3" “"S0G5. 15 kScoocoucandocododdooaticoas0c sean S'S 660 SST ia ES 10 ooo caecee ee Subequilatera Wihitfis typets.-..c-s--sescse sce eescssecs Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. rr, Figs. 3=4...-<----- eee NUCULARIA. papyrias Conradsty pelmeceecssscwseeececseccscseessoeers Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 11, Figs. 18-20....2.gueeueme SEcunday Whitty sty penaemicncmecceeracs see cusereeacedens oe sé c¢ 6 29, Figs. 13-40. -ssce= seer LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. WHERE LOCATED. LOCALITY. eoccee scacee ceeece secese feecce Tirerntwoyny INIG -\/Genasebeccdaosodooundese Unt (OPTI asde naecu secno nooadadon eee ewer cere seecese | | Glinemtomay Ni a||e ease cvetcecieciscessiestel AAO, ING No dodsagcasosvedoacscsonc | ANS INo Se) Biatillosjcosteouacoosadecudec | girentomsy NEM |e avermeseesucscstiicsees ID, IRSTEND) 954005550 scsoopadoooseunonDGd ING ING Sa LPsillls cogsdaccdoseqon0e0600 ibrentomsy Nel nasrceeciecscrsceessicce =: | (OI, INERT 3a4 Gaashussoccecssese WAISS Nate Muse easecmeecoemacce ANs Ila Sa. leet egadsscoacsonososooso0cn girentons Ni Ji) ..cecssececemaoeress Jo Io Se Hal bo psdaocandoboscosopocKbc ce 66 66 oo. eee eee ses eeseeccencse (73 eé 6eé eee eee v cece essocrecceee ANG Nig So) JB av chek echoscoscson700¢ AinentonyeNialeseresecc ete ceeceeeeee ce ececesccrs eee Waverlysersesscet ste Waverly JOTEISENCsc6n6 cdatoce | a Gee Boaaee | Cret. Up. Helderb.....;.. TEXOXCCIINS cadticoode odoos (MEASSIC?eerctser aictls Grete inn ness | see eeseee JBOWSNG ssdccdosocoson Wav eb lyn censsence cet Gretel Mie es wees ces esceescce es eorcsecce eee eeeccce ee ceseeeee se ccccoere cece cet oesescoce Cretan Missi. WOCENE. 6. akececec es Shiloh, N. J. South Car. | Burlington, Ia. | Burlington, Ia. Sun-dance Hills, B. H. Marlborough, N. J. | Dub'in, Ohio. | Shark River, N. J. Red-water Valley, B. H. Cheyenne Riv., B. H. Holmdel & Burlington, N. J. | Haddonfield, N. J. 6 . | Holmdel, N. J. | Haddonfield and Keyport, N. J. Shark River, N. J. Burlington, Ia. Marlborough, N. J. Near Louisville, Ky. Near Louisville, Ky. Marlborough, N. J. Haddonfield, N. J. Shiloh, N. J. Crosswicks, N. J. Marlborough, N. J. Shark River, N. J. Box Elder Creek, B. H. Haddonfield, N. J. Freehold, N. J. Eufaula, Ala. Haddonfield, N. J. Crosswicks, N. J. Mouth of French River, B. H. Haddonfield, N. J. Shark River, N. J. \ G WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. WHERE LOCATED. Lamellibranchiata— Continued. MYTILOCONCHA. MNIGrASSAtAyN COMLAGs esseeeeeiexeiscbesceniesiensels rea see witer, ING Men Fi: 5, Bigs. LO=LLs ss: sclecoenesaeseoremeeenteelts Whe SaeNate MUS) cocci aces ceases ef (0 neaeeneneteneeneseeceeeeseeeeeeecer ees oo 6, © Tao i inceeesteceecerae eet jecbcugedon PACMAN RUE oi. ois cn achneaaass neues MVtTILus. fibristriata W. & W., type........:-.scecessseeseeenene Proc. B. S. N. H. 2 p. 296, Vol. 8; Pal. N. Y., Vol. 5, pt. I, Pl. 35, Fig. 6, Pl. 87, Fig.6. BPP Rrra ctnaco% 80240009000 pA MEIN aE duties cage aeeve saves occidentalis W. & W., type........-..sceccscsereeees Proc. B.S. N. H., ’p. 297, Vol. 8; Pal N. Y., Vel-5, pt. 1, Pl. 35, Fig. 5, Pl 87; Fig. U0 .e...ccecseseeee eee PAVHINIGUIN wills cts. Ses sidensseisecieeee \AVlovaiert \AnvIHIGG 15402¢ oaqoonoonpenooeneconooodsondgencecno0 Expl. Bikes Es, Migs: O=12) 2... s1see eee Ws Sis Wiehe WIGS eaeesescocoooseboosces oblivius ‘< See Tale wees cacae aia aae ren cestiecsee css Bal IN. J-; Vol. 1,Pl. 7; Pig. 12...04:...-.s.ce eee | “Iineatverny, ING Voccocecasesccaseseceeca MYTILARCA. percarinata Whitf., type..............2seeceeceneeerenees INS We Acad’ sci: Vols 5; el) 10; Migs t—2)..-ceeeeleenaen ee (Winiver Calif. cccceacecensecsonbesvesaes NERA. zequivalvis Whitf., type P. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 30, Figs. 20-21 longirostris ‘* so oe, Leal Bik. Hill; BSG UMI Gea hieeaneeetiscc ccs: IMiG@reatensisy Mi gGethl in .aresaui-sceuiwsoselisiececeicsesss Gh 1) Bigs Gee ae 9 Cone a OPP Sine. cGOeN NEITHEA. | quinquecostata Lam..............0ccececeeceeeeeceeeeetes RalNe Jes Vole) Top bl. Ss Hie Shel 20 seeeee et ee nee seen - |) Aas, INK |) coodcoosagenaceaateoncas NEMODON. BUG MAUS! GADDs SPyeteeressct sete ceesscnenscrsericces ae OG 0G ce" tt yo) Wigs. 16=7. seaeceeeneecaeote mess Mirenton Ni) tecocessencedevensecs nes Ibrevitrons) Contadsccecpeccceecectecccsescccsccsssccecess GG 0G 6¢ 66 12, Figs. =2) 02. ..00esteeenee seen ENS SNe ha edonl aneasnpectneoaerccnsece PBITfA ULE TiSISMsGumar se stceae\schsteatcecslses ls tisisea'cSicie= aie 6G 06 66 66 12, Figs. 3-5) ccecsseosisenaueaeaeeenten et “renters INGE | escenaddencactononerecenc NEMOARCA. Cretacea Conrad, type.........ssss.sscesseeceserse scenes hirer 166 Ce 1 EOS Higse S—1O) je... eeeneteemtne A.N.S. Phi!., Columbia College. NucuLa. Circe Whitf., type ......... ..... cg OG £6 EC 20 RIG OL Qevadsttete ccederes ibventonsyINiagl un scessacesnsecseesrneee Iowensis W. & W., type........ BLOG eB HSH NEP elena \0 leon 20 Seeneen enna Jer IN Es dN 5.28 lan tidooedsuatinodnancenosaD Monmouthensis Whitf., type... Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. TD, Wigs ils.) ..ce.se sae deeeteceeaeteeee Gb Ob DNied awh: Oc eV pty PO rvececserssacssssocsedesonssccceese 24th Rept. St. Cab., p. 191; 27th Rept., Pl. 11, Figs. (=H), Sooogoagboe sadenpeqsucnoopccan|G0ugns -OooAGOAEELCreCESCNN Coo cces Dye Knapp iewe sme cee es -eeeeeelems- se MGIC AMELE RCO VV eis) CY DCsesaseecs steessissceacectsiisinesseens 24th Rept. St. Cab., p. 190; 27th Rept., Pl. 11, Figs GSI.) ncpnanbodonendo spreoncasadedbor aongubCeBpenScEHOSHoSe ICC NS IDNs STEP) soos nopogdecdeadsa9000e) Percrassal Conrad... sse.c-sseccenoscsscenesssenscesmecore Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 11, Fig. 4 PACMINER OSM En eeaacscecocesssncs es. “ce CG 66 66 ‘ce GG Fig. 5 Trenton, N. ES proxima Say. Mioc. N. J., Pl. 7, Figs. 7-10...........s0000+ U. S. Nat. Mus. SlackianalGabbyity PGaredesssssrecrsscnscesessseeesceers Heals ee Ws Vol. I, Pl. 11, Fig. 2 INWIN Ss CRDi sotiiecesatec Sectess Gb a Ms sey ee-acuiaereaenesen ete esouccs 06 GG GS ost, GO PCOS INE Voonecocenonencscaboccnod NUCULANA. sat al Datta ontad eerercssmese reese = say srenssedssfasnearees feet GIS io) OG IS 18) ponccennnosey ace JANN GN Ib) Bee ropcacdcackdoneacstienso bisulcata M. & H. Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 11, Fig. 7.........-+ WES: Nat: Mus\. jsccesessmeesteenes compressifrons Conrad, type ........csecsceseeeeeeeons sell he J., Vol. mo Pl. 11, ae 9 PAWN (9.5 Ebi] ,.5.+seccescumeacteetee (Gabbana NV lithe iby DOreseceesshsrelsclsteclesljnele= ss eeie/s Bignaeseicesceseese eee tect costal Gabblvaby es -tectet sccic snes sem sec wesisciactessl Wine cose ratios He ‘¢ Figs: 1-2.20.02s 0s Virginiana’ Gmelin, iy PE Maecaae i cclnciecislvstosie(sels aiecieeioise | Mie NG Te le I, FAG. io occ. cereedabeere oe 0G UAE PLOCY OM eNCe EL ey e.. .ccsecls clo cicelctles | Figs. 4=9s 0 ..nsi. cova cose. ee . S05. Poogdscssdose soannodea0 oooqe es ecdaeseee BaLobeecEodobones aes Parall. shee Vol: 45) Pie iio Rares PACHYCARDIUM. Bunlingtonensis \Whitias ty PC... ...0.1.--0escsceeescerce | Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 21, Figs) (0=7c:seseeeee . PALAONEILO. | CONSEICLAN CONTAC SP reccmcrisenseslsrcsceveeesessseeeceuass Geek Wi ies , Vol. 4, Pl. 26, Figs. 13=400).-2-.seme | EVAN OMT AO Me feretsteles cleo ses\eo'eaicn ose siecle nn rcieaieleas | si 66926) Fig sl. osceeteceeeee . nuculiformis Stevens, SP..........-cesecseecscseseeceeens [ihe ss ie 6€ "965.1 8. I 2st parallela H. & W., type.............. RCO OERCOC EHEC EES 23d Rept. St. Cab., p: 240 ..0...... ce emenncerseseeeeee . Similis mVVibielepy by Perescceaseesceseicleisease ccelekelecieleesieciees | N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 12, Figs. 4-5....... PANOPEA. | Gecisas Conradbaeercescna nace ecards esiseieweies sige ces css Fal: N. Je Vel I, Pi. 24, Hie 5 -ses dee eee See ae OG Scapa pGodoacrn 0odeGc0ce non CoOsCOONCHeSOOsbeS | Figs. (6-8...----.---- sam elliptical Whitt), type csccssesacecssrerace--ensnr-nsneseas eens 36 G6 66 98, S6 27=25)..\..-s eee GoldfussipWiaoMenancsccsnsecscesoesiesiecilcieeieesierieials. | Miocs NaijeyeblsexGs Figs. @\ ie rnadacodocoocsceocc ck PARACYCLAS. | peroccidens H. & W., type.....cccccosn0see.sceresenses | 40th Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 3, ee 14-17... PARANOMIA. Tineata Conrad .....1.6......cccscecncecsesncoccesseeenececs Bel. ING Jo Vol. Ej cdn9} Fig. IO... (coceseeeeeeee ae scabra Mort., type............seeseeeeees casdzeccuen Sennen COTO, 36S “ORne desea eee * PARAPHOLAS. - | Keneiskerni Wihithsitypexccecssesceseiesescse) secence ones | Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 30, Figs. 22—24......---s08 a | 2 LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. (162)- WHERE LOCATED. GEOLOGICAL AGE. LOCALITY. eeeee oscee coece cooce eocee eocce 2 ccoe cocee JN INio Ss IHW G code peqodoosseadboondbes Pee eerste neers ooo ess seo setes Bee cere eset co oeeesseseeee Pace erecesccesssasesseses Peet mec c eee c sere eccesseee eee et ce scoeecereessene eee ceceeeesccet oveesecee 6e ce ce seco re ceresscescet eesece ce ce eter ccceressccccseroce aN Subs pslpa of OU re a ee a WistiStx Colne tunic pense cseeer ses 66 é 66 eect coeeesesecescoccecese 6e ce é weer cee veorccceesscces o8 eect eeeeescccses cos POE MUSING, shal Cocacihaeementea a tren direnton’, SN iy) cc stance eeeeeees We SieNaty Mis. icc sneceaneeeeenes WeSeNat Mus...) 23.. eee Dr. Bruere, Freehold, N. J........ FANG S| Shi 1 1 a a Mevonianhasceene Hamilton ........ ce ee Eocene............6- Greta iene en White Pine, Nev. Marion Co., Ohio. Freehold, N. J. 2? New Jersey. Shark River, N. J. letirels IRNGsacccscodae Waynesville, Ohio. ee oe | ¢ ee ee ce 6¢ 6eé Wavenlyacwanceececsce Burlington, Ia. (Crse We Wl oooganooate Marlborough, N. J. ss Sais eae eae Haddonfield, N. J. SSNS Meee rasraes Farmingdale, Vincentown, N. J. IYCEAINS ngdagacaooover Shark River, N. J. (Gixelig Ils We coccenson | Cream Ridge, ‘‘ sf Saelscecece ell Mullica Hill, IDCESINS 6 Gacnacoocessce Farmingdale, ‘‘ Io cen ese aeneeeceia. Shiloh, N. J. Crete aM ee. | Arneytown, N. J. iunassicheieeeseeeee | Belle Fourche River, B. H. (Girait, Ip Ws csasocage Shrewsbury, N. J. a Stace Near Trenton, N. J. Miocene eyeeaeete Shiloh, N. J. ce 66 ce sunaSSIC lass eeeeeeiser Rawlings Station, Wyo. (Giele, IUb IM osposes soc Burlington, N. J. Hamilton ............ Milwaukee, Wis. 6eé 66 66 ere ee la Waverly. ccsecees Newark, Ohio. Biiegs hal eseseesceee: Leroy, Ohio. (Crethp les May eeeeness Holland, N. J. as Seas sees Burlington, N. J. GretmUnMeweheras, New Egypt, N. J. Miocene ............. Jericho, N. J Devonian............. White Pine, Nev. WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. (162) NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. WHERE LOCATED. GEOLOGICAL AGE. LOcALItTy. Lamellibranchiata.— Continued. NUCULITES. triangulus H. & W., type...s.sesreseseseeseneeerernnnees 4oth Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 3, Figs. 12-13...... ...-..06 WW Se INehe WES easdececscvocaressaas Devonian............ White Pine, Nev. NYASSA. $ : arguta LH. & W.....c00e ceseereeerescesseeeeeeceseaeaaeees NERY Acad Sci; Vole 55) learn.) Hic ant Oeeeeeeeeneeene (Olav (Sti, (COL, creconnsnagasorecsnosoe Vamilton ... Marion Co., Ohio. ORTHODESMA. contractum Hall, sp Pal. Oho; Nol 2, Jel 3, Fig. Aivenanslece) eects see eameeeeeeeetente Waynesville, Ohio. 6c GO 5GUE ihe eer ce ‘ | “ec (73 curvatum H. ONG: DPE Cece G6 PI. 2, 6 “ rectum SO ans. ce gu & ‘ ORTHONOTA. ventricosa W. & W., type...cccseeccceeeconeeeeeeeenees Proc. B.S. N. H., Vol. 8, p. 297; Pal. N. J., Vol. 5, pt. 1, | BU NGG BSS(A RH Ale vec nc tloweresrsaisioi'sssi clo ou sale oeeeaaNeR te IA Mico EL eaicictatadoae tiesieettes Waverly . | Burlington, Ia. OSTREA. | crenulimarginata Gabb..........0.cseceseeceseeneeeeeeees Pal. N. J., Wel ii, IAL 3, Es IO-II Dr. Schank, Marlborough......... Gretiliy Mere.nere Marlborough, N. J. denticulifera Conrad, type G6 OG Ss 8-9 A Ii, Sb 12a Gpeso ces | Haddonfield, N. J. glandiformis Whitf., type ss fs BOS pi OO T=Al og Trenton, N. J Farmingdale, Vincentown, N. J. glauconoides ce oe 6c oe ce oe 29, ce 2 (505 6é | Shark River, N. j. NEU AMIGA pencccres ccasens soeecemcsblfee so Gt Gs pa iN Maes Peer CUS 8 Li) “ GG | Cream Ridge, “ *¢ var. Nasuta Morton GG G6 Se 2 eA ce 6G Mullica Hill, <‘ Jinguifelis Whitf., type..........0.-s.0sc0.sccosenseossnes we cs ASS aU OXE CGS Nt ecg GG G6 Farmingdale, ‘* eLCLaSsa) CODLAG ecesenmnsseeeeiese-tierereensserrserenvsns Mioc. N. J., Pl. 3, Figs. 1-4..........+. U. S. Nat. Mus Shiloh, N. J. plumosa Morton, type Pal. N. J., Vol. it LAL 2}, INE 12-13 VLININ Sty Philivn a ccriscncuatecetanee .... | Arneytown, N. J. Strigelecula White............s.csscecsseceessseceeseeeeees Expl. Blk. as ss OPS eNate Mus: ..sccceensscccteesee: ytxassicueuee eres. e: Belle Fourche River, B. H. subspatulata Lyell & Forbes ............sccesceseeeenes Pal, N. J., WO: ee AS, -INIp Sb, J 20 Green eecesnesoonccuDusED Cret. L. M.......... | Shrewsbury, N. J. Rect costal Gabbyaby pe) auneesescccsersersdsc-seesceneseec ea. Sette Ee BG GOT OC renoncepBocacopoounboded es v3 Near Trenton, N. J. Virginiana’ Gmelin, type.....:.....cceeseceeeeeeeeeeeeees wibesre, No Wap PL Ty FAGS.6.. gs ca. ode SRSA. etka eee G5. .OGis 06: te connbensa peda oconenOCd Miocene... Shiloh, N. J. 206 HELA, FOROS ROG, AG 2 8 Uses anonnoppneeeence te 660" * FIGS. 45 we sedae cos cattenceseatiee aaee |. Wins iNate VLUStneamencserrelsseceanen» Gi eB maces OG UG 370) Poasqocnpooodbesn900uEds05s 1bdeo Busco HDOSDCBBSSGEADSOOn Sah Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 7, Fig 12 SIE Pel OSEY ate aoe avo ee eres JMEASSIC2 1. eeave secre Rawlings Station, Wyo. PACHYCARDIUM. Burlingtonensis Whitf., type............esseceeeneeeene | Pale Ne J; Vol. 1, Pls 25, Pigs \6=7vecsesstertnaccerc esa AXING Si (PRU vane teees ees ees Crete Mi sane Burlington, N. J. PALZONEILO. constricta Conrad, Sp ......ssccessssseeeeessesseeeeeees Cet Wi se yp VOlerAberl) 265 Bigs: a= lAen i ceeeeteeeiee sees Wissists (Coll cvivacodecds secrets selves Hamilton............ Milwaukee, Wis. eran, 68 9 06 gnanponoscopigsnosqnoonaqaceneccod GG 61 26, Fig. 11 ON SSE erate canes Selec aiietioieies bu Ob sf MUCHIMOXMIS SLCVENS, SP.-..--s00--encresssrarcerarasv ace ee fe GO GG 26, GS 156 ST LON IE Ah en naaasleac seem ae Ks ae Ga parallela H. & W., type.. 23d Rept. St. Cab., p. 241 B8e0 Waverly ............. Newark, Ohio. SHIMITISMN VMI bbs by Pe venesertratessnetc slisrpeatnavesienecat ate INOW Acad. ‘Sei., Vol.'5; Pl. 12; Bigs. d=Sueseeeenreeeces | SO) ENE eeeseerees es Erie Shale........... Leroy, Ohio. PANOPEA. decisa Conrad......... Pa scinince emeacaeetcnevneectisesiseces Pal. N. lea Nol: 1, Pl. 24, Big. 5 ccatseeeeeeeee 7 oe Trenton, No Ji-cesnssseeseseeeese Crety es Mereeeece Holland, N. J. Es fe ss ag Figs. 6-8 A. M.N, H....... Gt WO g srdaneaiae Burlington, N. J. elliptica Whitf., type... GG Gb OG GG of), G8 gyi Trenton, N. J..... (Grain We Wile srcscanns New Egypt, N. J. Goldfussi Wagner, |.....cecsseccosseorcossesseseossessenes Mioc. N. J., Pl. 16, Figs. CO) fk BSD EBECEE Resend cob 310039000800 (Wis: Nat. Mus Miocene ............. Jericho, N. J. -PARACYCLAS. peroccidens H. & W., type.........c.csese secceceeeee 4oth Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Ph 3, ae LA=V7iseesenenenees (WemsweNats MUuUSiicnswencesesigeeee sens Devonian............. White Pine, Nev. PARANOMIA. RIMeEAL AN CONTAC terces=suesslsrserrensoessusersoesereecrcess Pal. N. Je Vol. 1, Pl. 9, Fig. b fo REBRRROREEAp ECD InO I 3493 3o0U5C00 Dr. Bruere, Freehold, N. J........ (CiGfig Wn Wile sccnnccian Freehold, N. J. Scabra MOre. ty PpOyveccascsesces¥isnestecceesestecanosceee ee 6G 6 10, 8° LOsivscevcseeees ten eeeeamemeeeee AC SINED Se Is sarees tVPCLs wclosssccie ve ssoecsne'sasiees PHOLADOMYA. PINNA. - laqueatay Conta dwemmertsctete ses celine sinc ssn ices scree Ludlovi Whitf., Maxvillensis Whitt. PAL VPC sass cialsotleiaTis es/ojsciis.\cisieie Slee MOS(EILOLNAI SH MOtOMeseMestteceeees eases es seins eiecsicice ses PLEUROMYA. Newton Wihithyntyp er smescerncscsessor scsi sceciscs cress PLICATULA. GensatanConradisycacscc see oe ealeereeeatcislsioaras eisai sisters urticosa! Mortonats aesce e eeine ace eels s slainninawon Sess sin PROTOCARDIA. curta Conrady io oGcce. ee oe eee awe osn es Saeeencts PSAMMOBIA. ? prematura Whitf., PsEUDOMONOTIS. (EuMIcRoTIs) curta Hall, s ( EuMICROTIS) orbiculata Whitf., type............00 LY [D Sorerarsialeiels clatelsjerarelatelslsicteielsis(e/s[=I=}e\e)= See ey I Oe so suseadasde onuoodnoataooannoos 1 Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 29, Figs) 3-5. s--cdecssaeen Mioc. N. Ji.j Pl. 4, Bigs: 1=8).cicccetesaceoeeeciee Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 4, Figs. 12-15............... Pal. N. Me Well I, Es 8, Figs. 10-00 2.:.....5ee ce 75 O° “Tat... ce ce ce ce ce ee ce 6¢ Pal. N. J., Vol. 4, Pl. 7, Pigs: (1=4eseee eee Mioc. N. J., p. 31 (fragments only.) ..-f222sseees- Pal. N. J.,; Vol. 1, Pl. 7, Figs: 17=18seceseeepee 6c ce 6¢ ce ce Mioc. N..J., Pl. 16, Figs. 7=8: -2:-2c- eee eee Pal. Ne Ie, Vol. 1, Pl. 23, Figs. 14=15..........- os GG «© 28) $6 20=21i.cteaceee ce II, ce Mioc: N.. J, Pl. 5jeMigs) §2=13 ee. ceeene score saeeee Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 28, Figs 225. e=ee uae Pal. N. J; Vel ob Pl. 24, Figs. 1-3...........00+ ce ce | Pal. N. J. Vol. 1, Pl. 25, Figs. 14-16....sssee OG 669 ig WI eereesehoeeeeeme Gy Percmacreatsascseers acc ces acinnenkees | | Pal. N. J., Vol. 1,Pl-16, Pigs. 1-2).eeeeeee | Ludlow’s Rept., 1875, p. 142, Pl. 1, Figs. 6—7.. | N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 14, Fig. 5 | Pal. N. J., Vol. I, PI... 16, 3-40. 0 oee ete eee eceeees | Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 5, Figs. 19-20.............00. | Mioc. N. J.. Pl. §, Figs: 328:ctscssestees: =e | Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 9, Figs. 1-2...........:cssem- ce 3; ce ce 3) “ce ee ce ce LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. (163) WHERE LOCATED. = : | GEOLOGICAL AGE. 1 LOCALITY. reeecee eeecece ce eesece ee eceee ce eeece ceeceee eeeseco seceeee sevcece ocsevce cceseas wecocee pocccece | iNutoersiCollevetescsccs. tasers sce | Uo Ss INeke MWe otcGnecaosescasocoooee | 6 ce finenfonspe Nemes .cs.csscescecsesents ee oe Coe merece es ersesecesesese PONeNID Ee le. U.S. Nat, Mussccscessesseee Se ein dlinentomseN Male teece eee cece: RutmersmCollegesnnceneoseeensereso: eee bee cc rere re seeeseeee Rsuitsersy Colleger.cen. ns sesencnscene AGO MEg Ne Elen cai lirentonsaeeceenee Trenton, N. J Pee ec cece sees ees cccnes Cee emcee cr ccr ees eseseevce A. N. S. Phil U_ S. Nat. See rcecsccesscccsescccsece eee eecceccesescccees CO niin Poe sere er scc ese scereseee et Pe ccese ee esosnerceee sicentoms Na) Ji: Ju. cceseeeeeeeneeeees Pececescccccsccesccees Wise Naty: Musee re scmeeceesteess | co) (o} 8 ie) 3 © wa RIRASSICaneeees comeeete. nCxetaple. ce sect cee eee seer ceeee Qa 8 Ss = Cre Lk: ce eee eeeee Miocene............ Cret. L. Cret...U. | Gretanls: MIMI OCeNesseeseeeerne Cret. U. Cret. oe ce Cret. ce St eccescce Cret. Coal dec ec ceeee Cret. M. Jurassic eer ccc e eee rces eee c cc eeeeeres = e} O(@) @ 5 oO Eocene: ss .cccses esac: [TERETE in snctossosoo 66 | | | | IES eaccsobdicboones | Shark River, N. J. Shiloh, N. J. West of Black Hills. Marlborough, N. J. Shark River, N. J. Holmdel, N. J. Freehold, N. J. Atlantic City, N. J. Arneytown, N. J. Haddonfield, N. J. _ | Shiloh, N. J. | | Holmdel, N. J. _ New Egypt, N. J. Haddonfield, N. J. Shiloh, N. J. New Egypt, N. J. Muorauinertthy, N ; He Tinton Falls, N. J. Marlborough, N. J. Haddonfield, N. J. - Mussleshell Cafion, Mont. Maxville, Ohio. Timber Creek, N. J. Belle Fourche River, Black Hills. Shiloh, N, J. Freehold, N. J. | Shark River, N. J. Belle Fourche River, Blk. Hills. Red Water Valley, Blk. Hills. WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. (163) NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. WHERE LOCATED, GEOLOGICAL AGE. LocaLity. yi Lamellibranchiata —Cuntinued. PECTEN. Kneiskerni Conrad, type........:0sscseceeserneee eoneee Ral) Ni J:, Vol. 2, Pl. 295 Higsy =5eerecceseeeaeiacmeeeetes Rutgers College... ..cecencvse-se | Eocene .........0e0+- Shark River, N. J. MMercison ust cay mecrrrsce tec ceserecetrszsetttaysevcetes Mice. N. J., Pl. 4, Figs. 1-8....... TW. SS INeati, WIRE) sconnanorenonsenenre: | Shiloh, N. J. Newberryi Whitf., type.........0.0c0s.scse0, escessones Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 4, Figs. 12=U5\.c...0+-seeeeemereneatncs oY SMe cise sehen efece receive sie J West of Black Hills. planicostatus Whitf., type .............sseceecseeneeeeee Pal. N. Je Welk 1, Pl. 8, Figs. ro-11 TB@alKye; INI, [accsequaccosonooeceouaee Greta eevee Marlborough, N. J. Quinquenarius Conrad..............0.ceeeeessseeeeeeenes is a 7, “© 13-16 oe OO ppb DOCEECDOIBDAGCCOAOSGLE aie! te Ss i ANE DVAMVVilegntype.sses.cheeesesuverstecs+eecterseeoa st come ct HS WSS 20.66. 16) 2. PACE MOSIN EW ldlieessi ete seiieceectrernces.) |) OCENGrarcceecnmenece Shark River, N. J. RENUILESLUSUG ADD... ccesceccrsesecanvees sssisscseccscescees GG GG OG ly (Pen OSREARER A cindc Biren tonse New |fveseevenceeesr sce | Cret. L. M.......... Holmdel, N. J. EMMIS EUSP EK s. uvcccecatesn re tevious ganic sen wapemaceeves PalSsNe yey Vols I, 0b. 7, Migs: l=45..2...cssdeeenenemeeerenate Sem VIERIN MEAs. Sescesncusaecesesssare Cret. L. M Freehold, N. J. vincenarius Conrad ?...........sssscseceeeereseneeeeeeee Mioc. N. Te p- 31 (dagiments\only,) ie. .ac.ss seen eeeeeeeee 1s Ss INGEN WIS Sascensceconssen ere Miocene ....... | Atlantic City, N. J. (CHLAMys) craticulus Mort., type ..........-....0+ Pal. N. J. Vol. 1, Pl. 7; Bigs. 17-18...:2..: cscese eee A. Y Sie Bhileesecest won sverses csees Cret. L. Arneytown, N. J. (SYNCYCLONEMA ) perlamellosa Whitf., type...... os io ss FE Tiassa evade teeeceaey Meee oe OG © pecnosnonaondosoauscbds0 es Haddonfield, N. J. PERIPLOMA. BEALE AE CONTAC Soyer vciec velvsocert noteseheeoslesCareweseseivic WORT, INS Non LEE ule), JIMS) Gta} cceonsoocangaaesecciecc oon 00000080 ABEND Se bile acceeneceresneaes Miocene Shiloh, N. J. PERIPLOMYA. | ellipticanGabDy. soeccacecctesacceccwostoussceececdsscesescs PaleoNin is) Violet, Plav2gy ipsa th nesosaseeeneeteeeee ese Menton yeep) ences esetvenssrbea= Holmdel, N. J. Aruncatal\Whith., ty PCsc.sccecreveewsssscteserse ne seedy ee “ “ 6 28, 66 “BOSONS. . Srcecoem teases Rutgers College _ New Egypt, N. J. PERISONOTA. I protexta Conrad) ityperrnacessscceesesecnesseccrcccre+s OG og BG CO 8 raid 01 a ocqonencococcsboccneeee fale IN Sb ath) ena beecceneobeseEroca | Haddonfield, N. J. PERNA. OULD AY Aeceteereretarrercr caret ee sceetesssixcsueaseanesers Mice) Ne Jig Pl 5, Higss 12=132.:-seeenestee sees eeeee eee Rutgers College Shiloh, N. J. PETRICOLA. nova-cegyptica Whitf., type........ccccceceeeseeeeeeeeee Bal Ne Jp Vol 1) Els 285, Bigs 22.2.0 eaten eee Rutgers College................0000 Gre tel Ue Veneer New Egypt, N. J. PHOLADOMYA. BecidentalisMMlOrtOMrerecrre esse crecsasssncsssececseeeecs Pal, N. J; Vek ah Pl. 24,. Figs: I=3\...:-.<<-aceseeieemeeseeers A. M. N. H. & Trenton........... Crete eas Miianerats Monmouth, N. J. RGemexinV Vite Ly peseceveccesceseueeeare.-csosseenersece 3G Fig. 4) vce sens oncceectaeeeemaeene AAS AVONA, ING |sconncenonanocoeinooeanoe Se eee ease i es PHOLAS Bithayap Morton secce-sac--cacccuccectcrnceaecetueveccestves Pal. N. J.» Vol. a Pl. 25, Bigs. 14=\Osrs. ceeeemeeemementee: JXG IN Sb bth coceooconasso5509000000 Cret. L. Tinton Falls, N. J. PUlataMNVINIEE ity DEcesn ca tecscheetessccnssnescesvewavecetes ag (60) Bigy 17 sicccescoo+eseeaeeeameeees en Rutgersm College: sn tcessssesceys EG, MARES GG Marlborough, N. J. PINNA. - - Hag eatam CONTAC ee waelecee ast eouceenecssdossteacsacces Bale Ninny Vlad, blestOy Higsat—20eceynn-setecanessmmeeiere: Asa Ilo Sis 1a oo oscedocaasoodhceoeen Cret. Haddonfield, N. J. Merdloyvi! Whitt... types. .c..:seeesesssesscedeceoerosssoess Ludlow’s Rept., 1875, p. 142, Pl. 1, Figs. Oot tite WW) SS INES URES cccssosanoscaenangen Coal - Mussleshell Cation, Mont. Maxvillensis Whitf., type........-.--cessseseeseeeeeees N. Y. Acad. Sci. .» Vol. 5, Pl. 14, Fig. Di vcseeneneieae Semirecres' CEB ys Andrewsmaeeeeenenerenee: Chester.... Maxville, Ohio. rostriformis Morton. ...........sssccsseeeceeseeeneeereeees PallNa Jr; Vol. 5 Bl. 16) 3=4\asceesteescss ecertemeeeeeeressts ABET INI. | ooseoraoceascosanonecoee Cret. M. M Timber Creek, N. J. PLEUROMYA. PME WLOGIMVVLIbf ity De: tacesssersssseseresocsecessneeeeres Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 5, Figs. 19-20.............0+ pabconoacee Why Sh NEN WS nos snosoounononana: MIAUSSIC Reece eesienes Belle Fourche River, Black Hills. PLICATULA. eae Klensatan Conrady waenceernacsesssssstiovsiertaessasseseense Mioc. N. J, Pl. §, Wigs. 3=8..0s+-ccc--+-0--nnesscuseeavenesnce WES) Nat. Musi roc atmesttectassrreen mV UOC ees seen eecees Shiloh, N. J. MInttcOSa) Morton... 5.07.c0cc0+eccesescaccscnasosesesoeees Pall IN. Je, Vol. ¥, Pliig; Wigs: —2:c0.-....seneemeecteearen as Menton, IN.) Jj. -.c-.seesersseenenenes (Grete Pome reeeeen re Freehold, N. J. PROTOCARDIA. PEMEEIAM CONTA ese aeteates se sauce an ee tease ewuneesteesaubies CG 66 6666 30), 8 B97... sade nace ieee: PAMpIVieMIN s JEL siccccesscscsageseadasames Eocene..........0000: Shark River, N. J. PSAMMOBIA. j ? pramatura Whitf., type...........ceccseseceeeneeeeens Expl Bike Hills) Pia i55) Bigs, 3U-cc---eecceses sees neeeeeeeeete We {Ss INER ING Se aseapeesricocascropos Jurassic..........006+ Belle Fourche River, Blk. Hills. PSEUDOMONOTIS. EUMICROTIS) curta Hall, sp.....--........ceeeeeeee Gt ai ee 66 3, §€ 20-25. ce cue eens « WSS Naty Musi cescsescovecresanes Jurassic............64. Red Water Valley, Blk. Hills. Evumicroris) orbiculata Whitf., type...........000 te 3, 8 10, Ge Seta a CeeeRePR ree renery CC feapicuaaess ee s = WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. Lamellibranchiata— Continued. PTERIA. laripes Mort., sp., linguliformis E. & Si USpiterssseiaseseteoastenesaactes navicula Whitf., type padi nadoosooBosbnoauoobanEdgoddKaadG (Oxytoma) Nebrascana E. & S., sp petrosay Conrad, Spoic.ssecscassneceacceescsecesetausnces GESEUDOPTERTA))| fibrosa: Miya lee eaicniaksmcceas ( PSEUDOPTERIA ) subleevis Whitf., type PTERIMEA. aviculoidea Hall 6é (a3 eoee vec eeeccccce eee cccccceas Pee c er eee ncee corres rscescescsesssccesscoes PRN i tae ean cs ee kre flabella Conrad Peewee cece err arses eecceeesesesesceooesseee Cece cece rece esccccssessereeceeccoseeessecee PTYCHODESMA. Knappiana H. & Whit RADULA. acutilineata Conrad, type Pelagic MOortOMe ss tsoss docecestaseceasenesseticcia.ssise reticulata L. & F. RANGIA. (PERISSODON) minor Conrad ? SANGUINOLARIA. oblata Whitf. SAXICAVA. bilimeatau Con ra deassnarece eae cec uc ccseeectleoseeeuezes iurassicam NV hitieemby pereeiodasccccnsine «ee sesecetessdecece myzeformis Conrad paralis Conrad SCAMBULA. perplana Conrad SCAPHARCA. subrostrata Conrad SCHIZODUS. Chesterensis M. & W SEDGEWICKIA. ECON CAV Ay VOC Renee Resin eae ne Na ou suis ocstaaiag divaricata H. & Whitf., type..............eceeeeeeeeeee (GRAMMYSIA) neglecta Meek SEPTOCARDIA. Poor eevee ococescss concer see esseoesoseoceee ee eee eer cccccccccscsece Peewee rece eeeeaneecceees ere eeseesereseseeession wee coe eeserssecercs cece se eseeseseseesces wee reer ecco see ses eeeeseresccoeesescseseesees Peco reese see see cesses eeeeeseseesecsece Pere meee reer eseee seer eesensesesceseene See er i irr wee eee c crete essere cesees carditoides) HI\& WiaityPerecscccsecscceescssssceescesss ty picamels: Sc Wi type mac. rece eeriseeeesioncsies secs c's SILIQUA, Cretacea Gabby ity pesactcoccneencceenecaeweek coc scisccsts SOLEMYA. lineolata ‘Conrad \itype ssn .cccseseececeeossesenettsenesscne SPH ERIOLA. transversa Whitf, 7 Re podeodasddodesbobsadadasoodcoucodan umbonata ie Peewee we enee eee sere nesses sessesees Pal. IN: J, Volk 1,..Pl. 14; Big: Oieeseseeee ecco Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 7, Figs. 2-3 Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 14, Fig. 8 Exp]. Blk. Hills, Pl. 7, Fig. 4......2....--+ceeeee Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 14, Fig. 10::2..2.-..esssaa ' [Ege IBN Hills, Pl. 7, Fig. 5 6“ (73 We GG (6) sec eecesosesscece Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 25, Figs. 6—7.....-....0am N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl 5, Fig. 23 Pal.(Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl.2} Figs ieeceeeeeseeese eee N. Y. Acad. Sci, Vol. 5, Ws Il, Fig. 17 66 é ee 5, 15 see reees 24th Rept. St. Cab., p. 192; 27th Rept., Pl. 12,7 Pal. iN: Je« Vol. I, El 9, Figs:;6—7,...:.-..s40am 6° 9). 185.0) 2B asec eaeeeeeane Ef ob sé 669, §° "8200 eee LY Mioc. N. J., Pl. 15, Migs: 4-6: see ii Hj 1 Ludlow’s Rept., 1875, p. 144, Pl. 2, Figs. 3-4 | Mioc. N. J., Pl. 16, Figs. 1-3:ccssccsseecneesel th, Exp. Blk. Hills, Pl. 5, Figs. 25-30 Mioc: N. J., Pl. 16, Figs: 4=5ei7-seseseeseeee seam au ec 66066) 16, Bigs i(Os..2caceee eee } Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 18, Figs. 8-10......... f =—— —— Mioc. N, J., Pl. 6, Figs. 11-12 eee eect eee ccereseee | N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 14, Fig. 4......-04 | goth Parall. Surv, Vol. 4, Pl. 6, Fig. 3.....000- i) | Pal. Ohio, Vol.-2, Pll 2, Rigs aan 2 GG 2 Ot 6 25 6 25 380 OTe eee eee 4 . (ae ; _ goth Parall. Surv, Vol. 4, Pl. 7, Fig. 25....:29 Mi | “< se 66) ge Plz) Bigs.126—29ee ve Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 25, Figs. 9-10.......00008 i ha «6 4 ge Pll 23, Figs: an | Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 10, Figs. 14-16......ss0000 f | Pal. N. J, Vol. 1, Pl. 19, Figs. 17-18......cs00m i) Si > LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. § (164) WHERE LOCATED. GEOLOGICAL AGE. LOCALITY. —6. eene co eoe pees SeiNa te Maus! oe vcctcsesccesceeee | Whig. Ses (Collie exanarnancneasscsdooncs Whniwan Calf eee aes ecaaensmecene oe havin, (Calli: cbsnedsodscocassooucadooaos | rte Knapp it aucsccdsacsccn-cesecncseecns | (Nae SERENE sg choo eo sateneesc: | ee Pe mem ere eee reesei coesecoseses MrentOnweN y leeesecccseereeceuescec 66 6é Wi See Nate Niustye cece cciacaecr seek U. 5. Nat. Mus eee ete cece eesescce ree (We Sme Nate Musee. eee lee 66 ce AGEN 6é ce ce oe ce ce We lee WeSW Nats Mus: cc). cere | ee 6é lelelelolelsleieielotelefeisiececenint SR niles cea stay eae 66 oe eiclelelelelareteleteisieieieteieteveistetarere ce [a9 ppdooonoodHdoconaabooboSs ce 66 Bee cceee ee ees ceseeeseses eee escrcee veces cen Peer eet eee een ee ces cesccres eee cect eens ees seeerecce ce oe é ce Bhs IN Sipe gh 00) ERE Ber tecod,.sonoce 66 66 66 U. S. Nat. Mus A. N. S. Phil eee c re cce® cocseseesseces ee eee er ecesesccsessces ee ececcescocsscsoescesce Sete w ees sccesserseses | | Creticls Meee leale | Cretaceous... ........ | ce | Lower Helderb. ... Miuoceneseesascee jurassic cceecsscceces | Miocene.............- ce Greenies | Mi ocen'esyeaenaecee: eo eee erceces (x9 eee covsce peer ccescecosesscce Delaware ? S. fork Cheyenne Riv., BI’k Hills. Iladdonfield, N. J. Sage Creek, B. H. Keyport, N. J. Cheyenne River, B. H. Old Woman’s Fork, BI’k Hills. Milwaukee, Wis. Put-in-Bay, Lake Erie. Cincinnati, Ohio. Marion Co., Ohio. Columbus, Ohio. Louisville, Ky. Haddonfield, N. J. ‘Holmdel, N. J. Freehold, N. J. Shiloh, N. J. | Judith Riv. Mont. Jericho, N. J. Red Water Valley, B. H. Shiloh, N. J. Haddonfield, N. J. Atlantic City, N. J. Maxville, Ohio | Wahsatch Mts., Utah. | Blanchester, Ohio Waynesville, Ohio. Augusta Mts., Nev. 66 ce 66 Burlington Co, N. J. | Haddonfield, N. J. Old Woman’s Fork, B. H. ? New Jersey. WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. § = NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. WHERE LOCATED. GEOLOGICAL AGE. Locauirty. Lamellibranchiata— Continued. PTERIA. laripes Mort., Sp., tyP€?...--esesesesesseeeeerecereeneee linguliformis E. & S., sp. .... navicula Whitf., type........:.seseeeeereescereceeeseeeee (Oxytoma) Nebrascana E. & S., Sp...-...+.+0000 petrosa Conrad, SPp......-sssseseecsessesereeesenereeeenes (PsEuDoPTERIA) fibrosa M, & H.................00 (PsEUDOPTERIA) sublzevis Whitf., type ............ PTERIMEA. AVIGHIOIG GAM all Becueteesceeeesssecneecsersseree cesses ce “ee ‘tarnbiieen Clie ee eee ee flabella Conrad PTYCHODESMA. Knappiana H. & Whit.............ccccseecseceeeeneeees RADULA. acutilineata Conrad, type .........sssesseeneeeseeereens pelagica Morton............csecssseceseeeeseneceeceneeens Reticulatay lan QW yo ccesascssctetscacesscccccecscsscsesce RANGIA. (PERISSODON) minor Conrad ?..............000eee00s SANGUINOLARIA. CoD HLM D1 bheweisten Semcaswedoeeweos otculse/suvevwcessxcviesas SAXICAVA. Ivltmental Conrad ’s..,cccseaneeessaeccdsvebecsersascesseses Jurassica Whitf., type myzeformis Conrad............ PALALISICONTAC veewewvenecsccesaserescessesceesessscssasess SCAMBULA. Eup lan ae Conradtencssnacestsssesessnerseesecessereeares SCAPHARCA. SUI DLOStrAtay CONLAG ss. cp c0cclareseconshscen sceateceswenieee ScHIZODUS. Chesterensis M. & Woeu..cccccccecscesceeseessceasecseees SEDGEWICKIA. PECONCAVAM Niky OCW isesesavsceccosteetsesssvacissceacuecas divaricata H. & Whitf., type...........c.ccesseeeseeees (GRAMMYSIA) neglecta Meek................s0cc000 SEPTOCARDIA. carditoides El (& Wi, tyPe:-..<...c0sccescessesesccese by Pic Amidon CCV ty DOsccrescetsercnsseecccerccsseteravce SILIQUA, Cretacea Gabb, (59) 9} sqaq scnoconDanUndeppesOBOGCOSeA DAL GGE SOLEMYA. lineolata Conrad, type.........s.s.sccssssseeeeseeennners SPHARIOLA. transversa Whitf., type umbonata 00 G6 Pal. Ni). J.5. Volivt, Plo 14, Fig: Q)t.ces«cescesseetinemes: aeteeine Expl) Bik--Hills, Pl. 7, Figs) 2=3).c:-.ses+-eveeseene-+ semen cele Pal, N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 14, Fig. 8......... Expl) Blk: Hills, Pl. 7, Hig: 4h ....cceccneseetteceenits Maeemeee Pall N. J:,, Moll, 1, Pl.) 14, (Fig) LOl...seceseeeneeee oes Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 7, Fig. 5...............seseveee GG GG 6c CG oh cc 6, . = Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 25, Figs. 6-7..........ccssceesseceeees IN. YY. Acad! Sci., Vol. 5, Pl 5, Fig. 23).....cceeen.nuseeenee leeIL, CO)artoy, WAVE 225 1G 64) Wika TeScongeqoupconoduensaouadncccops N. Y. Acad. Sci, Vol. 5, Pl. 11, Fig. 17........c0ssceeeeeee GG ce “cc 5 6c ‘ e) 15 ss caceeee te css 24th Rept. St. Cab., p. 192; 27th Rept., Pl. 12, Figs. 1-6. Pal. N. Jig Vol. 2, Pl. 9, Figss:6=7..0.-.-: em nes ot ce oe ce 9; “cc “ “ec “ce 9; ce Mioc. N. J., Pl. 15, Figs..4=655... .csccesessaneeemee eeiaels Ludlow’s Rept., 1875, p. 144, Pl. 2, Figs. 3-4............- Mioc, N. J., Pl. 16, Figs. 223:0c.00.+.:.-.. a Exp. Blk. Hills, Pl. 5, Figs. 25-30 Mises Niji, blo r6s Bigs: —Seccntseeeseneemeeneen “ce a a ee = Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 18, Figs. 8-10......... .ssesceoeeeeeee Mioe) Ni J.) Pl 6) Bigs LI=12\...cescsenecesseteeeeee risers. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 14, Fig. 4......cccseseseresrenss 40th Parall. Surv, Vol. 4, Pl. 6, Fig. 3 Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 2, Fig. 3 Gg 6 Bt 2 TT 40th Parall. Surv, Vol. 4, Pl. 7, Fig. 25........ccssseeeeeee 6G 6G “¢ «¢ 4, Pl. 7, Bigs. 26-20) oe eee , Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 25, Figs. 9-10............sesseeeeess cl os “ «¢ 1, Pl. 23, Figs. 11-03%...ccmeeeeerembeses F Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 10, Figs. 14-16...........cceccsesesees+ Pal. N. J, Vol. 1, Pl. 19, Figs. 17-18.......ceceseeeseeeneees PAGE NCES oaececaaseccccs ce 66 ce 4 renton, N. . N.S. Phil eeccccecs coecccscsesese ee a Z = Gi a“ oN a ne a ” a“ . Cee n S eeessecccece eseeccee S Ceerceseccecctcccccscescees Crete Mies OG Bes Ee anes Nee ES GG Cor ete aeeere MrassicMeeeessesstes Grete ieee nue GG Dini sae etwratsns “e ? 66 ? 6s Die sive : Sis Coane Saal . g satafe vais es eee i eae 6é ? os acto Lees IDoXSeV® Soocosodu oooas Cretiolese Mia aaies Gras Wis: Me sadshoo0 Gretel Meese GG 66 Sere ron ta ce 6e 66 Bed 66 Conc a es Grete temo CreeeniNices nese COS OH) Uy Lea nae is a CG) aan Ryan ee ecccccee e eseccccce ecceescccces ce ecceeccescos eoeccercccce eoccccececce @ececccecccceve Holmdel, N. J. Red Bank and Long Branch, N. J. Freehold & Holmdel, N. J. Como, Wy. Fish House, N. J. ‘ ce 6eé 6eé Ce 6¢ eo ce 66 e¢ ceé ce ce ee ce “eé 6é 6eé ce ce ce ce ee ce 66 Shark River, N. J. Haddonfield, N. J. New Egypt, N. J. | Marlborough, N. J. Holmdel, N. J., and Eufaula, Ala. Mullica Hill, N. J. Haddonfield, N. J. Old Woman’s Fork, B. H. Crosswicks, N. J. Burlington Co, N. J. Crosswicks, N. J. Holmdel, N. J. Monmouth Co , N. J. Jericho, N. J. Shiloh, N. J. South Carolina. Haddonfield, N. J. Shiloh, N. J. Spear Fish Creek, B. H. Big Horn Mts. Old Woman’s Fork, B. H. Shiloh, N. J. Near Louisville, Ky. (166) WHITFIELD : LIST OF FOSSILS. LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. (166) NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. Lamellibranchiata— (ontinued. “TRIGONIA ,— Continued. cerulea Whitf., tyPe............ceeceeceeeeeseesereaeeeenes Eufaculensis Gabb...........:eccescssesseeeceereeeesecnees Mortoni Whitf., type..........ccsssseeeseneeeee see eeeees quadrangularis H. & W., Unio. BIEROTEIES THEE ans posponsnu6000od nebo sonuesonH5000 00000000 “e ce Cariosoides Lea, type........:scseeeeeesereeeeneeeeceeees humerosoides Lea, type Heemenioules WEG El, 15 7)0) SosaganconoaocEda6n05a00I909000500 ce OE Masutoides) Wea; ityPescsecesr-coseeserucencsscesmseesese preeanadontoides Whitf., RAC YALOI CES keds meuemsccsenamsinrtrs esses varitasier sare tess ECLOIMe SMU Uti ays by PO rentsck sta eecieerecersncisseraee elses Roeinelieyteles Lea, {5770 Bocano0000 o850600N0000000000000000 cc “cc eee ee eeeeeee st cesecceceeessenee (73 “ce 3 subrotundoides Lea, type VELEDA. zequilatera Whitf., type liitealConrad Gy pes. sseesseussncrsssesccesassessoecenseee RTA Stam VEN Cheb Pere enmnaaeisiestcrecisasreisnesesiesie-iee--iecis tellinoides, Whitf., type transversa ‘‘ VENIELLA. Conradi Morton.............! pnainoa ad BSpIbONAGTOaDOO5R00C00 decisa Gy elevata Conrad, type humilis M. & H............. inflata Conrad, type........ thomboidea Conrad, type... subovalis BC trapezoidea ‘ we trigona Gabb, type VENUS. 6c G PET ScaR SrA: crenulirata Conrad, type Vola. Humphreysi Conrad, VOLSELLA. PEKLCUMISUM ROG MEO se avechocgesi sess sn esshanessesneccds (Movio1LA) formosa M. & H YOLDIA. Evansi M. & H Mimmat lay Sa yee neues: ccdcactssatsccecbsnseccvexs, esseveists ? valvulus H. & W., Senne eee cee t sence sseaeensteesenecsscesees WHERE LOCATED. GEOLOGICAL AGE. LOCALITY. | Pal, Nhe Ts; Vol. I, Plog, Hign 7eespereecenent cinta. Seema “Figs. 1-4 (73 a3 GG GG Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, Pl. 33, Figs. 3-4 6c ‘ 34, Fig. 6 ce oe ce 32, ce “ce ce ce 31, ee 4 oe 6e tay gi; ce I “ee ind ce 32, ce 4 ) Pal. N. Ji, Vol. 2, Pl. 30), igs 7acescesserseeeec es aes GG “¢ ‘* 23, Figs. 18-21 &¢ GG (6-285 Fig 23)asceseenrenentin Bale NEw )s5) VOlemstsy ble 293s bic 2 2 teee sees ena BG cee a 88 23, 88 22 ce cers eee GG cc 1; Pl. t0; Figs. 8-10.....:saeasteearee OG EE 1S £19, Figs: 1510.5, ascseaeeremeeene ce GG “ec I, GG Ig, Figs. 6-7 Expl. Blk. Hills, ‘‘ 10, Figs. 7-13 Pal. N. J., Vol. 1, ‘‘19, Figs. 4-5...... BP nabs OG GO" a6 Ty 628, “1 2=13) hens eee ce I, “ce its STO, SO Bees ., Pl. 11, Figs. 1-7 BD 2 S5) 6c be 66 13, “ 6-10 Pale N: Js, Voll 15, Plb 18) Bigsh 527) 2s tece steerer NiDROYe, INT Yay 1G 7 Je, (6=0)y-agonecansoapnebdnancocccn coecscnce Basel Blk. Hills, Pl. 5, Figs 13-14........ssssseresceneeeeees G 66 Pl. 5, Big. U5 c.ccecse0ece coo nns(eaceemeoaengen™ Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 11, Figs. 1-2 Mioc. N. J., Pl. 7, Figs. LIFI2......c5scresn sens 24th Rept. St. Cab., p. 190; 27th Rept., Pl. 18, Figs. 18-20 MRYENtOMsNe iisvenoceceiecssecsessneax A. N.S. Phil. & Trenton PPRNISSRSBHT scsi lakersteigceee-ese £6 CoD er toctaceaclsestdeticwcsee GG 6 coe eat eS sDrenton ym New| pecensemnes se esiancs J. C. Lewis, Germantown, Pa.... axentonss Newi|messameesseeencere ssc ini oe Bdy IN So. 1B ett esocscacacanoodasoceseos « oe ci TERE ae oe pixenton;\ Niw|igsersvcccsserescdaseees JANGAIS Rb) 5101 Geena cr accee RC OSee ee oS Rutgers College.............s.00000 girentonswNin|qesscsecsnercensss-ses “ ee “cc GG 6 66 “ce Aen A. N.S. Phil eee ecceeeseccsesecces eee cece erecsseseeses Cret. L. M “eé ce Jurassic Gretisi2” aeesvneccews A ahd cotter: “é ? ce ? GG ? CG ? ie PE tear ec eieed ce ? Re ae ae : ohne Vig okt iy We ete ‘ soseeeee Cede Sobral S IHocene}eesevcsuslecess Gretna. Minis Cratis Wo IWMonasasaon Creth Ls. Me ecossece “e ce 6 a eecesceesccens Up. Helderb........ Holmdel, N. J. Red Bank and Long Branch, N. J. Freehold & Holmdel, N. J. Como, Wy. Fish House, N. J. “ec “cc “cc “ec TG oe 6c 6c ce “6 ce ce cc 6“ ce “c i} ce “ce | “ 73 oc 6c “cc ce cc ce | Shark River, N. J. | Haddonfield, N. J. New Egypt, N. J. Marlborough, N. J. ee ce Holmdel, N. J., and Eufaula, Ala. Mullica Hill, N. J. Haddonfield, N. J. Old Woman’s Fork, B. H. Crosswicks, N. J. Burlington Co, N. J. Crosswicks, N. J. Holmdel, N. J. Monmouth Co, N. J. Jericho, N. J. Shiloh, N. J. South Carolina. Haddonfield, N. J. Shiloh, N. J. Spear Fish Creek, B. H. Big Horn Mts. Old Woman’s Fork, B. H. Shiloh, N. J. Near Louisville, Ky. ; v y q - * “§ 1 t iy ay ~ @i = ; 2 1 = ' j : ; ’ ) i n @ 7 ; : ¢ f i ta) : T ni i i oP esl) nn for fi - . n ; t 2 ki [ . 1 i ni ' f ‘ . , = i pi i | a | ‘ i fa i j 4 + ¥ - j - ni ‘ ‘ i on ¢ ‘ ' ‘ ‘ i i +p i 13 f ) ¢ 4 Bee Wk’ . Bee pages te payers ost WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. GASTEROPODA. ACTON. Cretacea Gabb, type Forbesiana Whitt. PE Gabbana 80 prisca Conrad, sp Shilohensis Whit. type subovoides ‘ AKERA. CLANS-OLYZA, WIth: it VPCncsccnieseinseassssireeacseeeeses ALARIA. rostrata Morton, =P ce wo ceo eeet es eoeeeeres eevee sesecsore ee a Se ee ry sere reo reese s cesar er seessorsseseseeresees peewee cece weer e sere cesereeesesece Pewee e een ec esesecessesssevessece Pee ee merce er cceserececeseseseresesesee AMAUROPSIS. Meekana Whitf., type paludiniformis H. & M punctata Gabb, type........0...ceiecceecesereceeeeeeres AMYCLA. COMMUNISCOnLAd saacceareesemuees deve ccc sleet secs | ANCHURA. abrupta Con. abrupta var. acutispira Whitf., type.........eceseseee | arenaria Mort., sp., type pagodiformis Whit. type pennata Mort Solitaria, WWMIth eeaacesci shel eeiisee eins seuss ci cuessiorsieines | ? sublevis M. & H (DRAPANOCHILUS ) COMDIESE Ww sa, Dae ee eee e re ee ec et see ere access teeeeeeney Fee w ee cece eer eet cece ceseseessesssssesesesses see e eee e ene seeeesesesesesesccee eee Cree eee ee reer eases scese sar eesesserssessosseseee eee ee reece eee cere ese esses eesasesecens Se ccccce aeioacncte ets Gh. Anan ANGUINELLA. Wiroimiana COM icrscncscwcrsessscine+cssesccaeccecereesses ANISOMYON. alveolus M. & H borealis Mort., sp...... Frere eee ae oietlo nals ctscin ate ete inteareats | patelliformis M. & H subovatus M. & H ANTHRACOPUPA. Ohioensis Whitf., APPORHAIS. (GONIOCHEILA ) castorensis Whitf., type Meeki Whitf., type Newberryi Meek ARCHITECTONICA. | annosa Con AVELLANA. bullata Mort., BELLEROPHON. alternodosus Whitf., type te meee cece ens ccereseeeeesene eM wcc eres ere rose re eeeesereseseesscsesssen ee nec c cece se teres eect are eesesessseee eee cece cers eer cereeseserseees ceseseses type eee e eee teeter cess sees eenees tosses coer eeeeee Pe meee cece recesses eseeseeresesseseee ee emcee eee rece erase eee ereeeesaseesasene eee meee rere meee eeeeserasasesssere teseseesesssese TYPO. rc cecccccccccceeceecceeensseteeeesees see eee eee em senseeseeeeeesseee | Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 19, Figs. ce eé ce | Mioc. N. J., Pl. 24, Figs. 15-17 | Mioc. N. J., Pl. 19, Figs. 12-15 Hel aN J; Vee PIE 14 Figs.. 13h saseeseeeeee Rig. qiaeensscnes ooceeee at ge ag ce €6 AO scese nee. eee BG a BG (Figs, a5=1Gses eee 6 ‘ é uC ee 7-8 .2c5. see ue 6 ok Rig or | neers Blk. Halls; Pl. 12, “<> (0)2eteeeeeeeeeeeeeee PalssINewyiss Vor 2, eh 33, Figs. 22=230zeseeseseeene 66 24-25 oes | Expl Blk. Hills, Pl. 42, Figs) 2-25. sceceseeeeeeeeee | Mioc. N. J.; Pl 24; Figs) 125 ::-s-eee ee | Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 12, Fig. 20.....c.csssssseeceeen Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 20) Figs) to—ut eee CYPRAEA. | (AricIA) Mortoni Gabb, type.........--0--eeeeeeeeeee | ee “6 cic ance | eae eR subuloviridis Whitf., type ............ccsseceseeeeeeeees ua oy 6€° 3330 \ 920222 eee CyYRTOLITES. SIMUALUS PEL MOCUN Melby DE -umewemsiesioassumievieiisleeselslerasls 4oth Parall. Surv., Pl. 1, Figs. 23-24 .......... DENTALIUM. emnolle JBI, We Wid GegneconddenoocourdendononbuancecoocEane Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 125) Pig:s26:0escecss.oeem | Martini Vilaitiee sty Pestiestcscicsicceae scslscnsiarissieleseseinele N. Y. Acad. Sci; Vol 5; Pl275 Hici folsee | Subarcua tum Connad wecssaasecececessemscestiselsscisc cee | Pal. N.-J:;. Vol. 2, Pl. 20; Bigs Sio=240 ease | (FaLcuLa) ‘falcatum BQ OMTACA ee sce es etaween em aanees pu 6 es Ge 66 208 9) oT one eee DIPLORA. | (SERPULA ?) Cretacea Conrad. .............sseeeseeeee | Pal. N. J., Vol. 2; Pl. 20) Pigti2igcsteesaseee | DOLIUM. (Dotiopsis) multiliratum Whitf., type ............. Pal. N..J.; Vol. 2, Pl. 15; Figs) 4—6:.sc.cseeeeem . DRILLIA. elegans) EMMONS. ......2.. 5. scccseceteoreeveeaesereesoese- Mioc. N. J.; Pl. 2%,, Figs! 2-45 ..-coec-m cecceeee . subflexuosa Whitf., type......... Sy vice ect yceremant lowe oe cc EG 2a, SS Sa Fee ee eee . ENDOPTYGMA. umbilicatum Tuomey .............cccesceescereveceeesees Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 17, Hig "20.)--2 coon ERATO. I MMONSIMVWINI Eh LY PCmitecscclsesicseslncclonsecesoes ssl Mioc. N. J., Pl. 19, Figs. Q—I1.......02-..eceeeeee ERIPACHYA. | ? paludiniformis Whitf., type..........ssseosseeseesenes | Pal. N. J., Vol: 2, Pl. 3; HisssGou7 re... .eeeme EUOMPHALUS. AMMONVWe Oca Di thas by PCr yseccsesa! cecccecinc-eseesies.s | Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., Vol. 8, p. 30%......-.-c= aXUS WWIIC ERR eee renee cemneacis sacteeleiseecislosiste dOBHASEBG WEM ets coins sauce unset muncrael atte Oe ip eitizceesee-es is Crosswickss Np J. - sbROHBBOB dircntontuNen|icastseccees 3. nee sly Cret sili: M......... | Crosswicks, N. J, Bee eles PenutxersiCollegen a. er | Greet, Le M.......... | Freehold, N. Ve . ae esc Naty Mis: sues eee e..c0e. ol Miocene. te Jericho, N. J. Be ciiaee oH Md RSE ED DOU OEE EEECB RAEN Th Papeoeoncoose |) Slaulkeley, ING If > OOH HEBER A cee Ele Aeseames ieee sco || Cret 1. M......... | Burlington, N. Mfc Be ai Wa SaiNate Musee iy Miocene.......,..... | Jericho, N. J. PRG (icenton) eNews eee ll Grete, M.......... | Crosswicks, N. Ve . POCEEEER HM AT HOY... css eee ec Waverly............. | Burlington, Ia Peres cient eS Nat.. Mus... aetna eeeeee eee Oquirrh! Mts) Utah. dodpeteee WisteSt:! Coll: .: |S eee Niagara) ee Manitowock, Wis. Becca G6 Be he =- cee eeeemeeeeeeee il CalCiterausiens nn Richland Co., Wis. ig. 2 Beep Snia piss. 1... 5. seee ree. Niagaraye nen Louisville, Ky. BS csc Weiss Nat; Mus...) ees Waverly ............. | Oquirrh Mts., Utah. 66 ce ce 66 66 ce Boece Zw Ng Semis .2..0. nee Crete 1. M.......... | Haddonfield, N. J. 7 ee ra - i ni iu 9 ty nae : me Cane, ooh ty) : : 7 Ms Ly . 7 Me . a, ih Ge 7 ve hae - a 7 if con 7 ; ov - : r 7 2 Ven aie Ly) a : ~~ a | ih” eee ir ms Ne Se : oe a a . : =) Sc ae te ie , 7 hv : wD : a Ce ar: x oa a eh ' , P . - 7 7 : : 7 oe Sy = a a 7 a. ‘ ” a : ind 7 i i 2 as : : a i s 2 7 a 7 a 7 : sy ai > = > ee ‘S bd = oe Ly ar - =- 7, ey 7 _ : : ’ : - aa - a ae a 1 ' : en _ : WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. GASTEROPOD A (169) NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED x sai ) . WHERE LOCATED. GroLocicaL A ; GE. Locatity. Gasteropoda-— Continued. - takes = CLAVELLA. raphanoides Conrad ? ...ésesseccsseeseeeeseseeennneees Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 26, Fi 8 | 5 » 2, Pl. 20; Bigs 7—Ocesdesasnieanieee el iestaise JN, IMIG IN[G 1S Goneeane Eesti 7 Re errr: DOceneynessaiee Shark River, N. J. occidentalis Whitf., type ........ssseseeeeeerseneeeeees Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 5, Fig. 21 a Uofesie cease Univ. Calif. ee eeu. aeueiate oaaiaecene tare eee leelirenitoniyieseeeenes Beloit, Wis. turricula Whitf., type...........s.seceeeee sence cewereree Am. Jour. Conch., Vol. 1, Pl. 27, Fig. 1. E Conte | Claiborne, Ala. subsauridens Conrad .......ccececceececeeeeeeases senses Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 34, Figs. 16-17............. atclstels aise icine | Shark River, N. J. COStAT INS Ay Mew eee ieniiesteeeeeelscetesicesslemiersletelteet stein Mioc. N. J., Pl. 22, Figs. 11-14 U.S | a IN don Lal, 22, Bee) (l RP RREEB ED BEDS cor c.c< foun obopS . S. Nat. Mus. i Fe CHOU. at. Mus. and Rutgers ... | NITGGENe aneeeeaees | Shiloh and Bridgeton, N. J. percarinatum Hall...........cccccsseeeeeneseeceeeeeseeees Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 5, Fig. 15 .......e..sse0ee Lee... Univ. Cali | cone ’ 5, Hig. 15 . Tiley Galitieen ston sdeceeeeacwesncceen | Dien ton eeeeee tes | Beloit, Wis. Pee aD Dis Uy DCIS Merten RVAGs aSasnescaves tact eve Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 20, Figs. ro-11 4 A.N ; | | eam yp PIGS. LO-IL oo ..sesepesrereeeee PONE OSSD LIN aeaekaasatioeswosees see (iets Wy Wloccceoonen | Burlington, N. J. (ArictA) Mortoni (Grae), 15 ADIEh cnonopoGacuocosno9an000 GG oe CUS see cs 1G gpa pniccar ec UECCREEE A. N. S. Phil subuloviridis Whitf., type ...........:scsseceseeseeseere GG ce (ON 3 (N20 =2 2 nee yew estle a Rutgers eee eee eer oe Le Me csssesoee | Burlington, N. J. later ories NS CIEE once s 709 2 OPED ERIGS linc a eaeiahe See Slt sonncosenacsood | Shark Riv., N. J. PRR IeRLIE ee Wie iy pea ae eee Ss tones goth Parall. Surv., Pl. 1, Figs. 23-2 U.S.N ; : _ Surv., Pl. 1; Figs: 2322 eed orate... | U. S. Nat. Mus....... | White Pi Oe , gS. 23-24 at CMS te. aieereret onsen. Quebec............... White Pine, Ney. gracile H. & M. oc .ssssesescsseesseseeseeeseeereneeteens Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 12, Fig. 26...........ccccoseeQeasees--2' U. S. Nat. M MVWantiminy Vai thee by Deseeeterh recess css seeecbieseresieeas N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol 5, Pl. 7, Fig. 10.........f-----..-.. Univ. Ga on einc deine fe Efelderhiels RSS 22 RE subarcuatum (Convadbesecsenaecns otecsrevessueosesce Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 20, Figs. 19-24.........sse§-e+-=+r- Be RAVEN bSe Pia ad sedi ios Ga ae ean eel ee (FALCULA)*falcatum Comrad.............seeeeeeee nese of &e LC is-So ieuauai ah 2 tee mrn a ya 555, prronactiooo6 hse AES ae eae oe ae Cait ae eteh Aa ica ELAN peter Nee cmc a i 8 mre | ney Crosswicks, N. J. (SERPULA ?) Cretacea Conrad......sss.csscesceeseees 1G Is Ion WO 2, WAL Ae}, WHE, BE, coonecetnoooonn paceeceeeee Trenton, N. Tyee. > g. 25 eEntOn WINE alias aeasesscereareeeeceee esfig We Whos rcocer Crosswicks, N. J. (Doriopsis) multiliratum Whitf., type ............. Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 15, Figs. 4-6........... Ware cies | Rut, (e ane I , 5, Figs. 4 sees | utgers College.........secccesseeeee ) Gr Il, We conccocoo Freehold, N. J. elegans EMMOMDS......... ccssseseseescsecesenseeeeeees Mioc. N. J., Pl. 21, Figs. 2- ) i Ce enWih, ype ee cee PO Ore i Semone SE ea ie ae eves St I ih a a a gh mats Toone ene | > IR Shiloh, N. J. umbilicatum Tuomey ..........sssseceeeeseeesenseseseene Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 17, Fig 20........cssseeenfereeeeeers Pio, J > y ET, 17, PIG 20. ..cccsserccenee Burlington, N. ne Emmonsi Whitf., type ........sesscsesscsccssserscceeeee Mioc. N. J., Pl. 19, Figs. Q—11......c0eeceseseseeperteseres ERIPACHYA. 5 ES OO a Jericho, N. J. ? paludiniformis Whitf., type........:sssccoseeeeeseeeee Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 3, Figs. 16-17 .........sscgstereeevees ; aie Crosswicks, INE J Ammon W. & Whitf., type ....ss02 sesecesresersoeees Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., Vol. 8, p. 3O0.........:0deeceeeerees i Tee WR iter tresses Acs cacyeocasseeeatobesecesesseecss goth Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 4, Figs. 24—25..Jecereeeees Biilinetone macrolineatus Whitf., type Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 18, Figs. 5-6............ [ Oquirrh Mts., Utah. font ee CD ee gre acAdsaccaqshandae as 6 (66 4, Figs. 1=2......seememectioeelar ee oe A) rugilineatus H. & Wo... sesso 24th Rept. St. Cab., p. 186; 27th Rept., Pl. 13jFig. 2... | Dr. Knapp. ae sce pee IE (STRAPAROLLUs) Ophirensis H. & W., type...... 4oth Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 4, Figs. arm ae 390008 Us: NEE Niue oo eee =e eee ilies 1S (STRAPAROLLUS) Utahensis H. &. W., type...... ee a ne 6 Ay 20-23. feveeeeeeeee ce « Car Ue EUTHRIA. “ “ « Petragilis) Wihitte, ty Peless-wesss.teeeceres-rence=-oeeeves« Pals Ni J;, Vol. 2) Pl. (o) Higs) (102 )eese eee eeetn== Al NeCSBe Phil io. .cceeeornacse anes Cret. L. M Haddonfield, N. J | Ne rg har reer Ce ees FINE VE Py Witla? oh. ' ; Pe as ct AA ‘aly ar mc male aoe ah taht at Mactan tel f : Pic Laevih on | 2 WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. Gasteropoda—Continued. FASCIOLARIA. InUeancs nite tyPe sect bielsiatobistasue sieeve cemuiaeseeee gs Fal ING aes Wels 2 Ele 26, Figs. Q-II......7..... slefelaialalejstatafeieieielcietaiecleisieieietstetecieicieines ge sé 275 °° 8°. Ua2ieaaceereeceen propinqua Whitf. eles baBdngabaodé scodoabnouboboosbones Gh it SI Ai BR) Becca doocoooos Samsoni Ss uC eS oe eat Ae ae yn a a OG 6¢ GG heey (Pema Leora oco8s “< GG MGs i wanna euedioueeacebeasiea seems a Gy £6 F283 | SLE ee eats WOOdI) Gabb. i .hsgessessiesssccsumenemes en cen cite semecnaees Mioc. N. J., Pl. 17, Figs. 78 atid ee | (CRYPTORHYTIS) contorta Meck, SPu icin sisioelaisasecisie Beal, Blk. Hills, eh Be: Fig. LO" r 5.5. so-e eee 36 fusiformis H. & M. ....0c-cc00e--. Wes Ye Rseaacncbcons csc7 GEVRODESMA) sulcosa Cons sini casecscccessceencecces Mice. Ne Von Jee iG Figs. cons Ke eer ceonnepen scoc: ( PIESTOCHEILUS) Culbertsoni M. & H............... Expl. Blk: Hills, Pl. 12) Pigs tte ee- sesso eee Ficus. PeMleUS! CONTA’ Ae umsncanaentsasceeseeescesesc sets. ss cee al: N. Jo Vol: 2, -Pl..34) Mig. iS siaesee eee oieccedenss Wibitfe wtypernsensesscercsoneeitter secsiee tse | CE 66 BBS OO eeaete ese eee FISSURELLA. | (Griscombij Conrad ew aeesascsccsecenensuse cucenen cower | Mioc. N. J., Pl. 24, Figs. Wi=14.0.- co eeemeeeene FULGUR. | Semtriseriale sWihitt. types ...riac-mcnssceceecnace aeeenoccees | Am. Jour. Conch., Voli, p: 260:seceeeeeeeee FUSISPIRA, CompactayklasGe Win tyPCscnnseeidecoe Gestersiess saessione | 40th Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 1, Fig. 25........ elongatawelalle sscinaeekasecslstegsoaeasensascetless senses Geol: Wis:, Vol.-4, Plo) Migciaiteneseeees see eeeee NV EMULI COSA se) Octeciaasletece calceeemaae cre mcuitadameuaneneks ag sf SOO NCD Sere neliiee Begee Fusus. ANG ULAris Waites pbyIDE y larcee sic .eclrielsislasiers-[ecleclesjee cies Pal. N. J., Vol..2, Pl. 24, Figs. 15-10....<..c0 Chemungensis Whitf., type...............ecceeeeeceeees Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 12, Pig. 19...3teeersseceeee ? Holmdelensis Whitf., type............ ccc seecee eee eee | Pal. N. Js Vol. 2, Pl. 6, Figs. 10-11 ........... PAUCICOSTALUSH WVIDICTe tYPErencilcaeoeesieceistweeeeeseecess sf se 6626, $6 1-0 ee EKO DESUSM VV MIs CY PEsccaseoe «aciclewieecesiavisleivioatin dele oe GG 6 ag) SNS =O eee PleUNICOStatUSMWihith EY PCs. .c..(.ceucceevevareeiocensnate a §¢ CORES OU ASL snoop. - Shum ardi@e ere Mir asewcsau cc cscscsstisesesecsuoedectoes Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 12, Figs. 7=8)-2 ee eseseee De TOrtilisnNVhitty ity perecccrcs stent oot.nscdasoesasasievallnedes Am. Jour. Conch., Vol. 1, Pl. 27, Fig. 5........ ( NEPTUNEA ) Pe Wocenicus) WihIti ity PC sasc.c s+ -eceescusecnssnces Pal. N. Je Vol. & Pl. 25, Figs. 10=13....--.csae ? Hector Whitt. , type Be uie aang ccckea gue ncccekemenee ee (¢~" Figs. 3=O:.csc--ee eae ? Hector var. multilineatus Wihithjatypern acces es $s ue (6 Fig. 277 eeeetee eee PaStamimens CONTAC Maen corasels clvieiisis sales cele celsreenere ss rs uy cc Figs: 1=2) Steere (URosaLPinx ). multicostatus, Whitf., type............ccceceeeeeees Pal. N. J., Vol 2, Pl. 24, Pigs: 6=7.222-scsseeceee GLOBICONCHA. (G@livmosmomas) (curtail Gabbmnesenve.besooD se panecon iste Sacencuie teeters s cs ‘¢ ......... | Atlantic Highlands, N. J. 1560000 ee Heidt aun vice dedeousiansnaiae's a GG Gossadco ||| Lobia biayedroyal, INS fe se G6 SO eC END ah Le ce SO eseeee ee paknechold.y Neal: Bestslesie i Aaa Vise Ne E Ve. c oanee te nese aind on OF oqe050600 New Egypt, N. J. se ie SOME ee Sucebeaa sone gar ss 66 ..eeeeee | Mullica Hill, N. J. sedeooy Columbia; College: Ware iwesese. us ‘¢ ......... | Crosswicks, N. J. WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. GASTEROPODA. (170) NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. Gasteropoda—Continued. FASCIOLARIA. nlovallles MAUS type eee cewccesesssesessesessesesceses propinqua BU isles ouscnnoosoog son sodoseosaqsoeG0000 Samsoni GG GO CM ie hic oetease eels ots Caw bee eels vs aalawe WoodilGabbine cas. c.:csiciteiscctesttscdesacressasseanece (CRYPTORHYTIS) contorta Meek, sp..........20.c00 ce fusiformis H. & M. ............... (LYRODESMA) sulcosa Con. ..............scsseeeceeens ( PIESTOCHEILUS) Culbertsoni M. & H............... Ficus. FISSURELLA. GriscombitGonrads,.cnesescscceusteess cers sowoeceneeees FULGUR. firiserialemVVMithyabypererdcnces-eceeaeeccssrert=ssenecees FUSISPIRA, OMA Claw len OG VnsibyCstaceecbeiss)dsrenseecdcescerwe elongata Hall ventricosa ‘‘ Fusus. BHC UALISMVV Il tlersty Demeter stesaverceercssnacetcsesc is Chemungensis Whitf., type..........0...-seseeseeneeeee ? Holmdelensis Whitf., type.............::..eeeeeeeeee paucicostatus Whitf., type perobesus Whitf., type.......... pleuricostatus Whitf., type SS ne AIMED OC ctersstsaeicetssleeine se etsisiseisrelerioeesrte es ZOVLIS HV Mitta, by POa-secdesreeeeeussesisecceswelresiesictasiiee ( NEPTUNEA) ? Eocenicus Whitf., type ? Hector Whitt. , type Jueoies ? Hector var. multilineatus Whitf., Mestamined,, CODLAG. n.5s CP Tene Mitac ecess Burlington, N. J. as 06 osa0cmahnenonetonsercanoaser Of 02 ARS ccsocccea ape eee Mirentony yO Naw |evecsccencessansicisenee fee OR nr Crosswicks, N. J. MARGARITELLA. F é PADD OLtION GADD west eieasessestress sere sesasestemesrsureaeess | Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 17, Figs. 12-15......sssccesstleseeeee PXe INI, Sh 120 sgeonenceonnoecnacoocn (Gaait, Wn WH sconccore Mullica Hill, N. J. MESALIA. : 0 elongata Whitf., type.........scseesee seceeesererseenees Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 34, Figs. 13-15.:+ceesseeseensreneesees A. My UNJBEIG evoses teas aeeseeess Eocene........ sss+++ Shark River, N. J. WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. Gasteropoda—Continued. METOPTOMA. Barabuense Whitt, perovale OG sBgbacadopianoacsoDebesecadsadeos recurva 3G GE Neiobare aoteiale oleiale oeiaiaieeatestaistercisistecote retrorsum as G6: Tue ociasfeleleibicle aicie atale ciaetelssleleeleloclsiets simile GG OO raster ae Raae Meee ohne asses MITRA. —~ biconica Whitf., Haleana ‘‘ Mopvu._us. lapidosus Whitf., type..........ccscccscseserecscceeeeees MONILEA. (LEIOTROCHUS) eborea Wagner...............-+0000 MONOPTYGMA. Leai Whitf., type........ BM caiseamsnaswiesclenee/ssiase eis MorREA. maticellas Gabby itypesssrescccesiececeseeses sececincesisecacs MURCHISONIA: Chamberlini \Whitf., type .....2c0c:scuesceneensaeee one OTACIUS Malle weet neciecceljo siete evtasaine sWleveisesmsicnes lst = MWMelictenespoal terenswcceccacsiessisiemesetece eats AINA) OTA alll ei mentrmst sateisseisteciacteiscesseisstiasce sects: PetilavtALnc! Wn CY PCncecsoseretesscice veceeerresencneiel PEpYOlixay NVal6c: WiHItE,, ty PC jadsecsesscsceesicinseeciens tr Canimeartaylelalllltreteprecicinelsieleitecievsicwieeisisieisialensiseitieeielseceleciatsia LYPC .cceeserecsccceeeesccene cocecseeee oe weceecesoascevcccoresesonee pecescces Murex. Shilohensis Heilprin...............0ccecsecessesecersseees 6s var. Burnesi Whitf..............cceeeeseee Se MULT Le feeeeerefeateotistatctetelsis scteel- (eer cis os sais sini(e-ieleeie/l-i\=iss NATICA. gbyssina IMIG Tie co pcenoocoabanoduneesdHoHnoseocoboscodecuodd ce See ee ee ee a) BirrcrectasWihitte ptype ssa essette.t-cosissuse vas cencssotsoss olobulellaVinithemtypCacssesteseecces ise cere nescence cie= PMbeliaslde Ocm Nie ityPCsmereesecewsosisee-tcsiscseeesasesis perspectiva Whiitf., type..........scscsescscsceeeesceoees Ortoni Whitf., pide job000 400060 vodapuo adoOnadEsoBoHONgGaKs ~~ reversa Whitf., t (GYRODEs) Ataboniencis Wihiti:y types... ...secses = as apetta Winitisg0ypCsrncechecsenressccsessss (LuNnaTIA) hemicrypta ie ae OG NYAS NSD 4, cnasanGoncnadosobooocuO oNoaadonoOuE oe Tuomeyi Whitf., type.............eeee es (POLYNICES))onusta Wihitfs, types-........0-0.scc0= NATICOPSIS. Cretacea H. & W., eee e cece rere sence ses seseseeserescen | Pal. Neji, Vol. 2; Pl. 245 Pig) 3.cese eee FP . 16-17 see ae 13-14..... a T4—15..c.0cccen hie 18 ....00050ce i, "I 2—13..25.000 Geol. Wis., Vol. ee 66 6é Am. Jour. COREE, Vol. I ce 66 6é I, DP» 2630 .20ss see Pal. N. J., Mioc. N. J., Pl. 34, Figs. 7—-1Os...3.-.0. ae Am. Jour. Conch., Vol. 1, Pl. 27, Wig. 7e-seue Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 12, Figs. 19—20...2:.3aam Cool” MSS ; Vol. 4, Pl. 24, Figs 4:2.......-.05 ee Sl 8 65, Fig 1@.22:..-e eee 6 GG Vol, 2 lags Mg. 17 . cece .cesee “<6 66 ‘6 Pl.'9, Higs-4...25:--- en 24th Rept. St. Cab., p. 186; 27th Rept., Proc. Bost. S. N. H., Vol. 8, P: 303). ..0.-ceeea Scol. SNES i Welt 4 Pl. 5s Fig. 16. sec200t eee 18...50005 0c 66 oe ce ee “ce 20 se rece cer erereeee | Mioc. N. J., Pl. a7 Fig. 1.i.2...0eee ce ee oe ce 2 ce ce Pl. 24, Figs. 1=2.....ssc0s.0-e+eseea Pal. N. J.5 Vol: -2, Pl. 15, ‘Pigs: 9—n2neesserm i Pl, 21, Figs. 12=03-......cmm Am. ae Conch., Vol. 1, Pl. 27, Fig. 11... Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 24, Figs. I-A.eesc sol 4oth Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 7, Figs. 19-21 Am. Jour. Conch:, Vol. 1; p:92648.e-.c--.--eaem N. Y. A. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl: 16) Bigs. 12-140 A lorie Conch., Vol. I, p. 264. uasseeeeeeeae sc Pl. 27, Figs. 9=5 Go GG SG f° Ps 205 scdsceeeseee Mioc. ls Vos lA 2 ee. | Epnopeoocons0so<05- “ Q=10, . chee eeeeeee oe 6 GC URS Boancognsccccicccs Am. Jour. Conch., Vol. I, p. 264............00 23d Rept. Sta iGabs ps 240s bl Naticopsts levis Meelis sc cnceescenneeeeee ets GASTEROPODA. (172) WHERE LOCATED. GEOLOGICAL AGE. LocaLirty. (hatin, (Ceiliicgcneeacdsasosdopapedccesodcs | Calciferous. ......... | Baraboo, Wis. ac GG TB AR eC es de nites aan ena ubrentoneneecuneee | Beloit, Wis. MR essere Usa conesosy sess Calciferous.2-c:.+-5- | Baraboo ‘é cé ee ce cé ceé cc.” Cs ae a Ce OOS | Bt accent Venaes: letenll csaseconocaadesoeeooonbods i Rocenetcoy aes 6 M. below Prairie Bluff, Ala. ns Sith SdaedanacadsagpasAaeuoeocoK Oligocene..,......... Vicksburg, Miss. WAtaNit Sa Phils ccccaseenssasccsuenese Crete Me nsttecs | Mullica Hill, N. J. Wis SoaNateMiustienea--ccereses cess WGICEANSS Goococdoesen Jericho, N. J. |@naGS' ISIE Sscadconcédanneonadeqa60006 Oligocene! sisc.c.s- | Vicksburg, Miss. Ar NM Ssh Il tssecvsctnaccoscenesss Gret-glsM..cenees ? New Jersey. WWisesty Collis sntemscsscssesccasee Giel phittessceanseas Carlton, Wis. MnO maya Califo. cc: ceesesiacecasiscint a dtrenton=sseeeeecesecs Beloit, Wis. MU Calin esse sccctc.caesaesessene Uf | Socegoonedono8e Beloit, Wis. Whitewater High School.......... Gallenaleeeesnssee Whitewater, Wis. Din ap prcreenccsusecaccaecesscioceer Niagra ralseereeeeeeeae Louisville, Ky. AN MIL INTo7 18 Lec cuanaoseecdeneacesacases Wiavietlyecentricrcer | Burlington, Ia. WinivaeCalifiarceccss crc sehoumes causes eDrenton-eanneeacnen | Beloit, Wis. E. Walter, Philadelphia........... | Miocene. .......0.++- Shiloh, N. J. WW), @o-INlets Mn eccocsosadadcooacebe ECan iis cae crara nals Jericho, N. J. Inuit (Collexe. -odanccgossoooscc0d |, BOEING 6 cscnsqsbe0d0 Shark River, N. J. 66 6“ | 66 3 be 6é ColumbiayCollegeneeesseessesees se: | Grete Mies cnc Monmouth, N. J. JAN IMLS CINE STS lets goa ae a eee cha tees Giratis IMs IM soacasoo Timber Creek, N. J. JamesitElall Wy eepencasesasvenc cece: WHocemessmeeesetenes 6 m, above Claiborne, Ala. USS MIC CAINI Te sacha dcaneee sites 3: Sih eae duictetcieeiee Shark River, N. J. We SeaNa te Mussa cee nceteseccce Mliriassicia. suceeeceo: Uinta Mts., Utah. Namesebtallcesneueeeaeneee wena We ocene lee secrerst: g m. below Prairie Bluff, Ala. i Uiiaui if Cat ERRORS Seb Mec cnaber Gd CB Were eae aia neee Falls township, Ohio. amvespeldialli iss dase cctasueencncseeae IDOS NS ps coacogooaced g m, below Prairie Bluff, Ala. pe SAG eitaicte o etaieis aeioisiee sieemeeeeee EON deistesionaneeats 6 m. above Claiborne, Ala. U.S. Nat, Mus...ccccccccssees | Miocene. .......5... | Shiloh & Jericho, N. J. ce ee ee (74 oe ce ee ce ee a a. ames PElallerei 20. cs .ccceceevscen IMOVIE iGo aosoodossed 6 m. below Prairie Bluff, Ala. vA Mira SIN Pe Teepe nae te an Soe Up. Helderb..... Dublin, Ohio. WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. GASTEROPODA. NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. Gasteropoda—Continued. METOPTOMA. Barabuense WRT is S GOBASBO0000) ODO COGHOSUOTOIELS perovale fF ace caecceeneeeeeceeerereseeeee recurva i Seca sorren cienieatciniew aiecleseisieateie retrorsum ce Beae Caren ineniais ie sate suleuateicialo siniein = wien simile WG Le aera serneireuesscseseaieewes see MITRA. Beeebconica Wihith.; type....c.c0sesc--cascaronser senseceses Haleana ‘ CO FS EHS SUC a ADE CCOMADCEROC EOE Raeeaeee MOoDULUs. lapidosus Whitf., type...........cseeeeeeseseeeeneeeenees MONILEA. (LE1orrocuHus) eborea Wagne?..............1eeeeeee MONOPTYGMA. They \AVIS 5 (99) 81255 soo gognonee spp oosepenoobonpponsepascoos MorEA. naticella Gabb, type.........0:sssccoscseceeeeeeeenecesees MURCHISONIA: Chamberlini Whitf., type GEOINT 18 IGN coonoonaanecoondocornosoconnaopeno95000905900 helicteres Salter........... major Hall................. petila H. & W., type ?prolixa W. & Whitf., type tricarinata Hall MUuREX. Shilohensis Heilprin...............22:sscseeseeeseeneenees of var. Burnesi Whitf..........cssescseeeeees SJB TRESS ao ssncnosooeonasonepano so uncopevaEpceaDqND03EOI000 NATICA. PibySsina gl Oltweemencosssas scr asessseesceneer soeaeocekdens ~~ erecta Whitf., {B21 Ssocos000anc900"LoDosaanN0nIEDONN90000 globulella Whitf., type PUlGel iam eMC ciiby Dr carercneceersesa-esecusconssssene perspectiva Whitf., type Ortoni Whitf., type Mareceeneries > reversa Whitf., {RY]BE oo oessbeecosonapsesas5seD9G09GbONNS Bee tODES) Alabamensis Whitf. , type Cs aperta Whitf., type (LunaTIA) hemicrypta Gabb 0G NEL OSHSAY Ar teasenetoceseiecssnetevessdetcatine OG Tuomeyi Whitf., type (PoLYNICcES) onusta Whitf., type NATICopPsis. Cretacea H. & W., type Fee eeceeceeseceesesescccccssseaes WHERE LOCATED. GEOLOGICAL AGE. Locality. ‘ i Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 3, Figs. 16-17.......05...4), ie... oe EEE 5. 88 BEARS eee lee. “ OG OL PUREE Letts cco GG GG 66 66 68g 6 8 ee “ 6 (66 6C gS Gt Am. Jour. (CONAN Vol: I, p: 263)...c.c...20ceeeeee Ree “46 «PL. 27, Fig. 6...cc0c00e Mioc. N. J., Pl. 34, Figs. 7=-10;..............00e08 j Am. Jour. Conch., Vol. 1, Pl. 27, Fig. 7........ : Brcs's Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 12, Figs. 19-20 es wee nee cecee Panncce Ceol Was: 5 Welk 4, Pl. 24, Fig. 4 “5, Fig. 19 6 Gt Vol. 25 Plige Bigt 07. sneceerseae G6 Ke 6€ Pl. 9, Fig. 4). osc. seseseseeeeh Reseee 24th Rept. St. Cab., p. 186; 27th Rept., Pl. 13, g. 8 Proc. Bost. S. N. H., Vol. 8, p. 303 (Ecol Noe 9 Well a ral 3 Fig. 16 Penne ence wee eens Pecereee 6c “ce 19 6c “ec Mioc. N. ae Pl. ID Eh I ‘eé Bene ere enna eee e cesses ceses! Peeeene moe Tie Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 24, Fig. 3 cc “e Pal. Ne J., Vol. 2, Pl. 15, Figs. 9-12......... .... | «Pl. 21, Figs. 12-13........ssse08 ott © Am. Taw Conch., Vol. 1, Pl. 27, Fig. 11.........dfee--+ Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 24, Figs. 1-4.....seseceeenedpeeree es 4oth Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 7, Figs. 19-21..... [oe Am. Jour. Conch., Vol. 1, p. 264........cscceecrereed foresee’ N. Y. A. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 16, Figs. 12-14........ Am. Jour, Conch., Vol. I, p. 204......2..00c0csccnms ce ‘¢ Pl, 27, Figs. 9-10. .. Pp. 265 Nba, Np Vos IF ee, JENS i Wel pagpapaeesesudecenccacs” >" 6s 6c GG 6c “cc ee ce oe 23d Rept. St. Cab., p. 240, Naticopsis levis Meek Wis. St. A. M.N. Univ. Cal . jae Hall atv: WG Aliffercccncssscuesascsieucberts Ce AG STAN orate ke icle digaie dieses GG Se UNoaattcnentels osiceecree recy “ec oe 3 Goll... cecesnaseascsseeenee Univ. Callif.........cssccseeneeeeeeees Uniy. Calif.........ccucenseeeeeeeevee Whitewa'er High School b0 Dr. Knapp......600 ceoeeeseveees Univ. {Celli eaaosuaaeasesatueccesascede E. Walter, Philadelphia........... U.S. Nat. Mus........0.seeeeeeeeee Rutgers College 3 Miocene. .........--. Oligocene.. ......... | Cret. L. M.......... Guelph.............+. CG Galenase.-tececne ene Niagara.........0.+++ Waverly ..........+++ Trenton, ce | Baraboo, Wis. Beloit, Wis. Baraboo ‘* ce ce ce ce . | 6M. below Prairie Bluff, Ala. | Vicksburg, Miss. | Mullica Hill, N. J. | | Jericho, N. J. Vicksburg, Miss. | ? New Jersey. Carlton, Wis. Beloit, Wis. Beloit, Wis. Whitewater, Wis. Louisville, Ky. Burlington, Ia. Beloit, Wis. ce oe 6c 6c Shiloh, N. J. Jericho, N. J. slat River, N. J. Monmouth, N. J. Timber Creek, N. J. 6 m, above Claiborne, Ala. Shark River, N. J. Uinta Mts., Utah. g m. below Prairie Bluff, Ala. Falls township, Ohio. g m., below Prairie Bluff, Ala. 6 m. above Claiborne; alee 73 ce Shiloh & Jertcha: N. dh 6c 6c GG ce 6m. below Prairie Bluff, Ala. Dublin, Ohio. = 7 7 i = > * - a = - - “ S + : 7 ra = >, 5 ' p 7 : 4 uy af ~ : ~ - y ‘ - A - - ‘ / . ' 2 ) i‘ , A A ; = “ ‘ . , = a 7 u : 2 Va . 3 - 3 . i 1 : A re, . “ - : 5 R : ie 7 “ WHITFIELD : LIST OF FOSSILS. NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. Gasteropoda— Continued. NatTicopsis—Continued. gigantea H. & W.......csccecsecseeseecesseteeeeceeeees Jeevis Meek (by error)..........csecsceeeceeeeeeerenees PA CZACMNNINILE CYC seeoteece set aenscesomnacesiecaselauiietr | NEPTUNELLA. Mullicaensis Whitf., type..........ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees NEVERITA. Cuplicata Say. ........cccsssesccecsterscecsesceeeecerereees OBELISCUS. conellus Whitf. ; type. .c.c.cecs vcs csaesesersineleiias ODONTOFUSUS. medians” Whitf., “types. .2.:..c....cen oceceseeesdnesices rostellaroides ‘‘ se nosed cnt ae ooene came aeneeneeincsacs Glacki) “Gabb; Sp. ty Pers sccacisecssc case cise sinetelscinns typicus: Whitt), ity pe. s.c-cssacwauslecsensiesnuieesesesle'sac OLIVA. Carolinensis Conrad... ........0...0ss00e scccsevessscescess OPHILETA. (RAPHISTOMA ) primordialis Winchlelllfeassccseceees | PALAACHMEA. | Irvingi Whitf., type..-...seeeceeeeessseseeseeneeeeeees | typica H. & W. » tYPE..c.ccnccceveracstonroecrooecesernee | PERISSOLAX. Citbialn Gab bieepcaccccectsisetsctteciecionecleisiiclesisicisisisis'seisisisie<'= S 66 LYPO...ecccenceecee ree eee cence tees eee eeeeeeees | fadtralng 66 “SG SdoonpndooSnsddanoqandobodadsoodoaEa0n0 | OG oe apres erieretsaraloteielcieiele oleic (oie c\clejeieleieleleic/ereleleleieieiele | PISANIA. | —— Claibornensis Whitf., type.........cecceeenseeeeeeeeeees | PLATYCERAS. bivolve W. & Whitf., Wee Beeches eccindsacnsen teers | paralium GG. | GB e cagbeosodaanndopseoposoqoos | PLEUROTOMA. ~~ Adeona Whitf., type MRE ence hv aicticslose oe stele nabe(sians ~~ capax Cl CMMI Reet tayeeicforeferalelaja'e]e’sie [oisiaie eiele\s[eie(s/stele Farmingdalensis Whitf., type ..........-eeseeseeeeeees nasuta Whitf., type snnsagadoon beodogoodacuapodEnGoGsOnSGS ——~ persa Ce recto ielec'-loreiseieisisilsie-/-\nejeloieinetaisicio.ncisialele regularicostata Whitf., DDE Hadaband abedeoddonachosGddcos surculitiformis:. © — $s ..sesseeeesececceveesccsces (DrILL1A) pseudoburnea Heilp..........eeeeeeeeteees (SUSCoLES) aldspira Wintiy type soc SungeEDEOROOEECOOT PLEUROTOMARIA. Brittoni Whitf., type.,.....cceessseseeeereeeecetereeeees Estella H. & W., 6 wcscecccceccecessccecsecscccnceeees inexpectans H. & W., type sduad DoHoRteeospodoRCoOnNSHOS Tsaacsi «i i 8 NE etc neeceeercecceccecorece ee | Pal. N. J., Vola ePlejesrsiies 7-9 | 24th Rept. St. Cab. »p- 195 23 oh Bey Sis CAD: P12) Figs. 8-10 oe eee er eccseseeee. eee eeeeesceses eoccoe Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 4, Figs. 20-21 Mioc. N. J., Pl. 21, Figs. 13-16 see e eer ee sess ceescece es eeececeroseeessogses Pal. N. Ji, Volue2; sade Rutgers College...... ....ssesesee fs SOE cae cacbe Bt oC OLIva. Garolinensis| Conrady. jesccssessrvesesscnertresccecvsnemee IND ING Von 1G 2G), JES isceonondoneceecosnnaracconnee df) afc Wa Sem Nate Miscrscresiececseceense | ININ@YeEIES ecocosnennne | Jericho, N. J. OPHILETA. | | (RAPHISTOMA) primordialis Winchell............... Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 1, Figs. 10O-11.............004 sere Oiriryanen Calliftenetststetselsictaoseetsser eters Potsdam. .........- Devil’s Lake, Wis. PALZACHMEA. | 3 Ibaaberee) WANs 1571612 pocosenooencoooastecnaarobadeaeodoos Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 1, Figs. 8-9..........0:0cc0ee DE ain Wisse tae Collae. kere esas caine Potsdam. ............ | Jackson Co., Wis. EY PLGAMEL SOC 1, LY JDC uscectecseenstaseverveeseserersucscs 23d Rept. St. Cab., Pl. 11, Figs. 4-5............. ii Aerie TN MG, thE IMS peccapanscadeosoan5cc606 Seta aac ay | Keeseville, N. Y PERISSOLAX. = cn Gace, Blscle Mee dubia Gabb Pal. MN Nol. Ay Pl. 3}. FigecQis.ccs.scsesssee eee 8) eres utgers College............0-..00008 re aa Rasen or olmde «“ « ys “ Figs IO-11.....05.0000eee Kocos |) AX INE Sh Tedodl of Co eeepaccon Mullica Hill, N. J. trivolvis ‘ GG Ga ae 2K, Fig. Dis.cs.0secnesee eee ‘alee ay . « M. M......... Timber Creek, N. J. ef a se GG Ge 66 Figs. 2=3...0).) 25Q -oncsnceee es ee eeaaae GASTEROPODA. WHERE LOCATED. GEOLOGICAL AGE. | LOCALITY. | sececeee eer ccces seeocosee ee cccsee PA Air DON a2 bmeceee asec cceshecses Columbus @Ohioweessescessee ease Wiss ots Colle eeneranesccsececsewenes WimivenGalitvacessnocucnsescevecsceesens Columbia Collegere ns assseesscses IDYes: ROPE SDL cogagasoanssodacossqoac000r | meee eee c eases esesere Tetnes Tele ccossocognsansnanbebobbdece Rutgers) Colleges -deeecceeesecest dlirentomaNGeliecesas neta ciecie acc: Columbiay Colleseteessaseseacee plirentomse Neel seawcencassananchiscls RutoerssCollegeressseescnecsscsces ColumbiasCollegeycoe.c..-cecsene MlinentonsaN as Jevac. ssc cbaesn etre scecee CON Sem Y pM eel acuscensease Rutgers|Colleges... 2 0:-.-.5...060-: TANG Sr DUE hen es sk cecat veces eNom oS ser bala Seesmic oclsers ols ve to's 66 ce wees eocceecesseccccseccs PAS VISITED ea eeeseneencles Suc aes MirentonsyNeiiinccucecte encanta: Rutgers) College sete ncsesteestes eccccscccceecsccceces eeeccseceseccesessccn ecco ccccorssersceccsccen eercceccccceesecescsccee ore eescecscececcccesecccves Wravienlyeccceeensaees leita anal cneeresences Pe access seceee WpsElelderbrescsee Chestenreeeeeeee Waverly eee cee sence ea eeeee Oligocene Eocene eo cece eeeee ry eee ee se eeeeseece eccccccee eescosces | Burlington, Iowa. | Yellow Springs, Ohio. Racine, Wis. Beloit, <“¢ Tinton Falls, N. J. ? | Falls of the Ohio. | | Columbus, Ohio. | Timber Creek, N. J. e 6é ce ce | Louisville, Ky. Newtonville, Ohio. Burlington, Ia, | Dublin, Ohio. 6 m. below Prairie Bluff, Ala. Vicksburg, Miss. Shark River, N. J. Freehold, N. J. Cliffwood, N. J. Mullica Hill, N. J. Crosswicks, N. J. Freehold and Mullica Hill, N. J. Burlington Co., N. J. Middletown, N. J. Burlington and Crosswicks, N. J. Burlington Co., N. J. Mullica Hill, N. J. 66 ce Freehold, N. J. Holmdel, N. J. Various, N. J. Keyport, N. J. Walnford & Middletown, N. J. Freehold, N. J. >) a Holmdel, N. J. Claiborne, Ala. (174) WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. GASTEROPODA. (174) NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. WHERE LOCATED. GEOLOGICAL AGE. Loca Gasteropoda— Continued. | | PLEUROTOMARIA— Continued. | Mississippiensis W. & Whitf., type...........esece00 Brows Bost. Soc: N. H.,, Vols 8; 302 eae Eeemrer | AA UDEATDOL. ct.c.sessaceecverescearess Waverlysnssseccsse:: | Burlington, Towa. IEGIGCHS HEL all eseeren stares anesesetareseeossneacsasecensee WeaMl (OVO, WIL, 3, I, Gy LMG, Be ersancnanonnonocueened Columbus, Ohio............s0eec000. | INE RENE cesccencc6o: Yellow Springs, Ohio. Racinensis Whitf., type............ccssssceseceeeeeeeees Geol Wis) Volts) Pl 18), °c 78) en Wis. St. Coll.............. ses SOR aa eaaeec: | Racine, Wis. SUCOM Camda Wee cecciesecccsarscrsoslevaccsivcuaneesn se GO te eal 6 SONOS oir Univ. Calif...........0.000 ea) |) Drentontieewssesrns | Beloit, “ Tintonensis Whitf., type ....-....0:-sseesenesecosconees Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 22, Figs, 6-9 Columbia College Bee. |e Cretee in Mb eecny snc | Tinton Falls, N. J. ? (IsoNEMA) imitator H. & W. type................0+ 24th Rept. St. Cab., p. 195 ; 27th Rept., Pl. 13, Figs}.9-10. | Dr. Knapp...............ccsseeseeeeee Up. Helderb....... Falls of the Ohio. PLATYCERAS. : ‘ | squalodens Whitf., type........-sssccsseecsseceeeereasee N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 7, Figs. 6-7..........| Columbia College. ...............08 Up. Helderb ....... | Columbus, Ohio. PLFUROTREMA. lig Bolariformie Whitt.) types-n.s.sesceccsescerscewecesore Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 22, Figs. 10-11..............21 Cret. M. M....... | Timber Creek, N. J. ag ie Spe Netanarea sie staat ertessnteest G6 GG ct a DOI 2D 1 BS RMBRES Gri ae 86 eccooee | se gt “He ag Oa. sonaapsgnOneenoconaCoOaEEeeEE i a6 Gb £65 Migs MiAind.wcctocs ocean &s OG Fe Saas 6 ac POLYPHEMOPSIS, is i Louisville H. & W., type.........0ccsccscescsecseneees 230) Reptsot. Cabs, Plea) Bigs) 1—2).ess.nerseneee ING ES AMG een eth desceatacscscecse | Up. Helderb........ Louisville, Ky. Ta PPIs blag CCN View siseeinnceeensteccesessssmeeensss 24th Rept St. Cab... seneeaaseeeeeeseeeensneeeceereesen| . ; y melanoides Whitf., type.............sesecsseeeeeeeeneee N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 14, Fig. 13..........1 E. B. Andrews..........0..100-eeeeee Chesters sree ccr secs: | Newtonville, Ohio. PORCELLIA. | c crassinoda Wi./8¢ W., tYPp@v...--0cecceconececseccessnens Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., Vol. 8, p. 303....cecccccceneg creeeee’ Ann Arbor. ......cceseeeeeeeeeeseneeee Waverly ............. | Burlington, Ia, RGIOPApenGc We types v.cdeacessdseccessuuewsvesivv ees cc 23d ReptraSt Gabs,.p 240s os. sores saree ease a Rev. M. Herzer.........seceees Up. Helderb ....... | Dublin, Ohio. PoraAMIDES. j | = PMIADAMICNSISNVVHItE, LYPCl.ceccsecsnescerevcessosnscsss Am. Jour. Conch., Vol. 1, Pl. 27, Fig. 13..........feressee James Hal vere ceccessecseeeosessnsee Boceneyeenesseeests ss 6 m. below Prairie Bluff, Ala. PSEUDOLIVA. ; ’ “ ENliocicaMVVilitieenhyesteesccsrecsaecrtessivercauete serene Am. Jour. Conch., Vol. 1, p. 260...........ssseeereee James Hall. s.ssseeseseeseeeeeseees Oligocene ........... Vicksburg, Miss. Resist CODTAC Anan tnsnaueteaactevcavsnsscuslceccecveees TEEN INI dog Walk 5 Jab 2H VE On escnonanpnsncicennie Rutgers College............s.see0eeee Eocene ......s:s0.00s Shark River, N. J. PYRIFUSUS. é GCUITIPUSMAVVIOI tir wLY PEt avecsswlsicceieciecsensccesseaeessns Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 4, Figs. Trenton, Ny. Jececscssceerrceaceeeneer Cret. L. M.......... eel y J. EMAtlelis VW VIMIth NEY PEseccedecscees-caseessceoeroseesessee 60 GG ag 0G 4-5 Columbia College... -»- | Cret cc... teeteeeeeee ru las ae a Macfarlandi Whitf., type ....0-.cecccsccesccescseeseees “ & “ « “ 14-15 | Trenton iNes Jiecsssccesseaedscsk sovees Cret. L. M Borer on ica Eu ae ise /iat WILT 15710 eae eee CS MO 6 8 foooescer NTIS tela aaa Ce posewichs, Ns} BUS SLM iy plese cer. cotervscavsecceesivactsenses ED CE ESL sea EE olumbia College «......-sserseroes CE eeaeeeey ae Mullicaensis Gabb D ACO CSD CEOLE DOO SACO AD CACE ECO EOR Ce RER CE es Os GG “« Figs. 16-109........ Trenton, N. J teeeeecncesrsensasescees . pe geco SO Ee Caen Hl eye pytuloides Gabb, type.............ccssccsseceneseeeenees fs ay OG SG OE AF er 50005 x Os Een i ee ee Mid nice N 7 : 7 = ‘ 0G 79 G eco utge’ sivesivecsiasaussasocomces | . 5 | * wasuisisam ’ zi le z OE OSES EE Tess ea ama | AGN: Counce. eT cee Burlington and Crosswicks, N. J. Pyropsis. : Ble stele type eee fa eee cénecessssceddensenanst en Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 1, Figs 11-13 A. N.S. Phil Cret. L. Mo... Hurling ten Coe * J. MAL COLGES | WV Mitts, OY PC ysseress ceseetescessencesep snes es GG hie Pn 77 A.M.N.H > fe: ve ea Be far rcs ? obesa Whitf., type........... WOR ohconogDeE Raeiaeaie see fe ee Cy 11118) DEN EOTGS EE Gs000 “a See perlata (Clamec 2 deg pape ee ae | of gt CO C8 enol arn Trenton, Bel . is ean a } pe Mey ARVs OY PCr scveceserarcenvstsevtaciccvoecuenees 0 | 6 Dyeiee a retest Biter) College ee TE Me Corsi “ ci OE a ee Aad ae “ TS TS s rex in een ae ot zs OO vesseeeesesonseenees S Be Ce ia OS) Res: Phils. Gow Walnford & Middletown, N. J. RELiferd GAD yar ccecdsccs-ietsvencsclantveweces+st ef SNAG es oeee a4", eee: oe Freehold, N. J. Richardsoni Toumey ?. ..........secceseecenceseeeees ie gs “7, “ 4-16 ey ea: ve ik Si ar nc trochiformis Toumey ? ...........ceceeceeeeneeeeeeeeeee . cr Oe RY ay he be Holmdel, N. J. (Rapa) Corinna Whitf., type............-.2-esecceee es Go GC gy OG Fe Rutgers College Go olmdel, N. J ESBULA Claiborne, Ala. eOVINIS VVC, CPC. ceseescasecascssencsesscacecessccens Am. Jour. Conch., Vol. 1, p. 259....ssssessseeecsnesefrrseress James Hall.....sssseesseveeerseees Eocene....+.-++.++++- aoe y. sitige Mey Ug WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. Gasteropoda—Continued. RAPHISTOMA. ACUPUTAW EL CCM Ving CY DC stsc cer acissseceetcisencecictecee lenticulare Sowerby, sp.............esesseceeeee seers Nas onieetlall saciasectscacitscistciaseasteiedasteseesieion see INiagarense-Wihitt; ity pers is-sceosranwesicceeie eset RHYNOCANTHUS. Pm ConradiiaWihiti ity Pes sscnssssceeetcesoeseeenco: oe 66 66 eee ec cee see ees cesses seescesces ROSTELLARIA. ompactayw hith:, vy Per crcckcsoseecssssccesasso sees HUD, VOIES Xs edeacooconscaosaoudecocoboosoboduabe ‘Hebe Whitf., type fusiformis Wihith. typerssc-eascctossoneoeceaec eels MODUS NVI ty PCessecseosmcscosweceseepeemerieceels ce 66 spirata ROSTELLITES. angulatus Whitf., type. ..........ccsceeecsseees seen 9 Dea copseancoadousscqudosoanGoaddo biconicus Whitf., SCAEROGYRA. elevata Whitf., SCALARIA. Hercules Whitf., type MULLIStHIAL A OAV ese ccc maceslse slse\cciscis setoauelenie ness Pauperatal WihiEfy YyPereeeen cen ee-seneseeaenci-ascanes Silliman Vortonteerencaccececewe ss cscscsiceccce ce scnene tenuilirata Whitf., type (OpALINA) Thomasi Gabb, type.................. S ERRIFUSUS. ? Crosswickensis Whitf., type (Lyrorusus) nodo-carinatus Whitf., type....... SILIQUARIA. pauperata Whitf., type. ..........--2.2.--seccecssoees » type..... GRVIES, NESS Ni eacaacoosoanosossodoocaadoobocoaunzebos: (STRAPAROLLUS) Niagarensis H. & W. STROMBINA. (AmycLa) levis Whitf., type SUBULITES. terebriformis H. & W., SURCULA. Parva CON. 2.22.5... .cccececssnecerececeearcesccceevceres perobesa Whitf., strigosa Gabb.- .. cc dssecnsocecsusssecieesecieccsrsssree ANNOSa CoOnTaAds a .cce ew ecceee aeec ane ecseacemec cesses SURCULITES. cadaverosus Whitf., t curtus Whitf., eee eee eo eee Peer ce Pee ccae eres cesesecesesosscece coe eco Pec ccccecess eres eresccoseseessscesceeee eee eee ove TYPE... csesccccccsesccncssccccrnssces ab liq ua Wibitiianty9e.ssmcmsasaacmeianslo(nnlssenncleises a Swezeyi Whitf., type...i.....0.0.cccessecssscsseerees eer eceeecceccces er ee ese sssecseesese eee eee coe eee Peececrerc ese see sceseeesereccs eee ere e ees ccre re cccccseeceee eee eee wow eee eres t os sececesescee | eee CYP... ecceeeececceccccerecsccnseeceeens 4oth Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 1, Figs. 20-22... Geol. Wis. Vl 4 Pl. 6, Figs. eR seienidee eee se ee ee ND Raia vcs Saeeete ee 66 AEST 8 COE ben se Pali Nei), Volc25 Pls 24) gion 8 aeeeeeee ee eee at fs 66 ESO Titi eet ce ener [> Palen} Vole2tablesrae Figs. 1822115 Kc 66 Soma: Q=13 s. scence Ob Co 66. OTA, SS STS Ae eee ob GG 66 E33 A8OO EAST hee eee OG o¢ 66 123, Os LOT eee eee GG Gc 66-13, SO Geena Bell N. J:, Vol. 2, Pl. 11, Figs. ’g=40eieees-scnber a ‘<2, Pl. 23, Figs. 10-11 GG iC sc 2, Pl. 11, Figs. 1-2.. GBs GG «6 2) Plioni,, Figss eh Oeeece. seer Geol. Wiss, Vol. 45 Pl. 35 Bictenapeeeeessss-> eee ce fe 60 A, Pl. 2). Pig tO lece neeeseeceee “ce S65 6604, (Pl 35h gS 7 —O seater Pal: N. J:,/ Vol. 2; Pleo), Big. st2 sees eee Mioc. N: 1s, Pl. 23)) Fig.5 0.) iectessese eee BalssNe es Vol. 2,. Pl. 18, Figs: 13=7eeccs< 2s Oe eG 2, Pl. 18, Fig. 2. ti keisaescuseee BG. GG cc, Pl. 34, Figs. 10=12.........206 GG OG 6602, Plin18, 0B gs tescescee cece GG GG 6 2, Pl.5, Higs. 24=25) :cse.s costes GOT OG 66 52) Pl 5; Bigs. 22=23))cceneeeeee 8G. 566 66 2, Pl, 18; Fig. 26) 22 sser- nee Pal: Ohio, Vol.-25 PIL 8; High 32eccseeceeeee eee N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 14, Figs. 9-11..... | Mioc. N. J., Pl. 20, Pigs. t=—4uicecssccenn: «- ceneeene | Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 8, Fig. 6.......0::2:seeeeeeees | Mioc. N. J., Pl. 24, Fig. £........ Es -- | Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 33, Figs. 5-6.......-sseme 66) 6 Spgs HIS: “1.2 ccncses eee cs 30 CSCS ste Te TU peceeeeeeae Pal, A J.; Vol. 2, Pl. 33,.Figs. 15-16...... specu OG cc 60 33; Figs. 17—1G eae seaeeee GASTEROPODA. (175) WHERE LOCATED. | GEOLOGICAL AGE, | LOCALITY. peocee peocee pee eee WeaSeNats MUS. iset tse ccatenscense Whatvem Califa cercee-asdisadecnmcascoseens | ce ce Hwee ewe ewe ee rer eesesseeseee meee beer ees eeees serene eee e eres weer aeeeece Bee ewe rete es seas esene Deere ewer sewer eeeeene Pee cece see ee casene Ms Ness Phil cnoratvevescccrscct ses cencee eeccee eeccee eeece ce ce Crewe esas ceesetesees seece eee a wee e eee eres eee serees ColumbiaiColllesies eae eeaeneee Wale SseNia toa Vitis Sie cten res a ueraes Rutgers) Collegersescedesteces ce Brenton ING. 238. s canes seeded soeee EAC NTBIN tL oa) Bcc cjstcedeveeeei VANE SoM DIN Ew wetvicccenes: cessee Rutgers College Trenton, N. J eee ce cecresececceces Pee eee esr esses cessccoce Peete eceessesececcecce Provccccesesesvecceese eee eeeeccccereccvcsces Chazy weet cece ee eeeas sbrentonsaeee eens ce | Cret. L. ep eceeeree U. M eee eecece oe eecceee ce et cece ceee oe Loreena Mme: Greta leaner Niagara.............. Chester secesscs0ek pereseccccccce | | | | | Ute Peak, Utah. Beloit, Wis. ce ce Wauwatosa, Wis. Shark River, N, J. Crosswicks & Mullica Hill, N. J. N. J. Freehold & Mullica Hill, N. J. Crosswicks, N. J. ? New Jersey. Crosswicks, N. J. P INES: Squankum, N. J. Crosswicks, ‘‘ Freehold and Holmdel, N. J. Baraboo, Wis. ce 6“ é 66 Cliffwood, N. J. Jericho, N. J. Crosswicks, N. J. Holmdel, oe Shark River, ‘ BONG Ae Crosswicks, N. J. Marlborough, N. J. Haddonfield, N. J. Cedarville, Ohio. Newtonville, ‘ Jericho, N. J. Clinton, Ohio. Jericho, N. J Shark River, Holmdel, Shark River, N. J. N. J. 66 Shark River, N. J. 66 ce 66 ih i ¢ oN Me ‘ { i A 5 a ay “ Ou 7 i ' f iy ‘df 44s ’ ‘ fale ih \ 2 a i fez j % a i , - , i j - Seger i i task il ~ ear ; at i] ¢ a1 : a vail) f LU y) f F , x i i) : t at { ? ( - a { if UJ ipo xy : =| ‘= 1 ? = rs » . ; i i ‘~ . : i 4 ; t i - i, - ' ' _ ‘ —P t 1 i, 1 ; : ; j 6 Pu fe - i i iV t \ ‘ iF ‘ . j ‘ ‘ ; i ‘ n I t ov 4, a i i if — : A hae q iy ) ® tae + = t x coc acs canone SINGS sy Phillies coecseeeesteavcoansees Ke oe Secaaatdel ? New Jersey. (MESALIA) plebeia Say.........:.eeceseesereeeeneeeeeee Mioc. IN. Ji, Pl. 235. Pigs: 6-8. 0. ..ccineeesctees eeeeeeReeeee ICES CS MURS. tateny dete chara edautee aan Miocene.............. Atlantic City, vt Jc : VANIKORA. rm pT onay Ving Oe whl ncurses ssneisecienelsslierarsnerdsieine IDeqo)ls 130K JehMblss NG he Ie olor oeenecondonnnoconaconscaneet Wh SINS IMTS oocaasundopondancno Grety tase ee neeeee Cheyenne Riv., B. H. VANIKOROPSIS, Moumevana dV: (OC Elec ids. seecn-sevenesssecsaneesesinnees Capt. Ludlows, Rept. 1875, Pl. 2, Figs. 11-13..........-.+ WoS5 INES INNES cocopcascccuoeocano Cheb ie.cerea anaes Mouth of Judith Riv., B. H. y Pp Pp 5 g 3 J , VASUM. conoides Whitf., type Pal No, Vol: 2) Plo, Figs: O=10ls..-..cessemmeenrssase Rutgers College............2:.-0:00+ Grete Ils WMrccneonen Walnford, N. J. P Opes: 9 g' g' VELUTINA. z ——~ (OrinaA) expansa Whitf., type..............cceee eee Am. Jour. Conch., Vol. 1, Pl. 27, Figs. 14—15.............. Namieswitalll ee seear-enncestaseacesase ||| Eocene 6 M. below Prairie Bluff, Ala VOLUTA. ? Delawarensis Gabb, type..........0.sesseseeseeseeeees Pal. N. dhe Vol. 2, lb TO, Figs. 5=7..0s-occcart-*eermeme=s+n- Delaware and Chesapeake Canal. Lelia Whitf., type............. tease thot e sia ineigirdses a6 “ O,, a3 husecrprenesmmnrares cs Shark Riv., N. J. ~— Newcombiana Whitf., type ..........-ccseseeeeseeeeeee Am. Jour. Conch. Vol. ry JO, G7, UME acoso 2rmcanoaonn 6 m. above Claiborne, Ala. ppanyila) Wihitts,, CYPCsccecccswecse snveceoseveseereosees Pal Ne The Vol. 2, Pl., 31, Figs. 1- 5 authaceeees Shark Riv., N. lk perelevata Whitf., type..........s:cccsessseeeseeeseeees Gi CVE, 8 LE Oana nonce i oe Scaphoides Whitf., type ............esesessseseeeseeeees Os 1306 “ Me fo Geeta 4 Se i ss (AmortA) vesta, Whitf., type rr CG ae, OG) 71a rsratecgnoncococe Siegen y ee «‘ (SCAPHELLA) Newcombiana Whitf..... G6 05 G6 CORE CURD lok BERBER Ra Soc: sooncda0 le aa VOLUTILITHES. e F cancellatus, Whitf., type........02....0eeee Rita sotee 4. | Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 30, Figs. 7-10 Shark River, N. J. GG Sayana ‘Comtad Sande copenseScocKeAICOsCOADC C62 GG Gs « “ TI-14 a 5 i ~ & GOS GEES SE 8 ey ea ce ee « “ 15 Claiborne, Ala. VOLUTODERMA. PAtsottin(Gabbs itygaeles ceeesesseseeecreaseerevsveccen see Pal. N. J., Vol. 2; Pl. 21, Figs. 4-O....cccecseseseees =: Timber Creek, N.J. } . WHITFIELD : LIST OF FOSSILS. NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. Gasteropoda— Continued. VOLUTODERMA— Continued. biplicata Gabb, type. ........-.seeeeeeeecesceeeeeeeenens intermedia Whitf., type..........scecececsseeneeneeeees VOLUTOMORPHA. ConradiyGabb; type «ccrccesessensiieee cnesinewllecanlsiseeieve 66 OG G 0G eco eeeeeoeeeeeceeeeeeosesesseesesee 66 6é eeecoerce rs sesecereoescecesosasse0ose 66 66 ? PABMIninithe typer ie on ee eon 6é ee 6eé eee ee eee ecseesecessccecesseessssceees 66 6e¢ ce weer eocscveseesersooecessrosseesesesere GG OG CUMS ronaacdnrocdoucoeobospacanauacopaccge Open, NA a enn COM Asin naa rnonaeaconodesesAgunesTaoodons ponderosa Whitf., type.........seeeseeseeeeeeee eee eeeees (73 6eé €6 Bee ee ecco rasecarerccnsesesssssene (BIESTOCHILUS) bella Gabb.............-..seeeeseeees armein Gray bina race cine thoaee ene aneae alsoaien eee nice sacerie | XENOPHORA, lapiferens Whitf., type ........... sseessencreereeeceeeee ce 6é 6eé eee ee eccece seccvtscccsseseesnsscne leprosa Morton, Sp..........ssseeees coeeececeeeaeseeees CEPHALOPODA. AMMONITES. Complexus EL) (GW. co c.c esse scwenteteoonwcseneee ence CONGIOTMIS HIVES COMEL. sii se ealnes\a siseijaseesincieiciesienesas a var, distans Whitf., type..............0685 PD elawanrensSiSm Norton eecasesccunacesisteccseces csieecsiclen 6é 6eé Poe ee ecw cence eeeseceesecescosssese ce cé BO ek i oy dentato-carinatus Roemer,...... ....cccccceeceecesceeees WVanuxemi Morton, type.........0.s:ccccseesscssscecess 66 ce ee sete cere ewes cent esc sscesescecs eee e ccc ee rseescces eee es corer vecccece 6G tilifer Morton, type..............e00e (SPHENODISCUS) lenticularis Owen, sp...........++. ANCYLOCERAS. Jenneyi Whitf., type. ....... 000s. cscessereseseesseoeneers 66 ce 66 eee cere creer e ee ereseceesseeseserece ATURIA. Mantuxeminy Conta dinneressercncactscmeacmenrectceecsscls BACULITES. asperay MOrtombnncme cna cinmcsecciccesisess seiseertsiciclesri-- compressus (Say) Morton fig’d........-...0seeeeeceeee OVALUSH (SAYA) eazsatecraesleise eettnnioeciaeictee elerelelelsee)at terrae oe oe See ee ee ey Pal: N: J.; Vol: 2.) Plcto, Figs. 1-2 Seeesesecete ce ce 6eé 6¢ 23, ce 14-15. Pal Ni: Ji, Vols 2; JRO; 2S ora ie ise ences ocean BG. GG C6 OS SOE ST eee ce tiols eee eee GG 66 66 Se fee la I= Pele 3 eos ceninanbadoo 3 66 6c ¢ ce 6 7 ye epee esrrdnacacd «ia, «ne 7 eel eel 66 ge lin» Pee OB sicsicociaconeoKGoocs ¢ G6 6666 8. 66 2 andugeeerneeeecee “e 6 Magen Pane Bee er no5, GoSdoco GGT) OG ee (0 eae Eo bein acoob acne GO" 0G Lame PRR It Ors snacconocdoce sc ee 66) 66 Ny OCT Tih a aenieeneeeiee GG). 6G COGN (5) 5 (=) Koy, sosccgcoaace cs G6) 1 0G 66 60) 65 KER ST O—2O tee naceee rere 6G: 6G eal 6 pun (= lon bc oGGab0oC co Pal: N: J., Vol.2, Pl. 34. Migs sO=7/secsseseeee Be emesis 7 ICS 3 O oar ndq50500024 GG C0 O17) Gee Oa RO seeeecmmetee Pal. N: Ji Vol. 2, Pl. 41, Figs. 5273 Expl. Bik. Hills, Pl. 6, Figs. 20-24.....csese0- ois AG fs oe cs PIN BRSdooDOORSI0CONCG : Pal. N. J., Vol. :2; Pl. 42, Pigs:\6—7eeceeee seca : 36 66) EE ego. 16 B= ON eae pene neeeeee . es TM le ae och Sac.cc0 -- ae 660s 60S A Seo =A eee eee Ge 660 eS Ai). CO aT =O een eeace eee “ 66 Cok hE Be eee eg GREE GONVIZ OIE 1g soso0ascoosKa0cs >> sg (ey 66 A Pigsi— Osea Bod b007> ce ce 6eé 4I, ce TO—ir we 66 66 AT, S$! 8=O Raeeeeeenee Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 15, Fig. §....s:cecscceeseeeees GOS Oe 66 266 TOS Pigs: 7—Oyeceseneciceesesee GG GG otis fee SC 7/3) oon einc - Pal. N. J , Vol. 2, Pl. 49 and 50..........- ....0-0 Pal. N. J., Vol: (25 RisAG ibis stO— tice. OD oe GL Se 86° TH2)cncaesccecene 3 (73 6c (3 ce (73 =A i * iy 3-As ncaa ce ce ce ee ce 377 ees | GASTEROPODA—CEPHALOPODA. WHERE LOCATED. GEOLOGICAL AGE. LOCALITY. seeeee eoeeee eoveee esecee eeecen eecees eeccce beeccce seer ener secsewseresseeee Rutgers College ecco eeece reese erssses | | | | | | | } AAS Nis J Bal es seceoaceed hadaoseeood | Peewee cere seers oasoie Rutgers College 66 ce PSNI Sap Phil caeteecvecesccssssesesies | Ruteersi Colles ere sec ceccese-scece | te Wien Ni EL. Se oy TReunneeyes (Cllr gcngaoacnsosnpoode0 | ce oe | eee eee e es eeeeesesses Jive INE: SIS 2 rl kere ee | 6 666) 6G ce ee ay Rutgers and Columbia College... | Reuters College eeenswsscicc- ssc £Xo Milo INIg: Ullsssscoseqbodeoounpo0agcdoue | Mixentomse Niel scssssccssececeesect IRmteegeras (COWES Schoosncdaseosooans00 | Wis Gis INKS SIN SRB A saae Soca sdeoadee MENS Phi Ge U.S. Nat. Mus Bec c cer ee ses sees ceee OCU LG OI uit Sie a mL yee 6G PGs iy ONS) le ae aaa eaters) Colle genes. ces. carsessese Seer e ec cessesccesesces A.N. S. Phil De ee ee cares ncecssceesesane eee ccc eee sessescesese Greta SOREN ieee ree A Ley Dae ee ce 6é ce ee ce ¢eé a4 ce 6eé ce ee ce ce ce ce ce ce ce ce ce ee ce ce ce ce ce ce ee ce “e Gretyiesa Mies ee “e “ce ce ce ce IFOCene mace encerees ce Grete Mine ees (Giatig, Js WB eccososos UUEASSICs lar sachnaase ee Cretan aceene ee 6é ce 6 6eé 6é ce ce oe ee ce ce 6eé [a4 ce GG) or 66 6e Cretees Sean ee (74 Hoceneseseeceesoee: Crets Eh Mi ec..cce. Cretienss) aesse ences Greeley Mee ee 6é Cret. M. M......... | Burlington Co., N. J. Vincentown, N. J. Crosswicks, N. J. ce ce Schencks, N. J. Holmdel, N. J. ce ce ce ce Mullica Hill, N. J. Marlboro, N. J. Mullica Hill, N. J. Neversink, N. J. Holmdel, N. J. Delaware and Chesapeake Canal. Crosswicks ? N. J. Freehold, N, J. Shark River, N. J. ce ce Crosswicks Creek, N. J. Holmdel, N. J. Belle Fourche River, Blk.. Hills. By os River, Blk. Hills. Delaware. ee ce Holmdel, N. J. Delaware. Burlington Co., N. J. 6eé 66 Freehold, N. J. ? 66 Tinton, N. J. Beaver Creek, Blk. Hills. ce ce French Creek, ‘‘ Shark River, N. J. Holmdel, N. J. Upper Missouri Mullica Hill, N. J. PN lf Tinton Falls, N. J. (178) WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. GASTEROPODA—CEPHALOPODA. (178) NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. WHERE LOCATED, | GEOLOGICAL AGE. Gasteropoda—Continued. VOLUTODERMA— Continued. biplicata Gabb, type. ............cescecesenecssecnssoeess intermedia Whitf., type VOLUTOMORPHA. Conradi Gabb, type “ ce sé “ce “ec ce “ce ? Gabbi Whitf., type ee ce oe ee “ec ce “é “cc “ce ovata Whitf., < jooaclaros, \WAMKIG 1h 01b aanccocnanpanncooneenansoosce eens be “cc “ec (BrEsTocHILus) bella Cnt ene tanita Gal Dievveccencenecccaceseseetiearssadaiecssscctncsees XENOPHORA, ilsporticgyrayars VWMantde 5 {hots sngsnsoooe CoocoeonscsoseoenSdaeee “ce ce “e HE pYOSABNOMON, ISPs rscsessaassscsesamicecesaasoetinusssseos CEPHALOPODA. AMMONITES. GOMplextis bl. 8E Wi. secencceczccevecsteseesceceseo acess GOLGIfOrMISEM. GO. Pee sscecweracsceeeceserceces on OG var, distans Whitf., type.........-....00+5 Delawarensis Morton............sceccsscsesses seseceees ce “e ce “ce dentato-carinatus Roemer....... ........... Vanuxemi Morton, type..................+ ce se “ce GG tilifer Morton, type.............00008 (SPHENODIsCUS) lenticularis Owen, sp ANCYLOCERAS. SUSY MVM NEEDY DOaiccescncncobiseenoescessecvevessvsies ee se “ce tricostatum Whitf., type.... ATURIA. Berientl) (CONLAG cc eisecscaseavacesosevevsssoececestas BACULITES, ETE T Aw VOLO sertsessis onesies scavecsseeedoeeedseeesstnaas compressus (Say) Morton fig’d..............:seeeeeees BeAr iise (SAYA) Sere ca rsac esis cave veotseddauvecsvereveres “ec “ce “ce ee Feet e eee e ween eee esteeeessseeeesseses-aseesees Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 10, Figs. 1-2 “é 6c OG 6c AS, GO Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 6, « 6c ce ce 3 75 “6 6c ‘ 73 6c wh 66 3 “ce “e 6c ‘e “cc 6c GG 3 ae 3 66 ce ce GG 8, 6 77 GG GG Cs ed ce 6c GG 6c 8, ce 6c GG 6c 6 Io, ‘¢ ce ce iG (a3 8, “ec 5-6 GG ‘ce cc “cs 9, 6c ee meee Remy (Sor ee OM 1. a 6c (73 GG ce 6 6c ce (T 6c 6, &§ Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 34, ce cc ce 34, 6 8-9 ‘ce ce 6c 17, ee 16-19 Pal. N. J. Vol. 2, Pl. 41, Figs. 5-7... Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 6, Figs. 20-24.... 6c 6c 73 ‘ec 6 Dhhreaas Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 42, Figs. 6-7 ec GG 73 42, Cr “ ce “ce ‘ 43, ce ce My ce ce 3 ae “c 6 66 42, oe ce ce 40, ce ce ce AI, ‘e ce ce 4i, ce ce ce 4I, Expl. Blk, Hills, Pl. 1s, Fig: 5.c0nyseeeee eee se - ce ce ce “ 16, Figs. 7-9 6c GG ‘6 6c ig, 0G LEVEN A 5 WO 2 VAL Ake) heel fo) sscanenoee encecononnes2 inceaan Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 46, Figs. 6c “ ce 66 rT (73 6 1G ce ce GG “cc ‘ec 6c ee “cc ‘c ‘6 6c 6c Stee e sees ecresseceseeese Rutgers College s..ssssescccseeeons AAs IND 1S. Jee hacconcneg noosnoooace | Rutgers College sé ce Rutgers Gollegentckadvseets: ANDES Nop Elites cartenccctensetnec cts | iRitgersiColleger es cscseencdeseseese | PACING GERI Y came. OP 66 66 66 Ge Rutgers and Columbia College... Nut eersi Colles Greerewdcinterceses A.M. IRGWiE IS (Cole ceocononnecooensanoes U.S. Nat. Mus... IN [pel [2 none benoshpnoncecoreee | pbrentomswINeailianmsceeneuedssoevecsecr | Crete Viewers al Daa ae See 2 OAT Mie arenyee (a3 ce “ce es Fea Oe cocensee on ee wg, opaaiene OS Beacon: Oa alana ac 66 GU CG OG 5 oF aeeae O06 Gs OCS crea aiantae (Cigete, We, IMG Gooonenn ce oe “ce Dee eRe Cret. L. Sacieeese Lassi Caen seece sees 6e Cret. ce L eveeeees Locatity. Burlington Co., N. J. Vincentown, N. J. Crosswicks, N. J. ce ee Schencks, N. J. Holmdel, N. J. 6c “cc Mullica Hill, N. J. Marlboro, N. J. Mullica Hill, N. J. Neversink, N. J. Holmdel, N. J. Delaware and Chesapeake Canal. Crosswicks ? N. J. Freehold, N. J. | Shark River, N. J. | Crosswicks Creek, N. J. Holmdel, N. J. Belle Fourche River, Blk.. Hills. GG 0G River, Blk. Hills. Delaware. ce ce Holmdel, N. J. Delaware. Burlington Co., N. J. “e ee Freehold, N. J. ? 66 Tinton, N. J. Beaver Creek, Blk. Hills. French Creek, ‘ Shark River, N. J. Holmdel, N. J. Upper Missouri Mullica Hill, N. J. IN Vo Tinton Falls, N. J. WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. Name, Cia. AND , Species. WHERE PUBLISHED. eer ratsnodaComnned: BELEMNITES. Peambiguus Morton............cscercsesee seeearescceree Pal. IN J., Vol. 2, p. 282, not figured........20. PATVIETICANUS HN nasecce noceeinernceeneccioneacisinweiletels ae De Al igs; =o seedes eos tear s GGs. | GascbacosgosousacdautogobaacaDado00den 5 ag ‘« 3-7 and 10-1] ee TEEN eo nceenorpbandccruacseeedadooncdccd | Gt oC a (C= OaOrecae sss cetee GlOMEMG, Wilh We Vel peeoaaees saosdasnooEdbogdodsGNoudnoGdDOseC | Expl. Bik. Hills, Pl. 6, Bigs: =15—lOstcess- sca CYRTOCERAS. brevicurvatum Whitf., type............ceceevrseesesees | Gor Wis: 5 Vel a Pl. 6, Higes2ysacsesetarea< sce GAMUT Ed alle pesneceseceatesn ace eeoetescstose ce eects | GG 66 =O) eeasenese coer PESSAICTE TS Be Non 1911 8X onan corinoonopanoacbucaccacD S60000 sath Parall. Sa Vol. & Pl GS ces eeeeetee Ghetaceum, \Wilnithe sc ecanaeceae essences seteracicte | N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 8, Figs. 2—3:555 lier zerts Els Se Wi sg US ae cattes neceeeecamenctesemicttectet | Pal.-Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 8, Figs. 7-8 sossbbeoseecenel mmrundibulum Wihitfy,, typel.ccosescsccsscseensmeneenl | Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 20, Figs. 4-5........+.+. Wine) EL.) Gc) Wil, LY PCns.ncececcceveccasaices sels elicaistr | Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl 8, Fig. 9.........2..0-s--e planodorsatum Whitf., type..............essseceeseeeee | Geol. iis , Vol..4, Plog, Bigs: 1O=t2 seme eee MECHUID NV bith. by Pes.cesercsesaseensedareets.<-neeere= i arse C60 24, S16 Sepa DISCOCERAS. Gonold esmelal SSS Means oheeceaiincedeseactereseaceaser | Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 20, Big.<622s2-ee seer ENDOCERAS. A (CAMEROCERAS) subannulatum Whitf., type......... | Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 7, Figs T5—16) 5... ..ceee GOMPHOUERAS. | amphora Wihith., types. ....--0-ctacner-cccnesedseosecese N. VW. -Acad. Sct:,. Volo 55 (Rly 77 iigeQees- sate breviposticum Whitf., type.. ......:..sseseseeeeeeeees | Geol: Wis:, Vol: 4, PIN 265 ice inp eeteeeee co eeeee IBog Tale 62 \Wiog 150%Se stoncnodso copncb anseeacde tosoodeusEto, Pall. Ohio; Vol. 25 P1035 sBige ih gessesseseeene. sae AtIsitOnmMeE VIN thee types ncecestecccc ces cerlsciewsoussiees | Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl) 26, Big. TOs eece se eseee Fey eit RUMV VAAL tiey, wiby DEM sceriacctecianes cccclseclssessieseets. | N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 8, Fig. 1, and Pl. Sciofensem Whitt, ibyperer-crcstcerctronces-cccvscesente | N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, PI>8, Fig. 4, and PL Pl, 10, Bigs: (0=7.jocc.csesensseseeee ee eeeee rere GONIATITES. | Ixihayeal JEU, Gs Wiig 17 0l2> cooosansooudnonodanesaaconvoceoconc | goth Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 6, Figs. 9-14... PUTS Vem CCH Veg LY DE secant sc(ennieneise-cienieiieecaniser | Proc, Bost. S. N. H., Vol. 8, p. 305......--s00+ GYROCERAS. | Columbiense Whitf., Bype Boadosapaecnoacodsooancecpacood | N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 10, Fig. 8.22023 chippllis@steataniiey SC | GEN Ge iecboeaumedoduseceso aa | Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 7, DDIKgoe eseqemnocoo.csbe! seminodosum *‘ sda sisioesaisls icteinaitis sais oeielsse iene | N. ¥. Acad. Sci.5 Voll.'5;, PIS (3; Big -a5seeensceme HELICOCERAS. Nebrascensem Vinca ble nee cee senanecee seein sensei sieeeice _-Expl DS. Eiills, Pl. 14, Fig. 9; Pl. 15, Fig: StevensonievVinith, itypers-cc. ec-cncoetsoss sccene wseiisis 66) 60 f 6028 Beare (HETEROCERAS >) simplicostatum Whitf., type MRED ene IE 77. 353550055p0IE0° HERCOGLOsSA. PAUGweXx COPE; SPs, ty PCr. ccsescnesveetoesees ence ecectee | Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 39, Fig. I-....-...+-sse0ees HETEROCERAS. Conradi Morton; type ROTC ROEo OT CORO BOC AOGR ea coousuacec Pal. N. J. Vol: 2, Pl. 45, Figs. 9-11 and 14.. a MEE CS ne UD Ce Oe EA ee ae oY coe 66 2-2 ee Newtoni W nites (SDR b: . Solegeeasae i cqocedoecceceCoar: Expl. Bik. Hills, PI. 15, Figs. 1-4........s+sceces LITUITES. miultrcostatus NVbith), type... eeeececncssocrsmenaeseine Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 20, Fig. 7.......++++--=0 NAUTILUS. Bryanin Gab bsitypes ccs c-sactereasas see scriceneesenansen Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 38, Figs. 5-6.........-s2- CEPHALOPODA. (179) WHERE LOCATED. GEOLOGICAL AGE. ockmecs eoeeee peewee coeee cosee aeeee peeeee eeece Feces twee ee ee ccc ene easeenee Wri @alife tha der ccsirnacses sch | ce ce eee cere e eee e esas sees eeeeseses OhvowStei Golly soe eee ences. Univ. Calif Vice Sty Colllcieut ehhh c:feckeases | Whnuis (Cail oes sgucsocoonenacecrosansacs | ColumibiatCollegexynnesssesesc-ces | Wiss St. Coll .-csacssobadoso0edbo0%008 | Olio Se Cole soossasooscosrosoodneace | Vai Si Coll ee ueadsnessenqcae aateen Winiwas Cait oes nace sncceccenensse ce Sec e cern cee reneenaesvesees Sse aii icity ce | © eee ec cee ese ssc seeres ACN. S. Phil Columbia Colleges 2.0.0.5. .2..0200 Waeseo Nat. Musioi2..0s eesccnseccs | Niagara oe “ce WWuIRASSTCH veers estas Trenton ee eee eee eereeene Wpsstlelderbenen< eee e eee eseee ce Up. Helderb...... Eamilitonhs.poscsnee: Jalil, IRIN gasses Wetclanmlltoreeeenener ee Elyattaps noth ersmesee pete anesscececse | | Up. | Up. Helderb........ | Coal Measures...... WEENIE. Ganoscaedec (a Wipsmliel derbies. shrentommoss.epeccee Ups Helderbei.- eee ere cececersseee esc ececcescesrcces eee ccc cece seccccee eet ee rec cccces | Timber Creek, N. J. _ New Jersey. | Cream Ridge, N. J. Belle Fourche Riv., Blk. | | Beloit, Wis. White Pine, Nev. | Dublin, Ohio. Cedarville, Ohio. Racine, Wis. Yellow Springs, Ohio. | Beloit, Wis. Carlton, Wis. Ashford, Wis. | Beloit, Wis. Marion Co., Ohio. | Milwaukee, Wis. Dayton, Ohio. | Milwaukee, Wis. Columbus, Ohio. - Columbus Ohio. | White Pine, Nev. | Burlington, Iowa. | Columbus, Ohio. | Beloit, Wis. | Dublin, Ohio. Beaver(GrecoeBleanriallst | oe ce 6 ce ce ce Glasboro, N. J. Arneytown, N. J. Waukesha, Wis. Vincentown,N. J. Atlantic Highlands, N. J. | Beaver Creek, Blk. Hills. Hills. WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. CEPHALOPODA. (179) NaME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. Wrens Leceman, Ceoréciem en | ee — Cephalopoda— Continued. | es BELEMNITES. | P ambiguus Mortom...........ccsecereesece eeeseeeseeeees Pal. IN, J., Vol. 2, p. 282, not figured PACRIN Guim lilivec see senders pectstecaeses (Gretee eye eeenee | Timber Creek, N. J. PAUTIETICANUS lis) fewsenclacesss@ssersnssrneeesesercesioes s¢ Pi. Ai Figs. 1-2 ¢: SA teesetsneee: weeeeseneenees Cret. L. Moo... | New Jersey. “ COMMER EE RR Wa ST, aa G6 GG ‘« 3-7 and I0-II iRittgers| College y.cssessessesvessess OG Cai eseacG 3G Cigars Sede ca enc actenaea ta sestsaseseeabees. G6 Ot Gt CER 0 PR rocco ccccidatk cro sccods PAGE IVnO ING: (lia scrastakcaseewenoreen ees |), 9G Lee esenene eae Rid a Je KI GTISTIS MV lem Combe veinsreneiiiisesckiserieiretietivnssecucceresescl Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 6, Figs. 15-10.........-..0000 Ls acueee (Witla ten MUSH ace. ccs.socreeeeee ons | JCUEISSIC. rrecoocanoncos | Belle Fou ie Blk. Hills. CYRTOCERAS. =| | brevicurvatum Whitf., type............ceseerseeeeeeees Geol. Wis. ; Vol A PL 6) Fig., 23.2:..0cdaee seer eee Whatitic (CARE cnososooo5n: n900600D0000000 | Trenton ............... | Beloit, Wis. RAAT TIAN el all sete eieiapeeite sessed -esere(clscsce/clries sso & fs pny (0 Paepernencr peocic a3 ef G6, eanachapaneddoonesaoCDeEeeee CO SEER EEBOED | « “ eesgatione Isl We \Wo5 18710) Son oncsosnc0ces-bo00050c000nconD 40th Paral oie Vol. a Pl. 6, Fig. 15 Wee Ome Nate wus eceeceeres doses | Coal Measures...... White Pine, Ney. cretaceum Whitf., ‘‘ N. Y. Acad. Sats Vols eblnd;) Bigsus2=2-echers Saneeer Wintvey Galli fas. 5. tccaeeteea seine eatin sale | Up. Helderb........ Dublin, Ohio. Herzeri H. & W., ‘‘ Pal.-Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 8, Figs. 7-8 | cals nese ganeeeeeee Mee ewes : | Niagara | Cedarville, Ohio, infundibulum Whitf., type.............scessseseeeeeees Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 20, Figs. 4-5 & Racine, Wis. Miya Cellar Oca hes EY DC valscaserctesvenercsscessereet acres Teall, Olav, WO 2, TAL fh, LNs @percoodonencoscadou=o0Cde basen : ce Yellow Springs, Ohio. planodorsatum Whitf., type .. | Geol. Whss , Vol. 4, Pl. 7, Figs. 10-12 Wives Calif ene me as-sccsecsesceces Trenton | Beloit, Wis. Mectuny Wihith: tyPO-s..cecccrccscececseece seer sssecesenes 86 ce ORD ARE ROSS ne hee Rea ons. Wish Ste Coll. ..css.ccscosceececsesnte (GUAM scosncooncenenc |-Carlton, Wis. DISCOCERAS. eomordesvidlal lees pace. cn een iccsece css Sevedecaecesievieste Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 20, Fig. 6........cs0cssseecseeesenerees Wiistoten Collie cemscccscerees mate sma Wea catravesses.>.tetnes | Ashford, Wis. ENDOCERAS. 5 | (CAMEROCERAS) subannulatum Whitf., type........./ Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 7, FigS 15-16..........:sssscseeeeee (Wyte (Cali canpoonnoeadsessebro5s 00000 | TNRESINOND) conocanooo8e | Beloit, Wis. GOMPHOCERAS. | amphora Whitf., type.............. ING YepAcad Scit, Vole 5; ble 75) Higa Ole seeeeeee eee Columbia College.................04 Up. Helderb...... | Marion Co., Ohio. breviposticum Whitf., type Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 26, Fig. 15 Wis: Sti Collecinecen: acseciisaee caster Hamilton............ | Milwaukee, Wis. IBIS SBEIEROC AV asf CV CAcosetclivaicisctio scree oeeaecssesetacecss Pale@hios Volie25 Plies) High ihycctes .scessteeeereee Ohio St. Coll.......... Ween cwoes es | Hud. River | Dayton, Ohio. fusiforme Whitf., ... | Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 26, Fig, 16 Wiisee sts Colle sccaaseracsecoemetecsces elamarltonieeseeseerees | Milwaukee, Wis. Ly ALLMAN VIM IE ten iby POneeneccectincsrciicck cass asmsieaesscu cscs N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 8, Fig. 1, and Pl. 9, Fig.1. | Hyatt Brothers....................... Up. Helderb....... Columbus, Ohio. PIBIOLCOSEMVV MI Tian ity PEt we eceiececesccnescenessresnesscce N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 8, Fig. 4, and Pl. 9, Fig. 2, : | Pll 20; Bigs) 627 nics eccnssadscanen eee ee ee Wnivss Califieyccncsssresccdeneetane Up. Helderb........ | Columbus Ohio. GONIATITES. SGI URI OCANV LV Ov eicetinai suse stncsateceu'seesanidenceaes 4oth Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 6, Figs. Q-14.......scc0e-0+ Wi, Se INat, INNEG, connococearcooseeonod | Coal Measures...... | White Pine, Nev. OAS MN VE ROCHA nts MOY DCac bess. cceseissscevscece senses Proce Bostanse Nati) Oli Ships 4 OS sen-seteeeee sear PAWS MIRMIN 3 SEL ecisdadeacucoveess sees Wav erlyzeeessceneese Burlington, Iowa. GYROCERAS. | Columbiense Whitf., Sie SOs J2CR OSD OO HONGO AB OG DROSAIGAC Ne epAcads Sci.) Vole5, Ble 05 Bice iGrenscecssemieameeect |) hari (Cen sacanaconcasnoaecops0nDH000 | Up. Helderb........ | Columbus, Ohio. PaCOSta tine sehen “ns es, woteneeciceseeeessseosses (Calla WLS Wl 715 IBN 7/5 UNG i canapoocosnceannn ossh>-.cneed 6 COPA aaa AACS NERC RDEECrEE siventonieese-meme Beloit, Wis. _seminodosum ‘‘ OO SesonnonGo ne snbADHOBEOsAAeAAIC) N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 8, Fig. 5......sccsseccseneeenee “ Ct Ty dob codgooncgecbnnceadoo Up. Helderb........ | Dublin, Ohio. HELICOCERAS. Ms TASCEMSCMV UNO E caisr sinc daahincnes senatostans seidees c Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 14, Hig? 0); Ply rhs bigeOmesaweete-. Wetsb INN MNES Sosasqoassenneabecbe0 Crete wcqroreudeernns | Beaver Creek, TEs, Hills. SrevensonU WiDIE type... . Columbia College. .............000 Atlantic Highlands, N. J. Memon WRI YPC, .teescesceransnnsics-ssnessencennas exp. Bik, Hills, Pl. 15, Figs. 1-4......sss+cscssensesigieceses (Wise Nate MIS. cc s.aecs weet vcesse Beaver Creek, Blk. Hills. LITUITES. : multicostatus Whitf., type............:sessccsseeeseeees Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 20, Fig. 7.......::csseecereredd - (ee peag WisiiS tole ences ccevonecatsee' Niagara .......6.000++ Waukesha, Wis. NAUTILUS. . ravens Gal Dy iby per. <.6--.5:nertreuserecsevendnesesecese~s Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 38, Figs. 5-6.......csceccreesveeserene FAGIN 3). 1281 scooonbenrenconapoen Cret. M. M......... Vincentown,N. J. WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. - (WHERE PUBLISHED. Cephalopoda— Continued. NAvuTILus—Continued. Cooki Whitf., type........:secceeeeceneceeeeereeeeneeeees Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 48, Fig. 1, Pl. 49, Figs. Dekayi Morton, type ......2+ seseeeee seeeeees seneeeeee ee He SO GG 8 fh OG alc cccconne=0 cc GG BG te) a opp udoqnodasacononuco0ceaeb gs ss Be 6 66 37, EN EO eeeeaeeaeeeme “ “ iG WLLL a ti Buea eM seats att ue Ke ©6966 160 2 RO SR aoa aaa “~~ yar. Montanensis Meek...........seseeeeseeeee Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 16, Figs. 10-11...........-. Ortoni Whitf., type........c.cceeeeeee renee eee eeneeeneeees N. Y. Acad. Sc., Vol. 5, Pl. 16, Fig. 20....... pauper . “‘ GG Pie sacebend odedapcodeudsocooNSc2qe000 ef sors erce CPG OG Gil 93 Bao | (GYROCERAS ?) subquadrangularis Whitf., type... be MCC Cme sci) IO)! ( TEMNOCHEILUS ) spectabilis M. & W...........0+++ ss Gh ge sc (ee 66 74 ONCOCERAS. mummiforme Whitf., type........:csecceeeeeeeereee enone Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 6, Figs. 3-5...+++++-+0+5: Pandion Hall .............ececeecececeeeeceenseeseseeees UE Gg ROEM ECORI R aS: ea oceocc ns. ORTHOCERAS. anellum Conrad........cesceceeseeseeceeceeseeceeeessenees Geol. Wis., Vol. 4. Pl. 7, Fig. 13..-+.+se+--+0e+ annulatum Sowerby.........scsceeeeeeeeee eee ee eee eeeres Ge a GG GG iio} SF I. Socasocésoes bos 3¢ GG) 158 sh anaocnGoonacodessdbonpsacodascoc Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 9, Fig. 1......esseeeeeee Carleyi H. & Woe......seeccseeeseeeseertsoeescesrenseens geet SG e ye CON MO) coasaaccocoscc: - Carltonense Whitf., type.......scseeeeeee essen eee ecees Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 24, Fig. 5.......-----+«:- crebescens Hall........cecceeeeececcececeerceeesecetsscess Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 9, Fig. 2........ Bho lcuee Duseri H. & W., type.....cscececeeeeeeereeeeeeeeerseees WeGGa oi GG CUS WE. er nen scee oH Jamesi us GG. Tir jbasssodobogososdesogongaadsadca (leans Ue iCie Ola I CU 20 co ocenccoaoae: nuntium Haall..............eeceeeeececeeee scenes seeeeeeee | N. VY. Acad: Sci. Vol.°s5, Pl. 7, Migs t—2")-c.. planoconvexum TBE gasacsssocadsocobsocaaboadaangec0ee | Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 7, Fig. 14....---...---:+« strix H. & W., type.....ccccececserescreres caceeeeeneees | Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 9, Fig. 3...-.--sseseeeeeees turbidum H. & W., tyPé.....-..-cceeec seers ree eeeteeees eae OSCE CONTE EUG oF cgnaqcosce cc00000 77 Wauwatosense Whitf., type. .......e.eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 19, Fig. 2.......----+00e: ( ACTINOCERAS. ) Beloitense Whitf., type........... | Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 8; Higiieeeeccecceteaaee us ie ss 00 Sscndedgade eeroosttasee be 6 66 TO.) 66 | SO—VOM ee aco eke PHRAGMOCERAS. ellipticum H. & W., type.......seseesesersrereeteeseees | Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2. Pll 8) Higeeiileesesssene seco Hoyi Whitf., type ......-sesceseeeeeeeeretece eee e erections | Geol Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 19. Figs. 4and 5 ....... § « yar. compressum Whitf., type. |S & C6 6 Oe OCS eee ee . Jabiatum Whitf., type.........-.seeeeeeeeeeeeereeeeee noes peace es 6666 (CG i) Ce 2 eee ea . Nestor Hall..........cscsescererece cescsceercececeescscees iPeaes ce 666 COT ON) CON a reese Raeiane parvum H. & W. type.......ccseseeesecereeseeeeesseess Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 8, Fig. 10.........2--+0++++ PRIONOCYCLUS. Wyomingensis Meek.........cccceeeeseseseeeseseneseees | Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 14, Figs. I-3..-----+--++++ | PTYCHOCERAS. crassum Whitf., type....eecseccsecneseece este erseeeeeees | Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 16, Figs. 3-6.....---.---++- Meekanum Whitf., type..........::sceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees PRTC MC COE CS 0 Fs eoon. (SOLENOCERAS ) annulifer Morton, type........-.-++ | Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 45, Figs. 6-8.......2+000 SCAPHITES. hippocrepis DeKay, type.....----++seseeeeeereseeeeeeees | Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 44, Figs. 8-12........+.-- Tris Conrad, type .......ceesseeeeeseessceeeeeaeeeeeeceeees (es § ce iam CG UG CONSID Eo fe sco: NOGOSUS OWEN......cecsecceeeccececceecencesensencenceenes | Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 13, Figs. 12......+0+++++++ es 0G | a senannaoosascuacaqcgooacasdogssca0 550060008 | Pal. N. g., Vol. 2, Pl. 44, Figs. 13-14..--..--+. ‘6 yar. brevis Meek .........seeeeeeeeceeeerereeee Expl. Bik. Hills, Pl. 13, Figs. 8-9........++++++- as «© quadrangularis M. & H......eee seer Bane Bays: co 66 6 6 TORTI. osname CEPHALOPODA. (180) WHERE LOCATED. GEOLOGICAL AGE. LOCALITY. ampaers College: sas. .c..ccrcecsrees- ANS Na SB ga ee ene nee Ee ereoer Xo DIG AINIGRLS IBAA ARABS sea reer eee Fumtesers) Colle gescne sess -scscscesc ss: Re SeNat. Mus: oo. ..ceccsecees eee Wolumbia Colleges... ...-2.2¢-2.+>%- EMS Sy ATO WSoeci ides cee ces, Slaie | Balumbia Collegersw. c.c-scss-ce wey Be a. iT « rane LG aera pews ; a f es \ Pi wel, - : 2 : 2 . ~~ ~~ is ey es > - aa aay f yi ; 2 > a - aso, 7 » in a & se i! The WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. NAME, Ganke AND niGeecime: WHERE PUBLISHED. GeanniopodaConnnaey ScaPHITES—Continued. 5 TEMMOLDUSMVLOLtOM:scosenn. sac eececiscwase cseesttenenete Fal IN. Ji, Viols25 Bli 44) Bigs 30 .:-cceeesseeee eae SIMINISMVY Lithia l VDC. uacesncrssas ceeivssecsenaanenr ss cares cs 6 OEE EE 86 RIGS. 12. ance eee \ il eraaeyaitl NY (GY Fee Sa oe EAA aounnee nach anatencce Expl Blk. LU, Pl. 13, Figs. I=4........c0s0 seen! NVyOroIn SENSIS PMICE Ke crcskissscecmceccetecssceaesnees os DO ONG ifecocnocasossdo000-: TREMATOCERAS. Winoensegwihithy, ty erated. vaceuacesanecesecnesaaeee N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 10, Figs. 3-4........ TURRILITES. | ; PAUPETONV NIELS, LY DCs sc.cescesesaneseued concenactseecenns Pal. N. J., Vol. 2,:Pl. 45, Vigs.G—5eecpeeeeces see ANNELIDA. ARENICOLITES. Wood Witt, sity perasss-e caleat sroneees i sbesasenoeagacene Geol. Wis:, Vol. 4, Pl. 2) Pigs: 1—33-heessseeeneeee a Bete 2 woah ch. ws vnalices ea cucme see aueeaeh ees ocean eee | Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 2, Fig. 25...-::steseeee ee SPIRORBIS. anthracosia, Wihith., types. -.1-.cseeeseeeeee encanto eee | N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 16, Figs. 18-109..... CRUSTACEA. AGLASPIS. Baton Vhiths, type \s.icns.c..cssceaheeee eee eee | Geol. Wis., Vol..4, Pl. 10, Bigs 110s... ssc eee AGNOSTUS. | Bammunissh..a& W., type .i:....0sseeeeeee ae | 4oth Parall. Surv., Voltas sr lean Figs. 28-20. .208 IN GONBILERGEAWE (TYPO cvsecs.cscse nos eeteeee ee eee | 6G CG" 8G. GG 26-27... ; pPEcloneussht Gc W., type ......ssenemereeceee ere Wrage St 3G 6666 O63 eee tumidosus ‘* ‘* ‘ OS eevee cescdeceeepeneneccsesces ease ge ee 66 ON SOs EE Oe. See AGRAULUS. | (BaTHYuRUS) Woosteri Whitf., type..............066 Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 1, Figs: 19-21-23) {sees ARIONELLUS. BOUMCHUS ANVIL, tYPC.............00csepeseuaneenseeetes Geol, Wis.,, Vol. 4, Plt, Higa t7z:.cessseneeeeeeeee EapunctatusmyWhith., ity pe. <...........00sasseseeoeesee ee | Capt. Ludlow’s Rept., 1875, Pl. 1, Figs. 3-5...... ARISTOZOE, BAPIACEMSISMMY MILE, LYPC........0.c000sececceitgeesectece | N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 12, Figs. 17-182) 28 ASAPHUS. | Homalonotoides: Walcott.............scecesccsesesecece | Geol. NVis: » Vol. 4 >>I. 5, Big: Qase ence sees pS MOA Memenc acide ssc cine «6 scecascescieaisscecace toutes 6606 665 SS 2 PO anes BALANUS. | PEOUCUISM CONLAG Me ascent Sone ncissic obs vcidls ovacwavececesecs Mioc. N. J., Pl. 24, Figs. 18=237)--sscesneseeaseaan BATHYURUS. i OBONIPEHSIS bles Go Weg t¥PCssn-c-500s0esedeeceretce ose 40th Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 1, Figs. 33-34...-04 BEYRICHIA. SETS Ae MIL EK ests th ceaseth avenscesi ose sacee' Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2) 1A As Figs: 11-12)... 6...cccaeee SECU CEAR aN scutes tc eemens wos ccSacexes totes svcte's 66° Q=10. 22.3.5: Acnixatagey. “Gc WW SEY PC! ccsccs ves cote ves soceccesses 6 se 66 88 0-7 ...c0s0ee 2s nee BMS HAM ty Pea oxctvutsises os cose nudes sveceteutcase es “e 66 Fig. 8.....0.+0.ss00 eee BRONTEUS. SEEMIBINY AVVNITE. 5 LYE cus ssoraecaveneetasesccvosnvecedss Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl: 22, Figs. 14 .....0seee see CALYMENE. RGMINCEV WET ALL CY DE .cnvacstovnscovcancusesicescnssceusces Pal. Ohio, Vol; 2; Pi. 4, Figs. 13-15. ..s..cc-seeseeea NSHP ARCTISISCET ANS co acnsecstuwen sh acuedoue tattsccceceenceek £16,566 “I4=15)...ceecetecsecee CEPHALOPODA—ANNELIDA—CRUSTACEA. (181) WHERE LOCATED. GEOLOGICAL AGE. | LOCALITY. neeeeee eeeccosce eeeccesee eceeccces eer ceccce ee veccese | | | ROUEN Nis er ie ce oe ce Smee eee wee es cece eesee Wink alifeti. oc. ecccass LySecodsdad Rit serse Collesionmesseresteeseee secre | IEA Wemviood (Wiss st. Collie... Wer Sap Nate NUS ioc secccsececnemncee (What, (CENTER SA A aatie meme Nn aston | We So INlate) WWGIGY Sneccaeosooseddoocsbe ce 66 ‘ eee reese sees escseneee oe 66 ce ce see cce ees ccccsccsscce 66 66 6e¢ ce Sry Columbia College ...........0.000.0- (pra Cal nee a ee ee ce ce Cr cceeecesescccss ee sccsssece IRsnfveeres) (Colles soccdocosouopssddecd Wo 'tSe INEM, MUTE oscacoaccaonacesoob00 Bec e ccc ereccseeccccsececece (3 66 eeeecesscescoccosssesesecsce ene BIEN Oincpsoneesipodcedosncnuoes \WHS: Sis Call bcceedoponbaonacosoucc cde Wate, CAN eee rc ececocecr ese. ceeers seee See ceeceseee ce ce | eer eeereree (Gre teleseMicns aera: secre seeeee eee creat eee eee eee eee eee eeeee eee e ec csseee Arentoneecessecncans WORST socacousasoec ce eccecesecece Cees ceceeres Ceeecesecoce Seeeescceace | Copy of type figure. | Delaware ? | Beaver Creek, Blk. Hills. ce oe ce ee | Columbus, Ohio. | Neversink Hills, N. J. | Baraboo, Wis. Warrens Peak, Blk. Hills. Marietta, Ohio. | Lodi, Wis. White Pine, Nev. Eureka, Nev. 66é oe oe ce Eau Claire, Wis. Ironton, Wis. Camp Baker, Mon. Ottawa Basin, Canada. Grant Co., Wis. Apple Riv., Wis. Shiloh, N. J. White Pine, Nev. Cincinnati, Ohio. 66 66 6eé 66 Kewaunee, Wis. Oxford, Ohio. Eaton, Ohio. WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. CE PHALOPODA—ANNELIDA—CRUSTACEA. (181) i == "a ——— = = SSS NaME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. ' Viti IL : = — ——— 2 » CATED. 5 Werevonesa Res LocaLity. Cephalopoda—Continued. 4 = i ‘ ScapHitEs—Continued. | reniformis Morton........-sscssecceeeseeceenesseeseesenees Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 44, Fig. 3-.sscesseeessssssssnsQestererse | cress | similis Whitf., type......----seesecceeeeeeseeenesensenees PEMA ET COMTRMCMRR SESE E occa cobssee / egy oct ENR | cyteeteiseetcneeees ees | Copy of type fi Warreni Meek.......ssccceseceeeeeceeeseeeesceseecreecsons Expl Blk. Hills, Pl. 13, Figs. 1-4...sceceseneseeeeeemParereeee N. S. Nat ee Se aa | Cret. LM eee | Scenes gure, Wyomingensis Meek.......ssecsesecssrserstetercessneess * CO TCO C0 eis} //poodgconcon0c9009°79 poe GOS Se eit: eee ais | BEEN: Ogee, TBE Hills. TREMATOCERAS Hee ee =i er | ee Ohioense Whitf., tyPpe...--..-+esseseceeeesseeeeneceesees N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 10, Figs. 3-4....+-sseefreeee Univ. Calif........ U | ee ae | p- Helderb........ Columbus, Ohio. pauper Whitf., type.....-s-cerssesecseeersceeesnesesecets Pal. N. J., Vol. 2, Pl. 45, Figs. 1-5....:1seecssseeeees | fBroada Rutgers College . ANNELIDA. FES cnsocaace np eee pence leGreteitn Mier. cesses | Neversink Hills, N. J. ARENICOLITES. | | Woodi Whitf., type.....-..2e+-ceseeeeescrrereeecenersons Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 2, Figs. 1-3....:-s:ssesess-ees Fr oaaiee WwW. Ww : BP cele cot sieees cco erst snrmonsrserainsscveeeeseeees Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 2, Hige 250s. ance cares eee i S. Nara tS el Ce | Baraboo, Wis. BE | csicwnin conece. [ibn -tmelerecictnetws'a | Warrens Peak, Blk. Hills. anthracosia Whitf., type ...:.-.++esseeseeeraeeeeeceeees N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 16, Figs. 18-19......4:.---. Columbia C | | BRGeRNGEA. ’ , Olumbia College ........:--.-s+5-- Coal Measures...... | Marietta, Ohio. AGLASPIS. Eatoni Whitf., type ......cceseeceeeeeeecnsese see ecensee ss Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 10, Fig. 11.....:cseeeseerereee Socion60 Univ. Calif. FES i. , , | MULVPRC Al teenie sianials veces sracedec ess Potsdam ............ | Lodi, Wis. communis H. & W. 4oth Parall. Surv. Vol. 4, Pl. 1, Figs. 28-29...9-..+-.--- U.S. N: | oe & W., eee of s BE VO ian ae ee Jr lat Has oapeanG000000000D000 Potsdam............. | White Pine, Nev. prolongus H. & W., type nq -RepANATENO NEaQODIOTEDOASOLO ee GG G3 6666 66 EE BO BT ap eee renee Sea Ch = i ee ee eee Eureka, Nev. tumidosus ‘6 ©6 8 “6 cesscacccceeseeecerneseesenees c6 OC G6 CCC Y-. Pr tooo iG. We i, a oe ee | eS 66 fc (BATHYURUS) Woosteri Whitf., type.......---++++ Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 1, Figs. 19-21... ---+--dfsssseeees Wis. St. Coll Te ge ec Eau Claire, Wis. convexus Whitf., type......-..-:seeseeerssee sees eerecens Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 1, Fig. 17-.:-:001 sssee0+- Wis. St. Coll. tripunctatus Whitf., type..---+--+-s--ssseeeeeeesseeseess Capt. Ludlow’s Rept., 1875, Pl. 1, Figs. 3-5---peeeees+ URGMINAE Niigtens ater re Potsdam ............ Tronton, Wis. See eee i <9 seseeeeeeees. | Camp’ Baker, Mon, ARISTOZOE. Canadensis Whitf., type....----s.ssesseerereessrereerees N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 12, Figs. 17-18. : Columbia College ... mrent cena ill Tic EE ee - i EMD cnnaqaccoones Ottawa Basin, Canada. homalonotoides Walcott........-:ssesssssecseresseseees Cool Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 5, Fig. 4.--:.:essseerssreedeesees Univ. Calif.. Y Susce Calvin.....cccecececeseseecce cesses eeeeseaesecccanees a 6G 08 GG FR II Fi), Lis RTT aera Nae se Ve 2 ee ot ey Grant Co., Wis. Wie iceccorege: coeatheltnsl iieeme Apple Riv., Wis, roteus Conrad.....sssscesseeeeeceeesteerseeesesseasacenee Mioc. N. J., Pl. 24, Figs. 18-23....secssseeserereedetssreees Rutgers College..... , Pons. d j 8 RELA encecro20000 90)59009000 Miocene,..........-+- Shiloh, N. J. Pogonipensis Hi. & W.,, type....e:ececneeeeeseeeeereeee 4oth Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 1, Figs. 33-34-0:-4r-++ Ws Sb BNEtts WIRES os snnoonecnonoosecenod A 7 Pe ira. ? 4 gs. 3 Quebec ..........+.5. White Pine, Nev. Chambersi S. A. Miller......scseevessserseeeeseeceeees alle Oi, Vol. 2 Tell. eo Figs. T1-12....0+-0+ee-0e+ (haiti, (CE ieasenpeencecnoconcicaceéooce Tehitél, ISN ponooosec Cincinnati, Ohio. occulifera Hall........:.ceseseeeereeerere steers 66 Q-TO .sseeeeeeeeenees CO a co, “ « quadrilirata H. & W., type ae & CRIN 0 7 JP REPPEEEEOOL eo Ses, 6 Teton ie “ AG tumifrons Hall, type.......-.seeecsseseeeeeeererseeeeeees ce “ 6 Big. 8..c:cccccseseeeseeers James Hall ?.........0sc0.--eeeeneere i ae “ & = Te EE Oe Laphami Whitf., type .....---ecsseseesserrersesersssees Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 22, Figs. 14 «-..:1ssescrrdesnereess AWG, Sin (Clo E pag saneecaoonncopscrocdo Niagara .......<.-+05 Kewaunee, Wis. CALYMENE. ) Christyi Hall, type......ssssssserereeesseeeecereneens Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 4, Figs. 13-15 A. M. ae Leas = cv ai th atneeiee Hud. Riv... Oxford, Ohio. Niagarensis TEGO oes pein Reenter rere Ecce 66, ‘© 14-15 Univ. Callif.....ccecsesseceesesseeeeees Niagara .....-ce0eee Eaton, Ohio. ‘ Pe ee a bean, yn = WR ag WS y c ae fea. ai Cae em [Sate abee rae w F Ane OR San a % id es Ph at h ; . ¢ ; 9 3 : ‘ a) \ is 0. : . ; ; ’ ‘ 2 . \ F rie ££ : : ‘ ’ ' 4 . ‘ Uy ee . * ¥ ; ; r ‘ , ‘ : hd é es J \ ; a : * : : * ' eer Satay WHITFIELD : LIST OF FOSSILS. NAME, Gone AND ) Sphere Cries CHARIOCEPHALUS. tumifrons H. & W., CONOCEPHALUS. Continued. calymenoides Whitf., ype hosp doobloosadadusacbesscadnnoge ee ? quadratus, subcoronatus H. & W., ( PrEROCEPHALUS) laticeps, type (PrycHAsPis) explanatus Whitf., type CREPICEPHALUS. centralis Whitf., type... ? Gibbsi ac aos onustus cs Sie kes planus oy Sa Bites (BatHyurus) angulatus H. & W., (L Deane: Lus) anytus H. & W. granulosus, H. & W. pEUY Deresccente GC Haguei leboae Nise type SSE RaEEB RAE 6¢ Montanensis Whitf., ty Depicscsanee ss unisulcatus H, oS W. Sy LYDOHceeect cc maculosus Se elcten sre 8 nitidus “s SOP bags: | GG quadrans se sive annecd Ke simulator ce Syaiiichens DALMANIA. breviceps Hall, type DIKELLOCEPHALUS, Barabuensis Whitf., ty Fer e ew eeerercrcssseceseresces Uy Owe einisle sereieleinelaleietenisleiecietale ser eecccceseee Pete eee reer e ns ee roc rsceescesese ewe tem eee ease esc or esses oreseree Ce ee ee ary Perec ees c ccc ccs es eeeeseceeecaces , type eee ee rerccseee Ce [DScacacusdanorddomsbacsdcoonnee erassimarpsinata Whitf., type....:.....sescse Vel 45°Pl." 4) Bigs: (6 —1Os sees aE EMI Bac «Se oc! 6c ce 66 (73 ce Dr -I7 shy sateen aged Bavalll SUING Vol. ye Pl. 2, Figs. 29-30. GG Go ii, Ln. 3685 ce 6“ 6“ ““ 66 2, 36 Bie | Geol. Wisp Vee 4, Pl, 10; Hise SC ‘¢ 27, Bigs: 12=lGeeeee WG BG ee 66" By: CLUS seeeeeetane | 4oth Farall. Surv, Well 4, Ply 2, Fics ares GG ‘“* 1, Figs. 37-40. 66 e 6é 66 GG" Ti, Fig. BI sstcc - | N.Y. Acad Sci. Vol. 5, Pl. 125 Fig. 16....... 66 ce 6é 6“ 3 Figs. oa Geol. Wis.,. Volo4, Plea, Fig. 1Sicseeeeeeeee Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, BING: Big. 16):eseeeseeeeen N. Y. Aca d. Sci.; Molt 55 Pl. 5) Bigsagr 32 CRUSTACEA. WHERE LOCATED. | GEOLOGICAL AGE. LOCALITY. teeoe seaee eee ease. Reece eeeee oaecee peecce Wis, Sie Coll og cracaacnnoanescescaccdc U. S. Nat. Mus WWirsueo tn Collies eseetgreaasctecces OC CC Se Ut SAR aaa NaCl ete WreScaNatseNitissesee nn cutenmecoceecs se Gi OCG ee Re aria era ene Sear cab ce oe 6é Ree i pe " CaO erat cs sha s Ease Cae . Ca ena ee or er ie Po i ce ae, lay a : ees oe Pare 40th Parall. Surv. Vol. 4, Pl. 2, Figs. 38-39................. | U. S. Nat. Mus........00...0cc00 Potsdam. ............ | White Pine, Ney. CONOCEPHALUS. | calymenoides Whitf. , pe Heauioe as Satinstei|eistcinclscelsiseane Ceol Wis:, Vol. 4, Pl. 3, Wigs, 2=Ss-ccessesecees amiss seers NWissmns ten Olin te eresiacenieaess chee | Potsdam ........0.++. Eau Claire, Wis. ? quadratus, Re Cier Ree ccan ce cacetatince woe cae se fc eT, ERSTO eee OG Ge dcduOaenaCee eRe Dee Lvs Aes, eames 6 "6 subcoronatus H. & W., type...........eceseecerseeeeeee Ree Parall. Surv., Wells 4 Pl. 2, Fig. 1.. Wire Sea Nath IMIS cack acs sicceersacccey IN@WeDee crenata ste Ute Park, Utah. ( PTEROCEPHALUS) laticeps, type .................000 a & (oy Higss 4-7. a OO 1 Saunde a6 SaaE See Boaee | Potsdam ...........+5 | White Pine, Nev. (PTYCHASPIS) explanatus Whitf., type .............. Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, PI, 1, Bigs, 27—28 nee eatr eee WS, (Sis (Coll iecoasonsossanbccemoccae Re See eo kate | Hudson, Wis. CREPICEPHALUS. | CEMtralis VV DI thyss types eaeeesece areca tee cieerinn ce cenle Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 2, Figs. 21-24..........sssesssssesseeee We Se Jets INOUE coconqoaecececedoone | Potsdam............. | Castle Creek, Blk. Hills. ? Gibbsi ‘<‘ GG pe De ge ae roe Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 10, Figs, 12-13........-...eessceee0s Vitis (Si, (Goll ceespancococeconemeetoc GG ie ie Geeanaeee Berlin, Wis. onustus ‘¢ RS ose nalsies'slocas faceac@sesvelssaccsaces ue G6 0 Thy INGE, 222 3h cncpeccoson. canner fs oY | GG © gecconnenene Eau Claire, Wis. planus GG CCE WRI ee A a Expl. Blk. Hills, Pl. 2, Fig. BOR aces aoe ee ae eee PR U.S. Nat. Mus (Gd at ee | Castle Creek, Wis. (Batuyurus) angulatus H. & W., type...........- 4oth Parall. Ung Vol. Ane lic2 ei a2 Oeeeaees ees ste oy eo LT stesareh Satleel iat | White Pine, ‘Nev. (Losrsieie busy) anytus H. & W. , type Sdhsecevesens a ue 69 Rigs TG=2Trn.ates saeane OS eens CO OE aoa ac asissens | Schell Creek, Nev. granulosus, H. &W., type......... aor Parall. Sur. Vratl A tee 2y FIGS) 2—3) Factee ees. seece ce ae GSE Ban eneacecne | Eureka; Nev. oe Haguei H. & W., type aasneon0%0n er OO UA Se ocnctnomaanincens ss es NE Mos atantnees | Pogonip Mts., Nev. de Montanensis Whitf., type......... Capt. aie Rept. lips: ‘pL, I, Figs. 1-2...... eis cs es EONS Canaecinscees | Camp Baker, Mont. ce unisulcatus H, & W., type ...... foul Parall. SN Woke 4, re. 2; Figs. 22-23 ae G6 CS er oanneaBacean Eureka Ney. cf maculosus B9 Cents 2 Fmt ey a COR Morcecwhiessies © | ts oC a6 nitidus a OS Pane bg eS oe ef £¢ ee 8-10... Oe fs Oe asOBOOeR OER BG @ fs quadrans GG SOS pee ie Ob se a (SWE Weees ay ss @iWebe Creramsreeer se Call’s Fort, Utah. G6 simulator co Cl ea lee’ GG ce OC Gg “16-18 OG cS Potsdam........ ..... Eureka, Nev. DALMANIA. | Dotevicepstbtalliy type sacucsccececatncacecss-noneevinweset de | Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 4, Figs 16—17.........eccsccm-seeo--> ENMOMEOIN SED. aneeneascheccsasanaeie Hud. Riv............ Lebanon, Ohio. DIKELLOCEPHALUS, Barabuensis Whitf., type..............cesceseeeeneeees Ceol Nis: ., Wel. 4, Pl. 4, Figs. 6-10........c.ecceseereeeeeeee Wnivs Calify..c. cssecsneecs seaetseee. Calciferous.......... Baraboo, Wis. crassimarginata Whilf., type..............-cseseceees | Ste CCF... 8 AS apenas onee = GG Potsdam ..........--. | Lodi, Wis. TDialvoart Wi, Nf elspcoseeetcupsespedeceGaceersceereeee reels ae CEG aries USS SI 20 GG ..... | Calciferous... Baraboo, Wis. flabellifer H. & W., type Reese een ahosememadeeaiee | roid Parall. Surv. Vol. 4, Pl. 2, Figs. U. S. Nat. Mus Potsdam...... ... | White Pine, Nev. gothicus 06) BG sopseanddnnn Asonondenacsasacnd os a s GO iis lhe, ae Quebec............--- Call’s Fort, Utah. lobatus “6 Cra cate RN Sir ct ei Ses 6 ee « « 2 6 GG CE 6 ee ssannoconagoconNeDS Potsdam..,... ... | Eureka, Nev. Heodensis) Wihitf,, ‘type s..c2.....0-n2sece-nusenseeceee ee Gell WG F Wok: Ay bl) Os, Hilgae 4 Gece smeesceemente ee coo || Wists (Caisse nccstonnssonncoencenecag 66> aeons Lodi, Wis. : CG ce Ge eS a an a ee oe aoe ue T2=geeeeeee oe CO TO er an BOP PHCEROOTOCOCORGOd Ce RR se locnc: Prairie du Sac, Wis. Minnesotensis Owen, Sp..........2ssceececeeaccesscasess Mt oY He LCS 298 A laeee Adee eRe soa |} Whig, St (Colle pconopscoxcpoconnecn0 Be s tees nent eee Mazomania, Wis. multicinctus H. & W., type .--.....cccc.cccceceseeeeee 4oth Parall. Surv. Vol. 4, Pl. a . Fig. DP emaccon ... | U.S. Nat. Wis ondnbdonacéonnsensca. GB eeocoracaoene Eureka, Nev. quadriceps ce CE aie isa eat eee heeds 6 6 “ L Figs. 37—-40.... ie CORY S C(Giiparnas Or asec cleelscinstinnsosaees @ebec cere. ener Ute Park, Utah. Wahsatchensis ‘‘ foe A seats aeeneerenr neces & = oe gs GG Th Ie. Boenanee ean - DPIC aocoobpsnocoD00a900005 Cece ysee es Call’s Fort, Utah. ECHINOCARIS. $ B multinodosa Whitf. , Sipe Edaise be esapleswantoteen mondeieuils N. Y. Acad Sci. Vol. 5, Pl. 12, Fig. 16...........00+-0++ Columbia College Erie shales.......... Leray; (Olin, pustulosa Ne noe con ascgane seine neste tes BG fe Lv ee cf aie ( ae P Bccepecdco y sublzevis On Chai a Ss bens wart et wise S os es es o6 G6 06 “e we = A Baccicooe R ~ ELLIPTOCEPHALUS. - Wi GURUS NOTE MEY PCrenestispeleijraoica\stessessasceneienosset Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 1, Fig. 18.........cccceceeeserte coet* VK Si (CONE soccpaasbscppcneocuc0cen Potsdam...........++. Hudson, Wis. ENCRINURUS. . : , Wallan Gurioes Ohio ormatus EL. G2 Wi, type: <2.c0..sececsercsccceeesecaresses Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 6. Fig. 16...........cccescnecerteertre’® (ORBIT (CHINE .cncooonnanbacsconecosodce5 Niagara group...... ellow Springs, . EURYPTERUS. 4 - IBriensis) WIHIth ty Pe..c-+s0-1+s000scfsonecsecnrvaceness N. Y. Aca d. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 5, Figs. 31-32....-ersee+++ Univ. Calif. ......seccseeeecesceenseee Lower Helderb..... Put-in-Bay Island, Lake Erie. — WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. iniens GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. eR ie, ILLZNURUS. | convexus Whitf., type...........cccsesesessscsccsseseeee Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 4, Figs. 3-5....2.0:.-esmmm ILLANUS. ROMMISEKUS Hae Ce We, LYPEs snes cteeissien elesiemeer eines 24th Rept. St.Cab., p. 186; 27th Rept., Pl. 13, Fi Waytonensis EL, & W., typed. ..c20---eseens err ercrn-sene Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Pl. 5, Figs. 14-16.............. iraperator Flas... .1s.cseesnaeeetmeansetcenemesecaeenecseie (Creal Wis. ; Wolk Ae lel, 2s Figs. 4-5.. ; insignis SOR BecimadacneoLnoieeaccouorduccd ponDbocae ss eens -6=10,,.. ae Toxus COU ate wa nies an fcaitachisn sees nase nicomesilsteses a Gd 666 66 66 CC eee Madisomianus VWihiths ty pels wces.scerse ceases scclsiset es ee 66. 66 66 20, 68) 80 appear a aa Ovatusn COnTAdses saclstesie see aceeehiaseemacsiciciincsseree’ GG oe 66 66 CO) Co 2 eee pterocephalus Whitf.,*types 03 csestsssseseaseeres) 6 ae 6 60" 6620). S58 SO= 2 yaaa LEPERDITIA. allie, Crone Xels Sok oasuaaonanocoqcaduecbusuapapoospsoedncodsc | Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 25, Figs. 8-9...........2.. ; Jp > Sf { nor : ee ay i La - ij 7 . 7 a ~ c ’ i < i ’ A yy ie 7 tiny am 7 ‘ \ _— hb ’ : =) 5 ¥ — Mil : » ’ 7 7 i { = & es ! 7 : ote a Pps 7 yom or WHITFIELD: LIST OF FOSSILS. CRUSTACEA, WHERE LOCATED. GEOLOGICAL AGE. Locatity. NAME, GENUS AND SPECIES. WHERE PUBLISHED. Crustacea— Continued. ILLZNURUS. CONVERS VWIMIEL. LY PC... cnecscnreoccetesecacviecessnires Call, Minis Welk 25 Wb “ig IEE, BeBfecccon oacococosenpcceeceen ILLANUS. cornigerus H. & W., type..........seessseeeeeeeee scenes 24th Rept. St.Cab., p. 186; 27th Rept., Pl. 13, Figs. 20-21. Daytonensis H. & W., type......:.:0scsseceeeee seers Pal. Ohio, Vol. 2, Dr, in Figs. 14-16 fia perAtory Ela) lbeey.wesceuermassseeeiies-eneaera-essiess ees Geol. Wis. , Vol. 4, Pl. 21, Figs. 4-5 insignis EEL e nota: OL atenghianssbise ces eeleieeir aeatatnialals OG oe Ecaae 10, Toxus Serene Cantar Grcsitaraceereseeeaeesicceusineee FS II-I2 Madisonianus Whitf., type.............0sceeseeeeeeeeees ae 8-9 GRANTS (COMTI S aducdosnogoseeobocnaeesApEeacaoaseooosddad GG I-2 pterocephalus Whitf., typ€.........s.cssesseneeceeeeeees a6 TORT 200 ceclancsn. eens LEPERDITIA. 2h (COINS, 99s socconoanodosasq0dbEanS ssdoooqeApECentCoD | Geol. Wis., Vol. 8=Ovsistoteae cen: eS OO OO ed capes aon sonmeuecontos. p Eno scuOoo Aer Tenn ENE WepAeadisci Vol 5s blip hig. 2720... cssn 5 eeeeeees sates NWWilti fis ty Dermesemerorecrtesrcasecticciessbeceee | COPS 528=30 coc. Mareen. an) cylindrica VSIENIL, (SABIE. cononsnoanadeno6 Pal. Otte Walt 2, Pl. 4, Fig. 5 minutissima Hall, (891255604 non0n0000 ag LIcHASs. loeratezyos 1 NUL oascocecsq00nqs0000 350009 66n6c0005900590050 MG OcycIA. parabola H. & W. 7 type Rs een eh esrb eectaede gor Paral. SHI Voll ’45 el. 25 ions Shaseeeeeaes: Sepeeen prowlncia, 9S 66 OOo soanGe, econionoeoco99G0en005000 cc «ce ee Figs, 31-34 PALZOPALZMON. New bernyl Wihith fy peicsercscssssscccnsvescnerenassos | N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 12, Figs. 19-21 PHACOPS. eA AN GTECHEES Diresnoseransovcenerssses ssemccisesn eas ealnessjes Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 26, Figs. 17-19. .......ceceeceneenees PLUMULITES. VertestE Le Oc WVinig) LY DCs s\esncsecsncoscoresscenageiiecsccsse Palli@hio}) Viol’ 25 Pliv24)) Migs) lo2iees.seneeereteese see DNewberryi Wihith..) type. ....<00-0+csescseastecercnseeses N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. 5, Pl. 12, Figs. 6-11 PROETUS. NEO RA MIN EU OCI 2s ALY DE: jecisecsieeseioascceessoceenebe 40th Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 4, Fig. 33..........:sseceeees parviusculus Hall, (BY DS SoogscoodncesbeSetacaaeceonEAsone Walk, Oevto, Wal, 5 Jb 4G Le UI, Sceroesonoosoonscn5e peroccidens H. & INV Gs mby Dehn ciceccin sec succeosesaiae: 4oth Parall. Surv., Vol. 4, Pl. 4, Figs. 28-32 PTYCHASPIS. PLAMUMLOSUS OWENS SP c..c00coucas save scusrecoeseneaecenee (Coral Wek rs Well A TAL, ty Ts 4 ho-cosospoogasoc cacrcconcnacn REUTICTELS VY lal Ef ete BEV PD Oars ee elste|seie's os seloid es ais isieleseiscls v= Figs. 25-26............ pustulosus H. & W., type...........cescseeeseeeeeeerees aot Parall. Stée., Vol. 4, Pl. 2, Fig. 27 SPH £ZREXOCHUS. RYomingert alle: ooo. scccesceescescere-vas Maceo saesiass Geol. Wis., Vol. 4, Pl. 21, Figs. 1-2............ssccssesreoeeee Univ. Gali fisccscticneosneccs toseucans | Columbia College U. S. Nat. Mus Wis (Nate MUSi ce cece ne deen sean | “ec | Cleveland Shale.. | Waverly,.........-.2. Hud. Riv... Waverly | Baraboo, Wis. Louisville, Ky. | Dayton, Ohio. | Burlington, Wis. | Wauwatosa, as “cc 66 ce 3 “e jcaweun OG uterceres Wis. | Belleville, Ohio. | Greenfield, << Cincinnati, OC “ce 6e | Yellow Springs, Ohio. Oquirrh Mts., Utah. Leroy, Ohio. Milwaukee,| Wis. Cincinnati, Ohio. Sheffield, Ohio. Oquirrh Mts., Utah, Cincinnati, Ohio. Oquirrh Mts., Utah. Hudson, Wis. St. Croix Co., Wis. White Pine, Nev. Racine, Wis. APPENDIX. 185 APPENDIX. The following are the genera and species to which reference is’ made in the fourth paragraph of the introductory remarks page 140 and the authors of which are Hall & Whitfield. Genera : CIMITARIA. LIMOPTERA. MopIOMORPBA. MYyTILARCA. NYASSA. PALZONEILO. PALANATINA. PHOLADELLA. PHTHONIA. ‘TELLINOPSIS. Species : CARDIOMORPHA bellatula. C. eriopia. EpDMONDIA depressa. Be hilo E. undulata. GRAMMYSIA circularis. G. (LEpropomus?) constricta. . elliptica. erecta. globosa. lirata. magna. nodocostata. obsoleta. parallela. . praecursor. . secunda. . subarcuata. LEDA? brevirostris. LIMOPTERA cancellata. L. curvata. L. obsoleta. L. pauperata. Macropon Chemungensis. M. Hamiltoniz. ANAMAMAGAGS ANNALS N. Y. ACAD. Sci., XII, December 1 M. ponderosa. Nucuta corbuliformis. N. Randalli. N. varicosa. NUCULITES nyssa. NYASSA arguta. N. elliptica. N. recta. N. subalata. ORTHONOTA ensiformis. O. parvula. O. siliquoidea. PALZONEILO attenuata. . bisulcata. . brevis. . fecunda. . muta. . ? perplana. . plana. . tenuistriata. PALANATINA typus. PHOLADELLA cuneata. Py onmatas P. Newberryi. Patnumnecatas PHTHONIA nodicostata. SANGUINOLITES eolus. S. acutus. S. arciformis. S. ? clavulus. S. ? flavius. S. glaucus. S. Hamiltonensis. S S S) S 8, a NaclacHa- Nar lacilac . Ida. . perangulatus. . ponderosus. . solenoides. 1899—12. 186 APPENDIX. M. ovatus. MIcRODON ? complanatus. M. gregarius. M. reservatus. M. tenuistraiatus. Mopiota metella. M. preecedens. Mopi1oMorPHA complanata. M. cymbula. M. hyalea. M. macilenta. M. planulata. M. quadrula. MYTILARCA arenacea. M. attenuata. S. subtortuosus. S. undatus. S. valvulus. ScHIzZODUS Cayuga. S. elliptica. S. quadrangularis. S. tumidus. The names of the following new species are given on page 97 of that pamphlet without descrip- tions : SCHIZODUS gregarius. 5. oblatus. LUNULICARDIUM curtum. [Annas N. Y. Acap. Sci., Vol. XII, No. 8, pp. 187 to 340, Dec. 18, 1899. ] AaCONDTRIBOMON TO) Dip GEOLOGY Ob iris NORTHERN BEACK SEIMEES: Joun DUER IRVING. (Read March 20, 1898.) [PratEs V-XVI; Text FIGURES 5 TO 20. | CONTENTS. PAGE I. INTRODUCTION—Location and generalities... ecaae eva talsnii crete tere LOO Il. TOPOGRAPHY—Details and relations to es. structure. . weetsees) LQO Ill. SU TICICAPHY, ines eae ee NS 195 AVS NIO HS © RAVE Viti as acres se ee ets oct ca eee cccaoas eves ccdt ce ccoteseaws co eouroeannecs Besereeeee te LOO. sits) UNM rexaye SEN AY Se cht a a ee a eee pt are om ety Creare inate 4OXO) oy, (Seana ao} ROSY I NED YON ed ies ee A SE a a oe DOA T ICAL) Bem CAKDOMILEKOUS iin cert re vartacs oaeetoes cect sweets teas ieseceni ccheteonstasstnacsaewssneeseeeaens PLOL B. HYPOTHESES REGARDING HISTORY OF REGION.......c.cccscsseescccscececeeecssesssse, 2O2Z TA fame ES UGH ESI DIN AE AE @ (© KES RN av enon stares satee sess inten et cszscsecaretcw ssutsntenntsscelanenteseancl’ 2O4 1. Structural and dynamic relations of eruptive rocks. FASS TD) ES CRUD PAD INV Breese acetone tas ae cua cata Wes cats ai aussudevancs Sacst Uc taeeetvuceneastcoeeschertesess MLO! (a) Meonent TIMEUSION Steg elses cara estat aleeieccentuaccactevecensecsucerts sesedtee rset ZOA" (Q) eGamlbriamgimtyusions ese cossceccceccsscesessnes sc eee cae sotansesncsae sce octscnsaecsccsen sje OQ 1 TEES STS aaa TEA ere tanta ROG Aiea 209 2. Sheets... WM Ae LANGA aU tal Tae os cause saectngcuecstscen ai seaesd 220 3. Dikes... NU MOAN UL CML eh ga devecolausne as buht ates tuseulcc ester tens meee sted ZOD (c) Conroe TIRaT CISCO) 0) En ee EE re ee Sea ee Ba COMPARISONPBED WE EIN INARI SUOINS | suserssesstecey ses tacaes sos ume area sene ncaa eaneaeceeay 234) CANE WSIOFSPRIEVLOUSIWIRICE RS oes seti seen n teen see ene Ce 2S LD FR CONCEUSTONS freee taeet Ma LU USE lg reall 5s akong suutvets deuce satus teat sneseaeen hOAL 2. Petrography of eruptive rocks. PNtotie SW NMPAURS Yes rc enema ree MN aD Dn ted aie en DI Lou yan, Nuc oe eaaceeeatelu saat eoeeacesiee CAG. Of post- Gitnasors 6 age. Grorudite family. Te) OQuantz-ce cari te-pOnp My nyeues ceeetice. eeenicseetateoncree tees 240 Phonolite family. Ze wilT WAC wnnecereseoeeaes ee steases otoicensseatonsesscccessstceesccntstanctaccss secs) 2/7) 3. Phonolite... ii eo seatyic Wea teas coke Re Ar aaaceeta dette. tt 25 O) 4. Trachytoid pRonaliis.,- eb Gertie ie carbene ear Nee sus hen LOO (187) 188 IRVING. Rhyolite family. 5 Quartz: porplyitys.sas.ccscesccstecsoesectazetesaeeeeres et ocoee aero e ence eT) Andesite family. 6. Mica-diorite-porphyny 2.1 e ee eon es ee Dacite family. 7 DAGUEE cose htic cscks Sey Seales eset a ee ae ae eS EOL Diorite family. 82/Vomallitte sci Fee Ae Ne ie eee ee RU aE OD Basalt family. Q. sAUgite VOBESItES sc. .520 i. cecsontates ss Goereces toed ene oe eee OT Of pre-Cambrian age. To. PAmphibolites, 5:22, esse.cces2 sseseer ect hacen eee Corea coae et OO B: LHEORETICAUDISCUSSION {6h 'scc sheer cectee oe ene aie eee 2 OO) Bd GATIG O NIK DANS i caissatee soos ea sais oate beta case oe eeee She oe OTE Be EOS) Be SCAMBRTAN 4.20525 Le luiesacis so aussi SAIC icv ee scsecer deco Gc case osesc ead e cates ae nena EsiCARBONTIFEROUS els: celeissesoac dds soc ben Severs ee ne te Soe Oe SEL EE: ACKNOWLEDGMENTS): csi scrutc.cosshucstssssoeseo is aa etn cts ae Sete a REIS iy INTRODUCTION: The Black Hills of South Dakota, as has been so well set forth by Newton in his classic work on the region and by many subsequent writers, constitute an elevated area, roughly ellip- ly. DAK,.0OTA. — ; | PORN a ACN A wm © =e a « == ams 6 SEE Oo aE, ON E Bi AReAy Scan Fic. 5. Diagram to show location of Black Hills. tical in outline, situated on the western border of the state of South Dakota, but extending also into Wyoming. See Fig. 5. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 189 In the latter state and toward the northwest are the Bear Lodge mountains, the highest point of which is Warren’s Peak. These constitute an uplift which is distinct both topographically and geologically from the Hills proper, and although the igneous rocks there exposed will probably prove to be genetically re- lated to the eruptives of the northern hills, the district will not be included in this paper. For a description of the general geological character of the hills we can scarcely do better than quote from Newton’s in- troductory chapter : ‘Around a nucleal area of metamorphic slates and schists containing masses of granite, the various members of the sedi- mentary series of rocks, the Potsdam, Carboniferous, Trias or Red Beds, Jura, Cretaceous and Tertiary lie in rudely concen- tric belts or zones of varying width, dipping on all sides away from the elevatory axis or region of the hills. From the hills outward the inclination of the beds gradually diminishes until all evidence of the elevation is lost in the usual rolling config- uration of the plains. At numerous points also within the hills are centres of volcanic eruption.’ As Newton further goes on to describe, the Archean (Algonkian) area, which is some thirty miles in length by twenty-five in breadth, is situated very much nearer to the eastern than to the western border of the hills and forms fully one-half of the entire area. The nucleal area of schists and slates is not, however, as simple as would at first appear, for at some distance out in the western covering of sediments and between the main Algonkian nucleus and the western border of the ellipse is situated the additional uplift of Nigger Hill. We have here exposed an area of schists with associated granites just as in the Harney Peak region of the southern hills. Around the small Algonkian area is present the same Cambrian escarpment as that which characterizes the main nucleus. The Carboniferous rests upon it and dips away from the centre so as to quickly conform to the gradual slopes of the main ellipse. The uplift is of extremely local character and has exercised so small an influence on the general topog- raphy and drainage of the Carboniferous plateau, that, were 190 IRVING. the geologist to limit his observations to the periphery of the hills and to the more extensive Algonkian exposures to the east, he would have no suspicion of its existence. Erosion has, however, exposed the same complex of erup- tives as that seen in the more closely studied eastern regions, and it seems probable that we have here an important link of connection between the intruded masses of the northeastern portion of the Hills and the great eruptive center of the Bear Lodge mountains. The area with which this paper is chiefly concerned is in- dicated by the black rectangle on the accompanying sketch map (Fig. 5) situated at the northern and narrower extremity of the main Algonkian ellipse. It embraces a portion of the older metamorphic rocks and that part of the Cambrian formation with which are associated the siliceous gold ores. A small area of Carboniferous limestone is included in the northeast corner dipping down below the later sediments of Centennial Park. On the west the area contains a large portion of the Carboniferous plateau which lies between the Algonkian of the main nucleus and the Nigger Hill uplift. Il, TOPROGRARERYe The topography of the district is intimately connected with the general geological character of the Black Hills. The drain- age is toward the north and the east, the largest and most im- portant stream being Spearfish creek. This stream follows a winding course with a general northerly trend and has carved for itself one of the deepest and most precipitous cafions in the hills. It crosses the district in the shape of a bow, in the southern arm of which it flows toward the northwest, and then with an easy bend takes a more northerly course. The latter is main- © tained until the river emerges from its deep cafon and enters the broad and open red valley which surrounds the hills. Into Spearfish creek, from the west flow. Iron and Little Spearfish and many other streams, all having carved precipitous gorges BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 191 from the massive, horizontal strata which constitute the flat, densely-wooded areas of the Carboniferous plateau. In striking contrast to this table-land is the irregular topog- raphy presented by the eruptive region on the east of Spear- fish canon. In the immediate vicinity of the cafon itself are found the same narrow precipitous gorges between limestone walls, but as we pass toward the east we find that the country is composed of great numbers of irregular hills and ridges. Some of these are conical in shape, some are dome-like and others present sharp irregular crests, while between them all may be seen many smaller ridges and knolls which greatly complicate and confuse the drainage. A little to the south and east of the center of the district is Terry Peak 7070 feet in alti- tude, the highest point of the northern hills. To the northwest of Terry Peak, Elk Mountain and Ragged Top rise abruptly from the surrounding plateau, the former with a sharp, some- what unsymmetrical contour, and the latter with a broad summit which curves out like a dome and meets the surrounding coun- try in a low, rounded bluff. The two last named hills are much lower in elevation than Terry Peak and for that reason have been generally overlooked in the earlier descriptions of the region. Directly east of Terry Peak is the sharp low-lying summit of Sugar Loaf hill from which there is a steep, precipitous descent on all sides. A little more than a mile and a half northeast of Terry Peak rises the beautifully rounded, dome-like mass of Bald Mountain, while immediately to the west and connected to it by a narrow ridge is the hill known as Green Mountain. To the north of Green and Bald Mountains are a group of ex- ceedingly irregular, rounded and conical hills, massed together in a very intricate and confused manner. Of these the most prominent are War Eagle Hill, Richmond Hill and Ragged Butte. The drainage of the district is divided into two distinct por- tions. In one the streams drain in a westerly and northerly di- rection into Spearfish creek ; in the other the waters find escape to the north through False-bottom creek, or in a direction more 192 IRVING. directly east into the valley of Whitewood creek. The division is made by a high ridge which passes through Deer Mountain, Terry Peak and Green Mountain, and thence runs almost di- rectly north in an irregular line beyond the limits of the map. The most important of the westerly draining streams is Squaw creek, which rises in the neighborhood of Green Mountain and Portland, flows northwest to and around War Eagle Hill, and then assumes a general northerly course. It finally sweeps sharply to the west and flows through a deep, rugged gorge with a general northwesterly trend to unite its waters with those of Spearfish creek in the extreme northwestern corner of the district. From the northwest it is fed by a series of almost par- allel gulches, which are separated one from another by long rounded hog-backs ; the latter often have quite precipitous sides and slope down abruptly at their extremities into the gorge of the main creek. The largest of these tributaries are Labrador gulch, the most easterly, and Redpath creek, the most westerly of the series. Both of them are long, rather deep gorges which enter Spearfish through narrow, almost precipitous gate- ways. Their sides and those of the canon of Squaw creek re- veal a very complicated geological structure which is the more difficult to unravel from the nearly inaccessible nature of the exposures. Parallel to Squaw creek and something more than a mile to the south is a long, shallow stream known as Long Valley. It heads up at Crown hill, runs northwest, becomes a precipitous gorge below the town of Preston and enters Spearfish between high limestone bluffs. Around the north and south side of Ragged Top mountain run the the dry gulches of Jackass and Calamity creeks respectively, uniting just beyond the western extension of the mountain and opening into the Spearfish through the usual deep gorge. The two other gulches that drain the flat country between Elk mountain and Spearfish are Johnson creek and Elk canton (McKinley creek), both with pre- cipitous sides but containing no water throughout the larger portion of the year. A little more than a mile south of Elk mountain is the deep BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 1938 gulch of Annie creek which flows into Spearfish almost directly from the east. As we follow the stream up its course two branches enter it. Ross Spring creek, its most northerly tribu- tary, which heads up in the elevated region around Crown hill, has cut a deep ravine through the limestone into the underlying sediments of the Cambro-Silurian. Lost Camp creek, the most southerly with its numerous branches, rises in the broad am- phitheatre on the western slopes of Terry Peak. Between these two streams are the waters of Annie creek itself, which heads up almost to the town of Portland, and is separated from the headwaters of Squaw creek by quite a narrow divide. Between this stream and Lost Camp creek rises the prominent rounded crest of Foley Mountain, which is connected with Terry Peak by a high semicircular divide, capped by a series of low dome-like knolls and enclosing a portion of the pre- viously-mentioned amphitheatre. To the south of Lost Camp creek, and separated from it by a low limestone ridge, are the two short, but precipitous gorges, which are occupied by Sweet Betsy creek, while still further to the south, and heading up into Terry Peak to the west of the Foley Flat amphitheatre, is the wild, deep ravine of Raspberry gulch. If now we turn to the eastern slopes of the Terry Peak water- shed, we are most forcibly impressed by the striking contrast between the two topographies. Instead of the narrow precip- itous gorges with high, flat, table-like divides intervening, there is a great assemblage of irregular hills and divides of all shapes and sizes, and of so irregular a character as to completely baffle collective description. Nor is this contrast in any way confined to this district, but it will be noticed in every case where we pass from the Carboniferous plateau to the districts of Cambrian shale, with their vast confusion of dikes, sheets, and irregular intrusive bodies, a fact which emphasizes the inseparable con- nection between geological structure and the degrading forces of erosion. On the southeastern slopes of Terry Peak and Deer Mountain the head waters of White-tail creek have their origin, and flow 194 Twin Peake 8755 Ragged Tap Mt 6250 Elk Mt pad Crack Mt 6ssr Pharalita Past 6675 Tarry Paok 7e70 Fic. 6. Profile sky-line of Terry Peak and vicinity, as seen from ‘‘ Cement Ridge,’’ on the western side of Spearfish creek. IRVING. thence through a deep valley past the western and more precipitous side of Sugar Loaf hill. Into White-tail creek from the west empty a series of almost parallel gulches heading up on the eastern slope of Terry Peak and Green Mountain. The most important of these are Fantail gulch, which con- tains the town of Terry, and Nevada gulch, which forms a deep gorge just south of Bald Mountain, the two unit- ing before emptying into White-tail. Still to the north of Bald Mountain are two important streams, False Bot- tom and Deadwood creek. Both head up near the town of Portland, the first to pursue a northerly course out to the plains of Centennial Park, but the second, with its many tributaries, to flow through a deep and often rugged ravine so as to unite with Whitewood creek at the city of Deadwood. Probably the most notable topo- graphic feature of the entire district is the predominant position of Terry Peak, from which the surrounding country gradually declines in every direction. Standing on the top of any of the high points on the west- ern side of Spearfish creek one is very forcibly impressed by the prominent central position of this mountain. The surrounding country rises gently from the more or less level ground to the south and increases its rate of ele- vation slightly, until, with a long, shal- low sweeping curve, it culminates in BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 195 the Sharp Crest of Terry’s Peak. It then falls as gradually to the north, the various hill-tops seeming to arrange themselves one after another in the order of their elevation so as to scarcely interrupt the even contour of the declining country. (See piisure 6.) IOI SIRI RAG It is not the purpose of this paper to enter into an extended discussion of the stratigraphy, but in order that the geological relations of the eruptive rocks and of the ore-bodies may be clearly understood, a brief exposition of the separate formations ca {Geese ‘aa nee CARBONIFEROUS LIMESTONE ae oe EE nee are GOO Goofeer PINK LIMESTONE 2 <>S--I80 CAMBRIAN SHALES el ks Sha f et Eg Sy é k ALGONKIAN SLATES, QUARTZITES ETC. iS BSS9 1 BY LB Fic. 7. La section of the sedimentary rocks. ‘Taken mainly from ex- posures near Elmore on the Burlington and Missouri River R. R. 196 IRVING. and the problems that have arisen from their study is here intro- duced. At the base of the stratigraphic column is a series of Algon- kian slates, schists, quartzites and amphibolites; everywhere tilted at a high angle and showing an advanced state of meta- morphism. Lying unconformably upon the eroded surface of the Algonkian is a series of calcareous sandstones, shales and limestone breccias which show a thickness of something over four hundred feet. In the localities where intruded sheets are numerous this thickness is greatly increased. Above these and lying in apparent conformity with them are the heavy-bedded limestones of the Carboniferous, which attain a thickness in the district mapped of upwards of 500 feet. Above this lies 125 feet of white and red, variegated, Minnelusa sandstones, of disputed age. ‘They are generally regarded as Upper Carbo- niferous. This would then give to the massive strata of the Car- boniferous age a total thickness of 625 feet. Certain shaly horizons exist in its limestone, but they are of minor importance, and as compared to the underlying Cambrian formation, the Car- boniferous exhibits a very homogenous, heavy-bedded series. The Minnelusa sandstones are not exposed in the district mapped. A DESCRIP AMIN TE: 1. Algonkian. The rocks of the Algonkian which are exposed in this area are garnetiferous mica schists; micaceous slates, which grade into extremely fine phyllites ; argillaceous slates ; finely bedded and greatly indurated quartzites or quartz-schists ; and finally amphibolites and hornblende schists of endless variety. The series is exposed in the vicinity of Central City, Texana and White-tail gulch. It passes beneath the overlying Cambrian on the west and south before we arrive at the towns of Portland and Terry. To the north and east it disappears in the vicinity of Sheeptail gulch and Garden City. The Algonkian exposure extends as a long tongue up into White-tail gulch before it is buried by the palzeozoics and outcrops appear likewise in Fan- BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 197 tail and Nevada gulches. On the narrow divides, between the eulches, are found the basal quartzites of the Cambrian. The slates appear again still farther up Nevada gulch in a large ex- posure and have evidently been raised to a higher elevation by a fault whose down-throw is toward the mouth of the gulch. Thence the line of contact passes around the northeastern slopes of Bald mountain and across the headwaters of Deadwood gulch. It then bends out to the west of a large quartz por- phyry mass into the head of East Squaw creek. ‘Thence it crosses the divide to the west of this stream into the valley of Squaw creek itself. The exposure in the bed of this stream is a dense, fine-grained, greenish amphibolite which extends far to- ward the northwest and eventually disappears beneath the west- wardly dipping Cambrian quartzite. Other exposures of am- phibolite occur in the form of dikes, which are conformable to the slates and are present all along White-tail gulch. The gar- netiferous schists are best exposed below Central City, in Dead- wood gulch. The dip of the schistosity of the Algonkian is nearly vertical throughout, but such inclination as may be de- tected in a large number of observations, seems to be to the east. The term Algonkian is substituted for Archean because, with the exception of the amphibolites, the series is of undoubted sedimentary origin. That the statement is true is shown by the development of slaty cleavage at an angle to the original bed- ding. These relations are very marked in many localities. A photograph of slate taken from the De Smet cut will be seen in Plate VII. As further proof Professor Crosby ' has mentioned metamorphic conglomerates which occur near Galena and Pro- fessor Van Hise has still further mentioned slaty cleavage cut- ting the original sedimentary banding. There is then no question that the slate series originally consisted of mechanical sediments which have attained their present crystalline condition through the agency of metamorphism. Whether the schists will like- wise prove to be referable to the Algonkian is, as yet doubtful. It will depend upon the validity of the two-fold grouping of the 1 Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, XXIII, 494 1888. 198 IRVING. series. Newton divided it into a newer or Eastern series of slates and an older or Western series of schists, which he cor- related with the Huronian and Laurentian respectively. Car- penter and Crosby have sustained this division, but the latter authority correlated the rocks with the Archean of New Eng- land. Van Hise ' studied the district in 1889 and stated it as his belief that no division into two unconformable series could be established. He attributes the more thoroughly crystalline character of the schists of the Western series to the metamorphic action of the intruded granite. He then mentions an area of garnetiferous schists about Deadwood and shows that the slates there pass insensibly into schists. The intruded rocks of the northern hills he considers as the agents that have meta- poosed portions of the slate area into crystalline schists. Al- though the writer has not seen the schists of the southern hills, he has examined carefully the schistose area between Deadwood and Central City and cannot agree with Van Hise that these schists are the result of contact metamorphism. The slates do ungestion- ably grade into schists as we descend Deadwood gulch beyond Central City, but it is especially in these schists that dikes are noticeably rare. On the other hand in those portions of the Algonkian area, such as the region around Texana, and in the vicinity of Terry, where the eruptives are in enormous develop- ment, the Algonkian rocks are preéminently argillaceous slates and phyllites. These schistose areas must then be attributed to the locally greater strength of the same metamorphic agencies that have altered the entire Algonkian series, rather than to the influence of intrusives. 2. Cambro-Silurian. A complete section of rocks forming the Cambrian was not obtained at any one locality. In the cafion of Spearfish creek the lower strata were found quite well exposed, but the upper 1C, R. Van Hise, The Pre-Cambrian Rocks of the Black Hills. Azd/. Geol. Soc. of America, 1, 203, 1890. Sub-Carboniferous. Silurian. Cambrian. oe Hh —~ Lal — | | | | | | J | | | | | BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 1199 STRATIGRAPHIC SECTION. SECTION AT ELMORE. Bep. Directly underlying the Carbon- iferous is a pinkish, very evenly bedded limestone. It is quite massive, contains no fossils and is extremely soft. white, hard, cherty material run through it parallel to the lamina- tion, and are often quite persist- | They sometimes attain a | ent. thickness of 6 inches. Compact purplish to white and lilac-colored limestone, pure and highly fossiliferous, Contains crinoids and Prodzctus. | /\ | 3 2 fo) = | Talus of large limestone blocks which have fallen from above. Alternating shales and shaly sand- stones of varying thickness often glauconitic and prevailingly red- dish or yellowish from oxide of iron. Limestone conglomerates or breccias termed interforma- tional conglomerates also occur, | -but are not confined to any one horizon and are not persistant features. Seams of a/| quite | | FEET. 40 15 250 1a, 20 SECTION FROM Crown HI tv. Porr- LAND, AND MINE SHAFTS. Crown Hill, Sandy limestone ofa yellowish color containing Waclurea magna, and many large Orthoceratites, Haly- sites catenularis and other un- identified fossils. Thickness un- determined. Fine slate-colored limey shales breaking into exceedingly minute fragments of great thinness. Scolithus sandstonee heavy-bedded and of indefinite thickness. Forms top of the unquestioned Cambrian. Contains borings of Scolithus linearis, but these may be absent. Locally known as the ‘‘ worm-eaten’’ or ‘‘ upper’’ quartzite or as the ‘‘ upper con- tactiy Reddish shales and shaly sand- stones. Mine Sections at Rua, Union, Big Bonanza, etc. Reddish, sandy, crystalline lime- stone locally known as ‘‘sand- rock.’’ It is exceedingly calcar- eous, and when unoxidized forms hard, compact, bluish material which is termed blue ‘ sand- rock,”’ but is in reality a crystal- line limestone. Hard quartzitic conglomerate coarser at the base and lying unconform- ably on the Algonkian series. 464 200 IRVING. portions of the formation to a distance of 130 feet below the pinkish limestone were so generally covered by a heavy talus of limestone, that they could not be seen. In other localities they are exposed, but are so broken and disturbed by intrusions of igneous rocks, that their exact thickness and sequence could not be accurately determined. In the diagrammatic section, Fig. 7, the lower portion was taken from the exposure on the north bank of main Spearfish Creek, just beyond Elmore, and is quite correct ; the upper 130 feet is from exposures at Crown Hill and Portland, and is of questionable accuracy. A section of the formation, which has been compiled from the various lo- calities is given on p. 199. This section will give an approximate idea of the character of the Cambrian formation in this region. The Silurian shales and limestone are quite persistent in their - occurrence, but all of the alternating series below them show great local variations. The exception is the quartzitic conglom- erates at the base, which is everywhere present. No attempt has been made on the map to differentiate the formations lying below the Carboniferous, as they are difficult to separate accu- rately in so disturbed a district. All between the Algonkian and Carboniferous, have been classed as,Cambro-Silurian. The Cambrian strata are exposed in the vicinity of Terry Peak and Portland, and in Ruby basin, which lies to the east of Terry Peak. They are too much disturbed by intrusion to afford very reliable evidence as to dip, but the general trend is toward the west. (Plate VIII.) The streams of Spearfish, Squaw, Raspberry and Annie creeks, have cut through the overlying Carboniferous strata, and have exposed the Cambro-Silurian beds below. In these exposures the determination of dip is somewhat more reliable. In Raspberry gulch near the forks, the dip is ten degrees west of south, but it shifts gradually around toward the west and finally at the mouth of the gulch, the strata are perfectly hori- zontal. As we descend Spearfish creek, however, we approach the northern slope of the Black Hills uplift and the dip swings gradually around toward the north, and eventually brings the Carboniferous across the stream bed. BLACK HILES GEOLOGY. 201 In general little can be added to the work of Newton as re- gards the Cambrian. There are, however, several points de- serving of special mention. he first is that the Cambro- Silurian formation as a whole is one which, from its thinly bedded character, and the easily cleavable nature of its component sediments, has afforded an extremely easy access both to the intrusion of igneous rocks, and to the passage of ore-bearing solutions ; the second ts that the high percentage of carbonate of lime, which characterizes most of its shales and sandstones, has rendered them very susceptible to replacement and thus en- abled siliceous solutions to deposit their burden of silver and cold. 3. Carboniferous. The Carboniferous formation is represented in this district by a series of very heavily bedded gray limestones, which attain a considerable thickness to the west of Spearfish creek. They dip with the underlying Cambro-Silurian strata in a westerly direction and gradually become thicker as we pass from the eastern border of the exposure, until in Spearfish cafion they attain a thickness of over 500 feet. No careful section of this formation was made, but the impor- tant features of the series are its great thickness and its massive, homogeneous character. The latter has made it an extremely ‘resistant rock, both to the intrusions of igneous magmas and to the passage of ore-bearing solutions. Shaly horizons oc- cur only at rare intervals, and then are separated by consider- able thicknesses of more massive strata. The relation of the Carboniferous formation to the topography has already been touched upon. The character of rock is re- sponsible for the deeply carved and precipitous nature of the gulches. The streams which have penetrated the limestone have found the underlying shales of the Silurian formation an exceedingly soft and easily eroded series, and have cut them from beneath the heavy limestone above, causing the latter to break off in huge blocks, that have left behind great perpen- dicular cliffs and have strewn the bottom of the gulches with a ANNALS N. Y. AcApD. Sci., XII, Nov. 23, 1899—13. 202 IRVING. rugged and irregular talus. Indeed one would scarcely realize, in studying the eastern portion of the hills, that in an uplift of such slight comparative elevation, erosion could have cut into the uplifted strata so bold and steep a cafion as that of Spear- fish creek. Another very noteworthy feature of the gulches in the limestone is that they are in the majority of cases without water for the greater portion of the year. Those which have cut through into the Cambro-Silurian contain water, but the others do not. This seems to have been the result of the solu- bility of the limestone, which on the west of Spearfish shows many sinkholes, some of which are of no inconsiderable size. The stream of Beaver creek is particularly noticeable in this way, for it flows for some distance as a good sized creek, and then sinks beneath the limestone, to appear again after a sub- terranean passage of some miles. That faults of considerable magnitude have occurred in the limestone, in connection with the uplifts of Ragged Top, and the eruptive masses of Squaw creek seems probable. They are suggested by the presence of frequent brecciated zones, which have afforded crevices, through which subsequently stim- ulated, siliceous solutions have made their way, transforming the broken limestone into a hard flintlike mass of cemented fragments. The Ragged Top verticals are of this type. By LDVPOTHESES REGARDING ELS ORWes Oy REGION. The geological history of the Black Hills uplift has been dis- cussed at some length by Newton,' and subsequently by Crosby and Carpenter.’ The hills were probably an island during the period following the metamorphism of the Algonkian series, and upon the shores of this gradually sinking land were depos- ited the materials derived from its degradation. Thus was formed first the coarse, basal conglomerate, which everywhere 1 The Geology and Mineral Resources of the Black Hills of Dakota, pp. 203-224. 2 Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXIII, page 488. 3 Preliminary report of State School of Mines of South Dakota. Pages 11-52. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. : 203 lies at the base of the Cambrian formation. That this island was never entirely beneath the waters has been proved by Crosby,’ who shows that the Cambrian series sinks to a thick- ness of barely 50 feet in the southern hills, and there dips away from the central, granitic area at too slight an angle to have ex- tended up over the higher peaks. Following the deposition of the Cambrian there is a great, unrecorded, geological interval during which the Ordovician, Silurian and Devonian strata were deposited in other parts of the continent. Since the studies of Newton, strata of probable Silurian age have been identified and we have a partial filling of the gap. The absence of Devonian strata is, however, still to be explained. If present, these must have but a slight development, because there is only a short space between the Silurian and those rocks which are of positive Carboniferous age. For this break two explanations have been advanced : Ist. That the Black Hills area was elevated at the close of the Cambrian, so as to be covered by a very shallow sea. Dur- ing this time little or no sedimentation occurred, nor was there any marked erosion. Subsequently a gradual subsidence took place and the Carboniferous series was deposited with perfect apparent conformity. Against this may be advanced the argu- ment that no conglomerates exist at the top of the Cambrian to indicate shore conditions. If, however, the area of the hills formed the bottom of a shallow sea, without itself projecting above the surface, the absence of conglomerates presents no dif- ficulties. Other land areas were too remote to have supplied them. 2d. The other view is that the absence of these formations in- dicates the subsidence of the region of the hills to abyssmal depths, during which time little or no sedimentation occurred, and that the deep-sea deposits, such as have been shown to accu- mulate with extreme slowness in all known localities, are so thin that they have not yet been identified. If this view be accepted it is necessary to suppose the occurrence of a very sud- den subsidence of the entire area to vast depths, for the Cam- brian series is throughout a deposit characteristic of compara- 1 Proceedings of Boston Society of Natural History, Vol. XXIII, 507. 204 ; IRVING. tively shallow seas, and no series of limestones exists between it and the strata in question to indicate a gradual sinking. Such a profound and sudden subsidence could hardly have oc- curred without a disturbance essentially cataclysmic, and to the writer’s knowledge no evidence of such a disturbance is at hand. The writer would then incline to the first explanation and at- tribute the absence of the Devonian partially to that explana- tion, and partially to the belief that the missing series may be represented by still unidentified strata. Furthermore, breaks may exist, which are as yet undetected, because unconformities which might be produced in shallow seas of this description are - not marked, and are difficult of recognition. Close study, such as is necessary to establish their absence, has not yet been put upon the subject. Investigations are now in progress by the United States Geological Survey, and will probably throw light on this much mooted question. Subsequent to the Cambrian, a sradtal subsidence seems to have occurred, during which the Carboniferous strata were laid down, and following their deposition a gradual elevation began which seems to be still in progress at the present day. LY. PRUE RIVE SRO GKS: LI STRUCTURAL AND DYNAIHC RELATIONS OR EROPTIMVE PROCES: A. DESCRIPTIVE. The eruptive rocks present in their structural relations three easily separable and distinct groups, which are found respec- tively in the three great stratigraphic formations of the hills. They are therefore discussed under the following subdivisions : a. Intrusions in the Algonkian. 6. Intrusions in the Cambro-Silurian. c. Intrusions in the Carboniferous. a. Intrusions in the Algonkian. Of the intrusions in the Algonkian formation we have but a single type—dikes. These may be subdivided into two distinct BUACK HIbES (GEOLOGY: 205 varieties : pre-Cambrian dikes of amphibolite and hornblendic schist; dikes of phonolite, quartz-porphyry, etc., of early Ter- tiary time. The two are widely separated in age and petrographic char- acter. The former were intruded before the metamorphism of the slates and schists, and shared in their alteration ; the latter came in long after those rocks had assumed a vertical position, and had received their covering of sediments. The later erup- tives are, therefore, to be regarded as true dikes, while the earlier basic intrusions are, despite their similar structural rela- tions, really intruded sheets. As both usually conform to the bedding of the Algonkian rocks, and are now in _a vertical po- sition, we shall class them together as dikes, and defer until later the discussion of their petrographic and genetic differ- ences. The dikes of later intrusives are scattered in great profusion over the entire area of the Algonkian. They may be observed making long prominent hills, with a general northwest and southeast trend, from the sides of which the softer and more easily eroded schists and slates have been worn away. In Dead- wood gulch their great numbers may be perhaps better appre- ciated than in any other part of the area. On Dead Dog hill are four large and distinct dikes striking northwest and south- east, parallel to the strike of the slates. Just above Texana is an exceedingly prominent one, which forms a long ridge on both sides of Deadwood gulch, and which can be traced for nearly half a mile in either direction. As we pass on along the Fremont, Elkhorn and Missouri Valley R. R. between Texana and the large dike to the west of Go-to-hell gulch, a distance of hardly one mile, no less than twenty-two dikes of from ten to 100 feet in width jut out from the bank along the northern side of the railroad. Between these lie intervening portions of schist and quartzite ; dikes of amphibolite and hornblend schist ; and innumerable smaller dikes of porphyritic rock.. The latter are of such small size that it has been impossible to map them. At the point where a large stream branches off to the south ex- tending up into the Algonkian heights beyond Deadwood gulch, 206 IRVING. A the track enters a deep gorge, which the waters of Deadwood gulch have cut in a huge dike of tonalite. This dike continues to form the walls of the gulch until we have almost reached the mouth of Go-to-hell gulch. It is nearly fifteen hundred feet in thickness and, from its great size, is somewhat more un- conformable to the slates than the smaller dikes. Beyond this the dikes are seen only at rare intervals, and from Central City, where the Algonkian grades imperceptibly from slates and phyllites into garnetiferous schists, to Deadwood, only an oc- casional dike is to be seen. If, now, one ascends the northern side of the gulch west of Central City, and walks thence west- ward along the divide between Deadwood and Sheeptail gulches, a new feature in the relations of the intrusions will become manifest. Instead of the separate and distinct dikes, that ap- peared in the slates along the railroad, the entire divide is made up of irregular bosses of porphyries, phonolites, and intrusives of all descriptions, mingled together in inextricable confusion, Occasionally fragments of Cambrian quartzite and conglomer- ate may be seen in the porphyry. Residual fragments of this basal conglomerate may also be now and then observed lying on the upturned slates, where some higher point of a former Algonkian surface protrudes through the capping porphyry. It seems probable that we have here the lowest horizon of hor- ~2 37672708 aes 5 fi Fig. 8. Diagrammatic section of divide to the north of Deadwood gulch to illus- trate nature of porphyry masses beneath the basal Cambrian conglomerate. izontal intrusion. In other words, the porphyry, which occurs in dikes in the slates below, on reaching the hard basal quartzite found the lines of least resistance in a horizontal direction, and lifted the resisting, superincumbent mass so as to spread out on the irregular surface of the Algonkian below. Dikes of phon- olite seem to penetrate the older and more decomposed _ bosses BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 207 of quartz-porphyry, although specimens of the actual contacts could not be obtained. Fig. 8 illustrates the character of these intrusions. Continuing up on this divide we leave the porphyry hills and again cross the Algonkian with its innumerable numbers of in- truded dikes. To the north of this divide, in the direction of Garden City, the entire area of Algonkian slate is one maze of parallel dikes and conical porphyry hills, the former appearing most frequently when the slates are cut below the level of the deposition of the Cambrian, and the latter when the erosion has done no more than remove the basal series and expose the porphyry below. These conical caps to Algonkian hills have led Dr. Jenney* to suppose that erosion had removed the Cambrian from the sur- face of the Algonkian previous to the intrusion of the igneous rocks. This would, however, necessitate the existence of super- ficial characters in the rocks. Such are invariably absent, and the rocks are of typical, intrusive character. Besides the dikes in the gulch of Deadwood creek a great number may be observed in Whitetail gulch, near Sugar Loaf hill. Between that mountain and Lead City, along the Black Hills and Fort Pierre Railroad, a great many dikes have been exposed on the hill-side, and jut out into the gulch below the track. They are of phonolite, quartz-porphyry, etc., together with amphibolites of very diverse textures. Innumerable dikes intersect the Algonkian in the mouth of Fantail and Nevada gulches. All of these form prominent ridges, but must be distinguished from the ridges of quartzite which are always seen in the schist areas, and by reason of their indurated character often attain greater prominence than the dikes themselves. The dikes in the Algonkian are sometimes of very great size. A mass of this character occurs a short distance west of Central City in Deadwood gulch. Another is the large outcrop of phonolite in False Bottom creek. A third is the very large dike of rock related to dacite, which is exposed on the Fremont, ' Black Hills Mining Review, March 21, 1898, Vol. X., p. 10. 208 IRVING. Elkhorn and Missouri Valley Railroad, at the apex of the east- erly pointing loop between Texana and Bald Mountain. Of these the phonolite in False Bottom creek is the most con- spicuous. It is a very coarse, trachytoid variety, and is mingled with masses of a more fine-grained character. The mass is best exposed about 300 feet north of the junction between the False Bottom and Carbonate roads. As one stands on the sum- mit of War Eagle hill, and looks north, this mass can be seen to cover a great area, and may be easily distinguished from the other intrusions and dark mica slates, by the whitish decomposition product that coats its exposed surfaces. The contact with the slates is not very regular, as it sometimes cuts athwart them and presents a quite uncomformable boundary. In the bed of Squaw creek at the mouth of Labrador gulch and thence on down the stream, a great irregular mass of am- phibolite is exposed. This is unconformably covered by the Cambrian, and is extremely interesting, in that it shows that the older basic eruptives intruded in the Pre-Cambrian sediments, were at times exceedingly irregular, and of great extent. For the most part they seem to have been intruded sheets, which have since been turned on end and buried by the Cambrian ; but this Squaw creek mass as well as other gabbroic amphi- bolites between Deadwood and Custer Peak, and many others in the northern hills, would seem to point to the existence of large intruded laccolitic masses of pre-Cambrian age. One can- not fail to be impressed with the extent of these metamorphosed eruptives, for they show that the hills were the seat of a period of prolonged and widespread igneous activity, long before the deposition of the Cambrian. Such dikes of the later eruptives as occur in these amphibo- lite areas, do not, of course, preserve the regularity of strike which characterizes those in the slates; for in general there is no cleavage in the massive rocks to determine their direction. The dikes in the Algonkian occur in such great profusion that it has been impossible in one season to trace out even the larger ones. The have not therefore been indicated on the map except along the course of Deadwood gulch, and a few in the BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 209 neighborhood of Sugar Loaf hill. But were the whole of the Algonkian area carefully mapped, it is no exaggeration to say that at least one-third if not more, would be igneous rock. Some idea of this may be obtained from the map if we conceive the dikes on Deadwood gulch to be produced in either direction to the limits of the slate exposures, and the space between them seamed with dikes too small to map. b. Intrusions in the Cambrian. fo WACCORIMES: Of the bewildering series of igneous intrusions that intersect the Cambrian formation the most conspicuous, and without doubt the most important and interesting, are the laccolitic peaks. As compared with those of the Henry mountains, as well as those described by Whitman Cross from Colorado, they are of a much smaller size, a fact which has made their study a matter of comparative simplicity. Within the area mapped are no less than six igneous masses of a distinct laccolitic character, in addition to which are described two laccolites from the vicinity of Nigger hill to the west of Spearfish creek. With the ex- ception of Crow Peak, of which the writer has made only a cursory examination, the two most perfect laccolitic masses are Sugar Loaf hill and Ragged Top mountain, and these will for this reason be given the precedence in description. Sugar Loaf Hill Laccolite. Sugar Loaf hill is situated just to the east of Whitetail culch, almost directly opposite to the mouth of Stewart gulch. It forms a sharp peak, which, when compared with Terry Peak and the general level of the surrounding country, attains only an insignificant elevation (6,030 feet). The waters of Whitetail creek have carved around its western and northern sides a deep gorge, from which the mountain rises in an abrupt, almost pre- cipitous cliff to the height of 550 feet. On the east and south from the summit is a steep fall of 100 feet, to the comparatively 210 IRVING. level table-land below. On the northeast of the hill is a short and quite deep gulch draining to the northwest and uniting with Whitetail gulch just below the horseshoe loop of the Black Mulls and: Fort Rierredk ike The general shape of the hill is that of a rather flat cone, with a sharp crest, steep on the north and west, but buried in sediments, both east and south. Ass laccolites go, it is extremely small, scarcely attaining a maximum diameter of three-quarters of a mile. On the west side of Whitetail gulch the country falls gently from the rather flat region south of the town of Terry, but is interrupted some 50 feet from the bottom of the gulch by low walls of phonolite, which have an irregular castellated scarp and slightly increase the steepness of the descent into the bed of the: stream. This same slope is broken by the incision of two quite prominent, parallel gulches, through the most southerly of which passes a spur of the Deadwood Central R. R., entering Whitetail just below the ‘‘ Ruby Bell”’ mine and Stewart gulch, slightly north. Geologically, Sugar Loaf hill is situated on the northern border of the Cambrian escarpment. To the north is the broad expanse of Algonkian slate, a long tongue of which formation runs up the bed of Whitetail to the mouth of Stewart gulch. Above this, and lying horizontally, are some 40 to 50 feet of Cambrian quartzite and shales ; over this in turn is the phon- olite of Sugar Loaf. The lower contact is best seen in the two westwardly-heading gulches, and at a point a short distance be- low the Union mine. If we now ascend the bed of White- tail, the blocky columnar phonolite may be observed on both sides of the gulch, extending uninterruptedly upward on the east and north to the crest of the peak but passing on the op- posite side beneath the overlying shales. The latter run out for some distance on the tops of the little divides. Still further and near the Union shaft the shales overlie the phonolite on both sides of the stream, and the stream bed itself passes up into that rock eight or nine hundred feet north of the bend in the B. & M. R. R. From the east and south sides of the moun- BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 211 tain the sediments have not been removed, so that the phono- lite is not exposed, until we have approached much nearer to the top of the steeper portion of the hill. It has been difficult to obtain data as to the dip of the overlying shales, for these are covered to the east and south by a residual talus of the white, almost aphanitic rhyolite, so extensively developed about the town of Englewood. Even where they have been uncovered by the innumerable prospect holes that dot the region, they have been of so fine and easily contorted a character as to furnish no reliable information. It is probable, however, were a series of observations available, as may at once be seen from the section, that the low flat nature of the laccolite would render the estab- lishment of a distinct quaquaversal a matter of no little diffi- culty. Still, in view of the fact that the semicircular incision made by Whitetail gulch has cut almost through the heart of the mountain and exposed both its lower and upper contacts, little better proof of its laccolitic character could be desired. The symmetry of the intrusion is marred on the northern side by a large dike of an extremely coarse quartz porphyry. This, together with numerous other northwest-southeast-striking dikes, has formed an effectual barrier to the further extension of the intrusion in this direction. The rock itself is a dove-col- ored phonolite of the trachytoid type. As one ascends the hill from the Union mine, the rock can be seen standing in large, roughly hexagonal columns, which possess the characteristic platy cleavage of phonolite in such perfect development as to al- most resemble a sedimentary rock, The accompanying photo- graph (Plate VIII.), which was taken about half way between the summit of the mountain and the bottom of the gulch, will illustrate this. The plates are readily separated one from an- other, and seem to be due partially to strains developed in cool- ing and partially to weathering. They give out the clear ring- ing sound from which phonolite has derived its name, and seem to be but little decomposed. Considered as a whole, Sugar Loaf hill may be regarded as a rather more perfect specimen of laccolitic intrusion than we 212 IRVING. are accustomed to expect ina region so seamed with intrusives. It is true that on the northern side of the mountain the phonolite seems to cease almost abruptly, being complicated by the quartz- porphyry, and observations in the Union Mine also show that dikes and sheets of phonolite ramify in all directions through the shales that lie between it and the Algonkian, and prove that the lower contact of the phonolite is not nearly so regular as the exposures in Whitetail and Stewart gulches would lead one to believe. Contact metamorphism does not seem to be common either in the shales above or below the mass. Silicification, it is true, has been quite widespread, but is to be sharply distinguished from contact metamorphism. It is to be attributed to the effect of solutions rendered more active by the intrusion, and not neces- sarily contemporaneous with it, rather than to the baking effects of the heated magma. In closing this brief description perhaps the most striking features of the intrusion are its circumscribed character, for it may be readily studied in a day, and the singularly fortunate way in which a rather advanced erosion has revealed its lacco- litic nature. Ragged Top Laccolite. A little to the north of west, and about one mile distant from Crown hill, the low dome-like mass of Ragged Top mountain rises some four hundred feet above the level table-land of the Carboniferous plateau. It lies between the two confluent gulches of Calamity and Jackass creeks, the former shallow along the upper part of its course, but becoming precipitous as it rounds the western end of the mountain. Here it unites with the more deeply carved gulch of Jackass creek. Thence the two pass together between almost perpendicular walls of lime- stone into Spearfish canon. As seen from the top of Crown hill (see Plate IX.), it is a long, low, oval dome of a very regu- lar aspect, and the same outline appears when it is viewed from Dacy Flat tothe north. It is only when one ascends the mountain itself that the extremely rough and irregular character of the hill BEAGCKK HILUs (GHOLOGY: 213 can be fully appreciated. In going upward from the west, north or east, one passes over gently sloping strata of Carboniferous limestone, which have an increasingly steep dip, until within two hundred and fifty feet of the summit. A rounded bluff of phonolite is then encountered, over whose crest one may readily climb, and proceed up a decreasingly steep rise to the flat top of the hill. From this point the mass presents a somewhat unique topographic appearance, for it comprises two almost dis- tinct, roughly triangular masses of phonolite. The broader and flatter of the two lies to the east and is connected with the more precipitous western mass by a narrow and almost dike- like ridge of the same rock. From both of these masses in- curving tongues of phonolite run out to the south circling to- ward one another, so as to include and almost surround a large southwardly inclined amphitheatre. The more westerly of the two is the more pronounced. The most conspicuous feature of this enclosure is that its in- terior boundary is exceedingly precipitous, and that the inner cliff, notably at the western end, extends around so far as to run in a direction almost parallel to itself. It is broken away at the center, and thus affords egress to springs that rise amongst the the thick forest of Jack pines, which grow from the great mass of sloping talus, and debris within. The steepness is not confined to the interior of the basin, for the western arm forms, on the outside, an exceedingly abrupt bluff, which rises almost two hundred and fifty feet from the bed of Calamity gulch. The great rough irregular columns of phonolite stand out sharply in picturesque and rugged beauty against the sky. (See Plate X.) Plate XI., from a photograph taken from the top of Elk mountain to the southeast, will give an excellent idea of the crater-like depression and the peripheral valley which surrounds the hill on the south and east. If one now crosses Calamity creek to the top of the limestone bench, at a point a little to the east of the Metallic Streak mine, the slight, almost imperceptible westward dip of the limestone may be seen to greatly increase as the phonolite is approached, 214 IRVING. until at the foot of the bluff, or about twenty feet distant there- from, it has attained an angle of fifty-one degrees. This will be brought out quite distinctly by the accompanying photo- graph, and the diagram which has been traced from it, plate 9. Passing now up the bed of Calamity creek one finds the talus covering everything on the northern side of of the gulch. On the south side, however, the escarpment of limestone can be seen capping the divide and below it in numerous prospect holes the miners have opened the Cambrian shales, or, more properly speaking, those of the Silurian, which immediately underlie the limestone. These shales become more extensively exposed as we approach the slopes of Elk mountain, and are to be found far up on the northern slopes of the hill, but the geological re- lations in this direction have been complicated by the Elk mountain upheaval. It is, therefore, difficult to say how much the extent of this Cambrian exposure is due to that intrusion and how much to Ragged Top. From Elk mountain towards the north extends a quite prominent ridge of limestone. In the low valley between this and the slopes of Ragged Top is the town of Balmoral. No outcrops of shales can be found in this valley, for even the prospect holes have not penetrated the thickly strewn talus. The Cambrian formation is not vis- ible at any other point around the mountain, but an artificial exposure has been made available on the northern slopes of the hill by the Badger shaft. The Badger shaft is situated on the north side of the moun- tain, just to the east of a small draw running into Jackass creek, and not more than sixty feet from the phonolite bluff. It has now reached a total depth of three hundred and sixty feet. For three hundred and sixteen feet the shaft penetrated the Cambrian formation, and at that depth entered phonolite dipping a little to the west of north, at an angle of about forty-five feet. The phonolite is identical in every way with that exposed on the top of the mountain. At the depth of one hundred and five feet a drift was run toward the south and the phonolite encountered at a distance of eighteen feet, the shales lying against it in an almost vertical position. Another drift BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 215 was run in the opposite direction at the three hundred and twenty-five foot level, and the overlying shales penetrated at a staat actes abetted ttt ¢ 4444 qr ap HP ap Sp Gp qe che af ipo ap ap oP ap ap ap oP sae \ AW \ \ ‘ \ \\ \ \ ett +++ +] iN e-e+4+4+ aPoy hh Pay te dk EGO: +++ +444 4 Gi Sie E trt+tto ap Sr t++ttt4+t+¢44 +4+t4+t+H+ +444 Pap ap AP ae SP ay ap eo tet tttt+ttse tett4et+ 4444+ ++eHGetetetettt+t f| ++ +4-+ Poe 3 +++ R+++ PHONOLITE ++ ++ + +4 ++ ++ ++etegtgatretgrad+e t+4Heeeeeet¢Gg¢e4+47+4 Hote dk ba de db eh oh th a ++eteae t= j + Wn: ieee ++ eter t t++ettett tthe tt teeter t ~ theeoetgtrtst + fy ae Pteteettts t+t+treye +e 4+ 44+ 4+ 444 Sb ih Soa aS, hy BN ty ty yb tot 44 44444444 F+ettt+e+teetetgere4 tet tteeeeeetes t++etteeetetets A eS A ri rider dr eruure et ee tet eet + + +4 + +t ae SP +++ +++ + + Ay Section of the Badger Shaft. 216 IRVING. distance of twenty-two feet, still dipping away from the moun- -tain, but at a lower angle than before. A glance at the illustration (Fig. 9) will at once show that it is impossible for so great a thickness of shale to have passed up between the limestone and the phonolite in such a way as to entirely cover the hill, and it would seem to be necessary to as- sume the existence of a fault along the northern limits of the phonolite in order to explain the facts. In the crater-like depression on the other side of the moun- tain the writer was able to find no exposures of shales on ac- count of the great depth of talus, although such have been re- ported. A small exposure of Cambrian shales was found at about the center of the connecting ridge between the two triangular ends of the mountain. They rest horizontally upon the phonolite on the very edge of the inside cliff that forms the northern wall of the depression, and attain only a thickness of two or three feet. At the head of Calamity gulch near Ellington’s cabin a drill hole was sunk to a depth of three hundred and seventy feet ; it passed through phonolite for the entire distance, and did not penetrate into the shale below. A glance at the model (Plate XIV) will show that the sediments come into close contact with the phonolite escarpment on the north and west, but are comparatively far removed from it on the south ana east, where they are exposed on the opposite side of the broad, peripheral valley that extends around the mountain on these two sides. In the bottom of this valley on the south the drill core men- tioned above has been sunk in the phonolite, and a small rim of shales is seen between this and the limestone on its southern border. On the east the limestone is exposed in the ridge running out from Elk mountain, and between here and the escarpment the phonolite is visible in the ‘‘Spook”’ shaft. Shales if present are obscured by vegetation and talus. In neither of these two limestone exposures can an appreci- able dip be observed, but as one stands on top of the mountain, a slight incline toward the south and east seems to be present. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 7 It appears probable that the more steeply dipping strata have been cut away by the erosion of the peripheral valley, leaving only the horizontal portions that cap its outside border, its continuity being broken to the southeast by the Elk mountain uplift. To sum up what has been stated, there are two series of sed- imentary rocks, viz., an inner rim of Cambrian shales, and an outer one of massive limestone. Both dip away from the hill on those sides where they closely approach it, so that as one nears the mountain one passes over the upturned edges of the sedimentaries before the phonolite is encountered. On two sides, namely, to the east and south, the sediments have been worn away from the immediate neighborhood of the abrupt es- carpment of phonolite, but they may be seen lying above ex- posures of the latter rock at some little distance. On the west and north the sediments extend to the very foot of the igneous bluff, where they are upturned at a very high angle. On the very top of the mountain a small portion of Cambrian shales still remains. Bearing these facts in mind we may conclude that a mass of igneous rock has found a line of weakness or fracture in the vicinity of Ragged Top mountain, and has forced its way through that until it has almost reached the Carbonifer- ous limestone ; that it has broken irregularly across the shales, so as to completely reach the limestone on the west, but has preserved above itself on the north a considerable thickness of shales. On the south avery small thickness of the same forma- tion lies above the igneous rock. Being unable to penetrate, the heavy, massive limestone, the phonolite spread out laterally, forcing its way between the easily cleavable shales and sandstone of the Cambrian formation, and at the same time lifting the entire series of overlying rocks in the shape of a dome. But as the force of the intrusion was strong, and the molten mass very large, the limestone was domed up until it could no longer stand the strain, a series of faults occurred, allowing the fused mass to lift blocks of limestone of irregular shape and size and to fill the spaces beneath them. Subsequent erosion has then removed most of the limestone and revealed the irregular igneous surface, from which the mountain has derived its name. ANNALS N, Y. Acab. SciI., XII, Nov. 23, 1899—14. 218 IRVING. The conditions at the Badger shaft indicate that there has been a fault along the northern limits of the mountain, and the curved phonolite bluffs on the east and southwest make it seem probable that large blocks of the overlying rock have been lifted by the broad flat eastern mass, as by its smaller western prototype. From the steep inner border of the crater-like de- pression on the north, we would infer that the limestone was not as far uplifted within its confines, but that the fracture on this side of the hill was of a circular character. The rock was allowed to enter it, and to form the in-curving, dike-like arms that are so conspicuous a feature. The mass of lime- stone in the depression was large and heavy, and as the force of intrusion could expend itself lifting the smaller masses it did not attain so high an elevation. If we consult the diagram- matic section on Fig. 10, whichis supposed to have an east and ———— ——— SSeaeseaeS _- OC ———_— 1— Fig. 10. East and west section of Ragged Top mountains across crater-like depression on the southern slope. west direction across the depression, these relations will be clearly illustrated. Taken as a whole the Ragged Top laccolite forms a strik- ing contrast to Sugar Loaf hill. The latter is intruded at the base of the Cambrian, and is comparatively flat and low-lying ; the former lies almost immediately below the limestone and owes its ragged aspect, to the massive character of that rock. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 219 Terry Peak Laccolite. Terry Peak has been described by Newton as ‘“‘ the crowning point of an igneous region of considerable extent, having a max- imum development in a northwest and southeast direction. . . BR recs eens Its sharply-pointed summit is the most conspic- uous landmark in the northern region of the hills, and is visible from the plains far to the north and east. Its altitude by mer- curial barometer is 7,230 feet, and there are but two summits in the hills that outrank it. It rises fully one thousand feet from its base.”’ If we stand at the summit of the mountain the topographic features may be readily observed. The highest portion com- prises a sharp, rather circumscribed, conical mass, falling ab- ruptly for two hundred feet to a broader, more gently sloping portion on the north and southwest, but connected by a steep ridge to a separate and rather conspicuous ridge to the south- west. The slopes of this conical crest are so thickly strewn with talus that the actual contact with the Cambrian shales is completely obscured. Toward the southeast runs a long sloping ridge capped by rounded knolls, and which connects the slope of the mountain, with Deer mountain to the south. To the northwest an extension of the same ridge connects the mountain with the phonolite peak southwest of Green moun- tain. On the northeast the mountain falls with an even slope in a series of parallel ridges to the comparatively flat country of Ruby basin. On the southwest a broad ridge connects the crest of the mountain with the limestone flats, which separate the gulches of Raspberry and Lost Camp creeks, and into whose headwaters is a very steep fall ef eight hundred feet. As one ascends the mountain from the north, prospect holes have revealed, here and there, exposures of Cambrian shales whose dip gradually increases as we approach the crest of the mountain, until at a point of some two hundred feet or less from the summit, immediately adjoining the talus and débris, it has attained an angle of something over twenty degrees. From this point on to the top of the mountain, and far out onto the 220 IRVING. divide to the southeast, no break in the continuity of the igneous rock can be observed. The distinct southeastern outlier, which has already been mentioned, is completely made up of this rock, but as we turn toward the southwest a small fragment of Car- boniferous limestone is seen resting on top of the divide which separates the forks of Raspberry gulch. Continuing the descent of this divide, we encounter various exposures of Cambrian shales. At a point six hundred feet lower in elevation than the summit of the mountain, these dip at a low angle slightly to the west of south. In the bed of Raspberry gulch, at the point where its two forks unite is a thick sheet of igneous rock, over- lain by Cambrian shales, which here dip sharply to the south- west. The rock from this sheet was not examined microscopically by the writer, and so cannot be said with certainty to be ident- ical with that of Terry Peak. Again if we ascend the mountain from Foley flat, on the ridge which separates the steep, amphitheatral basin from the forks of Lost Camp creek we find not more than a few hundred feet above the bed of the creek a ridge of unmetamorphosed Cambrian shales dipping at an exceedingly steep angle to the southwest. This is at a distance of nearly half a mile from the igneous crest of the peak, however, and it is doubtful if that has been the disturbing influence. Indeed, as we ascend still fur- ther up the divide we may look off into the deep basin to the south, and see the Cambrian in great development, but not in so disturbed a condition. On the ridge which bounds this basin to the south the igneous rock may be seen running further down toward the flat to the southwest, than it does on the northern and western sides, but still not attaining a thickness of more than three hundred feet from the summit of the mountain. The southeastern side of this ridge, which slopes off into Raspberry gulch was not ex- amined, but from the way in which the igneous talus gives place to sediments (as mentioned above) on this side it is probable that the rock is not exposed there in much greater development. On the northern and northeastern sides of the motntain the BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 221 B. & M. R. R. has revealed the character of peak. Extremely deep cuts have been made through the ridges that jut out in that direction, and in them are exposed Cambrian shales and sandstones lying perfectly horizontal. Vertical dikes of a com- pact, fine-grained, white quartz-porphyry cut the sediments, but no large masses of igneous rock appear to disturb their hor- izontality. At Terry Station a large dike of quartz-porphyry (different from the rock at the summit of the mountain) is seen on the lower side of the railroad extending down into Fantail gulch. More fine-grained dikes of quartz-porphyry of a verti- cal character also appear on the side of the railroad at this point. As we stand at Terry Station and look southeast along the railroad an exceedingly conspicuous perpendicular wall of quartz-aegirite-porphyry can be seen, just above the bend in the roadbed, which curves in around the head of Stewart gulch. (Plate XV.) The rock may be traced northwest along the rail- road almost to Terry Station, and in the opposite direction to within half a mile of Aztec. At both of these localities it gives place to horizontal Cambrian strata, but its relations to the shales were not clearly made out. Again, this mass may be traced far up (half a mile) into the densely wooded slope of the second great southeastern outlier of the peaks, and from prom- inent points within this thicket still other outcrops of the same rock may be seen between. This exposure is probably one of a series of comparatively thin sheets which, with their partings of Cambrian strata, constitute the Terry Peak mass. The only portion of the mountain of which the writer was unable to make examination is the series of ridges and peaks which connect it with Deer Mountain to the southwest; but from the descriptions of Newton, and from the appearance of the great phonolite masses lying to the west of Englewood, it seems probable that in that direction a great complication of intrusions exists. There are still two more exposures that seem to throw light on the geological character of the peak ; the Snowstorm and Sunset shafts. Concerning the first, Professor F. C. Smith 222 IRVING. has) stated: “The apex of, Verry “Peak consists fof, baste quartz-porphyry, and large deposits of talus of the same na- ture are distributed on its various slopes with a few outcrops of rock in place to the northwestward. Intrusive sheets of the same rock occur, as shown in the following section of the Snowstorm mine shaft, in Nevada gulch, about thirty-four hundred feet northerly from the apex of Terry, and about mid- way between that point and the apex of Green mountain. (1) Porphyry, N24 eet. (2)r shales lOmin. (3) Porphyry? S157 te (4) Shale, 20mm (5) Porphyry, Aabie (6) Shale, Sieet S (7) Porphyry, ©s5) ae (8) Lime-shale, eta (9) Sand-rock, a8 (10) Quartzite, Omics This gives a total depth of 375 feet, of which 215 feet con- sists of igneous rock. No. 1, the only sample in the section I have been able to examine, is unquestionably quartz-porphyry. Of the other igneous rock cut in the shaft, No. 3 was called by the Manager “Porphyry or Trachyte,” Nos. 5 and 7 being called porphyry similar to No. 1. Between this shaft and Terry’s Peak yet remain the upper beds of the Potsdam (above these cut in the shaft) to a thickness of possibly 275 feet, thus indicating pronounced laccolitic conditions for Terry’s Peak.” The Sunset mine shaft is situated at the head of a little valley which runs to the southwest from the north fork of Whitetail gulch, uniting with the latter at a point a short dis- tance below the horse-shoe bend, in the Elkhorn R.R. It is about 1150 feet lower in elevation than the summit of the mountain. From data kindly communicated by Professor F. C. Smith personally, and through Professor Kemp, the writer is able to construct roughly the following section : 1 Transactions of Amer. Inst. Min. Eng., XX VII, 410, 1897. bo bo ew) BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. (ar Shallessa15\ feet. (2) Quartz-A®girite-Porphyry, 160 feet. (3) Shales, 54 feet. No. 2. was examined and is described in detail ona later page As compared with the rock from the summit of the peak, it dif- fers only in that it contains quartz as phenocrysts and has a much finer ground mass, also in the fact that it contains few large egirites, but in their place a greater quantity of fine needles of the same mineral. Hence I would take it to bea peripheral phase of the same massif of which the rock on the summit is the more slowly cooled representative. To sum up these data : The crest of Terry Peak is a mass of igneous rock, with the strata on the northwest overlying it within 200 feet of the summit, and dipping away at an angle of 20 degrees. The thickness and extent of this mass seems to increase slightly to the southeast. Sheets of similar rock occur in the Snowstorm shaft, at the head of Nevada gulch, and a sheet of rock which may prove to be of the same character is exposed at the head of Raspberry gulch, to the southeast. Between the Snowstorm shaft and the summit of the mountain great thicknesses of horizontal strata are exposed. Horizontal strata are also ex- posed in Ruby basin, to the southeast. From these facts we are in a position to interpret the geological character of the mountain. The mass of Terry Peak is probably composed of a series of sills of igneous rock, varying in thickness and sep- arated from one another by partings of Cambrian shale and sandstone. Whether or not these were all derived from the same conduit or series of conduits below it is impossible to say, but such is probably the case. The present topographic sum- mit of the mountain was not then a geologic center of disturb- ance, but rather one of the thinner sheets intruded from the southeast. That the capping sill was of great lateral extent seems to follow from the almost granitic character of the ground-mass, from the seemingly great size of the rock mass to the southeast, 224 IRVING. and most of all from the fact that the mountain has withstood the degrading forces of erosion long after its lesser neighbors have been worn away. The Needles. This porphyry uplift is situated some miles to the west of Spearfish creek, between Bear gulch and Beaver creek. It con- sists of a series of extremely sharp conical peaks, which have a needle-like aspect, and which show the most perfect columnar parting that the writer has seen in the Hills, with the excep- tion of those exposed in the Devil’s Tower. The columns are vertical, and are broken across by a jointing, which shows a rough resemblance to the ball and socket jointing of basalt. Three of these conical peaks are especially high, one of them rising 500 feet above the bed of the creek below. Viewed from the south they bear, collectively, strong resem- blance to a huge dike, but on ascending the highest of them, one is impressed with the almost plug-like character of the mass, The Carboniferous limestone can be seen to the east, north and northwest, forming a wall about the uplift. On the west there seems to be an extension of the porphyry. On the south great blocks of indurated sandstone occur and the Cambrian is extensively exposed in this direction. The Nigger hill Algon- kian area is situated to the southwest, and it is probably to this that the exposures of Cambrian are due. In between the lower porphyry hills exposures of Cambrian shale occur, as if in its: intrusion the rock had included a portion of that series above itself, and had elevated this to the level of the surrounding lime- stone. The conical hills would then be the masses which had filled the spaces below uplifted blocks of the massive, overlying limestone. As maps were not available, no complete descrip- tion of the uplift can be given, but from its general appearance it seems to be in the nature of a vast upheaval with an extremely irregular summit, due to the massive character of the rock be- neath which it was intruded. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY: iw) bo (Sy Crow Peak. Crow peak has been described by Newton as follows: ‘ Crow peak is a pustular outbreak of volcanic rock through the Red Bed limestone twelve miles northeast from Terry peak. Though it does not rank as one of the highest points of the hills it springs so abruptly from its immediate surroundings as to make ita very conspicious point. Its approximate height above the Red Valley in its vicinity is 1500 feet. As seen from the east or west, it appears to be composed of two peaks closely united ; the southern one is the rhyolite core, while the northern con- sists of the uplifted sedimentary strata, which are elevated higher on that side. The rhyolite point is conical, with, however, a larger development in a north and southern direction, so that the summit is a ridge several hundred feet in length. Along this barren ridge the rock outcrops prominently. It has a dis- tinct cleavage lengthwise of the ridge, and is divided thereby into plates, which in some places are quite thin. The steep slopes of the sides are masses of loose and sliding fragments. The rock is a light gray, compact, tough rhyolite. It has been forced through the sedimentary strata, which, from the Potsdam to the Red Bed limestone, are exposed around the base, and are all more or less disturbed. The Red Bed lime- stone is least influenced and surrounds the peak in a gentle slope or ledge, while a long low swell or ridge extends for several miles northerly into the Red valley, diminishing and finally dying out entirely. Within a few hundred feet of the peak the Carboniferous is seen in a cafion lying nearly horizontal, while it laps up against the base at an angle 75 or 80 degrees. The Potsdam is exposed at several places in the cafion, hav- ing the usual character, while under the Carboniferous against the peak it stands vertical. It has been more or less completely metamorphosed into a hard quartzite, though none of the other sedimentary rocks appear to be in the least changed by prox- imity to the igneous mass.” To this description the present writer can suggest no important 226 IRVING. additions except in regard to the interpretation of the observed phenomena. The rock seems to be more closely related to the dacites and andesites than to the rhyolites. The outbreak is not pustular but one of the most perfect examples of a laccolite that the region affords. It does not in the least suggest the idea of a ‘plutonic plug,’ as Professor Russell, must himself have ad- mitted had he been able to examine it closely. In addition to these more perfect laccolitic masses others occur which do not form prominent mountains and whose rela- tions are not so simple. Their laccolitic character seems to be unquestionable, although it has been much modified by faulting and subsequent intrusion. Of these the most important is the large quartz-porphyry mass, at the head of Squaw creek, the highest point of which is War Eagle hill. ” War Eagle Hill Intrusion. If we descend into the head of Squaw creek from the B. & M. R. R. we will see that the sides of the deep gorge are here composed of a light brown quartz-porphyry, which stands in abrupt wall-like masses. On top of the hills to the northeast and southwest lie Cambrian shales and sand- stones. From the broad top of the first hill one may descend in all directions and find below the thin capping of shales, solid quartz-porphyry, in whose continuity no break can be detected. On the east the Cambrian may be found forming a thin partition between the porphyry and the Algonkian, and as we trace this around to the north it gradually becomes thinner, until, so far as can be observed, the porphyry rests directly on the Algonkian. Again, in the head of East Squaw creek prospecting tunnels have penetrated a small mass of Cambrian, which lies underneath the porphyry at that point. If now we walk southwest from the head of East Squaw creek we pass up over the porphyry and down to the bed of Squaw creek, and across the same rock until we find the shale covering it on the top of the hill. It is again encountered in a thin sheet on the narrow-gauge railroad and may be seen ly- BUACIS Hikes, GEOLOGY. 227 ing on the shale in Annie creek, some fifty feet below. As we follow it around the series of little gulches running into Squaw creek we find it overlying the heavy basal quartzite of the Cam- brian in a perpendicular cliff, and apparently running around the hill, to connect with the large quartz-porphyry mass of Gushurst hill. The twofold character of the porphyry mass will be understood if we descend the bed of Squaw creek from the old Portland mill. Here we find the pinkish-brown “ Bird’s Eye” quartz-porphyry in sharp contact with a deep bluish looking rock which makes the sides of the gorge, until we ar- rive at the large amphibolite exposures far down the stream. This contact may be traced up on Gushurst hill to the north- east and in the opposite direction up the bed of the gulch for some distance until obscured by talus. The blackish porphyry forms a very irregular intrusion and has tilted up the basal Cambrian conglomerates on the west at an angle of nearly twenty degrees. This westwardly dipping rim of quartzite can be traced from the head of Squaw creek far around out on the divide between Squaw creek and Labrador gulch. The two varieties of rock when examined under the micro- scope present little or no difference, except that the feldspars of the darker type are prevailingly square in outline and those of the other generally rounded. ‘The blackish quartz-porphyry of this lower mass underlies the quartzite completely down to Squaw creek, and may be seen again in Labrador gulch. In this vicinity its relations are obscured by so complicated a maze of intrusions that it would be a hopeless task to try to unravel them. The more important facts with regard to the intrusions will, however, be readily grasped, z. ¢., that there are here two separate quartz-porphyry masses, one of which has been in- truded partly beneath the Cambrian and partly above it. The quartz-porphyry of the lower intrusion is cut by two tinguaite dikes, one in the bed of Squaw creek and of a rather fined-grained character ; the other a very coarse dike (described on page 259) which cuts the porphyry both above and below the quartzite, and of which many huge boulders have fallen into the bed of Squaw creek. This dike is very persistent, and can be traced for a distance of nearly one mile. bo bo (/) IRVING. Red Path Creek Sheet and Laccolite. Toward the northwest from the summit of Twin Peaks, one may see out on the limestone flat a low conical knoll. Ap- proaching this over the intervening country, are found the flats to be covered by talus of a dark basic hornblende-mica-diorite- porphyry, whose chief component in weathered specimens seems to be biotite. The rock is found sometimes in place, and sometime only asa heavy talus. As one approaches the knoll, the massive outcrops are more pronounced, the hill itself being made up entirely of the rock. From this point it can be traced far down into Red Path creek, which it finally crosses in an abrupt cliff. On the west bank of the latter creek the limestone dips away from the porphyry at a high angle toward the west, but quickly reassumes its normal inclination. ‘This mica-diorite-porphyry mass has spread out in great thickness and extent toward the east, and appears to have split into sheets of varying size as one proceeds in that direction. It outcrops on the crests of the divides which run toward the northeast into Squaw creek, as far as the west branch of Labrador gulch, and on the higher points of these it is covered by thin cappings of Cambrian shales. Just northwest of Twin Peaks it is cut by a dike of very coarse tinguaite, the extension of which appears on the divide separat- ing Red Path from Squaw creek proper. Bald Mountain. To the northwest of Terry peak rises the beautifully rounded dome of Bald mountain, lying between the south fork of Dead- wood creek on the north and the deeply carved Nevada gulch on the south. The summit is covered by a considerable thick- ness of a fine, bluish-looking quartz-aegirite-porphyry, and on the side are exposed the Cambrian shales and quartzites. Many faults occur on the mountain, and dikes, sheets and irregular masses of quartz-porphyry and phonolite are extensively exposed. It may prove to be the remnant of a laccolitic mass, but needs further study. bo bo Cc BEACK HIMES: GHOLOGY: 2. SHEETS IN THE CAMBRIAN. Second only in importance, and in number far superior to the laccolitic masses, are the sheets which occur in the Cambrian formation. So great is their number throughout the district that it is no exaggeration to say that the thickness of the Cam- brian formation has been increased by nearly one-fourth in those localities which are near the centers of eruption. Crosby has remarked’! with great truth: ‘ It is no uncommon thing to find, as in the district on the east side of Terry peak, known as Ruby Basin, from four to six intrusive sheets in one continuous exposure ; the thickness of the Potsdam partings, in some cases, scarcely exceeding that of the eruptive layers.” The sheets vary from less than a foot through all thicknesses up to 200 or 300 feet, until we pass by imperceptible gradations into those masses that can be more properly described as laccolites. They vary greatly also in their regularity and persistence, sometimes being short, thick and irregular, and again long, thin and of great lateral extent. The more extended and persistent sheets lie between the heavy and less easily broken members of the Cambrian series, while those which assume a very irregular form are most commonly in the thicker horizons of very fine shales, where fracture is equally easy in all directions. The largest and most persistent sheet of the district is that which is exposed on the sides of Squaw creek. It originates in a very large dike-like mass of trachytoid phonolite, nearly opposite the mouth of Redpath creek, through which the stream has cut a deep, narrow pathway with precipitous sides. From here it may be traced up along the sides of the creek almost to the mouth of the west branch of Labrador gulch, where, following the dip of the Cambrian, it has mounted high up on the side of the divide. On the opposite side of Squaw creek it cannot be traced so far south, but has attained a much higher elevation by reason of the westerly dip of the shales and sandstones. Measurements of the thickness of this sheet were not made, but it is probably not less than 200 feet in the thickest 1 Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, Vol. XXII, p 512. 230 IRVING. portions. Ascending higher on the side of Squaw creek we encounter the hornblende-mica-diorite-porphyry of the Red- path laccolite, which here has spread out into thinner sheets. Again, not far above the mouth of Squaw creek, two sheets, one of mica-diorite-porphyry, the other of a fine grained phon- olite, may be observed with a very thin parting between them, - dipping with the Cambrian toward the west. Besides these larger masses many smaller sheets, innumerable dikes and ir- regular masses occur on Squaw creek. In the vicinity of Rich- mond hill and Ragged butte, two large dikes of quartz-porphyry jut out toward the south, and form exceedingly conspicuous land marks. Between Crown Hill and Twin Peaks, near the Crown mine, is a sheet of light green egirite-quartz-porphyry, similar to that of Elk mountain. Still farther is a prominent knoll formed of a projecting out- crop of coarse trachytoid phonolite of a yellowish color, and not to be distinguished megascopically from a trachyte. _ Pass- ing down the divide to the northwest, we next encounter lime- stone, and finally the two-fold conical hill, which has been called Twin Peaks. It is composed of a coarse, rotten quartz- porphyry which forms two rather sharp, conical peaks connected by a somewhat lower ridge of the same rock. Onthe south and west, 210 feet below the summit, we find limestone, but a little farther around toward the west a prospect hole shows the Cam- brian shales, and the same formation is to be found east and northwest. On the west it seems to come in contact with the mica-diorite-porphyry. The tinguaite dike occurring in the Ulster mine can be traced up almost to the summit of the hill by fragmental outcrops, and probably cuts the eruptive forming the hill. No disturbance of the surrounding sediments was observed. The hill is probably the remnant of a laccolite in- truded below the limestone of the Carboniferous, and from - which erosion has removed all of the sedimentary covering and left only the core of the hill resting in apparent conformity upon the Cambrian shales. Beyond the mouth of Squaw creek, in Spearfish cafion, about BUACKHEICSs GEOLOGY: 231 half a mile above Maurice, are two sheets of phonolite. The one nearer Maurice is of a grayish character and indetermin- able extent. The other is some distance farther up stream, and is in the form of a very heavy sheet, intruded just below the Carboniferous limestone. It is extremely thick in places and is best exposed where a small stream has cut through it a very deep, narrow gorge, not more than a few feet from the railroad. It is one of the most typical phonolites of the region. No further igneous rocks can be observed in Spearfish canon until the mouth is reached of Annie creek. Here there is a very thick sheet of a fine-grained phonolite, and the same rock is found in the bed of the creek near the railroad bridge, some distance up stream. Along the railroad, close to Elmore and at other points on the east bank of the creek, are other expo- sures. Ascending Annie creek one encounters two sheets of phonolite, the lower of which may be seen lying with perfect horizontality on the Cambrian shales ‘at the mouth of Lost Camp creek. It may be traced up the stream until it disappears beneath the shales a little below Davier’s cabin. The upper sheet runs far up into Rose Spring creek on the north and around into Lost Camp on the south. Other sheets and dikes of phonolite occur in this locality also. At the head of the stream is the rounded summit of Foley peak, which is composed of quartz-porphyry. Whether this mountain consists of a series of sheets or is one large mass of igneous rock was not determined. Lying almost exactly between Foley peak and Green moun- tain is an irregular sheet of phonolite of considerable extent, which extends down to the railroad near Portland, and was evidently a portion of the same mass that forms the crest of Green mountain, but the connecting portions have long since been removed by erosion. Beneath the Green mountain mass lie the Cambrian shales in which mine tunnels have been run in all directions toward the center of the hill. None of them, however, encountered any phonolite. Sheets of quartz-porphyry are also to be seen on the slopes 232 IRVING. of Green mountain, and a large mass of that rock occurs on the saddle between Green and Bald mountains. On the slopes of Terry peak, in Nevada and Fantail gulches, and throughout the entire district known as Ruby Basin, sheets of igneous rock occur in great abundance. In the Cambrian west of Englewood there is an enormous mass of fine-grained phonolite of a brilliant green color, which is apparently present in the form of avery large sheet. Another sheet of biotite- phonolite appears southeast of Aztec and covers an extensive area. On the railroad from Aztec to Englewood many sheets of phonolite are seen, and also sheets of a white, exceedingly fine-grained rhyolite, which is intersected by a dark-colored quartz-porphyry in very small dikes. 3. DIKES IN THE CAMBRIAN. Besides the sheets and laccolites, dikes appear in considerable numbers in the Cambrian. In the Ruby Basin district vertical dikes of quartz-porphyry occur. Some of them are of consid- erable size, as that which juts out from Terry Station into the head of Fantail gulch. Others are very small. Phonolite also occurs in dikes throughout the region and when found in contact with the quartz-porphyry always inter- sects the latter, a relation which proves the phonolites to be the relatively later intrusives. Instances are the long, coarse tin- guaite dike near the Rua mine, the dike with east and west strike in Squaw creek below the Gushurst mine, the dike north- west of Twin Peaks and many others. C. Intrusions in the Carboniferous. These are comparatively few in number and of limited areal extent. They cannot be classed as dikes, sheets or laccolites, but are more in the nature of thick irregular masses, which seem to belong to none or to all three of these types. The most conspicuous is Elk mountain. Elk mountain.—This hill is situated on the Carboniferous plateau, something less than one mile, directly east of Crown BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 233 Hill. (See Plate IX.) It is elliptical in outline, having its lon- ger development in an east and west direction, and rises about 400 feet from its base. On the east and west it slopes quite gradually down to the Carboniferous limestone, but on the south by a somewhat steeper descent passes into the head of Elk canon. These relations can be best understood from the model. (Plate XIV.) On the top of the mountain is a ragged expo- sure of quartz-aegirite-porphyry from which talus has fallen and covered the upper slopes of the hill. Prospect holes have revealed the limestone on both sides of the mountain at a point 170 feet lower in elevation than the summit. At various other points shafts have been sunk, but all have been in the limestone, and with the exception of one on the northern slope, and at a very considerable distance from the top, have encountered noth- ing but limestone. In this shaft two sheets of from 10 to 20 feet in thickness and with irregular contacts were struck at a depth of about 75 feet. : On the east of the ridge previously mentioned, and in the bottom of Long Valley, extending out across the road, is an irregular exposure of a rock similar in appearance to that on the top of the mountain. It was not, however, examined under the microscope. The only other exposure of porphyry near the mountain is that near the bottom of Calamity gulch, and this is probably connected with the Ragged Top upheaval. On the east slope of the hill, at a point 300 feet below the summit, quite extensive tunnels have been run. In them the limestone is seen dipping at an angle of 20 degrees toward the northeast. Excepting in this tunnel, no disturbance can be de- tected in the strata that compose the mountain. It will at once appear that Ell mountain is not to be consid- ered a typical laccolite. It is a comparatively thin capping of porphyry (170 feet) on a mountain composed almost entirely of limestone—a mountain which owes its existence to the protec- tion afforded by the hard rock above, rather than to elevatory forces acting from below. The sheets mentioned as occurring in Calamity gulch, on the ANNALS N. Y. Acap. Sci., XII, Nov. 25, 1899—15. 234 IRVING. northeast, and in the bed of Long Valley creek, may be con- nected with the dike, from which the Elk mountain mass orig- inated, and it is not improbable that this dike is within the mass of Elk mountain. In that sense, then, the latter is laccolitic. It presents, however, no essential difference from the other small, thick-set intrusions in the Carboniferous. Other Intrusions in the Carboniferous. On the divide between Calamity gulch and a tributary of Spearfish creek, which runs in a northwesterly direction, is an exposure of phonolite of a very irregular character. It outcrops in an abrupt cliff on the edge of the gulch, and from the flats to the southwest is a quite conspicuous point. On the middle of the divide it is covered by limestone, but is exposed again around the head of the gulch. To the west, on the edge of the cafion, and directly across from Spearfish. Falls, is another mass of the same rock. A third and very irregular mass of tinguaite is seen on the edge of the cafion on the Pete Hand flat. Other than these, irregular dikes and porphyry masses occasionally occur in the limestone. Such are especially noticeable in the Ulster mine, which is on the ridge just southeast of Twin Peaks. Here dikes and irregular masses of quartz-porphyry and phon- olite appear, and some of them are of considerable extent. All, however, seem to be connected with the Twin Peaks up- lift. The only other intrusion in the Carboniferous worthy of note is the large sheet of mica-diorite-porphyry which cuts across from the Cambrian up into the Carboniferous, so as to include a portion of that formation below itself. B. -COMPARISON BETWEEN INTRUSIONS IN* GEE DORE POR VEAGIONS: Perhaps no more striking feature of the eruptive action in the Northern hills can be found than the contrast in form and dis- tribution presented by the intruded masses as they pass from one formatian to another. The lithological character of the formation has in each case BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 235 exerted a powerful influence on the form of the intrusion. In the Algonkian areas, where the schists and slates are tilted on end, the lines of least resistance lie in an approximately vertical direction, and we have a great profusion of dikes, conforming without exception to the strike and dip of the slates. Only when the intruded mass has been large and the force of intru- sion very great do we find irregularities, and even then the gen- eral trend of the masses shows a pronounced parallelism to the lamination of the Algonkian. So soon, however, as the erup- tives reach the Cambrian formation a complete reversal of con- ditions takes place. The lines of least resistance lie now in a horizontal direction, and eruptives on encountering the heavier members of this formation have found it easier to insinuate themselves between the easily cleavable shales and sandstones than to break through the heavy overlying rocks. Therefore we find the predominant type of intrusion in the Cambrian formation to be the intruded sheet. The jointed character of the sandstones and the easy compressibility of the shales be- tween has, however, caused many fractures and faults, resulting in the production of dikes and irregular bodies and modifying the usual horizontal type of intrusion. By such fractures the magmas have been allowed to penetrate all horizons and intro- duce themselves between the shales wherever they have found an unyielding roof to bar their further progress. If the intruded mass has been large, and the force of intrusion great, not only has the rock spread out between the sediments, but it has domed up those which overlay it, producing a laccolite. In the Cambrian formation we can distinguish three separate horizons which are most commonly invaded by the eruptives. Ist. That between the Algonkian and the heavy basal quartz- itic conglomerate which immediately overlies it. 2d. That underlying the heavy upper quartzite. 3d. Immediately at the top of the Cambro-Silurian, under massive limestone of the Carboniferous. In addition, sheets occur at all the intervening zones, their choice of horizon being influenced by local variations in the thick- ness of the alternating shales and sandstones of the Cambrian. 236 IRVING. But not only are sheets and laccolites characteristic types of intrusions in the Cambrian formation, but dikes and irregular bodies are very extensively developed in the regions of greatest eruptive activity. There is, however, in the most irregular masses often a readily traceable connection between the form which the eruptive has assumed and the character of the rock into which it has been intruded. An excellent illustration of this can be seen in the railroad cut at Portland. A cut has been made through the upper measures of the Cambrian, reveal- ing a few feet of heavy sandstone, over which lie some 15 feet of Cambrian shales. These are of an extremely fine, fissile, char- acter, separating easily into the very thinnest of plates. A cross jointing has further been developed, so that they break in all directions with equal facility. Into these have been intruded masses of quartz-porphyry which present a very peculiar ellip- tical form, as if the railroad had cut across the arm-like exten- sion of an irregular eruptive mass. When examined closely, however, they prove to be merely nuclei of comparatively unde- composed porphyry, which are connected with very irregular branching masses. These run out in all directions, but from their decomposed condition and the partial covering of shales, which have fallen from above, they are not to be observed at first sight. Plate XVI is a photograph of one of these masses in which the line between the irregular porphyry and the shales has not been completely obscured. Not only is there a marked contrast between the intrusions in the Cambrian and the Algonkian, but an even greater one manifests itself as we pass from these formations up into the limestones of the Carboniferous. Instead of the innumerable intrusive masses that dot the Cambrian areas, the integrity of the limestones is disturbed by very few, for the massive character of the rock, and its great thickness have been an effectual barrier to the upward passage of the igneous rock. Dikes, as, for instance, the biotite phono- lite dike in Spearfish cafon, on reaching the Carboniferous have been unable to penetrate it and have become “blind.” Where vertical fissures have allowed the igneous rock to pene- BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. Dah trate, it has been either in the usual small thick-set intrusion, such as that on Elk mountain or laccolitic masses, such as Ragged Top, Crow Peak or the Needles. The latter are not really intrusions in the Carboniferous, but were formerly cov- ered by it and have been exposed by erosion. A glance at the sketch map, fig. 11, will bring out these rela- NG Fig. 11. _Sketch map showing relation of intrusions to formations into which they have been intruded. The black portions are the eruptives, the white areas are the Algonkian and Cambro-Silurian, the shaded areas are the Carboniferous lime- stone, tions. The shaded areas are those covered by the Carbon- iferous and overlying formations. The unshaded portions are those from which the limestone has been completely removed. 238 IRVING. Co VIEWS OR SE REV IOUS MW Adi rics: Probably no geological feature of the Black Hills has at- tracted a greater amount of attention than the eruptive rocks. The number of small igneous peaks there exposed is so great, and they occur so closely crowded together within a compara- tively limited area, and show such unique structure, that it is quite natural that, even with the very superficial examinations given to them, they should have become widely known. Newton was the first to examine them, and was impressed with the extremely local character of the disturbance which they had produced upon the encompassing sediments. ‘This fact, taken together with the manner in which the sediments were upraised about their sides, led him to account for them by the theory of pustular eruptions. He considered them as eruptive masses that had broken up through the overlying rock, reach- ing up to and extending beyond the surface so as to leave the strata uplifted around them, just as are the broken edges of a piece of paper when it has been penetrated by a pencil. Such an assumption, as Professor Crosby has stated,’ necessitates a degree of viscidity which it is difficult to imagine in any magma that has reached the surface, for in no case has the rock flowed outward from the center of the eruption. Some years after Newton’s report had been made, Professor Crosby visited the Hills and, in company with Dr. F. R. Car- penter, studied the various formations exposed. In a short discussion” of the igneous phenomena he calls attention to the occurrence of true laccolites, a form of intrusion unknown at the time of the Newton survey ; and of vast num- bers of sheets and dikes occurring in the hills together with them. He then shows that the existence of these thin, conformable, intruded sheets necessitates a degree of fluidity in the rock which is entirely at variance with Newton’s theory. Finally Professor I. C. Russell visited the region. He did not study the same portion of the country as Crosby, but con- 1 Proceedings of Boston Society of Natural History, Vol. XXII., page 513. £Op cit. Page 512. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 239 fined his attention to several of the more prominent igneous up- lifts that are far removed from the axis of the hills. Of these he studied four: Sundance hill, Mato Tepee, Little Sundance hill and the Little Missouri buttes. For the others he referred to the accurate descriptions of Newton. Like Newton, he was impressed by the local nature of the disturbances and by the uplifted strata around them. He further calls attention to the entire absence of dikes and auxiliary intrusives in their neighborhood, and accounts for their form by the assumption that they were “ plutonic plugs” injected into overlying strata from below with a force sufficient to perforate portions of the sediments, but still buried deep be- low the surface. His theory, as that of Newton, implies a viscidity such that the formation of fluid intrusions like sheets and dikes was an impossibility, and differs from the first theory only in regard to the large amount of superincumbent strata. It is in part owing to the great pressure exerted on the intrusion by this overlying rock that he attributes the viscidity, impossi- ble in a surface eruption. In a second paper he discusses the general nature of intrusions and elaborates his theory of “ plu- tonic plugs” from phenomena observed in the hills. The paper is too long for quotation, and for a complete review the reader is referred to the same, but the points with which we are mainly concerned are these : The distance to which an intrusion will extend laterally is depend- ent largely on the consistency of the intruded rock ; if fluid it will extend to great distance, as the Palisades diabase ; if slightly viscid it will produce a less extended upheaval and will from a laccolite ; and, finally, if very viscid it will form an extremely local upheaval, as the ‘‘plutonic plugs’’ of the Black Hills. Such viscidity is a function: /7rst of the chemical composition of the rock, acid rocks being more viscid than basic ; and second, of the pressure exerted by the depth of burial, the more deeply buried being the least fluid. Newton has shown that the rocks forming the peaks discussed are acid rocks, and also that the strata which formerly covered them were of a probable depth of 4 000 feet. Both conditions for the existence of ‘‘ plutonic plugs’’ are then fulfilled. The peaks studied are of this character, and from the writings of Newton the others seem to be. 240 IRVING. ' Of the peaks discussed in Russell’s paper the writer has studied Crow and Terry peaks, but in addition has described Sugar Loaf hill, the Needles, Ragged Top mountain, Elk mountain and other igneous masses. What further study may reveal in the cases of far outlying peaks, as Custer peak, Bear butte, Inyan Cara, Mato Tepee and the Little Missouri buttes, of course, cannot be stated, but from the fact that these peripheral bodies were forced up beyond the level of the Car- boniferous the conclusions adduced would seem to be equally applicable to them. In addition to the above cited papers, a short report on the geology of the same portion of the hills studied by the writer appeared in the transactions of the American Institute of Mining Engineers, in which mention is made of Terry peak and Sugar Loaf hill as laccolites, and also of the numerous intruded sheets and dikes of the district. As the paper is chiefly concerned with the ore bodies, however, there is no discussion of the struc- tural relations of the eruptives. The fact which strikes one most forcibly in the studies of those who have so far written on this subject is that their conclusions were the results in either case of the phenomena observed within the limited district they studied. _Newton’s observations, from the hurried nature of his survey were necessarily, confined to the larger and more conspicuous eruptive bodies, and especially the unique hills that lie in the periphery of the main Black Hills uplift. The smaller sheets and dikes that would imply a degree of fluidity inconsistent with his hypothesis were over- looked by him. Even more is this true of Russell whose stu- dies were made where the absence of dikes and smaller intru- sions seemed phenomenal, and who was able to see only the peaks farthest removed from the main eruptive center of the hills. Crosby, on the other hand, made his observations directly in the heart of the eruptive region, and was strongly impressed by the vast numbers of small dikes, sheets and irregular bodies that intersect the sedimentary rocks, and thus was led to regard the intrusions as a very fluid series. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 241 Ds CONGEUSIONS: If we bar out the pustular theory of Newton, which is ren- dered improbable by the complete absence of superficial features in the rocks composing the igneous peaks, we are left with two almost contradictory assumptions—one that the magmas in- truded were of great viscidity, and hence took the form of “plutonic plugs”’; the other that they were extremely fluid, and were thus enabled to spread out into thin sheets. How can we reconcile these opposing hypotheses, and the facts ad- vanced in support of them? If we areto accept Russel’s view that the outlying masses of Bear butte, Mato Tepee, etc., are “plutonic plugs” it is necessary to explain the occurrence of the vast number of intrusive sheets and dikes in the region about Terry peak. It might be suggested that the Terry peak region is near the center of the uplift, and that for this reason the pressure of the overlying sediments may have been relieved by erosion, while the sediments remained in their full development on the out- lying portions of the hills. This then might enable us to ex- plain the predominance of fluid magmas in the central region and more viscid upon the borders of the hills, on the ground that the latter were the more deeply buried. The laccolitic peaks are not, however, confined to the borders of the hills. Crow peak, which is one of the most typical and is cited both by Newton and Russell, is situated well up on the border of the eruptive center. The uplifts known as the Needles, Terry peak and Ragged Top (and the latter is more plug-like in its aspect than any of the other masses that the writer has seen) are directly in the center of the region most thickly seamed with dikes and sheets. Again, we cannot explain the occurrence of these laccolitic masses by the argument that. they are of a more acidic rock than those which form the sheets and dikes in their immediate vicinity, for these latter types of intrusives frequently range well up over 70 per cent. in silica. In the case of the Ragged Top mass, moreover, widespread, thin and markedly conform- 242 IRVING, able sheets of a rock, which is chemically and mineraloyvically almost precisely similar, are found lying between the horizontal Cambrian shales not more than a mile distant. In the opposite direction in Squaw creek, at even less distance, dikes and sheets of phonolite occur in great numbers. Again the rock of Crow peak may be duplicated in many sheets and dikes not far dis- tant, as may also that which forms the Needles. Can we then imagine two rock masses intruded at the same time, under the same conditions, and of the same chemical composition, to be of a highly fluid character in one place, and sufficiently viscid to forma ‘plutonic plug’”’ in another at no appreciable distance ? But if we are not to explain the form of these larger intru- sions by the assumption of a high degree of viscidity, we most look elsewhere for the causes that have determined it, and the explanation is to be found in the character of the formations into which the magmas have been intruded, and the local violence of the force which has intruded them. Attention has already been called to the contrast between the form of intrusions characteristic of the three separate forma- tions—Algonkian, Cambrian and Carboniferous—to the pre- dominance of dikes in the slate areas, of sheets and laccolites in the Cambrain, and to the comparative, lack of intrusions in the limestone formation. The last named are very limited in character, or else intruded in a formation below, and exposed above the limestone area by the erosion of the uplifted cover- ing. The lines of least resistance in the first instance have been vertical, and the only type of intrusion has been dikes; in the second they have been horizontal and sheets have resulted, and when finally the Carboniferous has been reached, the massive limestone has been so resistant a formation that it has prevented the further passage of the igneous rock. Where the force of intrusion has been more violent, however, and the mass of intruded material great, there has not been the same opportu- nity for lateral expansion and the mass has domed up the more resisting beds, sometimes only slightly, forming a gently sloping laccolite, sometimes to a much greater degree, so that the elas- ticity of the overlying rock, which would-naturally be less than BLACK HILES GEOLOGY. 2438 that of the thinly-bedded shales below, has been exceeded ; faults have sometimes taken place, and the intruded mass has lifted up large blocks of sediments and filled the space below them. Ero- sion has then removed the coverings and left us the “plug-” like and laccolitic masses. In the case of Ragged Top, the plug-like aspect seems almost unquestionably due to the massive character of the limestone. With the Needles this is also true. In the case of Crow peak no faulting seems to have occurred, but the intrusion is of the same general type. Sugar Loaf hill is a true laccolite. If we bear in mind the influence which the 600 or 800 feet of massive Carboniferous strata have exercised on the rocks in- truded below—first by virtue of their position over a thinly bedded, fissile series of shales, such as the Cambrian, and second by virtue of their massive character—we can more readily un- derstand the unique nature of the intrusions that form the outlying peaks of the Black Hills region. The absence of dikes and small auxillary intrusions is thus accounted for, because only those intrusions which have been very strong and locally violent have been able to penetrate beyond this heavy formation. Where erosion has removed this series the intrusives are ex- posed in great abundance and probably exist in equal profusion in the Cambrian shales far below the existing exposures of the outlying peaks. Causes INFLUENCING THE FORMATION OF AN IGNEOUS INTRUSION. From these observations we may classify the causes that have influenced the form of the intrusions as follows: 4 Ist. Due to pressure exerted by overlying rocks. [a. pees ete 2d. Due to chemical composition of the intruded magma, | B. Volume of magma intruded. Internal + viscidity C. Lithological character of rocks into which the mass has been in- External truded. D. Violence of force of intrusion. It is to the first of these causes that Russel attributed the peculiar ‘‘ plug’’-like form of the Black Hills intrusion, but to the other causes he does not refer. That he would have mod- 244 IRVING. ified his views very much had he been able to see the eruptive region of Terry peak is unquestionable. It is further not to be doubted that the fluidity of a magma has a great influence on the amount of lateral expansion, but that seems to have been a minor factor in all of the Black Hills intrusions. Let us now briefly consider the other causes. It is at once obvious that if the amount of fluid rock is large, other consid- erations being equal, there will be a greater tendency to dome the overlying beds than with a small mass, which may easily spread out along horizontal strata. If we then consider the violence with which the fluid is injected this will be the more evi- dent. With a great force slowly applied, and acting through a long period of time, opportunity for lateral expansion. will be afforded even to a large amount of fluid and long, thin sheets will result. If, on the other hand, the force be violent and rapidly applied, however fluid the magma may be, its amount will be greater than can expand in the given time and a doming of strata or even a rupture will result. Most important of all, however, are the influences of the rocks into which the magmas are intruded; and in the areas which the writer has studied, this has been almost without ex- ception the determining factor of the form assumed by the in- trusion. Bie PETROGRAPAYV (OR PER OL ME wiO) (KGS: A. SUMMARY. The crystalline rocks of the Black Hills were studied by Cas- well and described by him in the report made by the Newton Survey in 1874. Considering the very elementary condition of petrographic knowledge at the time this work appeared, the de- scriptions are extremely accurate, and show unusually pains- taking labor. Since that time, however, studies of soda-rich rocks in other localities have made possible a much more ac- curate determination of phonolitic rocks than was then possible. Caswell’s report and rock determinations made by Pirrson BLACK HILES GEOLOGY. 245 besides those of Professor F. C. Smith have attracted the at- tention of petrographers to this region and it has been sup- posed that investigation would show the occurrence of rock types of unusual interest. Such has proved to be the case. The series of eruptive rocks is quite a varied one. The dif- ferent types collected by the writer were all gathered from a rather restricted area, but even so show many different varieties. The following classification has been followed in the descrip- tion of the eruptive rocks : OF POST-CRETACEOUS AGE. Grorudite family. Quartz-egirite-porphyry. Phonolite family. Tinguaite. Phonolite. Trachytoid phonolite. Rhyolite family. Quartz-porphyry. Andesite family. Mica-diorite-porphyry. Dacite family. Dacite. Diorite family. Tonalite. Lamprophyre fanuly. Augite-Vogesite. OF PRE-CAMBRIAN AGE. Amphibolites. Post-CRETACEOUS ERUPTIVES. Grorudite family. The grorudite family comprises a series of rocks of highly alka- line character whose constituents are : orthoclase, quartz, egirine- augite and zegirine. In some types albite, microcline and biotite appear as accessories. In the types resembling most closely the rock described by Broegger as grorudite, quartz is confined 246 IRVING. to the ground-mass. In the other types quartz appears in large and numerous phenocrysts, and as this constitutes a difference between these types and any rock heretofore described the name quartz-egirite-porphyry has been employed. These rocks average about 72 %SiO,. Six types are described. Phonolite family. The phonolite family includes an extended and varied series of rocks rich in soda and forming the more basic phase of the quartz-zegirite-porphyries. They are composed of orthoclase (and probably some anorthoclase) microcline, agirine-augite, zgirine, nepheline, nosean, with accessory hauyne, biotite, magnetite, titanite and melanite garnet. The accessory mine- rals do not occur in the same specimen but appear separately in single types. The rocks of this family have been divided for convenience of description into three groups. ‘The tinguaites are those in which an unusually marked interlacing of zgirine needles is present in the ground-mass. Nepheline as a rule can be detected in them only by gelatinization and never occurs as phenocrysts. They contain little or no egirine-augite and are prevailingly fine- grained. The phonolites contain more or less abundant crystals of nepheline easily identified by optical methods and are mostly rich in nosean. The interlacing network of zgirine needles is not pronounced. The trachytoid-phonolites show a great in- crease in abundance of orthoclase, are comparatively coarse- grained, show large crystals of zgirine-augite but little egirine. Nepheline is present only in small quantities and is then in the ground-mass as isolated interstitial masses. They indicate a transition toward the trachytes. Rhyolite family. The quartz-porphyries of this division are a series of rocks with very varying texture. A fine-grained ground-mass of quartz and feldspar with phenocrysts of orthoclase, plagioclase and quartz are characteristic. In one type quartz was confined to the ground-mass. The dark silicates are usually too de- composed for identification, but when recognizable are horn- BLACK HILEs) GEOLOGY: 247 blende and biotite. The series varies in the amount of SiO, present from 65 % to 76 % or 78 %. Five types are described. Andesite family. Under the andesite family have been placed the diorite por- phyries of which there are quite extensive developments through- out the district. They are rocks of a moderately dense tex- ture and of quite basic character but markedly porphyritic and of undoubted intrusive nature. They exhibit a fine-grained groundmass of plagioclase feld- spar, accessory quartz and much chlorite, phenocrysts of plagio- clase, orthoclase, hornblende and in most cases biotite. The hornblende is very generally altered to chlorite. Orthoclase in instances becomes so abundant as to cause the rock to resem- ble the syenite-porphyries. Analysis showed about 55 % SiO, Dacite family. The dacites exhibit a fine-grained groundmass of quartz and orthoclase in which are embedded phenocrysts of plagioclase, orthoclase and quartz. Auxiliary titanite, magnetite and biotite are generally present. No analysis of the dacites were made, but one type showed an extremely large amount of quartz. Diorite family. Tonalite.—Only one exposure of this rock was found and that an extremely large dike in Deadwood Gulch. It is a gray rock composed of hornblende, plagioclase, quartz, biotite and acces- sory orthoclase and is of granitoid texture, showing a slight tendency to automorphism in the component minerals. Basalt family. Augite-Vogesite—This rock occurs in small dikes west of Spearfish canon and is composed of a fine automorphic aggre-~ gate of augite and feldspar with accessory hornblende and mag- netite. It is the final and basic representative of the soda-rich magma that constitutes the principal Black Hill’s eruptive series. Pre-Camobrian cruptives. Amplhibolites.—TYhese constitute a series of basic rocks in- truded in the Algonkian series and metamorphosed with them. 248 IRVING. They consist of meta-diabases and meta-gabbros whose chief components are plagioclase feldspar, hornblende of the variety uralite and accessory ilmenite, calcite, apatite and quartz. Cores of large dikes show uralite masses with augite kernels, furnishing a clue to the original character of the rock. Such cores pass towards the periphery with increasing schistosity, proceeding by insensible gradations into chlorite and hornblende schist. DETADEE Dy DES@RIRITONE 1. Quartz-egrite-porphyry. This rock is of an exceedingly interesting character as it corresponds exactly in some cases to rocks in Norway, de- scribed by W. C. Broegger, as Grorudite. In their general ap- pearance these rocks are massive and homogeneous. They range in color from a light greenish gray to almost a white in the more coarse grained and porphyritic varieties. The texture varies from almost completely aphanitic, through porphyritic up to one almost granitoid. In some varieties the quartz cannot be observed in the field, but two very interesting occurrences exhibit very large and numerous phenocrysts of quartz, which have led previous observers to class them with the rhyolites. The quartz-egirite-porphyries will be described under the following types : Lost Camp Creek type. Elk Mountain type. Terry Peak type. Annie Creek type. Sunset Mine type. Bald Mountain type. Ones COIN) te Ta eost fae Greek nee Fe a eenish gray and is very fine-grained. The phenocrysts consist of orthoclase, in sparsely scattered crystals, and of very small ezgirines which may be seen distributed through the rock, BLACK HILES GEOLOGY. 249 forming here and there a noticeable dark speck or needle-like crystal. The groundmass which constitutes almost the whole body of the rock is a light grayish green, having a vitreous lustre, the color being due to the zgerine needles, and the lustre to the innumerable, fractured quartz grains. The feldspar forms both phenocrysts and the smaller crystals of the groundmass and is invariably automorphic. Most of the crystals possess a kaolinized rim and none are twinned. The cores of many of these feldspars consist of quartz. A, inch in diameter. Microscopic Characters.—Under the microscope the rocks are seen to consist of a mass of sanidine phenocrysts closely packed together, embedded in a groundmass of quartz and orthoclase. Through this are also scattered in greater numbers than in any of the rocks of the type yet described phenocrysts of egirine- augite. The latter are sometimes perfectly bounded, but in the majority of cases show an irregular outline, due to the grouping of the smaller zgirines about them, either in parallel orienta- BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 253 tion with the main mass or radially like the spicules of a radio- larian. The fine needle-like egirines seen in the groundmass of the Lost Camp creek and Elk mountain types, are almost if not completely absent. The feldspar phenocrysts are but little de- composed, and then the alteration seems to be only a slight kaolinization, although secondary quartz was observed in one or two of the more decomposed specimens. The feldspar of the groundmass is partly automorphic, and partly contemporaneous with the quartz in the order of crystal- lization. It can be easily distinguished from the quartz by its cleavage and kaolinized appearance.. A few small automorphic crystals of a very acid plagioclase are present. The chief difference between this rock and that of the two types previously described is the greater predominance of the sanidine and zgirine-augite phenocrysts and the almost com- plete absence of the network of minute ezgirine needles from the groundmass, the smaller egirines being confined chiefly to the hair-like enlargements of the larger crystals. Microcline also is absent. The quartz shows no unusual characters. A silica determination made by Caswell shows SiO, 71.13 per cent. Anpeninie Creck mye: From the Terry peak type we can pass to that from the head _ of Annie creek by a very slight gradation. The rock described was taken from the conspicuous dike-like mass, northeast of Foley peak. In the Terry peak type, as in all of the others yet described, the quartz is wholly confined to the groundmass. In this rock, however, we find large and quite numerous pheno- crysts of quartz, which range from -; inch to as much as 3g inch, and in rare instances reach 1% inch in diameter. The average is about 4 inch. They are but little rounded by ab- sorption and exhibit the usual bi-pyramidal character. In many instances a marked zonary banding may be observed, even in the hand specimens. . When examined under the microscope this banding is seen to 254 IRVING. be caused by the parallel arrangement of a mass of feldspar in- clusions, most of them orthoclase, but one or two of them albite: (Fig. 13.) Fic. 13. Zonally arranged inclusions in quartz phenocryst from quartz-zegirite- porphyry ; Annie creek type. 5. Sunset Mine Type. This rock is perhaps the most interesting of the series. Megascopic Appearance—lIt is a porphyritic rock, dark colored in the fresher specimens, and shows large phenocrysts of orthoclase and quartz. The quartz crystals are large, often 3@ inch in diameter, and much rounded by resorption, and are in many cases elongated; sometimes so much so, that the length will be fifteen times the breadth. When drawn out in this manner, the phenocrysts all lie with their longer axes in the same direction. Microscopic Characters —The feldspars are orthoclase, fre- quently fractured and much resorbed. The cores of the crys- tals are quite clear but the borders contain inclusions, and seem to have been formed later than the main body of the crys- tals. bo BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 55 Zonary banding and twinning after the Carlsbad law are ex- ceedingly common. Inclusions of albite occasionally occur in square, almost automorphic crystals. How much of the sani- dine may prove on closer study to be anorthoclase cannot be said, although it is exceedingly probable that in a rock contain-' ing soda pyroxene in such amount, there may be a considerable quantity. Triclinic characters could not be determined in any of the phenocrysts observed in the rock, and it remains for care- ful chemical investigation to prove the development of this va- riety of feldspar. _ Phenocrysts of an exceedingly acid plagioclase are also pres- ent in considerable quantity, but are very small as compared with the larger sanidines, being only observable with the micro- scope. The maximum angle, measured in sections perpendicu- lar to albite lamella, varies from 4 degrees to 5 degrees. The crystals are scattered here and there through the groundmass and, from their inclusion in the later phenocrysts, they seem to have been formed very early in the consolidation of the magma. The groundmass of the rock is exceedingly fine grained. It consists of a doubly refracting granular aggregate which is penetrated in all directions by needles of egirine, the latter far ex- ceeding the other individuals in size. How much of this ground- mass is quartz and how much feldspar, it is impossible to say, but, judging from the general analogy of the rock with that of Terry peak, to which it seems quite closely related, it is probable that much quatrz is present. The quartz-phenocrysts, which constitute the most noticeable as well as the most unusual fea- ture of the rock, are extremely large, varying from. #4, to—in. rare instances— ¥% inch in diaméter. They are strongly con- trasted with those of the Annie creek mass, in that they are very much resorbed, for the groundmass frequently extends far into them in bottle-shaped embayments. Fractures have often allowed the groundmass to fill the interstices between the broken portions. | The bisilicates are present in two generations; the larger automorphic crystals of zgirine-augite, and the finer shredded needles of zgirine, which in the specimen from the shaft are 256 . IRVING, present in great abundance. The former exhibit the usual au- gite core, at times completely lacking in pleochroism, sur- rounded by a border of a greener hue, until we have encircling all, a rim of deep green pleochroic zgirine. This. outer border often contains inclusions, and is the last formed portion of the crystal. In the specimen from the sheet on the Burlington and Missouri River R. R. above the mine the smaller needles of zgirine are much more infrequent, and the larger phenocrysts are well developed, some of them attaining the size of 1% inch in diameter. The only other mineral noticed in this rock was biotite, which is seen sometimes filling the cavities left by the de- composition of the larger crystals of egirine to whose outline it frequently conforms. It occurs chiefly in the rottener speci- mens, and is probably an alteration product. 6. Bald Mountain Type. A very peculiar variety of quartz-egirite-porphyry is that exposed on the summit of Bald mountain. It is the most un- usual rock that the writer has observed from the hills. Megascopic Appearance.—In the hand specimens it has a rather dense texture, anda light greenish white color. Sanidine phenocrysts are sparsely scattered through it, but rarely attain the diameter of 4% inch. Quartz phenocrysts appear at rare intervals. The main body of the rock is a light greenish white groundmass with rough trachytic appearance, and closely re- sembles a tuff or sandstone. Microscopic Characters—The microscope shows the following minerals: Orthoclase, quartz, plagioclase and egirine. The orthoclase phenocrysts show no unusual features, except that they contain many inclusions of plagioclase and a few frag- ments of earlier formed sanidine. The groundmass, however, is extremely peculiar, as it is composed almost wholly of auto- morphic quartz crystals of uniform size. These are square, hexagonal, or triangular in sections and average .O12 mm. in diameter. They give all tests characteristic of the mineral. The centers of the crystals are usually free from inclusions, but as the border is approached a maze of extremely minute zgirine BLACK HILES- GEOLOGY. 257 needles piled up after the manner of a snake fence, are to be observed, and follow with great faithfulness the crystal boundary of the section, but leave between that and themselves a clear rim free from inclusions. The interstices between the quartzes are small but filled by a kaolinized material, which is interpen- etrated by a confused maze of the same. minute needles of xgi- rine. These can be best distinguished with the high power. They are not shredded as are the larger varieties, but are ter- minated. From their extreme minuteness, it is impossible to observe any pleochroism or to determine their optical properties other than to note the parallel extinction. The other constituent of the rock is plagioclase. It occurs in crystals which gener- ally show complete crystal boundaries, but are slightly decom- posed at the borders. Measurements on twin lamellae showed a maximum extinction angle of about 19 degrees, which places the feldspar among the oligoclase andesines. 2. Phonolite Family. Of all the rocks developed within the district studied, perhaps none attain an extent and importance equal to that of the phono- lites. The quartz porphyries are the nearest to them in abund- ance and in the districts outside of the area mapped probably show a greater development than has been here observed. The relative abundance of the two rock types has not been ade- quately represented on the map, for the quartz-porphyries occur so frequently in small dikes, sheets and irregular masses that it has been possible to indicate exposures hardly equal to one-half of their actual number. The phonolites, on the other hand, occur in large masses and dikes, which, although exceedingly numerous, are almost invariably fresh and, being easily differen- tiated from all other types of rock, may frequently be traced for great distances. They intersect all the other eruptives with which they come in contact. | The phonolite family, as developed in the district mapped, includes a series of rocks of so extremely varied a range in tex- ture and appearance that it would be utterly out of the question to attempt a separate description of each occurrence on the 258 IRVING, basis of these differences. The miscroscope has shown that, although of different appearance in the field, the mineralogical composition is practically the same, as also is the chemical com- position. Hence, with one broad and rather arbitrary division separating the phonolites proper, and those of tinguaitic texture from those of trachytoid facies, the mineralogical and chemical characters of the different varieties will be described together, allusion being made to the separate occurrences only where some unusual feature seems to merit special mention, Before attempting a description of these rocks, it would be well to briefly define the terms used for the different species. The phonolitic rocks have been grouped under the following heads : 1. Tinguaite. 2. Phonolite proper. 3. Trachytoid phonolite. Tinguaites. Concerning the term tinguaite one cannot read the literature of the phonolites without feeling that considerable confusion has existed. Rosenbusch originally proposed the term for those rocks that formed the dike type of the nepheline-syenite series. The type rock was dense, greenish and non-porphyritic, and consisted of an interlocking maze of egirine needles with san- idine and some nepheline. — Phonolite was the extrusive repre- sentative and consisted of a porphyritic rock with phenocrysts of sanidine and accessory egirine in a groundmass of sanidine and automorphic nepheline. Broegger, however, has used tinguaite, not only as a textural term, but to designate the basic members of his grorudite-tin- guaite series. This usage is, therefore, partly chemical. There is, then, a two-fold division of the rocks, one on geological and the other on chemical characters. In Broegger’s use of the term the word represents a fairly definite group of rocks, and in that sense the more basic of the Black Hills phonolites are tinguaites. As regards the other or geological usage, the facts observed in the hills do not alto- gether justify its employment. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 259 All of the rock types are here intrusive, and yet the tex- ture in many cases differs in no essential degree from that observed in Rosenbusch’s typical phonolites. Instances are, the rock from Ragged Top mountain, that from the sheet above Maurice, and the rock described by Caswell from Spear- fish peak. It is true that the texture known as tinguaitic occurs in almost all of the smaller dikes and masses of phonolitic rocks, but these are as frequently porphyritic as otherwise, the tinguaitic texture being confined to the groundmass. Phenocrysts of very large size often occur, some of them attaining the length of one inch. Instances are the dike near the Rua mine and the dike on the divide west of Twin Peaks and many others. Again tinguaitic texture is not restricted to these smaller masses. Instances are rocks which make sheets of extremely large size. Such is the large mass northwest of the town of Englewood. The name tinguaite has, therefore, been arbitrarily used in this paper to designate those rocks which possess a fine ground- mass of interlocking needles of egirine, with sanidine and more or less nepheline. Phenocrysts of sanidine and egirine-augite may or may not be present. Phonolites. The phonolites proper are, as here described, those in which nepheline occurs in automorphic crystals, which may be read- ily distinguished by the microscope. They contain exgirine- augite, egirine, orthoclase, nosean, and the accessories de- scribed below. They differ from the tinguaite, into which they pass by in- perceptible gradations, in the possession of much automorphic nepheline, and in not having so marked an interlocking series of smaller egirines. On the other hand, they differ from the trachytoid varieties in the absence of the trachytic arrangement of feldspar in the groundmass, and in the possession of much nepheline. The transition in this direction is also gradual. 260 IRVING. Trachytoid Phonolites. These have prevalent orthoclase and little or no nepheline that can be identified without resort to gelatinization, and few of the fine crystals of zgirine that characterize the tinguaites and many of the phonolites proper. Much anorthoclase is probably present. The phenocrysts are large and the groundmass coarser than in the first two varieties. A trachytic flow structure of the feldspar of the groundmass is often observable. The rocks de- scribed from the Judith mountains by Weed and Pierson, as egirite-syenite-porphyries are probably analogous to the coarser members of this series. All three of these divisions are chemically similar, as will ap- pear from the analyses on a later page, and the division is made more for convenience in petrographic description than for any other reason. For ordinary purposes the name phonolite is amply sufficient to cover the entire series. Petrograplic Description of Phonohte Family. Megascopic Appearances.—The rocks of the phonolite family range in color from deep almost brilliant green to dark olive, grayish-green, dark bluish-gray, dove colored, light gray and almost white. The texture of the tinguaitic varieties is in some cases almost aphanitic as is notably that of the brilliant green variety from the hill to the southwest of Englewood. From this it becomes more porphyritic with both sanidines and zgi- rine minerals as phenocrysts. In relation to the groundmass the phenocrysts vary greatly in size and abundance, being now large and closely crowded, and again of small size and sparsely scattered through the rock. The phonolite described by Cas- well from Black Butte, of which a specimen was collected and studied shows a dark brown color, with dark mottlings of a deep blue-green, giving it a singular poikilitic appearance to- tally different from that of any other phonolite in the region. It has, moreover, in an unusually marked degree the greasy lustre so frequently remarked in nepheline rocks, but which is completely lacking in many, if not most, of the phonolites - collected by the writer, and which disappears altogether as we BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 261 pass to the more trachytoid varieties. This peculiar lustre has been supposed to arise from the presence of nepheline, but, while the Black Butte phonolite in which it is most strongly marked contains a remarkable amount of this mineral, many of the more bluish varieties in which the microscope has shown great quan- tities do not exhibit it in the smallest degree. The dense tingu- aitic varieties, however, show it frequently, and from this it seems probable that it arises from the presence of nepheline in the groundmass rather than from the crystals which may be identi- fied by the microscope. If this be so it will be of great service in the determination of this mineral, for, unless observed in automorphic crystals it'is practically impossible to establish its presence without resort to the test of gelatinization: As we pass from the tinguaites and phonolites, into the phonolitic trachytes, we encounter a much lighter colored series of rocks, most of them being of a coarse porphyritic texture, and showing large crystals of sanidine of 1% inch and more in diameter. The groundmass frequently becomes incon- spicuous, as in the rock from Raum’s Drill and the “ Spook”’ shaft near Balmoral (the peripheral phase of the Ragged Top mass) where the large phenocrysts are crowded so closely to- gether as to comprise almost the whole body of the rock. The groundmass is, however, present, and in it are embedded large crystals of zgirine-augite, whose octagonal cross section is fre- quently to be marked without the aid of a glass. These pyroxenes attain a size of 1% inch in length, and vary from that down to those just barely observable with the naked eye. The very fine microscopic egirines that give the greenish color to the groundmass in the tinguaites are only sparingly present in the trachytoid varieties so that the groundmass of these rocks is prevailingly of a grayish to almost whitish tinge. Microscopic Characters —The microscope shows the following series of minerals: orthoclase (anorthoclase) microcline, pyrox- ene, nepheline, nosean, hatiyne, biotite, magnetite, titanite, garnet (melanite variety) and a mineral formerly supposed to be leucite. All of these minerals do not of course occur in the same specimen, but are found in the different varieties that comprise 262 IRVING. the series. Mention will be made under each mineral of the varieties in which it is most common, and when it occurs only in asingle typea description of that rock will be included under the discussion of the mineral. Orthoclase.—Al\though occasional crystals of albite occur in the groundmass of the more basic members of the series, the prevailing feldspar of these rocks is sanidine. Anortho- clase, while probably present in considerable abundance has no- where been identified with certainty. The orthoclase occurs in large automorphic phenocrysts, and lath-shaped crystals, or xenomorphic grains in the groundmass. The phenocrysts are most frequently untwinned, showing the faces P, M, | and x, more rarely y; other faces were not observed. The pheno- crysts contrast very markedly in habitat with those of many of the quartz-porphyries. The latter are prevailingly square in cross-section, showing as a rule only P and I. Zeolitic alteration is quite often observed, and natrolite seems to be the most common product, although secondary quartz occurs quite frequently. Inthe majority of tinguaites the pheno- crysts are small, being elongated parallel to aso that their length is often twice their breadth. They are scattered here and there, and attain a size of 44 inch in length. In two instances, however, they show a rather remarkably large development, namely, in the dike east of the Rua mine and in that northwest of the Twin peaks exposure. In the first- named rock they are thickly scattered through a dense dark- green groundmass and are oblong with a larger diameter often exceeding one inch. These feldspars are unusually fresh and generally twinned after the Carlsbad Law. They are surrounded by a decom- posed rim in many cases, but are never zonally built. In the rock from beyond the Twin peaks they are prevailingly larger and more elongated, especially near the contacts of the dike with the wall rocks. Resorption has generally been so slight as to leave the crystals quite sharp, but fracture has not infre- quently occurred in such manner that the groundmass has been permitted to penetrate between the broken portions of the crystal. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 263 As we pass from the phonolites to the trachytoid phonolites the groundmass becomes coarser and of a lighter hue. The feldspar phenocrysts of the phonolites as a rule contain many inclusions ; zgirine-augites, in short stumpy crystals, fine needles of zgirine that seem to be among the earliest formed ingredients of the rock, titanite and nosean. The egirine needles are scattered through the feldspar sometimes in great abundance, so that, when viewed between crossed nicols, the darkened mineral is penetrated by a network of lighter lines made by the differently oriented needles of egirine. This is especially noticeable in the rock from Raum’s Drill. These needles are more thickly developed near the border of the crystal and frequently leave the cores quite clear. The in- cluded noseans are often large and almost as frequent in the feldspar as elsewhere in the groundmass. ‘The high percentage of soda in relation to potash in almost all of these rocks together with the investigations of L. V. Pirrson on rock from the Devil’s Tower, in which the pheno- crysts were found to be soda-orthoclase, have led the writer to - believe that much of the feldspar in these rocks is of the same character. Many of the phenocrysts show a core of microcline which gradually shades into a clear, unstriated border of san- idine. Even the freshest sanidines show an exceedingly fine, longitudinal striation, which may perhaps be due to a very fine, almost sub-microscopic twinning arising from the triclinic char- acter of the mineral. The feldspars of the groundmass fall into two divisions : those which are long, lath-shaped and almost automorphic, and those which present an irregular jagged outline, and make up a groundmass almost granitoid in appearance. The former are characteristic chiefly of the trachytoid variety of phonolite. The rocks from Squaw Creek and Sugar Loaf Hill are good instances of this. The feldspars are sanidines, generally twinned, and with typical structure ; sometimes entirely without definite orientation, impinging one upon the other in slightly irregular lines so as to form a hypidiomorphic texture. Quite frequently one may observe, scattered among them, laths of an 264 IRVING. acid plagioclase. The latter attains a maximum development in the more trachytoid varieties. Interstitial masses of what seems to be nepheline are present in greater or less abundance, as also are recognizable crystals. of this mineral, but they do not occur in as great abundance in the trachytic, as in the more granular groundmass. Penetrating these feldspars in every direction are minute needles of zgirine which are present in great abundance in the tinguaites, but show a decreasing development as we approach _ the trachytes. The other variety of feldspathic groundmass differs only in: the degree of perfection of the constituent feldspars. It is best. illustrated in the biotite phonolite from below Maurice (sepa- rately described on page 269) in which the feldspars do not show so strong a tendency toward automorphism as in many other of the rocks. In the tinguaites both the trachytic and hypidio- morphic types of groundmass occur. Microcline.—Microcline is present sometimes as the core of the sanidine crystals previously mentioned, and again as distinct phenocrysts. The phonolite from the bottom of the Badger Shaft shows beautiful phenocrysts of microcline. Aigerine-augite.—Soda-pyroxene is to be considered typical of these rocks, above any other mineral. It occurs in the most basic phonolites in great abundance, is a persistent feature up to the very most acidic types, and beyond these is still found in the very acidic quartz-zgirite-porphyries. The pyroxene occurs in three distinctly separable varieties. First: Large automorphic crystals of egirine-augite ; Second - Smaller elongated needles of egirine which have sometimes shredded extremities and sometimes abrupt crystal terminations and which are subsequent to the larger crystals in age of formation. They often occur as outer rims in parallel or- ientation with the latter. 7Zird: Extremely fine needles of egirine, long and sharp, but so very small in cross section that it is difficult to detect any pleochroism. These have been briefly described under the quartz-zgirite- porphyries, but the more complete description is inserted here. BUACK HIEESTGEOLOGY: 265 Pyroxenes of the First Variety—The crystals of this group are prevailingly idiomorphic, the only modification being made by the addition of later deposited zgirines—crystals which are attached to the large cores, sometimes in parallel orientation and sometimes without definite arrangement. The faces most commonly developed are » P(110) «Px (100) and oP, (010). The tabular habit, ascribed to this mineral by Rosenbusch! through the development of the face co P & was often observed, but as frequently absent, for in sec- tions perpendicular to the vertical axis the crystals are often square, or when flattened only slightly so. The other faces ob- seqved were of (©o1), and: (111). WMheface 7 (111))1s) rane; and has been identified but once with certainty. Determination of the axes of elasticity shows no variation from the usual type as described under the quartz-zegrite-porphyries. An irregular zonal structure is almost always present. The cores of the crystals are slightly pleochroic or completely color- less augite. The egirine molecule increases as we pass out- ward, and the whole is often surrounded by a deep green, highly pleochroic mantle of zegirine. The different zones have decreasing extinction angles as we proceed from the center outwards until, in the agirine mantle, they are practically zero. The egirine and augite mole- cule vary greatly in their relations to one another. In the rock from the dike east of the Rua Mine the augite molecule is only sparingly developed, the large automorphic crystals being deeply colored and strongly pleochroic throughout, and possessing a low angle of extinction. In the tinguaite from Englewood, we have a green, quite strongly pleochroic egirine-augite, with a very large extinction angle of 30 degrees, but only slight zonal de- velopment. From this we pass to the most common types in which zonal banding is more pronounced. Finally at the augite extreme we have in a phonolite from False Bottom Creek pyroxene crystals, which lack the egirine molecule altogether. Others alongside of them are quite pleochroic, and still others, of almost colorless augite, have not only been surrounded by a 1 Mikroskopische physiographie, Dritte Auflage, p. 538. ANNALS N. Y. ACAD. Sct., XII, December 5, 1899—17. 266 IRVING. thin mantle of egirine, but have been invaded by the latter along lines of fracture. The pleochroism varies with the amount of the egirine mole- cule present. In the larger and more perfect crystals, as in the fine tinguaite from Englewood, it is light pea-green parallel to ¢, also parallel to b ; yellowish green, parallel to a. Absorption o— biG Inclusions occur in great numbers in the zegirine-augites but with the exception of biotite and titanite, which are almost in- variably found in the centers of the crystals, they are confined to the later-added border of egirine. The shredded crystals rarely contain inclusions. Pyroxene of the Second Variety—From this more conspic- uous variety of zgirine we may pass to that of a later genera- tion, by very gradual degrees. This is invariably parallel in extinction and varies considerably in form. It has most often shredded extremities, but in many cases terminations can be seen. These are prevailingly oP (001). It is more strongly developed in the tinguaites where it forms a reticulated, inter- locked maze. As we pass toward the trachytoid varieties of phonolite, as in the rock from Raum’s. Drill, these smaller shredded zgirines give place to a much larger development of zegirine-augite, which is sometimes arranged in a seeming flow- structure around the phenocrysts. The smaller egirines pen- etrate the groundmass in all directions, and are often included in the feldspar, and are arranged without orientation of any kind. When nepheline is present in automorphic crystals, it is formed earlier than these egirines, for it occurs embedded in them or extends far into them from the border. In the rock described by Caswell from Black Butte, the egirine forms inter- stitial masses like the augite in a diabase, the role of the feld- spars being played by the nepheline. This is true also to a less extent in the phonolite from the Badger Shaft, and in that from — the railroad cut at Maurice. The pleochroism of the egirine is very strong, and can be best observed when the crystals are large. It is blue-green to emerald green. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY: 267 The Third Variety of Pyroxene.—Vhe third division of zgirine is exceedingly interesting, as it is present in almost every type of the series from the rocks at the basic end to the exceedingly siliceous quartz-zegirite-porphyries. It comprises those fine hair- like needles that may properly be termed microlites. These needles penetrate the feldspar phenocrysts, the quartz in the quartz-egirite-porphyries, and the feldspar of the groundmass. They are not, however, found as inclusions in the large zgirines, in the nepheline or the nosean and titanites, nor do they ever form parallel growths with the larger crystals. Hence it can be inferred that their period of formation followed that of the iarger egirines, and preceded the period of the feldspar phenocrysts. Nepheline.—This mineral occurs as idiomorphic crystals in the majority of the tinguaites. It reaches the highest degree of development in the phonolites proper, and in the trachytoid va- rieties occurs only as interstitial masses. In the phonolite from Spearfish Peak (Black Butte) it has at- tained a remarkable perfection. Sections show hexagonal cross-sections, dark during the rotation of the stage and square sections with parallel extinction and low single and double re- fraction. An analysis of the rock will undoubtedly show a re- markable amount of soda. The crystals show great numbers of inclusions, most of them highly refractive, but too small for determination. For this rock Caswell’ gives : SiO,, 56.32 %; soluble in HCl with very strong gelatiniza- tion, 24.08 %; which shows how large is the percentage of ne- pheline. Again in the rock above Maurice the nephelines are in great abundance. The rock is different from that from Black Butte in its bluish color, its almost complete lack of greasy lustre, and the presence of macroscopic sanidine phenocrysts. Under the microscope also it shows the egirine in bundles and shredded crystals instead of the irregular masses characteristic of the Black Butte rock. Nosean is also abundant. The nepheline, however, except that the crystals are smaller, bears the same relations to the zgirines and feldspar of the rock. The rock from the bottom of Badger Shaft exactly resem- 1 Rep. Geol. and Resources of the Black Hills of Dakota. U.S. G. G. Survey. 1880, p 526, 268 IRVING. bles that from Maurice, except that the nephelines are larger, ~ and more abundant. In the tinguaites automorphic nepheline occurs less abund- antly, and frequently cannot be detected at all. The presence of nepheline, however, seems to be proved by the gelatinization of the pulverized rock, as also by the analysis. In the trachytoid phonolites nepheline occurs only occasion- ally in automorphic crystals, but gelatinization seems to indicate that it occurs interstitially in the groundmass. A slide, when treated with hydrochloric acid and stained with fuchsine, showed irregular masses of gelatinized mineral, irregularly placed among the feldspars. Nosean.—This occurs in great abundance in the phonolites proper and to a slightly lesser degree in the tinguaites. It seems to accompany the nepheline to a large extent, being present in the greatest abundance in those rocks containing the most of that mineral. It occurs in large dusty hexagonal sec- tions mostly showing a clear border. Sometimes several crys- tals will be grouped together in parallel growth. It antedates the feldspar phenocrysts in the age of its formation. It con- tains inclusions of zgirine in great numbers, but always small and irregular. They seem to have a slightly green tinge, and are identical with a mass of little kernels of the same mineral grouped against the sides of the crystal, and apparently ex- cluded from it during the process of crystallization. The nosean is always automorphic, and occurs as frequently embedded in the phenocrysts of feldspar as in the groundmass.. It is often found partially included in the phenocrysts and partially in the groundmass without. In the trachytoid phono- lites, nosean is absent. Flaiiyne.—This was found only in a single instance, and then in very small although beautifully developed crystals. The rock in which it occurs is an extremely fine grained variety of phonolite, and was collected from a mass of irregular form, near the mouth of one of the northeastwardly draining tributaries of Squaw Creek. This Gulch is the second to the west of Lab- rador Gulch. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 269 Liotite—TYhis mineral is present in the more trachytoid varie- ties of phonolite as occasional dark flakes and may also be ob- served in the tinguaites. One variety of trachytoid phonolite deserves special mention. It occurs as a sill in the Cambrian shales about half a mile below Maurice in Spearfish Cafion. The rock is light gray, has a greasy lustre, and can be seen to contain innumerable flakes of biotite. Some of them attain a diameter of three-eighths of an inch. The microscope shows the rock to consist of an almost granular aggregate of twinned feldspars amongst which an occasional nepheline can be de- tected. Through this mass are scattered shredded crystals of zgirine, the usual larger crystals of egirine-augite and numer- ous irregular crystals of biotite. The biotite is in deep red-brown flakes, and is very pleochroic. Around it is grouped ina thick felt-like mass, often equal in diameter to one-half the width of biotite, a maze of xgirine microlites. Mixed in with these are longer, shredded egirines, and an occasional terminated crystal. Besides the biotite and also surrounded by a coating of irregularly piled microlites are masses and hexagonal cross-sections of an isotropic mineral. It is filled with minute dusty inclusions of unknown character, and with crystals of egirine, and is perforated through and through by long needles of the same mineral. It is absolutely isotropic, showing not the slightest indication of cross twinning and when viewed between crossed nicols letting no light through, except where doubly refracting inclusions are present. It is generally hexagonal in outline, but occurs also in irregular blotches. It is identicai with the isotropic mineral discussed under leucite. Magnetite—Magnetite occurs but sparingly in the phonolite- trachyte series. It is, however, seen in the phonolites from Maurice and Ragged Top, in considerable quantities. In the latter rock it occurs in irregular masses, with characteristic color and lustre. | Titanite.—Titanite occurs, as an almost invariable accessory in nearly all of the rocks of this series. It is generally in long, tabular, lath shaped crystals and exhibits the usual high relief and cleavaze. It is often included in the egirine-augite, and feldspar phenocrysts. The crystals are frequently twinned. 270 IRVING. Garnet (Melanite).—In the phonolite from the summit of Ragged Top Mountain, masses of this mingral can be observed. It is dark brown, with irregular fracture and high relief, and between crossed nicols shows faint double refraction. It is sur- rounded by a dark mass consisting of interlocking crystals of zgirine and egirine-augite mingled with magnetite grains and an undetermined decomposition product. Leucite (?).—In 1897 a series of rocks from the Black Hills “was sent to Professor Kemp by Professor F. C. Smith, of the Rapid City School of Mines, and determinations were made by Mr. D. H. Newland in the laboratory of Columbia University. Among these rocks were a set which were determined as leuci- tophyres and leucite-phonolites, and were described as such by Professor Smith in his paper on the ‘ Potsdam Gold Ores of South Dakota.’ It was also on the basis of these determina- tions that the statement was made by Professor Kemp, ina paper on the leucite hills cf Wyoming, that leucite rocks were abun- dant in the Black Hills. _ Since then further investigation seems to show that this mineral may prove to be one of the sodalite group, or at least that its determination as leucite is somewhat questionable. The most perfect instance of a rock of this kind is that oc- curring in a thick sheet at the mouth of Anne Creek, where it enters Spearfish Canon. A similar rock was found in a shaft northwest of Carbonate. The other leucite rocks occur in a mass on the divide to the south of Ragged Top, on Green Mountain, and on the edge of the limestone bluff opposite Lit- tle Spearfish Falls. In addition to these, the writer has found a great many occurrences showing the same isotropic mineral in greater or less abundance. In microscopic appearance, the rocks containing this mineral do not differ from those of the phonolite series, but show the same variations from a dense texture and dark green color to lighter gray and more coarse-grained rocks. The rock from Annie Creek shows the typical dense texture and green color of a tinguaite. The phenocrysts are small and inconspicuous, 1 Trans. Am. Inst. Mining Engineers, Vol. XX VII, p. 411, July, 1897. BEACK HILLS ‘GEOLOGY: 271 and not present in great abundance. The specimens selected for study were obtained from the freshest portion of the rock, and showed little or no decomposition. Under the microscope the rock is seen to be composed of a fine mesh of egirine need- les, between which are hexagonal, slightly rounded and irregular masses of an isotropic mineral, which, with subordinate rods of orthoclase, makes up the body of the rock. The hexago- nal form predominates, but occasional square sections are ob- served. Octagonal sections were not observed. Sanidine phen- ocrysts are sparingly distributed, and when seen are zonally banded, and contain hexagons and squares of the same iso- tropic mineral. The isotropic mineral remains almost completely dark during the rotation of the stage, no light penetrating it except when doubly refracting inclusions are present. Not the faintest trace of twin lamellation was observed by means of the gypsum plate, even in the larger crystals. As a rule, innumerable dusty inclusions can be observed, but these may sink in prominence until the mineral is almost clear. The inclusions are almost without exception zgirine. Slides were treated with hydrochloric acid and then stained with fuchsine, the result being a strong gelatinization which seems to be almost wholly confined to the isotropic mineral. A glance at the analysis No. XV when compared with those of the other phonolites shows that there is no increase in the proportion of soda as compared with the potash, although such has been shown not to be essential to the formation of leucite. Still, one would hardly expect so high a percentage of soda where so little nepheline and so much leucite are present. Again such marked gelatinization seems to bar out such an interpre- tation, and the fact that the mineral occurs included in the feldspar phenocrysts would seem sufficient to exclude the possi- bility of analcite, which in rocks of this kind is a secondary mineral. We are then forced to consider the sodalite group as the only explanation. Nosean occurs with such frequency in these rocks and is so often without the prominent border, that in small crystals a con- fusion with leucite might readily occur. Qa IRVING. In adescription of the rock from the Mato Tepee, Pirrson mentions the occurrence of a mineral similar to that here de- scribed. ‘‘There appear also small hexagonal sections of a mineral which is full of dusty inclusions, and always isotropic. At is supposed to be of the sodalite group, which is also indi- cated by the chlorine shown in the analysis.” ! Without a complete chemical analysis of the separate occur- rences and a much closer study of the material than it has been possible to make in the preparation of this paper, the writer would hesitate to pronounce this nosean, thus making a separate division of noseanophryes. The rocks in which it occurs have therefore been classed with the phonolites, which they resemble in all other respects. ANALYSES OF PHONOLITES. ez Tr “f iW VA SE | VIE | te TS | ae Si0,, 56.940! eee 59-230 ee 565 58. 580 58. 940 58. 980, 59. 250 56. 340] 58.65 Al, 0, 21.031 20.458) 21.098 | 18.142 | 17.190 18.111) 16. 032 19. a Pit O57 16.45 Fe, O, i | | | 1 .08 FeO 13.408} 4.060) 4.132| 7.324] 7.686] 6.308 8.265 5.076 4.205) CaO 1.930, I.910! 0.640| 1.560] 0.880) 0.570) I.I10; 2.070] 3.340| 3.78 MgO 0.327; 0.616) 0.472} none | trace| trace | trace | 0.709| trace K,O 4-657, 4.384 4.486] 5.278) 4.536) 6.872, 4.898 3961) 4.082) 4.16 Na,O 9-046 .7.640, 8.670| 8.492] 9.261] 7.564) 8.280) 7.391) 9.274) $8.92 H,O O08 0.570} 0.100] 0.120] 0.090} 0.090; 0.510] —o. 700) 0.070 0.29 Loss. 2.150 4.220) I: 180 | 1.010 1.650) 1.360) 2: ZOO) 2.120) 0. geo 2.78 Vote, 199: 879 99: 478 100. 30.008 I0O. 486 9. 773 oe: 815] 1 100. 145] I00. 9.028 ‘99. 977) 99.11 Bo EXOT in|") MeCN RZ xv AIT XVI | XVI XIX BG SiO, 61.08 55.60 55 940 57. 880 56.570 58. ogo Bh oeo 57.210 57-450 58.590 Al,O 18.71, 19.705 20.905] 20.461 20.736 21.288 20.395 18.673) 20.376 20.766 ISO) I.9I FeO 0.63, 5.494 4.495) 3.770 5.656 4.061, 4423 3.408 3630) 4.350 CaO 1.58 1.690, 1.730! 0.760 1.050) 0.810, 1.560 3.070 1.840) 1.460 MgO 0.08 0.861; 0.421} 0.281| 0.234) trace trace} I.099 trace! 0.464 K,O 4.63, 4.881) 5.441). 5.112) 4.487) 3.794) 6.261) 4.916) 6.186) 4.803 Na,O 8.68, 8604 8.866 8.738) 9.358 9.345) 6.234) 6.622; 7.412! 8.170 H,O 0.340 0.310, 0.170 I.IIO 0.200 0.500 I.010, 0.360) 0.090 Loss 2-212! 2. 890 2.430 2.550 1.490 2. 260 2. 700) 3 610) 2. 2.760, 0.920 Total 10o. 065, 100. 90.538} 99: 722 99. 691 99. 848) 100. 1.453, 9. 618) 100. 0.014 99. 613 1L, V. Pirrson, dm. Journal of Science, May, 1894, Vol. XL, VII, page 344. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY, 273 Chemical Composition of the Phonolites. In their chemical composition the phonolites vary only within narrow limits. On page 272 will be founda series of analyses. Phonolites. f. Phonolite from the summit of Ragged Top Mountain. Contains nepheline, orthoclase, egirine, magnetite and melanite garnet. This rock is a typical phonolite. Analysis by Pro- fessor F. C. Smith, Deadwood, South Dakota. Tinguaites. IT, Yinguaite from dike on Ulster claim of A. J. Smith, near Preston, South Dakota. Analysis by Professor Flintermann, Deadwood, South Dakota. ITT, Tinguaite-—Dike in Squaw Creek, below Gushurst mine. Typical tinguaitic texture. Analysis by Professor Flintermann, Deadwood, South Dakota. Trachytoid Phonolites. With Tinguaitic Aspect. TV. From the sheet at the junction of Annie and Rose Spring creeks. Analysis by Professor Flintermann, Deadwood, South Dakota. V. Rather fine-grained variety from sheet in Annie Creek, near loop of Burlington and Missouri River Railroad. Analysis by Professor Flintermann, Deadwood, South Dakota. V7. Trachytoid phonolite from Annie Creek near Loop on ~ the Burlington and Missouri River Railroad. Analysis by Pro- fessor Flintermann, of Deadwood, South Dakota. V/T. From same locality as No. V//. Professor Flintermann, analyst. V//7. Sheet near last. Analysis by Professor Flintermann, 274 IRVING. Trachytoid Phonolite. ‘1X, Large sheet in Squaw Creek. Specimens taken from the dike-like portion forming the ‘‘ Gateway.” Analysis by Pro- fessor Flintermann, of Deadwood, South Dakota. XX. Very coarse trachytoid phonolite from ‘ Raum’s Drill,” in the bed of Calamity Gulch. Analysis by J. D. Irving. Af, Rock from the Mato Tepee or Devil's Tower eve Pirrson, American Journal of Science, Vol. XL, VII, p. 344. XTT. Rock from Annie Creek, cut on the Burlington and Missouri River Railroad. Analysis by Professor Flintermann, of Deadwood, South Dakota. X//I, Rock from lower cut on the Burlington and Missouri River Railroad, near mouth of Annie Creek. Analysis by Pro- fessor Flintermann, of Deadwood, South Dakota. X/V. Rock from irregular mass in the limestone to the South of Calamity Gulch, and west of Elk Mountain. Analy- sis by Professor Flintermann, of Deadwood, South Dakota. _ XV. Rock from thick sheet in the mouth of Annie Creek. This rock has the typical] texture of a tinguaite, and contains some nepheline with much nosean and sanidine. There is also in very great abundance of the isotropic mineral at first supposed to be leucite. Analysis by Professor Flintermann, of Dead- wood, South Dakota. XV7. Rock from the summit of Green Mountain. . This is a phonolite o trachytcid character, but possesses the typical tinguaitic groundmass. In addition to this there is present much of the same isotropic mineral referred to above. XV//, Loose fragments from Annie Creek. Determined as leucitophyre by Mr. D. H. Newland. Analysis by Profes- sor Flintermann, of Deadwood, South Dakota. XVIII." Phonolite dike from Whitetail crossing in White- tail Gulch. Analysis by Professor Flintermanin, of Deadwood, South Dakota. XIX! Rock from sheet in Whitetail Gu ch below Sugar Loaf Hill. Analysis by Professor Flintermann, of Deadwood, South Dakota. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 275 XX. ' Phonolite from the East Slope of Bald Mountain. The exposure from which this was taken is probably a dike. An- alysis by Professor Flintermann, of Deadwood, South Dakota. If we run over these arv'yses, it will at once appear that the phonolites are of a rema. ably uniform composition. The Rock from Ragged Top Mountain, which is a typical phonolite with much nepheline, shows little i any difference, from the more trachytoid varieties, in which very little 0 that mineral is present. The inference is that since the ratio of soda to potash remains unaltered, much of the ormer has contrib- uted to the formation of anorthoclase feldspar. That this is true in the case of the rock from the Mato Tepee has been shown by L. V. Pirrson.” The rocks showing tinguaitic texture do not differ in chem- ical composition from the rest of the phonolites. The rocks in which leucite is supposed to occur show little if any difference from the rest of the ser... In one instance, however, No. XV//, the amount 0 potash rises to six per cen . and the soda _ s proportionately diminished. This rock has more the appearance of a leucite rock than any of the others. The complete investigation of these supposed leucite rocks is reserved for a f paper. 3. Rhyolite Family. The rocks belonging to this family show a considerable vari- ation in texture and appearance, but are easily separated from the phonolites. They are usually very much more decomposed than the latter, and seldom show dark silicates in an undecom- posed condition. They are very extensively developed, and nearly equal the phonolites in the extent of the area they cover. They will be described under the following types : 1. Portland Type. 2. War Eagle Hill Type. 1Rocks Nos. XV///, X7X and XX were not examined by the writer but de- termined by Mr. D. H. Newland in the laboratory of Columbia University. 2 American Journal of Science, May, 1894, p. 344. 276 IRVING. 3. Foley Peak Type. 4. Nevada Gulch Type. 5. Whitetail Gulch Type. Portland Type. At the head of Squaw Creek, near the old Portland mill, occurs a very thick sheet of quartz-porphyry. Megascopic Character.—It is a reddish brown rock, much de- composed, and only in rare instances shows macroscopic crys- tals of quartz. The groundmass is brown in color and exceed- ingly dense, containing occasional flakes of biotite. The feldspars are of uniform size, averaging about a fourth inch in diameter, and are so much resorbed that they often show a somewhat lenticular aspect, which has given rise to the local name of “ Bird’s Eye”’ porphyry. Microscopic Characters—Under the microscope the rock is seen to consist of phenocrysts of sanidine and plagioclase em- bedded in a groundmass of very fine xenomorphic grains of quartz and orthoclase. The sanidines are somewhat resorbed and are prevailingly twinned after the Carlsbad Law. ‘They far exceed the plagio- clase crystals, both in size and number, but the latter attain a somewhat unusual development for a typical rhyolite. Pheno- crysts of microcline are also of frequent occurrence. Biotite is scattered through the groundmass in quite conspicuous masses. The rock is one of the typical quartz porphyries, but is usually taken for trachyte, as the quartz is not apparent to the eye. It differs from the other quartz porphyries in the ab- sence of microscopic quartz, and the rounded character of the phenocrysts. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. QT CHEMICAL COMPOSITION. Ih, Wilf, SiO), Woy74s O77 IN ROR I NOO7, AS, etON 2:47 ie FeO~ Not det. 1.59 C2© ake 7 0.51 Mia@ retrace 0.49 K,O Not det. 4.56 Na,O Not det. 6.20 H,O 0.65 0.73 Loss 0.10 1.47 100.89 I. Quartz-porphyry known as ‘“ Bird’s Eye porphyry ” from sheet along the Burlington and Missouri Railroad on Crown Hill. Analysis by J. D. Irving. II. Quartz-porphyry from large dike in the Ulster Mine, near Preston, South Dakota. This rock forms the wall of the ore deposits and is cut by a phonolite dike. The ore is asso- ciated with the phonolite, and is stained with purple fluorite. Analysis by Professor Flintermann, of Deadwood, South Da- kota. In both of these rocks lime is very low, considering the very considerable amount of plagioclase that is present. The per- centage of soda is, however, so high that we would infer that the plagioclase is quite probably an albite, which is also shown by measurements on albite lamelle. War Eagle Hill Type. Further down the valley of Squaw Creek, and forming the main mass of War Eagle Hill, occurs an exceedingly dense, dark quartz porphyry, which apparently intersects the lighter variety. Megascopic Appearance.—This rock has a grayish color, and shows frequent phenocrysts of orthoclase. These are embedded 278 IRVING. in a dense bluish groundmass, in which smaller feldspars may be easily distinguished. Macroscopic quartz is frequently pres- ent. The rock has maay inclusions of all descriptions, the com- monest being slate fragments, and the most interesting, masses of a coarse-grained binary granite. Microscopic Characters—The microscope shows the rock to consist of a groundmass of quartz and feldspar. In this are embedded innumerable sanidine phenocrysts of varying size and form. Most of them are but little resorbed, and the larger number are square in outline showing only Pand/ A marked zonary banding is generally present. A considerable number of the feldspar phenocrysts are mi- crocline and an acid plagioclase, which is probably albite. In many cases the albite occurs included in the sanidine pheno- crysts. Much pyrite is present, and is sometimes seen lining the edges of myarolitic cavities, in which are confined sulphur- ous gases, so that the rock when broken exhales an extremely offensive odor. . Foley Peak Type.. Upon Foley Peak occurs a quartz-porphyry, which shows a much coarser groundmass than that occurring on War Eagle Hill. It is composed 0 a xenomorphic aggregate of quartz and orthoclase in quite large masses. In this are phe- nocrysts of quartz and plagioclase, the former being the most abundant. In certain portions of the mass this rock shows large and quite numerous phenocrysts of quartz in addition to that pres- ent in the groundmass. Otherwise it differs little from the War Eagle Hill type except in the coarseness of the groundmass. | Nevada Gulch Type. This type of quartz-porphyry occurs in a dike along the road just below the junction of Nevada and Fantail Gulches. Megascopic Appearance.—The rock is of a light gray, porphy- ritic character. The groundmass is dark gray, and very fine BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 279 grained, but is so thickly crowded with small phenocrysts of feldspar that it will not be at first noticed. Quartz phenocrysts also occur in abundance, and sometimes attain a size of one- half of an inch in diameter, although most of them are smaller. Besides these phenocrysts of quartz and feldspar, which range about one-eighth inch in diameter, extremely large crystals of sanidine of an older generation occur in such an abundance as to give the rock almost the appearance of a granite-porphyry. The latter crystals range from three-eighths of an inch to one and one-half inches in length. They are invariably idiomorphic, are always undecomposed and never show corroded boundaries. Scattered through the groundmass are minute flakes of biotite. Microscopic Characters —"Examined microscopically, the rock shows an exceedingly fine-grained, granular groundmass, made up of quartz and feldspar, in which are embedded decomposed plates of biotite, quartz phenocrysts and alkali feldspar of two generations. The biotite is much decomposed. The quartz is in automorphic crystals, and much corroded, and contains num- bers of inclusions. The most abundant of these are little bub- bles of gas, and irregular patches of a mineral, with a very high index of refraction, but whose nature was not determined. The smaller feldspars are present in great numbers, and are almost invariably decomposed. Many of them are an acid plagioclase, probably albite. The larger phenocrysts are sanidine, very fresh and most fre- quently in Carlsbad twins. They contain great numbers of in- clusions, which can be seen in roughly zonal arrangement, even in the handspec men. Most important of these are quartz and feldspar. The inclusions of quartz are often so large as to be in the nature of true phenocrysts, when considered in relation to the body of the rock. The feldspar inclusions are both or- thoclase and albite. Whitetail Gulch Type. Still another type of quartz-porphyry occurs on the Black Hills and Fort Pierre Railroad, in Whitetail Gulch, a little north of the mouth of Fantail and Nevada Gulches. 280 IRVING, Megascopic Appearance.—It is of a dark bluish gray color, grading to whitish gray in the more coarsely grained portions. It occurs also in other localities in considerable abundance. Microscopic Characters.—Vhe microscope shows the following minerals: orthoclase, plagioclase, quartz, biotite, chlorite and magnetite. The groundmass is extremely fine, as in the last rock de- scribed, but is markedly granular in texture. In it are em- bedded in about equal numbers, phenocrysts of sanidine and plagioclase both of which are in an advanced stage of decay. The biotite is in quite noticeable and thickly disseminated flakes, and generally shows a twisted appearance as if disturbed by the flow of the rock. Chlorite and magnetite are also present, the former as a decomposition product of biotite, and the latter in irregular grains. The quartz contains inclusions of zircon, and is in the usual resorbed crystals. It also shows an extraordinary amount of. fracture, which has evidently been caused by the flow of magma. The fractured portions of the phenocrysts are scattered all through the groundmass, and are of all sizes, giving the rock at. first sight the appearance of a breccia. The broken edges are generally extremely sharp and angu- lar and only occasionally show a contour rounded by corrosion. From the condition of the quartz it is to be inferred : 1. That the crystallization of the quartz phenocrysts took place before the forces which produced the upward flow were ages . That the quartz crystals were broken by the flow of the magma during its intrusion. Other than the broken quartz crystals, this rock shows marked evidences of flow. They can best be observed in the field. The rock consists of two portions, a granular, white and rather coarse-grained rock of porphyritic texture, and a much darker, at times completely aphantic, material arranged in flow lines or schlieren. The two are mingled together in just such eddies and swirls as are seen in a pot of paint where two colors are mixed together. At one point a large mass of BLACK Hiltks GEOLOGY. 281 amphibolite is included and around it the flow lines make a series of fantastic curves and eddies, following the contour of the included fragment. The separate layers are of all thick- nesses, but are so sharply marked off from one another that they may be readily followed. Many of them thin out into mere hairlike tongues, which may still, however, be distinguished from the adjacent layers by their sharply contrasted color. Under the microscope these different layers show simply a differ- ence in the texture of the groundmass, and in the abundance of phenocrysts, the latter occurring at much rarer intervals in the darker and more fine-grained streaks. A photograph showing these flow lines may be seen in Plate XVI. 4, Andesite Family. Mica-Diorite-Poryhyry. This rock occurs in quite large development throughout the region of Squaw Creek, and in the Ruby Basin. In the head of that creek, in the upper shaft of the Rua Mine is a sheet, and the same rock forms the large Redpath laccolite. It oc- curs also in irregular masses in Squaw Creek and its tributaries, and forms a sheet of considerable size at the mouth of that creek. There is further a large development in the vicinity of Carbonate Camp. The analyzed specimen is from the Rua Mine, and when seen in hand specimens, it presents a very much darker and more basic appearance than any of the rocks so far described. Megascopic Appearance.—It has a dense bluish black ground- mass, in which are thickly disseminated small scales of biotite. and when in the fresh condition large prisms of hornblende, giving to the rock a very basic aspect. In the rock from the flat northwest of Twin Peaks the hornblendes are present in great development, but in the other occurrences are generally decomposed and show only chloritic pseudomorphs. The feld- spar phenocrysts are not in very great abundance and often show an almond-shaped cross-section, rarely attaining a greater length than one-fourthinch. Whenthe rock is much altered the ANNALS N. Y. AcAD. Sct., XII, December 5, 1899—18. 282 IRVING. biotite seems to have been one of the most resistant minerals, and remains protruding in glittering flakes, which gives to the weathered specimens a very basic appearance. Microscopic Characters.—Vhe microscope shows the follow- ing minerals: plagioclase, orthoclase, biotite and hornblende or chlorite, as phenocrysts; plagioclase, magnetite, chlorite, calcite and quartz in the groundmass. The plagioclase pheno- crysts show the usual polysynthetic twinning. They are gen- erally fairly fresh in the central portions, but are somewhat decomposed along their borders. Measurements made in sec- tions on the zone perpendicular to 47 showed maximum extinc- tion angles of 23 degrees. This would place the feldspar among the oligoclase-andesines. The orthoclase phenocrysts vary in abundance, but are al- ways subordinate to the plagioclase. In the rock from the gulch west of Labrador, orthoclase is entirely absent, both as phenocrysts and inthe groundmass. In that from the Rua Mine it appears as occasional phenocrysts, and from the Redpath Creek laccolite it equals the plagioclase in amount. The biotite is in hexagonal and rectangular flakes and usually quite fresh. It has a strong pleochroism, opaque brown, parallel to the cleavage, and greenish brown at right angles to it. The absorption is much stronger in the larger and fresher masses. In those which show a slightly decomposed border it is colorless parallel to the cleavage, and light yellow at right angles to it. The hornblende was observed in a fresh condition in only one specimen, that from the flat northwest of Twin Peaks. Here it occurs in large crystals with blunt terminations, showing cross sections 1 x 3g inches in maximum development. The crystals are short and thick set, never acicular, and show the usual cleavage characteristic of the mineral. They have the faces ~ P & (O10), © P (110) in strong development, and are terminated by the usual P& (011). No other faces were observed Maximum extinction angles range about 12° to 15°. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 283 The pleochroism is : Deep olive green ||c. Faint yellowish green || to c. « a ae ||to; b: Absorption c>b>a. The chlorite, which occurs as large masses, has resulted from the decomposition of the hornblende, being prevailingly pseudomorphic after that mineral. The groundmass is composed of irregularly bounded, lath- shaped masses of striated feldspar, some undoubted orthoclase, and an abundance of magnetite in grains and irregular masses. Chlorite, calcite and secondary quartz are present as alteration products. The following is a partial analysis of the rock from the Rua mine : SG), 55.26 Al,O, 17.67 He. Os 5-39 CaO 5.26 MgO 2o2i K,O not det. Na,O not det. loss 4.53 H,0 45 Two other occurrences of the rock are worthy of note. One is in the town of Terry in a thick sheet of considerable develop- ment, which is also exposed on both sides of Fantail Gulch along the railroad. The rock is here much finer grained than that described, and is almost granular. The crystals of horn- blende are much more widely disseminated through the rock, although somewhat smaller, and in all cases altered to chlorite. Biotite is less abundant. Garnet sometimes occurs; otherwise the rock shows no difference from the usual type. The other occurrence of diorite-porphyry is very important. It is on the west of Spearfish Creek in the up-lift known as the Needles (see p. 224). It is a highly porphyritic rock, with even-tinted liglt-gray groundmass, in which are embedded white phenocrysts of feldspar and abundant glittering blades of horn- 284 IRVING. blende. No biotite is present, and the rock is of a very much less basic type than the others described. The microscope shows a fine-grained ground mass of irregular masses of pla- gioclase, amongst which a few rectangular crystals of or- thoclase occasionally appear, and through which grains of magnetite are thickly scattered. The phenocrysts are plagio- clase and sanidine in almost equal development, and horn- blende, which is always in automorphic crystals. The plagio- clase and hornblende show no unusual features and the chief point of interest about the rock is that its affinities to the ande- sites and trachytes are about equally divided. 5. Dacite Family. Of this family two types are described: 1st. Crow Peak Type. 2d. Deadwood Gulch Type. Crow Peak Type. The first rock determined by the writer under this name, was taken from the summit of Crow Peak. It was described by Caswell! as rhyolite as follows: “The rock (141 and 142) from Crow Peak is a rhyolite, con- taining plagioclase, and is much more crystalline than the pre- ceding, having microscopical sanidine crystals plainly embedded in a groundmass. They are white and very transparent. There are also some black crystals of hornblende and empty cavities, which were formerly filled with the mineral. In the section, the microscope shows the rock to consist of large, clear crystals of sanidine and plagioclase in a crystalline groundmass, also containing broken biotite crystals and some quartz in grains and crystals.” In the section examined by the writer all of these minerals were observed, but a few additional important features need to be emphasized. The phenocrysts, with the exception of one or two crystals, are all plagioclase, and the few sanidines present are smaller than the plagioclases. Plagioclase was not observed 1 Report of the Geol. and Resources of the Black Hills. U.S. G. G. Survey, p- 500. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY, 285 as a core, although apparent crystals of sanidine were observed with fragments of striated feldspar attached to them in different orientation. It is probable that many of the sanidines de- scribed by Caswell were merely plagioclase, cut parallel to the twinning lamella. Measurement of extinction angles on sec- tions cut perpendicular to albite lamelle give a maximum angle of 18 degrees, which places the feldspar among the oligoclase andesines. The groundmass is composed of great numbers of automor- phic sanidines of considerable size. They are prevailingly square in section and are accompanied by other interstitial masses, not so perfectly developed. Quartz has only attained a slight development, although quite a few grains of this min- eral seem to be present, giving higher colors than the gray feld- spar. None of them are large enough to give an axial cross. The silica determination published by Caswell, 67.36 per cent., places the rock at the upper limits of andesites series and makes the presence of considerable quartz probable. Quite a prominent accessory of the rock is titanite, which forms crystals of considerable size. Deadwood Gulch Type. From the Crow Peak rock we may easily pass to another rock which differs but little from it in general appearance, but is very much more acidic. This rock occurs in a very large dike on the loop of the Fremont, Elkhorn and Missouri Valley Rail- road. Macroscopically, it isa very light, whitish gray, porphy- ritic rock, with numerous irregularly bounded, and often very large phenocrysts of quartz. The feldspars are prevailingly small, rarely attaining the diameter of a fourth inch. Most of them are from four to five millimeters in breath. The groundmass has a dense light gray appearance, and is sharply contrasted with all the rocks yet de- scribed in containing few if any ferruginous minerals. Under the microscope the rock is seen to be made up of a very fine-grained granular groundmass, which is probably feld- 286 IRVING, spathic. In this are embedded phenocrysts, of plagioclase and quartz, with occasional sanidines. The groundmass contains scattered grains of magnetite. The plagioclases show an extinction angle on albite lamellze of 18 to 20 degrees, which show them to be of quite a basic type. They are sometimes seen in parallel growth with san- idine. In the only large sanidine crystal seen in the slide, a complete crystal of plagioclase was included. (Fig. 14))) The quartz is in extremely large crystals, and abounds _ in inclusions. It is resorbed to a remarkable degree, the groundmass encroaching on it in unusually deep bottle- shaped emdbayments. It is very much fractured, and frequently in long crys- tals that have a far greater length than breadth. 6. Diorite Family. Plagioclase included in sanidine from quartz-zegerite-porphyry from sheet on Bur- Tonalite ( Quartz - mica - lington and Missouri River Railroad, near 1 ee Thi away Sevan hornblende - diorite ). —This rock is exposed in the cut of the Fremont, Elkhorn and Missouri Valley Railroad in Deadwood Gulch, some little distance west of Go-to-Hell Gulch, and is in an exceedingly thick dike in the Algonkian formation. Megascopic Characters —The rock is gray, granular-looking and of an even texture, the constituent minerals being of such size as to be easily recognized without the aid of the microscope. Basic segregrations and angular inclusions of a basic character are very numerous. Microscopic Characters —Under the microscope we may rec- BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 287 ognize the following minerals: plagioclase, quartz, orthoclase, _ biotite and hornblende. These are arranged in granular tex- ture, being largely without crystal boundaries. There is, how- ever, a slight tendency toward an automorphic development in the feldspar, such as would be anticipated in a rock of this character. That we have here a rock of so nearly granitoid texture is undoubtedly due to the very large size of the intruded mass. The plagioclase slightly outranks the orthoclase in abundance. Maximum extinction angles measured on albite lamellz did not give very satisfactory results, but the mineral seems to be of quite an acid type. The other minerals present no unusual features. 7. Lamprophyre Family. Augite-Vogesite. This rock was found cutting the diorite-porphyry of the needles uplift in Bear Gulch on the west of Spearfish Creek. Megascopic Characters.—It is a dense, black rock, carrying no noticeable phenocrysts, and of extremely fine grain. Microscopic Characters.—The microscope reveals the presence of the following minerals: augite, hornblende, magnetite and feldspar. The augite constitutes the main body of the rock, and is always in automorphic crystals. These are small and usually free from inclusions, but exhibit the characteristic cross-section, and cleavage of the mineral. Hornblende is present in long needles, but compared to the augite, is sparingly developed. Between the crystals of augite and hornblende, occurs a small amount of glassy groundmass, in which from time to time, singly twinned feldspar may be observed. The feldspar is prob- ably orthoclase. From these facts, and from the almost perfect panidiomorphic texture of the rock, it has been classed with the vogesites. It exactly parallels the camptonites which are so often associated with elzolite syenite magmas, except that the component mineral is augite, instead of the usual brown basal- tic hornblende. 288 IRVING. It is to be regarded as the final and most basic segregation of the highly alkaline magma, whlch has produced the phonolite series. 8. Amphibolites. Under this head are classed together a large and varied group of rocks whose chief constituent is a secondary hornblende, or uralite. This can in some cases be traced back to an original pyroxene, but at times the alteration has been complete, and we have no means of determining the origin of the mineral. The amphibolites occur in dikes of varying width between walls of Algonkian slates and schists. Whenever they are very wide, the center is an unaltered core of very homogeneous char- acter. Increasing schistosity can then be traced outwards, till the rock passes into extremely fine, greenish mica slates and phyllites. esides these dikes others of very large and ex- tremely irregular character also occur. Such is the rock in the bed of Squaw Creek. The rock from the mouth of Fantail and Nevada Gulches forms a large dike. A specimen from the center and least schis- tose portion of the dike is a dense deep green rock, and, even in the hand specimen, presents a slightly diabasic appearance. Under the microscope it is seen to be made up of a mass of large plagioclase rods with well developed boundaries. The interstices are filled with a light green uralitic hornblende and some augite. The plagioclase gives a maximum extinction angle measured in sections perpendicular to albite lamellz of about 18 to 20 degrees. The feldspar is but little altered. The hornblende is evidently a decomposition product of the augite, for it frequently fills the cavities between the large fragments of that mineral, which shows characteristic twinning and optical properties. The augite, however, is in very small quantities comparatively, and is important only in relation to the origin of the hornblende. The latter is a very light greenish color, and has but a slight pleochroism, from light green to yellowish green, and is most frequently fibrous. It makes up the body of the rock. The BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 289 next mineral to the hornblende and plagioclase in abund- ance is a colorless mineral in grains and definite crystals, and scattered in great profusion through the rock. It has a high index of refraction, and was at first taken for pyroxene. The interference colors are, however, extremely low, by which means it may be readily distinguished from that mineral. It is also usually confined to the plagioclase, of which it seems to be an alteration product. The extinction is parallel. In the amphi- bolite from Squaw Creek this mineral is in very much larger ‘crystals, and in far greater abundance, having developed at the expense of the feldspar. The latter mineral decreases in amount as it becomes a more prominent constituent of the rock. The mineral is probably zoisite. Accessory ilmenite, calcite, apatite and quartz also occur. The ilmenite is in large masses and is invariably surrounded by a heavy border of leucoxene. The quartz and calcite are secondary. The other varieties of amphibolite differ from the above largely in degree of alteration and the absence of a recognizable diabase texture. That which forms the large, irregular mass in Squaw Creek is a fine-grained, dense rock, with a light green color, and is locally known as “‘ diorite.”” The amphibole here, however, is in much greater abundance. It is arranged in wide, fibrous masses, made up of a series of parallel rods, which are often curved and show a wavy extinction. An analysis of this rock gave SiO, 49.19 INO. 15.13 Iie lO), 10.71 (CaO), on MgO, 8.05 K,O, Not det. Na,O, Not det. B. GENERAL DISCUSSION OF PETROGRAPHY. The hills have twice been the seat of prolonged igneous activity. The first period was previous to the metamorphism of 290 IRVING. the Algonkian series, and was marked by the widespread eruption of basic rocks, now represented by the amphibolites, that occur in such abundance throughout the metamorphosed areas. The second was not until the entire series of sediments between the Algonkian and the upper Cretaceous had been deposited, and was characterized by a highly alkaline series of intruded rocks. These two periods of eruptive activity are separated by such a vast interval of time that it is improbable that there should exist any genetic relationships between the rocks peculiar to them. Pre-Cambrian Eruptives. That the rocks of this first period were extremely basic is shown by their petrographic and chemical characters. Further, it seems probable they were intrusive or even plutonic be- cause : ist: Many of them still preserve the typical diabasic granular texture. 2d: Many of the more massive varieties show the granitoid texture of gabbro. The rocks are too much altered to afford other than these very general conclusions. Post-Cretaceous Eruptives. The rocks belonging under this head may be differentiated into the following : Mica-diorite-porphyry or Hornblende-mica-andesite. Diorite-porphyry or Hornblende-andesite. Tonalite- or Quartz-mica-hornblende- diorite. Quartz-porphyry or Khyolite. Quartz-porphyrite or Dacite. Phonolite. Quartz-egirite-porphyry or Grorudite. . Augite-vogesite. Betwedn the first five varieties there are all gradations. The hornblende-mica-andesites contain at times so much orthoclase — . coo™N Aw w to BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 291 as to belong more properly in the trachyte series. On the other hand the invariable occurrence of plagioclase in all of the quartz-porphyries and rhyolites, indicates a transition toward the dacites. These relations will be brought out by the accom- panying diagram. Increasing SiO, > SYCNitehrirumubs Serine ee the Senses yer ai? Deaeyeeer as fee Granite Trachyte Rhyolite Family Family 5 | 3 Ss) | = 57 a *K ae oO g 5 Fa >K Vv : I 4 >K * 2 poe Diorite Quartz Diorite Andesite Dac te Family Family Diagram ulustrating affinities of rock types. 1. Diorite porphyry from the Needles to the west of Spear- fish Creek. Contains less plagioclase and more orthoclase than typical diorite porphyries, but more nearly approximates them than the trachytes. Described on pages 283 and 284. 2. Typical mica-diorite porphyry from the Rua Mine. Con- tains much plagioclase, but little orthoclase, and is very basic. Analysis on page 283. This rock has been described by Prof. Smith as mica-ande- site. Described on page 282. 3. Rock from Crow Peak. Contains a very large propor- tion of orthoclase, but almost all of the phenocrysts are of plagioclase. Enough free silica is present to bring the rock nearer to the rhyolite-dacite line than to that of the trachyte- andesite series, and the plagioclase is in too great abundance 292 IRVING. for it to be placed among the rhyolites. Described on pages 284 and 285. | 4. This rock is the extremely acidic type from loop o the Fremont, Elkhorn and Missouri Valley Railroad, between Texana and Bald Mountain. Except for its intrusive character it is a typical dacite. Described on pages 285 and 286. 5. Rock described as tonalite, from large dike in Deadwood Gulch. It is intermediate in composition between the granites and diorites, but verges a little toward the syenites from the pres- ence of much orthoclase. Described on pages 286 and 287. 6. Typical quartz-porphyry, in which the quartz is con- fined to the groundmass, considerable plagioclase is present. Type from Portland Mill exposure. Description and analysis on pages 276 and 277. 7. Foley Peak type of quartz-porphyry. Contains same constituents as number six but shows a great increase in silica. Quartz phenocrysts are abundant. Described on page 278. Between the other rocks, namely the quartz-egirite por- phyries, the phonolites and the vogesite, the writer has not been able to trace so intimate a connection. There is, how- ever, a much closer relation between the quartz-zgirite rocks and the phonolites than between either of those varieties and the rhyolite-andesite series. There is but little doubt that this series of egirite rocks closely parallels the grorudite-tinguaite series of Broegger. It is true that rocks showing the chemical composition of the solrsburgites have not yet been identified, but very few analyses of the more acid trachytoid phonolites have been made, and there is but little question that further investigation will reveal the presence of the intermediate types. The difference between these rocks and those described by Broegger are mainly textural. In the grorudites, quartz is con- fined to the groundmass, whereas in the Black Hills, the equiv- alent rocks contain it as frequently in the form of phenocrysts. On the basis of this difference the writer has designated the rock as quartz-zgirite-porphyry, thus avoiding the introduc- tion of a new name into the already overburdened science of petrography. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 293 Whether there is any gradation between the quartz-zgirite- porphyries and the quartz-porphyry-andesite series has not been definitely determined. Certain rocks gathered from the com- plex mass on Foley Peak seem to indicate a transition between these rock types, as also does the larger percentage of soda in the quartz-porphyry from the Ulster Mine. The following diagram will illustrate the affinities of the zegirine rocks. Increasing SiO? ——_______> Phonolite Quartz-zegirite- or tinguaite k porphyry or groru- Family Sélvsbergites ? dite Family A | 2 | ok I | : ce) Rock from the Ulster| Mine. Z *k | i) | a o 3) a b=) | Quartz-porphyry Trachyte es = aa a or Rhyolite Family Family 1. Rock from Foley Peak. This position as a transitional type is tentative. Chemical analysis is necessary to confirm it. 2. Second specimen from Foley Peak. Position likewise tentative. Concerning the succession of the different types, a few definite data are available. The mica-andesite or mica-diorite-porphyry on the divide beyond Twin Peaks is cut by a dike of tinguaite. A dike of the same rock intersects the quartz-porphyry of the Port- land type, on the western slope of the hill beyond the Rua Mine. Both contacts are clearly visible. The same dike cuts the porphyry of the War Eag e Hill type, in the Gulch below the Rua Mine. The War Eagle Hill quartz-porphyry is again cut in the bed of Squaw creek by a third dike of tinguaite, which strikes east and west. In Bear Gulch the diorite-por- 294 IRVING. phyry is cut by a dike of augite-vogesite, which contains in- clusions of the older rocks. One other instance of the kind is mentioned by Professor F. C. Smith." From these data we can infer that : 1. The phonolites are younger than the quartz-porphyries and diorite-porphyries, but their relations to the quartz-egirite-por- phyries and augite-vogesite, is as yet undetermined. 2. The augite-vogesite is younger than the diorite-porphyries. The vogesite dike is probably one of the latest intrusions, and represents the final basic residuum of the magma which has produced the alkaline series. The point which is still left undetermined is the relation between the latter series and the rhyolite-andesite series. Have we here two series of erup- tive rocks marking two widely separated periods of eruptive activity, or a single series which has arisen from the continuous differentiation of a single magma? It must be left to further investigation to decide this ques- tion. The entire area of the northern hills, and the associated Warren’s Peak uplift must be studied, and an extended set of analyses made before the relations of the rock types can be established. Such an investigation will be extremely interesting, for there is scarcely any one locality which, from its rare types and from its isolated and circumscribed character, will do more to determine the validity of the hypothesis of magmatic differ- entiation than the Black Hills of South Dakota. V.) ORE BODIES: In the district mapped ore bodies occur in all three of the main horizons, Algonkian, Cambro-Silurian and Carboniferous, and in addition there are placers of recent formation. Of these the first was until recently the largest producer, the second is now the most productive, the third is in the early stages of its development, and the fourth is of small importance. 1 Transactions of the American Institute of Mining Engineers, Vol. XXVII, p- 413, July, 1897. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 295 The siliceous gold ores occur in the Cambro-Silurian and Car- boniferous formations, and are the ones with which this paper is chiefly concerned. The others will be considered only so far as they are geologically related to them. A. ORES IN THE ALGONKIAN. The ores in the Algonkian form impregnated zones in the slates and schists. The gold is associated with pyrite, and the ores are free-milling in the upper parts of the deposit, but pass into more refractory sulphurets as workings advance to greater depths. The most important development is the great Home- stake vein of Lead City, but many other minor impregnated zones occur throughout the Algonkian exposures. The ores in this formation average $3.87 to $4.00 per ton, and are essen- tially low grade. Concerning the Homestake vein Dr. Carpen- ter says :' ‘The part of the ‘belt’ belonging to the Homestake combination is gold bearing for a distance of 6,000 feet. The ‘ore’ is not continuous throughout this distance, but occurs in shoots or vast ‘pipes,’ lenticular in cross-section. The beds of argillite, phyllite and amphibole schists, in which these shoots oc- cur, strike north 3734 degrees west ; which is also accurately the strike of the plane or ‘ore channel’ in which the shoots occur. The dip of the beds is as a whole to the east. The shoots dip east also, but athwart this plane at anangle of about 45 degrees. The ore and enclosing rocks have indifferently the same general cleavage structure.”’ Many dikes of porphyry cut the Homestake deposits, and sheets of the same rock overlie it. The porphyries have, in the opinion of the above authority : ° ist. Made the ores more free-milling. 2d. Produced in their neighborhood either an enrichment of the deposit or a further concentration of the gold which origin- ally existed in it. As these deposits have not yet attained, in the area mapped, \Trans, Am, Institute Mining Eng., XVII, 574, Feb., 1889. Op. cit., page 575. 296 IRVING. any considerable importance, they will not be further discussed. The important points are: ist. They are the oldest known gold deposits of the hills. 2d. Their mineralogical character is largely free-milling in the upper portions—and hence free-milling in those parts which, by their disintegration, have furnished material for the formation of later deposits. B. Ore BODIES IN THE CAMBRO-SILURIAN. From the disintegration of the Algonkian ore deposits we have, as demonstrated by Devereux,’ ancient placers, in which the gold exists in the free condition. These are in the basal con- glomerates of the Cambrian, and the gold has been worn from the older deposits by the action of the waves upon the shores of the Algonkian Island. They have been of especially large development in the vicinity of Central City in Deadwood Gulch, and in Blacktail Gulch. But the free gold of the Cambrian formation is not confined to the basal conglomerate, which in- deed is by no means auriferous throughout its entire extent. The gold seems to be disseminated throughout the formation, sometimes sinking to a very few cents per ton, but almost al- ways giving colors when panned. Cambrian shales and sand- stones, some two or three hundred feet above the basal quartzite on the west banks of Spearfish Creek have yielded from 80 cents to $2.00 per ton, and are here entirely unaltered. They contain the original high percentage of calcareous matrix be- tween the quartz grains, and show no traces of induration. Certain unaltered glauconite shales on Crown Hill have yielded, according to Mr. Holmes of the Rua Mine, considerable colors on panning. Many other instances of free gold in small quan- tities in the unaltered Cambrian shales have been mentioned to the writer. Time has not permitted an extended series of tests, but if the numerous instances cited are correct, and there seems to be no reason to doubt them, small quantities of free gold would seem to be a common feature in many of the Cambrian 1Trans. Am. Institute Mining Eng., X, 465 and sqq., Feb., 1882. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 297 sediments, and to have been deposited from the erosion of the Algonkian throughout a large portion of Cambrian time. This gold has not, however, at any time been of economic impor- tance (except in the basal conglomerates), and is interesting only as related to the formation of other deposits. The Cambrian Siliceous Ores. The siliceous ores are perhaps the most interesting ore bodies in the hills, and now outrank the Homestake properties in their output. Their occurrence, history and treatment have been set forth by F. C. Smith in an excellent paper on the subject. Other papers are those of F. R. Carpenter, W. P. Jenney, Persifer Fraser and W. O. Crosby. Distribution. —The producing districts have been divided by F. C. Smith into the northern. connected area, which is essen- tially that included in the map accompanying this paper, and the Galena area. In the first are the ores carrying gold and silver, and in the second those with gold, silver and lead. The first area only will be considered here. The northern connected areas of Smith is roughly divisible into four parts : ~ 1. Ruby Basin or Bald Mountain district. . 2. Portland or Green Mountain district. 3. The Crown Hill district. 4. Sheeptail Gulch district. 1. Ruby Basin District. The Cambrian strata are most extensively exposed in the vicinity of Ruby Basin and Bald Mountain, and therefore the ore- bearing horizons have been most easy of access in this vicinity. Consequently this district has so far attained the greatest de- velopment. The number of mines which have been either oper- ated, or are now in operation, is very large, and it has been pos- sible to examine only a limited number of them in detail. The following properties may be cited as illustrative of those which are, or have been, large producers: The Tornado, the ANNALS N. Y. AcAp. Sct., XII, December 8, 1899—109. — 298 IRVING. Union, the Big Bonanza, the Little Bonanza, the Baltimore, the Ross-Hannibal, and the Fanny. There are also many others. Of these the writer has examined the Union and the Big Bo- nanza, and in addition many abandoned workings. The Union Mine.-—The Union Mine is situated in Whitetail Gulch, just west of Sugar Loaf Hill. The shaft has been sunk through the base of the Sugar Loaf laccolite into the shales and NRG KX \ \ awe VE [NS \S Cae LIME SHALES AND SAND STONES OF CAMBRIAN _ a AERA SEAL \ Abana bo welerstals T BSC le Sor aren? foe" © PS)o%~¢ ° o° Ade ST i ° Te ere Eee a Sg’o* Uf, =) A OO NOS EO a SOs ts SOeaATS SS.w > Sul : Fic. 15. Diagrammatic section of the Union Mine in Whitetail Gulch. The section is supposed to be in a north and south direction. The shaft was sunk some distance east of the ore shoot but the ore has been shown in the diagram at the foot of the shaft to illustrate its occurrence immediately above the basal Cambrian quartzite. , sandstones of the Cambrian, as far as the top of the conglom- eratic quartzite, which immediately overlies the Algonkian. See Fig. 15. Upon this quartzite the ore occurs as ‘“ Shoots ”’ or long flat channel like masses, which have in general a north and south direction. In thickness the shoots vary from a thin BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 299 edge to seven or eight feet. Above is a roof of lime shales. The width of the shoots is roughly from 20 to 150 feet, and in length they are much greater. The central portion of a shoot is usually the thickest, and on the flanks the ore thins out lat- erally, with irregular boundaries. It sometimes passes into shales in alternating layers of different degrees of silicification, and again it thins down to a feather edge. When a shoot has been mined out, narrow vertical fissures filled with ore can be detected, which are roughly parallel to the longer diameter of the ore body, and may be seen both in the shale roof above and the quartzite floor beneath. In the latter they are much con- stricted and frequently thin down to a mere streak. They often fork, and are sometimes cut by cross verticals, but in general they follow roughly the longer direction of the shoot. Through- out the entire mine ramifying dikes and sheets of phonolite oc- cur in great profusion, and in some instances the ore verticals can be seen alongside of them, the solutions evidently having had access through contact zones. The character of the ore is essentially oxidized, and is a very hard siliceous material, which is heavily coated and intermingled with iron oxides. The ore is in all cases a replacement of the calcareous material of the shales and sandstones by siliceous solutions, which contained the valuable mineral. In many places a gray to blue, dense ro-k is met, which has almost the appearance of a diorite, and which forms the borders of the ore-shoots. It is called ‘‘sand-rock’’ by the miners and was found on examination to be a quite pure crystalline lime- stone, but to contain disseminated sand grains and considerable pyrite. The bluish variety, when exposed to oxidizing conditions be- comes red, and in the most highly altered occurrences isa light, reddish, sandy material from which the greater part of the lime has been dissolved. It is then termed ‘‘red gouge’”’ by the miners. This rock, in either the blue or unoxidized, or the red and oxidized state, is present in all mines of siliceous ore, and seems, from its highly calcareous nature, to have every- where formed the ore-bearing horizon. That the siliceous ore- 300 IRVING. shoots occur prevailingly on the basal Cambrian quartzite is probably due to the position of this easily replaceable limestone rather than to any influence exerted by the quartzite itself. " C Shates ana "Sand-rock 2? ~. eas Seve . ne) = eo! ,.— ° wir CHS aes ~ee ~ Quartyitic C englemerate ®o eo @'¢@ 2 Ve gOS 2. ois wo cuene Algonkian LO Fic. 16. Siliceous ore vertical occurring along the contact of a quartz-porphyry dike near the opening of the Big Bonanza Mine. The Lig Bonanza.—The Big Bonanza Mine is situated on the southern bank of Fantail Gulch, just at the lower end of the town of Terry. The basal quartzite is here exposed high up on the side of the gulch and the ore has been opened up by a drift. The shoot is of an irregular character, and occupies nearly the entire area covered by the claim. It attains in places a thickness of fifteen feet, and is of both the blue or unoxidized, and the red or oxidized varieties. The floor is of the usual quartzite, but the roof is sometimes porphyry, and at others shales. Verticals occur as usual, with a prevailing north and south trend. An interesting vertical on the contact of a quartz- porphyry dike was seen (see Fig. 16) near the mouth of the main drift. Of especially frequent occurrence in this mine is the ‘‘ barren sand rock,” by which is meant the hard blue crystalline lime- stone mentioned above. At one point the ore shoot is com- pletely cut off by this rock, but it is seen again at some distance. The limestone forms a thick mass like a dike in close contact BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 301 with the ore on both sides. A large phonolite dike some hun- dred feet or more in width occurs at the west of this mine and separates the ore body from that of the Little Bonanza. Other Mines.—Of the remaining mines in the Ruby Basin, the most important is that of the Golden Reward Company. It is the largest producer of this class of ore ‘in the hills. The writer was unable to obtain access to the Golden Reward prop- erties, but presumably the ore shoots show no difference from those just described except perhaps in size. Mention has been made by Prof. Smith ! of several horizons at which the ore occurs in this region, but he has stated that these may be due to faults. This has undoubtedly been the case, for the Algonkian itself has been faulted to a very considerable extent in Nevada Gulch, and many other faults can be readily distinguished. 2. Portland or Green Mountain District. In this district all of the mines with one exception, the Decorah, are situated from two to three hundred feet above the base of the Cambrian. On Green Mountain and almost imme- diately beneath the phonolite cap are the Trojan and Empire State, the upper workings of the Decorah and other mines. Along the Burlington and Missouri River Railroad are the Clinton, Mark Twain, and Gunnison mines. In the bottom of Deadwood Gulch, and separated by a thickness of two or three hundred feet of strata from the upper working of the same mine on Green Mountain, is the Decorah. The Decorah.—In the Decorah mine the conditions are the same as those in the Union and Big Bonanza, the ore lying directly on the quartzite. The mine is however, in the early stages of its development, and no very extensive ore shoots have yet been mined out. One peculiar feature of the mine, and one which is met at no other place to the writer’s knowledge, is that the basal quartzite is thinner than usual, and seems to oc- 1Trans. Amer. Inst. Mining Engineers, Vol. XXVII, p. 416. July, 1897. 302 IRVING. cupy only the depressions of the Algonkian surface, so that the ore frequently comes into direct contact with the slates. The roof is sometimes shales, and at others porphyry, and the entire mine, like many of the others examined, is seamed with dikes. The Clinton.—Of the mines on the upper contact the Clinton was the only one carefully examined. The shoots extend in a northwest and southeast direction, and the usual verticals ap- pear. The ore is in a bed of lime shales, and rests on a quartzite floor consisting of one of the more massive members of the upper strata of the Cambrian. The shoots are thin and of less lateral extent than are those on the lower quartzite, but in other respects they show no essential difference. ‘The hill on which the mine is situated contains many sills of porphyry with Cambrian partings between. Much of the ore is of lower grade than the ores on the lower contact, and it is said to carry a higher relative percentage of silver. Although the very first siliceous deposits to be opened up in the hills, the mines of Green Mountain have not been in opera- tion for some time, owing to litigation. The ores, however, carry quite high values in gold and silver. They contain con- siderable galena and some copper, which frequently manifests itself in green coatings. 3. Crown Fill District. In the Crown Hill district very little work has yet been done, there being but one producing mine, that of the ‘‘ Two Johns.” The district is, however, a promising one, and owes its tardy development rather to ill-advised mining, and to its position at the very top of the Cambrian series (thus necessitating a considerable depth of shaft to reach the lower quartzite) than to any absence of ore deposition. In*the Two Johns the ore lies on the lower quartzite. 4. Sheeptail Gulch District. The ore is found in shoots on the basal Cambrian quartzite, ‘as it dips away from the Algonkian toward the northeast. This 303 BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. ‘QUO|SpUBS SNOdIVdTVd oY} Jo suonsOd paovyidar -un ‘uated Jo dueIIMDI0 Surjersniyr our ssordxy uvorioury ul jooys 910 Jo uoTjas oNeUMUVIseIqT “LI ‘D1 YUU ILA 53LVIS NYVSHIY rN oS Bee PO 2: 0po < £0. BorK 9 Ses ts E20 beeen til pier etal RRL: Reed rece 3 WS OTF ° t { 0 1 iad Ce 1 0) { “3 ADABILOF PD UH Wo BaArwao0n 9 : —_-—. : ee Qe RS OES aes ee es . bee — ee { n T een eae ee a oD 24 =o °§ IMISINYS AWIT $ NOUS are ; = +tt+e+ H+ ttt t+tt+t+tt4ee+qsgHe HttHtt+ttegetepest Wananga eSraroro ear asap ln aoneapatay gn eLINACICIIEY hea ae ero tae os eau y rh yy FHtP HE He tte tet tteerateeteetgeteeegege PEEP EEE EHH E HH eH eH tee eegee gs IRVING. 304 *‘QUO}SPURS SNOdIvITVO 9Y} Jo suoT)10d paovidaiun ‘uated Jo sdue1N990 Sujeajsnyyt suru ssordxqy uvowouly ur Jooys 10 jo ued oNeMUILISeIqT “gt ‘Oly == 530s SS —== = BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 305 occurrence of Cambrian is not represented on the map as the lim- ited time at the writer’s disposal did not permit an accurate study of the exposures. The district is still in the early stages of development. The American Express Mine is situated in Sheeptail Gulch, a short distance above its junction with Blacktail Gulch. It is opened by a tunnel on the basal quartzite, which is here ex- posed at some distance above the bottom of the gulch. The quartzite dips slightly toward the northeast, and the ore shoots run with the dip, being lateral enrichments of verticals. The ores have come up from below, and spread out upon the quart- zite floor, replacing the calcareous matter in the sandy limestone and lime shales. The shoots vary from a few feet to thirty feet in width, and in thickness they are about six feet. The roof of the mine is a porphyry sheet. The average yield of the ore is something between $15.00 and $25.00 per ton. It is of the hard, bluish, unoxidized variety, and contains many vuggs filled with quartz. Druses of pyrite can often be seen in the hand- specimens. The verticals run northeast and are parallel with the longer diameters of the shoots. Islands of unreplaced ‘sand rock” (the ‘barren sand rock’’ previously mentioned) or sandy limestone occur in the shoots. The accompanying diagrams will illustrate the geological relations. (Figs. 17, 18.) Résumé Regarding the Siliceous Ore Bodies. Form.—From these data it will appear that the ore shoots are channel-like masses of irregular shape, but generally longer than broad. They sometimes attain a thickness of fifteen feet and again may sink to a feather edge. The roof is either a porphyry sheet or a bed of shale, and the floor is either the hard indurated basal quartzite of the Cambrian or in the case of the upper con- tact a bed of argillaceous and non-replaceable shales. Verti- cal feeders run in a direction parallel to the longer diameters of the shoots. The width of the ore bodies varies from 150 feet to a mere vertical crack. The thickness seems to have been de- termined partly by the thickness of the more easily replaceable rock, 2. ¢., that containing the most fissures, and the largest pro- 306 IRVING. portion of calcite, and partly by the strength and volume of the siliceous solutions. The width of the shoots is dependent on the latter condition, the length, upon the length of the supply- ing fissures. Fig. 1g illustrates the general type of siliceous ore-body in the Cambrian. CambrianShaie and Sandeoer. Very Esterreous) Gambyian Quarhas be and Conalemprate ~ Cement) AY gonkian Gross Section of Ore Chute. Plan of] OreChute. Fic. 19. Generalized plan and section of a siliceous ore shoot in the Cambrian shale. The plan of the shoot is broken at the center, to illustrate the general paral- lelism of the vertical to the longer diameter of the ore-body. Florizons.—The .horizons of the ore bodies are first, that of the sandy limestone immediately overlying the basal Cambrian quartzite and, second, other horizons near the top of the same ° series, but not definitely determined. The larger number of mines have been opened upon the lower horizon, and as com- pared with the upper, it has so far proved to be superior both in the frequency and size of the shoots, and in the grade of the BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 307 ores. That this is a general rule can only be demonstrated when those districts from which the upper measures of the Cam- brian have not been eroded have been more completely opened up. It seems, however, reasonable, that such should be the case when we consider that the lower horizon is the first replaceable zone to be attacked by uprising solutions, and that unless por- ‘phyry intrusions have rendered it difficult of access, the solutions would in general first expend their strength in its replacement ; the mineralization of the upper contacts would then only be performed by solutions of unusual strength and volume. Character of the Ores.—Of the character of the ores Profes- sor Smith says :! «« While some deposits (such as that of the Dividend Mine, on Green Mountain) yield pay-ore of a gouge-like, decomposed character, in general the ores may be de- scribed as thoroughly reorganized sandstones, showing, under the microscope, many druses lined with innumerable quartz crystals, and containing calcite and fluorite. Of these ores, those which have not suffered oxidation frequently show considerable fine grained pyrite, and are locally called ‘blue’ ores; the oxidized ores, though fre- quently showing only a small iron content, are usually stained with iron, and are called ‘red’ ores. Both kinds are usually exceedingly tough and difficult to break or pulverize. ‘¢ Analysis of typical samples yielded the following results : RED ORE. lliCateneren canescens a Keine HACeiee haere Ve thas MeO NS UE poy eZ LE PMI Aen rae Leer Su MARU ANN Malad nan ea M ene ASOT Terie @ xc eee eliec pe eacuaigl can sininees Un etyt arate eye caleWy MDCT NT S28 Calcium O xian erie scanner, alee Nee YS 4 6) Ons Masmesiume@ sider iin an ia in ocean a ett elisa cit Ne) OL 25 Sul pniartroxtdle race ide ist ee rae nslal Oelatee Pees. Lue Quye Tellurium 8.426 oz, per ton. Gold 0.574 (73 cé 66 Silver Ze OTB eee ae au Alo tall Pere erect eevee MN UM min aun yan AN Milne) ieych TOO: OFF 1 Trans. American Inst. Mining Eng., XX VII, 415. See ‘* Tellurium and Gold Ores,’’? Zrans. Am. Inst. Mining Eng., XXVI, 485, Sept., 1896. 308 IRVING. BLUE ORE. Silica eu SS UN gS aE Lee a ee ee BE OS ON7 4 AMUN al er aes Geshe ee. ae enen ep ee PE Se shen trwinne ae NS 810361 07/29 TmOne oven titel hs Maran etn tear sic ay da Fo eo Lee) Sulphar' ej ae Ee aN eae ne eet aie 2 Gypsum’: (ei iO eS NN TT Renae aca eae eRe LONOOE Barbe 35) 78) 'o iia oes esty rag sllyou aN eA a een a 0.784 Phosphorus, pemtoxide/ssen eae ea on eee ene ea eee OA Tellurium 4.03 oz. per ton Gold O. 325 oz. per ton Silver 10.55 oz. per ton Metal, Aol Sa pis hse Mica Siickig salva EA Sa sce nec eto BO ‘¢ These may be considered as low-grade ores, and it is interesting to note that the analysis of the red ore might be almost duplicated by that of the blue ore, after oxidation, during which the latter might be expected to lose iron and sulphur. ‘Taking averages of the tellurium, gold and silver found in the analysis of nine different samples of Potsdam ore, six being ‘red’ and three being ‘blue,’ the fol- lowing percentages were obtained : wore Vnareh inns, ah gy estes Wa ea sta ea a Ph en ee at acer esE S(O) SO (727 Gol dered awa k ts pelpaieay ieee a Manet Ritesh eta Wee 7.64 SST Ue) erating Cee Marae aNd as cae eiiyiend DNR ecg i Yo a Sef ete Ci 246) Motalis ans emu toe Berea ge NG Ga ee eee a aaa eT OOOO ms Much discussion has taken place over the form in which the gold exists in these ores. Little or no free gold ever occurs in them, and the only mineral which would contain the gold is the pyrite, which can always be detected in considerable quan- tities in the unoxidized varieties. Since the publication of the paper above quoted, Professor Smith informs me that spectro- scopic investigation has revealed the presence of considerable thallium in the ores. The value of the ores varies within wide limits, running any- where between $6.00 and $60.00 per ton, and, in some in- stances, even higher. The average yield is, however, from $15.00 to $20.00 per ton. Owing to the expense of treatment, ores below $10.00 per ton have not yet been mined at a profit. Origin of the Ores ——TYhe nature of the ore bodies and the character of the ores will at once make it manifest, that they are to be regarded as chemical replacements of the calcareous BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 309 material of sandy limestones and lime shales by siliceous solu- tions bearing the gold. The deposition has in all cases been a metasomatic interchange of silica and pyrite for carbonate of lime, in which the latter has in all probability acted as the pre- cipitating agent. Whether or not these solutions were in a heated condition, it is not possible to say, but it is very probable that such was the case. That the chemical activity of the solu- tions was due to the eruptive activity seems probable because at a distance from the eruptive centers, ore bodies are not found. The gold remote from the eruptives is either in placers or in finely disseminated colors in the Cambrian, and has been derived in all probability by erosion from the Algonkian schists. The ore shoots can invariably be traced to a so-called “ vertical’ or crevice, now filled by silica of the same character as the ore body itself. At times these verticals occur at the sides of dikes of quartz porphyry, but more frequently they are merely fractures in the sedimentary rocks, probably caused by the same eruptions that heated and rendered active the percolating waters to which the ore bodies owe their origin. Prof. Smith has said’ ‘‘ Wherever mineralization of the Potsdam beds has occurred, it can almost always be traced to a quartz-porphyry or rhyolite dike, or ‘vertical ’ which itself is usually mineralized, stained with oxide of iron, and so much broken and decomposed, that its rock character is distinguishable with difficulty.” That all the verticals which occur in relation with these ore bodies are shattered and subsequently mineralized dikes the writer does not believe, because in many cases they show no traces of the original rock, and the siliceous replacement of por- phyry is something which is not frequently observed. That the verticals do sometimes occur along the contacts of the dikes is not to be denied, but this is to be attributed to their shattered condition caused probably by the injection of later intrusions. The verticls are to be considered simply as fractures, which have afforded access to percolating waters. They have sometimes occurred along the contacts of dikes, but are as frequently re- moved from them. 1Trans. American Inst. Mining Eng., Vol. XX VII, pp. 416, 417. July, 1897 310 IRVING. It has been shown on page 293 that there are at least two series of intrusions—first the rhyolite-andesite series, and second the series involving the phonolites. The phonolites are the later intruded rocks. The question now arises, is it to one or both of the series of intrusions that the mineralizing action is attributable ? To this a positive answer cannot be given, but the widespread occurrence of purplish fluorite, and the presence of tellurium in the ores are so similar to the conditions at Crip- ple Creek, and in the Judith Mountains, that one cannot well avoid considering the phonolite here, as there, to be the chief agent that has rendered ore bearing solutions chemically active. Derivation of the Gold.—For the derivation of the gold four possible sources can be suggested : A. By lateral) 1. From the leaching out of the small amount of | free gold present in the rocks of the Cambrian | formation. secretion. bo _2. From the leaching out of small amounts in the porphyries. B. By accen-| Oo From the leaching out of the free gold and sion by in-) — sulphurets of the underlying slates and schists. filtration. 4 From the derivation of the gold from an | indefinite horizon below, 7 ¢., probably the n ame source from which the Algonkian gold | was derived. The form of the ore shoots and their association with verti- cals, will make it at once apparent that the ores are not in any sense the result of lateral secretion, but that they have come from depths far below their present position. We are then left to decide whether the solutions have de- rived their burden of gold, from the older deposits in the Algon- kian, or from deeper sources below. It is not improbable that both of these explanations are true. Tellurium it is true, has not yet been detected in the Algonkian ores, but it may exist in the sulphurets in depth. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY: oll The history of the formation of the siliceous ore bodies can then be outlined as follows : First occurred the intrusion of the older quartz-porphyries, which produced much shattering. _Contemporaneous with these, there may have been a certain amount of ore deposition, but not that to which the main siliceous ore bodies owe their origin. Later the eruption of the phonolites took place, cut- ting and shattering the older eruptives, and adding to the num- ber of fissures in the sedimentary rocks. Subsequent to all of these intrusions, and probably separated from them by only a brief interval of time, came a long period during which heated solutions, containing fluorine and silica and other powerful min- eralizers gradually replaced the carbonate of lime in the more soluble strata of the Cambrian. The chemical activity of these solutions was increased by the heat and mineralizers derived from the newly injected phonolites. They passed up through the Algonkian slates and schists, becoming much enriched by the leaching out of the gold from these rocks. Finally they reached the very calcareous and porous rocks of the Cambrian, and by a metasomatic interchange, produced the horizontal ore bodies that are found to-day. C. ORES IN THE CARBONIFEROUS LIMESTONE. Of these ores there are two classes: Silver ores and gold ores. The silver ores occur in the vicinity of Carbonate Camp on the north side of Squaw Creek, and are mainly chlorides and carbonates. They have not been studied with care. Of the gold ores in the Carboniferous there is but one district. The Ragged Top District.—This includes two varieties of deposits, one of which is represented by the Ulster Mine on the divide to the northwest of Preston, the other by the verticals on the Dacy Flat, and on the divide to the south of Ragged Top Mountain. The Ragged Top verticals are seven in number, the Dacy vertical being the largest producer. They are wedge- shaped crevices in the limestone, of about ten feet in maximum width at the top and narrowing down to mere crevices in 312 IRVING. depth. In the Doyle vertical lateral enrichments occur and also in the Metallic Streak Mine on the ridge south of Calam- ity, Creek, / The ore is essentially a silicified mass of brecciated limestone fragments, which are stained with iron oxide and which contain calcite in the lower grade ores. The general run of ore, how- ever, is hardly to be distinguished from the limestone except that it is very slightly darker and is very hard, being an almost complete replacement of the limestone. Porphyry is not present in these verticals. The line where the ore is cemented to the wall rock (see diagram) is often clearly marked, but the structural details, such Siliceous Gold Ove _.. _ in Wimestone. ist; Re a i Emarged Y y Wew der Showing Siliaticarion p tort th g Tn of Brecerated himeskone eae nS aia Nieaes ae eee ate Fee a the ore and wall-yoes,, Sgr al ; aa en ae eS ee (eo a ET Tf co Type of Ragged Top Vertreal a Ea eee L Eanes) in Garboniferousr Limestone _ Ce a a a OnDaey Fide a, Se a He a) (ln Lean es Ea, \D 17 \avrence Go- o ) r) aS BS Be SouthDakota . Fic. 20. Diagram in perspective to illustrate the character of the Ragged Top Verticals. as banding etc., pass from the one into the other, and it is only possible to tell them apart, from the slightly darker color and greater hardness of the ore. The ore in the Metallic Streak Mine, is often brilliantly stained with fluorite. No BEACK HILES GEOLOGY. 313 authoritative data as to the gerade of these ores, but they are reported to yield high values, frequently over $100 per ton. In the case cited below the value in gold is unusual. They are to be regarded as brecciated zones silicified by solutions, which owe their activity possibly to the influence of the eruptive mass of Ragged Top Mountain. The chemical character of the ore will appear from the ac- companying analysis taken from the paper by Professor Smith : MEOISEUTEM cho a cicet Beat ioin wens vena ye O.110 Wolatiles matter: ieee. cries Me nena sis 0.802 SCA ie tig eens eh cee hata ah Fans oe 90.990 /ARANING OHIO ea te Oiag eat eh ere Np fee Rs aa « 2.970 Cit Ca OMICS serene eee Nei tke cael bh a i 3.02 Cal cium @xaclesn yawn sins ee ee oe Il Mafomesiunn @xiden ute ea esa trace Tellurium 29.26 oz. per ton, Gold Tn) 4 eee) es Silver Te Tent ate Mota ar yeti syst eee seans Chaps ane eta alish 99.034 Combining the gold, silver and tellurium in the above an- alysis we find them existing in the following relative proportions, SEUNG IEE oa Tay SN eer ON ea ee ele eat ead 61.20 Golclens ete re er ae a 20127 OVURYSIE cs o's, Cea aee aingeee ene Vh Me NO Tantra IARC 2.53 BING trellises te see ee ah isan a Sher 100 (exe) The Ulster Mine.—In the Ulster Mine the ore occurs in con- tact zones, between the limestone and a very irregularly intruded mass of porphyry. This is cut by a dike of dense green phonolite, and the ore seems to have resulted from the silicifi- cations of brecciated limestone, which has been fractured by the intrusion of Twin Peaks and other porphyry bodies in the Cambrian below. Brilliant purple fluorite occurs in great quantities. The ore is irregularly distributed. It may thin to a mere streak, and again open out to a very large and thick ANNALS N. Y. Acap. Sct., XII, December 18, 1899—20. 314 IRVING. mass. The values obtained are very high, running frequently up to $150 per ton, and in one instance $1,000 per ton. From these descriptions it will appear that there is no marked difference between the siliceous ores in the Carboniferous and those in the Cambrian. Like them, they are to be ascribed to the chemical action of siliceous solutions replacing calcite. That they are vertical in the majority of cases, horizontal in the case of the metallic streak, irregular as in the Ulster, is merely a question of the direction and form of the fissures through which the solutions obtained access to the limestone. Their existence in the Ragged Top region would seem to indicate the probable presence of extensive ore deposits in the Cambrian below. In- deed it is probable that as the development of the latter class of ores goes on the distribution of the shoots will prove to be much more general than is at present apparent. Dos PLACERS: The quarternary placers have been formed by the concentra- tion of the gold derived from the Algonkian. They are distrib- uted in considerable numbers in the neighborhood of the great Homestake belt, and in fact in many of the gulches, which head up into the Algonkian areas throughout the hills. Professor Smith mentions them and says: ‘‘ The yield from these work- ings is relatively small, and there seem to be a few places where the placers could be profitably worked on a larger scale ; never- theless, they afford occupation to a large number of men, and yield them a constant if small return.”’ The placers in Beaver Creek, Bear Gulch and Iron Creek are ° of this type, and, although occurring in the Carboniferous for- mation, have undoubtedly derived their gold from the Al- gonkian of Nigger Hill. When panned the gold is found mingled with great quantities of tourmaline and cassiterite, and innumerable small red garnets, which could have come from no other source. The richest placers are, however, not directly formed from the disintegrated Algonkian, but have been shown by Devereux to BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. 315 have resulted from the erosion of the ‘“‘cement’’ deposits or au- riferous basal conglomerates of the Cambrian. E. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS. In conclusion the writer takes pleasure in extending his ac- knowledgements for the many courtesies extended to him while in the hills: to Professor F. C. Smith for very kind advice as to field work, localities, etc., and for the published analyses, which have been invaluable in the. preparation of this paper, also for many other kindnesses; to Dr. F. R. Carpenter and Messrs. Chapman, Greenough, A. J. Smith, Johnson, Jackson and Hal- lam for permission to examine mining properties; and to Dr. W. P. Jenney for courtesies extended. After the completion of field work the writer accompanied Dr. T. A. Jaggar, of the U. S. Geological Survey, in his reconnaissance of Custer Peak, Inyan Kara, Black Butte, Sundance hills, Little Missouri Buttes, Mato Tepee and Warren Peaks. Great care has been taken to make no reference in this paper to these igneous peaks, other than to facts already published, but their study has been an in- valuable aid to a correct understanding of the igneous phenom- ena in the district studied, as also have views suggested by dis- cussion with Dr. Jagger. For many other courtesies the writer is also indebted to Dr. Jagger and Messrs. Tower, Herron and Boutwell of the U. S. Geological Survey. In the preparation of the petrography much aid was rendered by the sections of Norwegian types kindly oaned by Dr. Henry S. Washington. To Mr. Van Ingen, of Columbia University, and to Messrs. P. lL’. Irving and J. F. McClelland, the writer is indebted for as- sistance in the preparation of the model of Ragged Top and Elk Mountain and for many other services. To Professor Kemp, of Columbia University, the writer espe- cially extends his acknowledgements for advice and assistance during the field work and for kindly criticism and revision throughout the entire preparation of this paper and also for lab- oratory and other facilities for investigation kindly placed at his disposal by the geological department. BEATEN, (7) PLATE V. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. Map illustrating a portion of Lawrence county in the Black Hills of South Dakota. (318) LEGEND home| | ##MAP ALGONKIAN pee (2 ‘ | BLACK HILLS. eee LEST Il ae ys BA ANNALS N. y. ACAD. SCI. XII. PLATE V. r SS LEGEND OLittle Crow Pk S Eetoure GEOLOGICAL MAP OF tty A PORTION OF LAWRENCE COUNTYS:BLACK HILLS, igZn SOUTH DAKOTA. JOHN DUEB 1BVING ALGONKIAN PHONOLITE if Seale of fod ANAS i 1 J T uu. tp Latha. ‘ | { TINGUAITE ngiewood type UNDIFFERENTIATE IGNEOUS Xa XKEX Mall and Express XX XxX QUARTZ-AEGIRITE-| PORPHYRY S/N bacatabaes MLCA~-DIORITE- PORPHYRY TRACHYTE CENTRAL—CITY, ST Ip “ Z A r iO Ly CR ——— | ¥ ay SENY Be Kom ash cpa s CX Ras os ae Io} es | MEK + ©. 4 ES LIX a i : = DIKES ; < Métalile streak pos) x2 Ay. = : . rar i JI) BISA YEA 4 Kates 1 a + ~ aig = 4 c EWA, arctagie Hille + Sen. Sates + } Ke iit Ree E H 4 Hea + a/e + eh OY At me A im < Sef t+ + + +/ht — wf TONALITE A, J 4 ene ‘ a) ets ee QP + + ++ 4 ffi 5 ZANE UE fr Dea tp Ree +4 hes Ai 7. =e fe ys SAIN, Z teh eb ete + 4 ee = oT iy ' ++ 4 Ke + +/A{] 6 i : = x QUARTZ- phy. 4 $+) Me + Ses 7x 5 PORPHYRY + es ++ B ve eee Port ate mS APORTLAN DHE | TT : = He = ce be zi 3 : = = od x 3 lea IN ; > DACITE i "| exes r=4 Anco 3 + ie + ttre & ++ tt vy, pert i A+ is #5 be 4 fe + + + ees al Uscryt + 4 3: b+ + ‘) 4 Hy tt Txt el ii jd ree SMITTY LLU a| ie Terry Peak’ 5 Buin Ga ees al t/a + [32H ive) | NM f Write $ US ; HESwE aie Mea FEN Sunsat Lh oss pas Waton |i) U be Mt A ies gtr oot) sanibé}, ii [EAS Alec eI Ieee 8 ea j RNG NAIA \ 4] Del At BNE k Leaps: 14) re S21 EL al Ath sel ie 4 ES a RSL Hae t/t y+ ENE | 4/474 as A MITEL EH + Fi +) /\ I Fd: TEES iA als alice LEX} Au BR Sipewoase } S 4 Wee SAS elie Hite. So ele atl = @+: 2 iy 2 ODeer Mt ff } 4 ay i f f == LAS Sf 7 Z - 6 7 eee = Pi he = Of £1 — ed 5 et ee > Pe PLATE WA (319) ‘PLATE VI. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. Geological cross-sections taken at lines shown on the map, Plate V. and drawn to same scale. (320 ) WEY Hp - = Y) Yfy Yify FALE x ly UY Lye A z Yyf hy fy ij => YY ty Ley, iy i; UY ty My rex Ae Ay// Yy, My y Vint qs YU fi) Tee, i Kh ALMATY ees ie ——— — a Ft tee eses Se Sos Sse as mes See a ae ae OS 0 . ‘ * ——— MET | SSS SS — Se ™”Te A i AN OS RO oA AR Rt TI ine yim atm Ca PEATE VIL. (321 ) PLATE VII. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. Specimen of micaceous slate taken from the De Smet Cut, showing slaty cleavage cutting the original sedimentation planes. Actual size of specimen about six by five inches. See page 197. (322) ANINALSioNe 32 ACAD: (SCE VOLE. XIE PLATE VII. PLATE Vill (323 ) PLATE VIII. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. Upper sandstones and shales of the Cambrian formation as seen from Fremont, Elkhorn and Missouri R. R. See page 200. ( 324 ) TIA FLV Id GSC AON ISIS INN A INE SS IIANUNEN. J teat ee i i il | a a vn ah wma Soe ee AOR EX: ( 825 ) PLATE TX. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. Platy cleavage in phonolite. Sugar Loaf Hill laccolite. See page 211. ( 326 ) RIA E EXe VOL. XII. ACAD. SCI. Y. ANNALS N. SSS BEATE OS PLATE X. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. Ragged Top and Elk Mountains as seen from Crown Hill. Ragged Top is the low lying hill to the right, Elk Mountain is the higher and more sharply pointed hill to the left. See page 212. ~ (328 ) ° TIX “IOA IO$ aVOV A N STVNNV Stree oer Pirpet eo BIS) Ok ( 329 ) ANNALS N. Y. AcAD. Sct., XII, April 3, 1900—21. PATE Xa: BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. Fig. 1.—Near view of the western end of Ragged Top Mountain. See page 213. Fig. 2.—Ragged Top Mountain. as seen from the top of Elk Mountain. See page 213. ( 330 ) PLATE XI. VOL. XII. ANNALS N. Y, ACAD. SCI. Sacimesemiain creer PLATE AL (331 ) PLATE XII. BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. Fig. 1.—View of the southwestern side of Ragged Top Mountain, showing. the upturned strata on the west. See page 214. Fig. 2.—Tracing made from figure 1 to show the relation of the upturned limestone to the phonolite of Ragged Top Mountain. See page 214. (332) sntvt B4I70NOHG 4, J \ A) SE ——— ose eo SONS Wn a W ee BREN Wr a ee War 2 bas ae eee Shs VW ia Ty a oe We GEE ag ee ae Sava BNOATIWIT ; ANE \ \s \s| 1) / in =, aay Wi! YW flr a MLB \ 114 ul ; Z af, Zs YP, : \\y if —) “N= nee BALMONOHGd IX ALVId DOG WOW NOS COIN Ay SING SI ININIYS PLATE XIE ( 333 ) PLATE: Xae BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. Model of Ragged Top Mountain and vicinity to show uSkeWias of . intrusions to geological formations. ( 334 ) ANNALS N. Y. ACAD. SCI. VOL, XII. PAVE xe luiile Cambro Quartz Qtz Silurian Phono- A®girite Carb. Por, t: Mica-andesite. lite Porphyry : PLATE XIV PLATE XIV. BLACK HILLS GEOIOGY. Wall of quartz-egirite-porphyry along the Burlington and Mis- souri River R. R. to the southwest of Terry Station. See page 252. ( 336 ) ‘AIX ALVId Tix AON slOS) ‘GvVoVe cy -No sav NNY, eae IGOR OV ( 337 ) PLATE XV: BLACK HILLS GEOLOGY. A very irregular intrusion of porphyry in the thin-bedded shales of the Cambrian, on the Burlington and Missouri River R. R. near Portland. See page 236. (338 ) ‘AX ALVId TIX “IOA ‘IOS ‘GVOV ‘A 'N SIVNNV i | < P a U ge oe arn rid Vigil lis n (rane a en ‘ial | By or he Pn PLATE XVI. (339 ) PAGE evale BLACK ‘HILLS GEOLOGY. Quartz porphyry from White-Tail Gulch showing ‘‘schlieren’’ or flow lines of more finely grained material. See page 280. (340 ) PLATE XVI. WOE, SGU. ACAD, SCI. We ANNALS N. [ANNALS N.Y. Acap. Sct., Vol. XII, No. 10, pp. 341 to 478, April 3, 1909. ] tie POsSIMIONS AND EROPRER= MOMIONS OF THE JUNC desde SUAS IN THE CLUSTER OF COMA BERENICES As DrEpUCED FROM MEASUREMENTS OF THE RUTHERFURD PHOTOGRAPHS. Winn RO Cy KE Zz. br)? (Read April 10, 1899.) CONTENTS. Part I.—CATALOGUES. § PAGE I. CATALOGUES AND WEIGHTS. Introd wetion (isco hicca dees beanies cee aoe Ae eee SSE RR OR ee Oe eee eee eer aet ee eee 343 Listof Catalogues ..42..c4.0%s0sesisesesieinssicadels deneacepeecneseebecsesceme cece eee seenee 344 Weights ioc iicsddbee at beeeeane diese dene ele dela su caae Mee atiets eta neeteye SNe as He ae et eae ea 350 Il. METHOD OF REDUCTION. PreCeSSion 2s. o deck hictcstee das hatcie soot ea eR SOC ee eee Tee OTE S Ee eee 352 Proper: Motion: .incdsse slanted aces catee tame secceee en cero eee eee Eee eee eee 354 Systematic Corrections .Jsetseccsss tenes ben secon eee see os eee nee eee eeeee eee eee tree 357 Formule, for -Adjustnientss.caeas-04. caceetee eee ee eae cect acte ee eae eens 362 III. TABLES AND RESULTS. Star- Tables. 322s cee a2 eC ag ee ee 367 Catalogue of Results. ..siacc chard seo aseaset Seen aee Tecan meer eeecee teen eee 394 Part I].—PHOTOGRAPHS. I. THE PLATES: DESCRIPTION AND MEASUREMENT. Deseription, -:227 desi susisees cased ene ouen meee ee en lceiiS Sctee ia cle arene ae ee eRe eee 398 Measurement 22.2 ccnctigienece ance senee ieee eee ee aoe See ee eee ence eee ere 400 Il. INSTRUMENTAT, CORRECTIONS Division Errors’ 3) aistssnce ees cece oe eee ceee Sata Seed a MSR eebae Sener 421 Corrections for Runs and: Screw, Errors ces eh eeeccareceee eee ee eee 422 Measured Codrdinates and Rotation Errors ........-..s..cceseeeeceecnceccernceees 427 Scale-value Corrections, Projection Errors, and Deviation of the Cylinder from. Straightmess oscil. ccnmaesn eee eee eee RRC EEE 429 Ill. METHOD OF REDUCTION. Transformation! Corrections ay. aust. essa. eee eee eee 438 Refraction Corrections’. sassuncawoncsacwe coe eae ee oe ee eee eee eee 444 Precession, Nutation and -Alberrationse:.s.seeecseececescecee cee eee eee 448 Constants: ofthe ‘Plates < 5c 25 6cs3is a ces sa eset ee eee 449 1V. RESULTS. : Constants 0045. eecec pases cow salacious craiawslcis Cees Saree Cae ee eer 456 Prue Scale sales jec cc ceeceas oke twos hae ace oe eee eee nee 459 separate Results: oon. io ccscsacvsseossedersiccwsie se aee ee tee Re ee eRe Eee ner en cee eeerer 461 Catalogue of Results so. 5.5... 220. dvecdenascudec hitecceh eee eee neeee REE etcetera 476 (2) ARIE Jk CATALOGUE OSEMONS OF ine S) AUN IDAR ID) SDAIN: I. Catalogues and Weights. For the reduction of stellar photographs it is necessary that the positions of certain stars on the plate be known as accu- rately as possible. Such stars are designated in the following as standards. When I undertook the measurement and reduction of the Rutherfurd Photographs of the Cluster in Coma Berenices, the problem arose to determine such standards. ; There was no sufficiently accurate set of meridian observa- tions available. Chase’s triangulation of the cluster, made at the Yale Observatory, 1891-1892,' includes a number of my stars, and these I might have used as standards. But results obtained by the heliometer are not always reliable ; that is to say, although the relative positions are in general very accurate, the group as a whole may show a large systematic error. This was to be feared in the present case, as the absolute positions of the stars of the cluster were made to depend ultimately on but two points, determined by meridian observations. Aside from this consideration, Chase gives a very good authority from which to obtain the proper motions of those stars common both to his work and to the Rutherfurd photographs. Motion of the group as a whole would, however, be eliminated, were his star places 1«« Triangulation of the Principal Stars of the Cluster in Coma Berenices,’’ by Frederic L. Chase. Transactions of the Astronomical Observatory of Yale Univer- sity. Referred to as Chase. (3) 344 KRETZ, employed in the reduction of the plate-measurements. I de- cided, therefore, to obtain the positions of as many stars as pos- sible from all the catalogues available to me, and to use these as standards, that being the method commonly regarded as leading to the most accurate results. How this assumption was borne out in the progress of the work will be shown later (Part II, Sect. IV). The list of catalogues examined includes all that may claim any confidence mentioned in Knobel’s memoir,’ besides all important modern ones, and I have attempted to make it practically complete. Twelve stars were thus found sufficiently well determined to warrant their reduction. One of these was subsequently rejected as standard, the remaining eleven being finally retained. I shall give, however, a record of all observations of stars in my.zone which I found in the catalogues. List of Catalogues Used.—Of the catalogues examined, the following contained observations of stars present on the plates :_ (1) BRADLEY, 1755. Neue Reduction des Brad- ley’schen Beobachtungen aus den Jahren 1750 bis 1762 von Arthur Auwers. St. Petersburg, 1888. (2) PIAZZI, 1800. Precipuarum Stellarum inerran- tium Positiones Mediz * * * ex observationibus habitis * * * ab anno 1792 ad annum 1813. Panormi, 1814. The dates were obtained from the original observations in the Storia Celeste ; they are however very doubtful, as in almost every case more observations were found than agreed with the number given in the catalogue, with no way to determine which were ex- cluded from the final reduction. The mean date of all observations was therefore taken ; butin assigning weights the argument used was the number of observations as given in the catalogue. (3) LALANDE, 1800. Histoire Celeste” Pirangaise; Rome sbaris 7 1oOn. Baily’s ‘‘ Lalande,’’ published by the British Association in 1847, was used only as an index to the zone observations, which were re- 1 Knobel, ‘* The Chronology of Star Catalogues,’’ in Memoirs of the Royal Ast. SOG. yVOlo 43s perks (4) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 345 duced to 1800 by Von Asten’s ‘‘ Neue Hiilfstafeln zur Reduction der in der Histoire Céleste enthaltenen Beobachtungen,’’ Vierteljahrsschrift der Astronomischen Gesellschaft, appendix to Vol. 4. Account was taken of the errata published in the introduction to the Paris cata- logues, by Peters, and by others. (4) D’AGELET, 1800. Reduction of the Observations Ol bixedy Stars made by Joseph) Repaute d7Agelet = > * with a catalogue * * * by B. A. Gould. Washington, 1866. The mean of the separate observations given in the catalogue was used. (5) BESSEL, 1825. Astronomische Beobachtungen auf der Koniglichen Universitats-Sternwarte zu Konigsberg, for the years 1821 to 1833. Weisse’s Catalogue of Bessel’s Northern Zones was used only as index to the original observations, which were reduced anew by the aid of Luther’s tables in ‘‘ Astronomishe Beobachtungen auf der Koénig- lichen Universitats-Sternwarte zu Konigsberg,’’ Abt. 37, 2‘ Teil. An explanation of the necessary formule there given, which are similar to those in use with Von Asten’s tables, will be found in Arge- lander’s Bonner Beobachtungen, Vol. I, p. xxxvi. Account was taken of the errata to the zones recorded in Part I of the volume containing Luther’s paper. The star numbers in the Tables, Sect. III of the present paper, are those of Weisse’s catalogue. (6) STRUVE, 1830. Stellarum Fixarum * * * Positiones Mediz pro epocha 1830 * * * ex observationibus * * * annis 1822 ad 1843. Petropoli, 1852. Positions were taken from the ‘‘ Catalogus Generalis’’ beginning on page 235, and the mean date was used as there given in column nine, unless a B was found in that column. This means that a certain proper motion, deduced from comparisons with Bradley, was included in the reduction, but as its value is not given, it was deemed best, in such cases, to take the star’s position directly from a ‘‘Catalogus Specialis’’ inthe preceding part of the volume. Refer- ence to the page will in general be found in column eleven of the ‘‘Catalogus Generalis.’’ The ‘‘ Correctiones Ultimz’’ given on pp. 360 ff. were not applied in such cases. G) LOND: aisgore A Catalosue voter tia i Stars) a) a) « from Observations made at * * * Greenwich from the years LOO CO nessa | London S33: (5) ANNALS N. Y. Acan. Sci., XII, Feb. 12, 1900—22. 346 KRETZ. The mean date of observation is not given in the catalogue. It was obtained from the original records, published in the ‘‘ Annual Results of Observations at Greenwich.’’ All observations of small stars were made in the years 1830 to 1833 incl. ; those of principal stars in right ascension from 1816 to 1833, and in north polar dis- tance from 1826 to 1833. There are, in general, two observations in N. P. D. for each day, one with each of the two mural circles. For one star (No. 501, decl.), more observations were found in the annual results than are counted in the catalogue ; the same rule with regard to the weight and the mean date was followed in this case as in that of Piazzi. (8) TAYLOR, 1835: A General Catalogue) of we Principal Fixed Stars from Observations made * * * at Madras in the years 1830 to 1843. Madras, 1844. The mean date is not given. It was obtained from the original records in Vol’s 1 to 5 of the Madras observations in a manner simi- lar to that explained by Argelander on pp. 18 and 19 of Vol. VII, Bonner Beobachtungen ; remembering however, that according to the introduction to Vol. 3, the transit instrument was down from 1834 March 6th to 1835 Jan. 31st, and that Taylor was absent in England in the years 1840 and 1841. Account was also taken of the fact that the constellation Coma Berenices comes to the meridian before midnight in the early part of the year. The star numbers as printed in this paper were corrected according to the errata, pp. 6-8, of the catalogue. (9) RUMKER, 1836. Mittlere Oerter von 12,000 Fix- sternen * * * aus den Beobachtungen auf der Hamburger Sternwarte * * * Hamburg, 1852. The mean date was taken as 1841, in accordance with the note given by Schorr in his ‘‘ Bemerkungen zu Carl Riimkers Sterncata- logen,’’ Mitteilungen der Hamburger Sternwarte, No. 3, p. 6. (10) ROBINSON, 1840. Places of 5,345 Stars observed from 1828 to 1854 at the Armagh Observatory. Dublin, 18509. The mean date was obtained from the record of the separate ob- servations printed in the first part of the volume. (11) GILLISS, 1840. Catalogue of 1248 Stars ob- served at Washington between October, 1838 and July, 1842 * * * Washington, 1846. The mean date was obtained from the annual results given in the same volume. (6) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 347 (12) PARIS,, 1845. Catalogue de l’Observatoire de Paris. Etoiles observées aux Instruments Méridiens de TOs 7 ales. OV O73, katisil Soo: (13) JACOB, 1850. A Subsidiary Catalogue of 1440 Stars * * * from observations made at Madras in the years 1849-1853. Madras, 1854. Positions from this catalogue were kindly furnished in manuscript by Prof. Pickering. (14) WROTTESLEY, 1850. A Catalogue of the Right Ascensions of 1009 Stars; in Mem. Roy. Astr. So- Cielya Ole Spy 1. ys eondontmros4 Gs )e Ser AIK. 1350n0e) Catalooie of 1576. Stars formed from the observations made during Six Years, from LOACutOn MS 5 oucten 1s Greenwich Wwondon. Tos: (16) POULKOVA, 1855. Positions Moyennes_ dé- duites des observations faites * * * 1840-1869. Obser- vations de Poulkova, Vol. VIII. St. Pétersbourg, 18809. The number of observations is not given inthe catalogue. It was obtained from the Vols. VI and VII of the ‘‘ Observations de Poul- kova.’’ (17) ARGELANDER, 1855. Mittlere Oerter von 22 oe stemensapeeletted -ausyden 49+ Minden Jahren 1845-1862 angestellten Beobachtungen. Bonn, 1867. (18) SEVEN-YEAR, 1860. Seven-Year Catalogue of 2,022 Stars deduced from Observations extending from LO 54 LOmOOOmt it Greenwich. sWondon, (1 SoA: (19) PAKIS,, 1860. Catalogue de |’Observatoire de Paris. Etoiles observees aux Instruments Meéridiens de NO SAN MOOZa a Nioly ah ikaris, loQo: (20) YARNALL, 1860. Catalogue of Stars observed — at the United States Naval Observatory during the years LOAS tO Noy lind edition revised. +9 by Protessor, Edward Frisby. Washington, 1889. Ci) DiNUyGa IIb SYa1so5, 1) Catalosue de “10,702 ioilles; ODseiuecs) iia Gem S57ra 1876 (m5 par brmest @uctelee | Bruxellesws37, The catalogue itself does not include positions of the fundamental (7) 348 KRETZ. stars determined at this observatory. They are given in a separate list on pp. xv ff. of the same volume. None of my stars was found among them. (22) SAFFORD, 1865. Observations in Right eAc cension of 505 Stars, being Vol. IV, Pt. II of the Annals of Harvard College Observatory. Cambridge, 1878. The positions as used were taken from pp. 30-108, where they are given uncorrected for proper motion, and, in the case of ephemeris stars, with certain periodic terms neglected (cf. Introd., p. ix). They are repeated, with these corrections applied, in the General Catalogue on pp. 109-120. In each case, however, the amount of the correc- tion, with its proper sign, is set down in column g, under the head Aa (Introd. p. xv). (23) NINE-YEAR, 1872. Nine-Year Catalogue of 2,263 Stars deduced from observations extending from 1868 to 1876, made at * * * Greenwich. (No date, Appendix to Observations for 1876.) (24) DREYER, 1875. Second Armagh Catalogue of 3,300 stars * * * from observations * * * during the years [659 t0 18930) Gann Dublinggtaco: (25) ROMBERG, 1875. Catalog von 5,634 Sternen aus den Beobachtungen am Pulkowaer Meridiankreise wahrend der Jahre 1874-1880 * * * St. Petersburg, 1891. (26) PARIS,, 1875. Catalogue de lObservatoire de Paris. Etoiles observées aux Instruments Méridiens de TLSOSta TSS. Voli2 haniswlooo: Catalogues no. (12), (19), and (26) appear as one work of four volumes, each volume embracing six-hours of right ascension for all of the three epochs, 1845, 60, and’75. ‘The three corresponding quantities for each star will always be found together on the same line. (27) ROGERS) 1875. ‘Catalogue of sige motansmen- served during the years 1870 to 1879, being Vol. XV, Part I of the Annals of the Astronomical Observatory of Harvard College. Cambridge, 1886. (28) RESPIGHI, 1875. Catalogo delle Declinazioni medie=* * * di 1463 Stelle compresesirasiparalleliszocre 64> nord! *)* “inv Vol VIII, Serrsexealer Accademia dei Lincei, 1879-80. Roma, 1880. (8) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. d49 (29) CATALOG DER ASTRONOMISCHEN GE- SELLSCHAFT, Zone IX. Catalogue of 14,464 Stars be- tween 24°15’ and 30°57’ North Declination, 1855 * * * by A. Graham. Leipzig, 1897. (30) TEN-YEAR, 1880. Ten-Year Catalogue of 4,059 Stars deduced from observations extending from 1877 to Mooolat +) “~ Greenwich, Wondons 1330: Annual results reduced to the beginning of the year of ob- servation, but as yet uncombined to form larger catalogues, were used in exactly the same manner as were the preceding works. The following series were found to contain observations of my Stats. 3 (3) ACiNMUS SIDE Ne WEIR IES IRIS SIUIE GIS, iso 1869. Astronomical observations made at the Observatory of Cambridge in the years 1836 to 1869. The stars in these lists are not numbered. The mean date was obtained from the separate results preceding the Catalogue. The same remarks apply to no. (32). Go) cE DINBU NGL Vi NW Ve RS SUE Sy 1s40— 1886. Astronomical Observations made at the Royal Ob- servatory, Edinburgh, from 1840 to 1886. Observations were taken at Edinburgh previous to 1840 by Hen- derson. They were reduced under his direction, while those taken after 1840 were reduced by C. P. Smyth. The earlier set being en- titled to higher weight than the latter, I have not grouped them both under one heading. None of my stars was found in the earlier se- ries. The Catalogue compiled from all of these observations by Smyth, under the title ‘‘Star Catalogue, Discussion, and Ephemeris from 1830 to 1890’ was used only as index to the yearly records. (33) RADCLIFFE YEARLY RESULTS, 1862-1879. Results of Astronomical Observations made at the Rad- cliffe Observatory in the years 1862 to 1879. No observations of stars were made in 1877, ’78, and ’79. (G4) VME MDIOA Sr Gry Vee SUIeiS! | 1802—1882. Results of Observations of the fixed stars made at Madras in the years 1862 to 1882 inclusive, under the direction of _N. R. Pogson. (9) 350 KRETZ. (35) GREENWICH YEARLY RESULTS, 13887 to 1894. Results of the Astronomical Observations made at the Royal Observatory, Greenwich, in the years 1887 to 1894. The Greenwich Five-Year Catalogue includes some of these obser- vations ; but the greater part of them are notas yet combined. Such ’ of my stars as were found in this series were of the latter number, Weights: On the preceding pages I have detailed the cata- logues used in the present paper. The observations are, of course, not all of the same standard of excellence. Weights were assigned depending approximately on the probable error of a position as given in a catalogue, the probable error of an observation of unit weight being taken arbitrarily as 0!’.4 of arc of a great circle. A table of weights was constructed on this basis by Dr. Davis when engaged in a research similar to the present one, and is printed in his memoir on the subject.’ To it I refer. It must be remembered, however, in regard to the An- nual Results, that I have regarded the observations of each year as forming a separate catalogue, and have weighted them as such, whereas Dr. Davis first reduced them all to 1875, and then assigned a weight to the mean depending on the total number of observations taken at the observatory in question. In all other respects the table was used exactly as there explained. A few of the catalogues used by me are not included in this list. They follow, together with the number of the star or stars, the corresponding number of observations, and the assigned weight. The figures in brackets refer to the preceding list of catalogues. (11) GILLISS, 1840) Star ne: 605, Tiobs), wt oom Star ino! 608) 1 3/0bSswits—s1-0: (14) WROTTESLEY, 1850. Starno. 447,55 obs., wt. = 0.5. (22) SAFFORD, 1865. Starnos 19457, obs > wt 1250: Star no. 195, 6 obs., wt. = 2.0. 1« Declinations and Proper -Motions of Fifty-Six Stars;’? by Herman S. Davis, Ph.D. Memoir I, of the N. Y. Academy of Sciences. Referred to as Davis. The table of weights will be found on pp. 14 to 18. (10) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 351 For (17) ARGELANDER, 1855, the same weights ,were used as are given for Oeltzen-Argelander in Dazis. The same table was assumed to apply to both right ascensions and declinations. This has been the generally accepted method: but my results indicate that it is not always correct. On the whole, the residuals are larger in right ascension than in declination. Especially is this the case with the older catalogues. 1 have compared the prob- able errors in the two coordinates obtained from the eight published zones of the A. G. C. (that being my standard of weight) and find a difference, which, though slight, is in the direction mentioned. A separate table of weights to be used for right ascensions would therefore be desirable. For my purpose, I have not deemed the additional accuracy obtained thereby sufficient to compensate for the labor involved. (11) II. Method of Reduction. Precession.—The epoch selected was 1875, that being very near the mean of the dates at which the plates were taken. The precession factors were computed by Professo1 Hill’s for- mulz as given in the “Star Tables of the American Ephemeris,” Wash., 1869, pp. xviii, xix. The constants used were those of Peters and Struve, being, for 1800 m= 3° .07082-+ 8,000 018997 7” = 20/7,0607 —//’,000 0863¢. Introducing these values in Hill’s formule, we obtain for 1875, the numbers in brackets denoting logarithms : a = 38.07225 + [0.126115] sina tand + u a) ia [1.302206] cos a + pu’ aa ‘da Wz [4.63380, — 10] (F ws “) ae + [5.98778 — 10] (GZ + “) cos a tan d a : -- [4.81169 — Io] G — 2) sin a sec? d + [4.9866 — 10] pp’ tan d -++ 0.8000 032 210 a 2d ao = [4.63380, — Io] ‘€ a ’) at +[7.16387n— 10) ( 7 + 1) sin a + [6.7367 — 10] pu? sin 20. The third term, both in right ascension and in declination, was taken from Kloock’s ‘ Zafeln der Praecession,’ that being (12) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 308 sufficiently accurate on account of the small value of the proper motion for all of my stars. In the above formula, a, 4, d and yp’ denote respectively the right ascension and corresponding proper motion and the dec- lination and corresponding proper motion for 1875. In calcu- lating the constants, the right ascensions and declinations were taken uniformly from the Astronomische Gesellschaft Catalog, Zone [X ; the proper motions either from Auwers’ “‘Veue Reduc- tion der Bradley schen Beobachtungen”’ or from Safford’s “ Cata- logue of Mean Declination of 2,018 Stars.” If now we put L ey pee 1025 Vie ge < +t X 108 l dats and let T = the epoch of any catalogue, and 27, O,=the right ascension and declination as there given, then will = (eR 2 8 _7 3 eg See RESO) ee +P(+ pe ) 200 I0O a pe (eS LP ey = NG bigs = Sr +L (1875 — 7) + M—EBR AY 4 (PP) as is evident at once when we remember that the above expres- sions are the first few terms of the expansion by Taylor’s for- mula of a and 0, thus aa x @a @3a o=a+(y t+4( Ga e+ (Ga a4... and similarly for 0. Here a, is the right ascension at the epoch for which the precession is to be computed, 1875 in the present case, and ¢ is the interval from this epoch to the epoch of a. For dates later than 1875, ¢is plus; for those earlier, it is min- us. Hence, transposing a, to the first, and @ to the second member, changing the signs and introducing the previous nota- tion, we obtain the series in the form given above. (18 ) 354 KRETZ. The coefficients of /, K and P, denoted respectively by U, P, and W, depend only on the time, and may be tabulated. This is here done for’ the epochs used by me. Signs at the top are for the dates at the left of the table; signs at the bottom are for dates at the right. Proper Motion.—Some catalogues take account of the proper motion in reducing from apparent to mean place. Ass its value, however, in general differs from that assumed in the present paper, a correction to eliminate its effect must be introduced. p * being the proper motion as assumed by me, py’ that used in the catalogue under consideration, and 7 and ¢, as usual, the epoch of reduction and the epoch of the catalogue respectively, we have Correction for erroneous 72 = (7—?)(u—wp’), which becomes, for 4’ = o (T—#)u.; It is not always plain whether a certain catalogue uses pro- per motion in the reduction to mean place or not. I subjoin (14) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 359 the conclusion at which I arrived in each special case, and in ac- cordance with which the correction was applied in the succeed- ing calculations. The numbers refer to the catalogues detailed li SEG. (1) The proper motion given is used in the reduction. See pp. 18 and 20 of the introduction. (2), (3), (4), (5) These do not take account of proper mo- tion. In (3) and (5) it is not mentioned; in the case of (4) see Introd., p. 26, § 11; and for (2) see Argelander’s Bonner Beobachtungen, Vol. VII, p. Io. (6) No proper motion is applied unless a & is found in the column headed ‘‘ Epocha Media.” Its value, although not given, may be obtained from the value for Str.— Bradley, givenipp. 299 th See Introd:; p, Uxxx: (7) Pond uses the A. S. C. constants and no proper mo- tion unless therein included. Such cases are marked by an asterisk in the column of precessions, the same as in the volumes from which the constants are copied. (8) Proper motions greater than o’’.5 are always, and those greater than 0’’.25 are sometimes included in the reduction. Smaller values are always neglected. Introd., p. 2. (9) No statesnent. Proper motion is probably not taken into account. 3 (10) According to Introd., p. xxviii, proper motion is not used in the reductions. (11) Proper motion is neglected in reducing the observa- tions to the beginning of the year, except where included in the A. S. C. constants (Introd., p. xxiv); but in combin- ing the separate annual results into a general catalogue, it is taken into account (p. 595, ‘Column 6”) whenever its value is given. (@2)Seei(26); (13) This catalogue does not take account of proper mo- tion. As it was not accessible to me, I could not personally verify the above statement, which is made in accordance with Davis, p. 28, no. 69. (14) I could not find any definite statement bearing on (15) 356 KRETZ. the point in question. It seems, however, that proper mo- tion is not used. Cf. Introd., pp. 15-17. (15) The same notes apply to this catalogue as to no. (11), except in the case of N. A. stars, when the proper mo- tion is taken into account. See Introd., p. iv; also Twelve- Year Catalogue, pp. vil and ix, and Seven-Year Catalogue for 1860, pp. {vif and {x}, and Appendix. (16) No statement is made in the introduction to Vol. VIII of the ‘‘ Observations de Poulkova,’’ which contains the catalogue. Backlund, however, in an article designed origin- ally to form the preface to the catalogue, but afterwards pub- lished in the Memoirs of the St. Petersburg Imperial Acad- emy, states, that proper motion was used when given either by Auwers in his ‘“‘ Bradley” or by Argelander in his ‘‘ 250 Stars with Proper Motions.’ Backlund superintended most of the computations. Loc. cit., Vol. 34, no. 7, p. 4. (17) Proper motion seems to be neglected. No mention of this matter is made in the introduction. _) Proper motion is used in the reductions. See Intro- duction, pp. {vi? and {x . (19) 2 See1(26)): (20), (21) Both catalogues neglect proper motion. See (20) Introd., p. xxiv; (21) Introd., p. xm. (22) See the remarks on this catalogue in Sec. I of the present paper. (23) Proper motion is used. See Introd., p. 4. (24) This catalogue does not take account of proper mo- tion: Ci Introd puis: (25) The proper motion as given is included in the reduc- tions. See Introd., p. (12). (26), (12), and (19) According to p. [2] of Vol. I, proper motion is always neglected. (27) Account is taken of the proper motion whenever given: vintrods)p: vil 2 (28) Proper motion is included in the annual variation for each star given in this catalogue. Its value, although not set down, may be obtained by subtracting the corresponding (16) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 357 geometric precession from that quantity. The original author- ity for the proper motions of all others than fundamental stars nS tae 18, vas (Cosy See Oy dey, (29) Proper motion is not used. (30) As in the other Greenwich catalogues, proper motion is employed in the reductions. See Introd., p. 4. In the case of the Annual Results, proper motion has a very slight effect as it is always used for a fraction of a year only, and is therefore rather unimportant. I found, however, the following : 31) The Cambridge Annuals. Proper motion is not ta- ken into account, except for Nautical Almanac Stars when included in the annual variations there given. (32) The Edinburgh Annuals, up to the publication of the B. A. C. in the year 1845, were reduced by means of the A. S. C. and Nautical Almanac constants, using proper motion only if therein included. After that, however, the B. A. C. values, both of precession and proper motion, were always used, if possible, for stars not given in the N. A. (33) The Radcliffe Annuals do not use proper motion. For Nautical Almanac Stars it is, however, generally included in the precessions ; these are marked with an asterisk in such cases. (34) The Madras Annuals do not use proper motion. (35) The Greenwich Annuals employ proper motion in the reduction to mean place. Systematic Corrections.—The system used throughout was that of the “ /undamental-Catalog der Astronomischen Gesell- schaft.’’ Corrections to reduce the catalogue positions to this standard are given by Auwers in the Astronomische Nach- richten nos. 3195-96, and 3413-14. A number of lists of stars, notably annual results, are not mentioned in these papers, how- ever. For such cases it was generally possible to obtain values of the corrections to the declinations from Boss, “Report on the Declination of Stars, etc.,’ pp. 579 ff. They were reduced from his ‘‘mean system’ to the A. G. C. system by the aid of the (17) 358 KRETZ. formule and table following, which I reproduce from Dr. Da- vis’ memoir : To Boss’ value add the quantity m+ K ( 7— 1883) when 7< 1866 or m+ K’( T— 1883) when 7 > 1866. Here m—A. G. C.— Boss (good for 1883) and is obtained from the Berlin Jahrbuch, 1884, Appendix. Kand KX’ are the annual variations of 7% computed as shown in the table, p. 359, in which we assume 40, = o. There still remained a number of cases to be treated, how- ever, chiefly right ascensions, for Boss gives corrections to the declinations only. For all of these I deduced corrections by direct comparison with some suitable catalogue whose system was well known. The labor was greatly simplified by the fact, that no account had to be taken of change in right ascension or in declination, as my stars are all situated within a few degrees of each other. The rule laid down was to compare as many stars as possible (usually about 12) within not more than one hour in right ascension, and five degrees in declination on either side of the center of my plate. Systematic corrections were thus deduced for the following catalogues: Bessel ((§) of Sect. I), Zones 464 and 503.—Auwers, in his zone of the A. G. C., gives corrections to all those of Bessel’s zones which fall within the limits of his catalogue. He shows that they consist of two parts, a systematic one, depending on the constants used in the reductions, and one due purely to ac- cidental causes. Luther’s tables fail to eliminate the latter class. Without attempting to distinguish between them, I deduced the total amount by direct comparison with the A. G. C., correcting for proper motion whenever that was possible. I find thus : A. G. C.—Bessel, Zone 464 (ina) = + 08.190 in 0) = — 3”.60 ce 6e ia ce ce oe 6 ce ( ( A. G. C.—Bessel, Zone 503 (ina) = -+ 0%.122 (in 0) = + 37.15 (18) Ege1-SSer = ater ae LY, PUG SUUIHTOD Surpaooid om} ay} JO Uva Oy) SI_y 1u——. = *ployes “FT “J, tossajorg Aq SUAMNAY pur ssog jo suonouw ssdoid ay} Jo uosieduios yooup Aq poonpap uoleuva [enuue oyeurxoidde uv si styf[-—'z ALON Eggi-ofgr _ Eggi-Ezgr ‘oq Avul asvo 9y] sv —— Jo -©°-—_°— saats uuinjoo sty, ——-‘I ALO q i : I ALE N STARS IN COMA BERENICES. ul——9 u—D 6zoo" — gf1o° -+ | gz1o° + | 6hro: + Nore eaecone 60 | £g° — | S6:0— G1 vooo: + | Zvi1o° + | €L410° + | go. — | Lor — | L6° — z6° — | Io°I— 0% oSoo* -++ | zbro’ + | giro" + | ggio’ + | 10° + | ¢1° — | gg: — | 1g¢° — | $6: — cz oo1o’ + | ZSi0° + sone | Gee de | Gi ae = | oes of €vio’ + | Zoro’ + |} PZio’ + | ogio° + | br: + | gz — |} IL° — 69° — zl — GE 1z10° + | 1zro° + | gzto: + | Grr + | 61° — | £S-0o— |, zs: — | 4S: — |[oS:.—]| oF a | Mu for) 1900° + | €Goo: + | ¢Soo- -++ | €Soo: + | Gx: + | zo: — Zi’ — | Ce: — | 6% — | 10° 4+ | , Sb SS L£Soo: + | 6£oo0* + | gzoo* + | yx + | Co: — yOu —" | (cos ——= | pa F002 4/0 goo’ ++ | Szoo* + | oSoo* ++ | oo00- + | go: + | 10° + go° + | 90° + | go’ + | go: + cS 6£00' — | 1000: — €zoo" — | fo: + | Sxr° + gr + | gr == | ere => | gre =e 09 bg00'0— | gzoo'o— | 1100'°0— | Shoo'o— | €or0+ | 1270+ of o+ | Szo+ | gzo+ | gfo+ | .S9 LA 4 1 7 1 A mI M We 2 q eB ofgi ofgt oIgl gsi Sgt ‘C ALON | “I FLON Eggi a28t ofgl €zg1 oqy BANS | “WOOT 0} 9981 0} OIgI (siamny )| Baoy[nog nines f : a sates E if te eT Ne ee Q Io} Ioj ‘NOILVIUVA IVONNY ssog—9) ‘D'V ssog—9 'D'‘V ‘a1av | YS I PE ER EE SEE IE REE EE EEE SE LE ERE IE LE EES LIT TENS 360 KRETZ. Cambridge Annuals (31).—Observations in right ascension of my stars were taken in the years 1842, “44, ‘45 and/*47: Corrections to the years 1842 and 1845 were obtained by di- rect comparison with Struve’s “ Positiones Mediae.”’ During 1844 and 1847 not enough stars were observed in the zone selected by me to warrant a comparison with Struve. For 1844 I accordingly assumed the same corrections as for 1845, and for 1847, zero was used, as no other value was procurable. Corrections to the declinations are given by Boss. My inves- tigations give, for the right ascensions : A. G, C,—Cambridge 1842 — — 08.075 A. G. C.—Cambridge 1845 — + 0°.147 Edinburgh Annuals (32).—Boss, who gives corrections to the declinations, divides this series into several groups, of which the following include the dates of observation of my stars: 1854-1860, 1861-1864, 1865-1869. Corrections were com- puted by comparison with the A. G. C. for the years 1856, 1864, and 1868, being one year ineach group. Two stars were observed in 1842, and for this. year a correction was deduced by comparison with the new Seven-Year Catalogue. The re- ductions were always made including proper motion if possible. The values found were as follows : A. G. C.—Edinb. 1842 = — 08.012 A. G. C.—Edinb. 1856 = — 08.087 A. G. C.—Edinb. 1864 — — 08.070 A. G. C.—Edinb. 1868 = — 08.042 Radcliffe Annuals (33).—Corrections to the declinations ob- served before 1874 are given by Boss. One of my stars was found in the volume for 1874. The correction in this case was calculated by extrapolation from 1872 and 1873.. For the right ascensions the usual method was followed, comparisons being made both with the A. G. C. and with the Paris 1875. Corrections to the observations of the years 1868, 1870 and 1871 were thus obtained. In the year 1873 not sufficient stars were observed to make a satisfactory comparison possible. For (20) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 361 this case, zero was therefore assumed. The results reached were as follows : A. G. C.—Radceliffe 1868 — + 03.033 A. G. C.—Radcliffe 1870 = — 08.071 A. G, C.—Radcliffe 1871 = — 0%.020 Greenwich Annuals (35).—The same systematic corrections were used as are given by Auwers for the Ten-Year Catalogue. See Jausup. 24.) noo: A few of the catalogues deserve special notice in this connec- tion bievs are: (1) Auwers-bradley—No systematic corrections to this cat- alogue have been published by the author, which indicates that their value is zero. I have so assumed it for the two stars found in this list. . (4) @’ Agelet—Auwers gives systematic corrections to this catalogue on p. 60 of his zone of the A. G. C., but applying only within the limits of that zone. On page 30 of the intro- duction, Gould himself gives the result of a comparison with Piazzi. His terms are not quite clear, however. He gives cor- rections for what he calls the first and second group, without stating where the dividing line between the groups is situated. I have assumed it to be at 12" in accordance with a statement at the bottom of page 29, and find thus Piazzi—d’ Agelet in a = + 08.079 Piazzi—d@’ Agelet in 0d = + 1”,22, whence (A. G. C.—d’Agelet) is easily obtained. (6) Strave.-—The same correction was assumed to apply to the “‘ Catalogus Specialis”’ for 1824 as to the ‘‘ Catalogus Gen- eralis’’ for 1830. (17) Argelander.—In accordance with pp. vi and ix of the introduction, the corrections of the Abo Catalogue reduced to 1855, as given by Auwers, were applied to my stars found in this catalogue. (12), (19), and (26) Paris.—The corrections given by Au- wers for the first twelve hours of right ascension were assumed to apply equally to the third quadrant. ANNALS N. Y. Acab. Sci., XII, February 14, !900—23 (21) 362 KRETZ. (20) Varnall—Corrections to this catalogue will be found in both of Auwers’ papers. The second set was used by me. Formule for Adjustment.—The usual methods of least-square solution with artifices of computation analogous to those pub- lished in Davis, pages 11 and 12, were employed. I shall de- duce the formule for right ascension only; the discussion for the other coordinate is entirely similar. If we let B,= the seconds of an observed right ascension reduced to 1875, using an assumed value for the proper motion, and cor- rected for systematic errors ; t.= the date of observing B, ; ga, = the seconds of the right ascension to be obtained from the observations, corresponding to some fixed epoch 7) ; 4dy,=the correction to be subtracted from the assumed proper motion ; then evidently we should have a — § Bi + Ay (4— %)} =09; (1) or, if the weight of 4, be ,, V pit —V pi Ay (4— MT) —V Ai Bi = ©. (1a) Writing, then, 7 equations of condition of the above form, one for each observed &,, and solving by least squares, we get the following normals, where the square brackets as usual denote summation : [2] % —LA(4— 7)] AM — [22] = 0 ; (2) —[Plé— 7) ] 4 + [A(4-—79)*] Amo + [ PB(e— Ty) —0- By suitably selecting the epoch 7, we can greatly facilitate the succeeding work—an artifice first employed for this kind of work by Professor Safford.' For let us take 7, as the mean of all the dates ¢, that is, let [At] ie 2 1 See Safford, ‘‘ Catalogue of 2018 Stars,’’ Introd., p. 12. (22) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 363 then will Lae I Oh and equations (2) become [4] %—[A2]=0 [A(¢— %)?]44 + [AB(*— %)] =09, j 2 whence at once —— ro with the weight [ 7] : (4) Ay = re ee with the weight [ p(¢— 7))?]- If now we write (¢—Th)=G pt—-%)=D, ay — B == VB and remember that [AC(%— B)J=a[ PC] —[£C2] =—[a(t¢— %)B] [eAGii—o} we get finally the formule since ce 2] 7 (5) Une Uy = [CD] o The probable error of an observation 2 whose weight is unity is, by the usual formula (= s= 45 [v7] m—2? the v’s being the residuals obtained by substituting the final values of a and dy, in equation (1). Hence the probable error of 9 at the epoc 0 VTA] ‘Tr (6) se A ee, OO Ven a reduced to 1875 using Avy = Vip? + § (1875 — 75) ru}? = 75. (23 ) 364 KRETZ. As 4y, and a, are not independently determined the correct- ness of the last formula is not immediately evident. It is, how- ever, easily proved. For we have Ayg75 = % + (1875 — 7) Au, sss eas 7) PEI _ AF, + poe a 200 + pPnBm [A] [by equation (4)] AGA, + PrOBe + -+ + pm CmBm [CD] — (1875 — 7)) = paycpy [41 BECP — (3875 — 70)E41 4) + po By ([C?] — (1875 — %)[ A] G) and since the 4’s are independent, and the probable error of 4, is 7, //~, we get for the probable error of Cie 71915 = cee | Am? (LCP) — (1875 — 7) 214)? +B? (LCP] — (1875 — %)[A1G)? oe anton | [P][CD]2—2[ CP] [A] (1875 — 7) pC] + LAL 2e](1875 — 7) } =o (1875 — 70)" TCD} = 77? + (1875 — 7)? 74? remembering that [pC] =o and [pC2] = [CD]. In applying the above formule to a special case, I invariably proceeded as follows (the explanation is again confined to right ascension ; it applies equally to declination, however) : (24) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 365 Calculate the sums =(p8), (pt), =(P)- Then f and ,’ being the remainders. Now form for each catalogue position the quantities (2 BV = Ce BEE Dig Gp BY) The computations up to this point will all be checked,’ when 2~(%q—#8)=—B, 2%P(*¢— T%) = + B’. From the expressions last obtained we easily get ¥(DE) and 3(CD) which we check’ by the equations 3(DE) =3(pE-C) 3(CD) = 3(pC2). Then 2 (2D) oy 2D) and Hy =P — Apo, py: being the previously assumed proper motion. Also Ayg75 = Iq — Atty (1875 — 7)). To obtain the probable errors, I did not, however, employ formule (6) as they stand. For thereby the weight of each star is placed on an independent basis, and the probable errors form no means whereby to judge of the relative accuracy of the final positions. For the factor 7, is not the same for all the stars, depending, as it does, on the accidental error in each cat- alogue as shown by the residual. We must seek a value for ~, which will satisfy all the observations taken of all the stars, not of one star only. Such a value is furnished by the statement in Sec. I, “ Wercuts,”’ which reads, that the probabie error of an observation of unit weight was arbitrarily assumed as 0’’.4 1As suggested in Davzs, page II. (25) 366 KRETZ. of arc of a great circle. If then we change formule (6) to read 0//.4 0/4 CUai Ton and, as before "1875 — V ree + § (1875 — Zy)rph*s we obtain probable errors which make a direct comparison pos- sible, and which enable us to assign relative weights to the re- sulting positions for 1875. This is what I have done through- out, and-all probable errors are computed by the above expres- sions. It should be mentioned here, however, that, for right ascensions, the values obtained by the above formule must be multiplied by sec d, in order to make them applicable to the position of the star ; for evidently the formule give the probable error in equatorial seconds for both coordinates. This I have done for all of my stars, and the probable errors in right ascen- sion found in the succeeding tables are therefore in terms of seconds of arc of a small circle of declination passing through the star in question. (26) Ii. Dables: ands Results: Star-Tables.—On the following pages are recorded the data from which the final positions were obtained, together with the most important part of the calculations. The tables, when taken in connection with the preceding sections, require little com- ment. A few points may be mentioned, however. The caption gives the Bonn Durchmusterung number, the usual designation of a star, and Chase’s number ; also the pre- cession constants, together with the right ascension and declin- ation for 1875, and the respective assumed proper motions used in calculating the same. Columns 15723.) 4, 5,6 and 12) require sno; explanation: They refer to matters treated in Sect. I of this paper. Columns 7 to 11 are discussed in Sect. II]; column 7 under the head ‘‘ PRopER Mortion’’; column 8 under that of ‘‘ PRECES- SION’; and 10 under that of ‘‘ SystTEMATIC CORRECTIONS.’ Col- Minos ther sumuof O77, and: Si) a1 bis explained by, the heading. Column 15 shows the residual of each observation, and 13 and 14 exhibit the computation by which these are derived. This matter has not been treated in detail before, as I deem it rather unimportant for the present purpose. The probable er- ror is not made to depend on the residuals, and they are here recorded merely to give an idea of the interagreement of the observations ; they are nowise used in the work. The method is sufficiently explained by the headings ; and it is plain that, if car- ried through as shown, the desired quantities will be obtained, remembering the form of the observation equations (equation (1) of “ ForMUL# For ApjuSTMENT,” Sect. II). (27) 368 Results : KRETZ. At the end of each table the results are shown. They are as follows: Column 3 contains 7); 5 the total num- ber of observations ; 6 the coordinate a, or 0, at the time 7) ; 7 the correction for Jy, to reduce these to 1875; 9 the coordi- 1 B. D. 26°.2324 (2 21875, 91875 CHASE). 12h 26° r2™ 52/ 0*.000 0”.00 (28) | ; Right Ase. | é j | Epoch! No.| at Epoch | Corr, for ’ eee Authorit | Date of | of | of of Cat. Errone’s | Reduction | 8 Te) Obs,’ | Cat. |) Obs! | partaragn | topes f ic Tein. | Motion, 1075. t T _n MerormGats | TMC AAD. a lqhm 2 os | s mes 3 | Lalande 23057 |-1794.31 | 1800 | I |12 834.89 | 0.000 |+3 48.021 5 | Bessel (W,.) 229; 1829.33 | 1825 | I | 9 50.73 | .000 |-+-2 31.936 26 | Paris, 15073 TS7AL7. WN S75 lls eee aco a .000 _ 2OP WPACIGNEN6058 al RIG77e25 aS 75 ll SROlMlin wel 2e228 oom .000 — 25 |Romberg 2710 | 1880.3 | 1875 | 2 | oe 22.85 | .000 —_ | | | | ms 7 8 Results 1873.63 | 1875 | 15 | 12 12 22.904 —0.004 == | | Meee) enc 1 3 | Lalande 23057 | 1794.31 | 1800 | I | 2677 55-4 | ©.00 |—25 2.72 5 | Bessel (W,.) 229] 1829.33 | 1825 | I | 69 41.5 .0O0 |—I16 41.64 26 | Paris, 15073 WOT Asya al LOvS alan 5 52 58.6 .0O —_— 20) WAL Gy C6058 el 187.752 Nero 75 6 52 58.1 .0O — 25 |Romberg 2710 | 1880.3 | 1875 | 2 5258.6 | .00 a | | | fe) / | “ Results | -1873.63 1875 15 2652.58.12 40.12 - wy or) co STARS IN COMA BERENICES nates for 1875 ; 10 the probable error at the time 7), and 11 that at 1875 ; 12 the weight of @, or 0d, at the time 7), that is [ f]; 13 the final proper motion ; 14 the probable error of the proper motion ; and 15 its weight, [CD], at 7). J=-+ 3°.03565 K = — 0.01215 P= | OVOlA I, = — 207.0250 M = + 0.0325 N= -+ 0.16 Right Ascen. | | | Corrected 1875. ie | a+A. | Auy(4— 7). | R. A. 1875. | a9 — Ba’ a | System- | Ba Weight. F. (Bo/—=Be-E Rar Va Declination | 74° Coie | 6+ A, Ap)/(4—TZ,)-| Corrected | 6, —&s/ 1875. | Bs Fs Decl. 1875. | Vs 8 | A | oe) Bs/=Bs-+ Fs) aemash if Sar s Ss s Ss 12 12 22.911| +0.254 | 23.165 O.1 —0.206 . 22.959 —0.055 12 22.666 | +0 I90 22.856 O.I —O.115 22.741 | +0.163 12,22.890| +0.043 | 22.933 2.0 -++0.003 22.936 | —0.032 12 22.880 | .000 | 22.880 1.0 0.009 22.889 --0.015 12 22.850| —0.003 | 22.847 1.0 --O.017 22.864 | +0.040 hemes) s s Ss s 12 12 22.900 | 0.0146 | + 0.0146 4.2 —(0).0026 | -- o.oo10 885 Od “ u | “ | 4 u 26 52 52.68 |—2.60 | 50.08 | o1 | +682 56.90 | +1.22 5259.86 |—360 | 56.26 | oO. +3.81 | 60.07 —1.95 52 58.60 | —o.22 , |. 58.38 | 2.0 —0.09 | 58.29 | 0.17 52.58.10 | .0O 5 56 @O 1.0 —o 31 57-79 | --0.33 52 58.60 | +0.01 58.61 1.0 —0.57 58.04 0.08 fo} ‘ | v) 26 52 58.24 | + 0.0135 | 885 (29) 370 KRETZ. 2 B. D. 26°.2326—43 Come Berenices (3 CHASE). inee T22 12™ 438.81 Ht, 08.000 Orars 26° 42! TOMES [As OOS | | Right Ase. | | | Epoch| No. | at Epoch | Corr, for enone ate of | ? eduction Authority. | one | of eel eee | eee to | en ‘Declination Mouon 1875. | | | at Epoch | j wegen Tala of Car) = Rae ial rae | Winans Tyee ahi m igs : lie a s m Ss d’ Agelet 2893 1785.25 | 1800 | I 112 8 56.2 | 0.000 |+3 47.961 Lalande 23065 |. 1794.31 | 1800 | I 8 55.83 .000 |+-3 47.961 Piazzi 39 1805.97 | 1800 5 8 55.70 | .000 |-+3 47 961 Bessel (Wj. ) 238 1830.32 | 1825 | 2 1011.79 | .000 |-2 31.897 Taylor 5644 [1835.3] | 1835 | 3 IO 42.60 | .000 |-+ 2 1.492 Bruxelles 5031 | 1866.66 1865) 3 12 13.38 .000 |-++ 30.355 Radcl. An. 632 | 1870.32 | 1870) 4 | 12 28.54 .000 |-++ 15.176 Paris, 15077 | 1872.8 | 1875 | 2 12/4077. .000 | — ANG, (CY GO6T 7 08781087 1875 4) Oh x mzeAereine | .000 — Romberg 2711 | 1879.4 1875 2 ee ara 64 eos _— Results 1863.01 1875 29° BR 12 43. 790 0.059 — (heel! “ quAbsie: 2893 1785.25 1800) I 266716.3 | —o.44 |—25 4.86 Lalande 23065 1794.31 | 1800 1 6716.2 |—0.17 |—25 4.86 Piazzi 39 | 1805.51 | 1800 | 9 6716.5 | +0.16 |—25 4.86 Bessel ( W,.) 238| 1830.32 | 1825 | 2 5853.c | +0.16 |—16 43.06 Taylor 5644 | [1834.8] | 1835 | 4 55 32.80 .0O0 |—I3 22.40 Robinson 2639 1849.30 | 1840 | 2 | 53 53.20 =50-20) 1|—— F142 07 Radcl. An. 743 | 1868.24 | 1868 | I | 44 29.91 | 0.01 |— 2 20.38 Bruxelles 5031 | 1868.33 | 1865 | 4 45 30.98 -+0.10 — 3 20.55 Radcl. An, 632 | 1870.29 | 1870 | 3 43 51.82 | +0.01 z I 40.27 | Paris, 15077 (1872: Saeere 750 tee A2 i Osg | 9.07 | — | A. G. C. 6061 1878.0 | 1875 | 6 | 4210.5 | =-0.09 | — Romberg 2711 | 1879.4 | 1875 | 2 4210.8 | +0.13 | — Results 1863.17 1875 87 26.42'10.40 | +-0.25 f= (30) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 371 J=+ 3.03491 K = — 0.01200 P= -+ 0.013 POG O533 M = -++ 0.0332 N= -+ 0.16 Right Ascen, | | | | Corrected | 1875. | a+ A, | | Auy(¢—7Z).|_R. A. 1875. | %— Ba’ ae ae ee Gian a Ba’ =BatKa Va Declination | 74° Coa TG + A. | Aug! (Z— fy). Corrected | J) — Bs’ 1875. | Bs | Fs | Decl. 1875. | Vs 2 pe DENNIS Ba’ Bat Bo n> aS s s s s s T2 12 44.161 | ++ 0,332 44.493 o.1 —0.381 44.112 —0. 322 12 43.791 | +-0.253 44.044 o.1 —0. 337 43.707 0.083 12 43.661 | +0.253 43.914 0.3 | —0.279 43.635 --0.155 12 43.687 | +0.156 43-843 0.2. | —Oo.160 43.683 + 0.107 12 44.092 | —0.059 UVLO RNS Ns MORE | Ab 0), a6) 43.897 —0O.107 12 43.735 | +0:043 | 43.778 1.0 +-o.018 43-796 | —0.006 12 43.716 | —0.07I | 43.645 1.0 -+0.036 43.681 | +0. 109 12 43.770 | +0.043 43.813 1.0 0.048 43.861 | —o.071 12 43.810 | .000 43.810 1.0 +0.073 "43.883 —0.093 12 43.640 | —0.003 43.637 1.0 + 0.080 43-717 -++0.073 hanes s s | Stern s | 12 12 43.731 0.0120 + 0.0136, 6.2 | —0.0049 + 0.0005 3306 fo} / “ | i ih ia “ | | W oe ae “ eer: 26 4211.00 |/—I.4r | 9:59 | O1 -+1.64 11.23 —o.83 42 11.17 | —2.63 | 8.54 | O1 +1.45 9 99 | +0.41 42, 11.80 | —2.63 OT a 1O33 ame 10.38 | +-0.02 42 10.10 | —0.22 9.88 | 0.2 -+0.69 10.57 — ONY 42 10.40 | —o 82 9.58 | 05 -+0.60 10.18 0,22 4211.41 | —0.84 10.57 0.2 +0.29 10.86 —o.46 42°-0:54 |||-- O03 9.57 Oh | opti 9.46 | +0.94 42 10.53 | —O.O1 HOSS 2 ies eel One ne OnTer 10.41 | o,@ut 42 11.56 | —o.68 10.88 | 1.0 —0.15 10.73 | —0.33 42 10.83 | —o.22 10.61 1.0 —o.20 10.41 | —0.01 42 10.59 .00 10.59 1.0 | —0o.31 le) 10228 | +0.12 42 10.93 .0O 10.93 1.0 | —0.34 | 10.59 0.19 26 42 10.65 | -o.1 52 |+— 0.173 6.9 | —0.009 | ok 0.0069 | 3402 (31) 372 3 KRETZ. B. D. 26°.2329—51 Come Berenices (5 CHASE). 12" 26° 75 O85 ies 41’ I 8.05 42.6 L oO 8.000 pt’, + 07.03 : | | | Right Ase. ics | | Epoch | No, | at Epoch | Corr. for i iets NOtnonit | Date of | OP ot | en Cat: Errone’s asec a) uthority. | felis Sane oO ne y | Obs. | Cat. os Declination nee! igre a | | | at Epoch : oot Tos Me eon Cat jen i Fees Or ea Ra | Sapeeall ae arog AH NS es Seinen s ae 4 |d’Agelet 2909 | 1785.25 | 1800 I | I2 IO 14.1 0.000 |-++-3 47.677 3 | Lalande 23118 | 1794.31 | 1800] I | 10 14.30 | .000 |++-3 47.677 2 | Piazzi 52 | 1802.99 | 1800 | 16 | IO 14.24 | .000 |+-3 47.677 5 | Bessel (W,.) 270|' 1831.31 | 1825 | 1 II 29.76 -000 |-++2 31.708 8 | Taylor 5659 | f2835-3)) "91335 | 2 I2 0.53 .000 |+2 1.34T | 21 | Bruxelles 5045 | 1866.66/ 1865 | 3) 13 30.84 .000 |+- 30.318 33 | Radcl. An. 636 | 1870.35 | 1870 | 2 | 13, 46.25 .000 j++ 15.157 33 |/Radcl. An: 624\ | 1873.24 | 51873) 1 | | 13 55-032] coos" 2 tGleGs 26 | Paris, 15100 1875.6.) 18758 3) 14s L090) || .000 | — 29) AG. CxGo70 |) 18760314), 187508 Gel, td SIkO5 a]. a OOO = 25) (| ‘Romberg 2725 |||) 1879:9010|) 1875 5024)" 2 sr4n L.02 .000 | — | lea hy mess, | s Vatec = Results 1864.89 1875 38 1244 1.255 —0.142_ = | | | | PISS | 4“ | Tete 4 | d’Agelet 2909 1785.25 | 1800! I | 266644.2 |+0.44 |—24 59.94 3 | Lalande 23118 | 1794.31| 1800] 1 | 6647.2 |-+0.17 |—24 59.94 2 | Piazzi 52 | 1804.05 | 1800 | 10 | 6644.6 |—O.12 |—24 59.94 5 | Bessel (W,.) 270| 1831.31 | 1825 | 1] 5818.9 | —o.19 | 16 39.76 8 | Taylor 5659 | [1834.8] | 1835 | 4 | 55 alt .0O0 |—I3 19.74 10 | Robinson 2649 | 1849.30 | 1840 | 2 | 53 26.22 }—0.28 |—II 39.75 33 | Radel. An. 747 | 1868.24 | 1868 | 1 | 44 2.01 |—o.01 |— 2 I9.92| 2t | Bruxelles 5045 | 1868.33| 1865 | 4] 45 3-01 |—0.1I0 |— 3.19.88 33 | Radcl. An. 636 | 1870.37 | 1870 | I 43 25.55 | —O.O1 |— I 39.94 33 | Radcl. An. 624 | 1873.24| 1873 | 1 | 4222.72 |—o.or |—+- 39.97 26 | Paris, 15100 Wel S75cO mt eLS 75 Mla ol Me ATU Az eo a le OO 2am — 201A. G:'Ci6070. ©) 9187693" 1875"), 6 Ai 42°65) | o-04aa -- | 25 | Romberg 2725 |° 1879.9 | 1875 | 2 | 4143.5 |—O.15 | — Results | 1864.06 1875 37 264142.94 0.00 | — SRT a IE SE ISI I LT TE EE (82) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. == SS BEOLaS Jf L = — 197.9867 /G—=—(OOLISS M—= + 0.0356 P= +0.013 NV = +0.16 373 1 Note: See Sect. II, Systematic Corrections to Radcliffe Annuals. (33 ) Right Ascen, | | | Corrected | 1875. | | @+A, | | Avo(2—7Z) |_R. A. 1875. | — Ba’ -@ | System- | Ba | Weight.) “Fa _| Ba’ = Bot Fa Vo_ Declination | ate (Covse, 6+ A. | Auo/(¢—Zy)| Corrected | 6) — Ba’ iyi | | Bs Rania SDeclanS753. eve 8 | A p | Bs’ = Bs + Fo | ihvemses ne s VC OIe PMMA Re ee an So OGG mile Rime 1A) ial WeGl || pC ZTOG) | Orr —I.115 0.994 -+-0.261 14 1.977 | +0.253 22308) | RNOsE —o.988 1.242 | +-0.013 14 1.917 | +0.253 PANG) “|| O2 —o.867 1.303 0.048 14 1.468 | -+-0.122 1.590 | OI | —0.470 1.120 + 0.135 14 1.871 | —0.059 TAO L2 GOs —0.414 1.398 | —O.143 14 1.158 | +0.043 1.201 1.0 -+-0.025 1.226 | --0.029 14 1.407 | —0.071 12330) O15 -+-0.076 I.412 | —0.157 T4 1.093 .ooo! 1.093 | 0.5 +0. 117 1.210 -+0.045 I4 1.090 | +-0.043 GWE MN 2 THO) ++0.150 1.283 —0.028 T4 1.050 | .000 12050) 2/0 0.160 1.210 | +0.045 14 1.020 | — .003 TROT. Onin a1 O12 TO 12277 | +-0.028 hm s s s s s 12 141.113 +0.0123 0.0134 5.9 —0.0140 -£0.0005 3180 OO Ge} 4“ u | “ | “ “ 26 AI 44.70 | —1.41 43.29 O.1 0.00 | 43-29 —0.35 Al 47.43 | —2.63 44.80 0.1 SOOR awa) MNANESO —1.86 4I 44.54 | —2.63 41.91 0.3 .0O 41.91 1.03 At 38.95 | +3.15 42.10 O.1 .0O 42.10 +0.84 4I 43.37 | —o.81 42.56 OG | .0O 42.56 +0.38 41 46.19 | —o.82 Aa) | OP .00 45-37 —2.43 4I 42.08 | +0.03 42.11 0.5 .00 42.11 | +0.83 4I 43.03 | —O.OI1 AZ302)5) nal. © .00 43.02 —o.08 AI 45.60 | —o.68 44.92 | 0.5 .0O 44.92 —1.98 4I 42.74 | —O.1I A2202- | O85 .0O 42.63 +0.31 41 42.48 | —o.22 42.26 1.0 -00 42.26 | +0.68 AI 42.56 | .0O 42.56 1.0 .0O | 42.56 | +0.38 AI 43.35 | -0O 43.35 1.0 .0O | 43.35 | =o, fo} 4 “ ad Ml | 4d ad 26 41 42.94 | +0.153 | + 0.171| 6.8 -+0.030 | = 0.0069 3390 374 KRETZ. 4 B. D. 27°.2114 (6 CHASE). Giers 122 14™ 28.52 Ht, 08.000 Ohne igh 10/ 15 [Boo (2) | | Right Ase. | a. | ‘Epoch No, | at Epoch — Corr, for ee A Date of | of of of Cat. | Errone’ s | #~eaduction o 8 Authority. |e Obs seal Cath en(Obsa| Declination Proper | ee ae | S | pkaasesa | Motion. | 1075. | t T n of Cat. | | 5 | y | | hm s s [| ms 3. | Lalande 23120 1794.31 | 1800 / I [12 10 15.05 | 0,000 |+3 47.598 12 | Paris, 15101 | 18412 | 1845 2 12 31.76 | .000 |+T 30.954 g |Riimker 3916 | [1841.3] | 1836 I 12 4.481; .000|+1 58.262 16 | Poulkova 1852 | 1841.32 | 1855 | 4 13 2.08 .000 |-+1I 0.624 31 |Cambr. An. [Lor Sa'ze ain TOAqaN | I 12 37.82 | .000 | 1 24.887 | 13 | Jacob [4153] | 1850.27 | 1850 | 4 | 1246.66/| ..000 |+1 15.788 14 | Wrottesley 447 | 1851.1 | 1850] 5 12 46.86 | .000 | +r 15.788 32° | Edinb, An. 1850/22. S56) |952> | eee ser2 0 .000 |-+ 57.592 32 es as ea 858.20 yl TO5Sa(s 5 alee akomile Oe .000 |-+- 51.527 32 gs ot | 1864.26 | 1864 | 2 13 29.42 | .000 |-++ 33.337 32 i es | 1865.16 1865 | 1 1353233641 .000 |-+ 30.306 20 |Yarnall’5240 + ®+| 1866.0 | 1860 | 3 13 17.06 | :000 |+ 45.463 32 | Edinb. An. |) TSO8226) $1868.13) neha sz .000 |-++ 21.213 33) WRadcl. Any 627))|| 1870/24) W701 ao Lenlasioy4 yea | -000 |+- 15.151 26 | Paris, 15101 1875.3 | 1875 | I | 14 2.49 | 000 | = DOW A. 1 GCe Oo7x 1877-3 | 1875 li PALE 22 52) al .000 — 25 |Romberg 2726 | 1879.4 | 1875, 2 I4 2.45 | 000 | —- 30 | Ten-Year1927 | 1880.02 | 1880 | 3 ae eae 660 -000 — 15.148 | | | Results 1860.30 1875 48 lee ae 2. 624, ay 104 — | | | / | } Ta) 3, | Lalande 23120 | 1794.31 | 1800 | I ee 44 16.3 —06.74 —25 I1 93 9 | Riimker 3916 | [1841.3] | 1836 | 1 | 3210.01 | +0.69 |=13 5.98 16) | Poulkova 1852. | 1841. 32)| 1855 |""4 |) 25 46.2 ean | OMiczag 12 | Paris, 15101 1845.3. | 1845 | I 29 7.5 | +-0:04 |—To" 4°56 3r | Camb, An, | 1847235) 847 |e 28 27.98 | +0.05 |— 9 24.24 13 | Jacob [4153] 1850.27] 1850 | 4 | 27 26.19 | --0.04) |—— 8 23873 20 | Yarnall 5240 1854.4 | 1860! 3 24 :3.7- | 0173" |— 5 aan 32 Seti. An. 1855.31 | 1855 |. I 25 45.5 | +0.04 |— 6 43.00 32 os 1858-20) 1853)) 7 | 24144 | -0:03 nl aed oa 22 es ig 1859.25 1859 2 24 23.8 ~| --0:03 |—— 5 22.30)| 32 CO iE | 1860.23 | 1860 | 6 24 4.7 | +0.03 |\— 5 2.24 32 BG"), 066 1863.19 | 1863 | 3 23 2.6 | +o0.02 —4 1.78 32 os gs | 1864.26 | 1864 | 7 22 43.8 +0.03 — 3 41.64 22 GUE GG | 1865.26 | 1865 | 3 2222.9 | +0.03 — 3 21.48 33, | Radcl. An. 413 | 1865.27 | 1865 | 2 | 22 23.63 | +0.04 |— 3 21.48 32 | Edinb. An, | *1866:27') 1866 1/93. |, 9.2254. Cn) oro as edna 32 3G 5G | 1867.23 | 1867 | 2 | 2144.7 | +0.03 |— 241.18 32 SC gh 00 | 1868.27} 1868 | 5 | 2124.0 | +0.04 |— 2 21.04 33 | Radcl. An. 748 | 1868.27 | 1868 | 3 | 21 21.96 | 4-0.04 |— 2 21.04 32 ~| Edinb. An. | 1869.31 | 1869 | 4 | ° 21 5.4 | +0:04 |— 2 0.89 33 | Radcl. An. 637 | 1870.24| 1870 | 1 | 2042.88 | +0.03 |— I 40.74 33 “s “594 |. 1871.28 | 1871 |--4 | 2022.74 | =-0.04 |— 1 20.59 Be os S625 eelo 72 = 36. 1873\\) 2). TO\40;56) |-|-0.05) teria 26 | Paris, I5101 LS 7553 Loz Sameer | 19 2.1 | +0.04 — 29) 5. G: C6071 1977-3 LOTS a) /o- \eE One eo eee — 25 | Romberg 2726 1879-4) 18751) ) 2 (| STO 2-7 Osyy — 30 | Ten-Year 1927 1880.02 | 1880 | 3 tadia22-om .0o |+ If 40.73 Results 1868.88 1875 83 719 1. ‘98 +6. 28 — (34) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 375 1 Note: See Sect. 11, Systematic Corrections to Cambridge Annuals. (35 ) J=-+ 3°.02997 K =—0,01225 P=-+ 0.014 L = — 20”.1466 M = + 0.0357 N=-+0.16 | | Right Ascen. Corrected 1875. a+ A, Auy(¢—7,).| R. A. 1875. | a — Ba! a System- Ba Weiehel Fo Ba’/=Ba.+ Fa Va Bera Bm atic) Corns aur snraeey ees Se ase : ¥ eclination o-+ A, Auy/(4—7Z).| Corrected | 9,— Bs! 1875. Bs | Fs Dec!, 1875. Vs 8 A i!) Be’ = Bs+ Fs hyenas s s | | S s s T2eTAe2 204 Orb Or2551 0) 112.0024) 5 Orla || O69 2.434 --o. 190 14 2.714 | +0.047 | 2.761 0.7 | —0.136 2.625 —O.OOI 14 2.743 | +0.039 | 2.782 0.1 | —0.135 2.647 —0.023 14 2.704 | +0.058 27 62h 2.0), Tie Osta 2.627 —0.003 14 2.707 .0oo! 2h 7 OF, 0.3 | —0 092 2.615 -+0.00g 14 2.448 | --0.310 2.758 0.5 —0.07I 2.687 —o 063 14 2 648 | +0.163 2811 0.5 —0.065 2.746 —o.122 I4 2.712 | —o.087 2 625 O.1 —0 029 2.596 0.028 14 2.687 | —o.087 2.600 0.6 —0.015 2.585 + 0.039 14 2.757 | —0.070 2.687 0.1 +o 028 2.715 —0.09 | 14 2.666 | —o.042 2.624 On +0.035 2.659 —0.035 14 2.523 | +0.033 2.556 | 0.6 -+ 0.040 2.596 -+-+0.028 14 2.583 | —0.042 2.541 OB | a OLOGY) 2.598 +0.026 14 2.491 | —O.071 2.420 0.5 +0.071 2.491 +0.133 I4 2.490 | +0.043 2 533 0.5 +-o.106 2.639 —0O.015 14 2.520 .000 2 520 iO +0.121 2.641 —0.017 14 2.450 | —0.003 2.447 1.0 | +0.136 2 583 +0.041 AP2e yh et -O.O1O) 92522). a) T.O0 st - Onl 4e 2.662 —o 038 Jovy) 5002 & s Ss | | Ss s 12 14 2.520 | --0.0094 | 0.0125 10.0 | —0.0071 | 0.0006 2842 oOo / a“ Vd “ ae ad dd 27 19 4.13 —2.58 1.55 oO. +1.66 3.21 —1.23 19 4.72 —0O. 32 4 40 OR ae O53 4.93 —2.95 19 1.42 —0O.02 1.40 2.0 + 0.53 1.93 +0.05 19 2.98 —0.45 2.53 0.3 +0.43 2.96 —o0.98 19 3.79 —1.62 2.17 OS | apOnxs 2.55 —0.57_ 19 2.45 —0.13 DBP 0.5 | +0.31 2.63 —0.65 19 0.73 —0o.10 0.63 0:6 | -+0.22 0 85 +1.13 19 2.54 —o.70 1.84 ome +-0.19 2.03 —0.05 19 1.79 —o.66 1.13 06 +0.12 T. 5 +0.73 19 1.44 —0o0.64 0.80 o.I +0.10 0 90 +1.08 19 2.49 —o 62 1.87 0.6 | +0.08 T.95 +0.03 190.84 | +0.26 1.10 Oe | .00 1.10 --o.88 19 2.19 +0.28 2.47 0.6 | —c.02 2.45 —0.47 1@) twig ||) ena 1.23 6,3 | —=OOs TLS -o.80 19 2.18 —o.40 1.78 0.5 | —0.05 THe +0.25 192.71 | —o.07 2.64 0.3 —0 07 2.57 | —0.59 19 3.55 —0.07 3.48 OFT O10 3.39 | —I.41 19 3.00 —o.06 2.94 0.6 | —o.12 2.82 —o 84 190.96 | +0.02 0.98 1.0) >| 0.12 0.86 Ht) 19 4.55 —0.05 4.50 0.3 | —0.14 4.36 —2.38 19 2.17 —o.68 1.49 0.5 | —0.16 1638 +0.65 19 2.19 —0oO 30 1.89 1.0 | —C.19 1.70 +0o.28 1G). O32 | opine 0.21 O83 | —oan on +2.01 19 2.14 | —o.22 1.92 0.5 | —0.29 1.63 | +0.35 19 1.80 .0O 1.80 1.0 | —0 33 1.47 | +0.51 19 3.27 + 0.03 3.30 Ve® |) = Ones) 2.92 | —0.94 19 3.71 -++0.08 3.79 Io | —0.40 3.39 | 141 OP, “i a“ Wd ] Ua a“ | 27192.296 | +o 104 | +0.136 | 14.8 | —0.106 +0.0075 | 2829 376 KRETZ. 3 B. D. 26°.2332 (9 CHASE). Oop 128 14™ 475.43 4, 0% .000 91875 26° 24’ 537.1 BL’, O”.00 ; “Right Ase. | re | Epock | No. | at Epoch | Corr, for i ‘a fe Date of Bt ; | of of Cat. Errone’s mare ons) * Mei aaa oO oil aie nee Obs. Cat. Obs. Declination oes 1875. Zi | at Epoch t T n | of Cat. Ge te a ‘ Tae | teem hall ieae aie h m ‘s s mn s 3 | Lalande 23134 | 1794.32 | 1800; I |12 10 59.80 0.000 |+3 47.539 | 5 | Bessel (W,. ) 289 ieepigepe Mim Wt i ie Teaco | -000 |-++2 31.618 | 12 | Paris, 15113 [sLSAS-O) S457 |i be mearlaeloson| -000 |+-T 30.935 | 17 | Argelander 2332 | 1858.29 | 1855 | I | 13 46.54 | .000 |-++1. 0.612 | 29) WA.) Gr CY 6078 1875.0 18750 | 75 | mas 47. 43 | gee) —_— | Results 1861.01 «1875 9 | 12 uw 4%. 409 =a 022 = | WEG ; in’ | - : | ze Hares | d ‘ Mi | 3 | Lalande 23134 | 1794.32 | 1800 | 1 |2650 4.9! 0.00 —25 I.91) 5 | Bessel (W,. ) 289 TOS Zip i LO25e |e Lele AT) oe .0O0 |—I6 41.07 17 | Argelander 2332} 1858.29 | 1855 I | 31 35.1 00 |— 6 40.32 | 26 | Paris, 15113 1873.3 1975 el eAeser9 .00 | 29) ALG LENGO7 Sei iaS 75.1. mmlelO7 5). 5 yim ean Gal 00 | — Results 1866.30 1875 9 26aysss2 68 — 1 Nore: According to Paris,, p. [99] this should be corrected — 10/7; I have not (36 ) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 377 J=-+ 3%:.02942 & = —0.01164 P= -+ 0.013 Li ee, Or25 M = +0.0371 7—-+ 0.16 | Right Ascen. | | | Corrected : 1875. a+ A, Api)(t—Z) | R.A. 1875. | ay — Ba’ Besar ete veg System- Ba 2 Weight. ghee Fa Pp Ba’ =Ba+ Fa Va | Declination atic Corr. + A, Au/(t—T)| Corrected | 6) — Bs! SiS Bs F3 | Decl. 1875. Vs 8 A Dp | |Bs’= Bs-+-¥s) i in Sane e Sune Sia biel ene nis oie eames cs Star 12 14 47.339 70.253 47.592 0.1 —0. 107 47.485 | —0.076 14 47.528 | +0.122 47.650 | .0.1 —0.048 47.602 —0.193 14 47.295 | +-0.047 47-342 0.3. =| --0.02I1 41.321 | +-0.088 I4 47.152 | +0.037 47.189 0.2 —0.004 47.185 | +0.224 | as Be 430 .O0O 47-430 1.0 +0.023 47-453 —0.044 s s s s | 0 14 17.387 j | 0.0229 | + 0.0273 | 1.7 | —0.0016 = o.oo11 784 26 24 62.99 | —2'63 60.36 | O.1 —5.61 54.75 —0.93 | 2452.03 | +3-15 Khel 2) Orley | ——2.72 52.45 | 1.37 24 54.78 | —0.94 53-94 | 0.2 —0o.62 53.22 | -+-0.60 24 53.90 | —O.22 FOS 4) G5 S| OSS 54.23 | 0-41 | 24 53.10 LOOM Mines 210 1.0 --0.69 53-79 | +0.03 | | a“ “ WW 5BAL +0290 + 0.317 | 1.9 | —O0TS | + c.0146 | 755 done so, however, for obvious reasons, ANNALS N. Y. Acap. Sci., XII, February 17, 1900—24. (37) 378 KRETZ. 6 B. D. 25°.2493 (10 CHASE). Gers 12) 1A 47 §.52 -, 08.000 Sigs 25m 43/ 14”.9 pL’, 0.00 | || Right Ase. | | |Epoch| No. | at Epoch | Corr. for : A 7 | Wate of ||: fottaieor of Cat. Errone’s | Reduction uthority. | | | ee cesar ts Obs! a|iCatn "Obs! Declinati Proper | echmation | Motion. 1875. | | at Epoch Vata Deen of Cat. | |Seaheemwes | s m s Lalande 23136 | 1794.32 | 1800 | to) £2 Teo c:000 +3 47.624 Cambr. An, 1845.24 | 1845 | 3 | 13 16.98 | -000 |-++-I 30.972 Dreyer 1417 | 1872.65 | 1875 | 3 | 1447.45 .000 — Paris, 15114 LO72en |) LS75e) 0d. 14 47.61 [elere) -- ALG €N6079) | TSSOrAG NTS 75 ula 5) ela g 52m .000 — | heembpars s Results 1865.34 1875 «16 12 14 47.744 —0.160 — Lalande 23136 | 1794.32 | 1800 | I 25 68 8.0 | 0.00 —25 ‘T.91 Cambr, An, | 1843.36 | 1843 | I | 5352.29 | _ .00 |—1I0 40.59 ee 1845.34 | 1845 | 1 | °53 30.01 sr toorg Mae 0.54 Paris, 15114 WROZsa 0 Mier 5 ans 43 14.9 .0O — Dreyer 1417 | 1875.82 | 1875 | 2 43 13.7 .0O —_ Ay GAC. 36070) | 188024151875 41% 5) sls, TAO. lee oo a Results |: 1869.83 1875 15 25 43 13.66 +0.82 = (38 ) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. OO ~I Wo} Y= se BORO K = — 0.01121 P= -+ 0.013 L = — 20”.0125 M = + 0.0371 NV—-+ 0.16 Right Ascen. | | | Corrected 1875. | | @+4. Apo(t—7) _R. A. 1875. | 4 — Ba’ | & | System- Ba __—| Weight. ig Bae et Wa | Declination | atic Corr, | o+A. | Au,/(t—7Z)) Corrected | 6, — 23’ 1875. | | Bs | Fs | Decl. 1875. |. Va | 8 | A | Dp Bs/=B 5+ Fs. hiimes | s “il s | ashe eS Ss S. I2 14 48.624 | +0.253 | 48.877 | o.I — 1.179 | 47.698 | -++-0.046 WAWAGAO 52) e On 7 ile 13.099) |e aTeO |e —— 102334 Fa Az. 705) | ——O:021 I4 47.450| +0.039 | 47.489 | 0.6 | + 0.121 47.610 | +0.134 14 47.610] -+0.042 | 47.652 | 1.0 + 0.129 | 47.781 | —0.037 I4 47.520 | FOOOM 478520) ls Ol n= O1250, 47.770 | —0.026 jn sm | s s | s | s | 12 14 47.584 | +0.0154 | + 0.0174 | 3.7 — 0.0166 + 0.0008 | 1227 25 43 6.09 | —2.69 | 3.40 o.I | +10.80 14.20 | —0.54 43, 11.70 |—1.28 | 10.42 0.3 + 3.74 14.16 | —o.50 43 10.37 |—I1.59 | 8.78 0.3 | + 3.45 12.23 | -- 1-43 43 14.90 |—0o0.22 | 14.68 2.0 .| — 0.54 | 14.14 | —o.48 AS eis. 70m le O.2690) 13.98 OHO. | = @see | 13.05 | + 0.61 | 4314.90 | .0O | TARGON S| LO — 1.59 | TIS3I | +0.35 (e) / “/ | a | “ | “ | a }25 43 14.48 | +0193 |+ 0.205 | 4.38 | + O44 | + 0.0120 | 1114 (39 ) 380 KRETZ. 7 B. D. 25°.2495 (11 CHASE). eve Toe 5p OOO Ht, 08.000 Oists 25° Al? 1 27/29 2’, 07,00 | Right Ase. | ican | Epoch} No,| at Epoch | Corr, for F cis! ¥ Date.of | vols tol ils ston Cat: Errone’s| Reduction ‘3 6] Authority. | SE aoe es D Obs. Cat. | Obs. ees Proper Gn | | Declination) \rotion. | 1875. 7, | | | at Epoch — | d [cele ate, lia n | - of Cat. Fee eee | a | y ; el hm is | s im —S 3 | Lalande 23132 | 1794.32 | 1800 T | 2) Gi 21.33 |) (O.000N| 374g A550 3 | Cambr, An. | 1842.34 | 1842 | 3 13, 29.36 | -000 |++1I 40.043 3 OG ES | 1844.18 | 1844 | 1 13935:034 000 |-+I 33.976 31 Hf oe 1845.25 | 1845 | 1 13. 38.0C | 000 j-++I 30.943 26 | Paris, 15120 1874.6 | 1875 | 3 15 910 | 000 — 29. WA. G, G.\6081 Ie dls Reviisy |p 1g) 15 9.06 .000 | — — | heimiess s Results 1859.70 1875 12 1215 9.167 —0.049 | — 3 | Lalande 23132 | 1794.32 | 1800 | ty | 25 66 33.0 0.00 Bes 1.78 31 | Cambr, An, 18420737 | a1S42 9) 3:4) 52 28.46 | .0O0 |—II 0.55 31 ae os 1843.36 | 1843 | I 52 10.52 | .00 |—IO 40.53 31 ee a 1844.38 | 1844 | 2 51 50.21 | .0O |—IO 20.50 31 ud ot 1845.34) 1845 | 2 51 30.59 | .00 |—I10 048 26 | Paris, 15120 ISIS7ARG || S75 ales At 28:4" i )ccom _- 29 A, GC. 6080) nS 77-7lers7 5a AI 27.9 00 | — | | | | BGG | a“ Results 1856.28 1875 15 | 25-4127.93 +0.08 (40) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 381 J = + 3%.02976 A=— 0.01116 P=-+ 0.013 L = — 20/’.0104 M= -+ 0.0378 NV=-+ 0.16 | Right Ascen. | | | Corrected | 1875. a+ A. Aulg(t#—7)).| R. A. 1875. | a — Ba’ Hoke ) System= |) Ba |Weight.| Fe | |Bo/--BaBo) Vo | Declination | Bue Cosi | d+, | |Ajig!(2—7Z)).| Corrected | 0) — Bs’ 1875. | Bs | Ks Decl. 1875. Vs 3) A | 1) Bs’/= Bs-+- Fs | h m s sir © Ss % s ieee ‘s aes s | 12 15 8.881 | 0.253 | 9.134 | O1 —0.209 8.925 +-0.242 | 15 9.403 | —0.075 9.328 | 1.0 —0.056 9.272 —0.105 15 9.006 | +-0.147 9-153 | 0.3 —0.050 9.103 -+0.064 15 8.953 | +0.147 9.100 | 0.3 —0.046 9.054 LO.113 15 9.100 | +0.042 OLA2 |e 1-0, +0.048 | 9.190 —0.023 15 9.060 .000 9/060) |) 1-0 -++0.058 9.118 -+-0.049 hvmins s s | s | s 12:15 9.118 | +0.0154 | 40.0196 3.7 —0.00382 | --0.0008 1410 ip ‘ a“ Mi e om Seu ie z oy be a 25 AI 31.22 | —2.69 28.53 Oot ae OL Su sez or7s —o.85 41 27.91 | —1.29 26.62 10) |) SEO). i Ao.fhs} 1.25 4I 29.99 | —1.28 | 28.71 0.3 ++0.05 28.76 —o.83 Al 29.71 | —1.26 28.45 0.7 +0.05 28.50 —0.57 4! 30.11 | —1.59 28.52 0.7 =-C:04) © || 28.56 —0.63 At 28.40 | —o.22 28.18 1.0 —0.07 | 28.11 —o.18 41 27.90 .00 27-9Ona | © OOF ae 27 Ol +o.12 25°41 28,01 | 0.183 | + 0.262 | 4.8 +0.008 | + c.o100 1605 (41) KRETZ. 8 B. D. 26°.2337 — 12e Come Berenices (d CHASE).—R. A. Dans 12h 16™ T3522 Ht; —O*®.0017 Ore75 26° 324 2200) #’,--0”%,006 Gist | ‘Epoch, No. | a Corr. for : eis Authorit | Dateof | of | of | Hight At: Errone’s Nee O98 uthority. = Obs. Cat eeObsal ume casece: tal Proper 2 on | | of Cat. Motion. | 1875: A t T n #, r Siup aide | ames s m s 1 | Bradley 1658 1755-4 | 1755 | 4 |12 0 9.56 0.000 |+6 3.656 4 | d’Agelet 2925 1784.38 | 1800 | 2] 12 26.20 | —0.027 |-+3 47.081 | 3 | Lalande 23169 1794.31 | 1800 | I 12 25.85 | —o.o10 |+3 47.081 | 2 | Piazzi 59 | 1800.68 | 1800 | 13 I2 26.04 | +-0.001 |+3 47.081 | 6 | 2. Cat. Spec: 412| 1823.74 | 1824 | > 5 13, 38.83 | —O.001 |+2 34.342 | 7 | Pond sor | ~1831.07 | 1830 | Io |. 13 57.06 | 0.001 |-+-2 16.168 | 8 | Taylor 5673 [1832.7] | 1835 | 15 74 12.19 | —0.004 |+2 1,026 | 12 | Paris, 15141 | 1840.0 1845 7 | 1442.43 | —o0.008 |+1 30.752 | Ir .| Gilliss 605 | 1840.29] 1840 | 1] 14 27.039] .000 |-+1 45.888 | 9g |Riimker 3932 | [1841 ] | 1836 | 3 14 15.105] +-0.008 |+1 57.998 32 | Edinb. An, 1842.28 | 1842 | 3 | erAlsacar.| .000 |+1 39.833 | 16 | Poulkova 1859 1842.32} 1855 | 4] 1512.64 | .000|+1 0.490] to | Robinson 2658 1846.64 | 1840 | 4 | 14 27.25 | +0.011 |--T 45.888 | 18 |Seven-Year 976 | 1859.3 | 1860 6 15 27.86 | —0.003 |+ 45.363 | 20 | Yarnall 5253 | 1863.3 | 1860 3 15 27.83 | +0.006 |+ 45.363 | 19 | Paris, 15141 136347) )|e1SOoO |= 21 15 27.79 | +0.006 |+ 45.363 | 22 | Safford 194 1865.41 | 1865 | 7 | 15 43.016] +0.001 |+ 30.239 | 2r | Bruxelles 5062 | 1871.37| 1865 | 3] 1542.91 | +0011 |+ 30.239 | 27 | Rogers 533 anS7ae7) lerS75ul ar 16°F3.233| .000 = 26 | Paris, 15141 | 1874.6 | 1875 | 4] 1613.21 | —o.oo1 a 25 | Romberg 2741 1874.9 | 1875 |. 8) |) 16°13"20 .000 — 23 | Nine-Year 1140 | 1875.3 | 1872 | 3 | 16 4.145} —0.001 |+ 9.070) 34 | Madras An. 466| 1878.34 | 1878 | 2 16 22.33 | t0.0co1 |— 9.070 | 30 | Ten-Year 1933 | 1878.81 | 1880} 4 16 28.309 .000 |— 15.115, 34 | Madras An. 539| 1879.28| 1879 | 3 16 25.07 .000 |— 12.092 | 29 | A. G. C. 6089 1880.0 |-1875 | 3 16 13.22 | +0.008 _ | 35 |Green. An. 777 | 1888.32) 1888 | 3] 1652.493| .000|— 39.294 | 35 ee ** 1552) 1894.45) 1894 3 he 10.560) .000 |— 57.422 | myens s Results 1859.97 | 1875 | 161 (12 16 13.210 —0.008 (42) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 383 a8 022333 K = — 0.01158 P=-+ 0013 LI = — 19”.9980 M= + 0.0398 N= -+ 0.16 : | ear | | Right Asc. | System- ; INWerobta iene, | Corrected , ee atic Corr, | rate Lie | | pie) R.A. 1875. a — Ba a. x | Soh sap 2 Peel rity Ue AOS eat s | s s s I2 16 13.216 @!000) 5, 9132216) 50:5) |) —or052 13.164 +0.046 16 13.254 | 4+-0.332 | 13.586 | 0.2 —o0.038 | 13.548 —0 338 NOP12+G20) | O253 0 135174 || O:r- | —01033 13.141 -+0.069 16 13.122| +0.253 | 13.375 0.3 | —o030 | 13.345 | —0.135 16 13.171 | +0.044 ugiseausy | Oxo) —o.018 ss Coy i OO) 3 16 13.229 | —O.017 1252025 elo —0.O14 13.198 -+-0.012 16 13.2i2| —o.058 | 13.154 | 0.5 |. —oo!r4 13.140 0.070 16 13174|+0.047 | 13.221 2.0 | —0O.0I0 T252LI —0.00T 16 12.927 | —o.049 12.878 O.I | 0.010 12.868 0.342 16 13.111 | +0.037 13.148 0.3 —0.009 13.139 +0.071 16 13.203| —O.012 | 13.191 0.3 —0.009 13.182 -+0,028 16 13.130] +0.059 13.189 2.0 —0.009 13.180 -+0.030 16 13 149 | +-0.068 13.217 0.3. | —0.007 13.210 .000 16 13.220; —0.013 | 13.207 2.0 .000 13.207 0.003 16 13.199] +0.032 | 13.231 0.6 -++0.002 13.233 | —0.023 16 13.159| +0.05I | i3.210 3.0 ++ 0.002 13.212 —0.002 16 13.256| +0.006 13.262 2.0 -+0.003 13.265 —0.055 16 13.160) +9.044 13, 204 1.0 -++ 0.006 13.210 .000 16 13.233 | +0.004 | 13.237 3.0 -++0.007 13.244 —0.034 16 13.209| +0.042 | 13.251 1.0 | -+0.007 — | 13.258 —0.048 16 13.200| —0.003 | 13.197 4.0 -+0.007 13.204 ++ 0.006 16 13.214| +0.006 | 13.220 1.0 --o.008 13.228 | —o.018 16 13.261 | +0.018 13.279 OF +-o.0cg_ | 13.288 —0.078 16 13.194 | +-0.016 13.204 1.0 --0.009 125218 —0.003 16 12.978 | --0.018 12.996 1.0 +0.010 13.006 | +0.204 16 13.228 .000 13.228 1.0 + 0.010 13.238 —0.028 16 13.199 | +0 OI0 13.209 I.0 +o.014 13.223 —0.013 16 13.138] +0.010 13.148 1.0 0.017 13.165 -+0.045 m s s s | s s 12 16 13.202 | +-0 0052 | + 0.0062 | 32.9 —0.0022 | + 0.0002 19151 (48) 384 KRETZ. 8 B. D. 26°.2337 — 12e Come Berenices (d CHASE).—Decl. Diss ro" 16™ T3t2222 Ht, —O 8.0017 iene 260 ee 16327 227 Lt, +-07.006 oe) | | By. | Epoch) No. : Cie Date GF | Ee | of | Declination ote Reduction ome) Authority. Ob | ©@ | Ob at Epoch He to © | s. | Cat. Ss. Proper oe ‘ | el of Cat. NOLS 1875. | in 3 | | Co Ry | “4 det} 1 | Bradley 1658 1754.3 | 1755 | 3 | 267226.8 | o.oc |—40 2.35 4 |d’Agelet 2925 1784. 38 1800 | 2 57 26.2 | -++0.09 |—25 0.90 3 | Lalande 23169 | 1794.31) I800 | I 57 27.1 | =-0503 |—25) 0:90 2 | Piazzi 59 1800. 68, 18co | 16 57 25.5 || .00 |—25 0.90 6 | 2%. Cat. Spec. 412} 1823.74) 1824 | 5 49 24.6 | .00 |—I7 0.39 7 | Pond 501 | 1831. 53 | 1830 | 12 A7 25.9 | —O.01 |—15 0.30 8 | Taylor 5673 ([ 1831. 9]. 1835 | 5 45 44.34 | +0.02 |—13 20.23 12 | Paris, 15141 | £33828) | 1845) 2 42 25.9 | -+0.04 |—IO 0.12 9 | Riimker 3932 [1841] | 1836 | 3 | ~ 45 24.34 | —o.03 |—13 0.22 32 | Edinb. An. | 1842. 28 L842 lear 43, 25.1 .00 |=-II 0.15 | 16 | Poulkova 1859 | 1842.32) 1855 4 39 4.6 .00 |\— 6 40.04 | 10 | Robinson 2658 | 1853.2 | 1840 | 3 | 44 4.37 | —0.08 |—ZI 40.17 | 18 | Seven-Year 976 | 1859.3 | 1860 6 | 37 24.40 00 |= 15 olo2 21 | Bruxelles 5062 | 1868. 31 TSOS ui ceDua 35 44.46 | —o.02 |— 3 20.00 20 | Yarnall 5253 | 1872.2 | 1860 | 4 | 37 25.9 —0.07 |— 5 0.02 | 27 | Rogers 533 | 1873.7 | 1875 | 16 | 32 24.01 .0O — | 23 | Nine Year 1140 | 1874.4 | 1872 | I | 33 24.18 | —O.0ol |— I 0.00 26 | Paris, 15141 het S74s6| 1875 hs Asin aeataeaens .00 — 25 |Romberg 2741 | 1874.9 | 1875 | 8 | 3224.3 .00 | — 28 Respighi 684 | 1875.76) 1875 | 26 | 32 23.84 .OO: | — | 34 |Madras An. 466 | 1973. 34| 1878 | 2 | Bile iy .00 |+ 59.99 34 ui 6695391879128) LO79 ies al Si 4-4 .0o |+ I 19.99 30. | Ten-Year 1933 | 1879.63) 1880 | 17 | 30 44.14 | .00 |+ TI 39.98 29 | A. GG, 6085 |) 1880; 1875) 3) sie 132 22.7 10108 — 35 | Green. An. 777 | 1888.32) 1888 | 6 28 3.56 | .00 |-+ 4 19.94 35 Ce eeTRS Dial 1894.39) 1894 | 5 26 3.60 | .oo |+ 6 19.89 | W Results ——-1865.03) 1875 ia 2632 23.97 10.01 | — (44) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 385 + 3 5.02333 K = — 0.01158 P= + 0.013 y= L = — 19%.9980 M= + 0.0398 N=- 0.16 | | | | Declination | System- , Weight. y, 1) |. Corrected | , y 1875. atic Corr, g fc | "Aug? (2— 7p) | Decl. 187s. 6) — Bs ) A | | 5 | Bs’/=Bos++ Fs Ms py eae ae es os sia ae OF ine “ “ | “ | 4“ a 26 32 24.45 0.00 24.45 0.4 +0.11 | 24.56 | —0.59 32 25.39 | —I.41 2ALOS am || Os2 +0.08 | 24.06 —0.09 32 26.23 | —2.63 22eOONs | OnL SRCHOY/ Ne A ae Sr) +-+0.30 32 24.60 | —2.63 21.97 0:3) 1-0! 06)" 9 2203 i= T04 B22 Ae yh Aol gl 1 eo Ns = =OKCoyl | 23.21 | +0.76 32 25.59. | —I.90 Ber (oe) | || arse) || wor 23.72 | +-0.25 32 24.13 | —0.84 Bo201 >| O-5e ha 105032 ae 23:82) 1:05 32 25.82 | —0.45 257 On7, Ns | -OLO2 la 25940 —1.43 32 24.09 | —0O.30 23.79 0.3 +0 02 | 23 81 +-0.16 32 24.95 —I.12 23.83 0.3 SROLO2 ijn 2205 | 0.12 32 24.56 | —o 02 24.54 2.0 + 0.02 24.56 —0.59 32 24.12 —o.82 23.30 OMG ees OLOl | PREM --0.66 32 24.38 —0.09 24.29 2.0 +001 24.30 —0.33 32 24.44 —0.03 24.41 0.3 .00 24.41 | —o.44 3225.81 —oO.II 25.70 0.6 —0.OI 25 69 | 67/2 32 24.01 | 0.26 | 24.27 3.0 —O.0l | 24.26 —0.29 32 24.17 | —o.46 2257 1 3.0 —o0.OI | 23.70 | +0.27 32 23.80 —o.22 ARIAS) Io © —o.0r | 23.57 | +-0.40 32 24.30 | .00 24.30 4.0 —o.0l | 24.29 | —0.32 32 23.84 | +0.41 24.25 1.5 | —0O.O1 | 24.24 | —0.27 32 23.49 | —0.29 23520 he OWa a GON |) 6 2210) e178 32)24530) | 0129 2A NO} aetsO = OO | 24.09 OS 12 BOI2ANIO} |e OOS 124220) 4) 280): |) 001 24.19 | —0,22 32 22.67 | SOOMs | 22,0708. | EO} -—O1O1 | 22.66 | F031 2 23.50 | -++0.09 Der Ko) A) || O02 23.57 | +0.40 I 32123-491 | -o.098 | 23.58 |) 2.0 |) 0103 iy 2855) e142 O24 0 | | | “ “ | | 26 32 23.98 | | + 0.0028 | 20154 (45) 386 KRETZ. 9 B. D. 26°.2338 (14 CHASE). Gy g05 Tu 16” TAMIA 7, #t, 08,000 Oxo75 26° ak 20.5 Lf, O00 , | | | Right Ase. ice oa | Epoch} No.| at Epoch | Corr, for , cies MUtROEIt \Daterof i) of 4) ok of Cat. | Errone’s| Reduction oS DOTTY as Ops Cat. | Obs. Declination Proper es Mad 9) | 7 . S | | ho ceiaten Motion. | 1075 | t | oneal | of Cat. oval (3 ; i Bianco raion aan | Nhe munes s m s 17 | Argelander 2338 | 1858.22 | 1855 Dl TDen5 anoe 77, 0.000 |+1I 0.523 | 21 | Bruxelles 5063 | 1871.37 | 1865 | 3 | 15.43.96 | .000 |-+ 30.256 29 | A. G. C. 6090 -| 1877.3 | 1875 | 3 16 14.37 .000 S| 25 | Romberg 2742 | 1877.6 | 1875 | 4 16 14.27 .000 — | m Ss s Results (1875.12 1875 if (1216 14.293 0.000 — 10 | Robinson 2659 | 1853.68 | 1840 | 2 | 26 42 59.48 0.00 |—I1 40.38 17 | Argelander 2338 | 1858.22 | 1855 I 37 59.4 00 |— 6 40.16 21 | Bruxelles 5063 | 1868.31 | 1865 LE UATE) .00 |— 3 20.06 29 |A.G.C. 6090 | 1877.3 | 1875 Bat 9 Bie Boys .0O —_ 25 | Romberg 2742 | 197-740...) LOT 5a eds |e SIe2oln .0O —_ Results «1874.43 1875 11 26.31. 20.21 +.0.05 — | (46) STARS IN COMA BERENICES, 387 J = + 3%.02501 K = — 0.01157 P=+0.013 a — 207.0039 M= + 0.0398 N= + 0,16 | | Right Asc. | | Corrected 1875. | GAL | Aup(2—7Z)) | R. A. 1875. | a — Ba’ a _| System- | Be __|Weight.|_ Fa ___|Bo’=BatWe| Va Declination | 2t¢ Corr. | 5 eA | | Apio’(¢—7y)| Corrected | 6) — Be/ eyes | | Bs | Fs © *| Decl. 1875. Vs ) | A | lee al ‘Bs’/= Bs+ Fs h m Ss. [ sin a % Gi. thane ii oo | ; Ss E | Ss 12) 1614.293 | --C.037, | 14.330 0.2 | +0.007 | 14.337 | —0.044 16 14.216) +0.044 | 14.260 1.0 | -to.co2 | 14.262 | +0.031 16 14.370 .000 | 14.370 1.0 | —o.oor | 14.369 |—0.076 TGHIAL 27 Olle 01003) le W267). 0210) 4/0100 i 145206 30.027 In. jot | s | s | | s | s 12 16 14.298 0.0146 [= 0.0146) 4.2 +0.0004 + 0.0032 | 88 26 31 19.10 | —0.82 18.28 | O20) 41.83 e2Onr +0.10 BU WG AL ||) OLY Pate los | Oh |) eeareiles | 19.73 +0.48 31 20.52 | —0.03 AWA) ||. Ove | SEONG = |e DIOR —o.82 31 20.50 SOO 2Os5 OF et L:O ue 0: 25089 | en 2On25 — 0.04 31 20.40 OD || Aoxito | Bio) || OL PIs) 20.12) ||-|-0.09 26 3120.26 -++0.208 -£ 0209 3.7 ~~ +0088 — -L0.0300 178 (47) 388 KRETZ. 10 ~—siB.. zD. 26°.23483 (18 CHASE). Gers 172 17™ 468.97 ft, 0°%.000 Onan 26° B24 4076 [454 0700 | Right Ase. Pave | | | at Epoch | Corr. for | eae Datelon Epechi-Ne- of Cat. | Errone’s | Ngenieaion Authority. | Obs of | of |__|" 5 ner to | > at, |Obs,| Declination ree 1875. | | otion, | ‘ | at Epoch | t T | n | __ of Cat. el ee hieata an Saal aE Ten Tp ial h m Ss aie m | Lalande 23207 | 1794.31) 1800 | I | 1214 0.18 0.000 |-+-3 46. 864 | | Piazzi 68 | 1804.46] 1800 | 8 | 1359.90] .000|+3 46.864 | Bessel (W, .) 348) TOZIa ST | 1S25 |e a 15 15.38 | .000 |+-2 31.169 | Paris, 15178 | 1838.9 | 1845 | 3 16 16.30 .000 +1 30.666 Taylor 5688 [1839.8] 1835 | 6 15 46.16 | -000 |+-2 0.9II | Robinson 2663 | 1848.35) 1840 | 1 16) 130%) 000 |-ET 45.787 | Radcl. An. 750 1868.36, 1868 | 2 | 17 25.86 | .000 |-++- 21.146 | Bruxelles 5068 1869.87 | 1865 2 T7elor72.4 000 |-+ 30.210 | | Radcl. An. 595 | 1871.36] 1871 | 2 17 34.88 | .000 |+ 12.083 | | Paris, 15178 S727 TS Sea ars 17 46.97 | 000 | — Yarnall 5268 | 1876.0 | 1860 | 3 17 1.60 | .000 |-++ 45.320 | AG. CMOreo 9187853 "| 21875, [4 17 46.97 | .000 | ==) | Romberg 2751 | 1878.4 | 1875 | 4 ate 46. 85 | S690) | Results 1865.15 1875 4212 nT 16.965, —0.020 — 26 57 44.3 0.00 je S68 Lalande 23207 | 1794.31] 1800 | 1 | Piazzi 68 | 1804.46| 1800 | 9 57 42.2 .00 |—25 0.68 | Bessel (W,.) 348) 1831. 31 | LO25 tel 1) eAOuIO.6 .00 |—16 40.21 | Taylor 5688 (1838. 8]| 1835 | 8 46 1.09 ,00 _—13 20.09 | Robinson 2663 | 1853.04} 1840 | 5 44 21.84 .0O |—II 40.05 | Radcl. An, 642 | 1864.31; 1864 | 2 36 21.81 .00 — 3 39.96 | Ke ‘¢ 750 | 1868.30] 1868 | I 34 58.53 ,00 |— 2 19.97 | Bruxelles 5068 | 1868.31) 1865 | I 36 1.48 .cO — 3 19. 96 Radel. An, 571 | 1869.30} 1869 | 2 | 34 40.53 100) 5159-97) ce SE SOS mi O7 EGO LO Tele oea 34 1.30 | .00 |— I 19 98 | Paris, 15178 TS 72e7 Wa LO7 5a 5 32 41.5 .0O S| Radcl. An. 714 | 1874.23| 1874.| 2 32 59.55 .00 — 19.99 | Yarnall 5268 | 1876.4 | 1860 2 37 AI.I .00 — 45996 AS G./©. 6100) 4 1878.3) | 18750 aed 32 40.6 .0O — | Romberg 2751 | 1878.4 | 1875 | 4 32 40.7 .0C — 49 | 26324061 +041, — Results 1867.72, 1875 (48 ) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 389 J = + 3%.02048 K=— 0.01145 P= -+ 0.013 L =— 10/’.9939 M = +- 0.0427 N=-+ 0.16 | Right Ascen., Corrected | Reo 75: a--A. Auy(¢—Z)).. R. A. 1875. | ag — Ba’ | a System- Ba Weight. Fa Bo/=B.4+-F. Va Declination *"° Coie, Oo+ A, Auy’(¢—Z))., Corrected | 6, — 43’ 1875. Bs Fs Decl. 1875. Vs ) A p | Bs’=Bs+- Fs ie h DOS son a‘ Sal ay Reeve cn ae Mh Ss aan : s i ; wv "GS Ta | 12 17 47.044 | +-0.253 47.297 O.1 —0O, 142 47.155 | —0o.190 | 17 46.764| +0.253 47.017 0.3 | —O.12t 46.896 | +0.069 | 17 46.549 | +0.122 46.671 0.1 —o.068 46.603 +0. 362 | 17 46.966 ; +0.047 47 O13 1.0 —0.052 46.961 0.004 | 17 47.071 | —0.058 47.013 0.5 —0.051 46.962 -++0.003 17 47.087 | +-0.068 47.155 o.I —0.034 AG UAT —0.156 | 17 47.006 | +-0.033 47.039 05 0.006 47-045 —0.080 | 17 46.930 4-0.044 46.974 0.7 -+-0.009 46.983 —o.018 | 17 46.963 | —0.020 46.943 0.5 +0.012 46.955 -+-0.010 | 17 46.970 | +0.042 47.012 20 -+-0.015 47.027 —o.062 | 17 46.920! +0.031 46.951 0.6 -+0.022 46.973, | —0.008 17 46.970 Melee) 46.970 1.0 -+-0.026 46.996 | —OO03I | 17 46.850 —0.003 46.847 2.0 -+0.026 46.873 | +-0.092 bieemays s s Ss s / 12 17 46.945 +-0.0097 | + 0.0109 9.4 —.0020 = + 0.0005 3909 | efi “ “ “ “i “i 26 32 43.62 | —-2.62 AT SOO" Oo +1.10 42.10 | —1.49 | 3241.52 | —2.62 38.90 0.3 -+0.95 39.85 +0.76 22 36.39 | +3.15 BO! 5A ale Or +0.55 40.09 -++0.52 32 41.00 —0o.83 AOR] Os5 +0.43 40.60 + 0.01 32 41.79 | —o.82 AGIOT 1. O55 0.22 41.19 —o.58 32 41.85 —o.82 ANECOR || OLE | SOHO 41.08 —0.47 322 38.56 | +0.02 Basis) | || Oss —o.OI 38.57 +2.04 BOTANE 525 O08) AE AO ian sors —O.OI 41.48 | —o.87 | 2240.56 |—0.40 | 40:16 | 0.5 - —0.02 40.14 0.47 | BO AES |p =O Sit a AOI = OES. |p SOKO 40.96 | —0.35 | 3241.50 | —0.22 Ait} °|, BO —0.07 41.21 —o.60 32 39.56 | —0.03 BORS See 1 On5 —o.10 39 43 +1.18 B2 Ale ASN OLOO mer AInO5 ea O'6 0), 112) 40.92 Ona 32 40.60 OO} 1!» AKO) I.0 | —O0.16 40.44 | +0.17 32 40.70 OOM ier 4 Ol One| 250 —o.16 | 40.54 | + 0.07 1°) Te LE “ de iz at 26 32.40.72 | 0.127 | + 0.138 | 9.9 | +0.019 | + 0.0075 | 2868 (49 ) 390 KRETZ. 11 B. D. 26°.2344—13f Come Berenices (19 CHASE). ign 128 TO 226 }; — ©*.0020 Orn 2625 AG 307.3 ; e4;—. 07.021 | | | | Right Ase. | | 8 : | | Epoch No, | at Epoch | Corr, for ‘ Cia! Matar | Date of’ ||) Yof |" of, of Cat. Errone’s | Reduction Ore uthority. == Obs. Cat. | Obs. Deelination Proper | to op | | Declination | : iS | | A deaeh | | Motion 1875. eae nik oitonieat: | Fal sia | | eirents s "etmiees 1 | Bradley 1661 1755-8 | 1755 | 6 | 12 11 59.35 0.000 +6 2.918 4 |d’Agelet 2931 1783.37 | 1800 | 2]| 1415.15 | —0.033 |+3 46.620 3 | Lalande 23211 | 1794.31 | 1800 I 14 15.25 | —O.01r +3 46.620 2 | Piazzi 70 1801.28 | 1800 5] 14 15.18 | -++0.003 |-++-3 46.620 5 | Bessel ( Wy.) 351) 1830.32 | 1825 2 15 31.10 | +0.011 |+2 31.005 7 | Pond 502 | 1831.67 | 1830 | 6 | 15 46.49 | +0.003 |+2 15.891 8 | Taylor 5691 [1832.3]| 1835,.| 12 | 16 1.42 | —0.005 |+2 0.780 10 | Robinson 2665 | 1836.05 | 1840 Ti 16 16.44 | —o.008 |--1 45.672 12 | Paris, 15182 | 1838.0 | 1845 | 9 | 1631.57 | —0.014 |+1 30.567 Ir | Gilliss 608 | 1840.79 | 1840 |. 13 16 16.470 | -+-o.002 +1 45.672 g |Riimker 3950 “|[1841] | 1836) 7 16 4.359 | +0.0I0 |+1 30.758 16 | Poulkova 1862 °,|'1841.34 | 1855 | °4°| | 17 2.82 | :c0o | |-=xwow67 32 | Edinb, An. | 1842.28 | 1842 3.| 1622.55 | +0.001 |+1 39.630 18 |Seven-Year 977 | 1854.3 | 1860 3 I7 17.01 | —O.017 |+ 45.271 19 | Paris, 15182 | 1859.8 | 1860 2 17 16.80 | .000 |-++ 45.271 21 | Bruxelles 5072 | 1861.96 1865 | 3 17 31.97 | —0.006 |+ 30.178 22 | Safford 195 | 1865.41 | 1865 | 6] 17 32.035| 40.001 |+ 30.178 27 | Rogers 534 | 1872.6 |. 1875) |) 12 18 2.181 | ++0.00T | — 34 -| Madras An. 468 | 1878.39 1878, 3.) . 18.11.08 | 4-0.001 |——= 9.05% 25 | Romberg 2754 | 1878.4 | 1875 4 18 2.16 | .006 | — 29) A. GU EN61o2" *|e1878!6 1875.) 94s ee On 216) 1 O00 75 ee _ 34 | Madras An. 541 | 1879.31 | 1879 | 2 18 14.24 | +0.001 |— 12.068 3 | | 30 | Ten-Year 1935 | 1883.24 1880 | 18 17.234 | -000 — 15.084 | } olin s | Results 1855.01 1875 121 1218 2.182; —0.010 | = | | | 1 |Bradley 1661 | 1754.2 | 1755 | 3 | 268735-1 | 0.00 |-4o 4.42 4 |d’Agelet 2931 | 1783.37| 1800. 2 7231.4 —0.35 i—25 2.14 3 | Lalande 23211 | 1794.31| 1800 | 1 72 32.5 ~|.—0.12 |—25 2.14 2 | Piazzi 70 | 1801.28; 1800 | 9 | 7234.0 | +0.03 |—25 2.14 | 5. | Besseli(Wi 4) 351) 1830132)" rS255 20) 6410.3. | +0.11 —16 41.18 | 7 | Pond 502 | 1831.06] 1830 | 14 | 62 33.3. | +0.02 |—I5 1.02 8 | Taylor 5691 rS3 mes) 1835ai noe 60 51.91 | —0.07 —13 20.86 12 | Paris, 15182 1838.0 | 1845 | 4 | 57 30.6 | —O.I5 —I0 0.59 9 |Riimker 3950 |[1841] | 1836 | 8 | 60 32.28 | -+o.10 —13 0.84 16 | Poulkova 1862 | 1841.34] 1855 | 4 | 54 II.00 | 06 |— 6 40:35 32 | Edinb, An. 1842.30] 1842 | 3 | 58 32.4 | +0.0L —II 0.67 15 | Six-Year 802 | 1849.3 | 1850] 2 | 55 51-48 | .00 — 8 20.46 | Io | Robinson 2665 | 1849.67, 1840 | 5 | 59 11.46 | +0.20 —II 40.73 18 | Seven-Year 977 | 1854.3 | 1860 | 6 | 52 30.93 | +0.05 |\— 5 0.25 19 | Paris, 15182 1860.8 1860 24) 5230.9 | +0.02 |— 5 0.25 21 | Bruxelles 5072 1862.77, 1865 2 50 51.47 | —0.05 |—.3 20.15 | 27. | Rogers 534 187256 ||51875..| 02 47 30.91 | —O.OI — | 28 | Respighi 686 1875.31] 1875 | 20 A7 30.23 | .00 — | 34 |Madras An. 468 | 1878.39) 1878 3 AGi 2:25 "0.01 et sO:e4g) 25 | Romberg 2754 1878.4 | 1875 4 47°31 :3) | .00 -— 20) «|, ANiGs Cxi6102 1878.6 | 1875 4 47 30.3. | +0.08 = 34 | Madras An. 541 | 1879.31} 1879 2\ | 4612.0 | .00 |+ I 20.05 30 | Ten-Year 1935 1883.24; 1880 | 3 45 50.62 | 00 |+ I 40.06 | Results 1857.40 1875 121 2647 30.73 0.30 — STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 391 J=+ 3%.01718 K = — 0.01156 P—-+ 0.014 L = — 207.0132 M= + 0.0432 N= -+ 0.16 | Right Asc. | | | Corrected | 1875. | | a+A, | Aup(4—Z) | R. A. 1875. | a) — Ba’ a System- | Bo Weight. | Fa 2 | Ba/= Ba++ Fa | Va Declination | 4 COE | + A. | | Aup’(t—Zy)| Corrected | 6) — Bo’ LOTS | Bs | Fs ee Declarns75 mil Vs 8 WeeGey. aera Dp Bs’ =Bs-+-Fs | hy. ime s | s | s s | s I2 18 2.268 | 0.000 2.268 0.6 —0.050 2.218 | —0.036 | 18 1.737 | +-0.333 2O7On ie 0:2) —O'O2 0} 2.034 -+-o.148 18 1.859 | +0.254 PRIA Ohi | = ReLCK). | 2.083 -+0.099 18 1.803 | +0.254 2.057 0.3 | —0.027 | 2.030 | +0.152 18 2.116 | +0.156 22) 2a Or? —O.OI2 2.260 —0.078 TS 2.384 | —O.017 2.367 OD) =—oyoIe «| 2.355 | —0.173 18 2.195 | —0.057 2.138 O50: Olas Dy, Oy --0.055 18 2.104 | --0.068 272 0.5 —0.009 | 2.163 --+0.019 18 2.123 | +0.047 | 2.170 | - 2.0/| —0o.009 | 2.161 0.021 18 2.144 | —0.049 | 2.095 | 1.0 | —0.007 | 2.088 | +0.094 18 2.127 | 0.039 | 2.166 0:5 | —0:007. | 2.159 +0.023 18 2.187 | +0.059 2.246 2.0 —0.007 | 2.239 —0.057 18 2.181 | —O.012 2.169 0.3 —o0.006 | 2.163 | 0.019 18 2.264 | —O.013 2.251 TOM .0O0O 2.251 —o.069 18 2.071 | +0.051 WAS OG -+0.002 2.124 | +0.058 18 2.142 | +0.044 DUIS Ne Tey We ewoyoee, = | 2.189 | —0.007 18 2.214 | +0.006 2E22ON A250 -+0.005 | 2.225 | —0.043 18 2.182 | +0.003 PASS ash 93.0 | 0.009 | 2.194 | —o,012 18 2.030 | +o.o18 2.048 | sO) ROO 2.060 i; =O: 122 18 2.160 | —0.003 2.157 2.0 | +0.012 2.169 | +0.013 18 2.167 | -000 ZNO ean LeOn |) 1 OsO02 2.179 +0.003 18 2.173 SpOLOLOun ems O Tala O.7ien | e-t-OlO12n ial 2.203 —0.02I 182150 |-+o01I0 | 2.160 | 1.0 | +0.014 | 2.174 | -+-0.008 geome, s } s | s | s | | 12 18 2.172 0.0063) +o.0081 22.2 —0.0025 | 0.0002 | 14971 | | | RES a | | 26 47 30.68 | 0.00 30.68 | 0.4 | 41.75 | SAAB | AAC | A p2OsO len tales OU Wat 27/53 i ih Onsen ae h.26 | 28.79 | = 2.94. LG BOR | EO | | HO) oie WL etey, 287i )| 2.02 | ATX O90) 260M 20520) O30 0.95 30.24 | +¢e.49 | A223 a O22 le 20. Olga O2711) is O.46 29.47 | +1.26 A7432.20) |= GO) 201404) 1204) Eo A5 30.85 | —O.12 47 30.98 | —o.80 30.18 0.5 | +0.44 | 30.62 | +0.11 47 29.86 | —0.45 2 Owes an Ie Opal 1-223 29.74 | +0.99 47 31.54 | —0.30 31.24 0.5 | +0.28 31.52 | —0.79 47 30.65 | —0.02 20.63 2.0 | i027 ) 30.90 | —O.17 ATMA Mean Late ZOKO2hy In cOS +0.26 30.88 tours 47 31.02 | —o.20 30.82 One Ol 1A 30.96 | —0.23 47 30.93 | —o.82 5 Olen Ors +0.13 30.24 | -+-0.49 47 30.73 | —0.09 ZOLA Male 220% |e OLO5, aa 30.69 | +0.04 47 30.67 | —o.28 320.39 | 0.7 | —0.06 30.33 | +0.40 A7 31.27 | —0.02 DIAS On7/)) 1-000). | Ai. I Bonnie) | 47 30.90 | +0.26 SUAUG) Miiye3.O) Mi 0:26 a | 30.90 | —O.17 | ATNZO%23 lt Or4On ile) 30,03) iT 5: 4) 0.30) =| BON38 (1 | 130140 Aea2 25h O:29 maha s 2400) 3) uel Ol O12, 4" | 31.60 | —o.87 A EB On -O!Ola Wn aie Zeit) \|) =O: 36, 2 30.95 | —0.22 47 30.38 00) | outs) Lo | —0.36 —| 30.02 | +0.71 47 32.05 | —0.29 | 31.76 Op |, (OB | 31.39 | —0.66 47 30.68 | +0.08 | ° 30.76 OD | —Ousl | 30-32 | +0.41 fe) / “ “ “ M a | 26.47 81.08 | 40.087 | + 0.107) 21.3 | 0.004 | + 0.0035 | 13048 392 KRETZ. 12 B. D. 26°.2345—68 Come Berenices (20 CHASE). Cy ens 12" 18™ 10 5.24 4, O%.000 ° ths A i/ // Ois75 26 16 33763 un’, o/.00 | Right Ase. | | Epoch} No.} at Epoch | Corr. for | Date of | of of | of Cat. _Errone’s) Reduction Authority. a to Obs. | Cat. | Obs. Declination ie otlon, | 1875. at Epoch | PA mne on. Cat: ARR: ; | | AW Ta ms ‘i 5 2 Ss | m ‘s = d’ Agelet 2933 | 1785.25 | 1800 | 1 | 1214 23.7 | 0,000 3 46.820 Lalande 23214 | 1794.31 | 1800 | 2 | 14 23.04 | .000 +3 46.820 2.Pos. Med. 1417 |-1828.5 | 1830 | 6 | 15 54.38 .000 |-+-2 16.014 Poulkova 1863 | 1841.32) 1855 | 4 | 17 .9:93 -000 |+-I 0.422 Camb. An. LOAD N22 PSA2) saw 16 30.70 | .000 | +I 39.720 Paris, 15186 [PISOS* 3p TSO! Siena 17 24.99 .000 |+ 45.312 Bruxelles 5073 |.1871.70 | 1865 | 3 | 17 40.00 .000 |+- 30.205 Dreyer 1423 | 1873.30 | 1875 he 18 10.24 | .000 | — Paris, 15186 PLOZARS ol) eS a v7 18 10.27 | .000 = Romberg 2755 | 1875.3 | 1875 | 5 18 10.23) | .000 = AAG IE 61O4>) (87654 Mis 1875 ae 18 10.24 noes — | | hy Same is Results |1858.93 1875 41 | 1218 10.317 = 051 = | | fo) / “ “ ‘ 4“ d’ Agelet 2933, | 1785.25 | 1800 | I | 26 41 34.9 000 —25 0.50 Lalande 23214 | 1794.31| 1800] 2 | 4135.4 .00 |—25 0.50 2.Pos. Med.1417/ 1828.5 | 1830; 6 | ZI 32.8 00 |—I5 0.03 | Poulkova 1863 | 1841.32 | 1855 | 4 | 23 13.2 .00 — 6 39.91 Camb, An. LO AOn Aan LSND lives 27 33-82 .00 —I0 59.95 Bruxelles 5073 | 1870.78 | 1865 2 19 53.00 .0O — 319. 94 | Paris, 15186 1874.3 | 1875 | 7 16 33.3 .00 = Romberg 2755 | 1875.3 | 1875 | 5 16 33.2 .0O = Dreyer 1423 TO Onl2 aslo 75 ll IG) By .0O == AGC. 610AW T8764" 1S 75h\ 12 16 33 3 .0O —_— Results 1858.81 1875 37 26 1639.89. 0.26 Es STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 398 J=+ 3.01997 K = — 0.01125 P= -+ 0.013 L = — 19”%.9913 M= + 0.0435 N= -+ 0.16 { | Right Asc. | | | Corrected 1875. a+ A, | Auy(4—7Z)) | R. A. 1875. | a9 — Ba’ | Sima eye |e Bete Weight jdm Na ea) Baten Bonn Hela aNen Destination (Ue CO | 5 +A. |Apo/(t—Z, ).| Corrected | 6) — Bs’ | 1875. Fee LS | Fs | Decl. 1875. Vs ) A | p | Bs’=Bs+- Fs Th an 1S) ise xsi aVias ‘Nie eSe on eta ein tome 12 18 10.520 | +0.331 10.851 O.1 —0,. 236 10.615 —o0.298 18 9.860} +0.252 10.112 0.2 —0.207 9.905 0.412 18 10.394 | -+-0.044 10.438 2.0 —0.097 10.341 —0.024 18 10.352 | -+-0.059 10.411 2.0 —0.056 10.355 —0.038 18 10.420 | —0.075 10.345 1.0 —0.053 10.292 +0.025 18 10.302) +0.051 10.353 0.3 --0.014 10.367 —0.050 18 10.205 | +0.044 10.249 1.0 +0.041 10.290 =| O1O2i7, 18 10.240] +0.041 | 10.281 1.5 --0.046 | 10.327 -——0.010 18 10.270| +-0.042 | 10.312 2.0 +0.049 | 10.361 —0.044 18 10.230 | —0.003 10.227 2.0 0.052 | 10.279 -+0.038 18 10.240 -000 10.240 1.0 1 zOO5 08 i 10.296 +0.021 oeheimbens s | s | s Ss 12 18 10.266 --0.0080| + 0.0101 14.4 —0.00382. | = 0.0004 6186 fo) i Md “i | “e ad | ad ch 26 16 34.40 |—1.42 | 32.98 o.I | +1.18 | 34.16 —1I.27 16 34.90 | —2.64 32.26 O-2 taal Os 33.29 —0o.40 16 32.77. | —1.04 aie 2.0 | +0.48 B22 +0.68 16 33.29 | —0.02 Bak 27 2.0 | +0.28 33-55 —o.66 16 33.87 {—1.28 | 32.59 r.0 | +0.26 32.85 | +0.04 16 33.06 | —o.02 33.04 0.7 —0.19 32.85 +0.04 16 33.30. |—0.22 | 33.08 | 2.0 | —0.25 | 32.83 -++0.06 16 33.20 | —o.OI 83219) 3-0) | 0326 | 32.93 —0.04 16 32.70 | —0.27 32.97 1.5 | —0.28 32.69 + 0.20 16 33.30 -0O B325Om ee L-O O25 33.02 —o.! 26 16 33.15 | 0.109 | + 0.137 13.5 | +0.016 + 0.0051 6249 (53 ) ANNALS N.Y, Acap, Sci., XII, February 17, 1900,—25 394 KRETZ. A few observations. of other stars were found. I have re- corded them here for the sake of completeness. They were not reduced, however, as the resulting positions and proper motions would be entitled to but little confidence, and would be of no value whatever for my purpose. ADDITIONAL STARS. Noun | Right Ase. | No. | Declination No. in Authority. | Epoch.| at Epoch Date. | of | at Epoch | Date. | of Sec. I | of Cat. Obs.| of Cat. | Obs. Can B. D. 26°.2330. i | hm s | | Of wl 5 Bessel (War) 284 1825 | 12 II 56.00} 1831.31 | I 26 4415.5 | 1831.31 I 26 | Paris, 15108 | 1875 14 27.83 | 1873.4 -\ 27 (36) oa - 29 ee G. C. 6074 eo £875 14 27.92| 1876.9 | 2 27 35.8 | 1876.9 2 (14) B. D. 26°.2331 (8 CHASE). ‘ | h | fe} d Md 5 | Bessel ( nd 28 1825 |12 oe 4. “8 | 192% 30 | TW) 26,53) 529 |) LO oies ii eo 29 ALG. om 6077 | 1875 14 35. 55. 1877.3 5 | 3 37 13-6 || 1877-3 | 3 (15) B.D. 26°.2347. a : h | | (0) | 21. Bruxelles 5075 1865 | 12 18 7 A. 72| 1869.37) 2 | 26 18 32.74 | 1871. G23 29,1 | GuC. (6105) 2) e1S75 18 46.06 | | 1878. fe) | 6 15°13.1_ | 1878.0 6 The above table is not intended to be exhaustive ; it includes only such stars as were found in more than one catalogue. A number of stars, the positions of which are given in the Astro- nomische Gesellschaft Catalog, and which fall within the limits of my zone, are not mentioned here for the reason stated. Catalogue of Results—For convenience, I have collected into a table the final positions and{ proper motions deduced from the data given on the foregoing pages. The quantities in this table all refer to the epoch 1875; the corresponding quantities for the date of observation 7}, will be found in the Star Tables under the heading “ Results.’”’ The columns in the “ Catalogue” require but little explanation. They are as (54) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 395 follows: Col. 1 shows the Name or the B. A. C. or B. D. number of the star; 2 and 3 the Right Ascension and Probable Error in Right Ascension for 1875, respectively ; 4 and 5 the geometric Precession and Secular Variation respectively; 6 and 7 the Proper Motion in Right Ascension and its Probable Error; 8 the mean Date of Observation, 7}; and 9 the Number of Observations from which the results were obtained. Columns 10 to 17 have the same significance as 2 to 9, but refer to the declination. Column 18 contains Chase’s number, and 19g the number as- signed by me to the star in question. It should be mentioned, that the declination of B.A.C. 4153 as here given does not in- clude Respighi’s observations of that star, which were acci- dentally overlooked, as the omission was not discovered until all the succeeding calculations had been made. The error in- troduced thereby is so trifling, however—being only 0’’.03 in the position and o’’.oo1 in the proper motion—that I have not deemed it necessary to carry through the correction. The con- stants of the plates, to compute which these positions are used, would not be changed by doing so. I have, therefore, left the quantities as they were used in the succeeding part of the work, although, of course, the corrected position including Respighi’s observations would otherwise have been preferable. (55) 396 KRETZ. Catalogue of Twelve Stars of the Cluster in ean equinox of 1875.0. ACs A152 } 3D 26252332)! 3. D. 25°.2493 | 3. D, 25°.2495 2e. Come B. SDE 242338 SAC AON 3, f. Come B, 8 Come B. (56) | | | | ere ge He Pes Mot, otrop. Hate ae | 6 Ha\s | le Xeser bil ot. Obs. | Obs. sae ms ees |" s anes | ie ans ase | i 12 12 22.900 | +-0.0146 | 3.0356 0.0122 —0.0026 | --o.0coro | 1873.68 15 12 43.731 | 0.0136 | 3.0349 0.0120 —0.0019 --0.0005 | 1863.01 99 14 1.113 -+0.0134 3.0312 | 0.0119 —0.0140 -:0.0005 1864.89 | 38 | 14 2.520 0.0125 3.0300 0.0122 —0.0071 0.0006 1860.30 48 14 47.387 | 0.0273 | 3.0294 | 0.0116 —0.0016 -:o.corr | 1861.01 | 9 14. 47.584 0.0174 | 3.0307 | 0.0112 | —0.0166 | --0.0008 | 1865.34 16 15 9.118 -L0.0196 3.0298 , 0.0112 —0.0032 | --0.0008 | 1859.70 12 16 13.202 +-0.0062 | 3.0250 | 0.0116 —9.0022 | --o.0002 | 1859.97 | 161 | = 16 14.293 | ++0,0146 | 3.0250 | 0.0116 | +0.0004 | 0.0032 | 1875.12 | 11 17 46.945 -+-0.0109 3.0205 0.0114 —0.0020 | 0.0005 | 1865.15 | 42 18 2172. -£0.0081 | 3.0192 0.0116 | —0.0025 | 0.0002 | 1855.01 | 121 18 10.266 --o.o101 | 3.0200 | 0.0112 /—0.0032 | -:0.0004 | 1858.98 | 41 STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 397 Coma Berenices from Meridian Observations. Epoch 1875.0. Prob. Err | Se. | Prop. Prob. Err. Date | No. | Aas ee ait ok | of Prop. | of | oe | 1075. Declin. | ay) Decl) Mot: Obs. | Obs. | 2 2 | Declination) or | Precess. | var | Mot. in | | 26 52 58.21 | -L0.106 | | 1873.68 | 15 iS} [e) (e} LS) Nn oe) {e) Ow NO 4 = S D ry) It (e} © I Ww Nn 26 42 10.65 | -£0.173 | 20.023 | 0.033 —0.009 | 0.006 | 1863.17 | 30 26 4142.91 | +-0.171 | 20.017 | 0.036 | 40,030 | 0.0069 1864.06 37 27.19 2.26 | 0.136 | 20.017 0.036 —0.106 -£0.0075 1863.38 83 26 24.53.14 | -£0.317 | 20.012 0.037 —0.078 -b0.0146 1866.30 9 25.48 14.48 | --0.205 | 20.012 | 0.037 | +0144 | 0.0120 | 1869.33 | 25 41 28.01 | -:0.262 | 20.010 | 0.038 + 0.004 | 1856.23 | 15 | 26 32 23.98 | +-0.074 | 20.004 | 0.040 | +0.007 | -L0.0028 | 1865.08 | 171 | + ie) fe) = {e) e} 26 31 20.26 | -+0.209 | 20.004 0.040 | +0.088 | =£0.0300 | 1874.43 | it | 26 3240.72 | 40.138 | 19.994 0.043 $0,015 -L0.0075 | 1867.72 49 2647 31.03 | 0.107 19.992 | | 121 | 0.043 | —0.004 0.0035 1857.40 | 26 16 38.15 | +0.137 | 19.991 0.044 | +0.016 -+:0.0051 | 1858.81 37 | (57) PA MEASUREMENT- AND? REDUCTION? OF] hits PLATES: I. The Plates:: Description.and ‘Measurenvenr Description.—The photographs of Coma Berenices were taken with Rutherfurd’s large telescope in the years 1870, 1875 and 1876. ‘They differ in no particular from his other star plates. There are always two images of each star, obtained by stopping the driving clock a few seconds after the first expo- sure had been made, and then starting it again, leaving, mean- while, the plate in position so that another impression could be made. A third image (or “ trail’’) of the brightest stars is usu-' ally found at the distance of about 35 mm. from the second image, obtained in a similar manner, except that the clock was stopped for a longer time than in the previous case. These trails were intended to give an independent means of orienting the plate. I have not used them otherwise than to place the photograph correctly in the measuring machine; for Dr. Schlesinger’ has shown that no reliance can be placed on the trails for other purposes. The plates are by no means uniform in quality, some of them giving a much sharper picture than others. Especially notice- able, and at the same time rather annoying, is the elongation of the images on some of the photographs due to irregularities in the clock, which failed to keep pace exactly with the diurnal mo- 1« The Praesepe Group, Measurement and Reduction of the Rutherfurd Photo- graphs’’ by Frank Schlesinger. Annals of the N. Y. Academy of Sciences, Vol. X. The page referred to is 282. (58 ) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 399 tion of the stars. Then, again, the number of stars visible on the different plates varies greatly. This is the case even when the exposures were taken on the same night, although these were always of the same length, namely six minutes. The larg- est number of stars is found on the plates taken in 1875. In spite of their variable quality, however, I decided not to omit any of them, but to measure on each one all the stars that could be plainly seen. This was necessitated by the fact that I had but three plates of the early date; and again but five taken in 1875 and showing a fairly large number of stars. None of these could well be rejected without seriously injur- ing either the proper motions in the one case, or the positions in the other. But thereby the standard of excellence was placed so low, that none of the others could legitimately be omitted. The result is, that some of the stars show quite large residuals, due’ to the difficulty of measuring hazy images. Es- pecially is this the case for stars just on the limits of visibility, and for those lying near the edge of the plate, where radial dis- tortion becomes very marked. On the whole, the cluster is not well adapted to photographic measurement, as it is very scattered, and the range of brightness is large. The origin of coordinates was taken to coincide with star 14 (12e Come Berenices). For the reduction it is necessary that the point be known approximately where a line from the optical center of the lens strikes the plate perpendicularly. Ruther- furd always so adjusted his instrument, that this line should pass through the image of some bright star, no. 14, in my case. I subjoin Tasre I, giving all necessary data regarding the plates. The column “ Date” shows the date, and that headed ‘“‘Sidereal Time,” the time of exposure. This latter is the mean of four instants, namely the beginning and end of the first, and the beginning and end of the second exposure. Next follow the reading of the barometer, together with the attached and external thermometers. The 7th and 8th columns refer to the telescope, the former showing the readings of a thermo- meter in contact with the tube, and the latter the reading of a micrometer head at the eye end. This latter quantity depends (59) 400 KRETZ. on the distance of the plateholder from the object glass, and may bear some relation to the scale value; a question which cannot be settled, however, until many more of the Rutherfurd photographs have been independently reduced. In the last column will be found remarks regarding the quality of the plate, and the number of stars measured. TasLe I.—THE PLATEs. Observatory of Lewis M. Rutherfurd, New York City. Lat. = 40° 43/7 487.5 Long. = 4> 55™ 56562 W. Exposures. | Atmosphere. | Telescope. | INOMdl ahem ae ay Mes aes nace el 1 if Remarks. Date. Sid. Time. Bar. Nae ae mak eos | he messi | ° ° | ° | | I) 1870. April 25.| 13 24 08 | 30.260 | 53 | 47 | 53 8.4 | Good; 13 stars. II} 1870. April 25.| 14 00 05 | 30.260 | 53 | 47 | 53 8.4 | Fair; 17 stars. III) 1870. April 26.| 12 20 55 | 30.200 | 58 | 53 | 58 8.5 | Good; 15 stars. IV| 1875. June 2./ 14 16 18 | 30 250| 60 |.56° | 60 | 7.7 | Good; 20 stars. V| 1875. June 2/| 14 47 02 | 30.250| 60 | 56 | 60 | 7.7 | Good; 18 stars. VI| 1875. June 2.| 15 16 32 | 30.250| 60 | 56 | 60 | 7.7 | Good; 22 stars. VII| 1875. June 4.| 14 43 12 | 30.250 | 68 | 66 | 70 |'7.6 | Poor; 16 stars. VIII) 1875. June 4.| 15 13 02 | 30.250| 68 | 66 | 70 | 7.6 | Good; 23 stars. IX) 1876. May 26.| 13 27 18 | 30.136] 59 | 55 | 60 | 7.7 | V.Good; 14 stars. X| 1876. May 26.| 13 55 38 | 30.136| 59. | 55 | 60 | 7.7 |Good; 16 stars. XI| 1876. May 26.) 14 24 52 30.136| 59 | 55 | 60 | 7.7 | Good; 16 stars. XII} 1876. May 26.| 14 53 32 | 30136| 59 | 55 | 60 | 7.7 | Fair; 16 stars. XIIT| 1876. May 27.) 13 2038 | 30.086 66 | 63 65 | 7.65 | Poor: 15 stars. XIV) 1876. May 27.) 13 51 52 30.086 | 66 | 63 | 65 | 7.65 | Fair; 16 stars. Measurement.—The fourteen plates were measured during the winters 1896-1897 and 1897-1808, and one of them in the fall of 1898. During the first year, three observers were en- gaged in the work: Mr. William H. Hays, then graduate stu- dent in astronomy, Dr. Schlesinger, and myself; after the spring of 1897 only the latter two remained. In this connection, I wish to thank the two gentlemen, Messrs. Hays and Schlesinger, for their interested and arduous services rendered in my behalf. The older Repsold measuring machine of the observatory was used throughout. A full description of one of these ex- (60) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 401 cellent instruments will be found in Dr. Scheiner’s recent work ‘Die Photographie der Gestirne,” p. 148. I shall say only a few words on the subject : The essential features of the machine are a strong iron frame, to which are attached a circular mov- able plate-holder, and two parallel fixed bridges, one bearing three microscopes and the other a straight scale. The holder is capable of rotation about its centre, and of motion in a direc- tion perpendicular to the bridges. In this motion it is guided by an accurately straight steel cylinder, which is long enough to permit the entire plate to pass underneath the microscope bridge. This latter bears, as already stated, three microscopes. Two of them are permanently fixed to either end, and point at a graduated circle on the circumference of the holder. They contain comb-micrometers, and read to seconds of arc. The third, or measuring microscope, is mounted on a straight guid- ing-way, and has motion entirely across the plate, in a direction perpendicular to the cylinder. It is evident that any point on the plate may be brought into the field of view. At the left hand end of the bridge is attached a lever arm, by means of which the guiding-way together with the microscope may be raised through a small angle. When in this position, the microscope points at the scale. Readings are made by means of a filar micrometer. This is so arranged, that two revolu- tions of the screw carry the wires over one division of the scale, z. €., over one millimeter. The head is divided into one hun- dred parts, so that twothousandths of a millimeter can be read by estimation. As the machine was originally designed for the measurement of réseau plates, the microscope has two screws at right angles to each other; they are designated as the hori- zontal and the vertical screw respectively. From the above description of the machine, the method of measuring follows immediately. The microscope being pointed at a star, the micrometer is read; then by means of the lever arm, it is made to point at the scale, and, without moving the microscope itself, the screw is turned until the threads cover the next lower division, and the head is again read. The dif- ference of the two readings, added to the number of the line, (61) 402 KRETZ. will give the position of the star with respect to the scale, since the micrometer is so arranged, that the head will show increas- ing numbers, when the threads are made to move in a direction opposite to increasing numbers on the scale. . To measure the plate, then, the following operations were always performed : Set the plate correctly in the holder, z. ¢., so, that the meas- ured coordinates will coincide approximately with right ascen- sion and with declination. ‘This is done by first making the line joining the central star with its trail (or third image) parallel to the cylinder, and then turning the plate through go°, in such a way that the trail shall be ¢o the right.’ Then will the hour angle in- crease toward the left on the plate, and the direction of a circle of declination will be perpendicular to the scale. Read the gradu- ated circle on both microscopes, observe for runs,” and take the temperature. Now measure the position of each star as fol- lows: Point the microscope on the East Image of the star and read the micrometer ; point at the scale and read twice on the next lower line ; point again on the star and read. Move the microscope so that, the micrometer standing approximately at the same point as before, the wires bisect the West Image. Re- ! Nore,—lIt will be seen that this method of orientation involves an error due to the curvature of the path of the central star on the plate, which, for high declina- tions, becomes large. For a star which describes a small circle in the sky will trace an arc on the photograph, and if the plate is oriented by the method described above, the cylinder will be made parallel to a tangent to this curve at the mzdd/e point be- tween the central star and its trail, and not, as should be the case, at the star itself. It is easily seen that the value of this error in seconds of arc, «,// is K/L aa? tan where @/’ is the distance in seconds between the central star and its trail (obtained by multiplying the distance in mm. by an approximate scale value) and d is the declination of that star. If then we move the holder through an angle x’’, the plate will be much more accurately oriented and the least square solution for the con- stants of reduction will be greatly simplified. The sign of this correction will depend on the position of the plate (whether in the northern or in the southern hemis- phere), and also onthe graduation of the plate-holder. In general it can be de- termined from the consideration that the true East and West line passes through a point which has an arithmetically smaller declination than the trail. In orienting my plates, 1 always applied the above correction. The method is due to Dr. Schle- singer. 2See Sect. II, “‘ RUNS AND SCREW ERRORS.”’ (62) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 403 - peat the operation as for the East Image. Take the mean of the readings on the scale, and subtract from it the mean of the readings on both images. The difference, dzwided by 2, is the distance in millimeters of the mean position of the star beyond the given line on the scale. It is designated in the following by % m. Measure in this way all the stars, beginning with the central. Read the temperature. Remeasure all the stars in the inverse order, with the micrometer head set now at half a revolution from its previous position, in order to eliminate peri- odic errors of the screw. Read the runs, circles, and temper- ature. In this way, on one day, all the stars were measured in one position of the plate. Two observers were always engaged on the work, each one reading all the stars, the runs, and the circles. After completing the measures in one position, the plate is rotated through 90°, and the process is repeated. It is then evident, that if the first position gave differences in right as- cension, the second would give differences in declination. Since the two images are separated on the plate by about a millimeter in right ascension, it was in general necessary to use two lines on the scale when measuring that coordinate, while for the other only one was required. In all other respects the measures in both positions are entirely similar. To reduce personality, observa- tions were made with the plate respectively 180° and 270° from its original position, care being taken that the same pair of ob- servers should always read one coordinate in both directions. The greater part of the systematic error, due to the difficulty of judging the center in hazy images, cannot be eliminated by this method, however. The only way to obviate its effect, is to multiply the number of the plates, if that is possible. In Tasces II and III are recorded all the observational data from which the succeeding reductions are made. TasLe II gives the daily record: It shows the date of measuring the plate, the runs in millimeters on 10 mm. spaces, the circle readings, the mean temperature of the morning, the position of the plate, and the initials of the observers, Schlesinger, Hays or Kretz. The runs as here given are the mean of the two (63) 404 KRETZ. observations taken before and after measuring the stars. The circle readings as recorded show the degrees and minutes of the right hand microscope, while the seconds are the mean of all the readings for the morning. The terms in the fifth column require a little explanation: It has been stated that the normal position for the plate is fra right. Measures taken in this position are designated as x direct. Counter-clockwise rota- tion of the holder, which is the direction of increasing numbers on the circle, brings the trails up. Measures in this position are denoted as y direct. The meaning of the other terms follows at once. It should be mentioned, that for trail right, right ascension, and for trail up, north polar distance, increase to- wards the left on the plate, and that the numbers on the scale increase towards the right. TasLe III gives the uncorrected measured coordinates in terms of the scale-divisions and of % a, obtained as previously explained. As has been stated, the micrometer could be read by estimation to twothousandths of a millimeter. The mean being taken to one decimal further, unity in the last place of ¥Y% m will be a tenth of a micron. This corresponds approxi- mately to 0’’.005. The same statement applies to the quantities given in the fifth and ninth columns of the tables. In general it will be found that two lines are given for the 1’s and one for the y’s, agreeing with what has previously been said on this subject. In a few cases a negative sign is attached to % m: this means that the next higher ‘line on the scale was used. The numbers of the stars in the tables were assigned by me, and increase with the right ascension. : (64) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 405 TaBLeE I].—Dairy REcorps. Date, Runs 1897. ae Circle. Ther. Position of Plate. | Plate V. Jan. 29 —o,0028 | 181 28 5634 64.6 y direct. ES BRIO —0.0030 91 29 2%) 64.6 x direct. Hebi si —0.0020 I 28 56% 68.5 y reversed. ce 2 —0O.001I0 271 2858% | 589 x reversed, Plate I. Oo 4 ‘i Feb. 20 | -+0.0028 550 0% | 65.2 x direct. | 235 OOOO 95 49 5934 | 65.0 | y direct. SO yi +0.0018 | 275 4959 64.6 | y reversed, | S25 lei O:0055 111 185,50 o% | 63.4 | x reversed. | Plate VI. Oo 4 “d | March 9 | -+0.0065 | 271 25 734 | 62.7 x direct. «10 | -+0.0065 gil 25 8 63.6 x reversed. eee Uae ee OLOOTO) I 25 103% | 62.1 y direct. « 12-) +0.0015 | 181 25 934 | 62.1 y reversed, Plate IV. April 17 | +-0.0168 gl 42 40% 65a7he | x direct. | 19) | -Fol0or52 | 181 42 40% | 64.8 | y direct. | 2 O +0.0170 | I 42 3834 | 68.1 y reversed, | oo PE | SECO) I Ayan Main | ove} x reversed, | Plate VII. | fo} ‘ dé a | at 5 May 10 | +0.0340 | 181 2219% | 71.1 | y direct. ‘OO Tt |) 10340 | (or 22:28 % |) 72.5: || direct. ““ 12\ | +0.0312 I 22 20% | 72.5 | y reversed. SO TS | OLa325 aor 2211834 |h172. 50. | « reversed, Plate IX. Wee 2/1) oes) 8701 4% | 66.9 | x direct. ea OL OMNOm lal On Aes) 0467, y direct. ee OLOl2 Sim 26 7fOle Si). On x reversed. ‘SES. —O.0115 | 357 01 8% 67.0 | y reversed, Plate X. | | 6. / a | | Dec. 11 .| —0.0125 | 26657 27% | 69! Ty) enlace direct: UAC OLOlS) lin SON577, 20 AOE 2 | x reversed. ser a1G 0.0128 | 35657283, 66.4 | , y direct. Sapa als) | —SOlds5) | 17 Sy eee || See | y reversed, ( 65 ) 406 Runs in mm. | —O.0IT2 | —0.0122 —0.0138 —0.0142 KRETZ. Tasre Il.—(Contenued.) a | Circle Ther. ; Position of Plate. Obs. Plate VIII. “ | 271 21.26% | I 20 27% | or-28 25. "| 18t 2126 | 63.5 65.6 65.2 61.2 x direct. y direct. ,x reversed. y reversed. Plate ILI. | —O.O1IO —0o.0110 | —O.0115 | —O.0115 | | | | | 273 28 26% | | 3 28 24 | 93 28 22% | | | 183 28 23 x direct. v direct. x reversed. y reversed. Plate XI. | —0.0115 | —O.01IO —O.OIIO | —o.o118 | 267 23 45% | 177 23 42% | | | 357 23 44% | 67.8 65.8 65.8 65.5 87 23 4034 y reversed. x reversed. y direct. x direct. iets XIT. —0.0125 | —0.0135 | —0.0105 —0,0120 | 267 17 7% | 357 17 10% | 8717 734 PaGaL 59-1 59.0 59-3 59.6 x direct. y direct. ~ 2 reversed. y reversed. Plate XIII. | —O.011I2 | —0O.01T5 —0. 0102 —0.O0108 66.6 66.7 67.9 67.4 | 357 34 15% | 87 34 14% | | 177 34 164 | 20 34 17% x direct. y direct. x reversed, y reversed. Plate XIV. | —O,.OII5 | —o.0088 l ——O1O LTS | —O.O112 | 267 52 37% | | 87 52 36% 357852! 38), 4 | wa 52 35% | x direct. x reversed. y direct. y reversed. Plate Tele | 0.0030 +-0.0035 —o.0008 —0o.0o18 ° ‘ a | | 185 57 4234 | 27557 43. | 5 57 41% | 95 57 43 x direct. y direct. x reversed. y reversed. STARS AbMsieioy JUN ym. IN COMA BERENICES. MEASUREMENTS.—PLATE § I. 407 Star.) Lines. ae Se lines ed | | Schles. | Hays. | Kretz. | Hays. | x direct. y direct. 4 | 94,95 | 0.8579 | 0.8598 | —o.co19! 73 | 0.9498 | 0.9482 | +-0.0016 5 | 94,95 | 0.3450 | 0.3432 | + 18 | 116 | 0.3085 | 0.3049 | -+ 36 6 | 88,89 | 0.1529 | 0.1504 | + 2 57 | 0.9234 | 0.9231 | + B 7 | 86,87 | 0.1874 | 0.1838 | + 36} 68 0.8505 | 0.8469 | + 36 8 | 83,84 | 0.2339 | 0.22908 |+ 41] 54 | 0.8404) 0.8398 | + 6 9 | 83,84 | 0.2649 | 0.2621 |-+ 28 7 | 9.5781 | 0.5762 | —- 19 IO | 77,78 | 0.8001 | 0.8021 | — 20 5., | 0.5728 | 0.5715 | + 13 14 | 61,62 | 0.4092 } 0.4072 | + 20} 63 | 0.3152 | 0.3158 | — 6 I5 | 61,62 | 0.1330 | 0.1326 | + 4} 62 | 0.1146] 0.1151 | — 5 21 | 37,38 | 0.6348 | 0.6360 | I2| 63 | 0.6746 | 0.6749 | — 3 22 | 33,34 | 0.8319 | 0.8341 | — 22| 80 | 0.5181 | 0.5142 | + 39 23, | 31,32 | 0.6396 | 0.6378 | = 18} 45 | 0.4046 | 0.4074 | — 28 24 | 22,23 | 0.5546 | 0.5514 > + 32| 43 | 0.9442 | 0.9442 fe) x reversed. y reversed. A | 24,23 | 0.6959 | 0.6980 | —o.o021| 45 | 0.6011 | 0.6052 | —o.0041 Sa 2 52 Au O.212O mm OLon rn =e As 2 | 0.2530 | 0.2545 15 6 | 31,30] 0.4008 | 0.4044 | — 36] 61 | 0.6308] 0.6295 |+ 13 7 | 33,32 | 0.3676 | 0.3701 | — 25] 50 | 0.7036 | 0.7046 | — 10 8 | 36,35 | 0.3278 | @.3184 |} 34 | 64 | 0.71361 0.7126 +--+ ite) 9 | 36.35 | 0.2922 | 0.2926 | — 4| III | 0.9761 | OO77/56 = 4 IO | 41,40,| 0.7552 | 0.7578 | — 26] 113 | 0.9905 | 0.9900 | ++ 5 14 | 58,57 | 9.1462 | 0.1459 | + Ball Onn Os2364 110.2209) 105 15 | 58,57 | 90-4220 | 0.4179 | +- AT 57 0.4334 0:4339 |) = 5 21 | 81,81 | 0.4200 | a 4195 | + 51 55 | 0.8781 | 0.8768 | + Ti 22 | 85,84 | 0.7241 | 0.7246 _— 51 39 0.0398 OLO2 7 ele 27 22 | 87587 | o.at8r | \e.4172 || 9! 74 | 0.1465 0.1449 | + 16 24 | 96,96 0.5016 | 0.5068 | — 52| 75 | 0.6101 | 0.6104 | — 3 (67) 408 KRETZ. Tasie III. (Contenued.)—Pvate II. ym, | ; wm. A—S | Lines, '- Kretz, | Schles, Kretz. | Schles, | x direct. y direct. 109,110 | 0.3222 | 0.3191 ; 0.5651 | 0.5598 104,105 | O.117I | O.1114 | 9.2782 | 0.2772 | 84,85 | 0.4978 | 0.4960 | ~ | 0.6494 | 0.6434 84,84 | 0.4748 | 0.4745 | I—.0074 |—.0030 77,78 .| 0.7951 | 0.7892 | + 0.6299 | 0.6255 75,70 | 0.8240 | 0.8229 | 0.5474 | 0.5496 72,73 | 0.8644 | 0.8730 0.5369 | 0.53738 73,73 | 0.3951 | 0.3972 0 2808 | 0.2796 | 67,68 | 0.4310 | 0.4328 0.2676 | 0.2674 51,52 0.0468 0.0449 | | 0.0136 | 0.0139 50,51 | 0.7680 | 0.7676 | 0.8186 | 0.8160 41,42 | 0.3262 | 0.3265 | | 0.3715 | 0.3725 36,36 | 0.4318 | 0.4321 | 27,28 | 0.2705 | 0.2699 23.24 | 0.4726 | 0.4718 | * 21,22 | 0.2770 | 0.2750 12,13 | 0.1865 | 0.1866 +b | be EP + x reversed, y reversed, 10,9 | 0.1916 | 0.1865 15,14 | 0.3998 | 0.4012 34,34 | 0.5149 | 0.5112 35:34 | 0.5352 | 0.5318 41,40 | 0.7226 | 0.7263 43,42 | 0.6872 | 0.6861 46,45 | 0.6445 | 0 6374 i—.0260 |—.0265 46,45 | 0.6137 | 0.6115 | 0.2348 | 0.2296 52,51 | 0.0749 | 0.0749 0.2450 | 0.2431 68.67 | 0.4621 | 0.4608 O 4900 | 0.4914 68 67 | 0.7396 | 0.7420 | — 0 6924 | 0.6926 78,77 | 0.1881 | 0.1882 0.1391 | 0.1389 83,82 | 0.5800 | 0.5809 | — | 0.5583 | 0.5582 92,9I | 0.2399 | 0.2405 | | 0.1346 | 0.1311 96,95 0.0405 | 0.0419 | 0.2921 | 0.2926 98,97 | 0.2358 | 0.2375 0.4069 | 0.4035 24 | 107,106 | 0.3200 | 0.3246 0.8695 | 0.8689 - ie) e} fe} n Lam | 0.9501 | 0.9466 | | 0.2296 | 0.2289 0.8618 | 0.8615 0.5229 | 0.5148 0.8845 | 0.8831 7.0398 i—.0384 +++ |++| + tae (Paes || Sesede [| sess ae (68) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 409 Tasie III. (Contenued.)—Ptate III. Wy m. as ER KES Lines. Kretz. | Schles. Kretz. | Schles. | x direct. y direct. | 116,116 0.5070 | oO. : | 0.9316 0.9309 | TIO,1II | 0.8131 | o. 7 0.6518 | 0.6500 | 91,92 | 0.1970 | ©. 0.0194 0.0180 90,91 | 0.6749 | oO. 0.3639 | 0.3660 84,85 | 0.4969 | oO. —.005I _—.0054 82,83 | 0.5234 | 0.5195 | 4 0.9208 0.9190 79,80 | 0.5730 | 0.57 0.9079 | 0.9082 79,80 | 0.5951 / 0.6519 0.6530 74,75 | 0.1288 | 0.1288 4 | 0.6448 0.6406 57:58 | 0.7422 | 0.7394 | + 0.3559 0.3840 | 57,59 | 0.4645 0.4675 0.1888 | 0.1878 | 34,34 | 0.4712 | 0.4708 | 4 0.7505 0.7478 | 30,31 | 0.1702 | 0.1684 0.5940 0.5902 0.4714 | 0.4679 | 4 6.4828 | 0.4774 0.3875 | 0.3856 | 4 0.0195 0.0198 x reversed. W. reversed. 0.6416 | 0.6449 0.9195 0.9190 0.5549 0.5538 0.2090 0.2099 0.5754 | 0.5756 | 0.6492 0.6498 | 0.6604 0.6605 0.9208 | 0.9200 0.9326 0.9286 0.1814 | 0.1792 oO 1006 0.3782 | 0.3768 0.5996 + 0.8181 0.8159 0.4001 —.021T0 —.0250 0.5976 0.0886 0.0876 0.6824 | : 0.5479 | 0.5479 | +4++4+++4++1] 1 | ANNALS N. Y. Acap. Scr., XII, April 2, 1900.—26 (69) 410 KRETZ. TasLe III. (Contenued.)—Pvate IV. 35 | 60 | 0.0844 | One 30} 76 21 | 36,37 | 0.4294 | 0.4329 | 22 | 32,33 | 0.6365 | 0.6395 | 0.9259 0.9246 | ym. | Ym. Star.) Lines. | a | S—A | Lines.| a K—S | Schles. | Hays. | Kretz. | Schles. x direct. y direct. I | 118,119 | 0.4700 | 0.4716 | | 0.0016 83 | 0.2781 | 0.2758 | +0.0023 2 | 113,114 |.0.2735 | 0.2761 | —_ 26) 71 |—.oI0I |\—.0068|— 33 4 | 93,94 | 0.6708 | 0.6728 | ae 20} 70 | 0.3578| 0.3600|/— 22 5 93,94 | 0.1411 | 0.1446 | *25 | II2 | 0.7045 | 0.7004 | + AI 6 86,88 | 0.4535 | 0.4565 | — 30] 54 | 0.3285 | 0.3298 | — 13 7 84,86 | 0.4828 | 0.4828 | o| 65 | 0.2506} 0.2539/— 33 8 81,83 | 0.5298 | 0.5262 | + 36] 51 | 0.2400 | 0.2400 O 9 82,83 | 0.0775 | 0.0768 | ++ 7 4 (—.0080 |—.oo061 | — 19 Io | 76,77 | 0.5935 | 0.5918 | + 17 I | 0.9744 | 0.9730 | + r II 71,72 | 0.8395 | 0.8460|— 65] 111 | 0.6095} 0.6126|— 31 12 | 70,71 | 0.6272 |0.6318|— 46| 107 | 0.5810] 0.5826/— 16 1) 68,69 | 0.5621 | 0.5626 | — 51 48 | 0.8211} 0.8216 | — 5 14 60,61 | 0.2109 | 0.2148 | 39) 59 | 0.7249) 0.7219} + 30 15 59,60 | 0.9259 0.9291 | 32} 58 | 6.5258) 0.5254] + 4 17 57:58 | 0.3502 | 0.3498 | | 4} 57 | 0.0292 | 0.0296 | — 4 ne zi -|- 18 50,51 | 0.4846 | 0.4821 | + 25| 60 | 0.0790) 0.0776 + 23 | 30,31 | 0.4354 | 0.4361 | 7) 41 | 0.8180) 0.8156 24 24 21,22 | 0.3508 | 0.3486 | 22] 40 | 0.3479 | O. 3490 | Il te reversed, y reversed. I 1,0) |'03 ane 0.0895 —0.0049| 36 | 0.2765 0.2790 | —0.0025 2 | 6,5 | 0.2852 | 0.2871 | — 19| 48 0.5614 0.5630 | — 16 4 | 25,24 | 0.8882 | 0.8919 | — 37] 49 0.1934 0.1936 | — 2 5 | 26,25 | 0.4154 | 0.4218 | — 64 6 0.8602 | 0.8589 | + 103) 6 | 32,31 | 0.6021 | 0.6022 | — T| 65 |o: 2199 | 0.2210 | — II 7 | 34,33) |.0:573© |, 0:5752'|\— 161) 54) '0:2955)) (@:2070))|(—aals 8 | 37,36 | 0.5251 | 0.5299 | — 48} 68 | 0.3081) 0.3115 | — 34 9 | 37,36 | 0.4779 | 0.4831|— 52] 115 | 0.5664| 0.5635|-+ 29 10 | 43,41 | 0.4641 | 0.4698 | — 57 | 117 | 0.5829 | 0.5851 | — 22 II | 47,46 | 0.7145 | 0.7108 | ++ 37 7 | 0.9441 | 0.9512 | — 71 I2 | 49,47 | 0.4170 | 0.4244 | — 74 | 12,11 | 0.4719 | 90-4751; — 32 13 | 51,49 | 0.4945 | 0.4948 | — 3| 79 | 07345 | | 0.7340 | =- 5 T4 | 59,58 | 0.3461 | 0.3482 | — 21| 59 | 0.8324 0.8289 | + 35 15 | 59,58 | 0.6271 | 0.6268 | + 3| 61 | 0.0232 | | 0.0246 | — 14 17 | 62,61 | 0.2054 | 0.2031 | + 2 62 | 0.5225 | or 24a i 16 18 | 69,67 | 0.5735 | 0.5744 | — 9| 59 | 0.4738} 0.4741 | — 3 21 | 83,82 | 0.1235 |0.1282|— 47] 59 | 0.4699} 0.4664 | + 35 22 | 86,85 | 0.9219 0.9259 | — 40} 42 | 0.6320} 0.6295 | + 25 23 | 89,88 | 0.1218 |0.1261|— 43] 77 | 0.7371 | 0.7379 | — 8 24 | 98,97 | 0.2104 | 0.2081 | + 23] 79 | 0.2026 | 0.2044 | — 18 (70) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 411 Tasie III. (Contenmued.)—Piate V. Wess | ym. | E : | Wm, Star.| Lines. | S—H | Lines, ka S, | | Schles. | Hays. | | Kretz. | Schles. | x direct. y direct. I | 115,116 | 0.2261 | 0.2268 | —o.0007| 85 ‘| 0.7¢95 | 0.8002 | —o.0007 2 | 109,1II | 0.5240 | 0.5236 | + AN cape ossmasy | or542)i—— 74 A | 90,91 | 0.4206 | 0.4204 | + 2| 72 | 0.8872| 0.8888/— 16} 5 | 89,91 | 0.4045 | 0.4066 | — 21 | 115 | 0.2265 | 0.2236 | oh 29 6 83,84 | 0.6962 | 0.6939 | ++ 23} 56 | 0.8581.) 0.8618;— 37) 7 | 81,82 | 0.7296 | 0.7294 | + 2] 67 | 0.7849 | 0.7885|— 36] 8 | 78,79 | 0.7772 | 0.7774 | — 253) a O37 720.) O.7732) 12% 9 | 78,79 | 0.8032 | 0.8065 | — 33 6 | 0.5272) 0.5360|— 88§ Io | 73,74 | 0.3180 | 0.3185 ; — 5 A |0.5096| 0.5076!+ 20 13 | 65,66 |0.3105|0.3055|+ 50] 51 | 0.3511! 0.3536|— 25 14 | 56,58 | 0.4566 |0.4585|/— 19| 62 | 0.2589| 0.2630|/— 41 15 | 56,57 | 0.6715 | 0.6672; + 43| 6r | 0.0624] 0.0628 | — 45 18 | 47,48 | 0.2350 | 0.2282 | +- 68| 62 0.6159, 0.6186,— 27} Ig | 41,43 | 0.3604 | 0.3534 | + 70| IIL | 0.2069} 0.20g0 | — 21 § 21 | 33,34 | 0.1815 | 0.1802 | + 135 | O25 8 O:6270'0. 0274) i 4} 22 | 29,30 | 0.3908 |0.3906|-+ 2] 79 | 0.4705| 9.4717 | — 6 | 220) 27-25) wi Ost lli O.07.3'5) |. —— 24| 44 | 0.3638 | 0.3628 | + 10 ff 24 | 17,19 | 0.5915 | 0.5939|— 24| 42 | 0.9019 | 0.8999 | + 20 x reversed, y reversed, I 4,3 | 0.3330 | 0.3339 | —0.0009| 33 | 0.7594 |. 0.7622 | —0.0028 2) 19585) 05400; 0753735) oi. 22! 46 0.0390) 0.0434 | — 44 4 29,27 | 0.6365 | 0.6371 | — 6] 46 | 0.6656 | 0.6660 | — A} 5 | 29,28 | 0.6520 | 0.6514 | + 6 A 1.053339 | 0:3359))| = 29 6 36,34 | 0-359 | 0.3569 | + 21| 62 | 0.6899 | 0.6949 | — 50 7 37,36 | 0.8251 | 0.8231 | 20M pS len. 0354 @: 7,000" 254 8 40,39 | 0.7809 | 0.7778 — 3r] 65 | 0.7822 | 0.7830 | — 8] 9 | 40,39 | 0.7532|0.7451|+ 81] 113 | 0.0280] 0.0308;— 28] Io | 46,45 | 0.2345 | 0.2326 | a 19! 115 | 0.0494 0.0528'— 34 1 SLRS ||) CLARO | CBAC) | Sy Brel OS" On ieletss | ChAOI@ | =— 122) 1A 2, Ol KO;50 SAN FO O02 ah 370757). O,2801 | OL2015, |) 240) 15 | 63,61 | 0.3809 | 0 3814 | — 5| 58 | 0.4870} 0.4908|— 38 18 | 72,71 | 0.3238 | 0.3229 | —- 9} 56 | 0.9359 | 0.9369|— 10 Ig | 77,76 | 0.6992 0.6949| + 43 8 | 0.3502 | 0.3486 | + 16 | 2I | 86,85 | 0.3746 | 0.3775 | — 29| 56 | 0.9240} 0.9221 | + 19 22 90,89 | 0.1672 | 0.1664 | +- 8} 4o | 0.0851 | 0.0895 | — 44 | 23 92,91 | 0.2808 | 0.3812 | — AN ae O LOols | TOmeoAyl 34 24 | IOI,100 | 0.4659 , 0.4635 | + 24] 76 | 0.6459/| 0.6496|— 3 | (71) 412 KRETZ, Taste III. (Contenued.)—Piate VI. 23 99,98 0.1809 G.1839 3 30 77 | 0.6421 | 0.6422 24 | 108,107 0.2648 | 0.2669 21 79 0.1089 | 0.1092 3 F | YY mi. : w% m. | Star) uines; 7/2 | K—H_ | Lines. m2 | Se | .Kretz. | Hays..| Schles. Hays. | x direct. y direct. | | | | | | I | 108,109 | 0.4039 0.4035 , +-0.0004 | 83 | 0.3775 | 0.3790 | —0.0015 2 | 103,104 | 0.2052 | 0.2094; — 42] 7I | 0.09II | 0.0954 | —- 43 3 | 100, IOI | 0.2099 | 0.2155 |— 56 6 |0.560r | 0.5598 | + B 4 | 83,84 | 0.6019 | 0.6041} — 22] 70 | 0.4624 | 0.4628 | — 4 5 | 83,84 | 0.0738 | 0.0730 | -+ 8 | I12 | 0.7955 | 0.8022 | — 67 6 | 476,77 | 0.8864 | 0.8860 | + 4| 54 | 0.4332|0.4295|+. 37 7 | 7475 | 9.9162.) 0.9200 | — 38 | 65 | 0.3599 | 0.3596 | +- 3 8 | 72,72 | 0.4651 |0.4605|-+ 46] 51 | 0.3445 | 0.3444 | + I 9 | 72,72 | 0.5165 | 0.5169 | — 4 4 | 0.1045 0.0974) + = 71 Io | 66,67 | 0.5305 | 0.5314 | — 9 2 | 0.0802 | 0.0798 | -+ 4 Ir | 61,62 | 0.7779 | 0.7899 | — eye) |leanicie’ | 0.6935 | 0.6916 | + 19 I2 | 60,61 | 0.5730 | 0.5716 | + 14 | 107 | 0.6829 | 0.6781 Bae 48 13 | 58,59 | 0.5006 | 0.4998 | -+-- 848: ie 9215 0.9231 |=) sume T4 | 50,51 | 0.1418/ 0.1478; — 60] 59 | 0.8246 | 0.8249 | — B 15 | 49,50 | 0.8639 | 0.8629) + IO | 58 | 0.6245 | 0.624515. fe) 16 | 49,49 | 0.5028 6.5054,/— 26] 112 |.0.6254 | 0.6255 | — I 1S | 40,41 | 0.4202 | 0.4204 | — 2 | 60) | 0.1758 |0:1750) 25 8 19 35135. | 0.5236 | 0.5259 | — 23 | 108° | 0.7605 | 0.7596 | +- 9 21 26,27 | 0.3728 | 0.3754 | — 26 | 60 | 0.1838 | 0.1825 | + 13 22 a)|, 22523.) O15 738 kOss7 504. —= 18 Tile O-O212)),0,0242) eas 23 | 20,21. | 0.3765 | 0.3769 | — 4 4I | 0.9145 O.QI4I | +- 4 24) SIE 25 O12012) FOr2OtO lat. 2 40 | 0.4502 0.4441 | + ~6I x reversed. - y reversed. I | 11,10 | 0.1544 | 0.1574 | —o.0030 | 36 | 0.1738 | 0.1748 | —o.0o010 2 | 16,15 | 0.3540] 0.3584|/— 44] 48 | 0.4608 | 0.4610 | — 2 3; 19,18 | 0.3451 | 0.3430 | + 2t | 112 | I.0018 | I.0020 | — 2 4 | 35:35 | 9.4509 | 0.4535 |— 26] 49 | 0.091I:} 0.0928)— 17 5 | 36,35 | 0.4808|0.4821|— 13 6 | 0.7624] 0.7639/— 15 6 | 42,41 | 0.6659 |0.6692|— 33] 65 |0.1210/0.1178|+ ° 32 7 | 44,43 | 0.6381 | 0.6386 | — 5 | 54 | 0.1946 | 0.1928 | + 18 8 | 47,46 | 0.5934 | 0.5925 | + 9 | 68 0.2096 0.2096 oO 9 47,46 | 0.5404|0.5445|— 41] 115 | 0.4552|0.4605|/— 53 To | 52,52 |0.5254|0.5291|— 37 | 117 | 0.4781 |0.4802|— 21 II 57,50 | 0.7724 | 0.7765 | — 4I 7 | 0.8656 | 0.8702 | — 46 I2 | 58,58 | 0.4824] 0.4835/— 11] I1 | 0.8765 | 018738) 27 13 60,60 | 0.5508 | 0.5525 | — 17 70 | 0.6330 | 0.6349 | — 19 14 , 69,68 | 0.4116 | 0.4149 | — 33) 59s On/S64 Osa 2a ee 13 15 69,68 0.6888 0.6909 | — 21 60 | 0.9284 0.9309 — 25 TOM 670,09, (Os5455)Or5475 = 20 Sem lichen) || Cerise) a ae 18 | 79,78 | 0:1361 | 0.1374;— 13] 59 | 0.3772 | 0.3775 | — 3 19 | 84,83 | 0.5319] 0.5295|-+ 24 | 10 | 0.7975 | 9.7902; + _ 73 21 93,92 | 0.1822 0.1821) + I 59 | 0.3699.) 0.3740 — 41 22 96,96 | 0.4872 | 0.4868 | + 4 42 | 0.5330) 0.5351) — 21 STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 413 Tasie III. (Continued.)—Prate VII. | yy m. | ym. Star |pluintess s|/= a” Se ka Se |e imess calle eal a | KES Kretz. | Schles. | Kretz. | Schles. | x direct. y direct. I | 118,119 | 0.7175 | 0.7142 | +0.0033| 85 | 0.9712 | 0.9705 | -+-0.c007 2 | 113,114 | 0:5238:| 0.5225 | ++ 13] 73 | 0.6826 | 0.6538 | — 12 dl | GING OLENA OCUG@ |e ME 7s | 0.0458 |0.0469|— 11 5 | 93,94 | 0.3831 | 0.3849 | — 18 | 115 | 0.3884 | 0.3870; ++ 14 6 | 87,88 | 0.2078 | 0.2098 | — 20| 57 | 0.0156 | 0.0158 | — 2 7. | 85,86 | 0.2355 | 0.2318 | + 27 | 67 | 0.9426 | 0.9434 | — 8 8) 82583 0:2750)0.2721) |) 38 | 53 | 0.9305 | 0.9306 | — I 9 | 82,83 | 0.3330] 0.3280|-+ 50 6 | 0.6925 0.6828 | — 3 LO} 7G Oss 5042) O34 74 ate 30 4 | 0.6578 | 0.6596 | — 18 14 60,61 | 0.4558 0.4509 | + 49| 62 | 0.4055 0.4084 — 29 15 60,61 | 0.1725 | 0.1729 | — 4] 61 | 0.2050 | 0.2042 | -F 8 18 50,51 | 0.7419 | 0.7434 | —- 15 | 62 | 0.7575 | 0.7580 | — 5 21 | 36,37 | 0.6810 | 0.6825 | — 15 62 0.7646 | 0.7655 | — 9 22 33,33 | ©3751 | 0.3748 | ++ 31° 79 | 0.6116 | 0.6068 |'+- 45 232 | 30,3 | 0.6852 | 0.6844 | ++ 8| 44. | 0.4926 | 0.4905 | + 21 2H 1215220 KO.COn TOGO Mies 2 33, (43) 010205) NOro281 4), — 16 x reversed. y reversed. I 0,0 | 0.3394 | 0.3405 | —0.001I | 33 | 0.5938 | 0.5942 | — 0.0004 2 Br e574) ©2530) aa 2'| 45 + | 0.8719 | 0.8749 |— 30] 4 25,2 0.6386 | 0.6395 | — 9} 46 | 0.5026 | 0.5050 | — 24 | 5 20,2 5h Oo O) Onl7 Lou ——1 | 930; 4 | 0.1749 |.0.7741 | + 8 | 6 | 32,31 | 0.3446 | 0.3458 | — 12 62 | 0.5366 | 0.5362 | + Af 7 34,33 | 0.3240 | 0.3190 | + 50 5I | 0.6095 | 0.61118 | — 16 ff 8 Bod | © 27S | 277 |= BE) || OS || CLERGY GIO e | —— 7 @ |) Brad | O.22Ml| O29) || 45 5 || i || ONS) | CSG) qe 8) Bo) Io | 42,4t | 0.7056 | 0.7065 | — g] 114 | 0.9016 0.9016 | o | f 14 | 58,58 | 0.6011 | 0.6032 | — 2I 57. | 0.1438 | 0.1438 of 15 | 59.58 | 0.3750 | 0.3762|— 12] 58 | 0.3458 | 0.3449 | -- 9 18 | 68,67 | 0.8122 | 0.8138 | — 16| 56 | 0.7986 | 0.7960 | -+- 26 | 21 | 82,82 || 0.3702 | 0.3689 | + 3 | 50) 6017929, Oyen: om | 22 | 86,85 | 0.6841 | 0.6814 | + 27 39. | 0.9502 | 0.9508 | — 6 23 | 88,88 | 0.3674 | 0.3689|— 15] 75 | 0.0615 | 0.0609 | + 6 24 | 97,97 | 0.4525 | 0.4514 | + II 701s O15 204: | 0.5212) 2 (73) 414 KRETZ. Tasie III. (Contenued.)—Puate VIII. I i | : | ym. Zs | &£—S | Lines. | /s Kretz. | Schles. | | Kretz. | Schles. | | ang | x direct. y direct. 0.6561 | 0.6550 , +0.0011 | 0.3644 | 0.3656 | — 12 | 0.7318 | 0.7302 | + Io | If3 | 0.0761 | 0.0705 | + ©7049 | O88 511-8 LA: + + (2) (e) 8 ie) & I | 116,116 | 0.5630 | 0.5622 2 | III,III | 0.3661 | 0 3639 | 4 91,92 | 0.2635 | 0.2630 | 5 | 90,91 | 0.7289 | 0.7279 7 8 iS) nn a4 Orn He | Ptt+++t+ 14) | ++4+44+4+4+4 “ as 84,85 | 0.5426 | 0.5419 | 82,83 | 0.5731 | 0.5700 | | “NI on TS 31 65 | 0.6281 0.6262 | 27 | 51 | 0.6125 | 0.6106 0.3662 | 0.3719 | — 57 I 2 | 0.3440 | 0.3434 | ++ 33, | I12 |—.0295 |—.0312 | +- 26 | 107 | 0.9535 | 0.9536 | — 43 49 ,| 0.1891 | 0.1875 | + 1 | 60 | 0.0g1I | 0.0905, + Ig} 58 | 0.8935 | 0.8932 | + 20 | II2 | 0.9059 | 0.9022 | + | 0.4011 | 0.4004 | + ar - 79,80 | 0.6232 | 0.6205 9 | 79,80 | 0.6764 | 0.6710 | Io | 74,75 | 0.1859 | 0.1860 | II | 69,70 | 0.4272 | 0.4305 12 68,69 | 0.2214 | 0.2188 13 | 66,67 | 0.1528 | 0.1571 14 | 58,58 | 0.3009 | 0.3008 TO 575° | 0.5149 | 0.5130 16 | 56,57 | 0.0636 | 0.6616 17 | 55,55 | 0.441r | 0.4396 18 | 48,48 | 0.5712 | 0.5069 | Ig | 42,43 | 0.6832 | 0.6829 | 20 | 39,40 | 0.6126 | 0.6124 4 nn on yy Ww H (e) \O 0.0374 | 0.0355 | 2] IIL | 0.5058 0.5065 21 | 34,34 | 0.5282 | 0.5285 3 60 | 0.4538 | 0.4511 27 22 | 30,31 | 0.2274 | 0.2280 6] 77 | 0.2902 | 0.2869 | 33 23 | 28,28 | 0.5291 | 0.5279 12} 42 | 0.1801 | 0.1802 | I 24 | 19,19 | 0.4498 | 0.4492 6| 40 | 0.7191 | 0.7189 = x reversed. y reversed, I 3,2 | 0.5154 | 0.5120 | +0.co34 | 35 | 0.9135 0.9139 | —0.0004 2 8,7. | 0.7099 | 0.7104 | — 5 48 | 0.2021 | 0.2012 | + 9 4 | 28,27 |03111|0.3072/+ 39] 48 | 0.8346) 0.8334 | + 7 5 28,28 | 0.3438 | 0.3440 | — 2 6 | 0.5039 | 0.5012 | + 27, 6 | 34,34 | 0.5342 | 0.5294 | + 48 | 64 | 0.8631 | 0.8629 | + 2 7 | 36,36 | 0.4976 | 0.4985|— 9] 53 | 0.9394 | 0.9391 | + 3 8 || 39:39 || 014492 || 0.4401) —- I] 67 | 0.9548 | 0.9551 | — 3 9 | 3939 0.3999 | 0.3996 | + 3 | 115 | 0.2030 | 0.2039 | — 9 Io | 45,44 | 0.3845 | 0.3824 | a 21) | 117, 4 0:2318 | 10} 23058 1-1 13 Ir | 50,49 | 0.1475 | 0.1406 | -+ 69 7. | 0.6089 | 0.6036 | + 53 12 | 51,50 | 0.3524|0.3534/— 10| 11 | 0.6195/0.6176|+ 19 13 53.52 | 0.4158] 0.4142 | + 16} 70 | 0.3818 | 0.3824 | — 6 14 | 61,60 | 0.7686] 0.7654|-+ 32] 59 |0.4785/0.4756|+ 29 15 | 61,6£ | 0.5535 | 0.5546 | — II 60 | 0.6766 | 0.6748 | + 18 16 | 62,62 | 0 4095 | 0.4076 | + 19 6 | 0.6698 | 0.6732 | — 34 17 | 64,63 | 0.6312 | 0.6302 | —+ IO | 62 | 0.1690 | 0.1682 | + 8 18 | 71,70 | 0.4992 | 0.4965 | + 27 | 59 | 0.1202 | 0.1214 | — 12 Ig | 76,76 | 0.3894 | 0.3898 | — A) | SEOH (025375) 10.5834a a ae 20 | 79,79 | 0.4620 | 0.4609 | ++ II 8 | 0.0681 | 0.0655 | + 26 21 | 85,84 | 0.5440 | 0.5438 | + 2 59 | O.1I7I | O.LIQL | — 20 22 | 89,88 | 0.3461 | 0.3421 | —- 40 | 42 | 0.2828 | 0.2816 | + 12 23 | 91,90 | 0.5451 | 0.5404 | + 47 77. | 0.3902 | 0.3918 a 16 24 | 100,99 | 0.6236 | 0.6238 — .2] 78 0.8555 0.8528 | 27 STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 415 Tasce III. (Continwed.)—Puate IX. Wm. ym, Star, | Lines. 1 KES Lines. | Kretz. | Schles. | | Kretz. | Schles. | x direct. y direct. | 0.0719 | 0.0690 | 0.7826 | 0.7815 | 0.1442 | 0.1461 | 0.4836 | 0.4836 | 0.0386 | 0.0366 | | 0.0261 | 0.0250 | | 0.7881 | 0.7878 | 0.7564 | 0.7569 | | 0.5016 | 0.5021 | 0.3018 | 0.2999 | 0.8532 | 0.8526 | 0.6914 | 0.6925 | 0.5868 | 6.5836 | 0.1199 | 0.1209 | 116,117 | 0.8440 | 0.8381 | | III, 112 | 0.6484 | 0.6488 | 92,92 | 0.5455 | 0.5451 | 91,92 | 0.5022 | 0.5029 | 83,84 | 0.3648 | 0.3585 | 80,81 | 0.4150.| 0.4174 | 80,81 | 0.4790 | 0.4750 | 75975 | 0.4909 | 0.4880 | 58,59 | 0.5828 | 0.5844 | 58,59 | 0.3030 | 0.3036 | 34,35 | 0.8115 | 0.8126 | 31,31 | 0.5039 | 0.5036 | 28,29 | 0.8178 | 0.8199 19,20 | 0.7445 | 0.7402 | | =i ° Q fo) Nn No HIFL 1 [+4441 +14 x reversed. y reversed. 251 | 0.7360 | 0.7349 | +-0.001I1 0.5056 | 0.5059 Feil 0.4249 | 0.4261 | — 12 0.7891 | 0.7864 26,27 | 0.5279 | 0.5260 | a 19 | 0.4226 | 0.4246 27,27 | 0.5700 | 0.5678 | + 0.0984 | 0.0915 | 36,35 | 0.2141 | 0.2128 | + | 0.5351 | 0.5319 39,38 | 0.1574 | 0.1611 | — 0.5480 | 0.5458 39,38 | 0.0960 | 0.0972 | — | 0.7899 | 0.7875 44,43 | 0.5809 | 0.5815 | — 0.8142 | 0.8128 60,60 | 0.4910 | 0.4902 | + | 0.0658 | 0.0691 61,60 | 0.2688 | 0.2708 | — 0.2671 | 0.2688 84,83 | 0.7565 | 0.7591 | — | 0.7155 | 0.7139 88,87 | 0.5665 | 0.5669 | -— | 0.8768 | 0.8768 | 90,89 | 0.7518 | 0.7546 | — | --0170 |—.0150 99,98 | 0.8358 | 0.8295 | -+ 0.4514 | 0.4506 (75) 416 | KRETZ. Tas_e III. (Contenued.)—PLate X. : | % m. : | ym, | Star. | Lines... | pas K—S_ | Lines. | fo kha | | Kretz. | Schles, | | Kretz, | Schles. | x direct. y direct: it. 113,114 | 0.3234 | 0.3208 | +-0.0026| 86 | 0.2979 | 0.2959 | +-0.0020 20) |1O8; 19) |O5127.21)| | 0-1304 | — 32] 74 0.0085 0.0106 | — 21 4 | 88,89 ./ 0.5262 | 0.5255 | + 7 | 73 | 90-3759 | 0.3754 | — 4 5 | 88,88 | 0.4890 | | 0.4862 | + 28] II5 | 0.7070 | 0.7061 | + 9 6 +! 81,82 | 0.8085 | 0.8068 | +- L775 fs OBA82nOrsA7 Ae. 8 7 | 79,80 | 0.8375 | 0.8365 | + 10| 68 | 0.2682 | 0.2675 | + 7 8 | 76,77 | 0.8894 | 0.8885 | + 9| 54 | 0.2530 0.2508 | + 22 9 | 77,77 | 0.4504 | 0.4506 | — 2 7 | 0.0102 0.0132} — 30 Io | 71,72 | 0.4591 | 0.4592 | — I 5 |—-0132 |—.e114 | — 18 14 | 55,56 | 0.0611 | 0.0642 |—* 31 |) 62 -| 0.7330) 0.7338 | — 8 15 | 54,55 | 0.7846 | 0.7838 | + 8] 61 0.5306 | 0.5309 — 3 18 | 45,46 | 0.3384 | 0.3440|/— 56] 63 | 0.0811 | 0.0808 | + 3 21 || 31,32) | 0.2909;| 0.2924 | — 15] 63 | 0.0885 | 0.0886 | — I 22 | 27,28 | 0.4865 | 0.4858 | + 71 79 | 0.9278 | 0.9288 |— Io 23 | 25,26 | 0.2966 | 0.2974 | — 8} 44 | 0.8208 | 0.8199 | + 9 24 | 16,17 | 0.2174 | 0.2150 | + 24] 43 | 0.3552 0.3589 — 37 oe reversed, y reversed. I 6,5 | 0.2449 | o. 2476 | —0.0027 | 33 0.2816 | 0.2811 | -+0.0005 2 | II,I0 | 0.4430 | 0.4445 | — 15} 45. | 0.5610 | 0.5622 | — 12 4 31,30 | 0.0442 | 0.0449 | — 71 46 | 0.1946 | 0.1944 | + 2 5 31,30 | 0.5838 | 0.5861 | — 23 3 | 0.8681 | 0.8685 — 4 6 | 37,36 | 0.7638 | 0.7629 | + 9| 62 ! 0.2221 | 0.2238 | — 17 i 39,38 | 0.7318 | 0.7322 | — 4} 51 | 0.3011 | 0.3025 | — 14 8 42,41 | 0.6811 | 0.6792 | + 19| 65 | 0.3166 /|0.3186;— 20 OW e42 yA 0.6245 | 0.6168 | + 77 | 112 | 0.5606 | 0.5620 | — 14 Io | 48,47 | 0.1142 | 0.1102 | + 4o}] 114 | 0.5840 0.5858 — 18 14 64,63 | 0.5032 | 0.5032 | o}| 56 | 0.8351 0.8361;|— Io 15 | 64,63 | 0.7844)0.7795|+ 49] 58 | 0.0371 | 0.0371 | fe) 18 74,73 | 0.2335 | 0.2320 | + I5| 56 |c.4891 | 0.4886 | + 5 21 88,87 0.2800 0.2806 | — 6] 56 | 0.4802 | 0.4796 | + 6 22 92,91 | 0.0872 | 0.0886 | — 14] 39 | 0.6421 | 0.6435 lee 14 23 94,93 | 0.2758 | 0.2776|— 18] 74 | 0.7484)|0.7470|-+ 14 24 | 103,102 | 0.3649 | 0.3592 | -|- 57| 76 | 0.2141 | 0.2148 | — 7 (76) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 417 Tasre III. (Continued. )—Piate XI. 3 Ym. ; ym. Stare pee Me Se, | Somes ee EIS ee Se eimesn ees ee KES Kretz. | Schles. a direct. I | 115,116 | 0.1050 | 0.0976 | +-0.0074} 85 | 0.6549 | 0.6510 | -+0.0039 2 | 109,110 | 0.9070 | 0.9062 | ++ 8| 73 | 0.3641 | 0.3659 | 4 | 90,91 | 0.3026 | 0.3010 | + 16} 72 | 0.7310 | 0.7299 | + II 5 — 29 | II5 | 0.0649 | 0.0631 | ++ 18 6 | 83,84 | 0.5946 | 0.5905 | + 41 | 56 | 0.7060 | 0.7035 | + 25 7 | 81,82 | 0.6135 | 0.6128 | -- 71 67 | 0.6280 | 0.6208 | 8 | 78,79 | 0.6694! 0.6629)-- 65| 53 |0.6142|0.6096/+ 46 9 ale ate) —- + =- — an | H ioe) 89,90 | 0.7635 | 0.7664 | - oo 25 6 | 0.3726 | 0.3706 | +- 20 43 4 | 0.3458 | 0.3455 | + 3 26| 62 | 0.0909/0.0894;-+ °I5 27| 60 | 0.8961 | 0.8946 | + 15 19} 62 | 0.4459 | 0.4438 | + 21 TI} 62 | 0.4491 | 0.4464 | + 27 34] 79 | 0.2870 | 0.2869 | + I 2) 44 | 0.1779 | 0.1772 |.+ 44] 42 | 0.7154 | 78,79 | 0.7289 | 0.7264 | 73974 | 0.2374 | 0.2331 14 | 56,57 | 0.8426 | 0.8400 15 | 56,57 | 0.5632 | 0.5659 SOMME eA Orn Ona ly |(Onl 212 | 2I | 33,34 | 0.0709 | 0.0698 22 29,30 | 0.2689 0.2655 23 27,28 | 0.0744 | 0.0746 24 | 18,19 |—.co16 |—.co60 Ny OFS) || 5 x reversed. y reversed, | 4,3 | 0.4698 | 0.4730 | —0.0032} 33 | 0.9211 | 0.9220 | —9.0009 I 2* | 9,8 0.6674 | 0.6631 | + 43] 46 | 0.2062 | 0.2078 | — 16 A? | 29,28 | 0.2696] 0.2675|—— 21] 46 | 0.8368|08405/— 37 Bie 2G ,28 | 0.8052 | 0.8049 | + B 4 | 0.5128 | 0.5100 || + 28 6 36,35 |—.0194 |—.o211 | + 17} 62 | 0.8656 | 0.8645 | + II 7 38,36 | 0.4594 0.4579 + I5| 51 | 0.9416; 0.9402 | + 14 8 | 40,39 | 0.9111 | 0.9076 | + 35] 65 | 0.9599 | 0.9572 | + 27 9 | 40,39 | 0.8484 | 0.8425 | + 59 | 113 | 0.2010 | 0.2010 | oO to || 46,45 POMs7iaNO! saan) = 29] 115 | 0.2256 | 0.2248 | + 8 TAN) | O2, OF nO: 7290007235) | ats | 5 5u|) aia NO: 47956 0-47.34"), LOL 15 63,62 | 0.0098 | 0.0035 | + 63] 58 | 0.6739 | 0.6721 | + 18 18 | 72,71 | 0.4490 | 0.4468 | + 22| 57 | 0.1256! 0.1246 | + 10 21 86,85 | 0.5012 | 0.5011 | + Te Sie Os W2Non|Oni222n it 4 22 90,89 | 0.3050 | 0.3014 | + 36] 40 | 0.2834 | 0.2808 | ++ 26 23 | 92,91 | 0.49321 ¢.4959|— 27] 75 | 0.3880] 0.3895;— 15 24 | IOI,100 | 0.5831 | 0.5762 | + 69} 76 | 0.8542 | 0.8540 | + 2 (77 ) 418 KRETZ. TasBLe III. (Continued.)\—Piate XII. | | | I hese: 5m. Star. | Lines. | a | | Kretz. | Schles. ym. | Kretz. | Schles. | | | | K—S |Lines. | iS x direct. y direct. 117,117 | 0.3558 | 0.3552 | +0.0006} 85 | 0.6570 | 0.6552 | +0.0018 III, 112 | 0.6516 | 0.6536 | — 20] 73 | 0.3662 | 0.3661 I 92,92 | 0.5559 9.5545) + 14] 72 | 0.7385 | 0.7341 44 91,92 | 0.5270 | 0.5298 | — 28] I15 | 0.0692 | 0.0678 14 85,86 | 0.3406 | 0.3415 | — 9} 56 | 0.7066 | 0.7070 4 83,84 | 0.3695 | 0.3665 | + 30] 67 | 0.6330 | 0.6314 80,81 0.4196 | 0.4185 II] 53 | 0.6179 | 0.6179 | 80,81 | 0.4741 | 0.4686 55 6 | 03818 | 0.3781 io 75,75 | 0.4812 | 0.4772 | 4o A | 0.3498 | 0.3501 14 58,59 | 0.5935 | 0.5900 | 0.0949 0.0946 15 58,59 | 0.3138 | 0.3139 1| 60 | 0.8989 | 0.8996 18 | 49,49 | 0.3775 | 0.3780 | 5| 62 | 0.4556.| 0.4524 21 34,35 | 0.8196 | 0.8184 12] 62 | 0.4604 | 0.4576 22 31,31 _| 0.5218 | 0.5176 42] 79 | 0.2939 | 0.2960 23 28,29 | 0.8182 | 0.8201 | 19} 44 | 0.1931 | 0.1894 O ON AUP WH H eet) ea Ww nn ON nN [+1++1+1+ + )44++ = 24 | 19,20 | 0.7440 | 0.7414 26] 42 | 0.7256 | 0.7276 | 20 x reversed, y reversed. I 231 0.7130 | 0.7108 | +0.0022| 33 | 0.9225 | 0.9211 | +0.0014 Zale eiyon 0.4231 | 0.4170 | ++ 61| 46 | 0.2075 | 0.2051 | + 24 4 | 27,26 |0.5166/0.5126|+ 4o] 46 | 0.8381 | 0.835r)-+ © 30 5 | 27,27 | 0.5425 | 0.5418 | + 7 4 | 0.5074 | 0.5026 | + 48 6 || 34533) -|'0:23507)0:2334))-- 16} 62 | 0.8635 | 0.8622 | +- 13 7 | 36,35 | 0.2072 | 0.2038 | +- 34] 5r | 0.9378 | 0.9370 | +- 8 BO 49,38" 4 O21'575 1.15420) a 33 OS KOlO5S2u,0105 20%) meme 9 39,38 | 0.1039 | 0.0998 | + 41 | 113 | 0.2014 | 0.1956 | + 58 10 44,43 | 0.5919 | 0.5888 | -- 31] II5 | 0.2255 | 0.2234 | + 21 14 60,60 | 0.4779 | 0.4751 | + 28] 57 | 0.4702 | 0.4686 | ++ 16 15 61,60 | 0.2556 | 0.2520) + 36] 58 | 0.6709 | 0.6696 | + 13 18 | 70,69 | 0.6935 | 0.6954/— 19] 57 |0.1172| 0.1170 | + 2 21 84,83 | 0.7489 | 0.7474 | + 15} 57 | 0.1140} 0.1115 | + 25 22 | 88,87 | 0.5515 | 0.5468 | + 47 | 40 | 0.2756 | 0.2738 | + 18 23 | 90,89 | 0.7484 | 0.7478 | +- 6] 75 | 0.3842 | 0.3832 | + be) 24 | 99,98 | 0.8322 | 0.8305 | + 17| 76 | 0.8444 | 0.8439 | + 5 (78 ) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 419 Tasre III. (Continued.\—Puate XIII. Ym. | Ym. Star. | Lines. a | A—S | Lines, | ‘ 2 s KESS. | Kretz. | Schles. | | Kretz. | Schles. x direct. y direct. 1 Woodie) opis | 0.1500 | +0.0021] 84 | 0.4056 | 0.4038 | +-0.0018 2 | 112,112 | 0.4571 | 0.4561 | + IO} 72 | 0.1191 | 0.1161 | + 30 4 | 92,93 | 90.3555 |0.3516/+ 39] 7E |0.4829|0.4791|+ 38 5 91,92 | 0.8075 | 0.8118 | — 43 | 113 | 0.8171 | 0.8115 | + 56 6 85,86 | 0.6416 0.6390, ++ 26} 55 | 0.4538 0.4540 | — 2 Of 83,84 | 0.6654 | 0.6639) + I5| 66 | 0.3712 | 0.3728 | — 16 8 80,81 | 0.7216 | 0.7218 | — 2} 52 | 0.3614 | 0.3610 | + 4 9 80,81 | 0.7885 | 0.7866 | + 19 5 | 0.1211 | 0.1236, — 25 10 75,76 | 0.2985 | 0.2965 | + 20 3. | 0.0934 | 0.1000 | — 66 14 58,59 | 0.8888 | 0.8861 | 4- 27| 60 | 0.8355 | 0.8332 | + 23 15 58,59 | 0.6098 | 0.6134|— 36] 59 | 0.6378 | 0.6356) + 22 21 35,30 | 0.1186 | 0.1189 | — 3] 61 | 0.1895 | 0.1888 | + 7 22 31,32 | 0.3111 | 0.3119 | — 8| 78 | 0.0312 | 0.0274 | + 38 23 29,30 | 0.1250) 0.1258 — 8] 42 | 0.9195 | 0.9172 | + 23 24 20,21 | 0.0474 | 0.0485 | — 12} 41 | 0.4536 | 0.4536 | fe) x reversed. WV reversed. I 25m 0.4248 | 0.4224 | +0.0024] 35 | 0.1695 | 0.1682 | + 0.0013 Be WD 0.6190 | 0.6181 | + 9} 47 | 0.4578 | 0.4562 | + 16 4 27,26 | 0.2204 | 0.2159) + 45] 48 | 0.0898 | 0.0899 | — I 5 27,26 | 0.7622 | 0.7606 | + 16 5m | |037630) 0.7619) == II 6 33,33 | 0.4400 | 0.4396 | + 4] 64 | 0.1200 | 0.1222 | — 22 7 35935 | 0.4100 | 0.4096 | -+- 4| 53 | 0.2000 | 0.2028 | — 28 8 38,37 | 0.8515 | 0.8515 | O| 67 | 0.2120 | 0.2121 | — I 9 | 38,37 | 0.7883|0.7854| + 34] 114 | 0.4490|0.4478)-+ 12 10 44,43 | 0.2812 | 0.2770 | + 42)| L1G) | 'O:4927) 04779) | <1 33 14 | 60,59 | 0.6799 | 0.6775 | 24] 58 | 0.7315 | 0.7308 | + 7. 15 60,60 | 0.4586 | 0.4592 | — 6] 59 | 0.9350 | 0.9342 | + 8 ast 84,83 0.4496 | 0.4502 | — 6| 58 | 0.3815 | 0.3799 | + 16 22 88,87 | 0.2611 | 0.2592} + 9] 41 | 0.5430) 0.5421 | + 9 23 90,89 | 0.4429 | 0.4445 | — 16} 76 | 0.6502 | 0.6499 | + 3 24 99,98 | 0.5315 | 0.5289 | + 26| 78 | 0.1174 | 0.1174 | O (79) 420 KRETZ. Tasie III. (Contienued.)—Puiate XIV. | | | lym. | Ym, | Stars inesi | === a AOE c—S | Lines. | /2 bn KES Kretz. | Schles. | Kret2. | Schles. | q direct. Da y direct. | | I | 113,114 | 0.2245 | 0.2214 | +0.0031 | 84 | 0.9181 / 0.9144 | -+0.0037 2 | 108,108 | 0.5280 | 0.5268 | -- 12)! 7.2. ):0:6308 10.6332 |i 24 4 | 88,89 | 0.4256! 0.4272|— | 16] 72 |—.0031 |—.0052|-++ 2 54 87,88 0.8855 | 0.8874 | — 19} 114 | 0.3274 | 0.3272 | + 2 6 | 81,82 | 0.7135 | 0.7152-| — D7) 50: }igO285) \ne 0284) Ti 7 | 79,80 | 0.7394 | 0.7440 | — 46| 66 | 0.8921 | 0.8905 | + 16 8 | 76,77 | 0.7885 |0.7918|— 33] 52 | 0.8752/0.8766;— 14 9 | 76,77 | 0.8565 | 0.8554 | + II 5 | 0.6408 | 0.6402 | + 6 Io | 71,72. | 0.3648 | 0.3628 | + 20 3 | 0.6086 | 0.6088 | — 2 T4 | 5555 | 0.4655 | 0.4644 | ++ II} 61 | 0.3536 | 0.3556 | — 20 T5 | 54,555 | 0.6892 0.6925 — 33, |) 60: (0.1579) (0.1568) —- II 18 | 45,46 | 0.2465 | 0.2452 | + 13| 61 | 0.7085 | 0.7068 | + 17 2I | 31,32 | 0.1939 |; O.I9I0 | + 29 | ‘61 | 0.7102 | 0.7105 | — B 22 | 27,28 | 0.3870 | 0.3869 | + I} 78 | 0.5519 0.5500, + 19 23 | 25,26 | 0.1961 | 0.1980 | — 19] 43 | 0.4438 | 0.4404 | + 34 24 | 16,17 | 0.1186 | 0.1204 | — 18] 42 |—.0202 |—.oI90 | — 12 x reversed, y reversed. I 6,5 | 0.3469 | 0.3476 | —0.0007| 34 | 0.6566 | 0.6596 | —0.0030 2 | I1,10 | 0.5432 | 0.5428 | + 4] 46 | 0.9399 0.9405 | — 6 4 | 31,30 | 0.1449) 0.1436|-- ~ 13] 47 | 0:5769 | 0.5765 | ale 4 5 | 31,30 | 0.6825 | 0.6811 | + 14 5 | 0.2490'| 0.2472 | + 18 6 | 37,36 |0.8592|0.8519|-+ 73] 63 | 0.6041} 0.5984/+ 57 7 | 39,38 | 0.8290 | 0.8301 | — Ir} 52 | 0.6828 | 0.6811 | + 17 8 | 42,41 | 0.7812 | 0.7808 | + 4| 66 | 0.6966 | 0.6958 | +- 8 9 | 42,41 | 0.7201 | 0.7168 | + 33 | 113 | 0.9422 | 0.9371 | + 51 Io | 48,47 | 0.2098} 0.2056; + 42] 116 |—.0358 |—.0384 | + 26 14 | 64,63 0.6045 0.6021 | + 24} 58 | 0.2125 | 0.2099 |} + 26 I5 | 64,64 | 0.3796 | 0.3812 | — 16|° 59 | 0.4166 | 0.4150 | 4- 16 18 | 74,73 | 0.3269 | 0.3275 | — 6} 57 | 0.8676 | 0.8644 | ++ 32 21 | 88,87 | 0.3771 | c.380r | — 30| 57 | 0.8635 | 0.8602 | + 33 22 | 92,91 | 0.1838 | 0.1869 | — 31 | 4° |/0.0238 | 0.0232 | \—- 6 | 94,93 | 0.3729 |0.3749|— 20] 76 | 0.1311 | 0.1312 | — I 103,102 0.4605 | 0.4579 | 26 0.5959 0.5958 | + (80) II. Instrumental Corrections. Division Errors.—The measured coordinates of any star are the difference in the readings on the scale corresponding to the central star, and those corresponding to the star in question. Hence they depend directly on the distance between two given lines on the scale. If this were perfect, an equal number of divisions would represent exactly the same length, no matter what part of the scale were used. That is not the case how- ever, and corrections must therefore be applied to the different lines, so as to reduce all measured distances to a common unit. The unit selected was 1/130th of the total length, that being the number of spaces into which the scale is divided. Each space equals approximately one millimeter. In the winter of 1896-1897, the scale used for all the Coma measurements was carefully investigated for division errors, Pro- fessor Jacoby’s method, described by him in the American Journal of Science, Vol. I, 1896, p. 333, being followed throughout. The details of the investigation are to be pub- lished at a later date by the observatory; I shall give here merely a table of results. A determination of the errors had been made previous to shipping the scale to America, by the Katserliche Normal Atchungs Kommission, at Berlin. Their results are published in the Azmzals of the New York Academy of Sciences, Vol. IX, p. 206. I decided to exclude them, however, as it was deemed most accurate to use only those results which had been obtained under the same conditions and with the same instrument as all the other observations em- ployed in the reductions. Nor were the quantities as used greatly affected thereby, for the two determinations agree quite well, differing in no case by more than o’’.11. As each star was made to depend on a number of lines, the error introduced (81) 422 KRETZ. by using an inaccurate value of the division errors was still further reduced. In the table on p. 423 the corrections, which must be added to the measured 1% m. with the sign shown, are given in milli- meters. The argument is the number of the line. When two lines were used, the mean of the corresponding corrections was applied to % m. Corrections for Runs and Screw Errors.—As has already been stated, observations were made for runs twice a day, once by each observer. A complete observation always consisted of two determinations, made as follows: The screw being set at about 5 & (the X representing revolutions), the spider-threads were set on the line 70, and the micrometer head was read. Then, without moving the microscope, the screw was turned until the threads bisected line 65, and a reading was taken. Then once more on 65, and back to 70, and the observation was completed. The lines 65 and 70 were selected as they have nearly the same division errors. Since the screw makes two complete revolutions while the threads cover the distance of one millimeter on the scale, and since the screw readings in- crease when the threads are moved in a direction opposite to that of increasing numbers on the scale, it is evident, that, if it were not for runs, the readings on line 70 would be less than those on line 65-by exactly 10 Rk. If that is not the case, then the correction to be added to any observed % mm in order to reduce it to the case of no runs of the screw, is —(%m) : millimeters, where 27 — Read. on line 65 — Read. on line 70 — 102. Thus 27 is the total error of runs on ten revolutions ; for each day of observation it is evidently equal numerically to the ‘““Runs in mm.” of Taste II. For one millimeter the error will evi- dently be 1%4- 27/5, the factor % reducing the quotient to mm. And since the correction to each 1% # must be proportional to (82) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 423 TaBLE IV.—DIvisIon ERRORS OF THE SCALE. si Se ® Correction in Tee | Correction in ; | Correction in mim. ; mm, ‘ 0.0000 44 | 0.0029 -+-0.00I1I 45 -++0.0020 —0.0007 AG) | -|-0 0021 —0.000I 47 ++ 0.0006 -+0.0002 48 -++-0.0013 —0,.0004 49 +0.0015 -++0.0001 50 -- 0.0007 —0.0013 51 | +0.0018 —0o.0008 52 -++0.0030 —0.0009 53 | -+0.0024 —0.0001 54 | +0.0032 -+-0.0014 55 -++0.0028 +0.0006 -++-0.0030 -+-0.0014 | 0.0634 -+0.0016 | -+0.0038 0.0015 | -++0.0009 | ~O, | +-0.0014 --0.0008 | : | 0.0009 +-0,0012 1-O, +6,0012 +0.0012 | : -+-0.0002 --0.0007 | 5 | +0.0012 -+-0.0015 . | .0000 +0,0016 | .0O! : | —0,0002 -+0.0014 | : | --0,0002 -+0,0012 | , —o 0006 -+-0.0007 | ' —0.0013 -+0.0026 2 alg OSOCOS -++0.0033 } —0.C003 --0.0026 | : | .0000 -+0.0020 | ' 0.0020 0.0035 | et O;OO22 -++0.0030 | , | +0.0026 --0.0022 : +0.0021 -+0.0024 | ' | +0.0014 -++0.0013 : +0.0024 -+-0.0032 : | —+0.0075 + 0.0024 LO, -+0.0024 +0.0025 | f 0.0012 -+0.0016 : -+-0.0018 + 0.0025 : + 0.0014 0.0033 | Oo. | -+-©.0005 -+0.0020 l | : | -+0,0015 ++ 0.0025 i .OCOO -++0.0024 | O OI ANLW NH O (83) 424 KRETZ. that quantity, the above formula follows at once. Tables with the argument 147 may evidently be constructed giving the cor- rections corresponding to any value of 27. Before proceeding to do so, however, let us consider the errors of the screw. These are of two kinds, periodic and non-peri- odic. The former were eliminated during the measurement by always setting the screw to a certain reading (usually 9X) when pointing at a star during the first half of the day’s work, and then, upon reversing the operation, setting it always at a reading differing from the former by 0.5. Thus each star was read with the screw in both positions. In order to obviate the effects of non-uniformity of pitch, certain corrections must be applied, however. Investigation showed these to be: Corrections in Millimeters. Reading of Micrometer Head. Vertical Screw. Horizontal Screw. 5k 0.0000 0.0000 6 0.0004 -++ 0.0005 7 +0.0004 -+0,0002 8 —0.0002 —0.0003 9 —0O.CO007 —0.0012 fe) —0.0014 —0.0017 II —0.0020 —0,0022 12 —0,0024 —0.0021 13 —0.0023 —0.0022 14 —0.0013 —0.0014 15 0.0000 0.0000 The above quantities are in mm. and must be added to the readings. The vertical screw was used for one plate only, No. II; the following discussion applies to it as well as to the hori- zontal screw, mutatis mutandis. It will be seen that between 9X and 11X the increase in the correction is proportionate to the distance from 9g. Hence if we start our measures of any star with the original setting of the micrometer head at 9X, then the increase in the correction will be proportionate to 144m, remembering that the maximum value %m can have is 1.0, which corresponds to 2k. This was always done except in certain cases to be mentioned later. As the coordinates are the difference between the readings on the (84) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 425 stars and the readings on the central taken on the same day, we may, without affecting the final results, subtract a constant from the screw correction. Taking, then, the zero point at 9X, and as our argument tenths of millimeters (or fifths of a revolu- tion) beyond 9X, we get the following table for correcting the readings of the horizontal screw : Reading of Head. Corresp. 14m. Corresp. Correction, 9.0 0.0 0.0000 9.2 OI —0,0001 9.4 0.2 —0.0002 9.6 0.3 —0.0003 9.8 0.4 —0.0004 10.0 0.5 —0.0005 10.2 0.6 —0.0006 10.4 0.7 —0.0007 10,6 0.8 —9.0008 10.8 0.9 —0.0009 II.0 1.0 —0.0010 During the second half of a day’s work, the initial setting on the star was usually 9.52. Asa result, the readings on the scale sometimes fell beyond 11X. For such cases the above table will no longer apply as it stands, for the correction beyond 11 does not bear the same proportion to 1% 7 as holds below that point. We may, however, construct a table similar to the preceding, but differing in the last figures. For, all the stars being again measured beginning always at the same point on the screw, we may, as before, subtract a constant from the screw correctiois. We obtain thus the table: Reading of Head. Corresponding 1% m. Corresponding Correction. 9.5 0.0 —0.0000 9-7 O.1 —0O.000I 9.9 0.2 — 0.0002 10.1 0.3 —0.0003 10.3 0.4 —0, 0004 10.5 0.5 —0.0005 10.7 SesONO —0.C006 10.9 0.7 —0.0007 II.I 0.8 —0.0007 4 11.3 0.9 —0.00072 11.5 1.0 —0.00070 ANNALS N. Y. Acap. Sct., XII, April 3, 1900—27. (89) 426 KRETZ. One plate was measured, beginning with 8.7 during the first half, and 9.2R during the second half of each morning’s work. This required the construction of a third table. The method was entirely similar to the above, so that I need not enter on it here. In the foregoing it has been shown that the screw cor- rection may be put in a form to be directly proportionate to 1%4m. But we have seen previously, that, from the nature of things, the correction for runs is proportionate to the same quantity. We can therefore construct a table with the argu- ment 147, which will give at once the combined effect of both corrections. For example, let us consider the case of Dec. 14th, 1897. From Table II we find that 27 0n that date was — 0.0069 mm., z. ¢., the means of the four differences Read. on 65 — Read. on 7o2—10R was — 0.0069 mm. _ The screw therefore registers less than the true distance, and a certain quantity must be added to each 1%4m. By the general formula this quantity is (%m) X0.0138/10 millimeters. Giving 1%4m the values 0.1, 0.2... 1.0, and combining with the corresponding screw corrections, we get the table ym. Beginning at 9.0 Beginning at 9.5 0.0 -++ 0.00000 -+ 0.00000 O.1 .00004 . 00004. 0.2 .00008 00008 0.2 .OOOII .OOCTI 0.4 .OOOI5 .OOOI5 0.5 .OOO019 .OOOIg 0.6 .00023 .00023 O7 .00027 .00027 0.8 .00030 .00036 0.9 .00034. .00052 1.0 .00038 .00068 Tables like the specimen were constructed for each observed value of the runs. The columns headed “ Beginning at 9.0”’ and “Beginning at 9.5” give the corrections in mm., to be applied (86) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 427 to the measured % m’s. They refer respectively to the first and to the second half of the morning’s work. One point regarding the use of these tables deserves mention: It some- times happens that the reading on the scale corresponding to one image of a star is less, and that corresponding to the other image is greater than 112. In such cases_the correction must be found from the table separately for each reading, and then the mean of the two taken. This is evident if we remember the way in which 1% is obtained. Measured Coordinates and Rotation Errors.—Having applied the corrections described above, we are in position to obtain the measured coordinates. These are the differences of the readings on a star and the readings on the central star, 7. ¢., star No. 14. As the vis to be positive when the star has a greater right ascension, and the y is to be positive when it has a greater declination (algebraically) than the central, we must apply the following rule: Subtract the position of the star from that of the central for x direct, and subtract the central from the star for y direct. For the opposite positions of the plate these operations must, of course, be reversed. The reasons for this rule are plain, when we remember that the numbers on the scale increase towards the right. The coordinates thus obtained are not yet free from error, however. For it is evident that, unless the plate were always rotated exactly 90° from its previous position, the axes of ref- erence would not be rectangular. This was, however, found to be impossible of accomplishment. The best that could be done was to turn the plate approximately 90°, and then to measure exactly the angle through which it had been rotated. In order to obtain formule to reduce the measured coordinates to what they should have been, let us call a’, y’ the coordinates referred to the central star as measured: 4, y the same coordinates as they should be ; OX’ OY’ the position the axes actually had on the plate ; OX, OY the position they should have had ; (87) 428 KRETZ. @ the angle XOX’, positive ifthe plate must be turned counter- clockwise in order to make OX and OX’ coincide. Then the positive OX’ will fall between positive OX and OY, for, ox the plate, positive coordinates correspond to the usual position of the axes, 7. ¢., positive 4 to the right, and positive y up, when the trail is left (corresponding to + reversed). Let also %,’, 1)’; %) J’) be the coordinates of the central star referred to the center of rotation, 0, corresponding to the actual and to the corrected position of the plate respectively. Then by the usual formule for the transformation of coordi- nates, we have Xy + © = (4%) + x’) cos A— (%/ +97) sin 4 Io LY = (Hp +’) sin 0+ (y/ +y’) cos 8 or expanding and remembering that ceva, fake Rie X= Xp’ cos @— y,/ sin 6 Vo =X)’ sim 0+ 4’ cos 4 and that @ is very small, we find Bias ey sin pHi. C4 sin ae z. é., from the measured x’ we must subtract y’. 6’ sin 1’’ and to the measured y’ we must add +’. 6’ sin 1’’ in order to obtain the correct coordinates.t It will be seen that these formule take account of the fact that the center of rotation of the plate does not coincide in position with the origin of coordinates. To determine what sign to give 0’’ in any special case, we need but remember that in the Repsold measuring machine an increase in angle corresponds to positive (counter-clockwise) rotation of the plate. Hence if we let Q =the seconds of the circle reading to which all the posi- tions are to be reduced ; 1 See in this connection Harold Jacoby, ‘‘ Permanence of the Rutherfurd Photo- graphic Plates,’? Annals New York Academy of Sciences, Vol. IX, p. 267, where the same formul are given. (88 ) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 429 Q’ =the seconds actually read on the circles at any given date, then will the equation O—- v= give 9” with the sign with which it is to be used in the formule. Tables can, of course, be constructed for any value of 0”, having as argument distances in millimeters. This has been done and by their aid the measured coordinates have been re- duced to the position of rectangular axes. The values of QO used were as follows (Q need not, of course, be any one of the readings; it is best taken so as to make the corrections as small as possible). Plates ie Wear ouaba. och cua societies ek Meee OR Omer Cee OE 1604 TG eee eeas cic sateen nesses nae oan sete OME ee eee rea ioense Ae? iC Oey eras iy GPU r ne ge SN EsE 5 ap oD 23/ TINS oe aaIS 2 HN Ach Steer a get aU UI 40/14 Ae 8 eae dee SCM REN an SBE se: Sila cl aL BUR E mee Ea ERE 587% BVT ene de seca icd tac este Unaes Mera aan n enn eon, 9/34 NYA he ti Cicer nena a ice Caer ES A ROM a he SA Rey 20/3/ VATU esrase aaa coca gan axon neem rien tatar anteater seme ae ces 26” ID Cees Crea eee ie atanan ear ERAN ESS Nir ah Ua ei eR 57% NE paciecinslsiswte cea ge sctehs Se inseideitecad ota soleel eiates einai eldcra slots clase 20/34 XG er tra netaeeN erst Cine a) Negliaet Ree Re T ee eH MSD cl 44/4 RO eases everett ete Bid Seta U eee AR STs Oe eR EER IOS Bae erence 87 NCWIT ene ON OLN elec Crean teen 16/4 STN feign tts Sei Or see ie Ea eS ANGIE ot go Oi OOO RS 3674 Scale-Value Corrections, Projection Errors, and Devia- tion of the Cylinder from Straightness.— None of these have any appreciable effect. The first is, due to the fact that the scale is made of German silver, while the plate is glass. Changes in temperature might, therefore, give rise to unequal expansion,-and hence to a change in the scale-value. Dr. Schlesinger ' in 1897 investigated this question, and his results show that in no case could this change affect my results by as much aso”.04. Ihave therefore felt justified in neglecting this error altogether. 1 See his ‘‘ Preesepe”’ pp. 220-223. (89) 430 KRETZ. The second category, projection errors, have been eliminated entirely in the case of the Repsold machine in use for the pres- ent research by an improved guiding way with which it was equipped in 1896. As regards the deviation of the cylinder from straightness, an investigation made under Professor Jacoby’s' direction shows that no appreciable error is introduced thereby, the greatest range of variation not exceeding 0’’.04. I have therefore ne- elected this correction. In TABLE V are recorded the final corrected coordinates ob- tained from the measures of TasLe III. The process of com- puting them is very simple: To the number of the line add the mean of the two corresponding 4%m’s corrected for runs and division errors. In case two lines are used, substitute for the line of above the mean of the lines. The result is the mean position of the star with respect to the scale for each of the four positions of the plate. Then calculate the measured coordi- nates, as previously explained, by comparison of these four quantities with the corresponding quantities for the central star, obtained in the same manner. Apply thereto the rotation cor- rections, having care for the sign, and the result will be the quan- tities set down in Taste V. No further explanation of the terms there used is necessary; it may be mentioned, however, that, as before, unity in the fourth place of decimals corresponds to about 0/7.005. 1«¢ Permanence of the Rutherfurd Photographic Plates,’’ Annals New York Academy of Sciences, Vol. IX, p. 207. (90) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 431 iABEE Vs: “CORRECLED) COORDINAGES:-——LUATESL. 8 oe J Star 2 wad Direct. | Rev'd. Mean. Direct. | Rev'd. | Mean. 4 | —33-4486 | .4522 | —33.4504 | + 10.6314 | .6347 | + 10.6330 5 | —32-9343 | .9338 | —32.9340 | +52.9854 | .9858 | +52.9856 6 | —26.7422 | .7442 | —26.7432 | — 5.3955 | -3940 | — 5.3948 7 |) SIO | 7H) || re | =P EAS ogee || a Gases 8 | —21.8240 | .8270 | —21.8255 — 8.4788 | .4781 | — 8.4784 OQ) |, =—Bieslite 1 tevin bash) |) 0.3526 BP | SASS)” | coy We SEA Gish +17.1964 | .1896 +17.1930 23 +29.7691 | .7679 | +29.7685 —I7.9141 | .9213 | —I17.9177 24 | +38.8475 | .8503 | +38.8489 —19.3759 | .3852 | —19.3806 (97) III. Method of Reduction. Having obtained in the manner explained in the preceding section the measured coordinates of the stars on the plates, we are in position to deduce from them the differences in right ascen- sion and in declination to which they correspond. It is plain that certain corrections must be applied before this can be accom- plished. In the first place, a photograph is a plane picture of the sky ; hence we must introduce the ‘‘ Transformation Cor- rections.’’ Then the stars’ positions are affected by refraction, precession, nutation and aberration, and the measures must be freed therefrom. We shall find, however, in the progress of the work, that before we can apply these corrections to the measured coordinates, we must reduce the latter into differences of right ascension and of declination (except for the corrections mentioned above) by means of certain constants to be dis- cussed later. These are found by comparing the positions with respect to a given origin of certain well known stars on the plates with their measured coordinates, corrected for refraction, etc. These constants being known, we shall find that by means of simple formule the measured codrdinates can be trans- formed into angular distances and at the same time freed from the effects of refraction and errors of orientation. Adding these distances to the known coordinates of the origin of measures on the plate, we obtain the celestial coordinates of the stars ex- cept for the transformation corrections. The latter are then ap- plied to the means of all the observations on each star, and we - have the final right ascensions and declinations. Let us proceed to discuss these several steps. Transformation Corrections.—An astronomical photograph may be regarded as a central projection ona plane of part of (98 ) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 439 the heavens. A certain quantity, known as the ‘“ Transforma- tion Correction,’ must therefore be added to reduce any meas- ured distance on the plate into the distance on the sky to which it corresponds. To find an expression for this correction, let us consider the spherical triangle whose vertices are the pole, the center of the plate, and any star on the plate. By center is meant the point at which a perpendicular on to its plane from the object glass cuts the plate. It is the point of tangency of the plate with the spherical image of the sky formed at the focus of the object glass. Now let ¢, = the right ascension of the center, and a. the right ascension of any star; Pf, = the north polar distance of the center, and De that ofthe star: 7 = the parallactic angle at the center, and x = the angular distance from center to star; then, by the usual formule [Chauvenet, Sph. Trig., Equ.’s (@2z2)5(123))]] cos (fy—g) cos p cosa GES 7 (1) aie ee (fo—9) cot (a — ay) (2) sin g where tan g —tan f cos (a— q). (3) Now consider a central projection of the figure onto a tangent planejat thescentenom tne platemO a wet OL, Oebe theaxes, OY being the projection of the hour circle through the center O, and OX being perpendicular to OY. Let also S be the pro- jected position of the star, and X and Y its rectangular co- ordinates on the plate expressed in seconds of arc of a great circle, the positive directions being the same as those of the ‘‘Measured Coordinates” (cf. p. 427). Then we shall have, taking the radius of the sphere as unity, AX = OS sin YOS \W4e= OS Gos I“KOS: (99) “440 KRETZ, Also OS =stanu, so that X = tan x sin 7 (4) Y= tan x cos7 But from our spherical triangle _ sin x sin 7 = sin (@ — aj) sin f. (5) Dividing (5) by (1), and remembering (4) we get nays TEC ane sin (a —a,) sin cos g (6) cos (fy — 9) 603 p Similarly multiplying (2) by (6) we get tapieicos y— 698 (¢@= 4%) tan p~ tan (Jo— 9) (G tan g These expressions may be easily transformed by the aid of (3). We obtain finally __ tan (a—a,) sin g cos ( 7) — 7) r < g)1 Y= tan (f)—7) (8) where tan g = tan / cos (a — a) The formule (8) express rigorously the relation which holds between the true and the projected distances. They presuppose a knowledge of the scale-value, and of the position of the center, when the position of any other star may be found. From these formule very convenient expressions can be ob- tained in the form of series, giving the transformation correc- tions to any desired degree of accuracy. They may be used with advantage to within 15° of the pole. Making the same assump- tions as before with regard to the formule (8), let us write them : tan (@ — a) = ~ cos Ap cot g-+ sin fy (9) pe atane eye Se rating =i (ee) 1 These are Turner’s formule for transforming measured rectangular into celestial coérdinates ; cf. Observatory, Vol. 16, pp. 373 ff. (100) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 44] Substituting from (10) in (9) we get after slight reductions X = tan (a—a)) cos fy [tan p,— Y], or Since cos fp =sin dy, sin Zp—cos do, . a— d, = Aa, Xx X sec 0 tany AG = ee os sie Ee cosd,— Ysind, 1I1— Ytan dy Apply to this last expression the formula tan—! w#=w—t2#8+1u5—.. and expand each term by division. To terms of the fourth order the resulting series will be NG ASE 0p, 4 (EAGSECIOG) yer tans -+ A,(X sec J,) ¥Y2 A, =tan*d), + 43(X sec 09) 4Az—=— $F (12)! 4+ A,(Xsec 6,)3¥ A,——tan 4,, + A,(X sec d)) V A, =tan3d,. The process may easily be continued to any number of terms ; but for most cases even terms of the third order are almost in- appreciable, and no accuracy is added by carrying the compu- tations further. Higher terms will be necessary only when 0, becomes large, or when the plate covers more than 2° square. Let us now seek to find a similar series for Jd. The method is entirely analogous to the preceding, but the algebraic work is much more intricate. For we cannot now eliminate d and thus get rid of that quantity once for all. We must keep it in the reductions until the end, and then eliminate it by the relation d= 0, + Ad. Let us consider again the expression for Y in the form (9). Remembering the last of equations (8), we can transform this as follows: From (8) and (9) tae: cos fo — ai = Ae sy ) s (13) From (8) and (10) tan f cos (a —ay)) = tan fp — V Ytan Z-+ 1 (14) 1See footnote, p. 443. ANNALS N. Y. Acap. Sci., XII, April 4, 1900.—28. (101 ) 442 KRETZ. Hence, after slight reductions, from (13) and (14) X =sin (a—a,) tan p [ Ytan 2,41] cos Zp, so that ies xX Oe Dean (a—a,) [VY sin py + cos Zo] or CO= as ere Sa gine [ ¥ cos dy + sin dy] and sin Aa [ Y+ tan do] tan (6) + Ad) = Ksee, (15 Expanding and reducing we obtain finally : sin Aa [ Y+ tan 0)] —X sec 0, tan 6 Ad = 0 0 0, Sa X sec 0, + sin Aa [ Y-+ tan dy] tan dy (26) This may be written, substituting for the sine, Aa (40S + as) one nae tan dy Ad = tan—! A X sec Jy + (20 — ee Ie ac®)) [¥-+ tan dh] tan dy and if we replace here da by its value from (12), divide the numerator by the denominator, and then apply the formula for expanding the arc-tan., we get, to terms of the fourth order, the following series for dd: Ad= V+ D,(Xsec dy)? D,=—1sin2 6, LED) Okisec ony eiva, W ea aD Dd; ys ee + D,(Xsec cy)? ¥2 D,=— isin? d) tan 4, (17)! D,=3 (3 sin dy cos? dy + D;(X sec dy)4 -- sin3 dy cos dp). When 4a and 40 are known approximately from meridian observations a still more convenient form may be deduced from (12) and (17) by inversion of series. It is preferable in several ways: the labor involved. in the calculations is slightly smaller and the results are somewhat more accurate, as the da and dé used are free from errors of scale-value and orientation, which 1 See footnote, p. 443. (102 ) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 443 is not the case with the measured XY and Y. The formule, ar- ranged for calculation to terms of the third order, are as follows : Aa — X sec 6) =-+ AaAd .« tan dp sin I” | : (18)! — Aa3. 14(1— 3 sin? dy) sin? 17 ; AS— VY = — Aa®. ¥ sin 2d, sin 1” — Aa?Ad - % cos 2d, sin? 1” (19)! ast 3.14 sin2 17 Ad3.. Y% sin? 17, The simplicity and elegance of the above expressions are at once evident when we remember that 0, is the declination of the center of the plate, and is therefore constant for any group, or, in fact, for an entire zone. It is, however, necessary, that the position of the center should be known. As has previously been mentioned, Rutherfurd was careful to have this point coincide with some bright star; in the case of the Coma Plates the star selected was 12¢ (my no. 14). Taking thus the values of da and dé from the Catalog der Astronomischen Gesellschaft (cf. the “ Lisr or CaraLoGuEs”’ in Part I of the present paper), and applying formule (18) and (19) toeach star, the quantities (da—X )sec 0, and dd — Y are obtained. I have collected them in Taste VI. Since the rectangular coordinates, + and 7, were measured from the same star as origin, it is evident that the table will give at once the corrections which have to be added to X sec 0, and Y,z. ¢., to the measured coordinates multiplied by the scale-value for the center of the plate, in order to change them to da and dd. It is also plain that the table will be constant for all the plates, and that the corrections may therefore be applied equally well to the mean of all the determinations, as to each one separately. This I have done. 1 NoreE.—Equ.’s (12), (17), (18) and (19) were first deduced by this method by Professor Jacoby. See his review of ‘‘ Donner, Determination des Constants, etc.,’’ in the Vierteljahrsschrift for 1895, p. 114, where these series, to terms of the fifth order are given, but without demonstration. Previously, Ball and Rambaut in Trans. Roy. Irish Acad., XXX, P’t. [V, had deduced the first two of the above ex- pansions to terms of the third order, but they were obtained by a process entirely different from that shown here. (103 ) 444 ; KREQZ. A few words more on this subject may not be amiss. In the first paragraph of this section it is stated that the transformation correction is applied in order to change a measured distance on the plate into the corresponding actual distance on the sky. That is, however, not all: it does something more than that, when the formulz (12), (17) or (18), (19) are used. For they presup- pose that all the measured y’s are multiplied by /, and all the measured x's by f sec 0,, where 7 is the equatorial scale-value, and 0, is the declination of the center of the plate. But by this pro- cess an error is introduced, as all the distances in right ascen- sion whose declination is greater than 0, become too small, and vice versa. The great advantage in using the formule men- tioned, is, that they take account of this fact, and permit a con- stant scale-value to be used for all the stars. They include still another correction, namely that due to the curvature of the projections on the plate of the parallels of declination, which are not straight lines, but arcs tangent to the direction of the axis of Y, at their intersection with the axis of Y. These con- siderations will explain why the quantities in the table are not symmetrical with respect to the center. TABLE VI.—TRANSFORMATION CORRECTIONS. Star. | Na—Xsec 0) Ad — Y | Star. | Aa—Xsec dy Ad — Y “ “i I 7] “ I —10.109 17.086) Mili, 8 13 | +0.688 —0.233 2 <= 4.301 | + — 9.603) 71" "14 | .000 .00O0 3 20.249 — 8.028 || 15 0.003 .000 4 = 2.045. 00 | 228 2b een|lan LO +0.471 —o.176 5 —13.245 — 3.972 17, | —0.059 —0.029 6 + 1.119 — 2.412 || 18 +0.026 —0.321 7 — 1.015 | — 2.084 || 19 +5.644 —0.938 8 + 1.413 | — 1.599 | 20 +7.140 —I1.323 9 + 9.188 — 1.366 || 21 | =-0:046 —1.916 10 + 7.124 — 0.655 22 +3.567 —2.610 IL — 4.585 — 0.633 || 23 | 4.065 —2.958 12 — 3.785 — 0.503 || 24 ee =s)7/2 —5.046 Refraction Corrections.—Much has been written on the subject of photographic refraction, and several formule pub- lished designed to eliminate its effect from the measured rectan- (104) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 445 gular coordinates. I have used those of Professor Jacoby’ which were deduced by him from Dr. Rambaut’s formule published in the Astronomische Nachrichten, No. 3125. Let gy = the latitude of the place, + 40° 43’ 50’ in my case ; 4 — wu, =the hour angle of the center of the plate, @ being the ‘‘Sidereal Time” from Taste I, and a, the right as- cension of star 14, roughly corrected to the date of observation ; 0, = the declination of the center, Star 14 ; f =the constant of refraction computed for the center with the argument ‘‘ True Zenith Distance,” ¢,, and multiplied by && to allow for the increased refran- gibility of the actinic’ rays’; so that 6)—£/. $8 (Chauvenet, Astr., Vol. I, §§ 119, 120). Now compute the quantities tan V= cos (§ —a,) cot ¢ G = cot (9+ 4) Hf = tan (@ — aq) sin WV cosec (d) + V) then will tan? (, = G?+ Ae — (Chauvenet, Vol. I, equ. (20) ) M, = B(1 + #2) sin 1” NV, = B( G — tan d,) “sec d, sin 1 M, = B(G + tan 0,) A cos dy sin 1” NV, = B(1 + G?) sin 1” and the refraction corrections will be Correction to X sec 0) = MW, - X sec 5) + N,- V Correction to Y == My 2CSES Oy a= ING oA where evidently the coefficients of X sec d, and Y in the second members are constant for each plate but vary for different plates. 1 Astronomical Journal, No. 387. 2 Cf. Scheiner and Rambaut, Astrom. Nachrichten, No. 3255. (105 ) 446, KRETZ. A very simple way of verifying the above formule is the fol- lowing !: Bessel? gives corrections for clearing apparent differ- ences in right ascension and declination, obtained by micromet- ric observations, from the effects of refraction in the form: A (a/ —a) =sxk [tan? ¢ cos (f¢ — g) sing — tan ¢, sin g tan dy cos + sin J] sec dy A (d’ — 0) = sk [tan? ¢, cos (¢ — g) cos g + tan ¢, sin g tan dy sin f + cos p] where s and f are the measured distance and position angle, £, and g are the true zenith distance and parallactic angle at the middle point between .the two stars, whose coordinates are (a, 0) and (a’, 0’), and 0, is the declination of that point. Now (Chauvenet, Astronomy, Vol. II, p. 453) x tan? ¢, =b—a where, 7 being the refraction, sin & 1 I Osim) (CRE) =m Ee Coteanen Tena? b Xo ; I Baas I ~My = ar anna ak! 7 I— — I—R/ sec? ¢(, — —— tan placing cos y= I, sin =r and remembering that 7 = #’ tan €, (Chauvenet, Vol. I, p. 171), where 7 and #’ are expressed in parts of the radius. Expanding the expressions for a and 6 by division, we easily obtain ak! x 6—a=k tan?¢, — 2’ tan 2¢, + tan Cot oan 3 : ak! : the succeeding terms being higher powers in #’ and —— which >0 can be neglected. For zenith distances less than 70° the term een iee ME om in as may also be neglected. For inside that limit we have >0 1Cf. Schlesinger’s ‘‘ Praesepe,’’? Note, p. 285, where the above method was first pointed out 2 Astronomische Untersuchungen, Vol. I, p. 166; or Chauvenet, Astronomy, Vol. II,-p. 458. (106 ) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 447 ak! gd aX da’ Bra! a (Cf. Chauvenet, Vol. I, p. 171) with sufficient accuracy, as both 4’ and # are practically con- stant, and # and 7 do not vary with the zenith distance. But this is only 0.00002 at the limit selected; and since the ke ¥ dt, tan ¢, will be inappreciable when £, is less than 70°. lems we can write tangent of 70° is 2.7, the term k tan? C, = 2/ tan? ¢, or K= k/ with sufficient accuracy for photographic work, where s is not large. Let us then substitute in the original formule for d(a’ — a) and d(o’ — 0) from the following equations : Kia OS) 2.6 COST — 4 tan Cy) sin g = tan ¢) cosg = G and they become A(a/—a) =2/ Xsec 6)(1 + H?) + 2/ V(G — tan d))Z sec 0, A(d/—0) =2/ X(G-+ tan d)) 7+ 2/VY(1 + G?) where £’ is expressed in parts of the radius. These formule are evidently identical with Professor Jacoby’s except for the fac- tor 66/65 by which £/ must be multiplied in order to obtain f. It should be observed that in the above equations terms in the second and higher powers of s are neglected ; for we take ac- count neither of transformation corrections, nor of the fact that in Bessel’s original formule the quantities ¢, and 0, are intended to apply to the middle point between the two stars, whereas we transfer them to the end of the arc. This is, however, entirely legitimate for most photographic plates. I subjoin Taste VII which shows the values of the four factors M7, NV, MM, NV, tor all of my plates. (107) 448 KRETZ. TABLE VII.—REFRACTION COEFFICIENTS. M, x i, My, | N, --0,000307 —0,.000017 +o0.000048 | -+0,000313 .000331 .000022 .000078 .000319 .000287 | .OOGOOI . .000003_—| .000306 .000339 .000023 -OOOO9I .000317 -000375 .00002 I .0001 26 .000327 .000424 | .OOOOTT 000168 | .000342 .000362 .Q0002I | .OOOTIO . .000319 .000409 .000013 | .OOOI59 .000334 -000303 -OCOO17: | .000049 -000308 .0003 20 -00002T .000072 .000312 .000347 .000023_ | .OOOIOO -000319 .000384 | .000019 .000134 | .000329 .000294 | .OOOOI5 .000044 .000302 .000312 -000021 .ocoo68— .000306 Precession, Nutation, and Aberration.—None of these need be taken into account. For as regards the first two, they, be- ing due to motions of the earth, cannot affect the configuration of the stars, although they shift the axes of reference. The absolute distances between the stars will, therefore, be unaffected by these causes, but the differences in right ascension and dec- lination will be changed. If, then, we compute the constants by the method to be detailed later, z, ¢., by comparing certain stars on the plate with their positions as obtained from meridian ovservations reduced to some convenient epoch, then it is evi- dent that the resulting right ascensions and declinations from the plate will be referred to the same epoch, without the need of applying any corrections for precession or nutation. For the changes due to these causes consist partly in a motion of trans- lation, and partly in a motion of rotation of the axes ; the former will be entirely eliminated, while the latter will be included in the orientation correction. Aberration may also be neglected. For Bessel’ has shown that it changes the position angles about a point equally, while it affects all the distances, in whatever direction, by a constant 1 Astronomische Untersuchungen, Vol. I, p. 207; or Chauvenet, Astronomy, Vol. II, p. 466. (108 ) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 449 factor only. Its whole effect will therefore be included in the scale-value and orientation corrections, when these are ovieunied by the method now to be described. Constants of the Plates.—Four quantities must be known for each plate, in order that we may determine the absolute po- sitions of the stars whose coordinates have been measured. They are: the right ascension a, and the declination 0, of the center, or origin ; the value in seconds of arc of one division of the scale ; and the angle made by the axes to which the meas- urements are referred, with the axes of reference in the celestial sphere. To obtain them, we must compare the measured coor- dinates of certain stars (‘‘standards’’) with the corresponding distances of the same stars, from the same point as origin, ob- tained from meridian observations. Matters will be greatly facilitated by a knowledge of approximate values for these con- stants. As regards my plates, such information was available. The position of the center which coincides with star 14 (12¢ Comze), was accurately known ; the approximate scale-value was. placed at I mm. = 527.87, that being the result of a previous reduction of Rutherfurd’s photographs of the Pleiades; while the orientation correction, due to the rotation of the axes, would be necessarily small, owing to the manner in which the plate was adjusted in the measuring machine. We must now obtain the distances da = a — a,, and 4d = 0. —0,, for certain stars on the plates. Let us return to Part I, Section III of this paper. We find there (p. 396) a catalogue of twelve stars suitable for this purpose. Of these, the following eleven are sufficiently well observed to serve as ‘‘standards”’: 2, BS. On Onl Tacesi Anas) ToMZOs. sltese ate) @hase:s numbers: ; they correspond, tormyesnumbers, 1.2) 4,. 55.0, 10,14, 15, 21, 22, 23, respectively. In the following I shall designate them by the latter numbers only. But before proceeding to obtain 4a and do for these stars, we must apply a correction for proper motion. (109 ) 450 KRETZ. For, the photographs being taken at three different dates, namely 1870.3 (Plates I-III), 1875.4 (Plates IV—VIII), and 1876.4 (Plates IX—XIV), the relative positions of the standards will not be the same for them all, due to the cause mentioned. As the epoch of reduction is to be 1875, we must not apply any cor- rection for precession or nutation, otherwise what has been said above regarding this matter would not apply. We can, then, construct Taste VIII. This table gives the Right Ascensions and Proper Motions in Right Ascension, and the Declinations and Proper Motions in Declination, for 1875. Then follow six columns showing the seconds of the Right Ascensions and Declinations with the proper motions applied to reduce them to the three dates mentioned; and in the last two columns will be found the Weights in Right Ascension and in Declination, respec- tively, of each star for 1870 and 1875. The same weights were used for 1875 and 1876. They were calculated by reversing the process for obtaining the probable errors explained in Part I, Sect. II, ‘‘ ForMuLz For ADJUSTMENT.” From these quantities we can then obtain Ja and 4d with their weights for each, ‘‘standard”’ on every plate. Now let us compute for each standard on each plate the quantities ~, and 7, as follows: From TasBLe V we obtain x and y for each star. Form the-products X seco" — 4 sec 00152) 287; and Y=y.52’’.87. Correct these for refraction by means of Tasie VII and the corresponding formule, and apply the trans- formation corrections from TaBLte VI. Subtract from the sums thus obtained the corresponding Jz or dd: the differences will be n,sec 0,and x, It is then evident that ~, and 2, should be zero, if it were not for errors of observation, and for errors in the assumed constants. We are to find the values of the latter. Let us introduce the notation : p =the correction to the assumed scale-value, so that the true value is 52’.87 (1 + Pf); y = the orientation correction, or small angle through which the axes must be rotated in the direction of decreasing position angles ; (110) 451 STARS IN COMA BERENICES. || 9'O1 | 6'or | g°€r || 891 | Sor ENG “lig lg-z | 6-1 | (SAS | glz | jes | 6-2 ev | Se || o'zr | o°Z Mi b'9 | 9S 67 || 9 | 9°S ob | ov || ‘oLgr PIEeS ZO I’ vL-ov ge oz 66°Cz ZO'QZ s9'b1 Tele 96'zP bg'o1 ots z6'C¢ £o-ze viby I've 96:1 oL*9I 1ve¢ SQ°LE IV'91 98S Shey ‘Y'9Lgt iV cop aon Cor’ €L-ov of ‘oz g6'Cz 10'9Z Sv ZE'S C6:cr S901 te L6°C¢ 9Sze Li-by ov ve ZO'RI SL oI 99'S OL LE z9'QI £6°S¢ oa “ySLQr iW Loe? Soe Cg ‘ob C961 C6°z 66°Lz og'€1 gz 09'zV 69'01 bgrls Zz'VE gL-ze zobV LO-ve 61°QI oo ‘LI £6°bS | of gf 69°L1 1¢°9S refohnal ‘C-oL9I iV ‘PM | DIN? IM |"? “TAA? JO°99S| *D JO “99G)\"—9 Jo *I9G| “DFO “99G)|"— Jo "9aG) *D JO “99G}| GI-€e OF gz '€or1€ Lh gz | zL-ob z€ gz | | 9z'0% I€ gz g6'Sz zE gz | 1o"gz Ih Sz | | sbr1 €v Sz | [gcc 61 Lz | “p6-eb 1b 9z | Cg‘Ol ZV 9z ‘SGUVGNVLG FHL AO SHLYNIGYQOD) —‘TI[A ATAVL z$ gz | 6£0°0— Ne) fe) C (2) + 2 le) Lon] fo) | 66Ee co QS'zt of SI'bh 92 ove ¢ fo-gr © gI } LLo1 LP gL'¢S IP | OgZE of } oL'9t of 96'SS or oS ty S fer | | sy 1ySty (111) 452 KREIZ. k = the correction in seconds of arc of a great circle to be added to the assumed right ascension ‘of the center ; c = the correction in seconds of arc of a great circle to be added to the assumed declination of the center. Then the measured coordinates in seconds of arc of a great circle, X and Y, will require the following corrections: Due to erroneous scale-value, Correction to ¥ — + AX Correction to Y= -+- AY; Due to orientation error, remembering that 7 is small, » Correction to ¥ = + rV Correction to Y=— 7X; Due to errors in the assumed position of the center, Correction to XY —= + Correction to Y= -+ « It is evident that if we add the sum of these corrections to X and Y corrected for refraction and for transformation errors, we should obtain da cos 0, and 4d respectively. We have, therefore, from each star, two equations of the form kt p~X+trVtinu=vy, ct p¥—rX+n, =v, where the v’s, as usual, are the residual errors due to inaccuracy of the observations. Let us now form, for each plate, equations like the above for every standard measured ; we shall get a set of observation equa- tions, from which the constants can be determined by the method of least squares. Usually, when all the 7’s have the same weight, or when the weights of corresponding equations in the two coor- dinates are equal, it is possible to abridge the labor considerably by means of certain formule deduced by Professor Jacoby.’ As given by him, they apply to the case of equal weights only, but they might easily be generalized. I could not make use of this 1Monthly Notices, May, 1896, p. 424. ( 112) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 4538 method, however. For, owing to the manner in which z, and nu, were obtained (namely, by using Ja and 4d obtained from catalogue positions), their weights are quite irregular. The formule of the general theory, therefore, had to be used. Each equation was first multiplied by the square root of the weight of the star on which the absolute term depended. This, al- though not theoretically correct (since the weight should take account of the uncertainty in the position of the central star, and also of that of the measured photographic coordinates), was found to be sufficiently accurate, owing to the minuteness of the unknowns. For the same reason, no appreciable error was committed by dividing the coefficients V and Y by 100, and retaining only the first place of decimals, while the arithmetical work was greatly simplified thereby. The following set of ob- servation equations was thus obtained : VAAL VA XP 4 VAY LV An, 0 eee mee eee tener eee eee. Peewee eeenet eam aeees re saresses SO i ee ier ey where /p. is the square root of the weight, (7 — 1) is the num- ber of standards used, f’ = 100/, # being the scale-value desired, and7’/=1007. To find the unknowns, the following method was used, a demonstration of which is given in Jordan, Hand- buch der Vermessungskunde, Vol. I, p. 97 (4th edit.). Form the two sets of normals : [Al4+lAGle +1AY)7 + [A272] =o LAM) 2’ + [AGM]? + [A422] =0 [AM YI’ + [2.422] =0 [Ale+ lA Y%12’ —[Ax]77 + [Ay] =0 [22 ¥. ¥,) 2’ — [A.A2 Y]7’ + [2 Yory] =0 [ 2.4, X,]7’ — [p.AXy2y] = 0 where the subscripts , refer to the equations containing #, and the subscripts , to those containing c. Now eliminate # and c¢ _as usual, obtaining (113) 454 KRETZ. — 2 lah) 4 (AM) ,,_ Lane] (Ale? ea [Al —— [po Yo) 47 Hl [A] 7/ — [ Poy] ; [po] Ps Da [.] and [244% -1] 27+ [Aw dr + [ py Xyre - 1] —o [AMwY%- 31)’ 4+ [4,%2-1]=0 [22% ¥2- 1p’ + [A.X, VY, - 17’ + [A Nr +1] =o [P,X2X, - 1]7? + [P,Xyry +1] =0 Add the first and third, and the second and fourth of the last equations, term to term, and from the resulting equations ob- tain f/ and7’. The values will be identically the same as if all the. four unknowns had been eliminated from one set of normals by the general method. The weights of the unknowns could, in this case, at once be written down, with sufficient accuracy. For owing to the fact that the weights in right ascension and in declination of the observation equations are nearly equal, we have A~4:-11+[A%%-y=[AnN- 1] + [p42 %X,- 1] nearly and [A “GY-1]+[Aa®%- 1] small, so that we can place (cf. Chauvenet, Astronomy, Vol. IT, P- 537) Wt of = [AMX 1+TAYM%: 1) Wit. 20f 7-4—— (Np Vay znaa) where [PY Y- 3] denotes the coefficient of 7’ in the last elimination equation. Similarly, in the inverted elimination, the ‘coefficients of f’ and 7’ are very large compared to those of k and c, so ‘nat at once Wt. & = [/,] of the equations containing 2 Wt. c = [f,] of the equations containing ¢. Knowirg the weights, the probable errors were then obtained in the usual manner from the residuals. (114) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 455 It now remains only to make use of the constants obtained by the methods described above. This is a simple matter. For we have to apply to the measured codrdinates the correc- tions + 4-Xsecd, +rsecd,- Ytksecd, to X sec dp +p-Y —r-X +c tong due to errors in the assumed constants, and + M,-Xsecdg + VzY to X sec dy + M,-Xsecd) + M,Y to Y- due to refraction. If then we add X sec 0, and Y, corrected by the process explained above to @, and 0, respectively, where a, and 0, are the assumed coordinates of the center, we will obtain for each star certain quantities, a, and 0,, which are defined by the equations a=a,+ Ta 6=0,-+ 73 where @ and 0 are the right ascension and the declination re- spectively of the given star, and 7, and 7; are the corresponding transformation corrections. @, and 0, may be called the “ pro- jected” coordinates of the star. Collecting all these operations together, it is evident that we can write the following formule : a,—=(1+4+ M,)Xsec dy) + (Wz+ 7 sec Jy) V+ (ay + 4 sec dy) 6, =(1+ 7+ N,)V ++ (MZ,—r cos by) X sec by -+ (dp +6), and a=a,+ 7a, Jd=6,+ 735 and when taken in connection with the preceding discussion, it is evident that these equations express in mathematical lan- guage all the steps necessary to transform the measured rec- tangular coordinates on the plates, + and y, into the correspond- ing right ascensions and declinations on the celestial sphere. S (115) TV. Results: Constants.—Making the least square solution for each plate as explained Sect. III, we get the constants set down in TABLE IX. They all depend on eleven standards, except in the case of Plate I, where two of these are missing, owing to inaccurate pointing of the telescope. The probable errors computed for p and ¢ in no case differed by more than a unit in the last place ; I have therefore given only one value, which applies to both these quantities. TABLE 1X: —ConsErAnms: | Probable Er-| Prob. Er- | ‘Prob, Er- ror of for. ror of 2, | ror of c. k “ I | +0.000240 | + 0.000117 | 0.000030 | 0.135 0.056 —o.119 +0.053 Tela et 238 | + Bosna 28 || +0.131 | 0.058 | —0.083 | +0.054 IIL | 308 | + 192 | 26 10.148 -+0.052 --0.174 -+0.048 IV | Perey || als 194 | + 26 | —0.073 0.050 —0.178 | +0.047 V | 265 | + 540 + 28 || +0.003 | 0.056 | —0.100 | --0,052 VI | 260 | + 187 | + 26 || +0.166 | 0.052 | —0O.161 | +0.049 WALL pai), ae 92) | == 24 || +0.139 | 40.046 | —0.084 | +0.044 VIII 215 | + 118 | + 27 | —0.018 0.053 | —0.176 | +0.050 IDS 290 | — 140 | 2 24 +0.160 -t0.048 —0.095 -+0.045 Xx 283 | + Ir} + 24 | +0.069 -+0.048 —0.060 0.045 xe 307 | 60 | + 25 +0.089 +0.049 | —0.089 | +0.046 XII 266) + 199 | = 29 | +0.093 0.057 | —0.108 | +0.053 tH B07 132) + 24 | +0.161 | +0.048 —0O.107 | 0.045 x 304 | 25) -4 -+0.048 | —0.017 | 0.045 It will be seen that the probable errors agree very well, so that the final positions from all the plates are entitled to an equal amount of confidence. A probable error in p or + of + 0.000025 corresponds to an uncertainty of about 0.08 of arc of a great circle in the position of the most outlying star. The great diversity in the values of 7 is due for the “most part to the accidental position in which the plate was set in the measuring machine. (116) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 457 The following are the residuals obtained by introducing the values of the constants given above in the respective observa- tion equations (p. 452): From the Right Ascensions : Plate. Stari. Star 2. Star 4. Star 5. Star g. Star io. Star 14. Star 15. Star 21. Star 22. Star 23. I 40.14 0.25 —0.03 THOR 410.14 0.16 ei 6,10 0.26 II —1.02 0.00 0.08 +0.15 0.12 1.09 +0.13 +0.44 —0.04 —0.05 +0.24 III —o.39 —0.17 —0.06 +-0.15 —0.05 —I.08 +0.15 +0.28 —O.II —0O.12 +-0.3I TV —o.32 +0.19 +0.28 +0.25 —o.10 —o,81 —o.07 +0.24 +0.04 —0.28 +0.43 V —o.48 -.0.12 +0.20 +0.2I1 —o.28 —I.05 .00 +0.40 —o.08 —o.26 +0 55 I —o.46 +-0.10 +0,16 -+-0.11 —0.41 —I.08 +0.17 +0.29 —0.30 —O.I5 --0.31 VII —o.42 +0.06 +0.08 --0.10 —o.22 —I1.16 -+0.14 +0.12 —0.32 +0.02 -+0.25 VIII —o.44 +-0.09 +0.15 -+0.28 —o.12 —o.82 —o0.02 +0.51 —o0.16 —0.24 +0.46 IX —0.44 —o0.02 +0.26 +-0.12 —oO 21 —I.oI 0.16 +0.27 —o.30 —o.18 +0.31 X —0.52 +0.04 +0.25 +0.28 —0.37 —0.98 +0.07 +0.10 —0.26 —0.07 -+-0.36 XI —o0.52 —0.05 -+0.34 +0.33 —o0.38 —o0.99 +0.09 +0.15 —0.16 —o0.15 +0.32 XII —o.70 -+0,31 --0.28 --0.12 —o.47 —I.09 +0.09 -++0.06 —0.15 —o.16 +0.45 XIII —o.64 -++0.03 +0.21 +0.16 —o.35 —o.91 +0.16 -|0.I9 —0.27 —O.II -+0.30 XIV —o.50 +0.06 0.27 0.21 0.42 —I.07 +0,09 -——0.03 —0.22 —0.09 -+0.42 4 a a a dd di M/ 4/ d/ Mi Means. —o.49 --0.06 +0.19 +0.16 —o.25 —I1.01 +0,09 +0.23 —0.17 —0.14 +0.36 From the Declinations : Plate. Star 1.. Star 2. Star 4. Star 5. Starg. Starro. Star 14. Star15. Star 21. Star 22. Star 23. I —0.21 0.11 0.07 0.34 —o0/12 0/53 -L0.20 9.15 10.17 II 1.6.28 BiG —o.08 0.21 +0.26 --0.31 —o.08 -++0.52 +0.17 —0.07 +0.16 Ill +0.22 —o.07 —0.11 —o.12 +0.23 +0.33 —o.17 +-0.58 +0.22 +0.03 -++0.II IV +0.12 +0,03 —0.09 +0.08 —o.15 +0.16 —o.18 -+0.21 -+0.22 —O.0I1 0.23 V -+0.08 —0.06 —o.05 —o.02 +0,01 +0.13 —o.10 +0.16 +0.16 —o.10 +0.29 VI -+0.09 —o0.08 —o.o1 —o0.08 -+0.03 -+0.27 —o.16 --0.13 +0.21 +-0.08 -+0.16 VII —o0.14 —0.06 —o.01 —o.14 +0.25 +0.18 —o0.08 -++0.03 +0.1I +0.13 +0.03 VIII +0.24 —0.06 —0.03 —0.O1 0.11 +0.07 —o.18 +0.14 +0.30 —0.03 +0.17 IX —0.03 —0.06 —o.09 +0.05 +0.08 +0.19 —0.10 .00 +-0.10 .00 +0.19 X —c.10 —0.0I1 —0.02 —0.12 —0.12 -+-0.20 —0,06 —0.07 +0.20 —0.OI -0,24 XI —0.02 —o0.13 —0,13 —0.06 —o.04 +0.18 —0.09 +0.23 +0.15 -+0.04 -++0.19 XII -+0.01 —o.13 —0.07 —o.02 +0.14 +0.19 —O.IF +0.09 +0.24 —0.07 --0.23 XIII .00 —0.09 —0.03 —o0.08 +0.18 +0.32 —0.11 —0.01 +0.1I -++0.06 +0.12 XIV —o.09 —0.06 —o.14 —o0.14 +0.06 +0.17 —0.02 +0.05 +0.10 -+0.04 -+0.12 “4 a“ “ “ “i “ “ “ Vd a“ SU Means +0.05 —0.07 —o0.08 —o.05 +0.10 +0,22 —o.11 +0.18 +0.18 0.00 -++0.17 ANNALS N. Y. Acap. Sci., April 4, 1900.—29. Gia) 458 KRETZ. A consideration of these residuals brings out several interest- ing facts. In the first place it is evident that they are almost entirely due to errors in the meridian places, as the residuals from the different plates for any one star run very nearly alike. But a more important matter is their size. On the whole they are fairly large, although perhaps not more so than might have been expected from the probable errors of the standard stars. At least is this the case with the declinations ; the right ascensions show a much greater uncertainty. This is due partly to the fact that 2’s on the plates are more difficult to measure, owing to the elongation of the images ; but the chief cause is the greater inaccuracy of the catalogue right ascensions. The statement regarding this matter in Part I, Sect. I, ‘‘ WEIGHTs,” is thus fully borne out. It is important to note, that the resi- duals seem to increase more rapidly than the probable errors of the stars, so that the poorly determined standards show rela-— tively larger residuals than the others. These considerations lead to the following conclusions: Unless several stars on the plates can be found well determined in a considerable number of reliable catalogues, it will not pay to go through the labo- rious process of obtaining the positions of the standards by the method which I employed. If good modern observations are available, the constants determined from them will be quite sufficiently accurate ; provided, of course, that the date of ob- servation is not very distant from the date of exposure of the plate, or otherwise, that the proper motion of the stars be accu- rately known. To satisfy myself on this point, I deduced the constants of Plate III, using values of 7, and 7, obtained by comparison of nine of my stars with Romberg’s places. The weights assigned were the same as had been given to this catalogue throughout the present paper. I found thus : ad ad k= — 0.469 + 0.107 “i af ¢—=— 0.256 + 0.107 p+ 0.000433 -+ 0.000061 7= +.0.000245 + 0.000061 (118 ) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 459 and the residuals: Star 1. Star2. Star 4. Star 5. Star 14. Star 15. Star 21. Star 22. Star 23. Ina 9.68 40.25 41.10 0.69 —o.47 Garey 0.67 —0.35 40.36 Ind -+0.03 +-0.18 —o.23 +0.06 —o.26 +0.28 +0.37 +0.07 -+0.06 Both the residuals and the probable errors, it is true, are rather larger than when the constants were obtained by the more elaborate method. But considering the quantities themselves, it will be seen, that both / and & differ from the values previ- ously obtained by more than the sums of the probable errors. In the latter case, the reason for this discrepancy is an unex- plained systematic difference between Rombereg’s places, and the positions of my standards. The discordance in / cannot be thus explained. It is much more serious, as it affects, not the group as a whole, but changes the relative positions of the stars. It appears then, that the constants are by far the most unreliable of all the quantities used in the reduction of the plates; and it would seem that any labor spent on them, outside of what is absolutely necessary, is but poorly repaid. « True Scale-Value.—It has been stated that the computed scale-value, 52’’.87(1 + f), involves the effect of aberration. It may be useful for future reductions of the Rutherfurd photo- eraphs to set down the true quantities. Although for accurate work it will in general be necessary to perform the least square solution for each plate, and thus independently to obtain the scale-value, cases might arise, when a close approximation would be sufficient, or when the number of available standards is so small, that no reliance can be placed on the resulting constants. Then, too, it is possible that a relation may exist between the “focus ”’ and the scale-value. To find the form of the correction to be added to 52’".87(1 + /) in order to eliminate the effect of aberration, we let o = the “we distance in seconds of arc, from the center to any star on the plate ; n =the mcasured number of millimeters on the plate, from the center to the star whose distance is a. (119) 460 KRETZ. Then it is evident, from the method by which the constants are derived (z. ¢., by comparison with catalogue positions) that, but for errors of observation, oy 02”. 87(1 +). (1) But evidently, z is too great by the amount of the aberration, being the measured distance on the plate. Hence, if we let a : : Bah Na y = — (tan € sin dy ++ sin ay cos dy) - sin I ats Asien 0 = cos ay cos dy: sin 1”, where ¢ is the obliquity of the ecliptic, and a, and ¢, are the coordinates of the central star, roughly corrected to the time of exposure of the plate, then will (cf. Chauvenet, Astronomy, Vol. II, p. 467) o(1+ Cy+ Do) be the measured distance on the plate in seconds of are. Cand PD in this formula represent the Besselian day numbers, and may be obtained from the Ephemeris. We find, then, evidently ~ True Scale- Value — S — o(1+ Cy+ Do) (2) 7 or, remembering equation (1), and neglecting small terms S= 52”.87(1 + p+ Cy + D0). (3) A correction for the temperature at which the plate was measured might also’be applied, using for this purpose the co- efficient of expansion determined by Dr. Schlesinger (‘‘ Praesepe,”’ p. 223). But as that quantity is not very reliable, and as the corrections are necessarily very small, being in no case as large as 0.0007 if we use the value of wv as given in the place referred. to, while, on the other hand, the mean uncertainty of / is more than 0.0013, I have felt justified in neglecting the same. We obtain. then the following table : (120) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 461 TAREE SOC RUB SCALE VALUES: Plate. | r+. Corr. for Aberr, | Corr. Scale Value. Tel. Ther. |Focus. “i oO | I | -+1.000240 | -+0.000062 | 52.8860 | Re | 8.4 = 238 -- 062 «C 52.8859 53 8.4 - 308 — 063 52.8896 | 58 | 8.5 -— 233 + 088 52.8870 | 60 Tell Vv + 265 4 0838 52.8887 60 agi — 260 a 088 52.8884 60 Neer a 210 + 088 | 52.8858 70 786 + 215 + 088 52.8860 70 | Fa0 _ 290 -- 086 » 52.8899 60 Wnezeuys x) + 283 086 52.8895 | 60 Ween Sp 307 -- OSOnas| 52.8908 60 TEM =a 266 ae 086 | 52.8886 60 pasesiee/A a 307, | + 086 52.8908 65 | 7.65 —- 304 | + 086 52.8906 65 | 7-65 The mean scale-value is: 52/8884. In forming the above table no account has been taken of the temperature at which the plate was exposed, nor of the reading of the ‘“focus”’ and ‘“‘ telescopic thermometer ”’ (which are copied from TasLtE I). A discussion of the effects of these causes on the scale-value must be postponed until a much larger number of Rutherfurd plates have been independently reduced. Separate Results—Employing the constants of TaBLe IX as explained in Sect. III, we obtain the ‘‘ projected”’ right ascen- sions and declinations, a, and 0,, given on the succeeding pages. From them we can find the final coordinates, a and 0, and the proper motions. The latter were deduced from my results, in connection with Chase’s (cf. p. 343, foot-note, of the present pa- per) positions, for all those stars which he observed. - Only two others were found on a sufficient number of plates to war- rant an investigation for proper motion. The method em- ployed for all cases when the observations were distributed over more than two distinct dates, was that fully explained in Part 1, Sect. II, “ FormMUL# FoR ADjUSTMENT.” - The epoch being 1875, Chase’s positions were reduced from 1892 to that date, using his geometric precessions. A systematic correction (121) 462 KRETZ. of — o’’.44 in R. A. and + 0’.72 in Decl., indicated by direct comparison with my standards, was then applied. As date of ob- servation I assumed uniformly 1891.6. This differs in no case by more than .3 of a year from the true value, and the calcula- tions are greatly simplified by using the same dates throughout, as then 7) and 4(CY) remain constant. Unit weight was assigned to all the observations, including those of Chase. This was warranted by the probabie errors, and the formule of Part I, p. 365 were greatly simplified thereby. They become eB) Ay a, 10 ce aaigle a area and 3(CE) AH0= 3 €8) » #=—Amy, where the notation is the same as before and 7 denotes the number of observations. The a, and ¢, thus obtained include Chase’s position, however. As I wished to have an independent determination, deduced solely from the photographic observa- tions, these quantities were not used, but a value for 1875 was obtained directly by the following method: The proper mo- tion having been found as explained above, the measured posi- tions were corrected to 1875 by applying to them the quantity (1875 —7Z). The mean was then taken of the corrected places excluding Chase’s position, and this is the final ‘“ projected ”’ coordinate for 1875, z.¢., a, or 0,, as the case may be, of the suc- ceeding tables. The probable error of a single observation was obtained from all the residuals by Peters’ formula as given by Rogers in his zone (North Decl. 50° to 55°) of the Catalog der Astronomischen Gesellschaft, p. (10), which is r= + 0.8453 ——— nm being the total number of residuals used, and xz’’ being the number of stars. We find thus 7a. —= + 0/7,0939 — + 0/7.0840 in equatorial seconds, Poo iA 73 = + 077.0595; STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 463 as the probable error of a single observation. The probable error of a catalogue position depending on fourteen plates is therefore Ya == +0//.025, VY, —= + 0//.016 § 5) the v, being in seconds of arc of a parallel of declination through the center of the plate. It should be mentioned, that the residuals as used are assumed to be all of equal weight. This, while not theoretically correct (since some of the positions include, besides errors of direct observation, the uncertainty of the proper motion) is sufficiently accurate, owing to the small value of the probable errors of the proper motions, and the fact that (1875—) is in no case larger than 4.7. The probable errors of the proper motions were obtained by the usual formule (cf. Part 1, Sect. II, ‘“‘ FornmuLt@ For AD- JUSTMENT ’’) 7 = += 0.6745 a ; Tis Wey The w’s used here were the same as before, including, how- ever, the residuals obtained from Chase’s position reduced to 1875 and corrected for proper motion. Neglecting the fact that the mean w, or 0, does not include Chase’s observations, which can be done without appreciable effect on the result, it is easy to show that the residuals obtained as explained above have the same value as they would have if computed by the method deseribed im Part I, Sect. Il, ““Srar DaBreEs.’ ~ For by the latter method Va = 4) — B,/ Geta te. Fate mt J 0 2 Guar @ ar 2 ar On Atty (4 + 4 + 17 + 4m) arts: ML Z Wt — a, — Atty t for the case of equal weights of all the a's. But by the first method (128 ) 464 KRETZ. _ % + Auy(44— 1875 ) + a, + Aug(Z, — 1875) + °° + Gn + Apig(tn— 1875) . m — [a + Any (4, — 1875) ] Opt Sai at En aE Avo 4 ats Zante “1 ate Se) a, — Afty ¢ oe Tamed lanes Olgle2 We Mt va) so that the two results are identical. We can therefore use the formula for 7, given above, and, with the exception of the slight inaccuracy mentioned, the results will be theoretically correct. All the probable errors of the proper motion in the succeed- ing tables were obtained in this way. On the following pages are recorded the separate positions of all the stars on the plates. Chase’s place, reduced to 1875, is printed in Italics at the end of each list. The headings are plain when taken in connection with the preceding discussion. At the end of each table are given the final means, a, and 0,, the date of observation, and the proper motion with its probable error. a@,and 0), as has been stated, do not include Chase’s ob- servations. - For the Stars numbered, 2)745<510)7,73,,9, 10, ie 15, 21, 22, 23, and 24, w and pv’ were computed by the method detailed above. The other proper motions given in the tables were obtained by subtracting the mean of my determinations from Chase’s position, and dividing the difference by the interval in years. They are inclosed in brackets, for the sake of dis- tinction. No probable error was computed for them. The dates of observation are evidently the same in all cases, and are as follows: Plates I-III, 1870.3, Plates IV—VIII, 1875.4, Plates IX—XIV, 1876.4, and Chase 1891.6. They are not re- peated in the tables, but at the end of each is given the mean date of observation (excluding Chase) corresponding to the star. (124) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 465 PS AR eis Right Ascension. Declination, Hele | At Epoch of | Corr, Epoch| — At Epoch of | Corr. | Epoch | | Blatess | toner Sealey aa __ Plate. for u’.| 1875. | | GY Ved “ as “ OY < “ “ | =F i ae “ i II | 183 5 52.74 |—0.33| 52.41 |--0.63 | 26 53 9.81 |-10.34| 10.15 |—0.17 III | 5 53.36 —0.33 53.03 |9.01 53 9-75 |4-9.34| 10.09 |—o.11 JIN | 5 53-23 |+0.03| 53-26 |—o0.22 53 10.08 —0.03) 10.05 | —0.07 V 5 53.06 |+0.03) 53.09 —0.05 53 10.04 |—0.03 10.01 |—0.03 Vi | 5 53-09 |+-0.03| 53.12 | 0.08 53 10.05 |—0.03 | 10.02 | —0.04 Nelale) 5 53-13 | +0.03) 53.16 | —0.12 53 9.82 |—0.03| 9.79 )-+0.19 VIII | 5 53-11 |--0-.03,| 53.14 |—o.10 53 10.19 —0.03 10.16 | —0.18 IX 5 53.08 |-+0.10] 53.18 | —o.14 53 10.00 —0.I10| 9.90 | +-0.08 X | 5 52.99 |+0.10) 53.c9 | —0.05 53 9.95 —0O.10| 9.85 |-++0.13 XI | 5 52.98 |-+0.10| 53.08 | —0.04 53 10.03 |—0.10| 9.93 |-+0.05 XII | 5 52.78 |+0.10) 52.88 | +0.16 53 10.05 |—0.10| 9.95 |+0.03 XIII | 5 52.86 |+0. 10} 52.96 | +0.08 53 10.04 |—0.10] 9.94 |-+0.04 XIV | 5 52.99 --+0.10) 53.09 —0.05 539190) |——0: 10), 6:86), |= OnI2 Chase | 5 51.06 |\+1.16| 52.82 | +0.22 GSP LCG IOI HOBO) | =O? aoty ae Se a a, 183 5 53.04 Oj 26 53 9.98 Date of Observation, 1875.1 Date of Observation, 1875.1 u —0.070 0.0085 uw +0.073 +£0.0046 STARE 2: Right Ascension, Declination. ENS, | At Epoch of Corr, Epoch| ae At Epoch. of | Corr. | Epoch| ) Plate. for uw. | 1875. | e Plate. | for w’. | 1875. | ve II )183 11 0.62 I—o.18| 0.44 oui 26 42 20.11 0.04 | 20.15 |+0.03 Ill II 0.43 —o.18, 0.25 -+0.08 42 20.22 +0.04) 20.26 |—0.08 IV | II 0.48|+0.02) 0.50 |—0.17 42 20.27| .00| 20.27 |—0.09 Vv II 0:39|-+-0.02| 0.41 |—0.08 42 20.20} .00} 20.20 | —0.02 VI II 0.37!+0.02)| 0.39 |—0.06 42 20.17| .00| 20.17 |-++0.01 VIL | II 0.30!++-0.02) 0.32 |--0.0I 42 20.19}; .00} 20.19 | 0.01 VIII | IL 0.34|+0.02) 0.36 |—0.03 A220:08;| 9 3.7.O0)|s20)18) |. 00 IX II 0.15 /+0.05) 0.20 |-++0.13 42 20.18 |—0.01| 20.17 |-++0.01 x | II 0.21|}+0.05) 0.26 |+0.07 42 20.24 |—0.01} 20.23 |-—0.05 XI | II O.11|+0.05) 0 16 |+0.17 42 20.12 |—O.OI | 20.11 | 4-0.07 XII | II 0.49 +0.05 | 0.54 |—O.2I 42 20.11 I—o.01| 20.10 |-+0.08 XITI II 0.19|/+0.05) 0.24 |+0.09 42 20.15 I—o.0r | 20.14 | 4-0.04 XIV | It 0.23|/+0.05 0.28 |+0.05 42 20.18 |—o O1| 20.17 |--0.01 Chase | I0 59-71 |\+-0.05| 0.36 | 0:03 42 20.34 |—0.13| 20.21 |—0.03 a 183 11 0.33 ie, 26 4220-18 Date of Observation, 1875.1 Date of Observation, 1875.1 ue —0.039 “40.0045 ul +0.008 40,002 d (125) 466 KRETZ. STAR G2 Right Ascension. Declination, ES TN Epoch of | Corr, | Epoch At Epoch of | Corr, Epoch Petal oe Plate alone ys. ie Plate. | for’. | 1875. VI 183 13 56. ‘6r 0.00] 56.61 — 25 45 25.94 0.01 25.93 — hase NPS SOTONS OS 5G: ON pec a a5 Noe Ne a 183 13 56.61 6, 25 45 25.93 Date of Observation, 1875.4 Date of Observation, 1875.4 [ [-o.orr] be [+0.021] STAR 4. | Right NIGER Declination. HES | At Epoch of | Corr. | Epoch | At Epoch of | Corr, | Epoch) _ _ Plate. | for uw. | 1875. | be Plate. | for “7. | 1875. | me a “i dd {9} ‘ dd “s | ‘i | Md eae 30 20. ‘48 i—0.85| 19.63 —0.07 | 26 41 46.42 +0.17) 46.59 | +0.10 IL | 30 20.43 |—0.85 19.58 —0.02 4I 46.55 arc 17| 46.72 | —0.03 Ill 30 20.27 —o.85| I9 42 |+0.14 4I 46.51 |+0.17! 46.68 | +0.01 TV) 30 19.58 |+0.07)| 19.65 |—0.09 41 46.69 —0.01) 46.68 -+0.01 V 30 19.48 |+0.07) 19.55 |-+-0.01 41 46.73 —O.O01 46.72 |—0.03 NAGY 30 19.45 +0.07) 19.52 |-+0.04 41 46.76 —0.01| 46.75 | —0.06 VII; 3019.36 |+0.07| 19.43 |+0.13 41 46.76 —o.01| 46.75 |—0.06 VII | 30 19.43 |+0.07) 19.50 | ++-0.06 4I 46.75 —0O.0I 46.74 | —0.05 IX} 3019.34 |+0.25| 19.59 | —0.03 AI 46.71 |\—0.05| 46.66 | +0.03 X |} 30 19.33 |+0.25|) 19 58 | —0.02 4l 46.79 |\—0.05| 46.74 | —0.05 XI | 30 19.43 |+-0.25| 19.68 | —0.12 41 46.68 —o0.05| 46.63 0.06 XII | 30 19.36 |-+0.25| 19 61 |—0.05 41 46.74 —0.05 | 46.69 0.00 XIII 30 19.30 |+0.25| 19.55 | 0.01 AI 46.77.|—0.05| 46.72 | —0.03 XIV 30 19.36 +0.25) 19.61 |—0.05 4I 46.66 —o.05 46.61 | -++-0.08 Chase 30 16.52 |+-3.00| 19.52 | +0.04 41 47.26 |—0.60\ 46.66 | +-0.03 a, 183 30 19.56 5, 26 41 46.69 Date of Observation, 1874.7 Date of Observation, 1874.7 u —0.181 --0.c028 wl 0.086 --0.0019 i : STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 467 STARE 5 | Right ASSETS OM ise Lael om. HESS. At Epoch of | Corr, Epoch x nix Epoch of | Corr, Epoch| | Plate. | for B. | 1875. | : Plate. fory’. 1875. | T1832 30 51.28. l—0.42 50.86 | 0.37 7 19 ‘6. 84 l—0.45 6.39 |—0.21 II } 30 51.72 |—0.42)| 51.30 | —C.07 19 6.52 |—0.45| 6.07 |-+0.11 IIl+ 30 51.72 —O 42) 51.30 |—0.07 19 6.62 |—0.45| 6.17 |+0.cI1 LE | 30 51.28 |+0.04| 51.32 | —0.09 19 6.27 |+0.04| 6.31 |—0.13 Ww 30 51.24 +0.04 51.28 |_—0.05 19 6.18 |--0.04| 6.22 |—0.04 VI | 30 51.13 |+0.04| 51.17 | +0.06 19 6.12 |+9.04| 6.16 |+0.02 Wale 30 51.12 |+0.04| 51.16 | +0.07 19 6 06 |-+0.04) 6.10 | -+-0.08 VIII | 30 51.31 |-+0.04) 51.35 | 0.12 19 6.18 |+0.04) 6.22 |—0.04 IX 30 51.04 |-+0.13 51.17 | +0.06 19 6.12 |+-0.13) 6.25 |—0.07 xX | 30 51.20 |+0.13) 51.33 |—O.II 19 5.96 |+0.13, 6.09 |-++0.09 XI 30 51.26 |+0 13) 51.39 |—0.17 19 6.01 |+0.13] 6.14 |-+0.04 XII | 30 51.02 |+-0.13) 51.15 | +0.08 19 6.07 |+0.13| 6.20 |—0.02 XIII | 30 51.07 |+0713)| 51.20 | +0.03 19 6.00 |-+0.13| 6.13 |-+0.05 XIV | 30 51.1f |+0.13) 51.24 | —0.01 19 5.94 :|+0.13| 6.07 |-+0.11 Chase} 30 49.05 |+1.49| 51.14 |—0.09 19 4-03 |4-1.59| 0.22 |—0.04 a, 183 30 51.23 5, 27 19 6.18 Date of Observation, 1874.7 Date of Observation: 1874.7 [i —.090 +:0,0049 L/ — 0.096 +0.0034 STAR 6. Right Ascension, Deelnaon At Epoch of | Corr. ‘Epoch| ‘ cs At Epoch of | Corr, Epoch| us Plate. __| for . | 1875. | ie Plate. | for w/. ‘1875. rae I 183 36 56.99 —o.30) 56.69 |—0.21 | 26 27 38.54 +0.02! 38.56 |-+o.14 II 36 56.91 —0.30 56.61 —0.13 27 38.85 |-+0.02! 38.87 |—0.17 IIT | 36 56.47 —o. 30| 56.17 |-+0.31 27 38.71 |+0.02| 38.73 |—0.03 IV | 36 56.51 +0 03 | 56.54 | —0.06 27 38.62 .00| 38.62 |+0.08 W 36 56.49 Ito. 03| 56.52 |—0.04 27 38.61 .00 38.61 /+0.09 VI 36 56.41 | + 0.03) 56.44 | | +0.04 27 38.63 .00| 38.63 |-+0.07 VII 36 56.02 +0.03| 56.05 | -+0.43) 27 38.65 .00) 38.65 | +.0.05 VIII 36 56.77 |+0.03| 56.80 | —0.32 27 38.75 .00) 38.75 |—0.05 x 36 56.58 --0.09 56.67 | —0.19 27 38.82 |—o.01| 38.81 ;—0.11 XI 36 56.18 |+0.09| 56.27 lo, 21 27 38.77 |—0.01| 38.76 |—0.c6 XII | 36 56.38 |+o. 09| 56.47 --0.01 27, 30.7.2 | 0:01] 38:70") 100 XIII 36 56.67 | | --0.09| 56.76 |—0.28 27 38.68 —0.01 38.67 | +0.03 XIV 36 56.23 | (+0.09| 50-32 | +0.16 27 38.79 Or Ge Te | ores a, 183 36 56.48 Oy 26 27 38.70 Date of Observation, 1874.6 Date of Observation, 1874.6 yb —0.064 -++0.0187 jw 0.004 +0,0073 (127) 468 KREDZ:. STAR We Right ASCENSION: late. At Epoch of Corr, : Epoch| awe Plate. | for uw. | 1875. Declination, At Epoch of | Corr. Epoch| Plate. }for wv’. | 1875. | I 183 “38. 53. 30 —o.12 53.18 —0.08 26 37 16.63 0.02) 16.61 |+0.07 Ta} 38 53.25 |\—0.12| 53.13 | —0.03 37 16.71 ;—0.02, 16.69 | —o0.or III | 38 53.14 |—O.12| 53.02 | +0.08 37 16.80 |—0.02| 16.78 |—o.10 IV 38 53.22 |-+0.01| 53.23 | —0.13 37 16. 58 | .00| 16.58 | -+0.10 V 38 53.11 |-+-0.01 53.12 |—0.02 37 16.76| .00! 16,76 |—o.08 VI |. 3853.03 |-+o.01|53:04 |50106)| 37 16:80) ~=s00) 16.80 |—o. 12 VII 38 52.89 |-+0.01| 52.90 | +0.20 37 16.67 .00| 16.67 | +-0.01 VIII 38 53.23 |+0.01| 53.24 |—0.14 37 16.71 | .00) 16.71 | —0.03 IX | 38 52.91 +0.04) 52.95 | +0.15 37 16.50 |-+0.01| 16.51 | +0.17 Xx 38 53.04 | +0.04) 53.08 | +0.02 37 16.66 |+0.01| 16.67 | +0.01 XI 38 53.23 | +0.04| 53.27 | —0.17 37 16.81 +0.01) 16.82 _—o.14 XII 38 53.09 |-+0.04| 53.13 | —0.03 37 16.79 |+0.01| 16.80 | —o.12 XIII 38 53.18 | +0.04) 53.22 |—0o.12 37 16.49 |+0.01) 16.50,|-+0.18 XIV 38 52.88 +0.04) 52.92 |+0.18 37 16.63 |+0.01| 16.64 | +0.04 Chase 38 52.70 +-0.42 53.12 |—0.02 37 16.63 |+0.07| 16.70 | —0.02 ie) / “ a, 183 38.53.10 OF 26 37 16.68 Date of Observation, 1874.7 Date of Observation, 1874.7 “ “ a a le —().025 --0.0044 [w? —).004 +-0.0038 STAR 8. Right Ascension. Declination, Plate. | At Epoch Gel om | Epoch| us At Epoch of | Corr. | Epoch Plate, for j. k 1875. has ‘ Plate. | for’. | 1875 a “ | I 183. Ar 47. 75 =o. 27| 47. 48 |-bo. 02| 26 24 55. ‘40 —0.09) 55-31 II AT 47.78 |—0.27| 47.51 |—o.01 24 55-30 |—0.09 55.21 | 4I 47.44 |—o. 27VAT. Win Os38 24 55-37 —C.09 55.28 | 4I 47.70 |+0.02| 47.72 |—O 22 24 55.66 | +0.01| 55.17 | 4I 47.34 |+-0.02) 47.36 | 0.12 24 55.08 +0.01 55.09 | 41 47.57 |--9.02) 47.59 |—9. 24 55-20 |+-0.01| 55.21 | 41 47.65 |+0.02| 47.67 5 24 55.21 +0.01 55.22 —0.04 4l 47.64 |+0.02! 47.66 | : 24 55.14 +0.01 55.15 | +0.03 4U 47.29 |4-0.08| 47.37 24 55.09 |+0.03! 55.12 | +0.06 41 47.34 |+0.08) 47.42 | : 24 55.07 |+-0.03| 55.10 | +0.08 41 47.60 |-+-0.08) 47.68 | ; 24 55.10 |+-0.03| 55.13 | +0.05 4l 47.36 |+0.08} 47.44 | ‘ 24 55-23 |+0.03| 55.26 | —0.08 4I 47.27 |-+0.08} 47.35 | ; 24 55.18 ‘i 0 03 55.21 |—0.03 | AI 47.43 +0.08 47.51 . 24 §5.07 |-+-0.03) 55.10 | +0.08 Chase| 41 46.46\+0.95\ 47-4 |+0.09| 24 54-93 |+-0.33| 55-26 |—0.08 a, 183 41 47. 50 oF 26 24 55.18 Date of Observation, 1874.7 Date of Observation, 1874.7 dé 4/ ai dé lL —0).057 0.0063 id —().020 0.0027 (128) STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 469 STAR 9. Right Ascension, Declination. At Epoch of | Corr. | Epoch| Plate. for 4’. | 1875. At Epoch of | Corr, Epoch Plate. for uw. | 1875. is ‘ “i | ° a “ di “ (o} é b 4 | di dd I |383 41 45.71 —1.36 44.25 —0.07] 25 43 15.23 +0.63) 15.86 -+0.06 II | 4I 45.61 —1.36 44.25 +-0.03 43 15-44 +0.63 16.07 |—0.15 III | 4I 45.68 —1.36) 44.32 —0.04 43 15.40 +-0.63 16.03 | —O.I1 UNE 4I 44.37 |=-O.12) 44.49 |—O.21 43 15.76 |—0.05| 15.71 | +0.21 Na 4I 44.16 |-+-0.12) 44.28 .OO 43 15.92 |—0.05! 15.87 | 10.05 VI | 41 44.02 |+ 0.12} 44.14 | -+-0.14 43 15.93 —0.05 15.88 | +0.04 VII | 4I 44.23 |+0.12) 44.35 | —0.07 43 16.16 | —0.05/| 16.11 |—0.19 VIII AI 44.34 |4-0.12| 44.46 |—0.18 43, 16.01 —0.05| 15.96 —0.04 IX 4I 43.99 1+ 0.40] 44.39 |—O.II 43, 16.12 |—0.19| 15.93 |—0.01 Xx AI 43.82 |+-0.40) 44.22 | -+-0.06 43, 15.93 |—0.19| 15.74 | +0.18 XI | 4I 43.80 |+0.40) 44.20 | -+-0.08 43 16.CIl —0.1g9, 15.82 +0.10 XII | 4I 43.69 | +0.40! 44.09 | +0.19 43, 16.19 |—0.19| 16.00 |—0.08 XIII 4 43 83 |+-0.40) 44.23 |-+0.05 43 16.22 |—0.19| 16.03 | —o.11 XIV | AI 43.74 |+0.40) 44.14 | +0.14 43 16.09 —0.19 15.90 | +0.02 Chase AL 39-53 \+4-80| 44.33 |—0-05 4318.19 |\—2.21| 15.98 |—0.06 Gy, 183 41 44.28 dy 25 43 15.92 Date of Observation, 1874.7 Date of Observation, 1874.7 le —0.289 +0.0044 pb! +0133 +0.0044 SPARE O: | Right Ascension, Declination. lPleiie. At Epoch of | (Com: | Epoch| _ At Epoch of | Corr. | Epoch Plates) forpe | T875) |p blac fore nS7 5: | OME eH/ | a | “ ° / 4/ “ d “ I \183 47 8.72 | —o.18 | 8.54 |—0.02] 25 41 28.99 —0.07, 28.92 | —0.04 II | 47 8.66; —o.18 | 8.48 |+0.04 41 28.95 —0.07 28.88 .0O III | 47 8.68 | —o.18 | 8.50 |-+0.02 41 28.98 —o.07 28.91 |—0.03 JIN 47 8.73 | +0.02 | 8.75 |—0.23 4I 28.82 |-++0.01)| 28.83 | +005 Vv 47 8.44 +0.02 | 8.46 -|-+0.06 41-28.80 |--0.01| 28.81 |--0.07 VI | 47 8.43 | +0.02 | 8.45 | +007 4L 28.93 |+-0.01) 28.94 |—0.06 VII | 47 8.33 | +0.02| 8.35 |+0.17 41 28.85 |+0.01) 28.86 | +0.02 VIII 47 8.71 | 4-0.02 | 8.73 |—0.21 41 28.74 |+0.01| 28.75 |+0.13 IX 47 8.44| +005) 8.49 |+0.03 4I 28.86 |+0.02| 28.88 .0O x 47 8.48 | +-0.05 —o0.O1 41 28.88 +-0.02, 28.90 |—o.02 8.53 XI | 47 8.48 | £0.05 | 8.53 |—0o.oI 4I 28.86 |-+0.02) 28.88 .0O XIL | 47 8.36| +0.05 | 8.41 |+0.11 41 28.86 |--0.02) 28.88 .OO XIII | 47 8.56 +0.05 8.61 —o.09 41 28.99 |+0.02) 29.01 | —0.13 XIV| 47 8.39| +0.05| 8 44 |-+0.08 AI 28.84 |+-0.02) 28.86 | +0.02 Chase 47 7-87 | +0.05 | 8.52 -00} 41 28.00 |--0.23| 28.89 |—0.01 uy 183 47 8.52 0; 25 41 28.88 Date of Observation, 1874.7 Date of Observation, 1874.7 fe —0.039 ++0.0041 pl -—0.014 =-0.0022 LS ESE EE EEE EE I ES I I I II EE ES EOS (129) 470 KRETZ. S@ARi alee | Right Ascension, Declination. [Eee oe SAC NES Plate?) At Epoch of | Corr.| Epoch} _ |At Epoch of| Corr. Rlate. 9 ||| for a S75 ein Plate. ~~] for p7. | fo) / Mt “/ iA Md (eo) HRC | ad IV |183 51 50.55 |+0.02| 50:57 |-+0.02| 27 18 8.60 |—0.o1| VI 51 50.42 +0.02} 50.44 | +0.15 18 7.69 —0o.0OI Vil 51 50.73 |+0.02| 50.75 |—0.16 18 7.91 |—o.01 Chase | 5f 49.89 |\+0.70| 50.59 | 00 8 §.28 |—0.22 a 183 51.50.59 0, 27 18 8.06 Date of Observation, 1875.4 Date of Observation, 1875.4 " [— 6.042] wl [+0.013] SrAar. 12% | | At Epoch of | Corr. Right Ascension. Declination, Plate. Epoch| i At Epoch of | Corr. | Epoch| o E Plate. | for “. | 1875. | ; Plate. for pw’. | 1875: | 4 | Oman, panels i | “ fo} a “ | “ | “ TV |,183\53 2:09) | 255) 209igl x05 127 ad aelins| — | 35.44 | +-0.05 VI | 53 1.84 5h 1.84 |-+0.20 14 35.50) — | 35.50 —O.OI ONE 53 2.19 — | 2.19) |= 0.05) 4 35-5300 2 sios DS e204 a, 183 53 2.04 db, 27 14 35.49 Date of Observation, 1875.4 | Date of Observation, 1875.4 mm ? ul ? Right Ascension. Declination. At Epoch of Corr. Epoch ie TAt Epoch of | Corr. | Epoch| i pklates for #. | 1875. : Plate. | for’. | 1875. | Plate. IV 93 ees .93 |—0.16| 26 22 46.96| — | 46.96 W . _— --0.19 22 46.85| — | 46.85 | VI . — | 3. --0.09 22 46.98, — |! 46.98 VIII 33 — ae 22 46.87; — | 46.87 fo} a ‘9 , 26 2246.92 Date of Observation, ; Date of Observation, 1875.4 L : Te ? STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 471 STAR, 14. | gine Ascension. Declination, BENS: At Epoch of Corr. | Epoch | fe At Epoch of | Corr, _Epoch| ee Blates Sip tongs S75 Maes Plate. for pu’. | 1875. le I 184° B 18. 34 | 0/16 wee pee ‘05 26 B2 "23.83 +o.04| 23.87 | | 0.00 I] | 2 18.34 | —o.16 | 18.18 |--0. 05 32 23.87 |+0.04) 23.91 | —0.04 III | 3 18.36. —o.16 | 18.20 —o.07 32 23.78 |+0.04| 23.82 | +0.05 IV | 3 17.94 +0.01 | 17.95 |--0.18 32 23.80; .00| 23.80 | +0.07 We 2 18.02 | +0.01 | 18.03 |+ 0.10 32 23.88 .00| 23.88 | —0.01 VI | 3, 18.21 | +0.01 | 18.22 |—0.09 3223482 .00| 23.82 | 0.05 VII | 3 18.18 | +-0.01 | 18.19 |—o.06 32 23.90 .00} 23.90 |—0.03 WAU 3 18.00} +0.01 | 18.01 |+0.12 32 23.80} .00| 23.80 |-+0.07 IX | 3 18.16 | +0.05 | 18.21 |—o0.08 32 23.89 —0.01| 23.88 |—0.o01 xX | 3 18.06 | 0.05 | 18.11 |+ 0.02 32 23.93 |—O.01| 23.92 |—0.05 XI 2 Asy{Ole) |, 4 -OHOL, || Werte} a Koro) 2 23.90 |—0.01| 23.89 | —0.02 XII 2 18.08 | +0.05 | 1813] .0o0 32 23 88 |—0.01| 23.87 | .00 XIII) 318.16] +0.05 | 18.21 |—0.08 32 23.88 \—0.01| 23.87 .00 XIV/| 2 SOSH LOvCly |) 10 13)| (oo 32 23.97 |\—0.01 | 23.96 | —0.09 Chase | 3 17.62| --o 52 | | 18. IS |=0.05 32 24.01 |\—0.15\ 23.80 | -Ko. or a, 1843 18.13 oF 26 32 23. 87 Date of Observation, 1874.7 Date of Observation, 1874.7 be —).034 +-0.0031 we (0.009 ++0.0017 STAR les). Right Ascension, Declination. ee [At Epoch of| Corr. |Epoch| _ At Epoch of | ‘Corr, | Epoch |. Pe lates a tonsa eno sea| S Plate. for ie | 1875. | a Ds Ot N | “ Onan 7] a) I 184 3 34.55 6) ‘13 | | 34: ‘42 | +0. 23 | 26 31 20.38 _o'3| 20.35 | -+-0.07 II 3 34.87 | —0.13 | 34.74 |—0.09 31 20.37 |—0.03,| 20 34 | -+0.08 III 3 34.69 P20: 13 | 34.56 | -+0.09 31 20.43 |—0.03| 20.40 | +0.02 IV 3 34.68 | 0.01 | 34.69 |—0.04 31 20.52] .00] 20.52 | —0.10 Vv | 2 34.85 | +0.01 | 34.86 0.21 31 20.45} .00| 20.45 | —0.03 VI | 3 34.72 | +0.01 | 34.73 |—o. 08 31 20.43} .00] 20.43 |—0.01 VII | 3 34.54| +0.01 | 34.55 | -+0.10 31 20:34| .00] 20.34 | -+0.08 VIII 3 34.97 | --0.0I | 34.98 lane: 33 31 20.44 .CO| 20.44 | —0.02 IX 2 34.71 | +0.04 | 34.75 |—0.10 21 20.37 Freon | 20.38 | -+0.04 x 3 34.53 | +0.c4 | 34.57 | -+0.08 31 20.31 |--0.01) 20.32 | +0.10 XI 3 34.58 | +0.04 | 34.62 '+0.03 31 20.61 '|+0,01) 20.62 —o.20 XII 3 34.49 | --0.04 | 34.53 |-+0.12 31 20.47 |+-0.01| 20.48 | —0.06 XIII 3 34.61 | +0.04 | 34.65 | .00 31 20.37 |--0.01| 20.38 | +-0.04 XIV | 3 34.37 | —-0.04 | 34-41 | --0.24 31 20.43 -+0.01| 20.44 | —0.02 Chase 3 34-14\ +0.46 34-60 | 0.05 jf 0.27 |+0.12) 20. 35 \+0.07, “ a, 184 3 34.65 oF 26 31 20.42 Date of Observation, 1874.7 Date of Observation, 1874.7 be —0.028 +-0.0058 b/ —0.007 +-0.0031 nCisit)) 472 KGINEAVZ, STAR 10: Right Ascension. Declination. Plate. Ware) “At Epoch of | Corr. | Epoch », {At Epoch of | Corr. | Epoch| | Plate. for u. | 1875. : Plate. \for7.| 1875, | i pase Sealy Wess Ed ae ago wl VI 184 4 25.98 0.02! 26.00 |—0.10 22S 57.12 lo or | 57-13 |+0.12 VETTS 4 25-77 |+0.02| 25.79 | +0.11 18 57-35 |+0.01| 57.36 |—o.I1 Chase, _ 424.98 |+0.92| 25.90 | __.00 18 50.91 |+0.34| 57-25 .00 a 181 4 25.90 }, 27.18 57.25 Date of Observation, 1875.4 Date of Observation, 1875.4 lu [—0.056] wl [—0.020] SPAR HZ. Declination. At Epoch of | Corr, | Epoch| Plate. _| for’. |. 1875. | Right Ascension. Plate. ‘At Epoch of | Corr. Epoch _ Plate. | for wu. | 1875. IV 184 6 7.06 ese 7.06 +o.12 26 30 1.31 | — 1.31 | +0.07 IQUE es Me iepee || ea 7 BIe | ==Onnes BO 1-45 en ene AS lee O71 a 1846 7.18 dj, 26 30 1.38 Date of Observation, 1875.4 | Date of Observation, 1875.4 Lt ip pe ? STarR 18. Right Ascension, Declination. TENG: At Epoch of | Corr. Epoch| yr At Epoch of | Corr. Epoch Plate. _| for w. | 1875. eas Plate. for u’. | 1875. |. | a a“ fe) é a“ 4“ Pall 53.28 —o.18 | 26 32 42.56 42.56 —0.02 53.31 |—0.21 32 42.59 42.59 —0.05 53.20 —O.10 32 42.48 42.48 | +0.06 53.21 _—o.1I 32 42.52 42.52 |+0.02 52.51 | +0.59 32 42.41 42.41 |+0.13 53-58 —0.48 32 42 66 42.66 —o 12 93-15 |—9.05 32 42.37 42.37 —-9.17 53-01 +0.09 32 42.61 | 42.61 —0O.07 52.78 | +0.32 32 42.68 42.68 —o.14 52.96 | +0.14 32 42.49 42.49 |+0.05 Opel ONE aiEe : ay 184 12 53.10 OF 26 32 42.54 Date of Observation, 1875.3 Date of OSS RAL OTE 1875-3 LL be ‘ 53: 53 53: 52 53: 53 33 52 52. STARS IN COMA BERENICES. 473 STAR 19. | Right Ascension. Declination. Plate: | At Epoch of | Corr. Epoch a dat Epoch of | Corr. | Epoch is Uv. Plate. for pt. | 1875. Plate. for yu’. | 1875. A Neeereee uae atl Peas Weel ae sy ch ence ma ae Gp eae II |184 18 12.71} — | 12.71 |—o.11 | 27 15 32.59) — _ | 32.59 /|-+0.16 Vv | 18 12.48) — 12.48 | +0.12 15 32-77| — | 32.77 |—0.02 VI 18 12.70; — _ | 12.70 |—0.10 15 32.72| — | 32.72 |+0.03 VIII | 18 12.50) — | 12.50 )-+0.10 15 32.92; — | 32.92 |—0.17 "i aaviaoa: Sele ena. Spon a, 184 18 12.60 01 27 15 32.75 Date of Observation, 1874.1 | Date of Observation, 1874.1 ? ! ? 1 5 pt I SHUN ZO: | Right Ascension. Declination, late. |e ipoch of | Corr, |Epochl At Epoch of | Corr. | Epoch| Plate. __| for . | 1875. | ioe Plate. for pe’. | 1875. | eiteal is O72 | Lig Oo | | | eee ee | 2 ay 181 21 14.09 é, 27-17 43.58 Date of Observation, 1875.4 | Date of Observation, 1875.4 be ? fh ? Awnats N, Y, Acap. Sci., May 4, 1900,—30. , (133) 474 KRETZ. STAR! 215 Right Ascension, Epoch| 87o3| "| At Epoch of Plate. Declination, At Epoch of _ Plate. Corr. for Corr. | Epoch) for p/. | scree | I 184 “26 | Aa. 13 in| 26 44.24 26 44.15 26 44.17 26 44.03 26 43.80 26 43-77 26 43.94 26 43-77 26 43.82 26 43.90 26 43.93 26 43.80 26 43.85 26 43.09 III | IV V VI VII | VIII IX | Xe XL XII XIII | XIV | Chase a 1 Date of Observation, f- “At Epoch of | Plate. |-+0.02| 44.05 |+0.02) 43.79 |-- 0.07 |-+-0.07 | [170-0 85 Right Ascension. “a | Vi —0.24 | 43.89 | —0.24) 44.00 | —0.24 43.91 | + +0.02) 44.19 Lo. ‘os 26% 32. 42. "6 32 42.79 32 42.81 -+0.02) 43.82 32 42.76 32 42.93 32 42.74 | 32 42.86 | 32 42.80 32 42.90 =-@:.02 ++0.07 | 43.84 +0 07} 43.89 | 4 | 43-97 | +0.07; 44.00 | 43.87 43.92 | 43-9F | 43.96 +0.07 | 32 42.75 | 32 42.74 | 32 42.87 | 32 42.85 | 32 42.77 | | | i | | 0.00 le 76 [eores 00. 42.74 | 4+-0.07 .00 42.79 +0.02 00; 42.87, —0.06 .0O) 42.81 | .00) 42. 85 |—0.04 .00 42.76 bo. 05 00 42.93 —O.12 00, ieee 74 ste 07 32 42.75 |+0.02| 42.77 | eee 04 18f 26 43.94 1874.7 —0.051 +-0.0038 Oy y/ STAR? 22: Date of Observation, 26 32 42.81 1874.7 —9.001 --0.002 3 Declination. Corr, Epoch | OF pL. e: 1875. | At Epoch Gal Corr. for 4’. | Epoch | |-1875: | | | Plate. | a | V3] Vv | VI | VII | VIII | TSH) X | exala| XII | > eee 515 | Dean; Bashford). 517405 15, 5u1@)| Ganomeag Went free ere 493 Department of Chemistry, (Generali Plectrei Comer: 498 Columbia University... 406)Geoctrapliyasasee ee 498 Department of Geography, Geolosy, cern aeitee i eitke 498 Teachers College,.500, 501 | Gidley. qe Wier 514 SEVENTH ANNUAL RECEPTION. NaME. PAGE. Gratacaprsles Pays 5 nee 500 Gritithse Davids; oye cn: oc 493 GLrOUm ANG Cena rene sone. 493 Palle tte): eisai wri etter. 502 Hallock, William, .. 516 alstead: Byron! 62a 493 Relea pem nai w teem cet sass: 493 Hewins, Miss Nellie,..... 493 lop ping wNOyars 64 ane 509 lornadaysz Wey dle ae Fay, Hovey, Edmund Otis,....501 lalone, drleravaie Wh Gare silo 502 | Rb Ko alo Cree ta Ei Saran acces aaa 516 Kempe Jeary cia s « 502, 503 | irkwood ii ety ne. 494 Knight, Charles, Kinottee i lesécn Conn irocbeta aired seers 491 Kuttroff, Pickhardt & Co.,.495 autem berthioldie es 4e 491 Ree. \Waldemanee ne 496 Wevisons Wie Gate cee nee. 514 Wie Observatonnr. ae 491 loydy hance amo 494 Kockyerr sit Neier 492 Koneden) acs Cree 516) Lowell Observatory, ..... 491 iuguen ea Micie as 506 | MacDougall Ds de aan 494. Maryland Geological Sur- © eh Je \e// » (a) (s) ie) ‘ep ye) 00) 0) @ (eve 500° 489 NAME. PaGE. Maryland State Weather Senvice ss ean ans ui 500 MiatEhe waa NN) ieemr is ar 514 Wile Chur. (Cs Ves Wor on oe 517 WieGrecor) = blag seer 518 Mermitty bratty ce. 515, 516 elite Gall uecseypiay eye ese neee ere 502 Mineralocyeine nr e sae 506 Nash Geo e rae tycn 494 New Jersey Geol. Survey, . 500 New York Botanical Gar- ole namie Ia leeeen ieee enone te 492 Nichols xen eects 515 Nisslenn © tt rena) eee iy OSbO rile a meee as 500 Raleontolocyasea sere 513 BellewaCharlesse ene. ne 494 Photocrapliyacris 1 we 514 play SICSH ey) aeeriang onracaimee 514 IEC NONORAY. o Abis dpe we a 516 Jejorne WHE Vio came 8 497, 498 Omeen CaiComn eect 498 NGOS fn Lalas ae else 491 [Jeites, Jelohaveveliicc 556 5 6 501, 502 FRCUS Dy prc ice 494 hey diberon ie Me AOa ey mre. 494 Sehietielims Wear sens 496 Schupphaus, Robert C.,...496 Sevier: Gaba argue eril a 497 Smithy eel ane ane ie 491 ANNALS N. Y. ACAD. Sci., May 3, r900.—31. 490 CATALOGUE OF EXHIBITS. Name. PaGE NAME. Pace Smal ins. ASV aces Aa Nierrilly sAe eyecare eerie 517 SENG ANU aera 515) Wallace, W.S.j)..:....:. 518 Sion, Geo. E.,.......... 4 Wiashinetonesal tower. 502 aihorindil 75000 62. Carborundum Crystals from Electric Furnace. . Refractory Materials. 63. Clay Brick. 64. Silica Brick for Extreme Temperatures. 65. Magnesia Brick to Resist Basic Slags. 66. Chromic Neutral Brick, Resisting both Acid and Basic Slags. Models of Metallurgical Apparatus. 67. Bessemer Converter. 68. Siemen’s Regenerative Gas Furnace. 69. Iron Blast Furnace. 70. Hot-blast Stove for heating blast for iron blast furnace. Pyrometry. 71. Le Chatelier thermo-electric pyrometer. Lecture Diagrams. 72. Triaxial diagram of the isotekes of the lime-alumina silicates. 73. Duquesne Blast Furnaces of the Carnegie Steel Com- amy. 74. Duquesne Blast Furnaces of the Carnegie Steel Com- pany. 75. Flame of the Bessemer Process. 76. Flame of the Bessemer Process. ANNALS N, Y. AcaAD. Sci., May 4, 1900.—32. 506 CATALOGUE OF EXHIBITS. 77. Flame of the Bessemer Process. 78. Flame of the Bessemer Process. 79. Flame of the Bessemer Process. 80. Flame of the Bessemer Process. 81. Wellman 50-ton tipping open-hearth furnace. 82. Herreshoff Copper Smelting Cupola Furnace. H MINERALOGY. In CuHarGE oF L. MclI. Luguer. 1. Minerals from the Collections of the American Museum of Natural History. Exhibited by L. P. Gratacap. . Native Gold, in Limonite, San Juan, Colorado. . Tellurium (group of crystals), Boulder Co., Colorado. Coloradoite, Boulder Co., Colorado. . Lionite, Boulder Co., Colorado. . Nagyagite, Boulder Co., Colorado. . Leadhillite, Cerussite, concentric upon a nucleus of Galenite, Lehmi Co., Idaho. (The above minerals are part of the Theodore Berdell gift to the American Museum of Natural History.) 7. Bixbyite, near Simpson, Utah. 8. Limonite (altered Pyrite), Xaaga, near ruins of Mitla, 600 feet elevation, Oaxaca, Mexico. g. Martite, Twin Peaks, Utah. 10. Wood Opal, Douglass Co., Washington. 11. Willemite (red), Franklin, N. J. 12. Willemite (enclosing needles of Franklinite ?), Frank- iba INGE fe 13. Epidote, Ouray Co., Cal. 14. Melanotekite, New Mexico. 15. Calamine (yellow), Lone Elm near Joplin, Mo. 16. Spodumene, Black Hills, Wyoming. Aw Bw Nn Bion SEVENTH ANNUAL RECEPTION, 507 Mixite, Utah. Clinoclasite, Utah. Pyromorphite, Cornwall, England. Barite, Mowbray, Cumberland, England. . Barite, Frizington, Cumberland, England. . Anhydrite, Bleiberg, Carinthia. . Celestite, Cianciana, Sicily. Selenite (with inclusions), Cianciana, Sicily. . Smithsonite (stalactitic), Laurium, Greece. Parisite, Ravelli Co., Montana. Calcite group, Bisbee, Arizona. Calcite group, Joplin, Mo. . Calcite, Bisbee, Arizona. . Calcite (two groups, sand saturated), Washington, Dakota. . Calcite (four specimens), Wind Cave, Black Hills, Wyoming. . Aragonite (large group), Cianciana, Sicily. . Linarite, Cumberland, England. . Fluorite, Cumberland, England. . Hematite (crystals on volcanic ash), Santa Fé, New Mexico. . Hardystonite (dark) with Rhodonite, Franklin, N. J. . Calcite and Aragonite, Wind Cave, Black Hills, Wy- oming. Wurtzilite, Uintah Mts., Wasatch Co., Utah. 2. Minerals and Meteorites from Various Localities. Ex- mpwWN hibited by the Foote Mrnerat Company; Philadelphia and Paris. MINERALS. Diamond crystal, 4% cts., North Carolina. . Sulphur groups and various small crystals, Sicily. . Molybdenites, Ontario. . Marcasite Disks, Illinois. . Embolite, Broken ill) N.S: W. 508 CATALOGUE OF EXHIBITS. 6. Iodyrites, crystals and massive, Broken Hill, N. S. W. 7. Pink Fluorites, cleavages, Arizona. 8. Amethysts, Virginia. g. Opalized Wood, polished, Idaho. 10. Opals, precious, Queensland. 11. Opals, pseudo cryst., White Cliffs, N. S. W. 12. Opals, polished, White Cliffs, N. S. W. 13. Opals, in Petrified Wood, White Cliffs, N. S. W. 14. Hematites, Elba. 15. ‘‘ Papierspaths’”’ Calcite, New Mexico. 16. Cerussites, Broken Hill, N. S. W. 17. Cerussite, Tasmania. 18. Aurichalcites, New Mexico. tg. Various Amazon stone groups, Colorado. 20. Emerald, North Carolina. 21. ‘Phacolite, Victoria. 22. Turquois, New Mexico. 23. Colemanite, California. 24. Anglesites, coating twinned Cerussite, Broken Hill, INES Sere 25. Crocoites and various crystals, Tasmania. 26. Ambers, containing insects, Baltic. 27. Clinohedrite, Franklin. 28. Glaucochroite, Franklin. 29. Hancockite, Franklin. 30. Hardystonite crystals, Franklin. 31. Leucophcenicite, Franklin. 32. Nasonite, Franklin. 33. Roeblingite, Franklin. METEORITES. 34. Sacramento Mts., 4650 grams. 35. Tombigbee River, showing Schreibersite, 2960 grams. 36. Joe Wright Mt., 128 grams. 37. Butler, 75.5 grams. 38. Trenton, 26 grams. 39. Hammond, 20 grams. SEVENTH. ANNUAL RECEPTION. 509. 3. Minerals. Exhibited by Roy Hoppine. 1h 2. Crocoite, from the silver-lead mines of Tasmania. Pyrite discs, from the soft carbonaceous coal shale of Randolph Co., Il. 3. Kidney Ore, from Cumberland, England. 4. 5 6 Green Zoisite, from Connecticut. . Strontianite, from Westphalia, Germany. . Fuggerite, new species, from Tyrol, Austria. 4. Minerals. Exhibited by Gro. L. Enauisu & Co. Oo ON AuAWDND 4H al O . Fluorite, emerald green, Westmoreland, N. H. . Fluorite, pink octahedrons, Switzerland. Hematite, ‘Iron Rose,” Switzerland. Brookite, extra large crystals, Switzerland. Smoky Quartz. crystals, Switzerland. . Twisted Quartz crystals, Switzerland. . Rutilated Quartz crystals, Switzerland. . Quartz Crystals enclosing Actinolite, Switzerland. . Quartz Crystals rendered black by enclosure of needles of Tourmaline, Montana. . Amethyst tipping Quartz, enclosing Tourmaline, Mon- tana. . Amethyst crystals in parallel position, Montana. . Crystallized Argentite, Colorado. . Epidote crystals, Colorado. . Carnotite, a new uranium-potassium vanadate, Colorado. . Hardystonite, a new mineral, Franklin Furnace, N. J. . Graftonite, a new mineral, Grafton, N. H. . Labradorite, rare colors, Labrador. . Lepidolite, Haddam Neck, Conn. . Silicious Calcite crystals, ‘‘ Fontainebleau Limestone, ”’ Sy Dale 5. Tellurium Minerals from American Localities. Exhibited I. by Abert H. CueEster, Rutgers College. Native Tellurium, John Jay mine, Boulder County, Col- orado. 510 St OLS CATALOGUE OF EXHIBITS. . Native Tellurium (dendritic), John Jay mine; Boulder County, Colorado. Native Tellurium, Mountain Lion mine; Magnolia, Col- orado. Native Tellurium, Keystone mine ; Magnolia, Colorado. Native Tellurium, Rebecca mine; Magnolia, Colorado. Native Tellurium, Smuggler mine; Balarat, Colorado. Native Tellurium, Cold Spring mine; Gold Hill, Colo- rado. . Lionite, Mountain Lion mine; Magnolia, Colorado. . Hessite, Slide mine; Gold Hill, Colorado. . Hessite, American mine ; Sunshine, Colorado. . Hessite, St. Joe mine; Gold Hill, Colorado. . Hessite and Gold, Colorado. . Petzite, Ellen mine ; Springdale, Colorado. . Petzite, Grand Central mine ; Springdale, Colorado. . Petzite, American mine ; Sunshine, Colorado. . Petzite and Gold, American mine ; Sunshine, Colorado. . Petzite and Gold, Slide mine ; Gold Hill, Colorado. . Petzite and Gold, Little Alice mine ; Gold Hill, Colorado. . Petzite, Cold Spring mine ; Gold Hill, Colorado. : Petzite, Corning Tunnel; Gold Hill, Colorado. 21. Petzite, Red Cloud mine; Gold Hill, Colorado. . Petzite, Bassick mine; Custer Co., Colorado. . Altaite, John Jay mine; Boulder Co., Colorado. . Altaite, Slide mine; Gold Hill, Colorado. . Altaite and Sylvanite, Smuggler mine; Balarat, Colo- rado. . Altaite, Red Cloud mine; Gold Hill, Colorado. . Altaite, King’s Mt., North Carolina. . Altaite and Gold, King’s Mt., North Carolina. ~ . Coloradoite, Keystone mine ; Magnolia, Colorado. . Coloradoite and Mercury, Keystone mine; Magnolia, Colorado. . Coloradoite, Smuggler mine ; Balarat, Colorado. Bite SEVENTH ANNUAL RECEPTION. 511 . Coloradoite and Tellurite, Smuggler mine’; Balarat, Colorado. . Coloradoite and ‘Mercury, Smuggler mine; Balarat, Colorado. , Sylvanite, American and Nil Desperandum mines ; Sun- shine, Colorado. . Sylvanite and Fluorite, Melvina mine ; Salina, Colorado. . Sylvanite, Ingraham mine ; Gold Hill, Colorado. . Sylvanite, Smuggler mine; Balarat, Colorado. . Sylvanite and Fluorite, Independence mine; Cripple Creek, Colorado. . Calaverite, Mountain Lion mine ; Magnolia, Colorado. . Krennerite, Independence mine; Cripple Creek, Colorado. . Tellurite, John Jay mine; Boulder Co., Colorado. . Tellurite, Grand View mine ; Sunshine Co., Colorado. . Magnolite, Keystone mine ; Magnolia Co., Colorado. . Ferrotellurite, Keystone mine ; Magnolia Co., Colorado. . Cerargyrite and Gold, altered from Petzite, American mine ; Sunshine, Colorado. . Cerargyrite and Gold, altered from Petzite, Slide mine ; Gold Hill, Colorado. . Gold, pseud. after Sylvanite, Grand View mine ; Sun- shine, Colorado. . Gold, pseud. after Sylvanite, Cripple Creek, Colorado. . Telaspyrine, American mine; Sunshine, Colorado. . Gold, roasted Calaverite, Keystone Mine; Magnolia, Colorado. Gold, roasted Sylvanite, Smuggler Mine; Balarat, Colorado. . New Apparatus Employed in the Examination of Min- Ihe De erals. Exhibited by the ‘‘ EGreston MINERALOGICAL Museum,” of Columbia University. Fuess Student Microscope, latest model. Stober’s attachment to convert the Fuess Goniometer into a Two-circle Goniometer. WN Bs 6 v7. Mi Nos. tion. ON OwmBW N CATALOGUE OF EXHIBITS. Student Application Goniometer, made at a cost of 50 cts. . Models made by Crystal Cutting Apparatus of Gold- schmidt. Ze. f. Kryst, Vol. 3%, ps 223: From “Introductory Collection to the Study of Mineral- ogy.” Models illustrating Symmetry. Specimens illustrating Streak. nerals. Exhibited by the ‘“ EcLeston MINERALOGICAL Museum,” of Columbia University. I to 12 are from the recently acquired Egleston collec- Arseniosiderite, Romaneche, France. . Vivianite in shells, Crimea. . Titanite (Greenovite), Piedmont. . Helvite, Schwarzenberg. Vesuvianite, with Essonite, Ala, Piedmont. — _ Zircom, Urals: . Zircon, Renfrew. } . Zoisite, with Chalcopyrite and Sphalerite, Ducktown, Tenn. . Petalite (Castorite), Elba. . Cassiterite, Bohemia. . Cassiterite, Morbihan, France. . Chalcopyrite [(114) and (441)] with quartz, Ellen- ville. IN. Yi, . Leucopheenicite (new mineral), Franklin Furnace, N. J. . Hardystonite (new mineral) with Franklinite, Franklin Furnace, N. J. . Nasonite (new mineral) with Axinite and Garnet, Frank- lin Furnace“N |: . Carnotite (new mineral), Paradox Valley, Cal. . Graphite, near Mt. Freedom, N. J. . Reddingite, Branchville, Conn. . Hureaulite, Branchville, Conn. . Boleite and Anglesite, Boleo, Lower Calif. . Azurite (needle crystals), Zacatecas. SEVENTH ANNUAL RECEPTION. 513 22. Chalcopyrite (large crystals), Zacatecas. 23. Arsenopyrite (needles) on Chalcopyrite, Zacatecas. 24. Copper (leaf) on Datolite, Lake Superior. 25. Struvite (hemimorphic crystals), Hamburg. 26. Pyrite (dodecahedral) on Smoky Quartz, Thunder Bay; U.S: 27. Gold in conglomerate in quartz vein, Dutch Flat, Calif. 28. Whitneyite (fragment of only lump found), Lake Superior. 29. Sapphire (twinned), Cashmere. 30. Apophyllite (with flat pyramid), Iceland. 31. Anglesite, with core of Galenite, Monarch, Colo. 32. Quartz (Phantom) containing Chlorite, Chamounix. 33. Sphalerite (tetrahedral) and Chalcopyrite Ouray, Colo., 34. Artificial minerals. 35. Alloys of gold made by R. Pearce. 5. Mohawkite, a new Arsenide of Copper and Nickel, from the Mohawk Mine, Keweenaw Point, (CuNi),As. Ex- hibited by J. F. Kemp. J PALEONTOLOGY. In CHARGE OF GILBERT VAN INGEN. I. Skeletons and Restorations of Fossil Vertebrates Chiefly from the Tertiary Rocks of Western America. Ex- hibited by the DEPARTMENT OF VERTEBRATE PALEON- ToLocy, of the American Museum of Natural History. Henry F. Osborn, Curator. y 1. Mounted Skeletons of Two Primitive Carnivorous Mam- mals (Creodonts) from the Eocene Badlands of Wyo- ming. a. Oxyena, from the Lower Eocene Badlands of the Big Horn Basin. 514 CATALOGUE OF EXHIBITS. 6. Patriofelis, from the Middle Eocene Badlands of the Bridger Basin. 2. New or Little Known Fossil Mammals from the Oligocene and Miocene Badlands of Colorado. Collected by American Museum Expedition of 1898, W. D. Matthew in charge. Skeletons, parts of skeletons and skulls of primitive ruminants, camels, horses, sabre-tooth tigers, civet-foxes, et cetera. 3. Fossil Mammals from the Miocene and Pleistocene Bad- lands of Texas. Collected by American Museum Ex- pedition of 1899, J. W. Gidley in charge. | a. Primitive Mastodon, skull and hind-limb bones. From Upper Miocene strata. 6. Mammoth (4lephas primigenius), jaw, fore-limb bones, vertebrz and ribs. From Pleistocene strata. c. Fossil Horse (Equus occidentalis), complete skeleton and four skulls. From Pleistocene strata. 4. Restorations of Fossil Vertebrates by Charles Knight. From skeletons in American Museum of Natural History. No. 25. Great Marine Lizard or Mosasaur (Tylosaurus), of the Cretaceous Period. From the complete skeleton which is nearly thirty feet long. No. 26. The lrish Elk (Megaceros-hibernicus) of the Pleistocene Period. II. Series of Photographs, 25 in Number Illustrating the Occurrence of the Mastodon Recently Discovered at Newburg, N. Y. Exhibited by W. G. Levison. K PHYSICS AND PHOTOGRAPHY. In CHARGE OF WILLIAM HALLOCK. 1. Apparatus and Records for Determination of Stresses in Railway Rails. .Exhibited by P. H. DupLeEy. SEVENTH ANNUAL RECEPTION. 515 1. Comparison of curves of the stresses set up in 8o0-lb. rails, and waves in the roadbed under the wheel loads of the Empire State Express, for December 23 and 30, 1899, speed 44 miles per hour. 2. Similar curves for the same train on 100-lb. rails, June 28 and.July 21, 1898, speed 19 miles per hour. 3, 4and 5. Tabulations of stresses from which the above curves were obtained. 6 and 7. Photographs of locomotives passing over the stremmatograph, showing the position of counter- weights and volume of exhaust steam. 8 and 9g. Photographs of entire trains passing over the stremmatograph. 10. Photograph of stremmatograph slide, showing the re- corded strains of several locomotives. 2. Photographs in Color, by the Grating Principle. 3. New Form of Pseudoscope. 4. Kinetoscope Projections of the Motion of a Wave in Va- rious Mirrors, and after Repeated Reflection. Nos. 2 to 4, exhibited by Prof. R. W. Woop; University of Wisconsin. 5. Achromatic Quarter Wave-length Plate. Exhibited by Prof. D. B. Brace; University of Nebraska. 6. A Sound Wave Anemometer. Exhibited by Bercen Da- vis; Columbia University. 7. A Series of Prints Illustrating Manly’s Ozotype Process of Pigment Printing. Prepared and exhibited by Prof. T. W. Epmonpson ; New York University. 8. Series of Diffraction Photographs. Exhibited by Prof. W. S. FRANKLIN; Lehigh University. g. A Variable Potential Rheostat. Exhibited by Prof. W. M. STINE; Swarthmore College. 10. Photographs of Manometric Flames. Exhibited by Pro- fessors E. L. NicHors and E. Merritt; Cornell Uni- versity. 516 If. 12. ane, 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. CATALOGUE OF EXHIBITS. Enlargements of Photographs of the Electric Arc, with and without Metals. Exhibited by A. L. Fotrey; Cornell University. Enlargements of Photographic Traces made with the Hotchkiss Galvanometer. Exhibited by Prof. E. Mer- RITT ; Cornell University. Photographs of Traces of Gyroscopic Pendulum. Ex- hibited by Prof. E. Merritt; Cornell University. Thin Metallic Film High Resistances. “Exhibited by A. C. LonGpEN ; Columbia University. Newton’s Rings in Thin Selenium Films. Exhibited by A. C. LonGDEN ; Columbia University. Induction Apparatus, and X-ray Tube. Exhibited by E. L. Knott & Co.; Boston. Photograph of Manometric Flame Showing the Octave in the Forced Vibration of a Tuning Fork. Exhibited by W. Hattock ; Columbia University. Modified Form of the Pupin Interrupter. Exhibited by W. Hattock ; Columbia University. Gelatine Half-wave-length Zone Plate. Exhibited by Prof. R. W. Woop; University of Wisconsin. L PSYCHOLOGY. In CHARGE OF Epw. L. THORNDIKE. . Preliminary Apparatus for Recording the Vibrations of the Human Voice. Exhibited by Professor C. H. Jupp ; New York University School of Pedagogy. 2(a). Apparatus for Recording the Steadiness, Accuracy and rapidity of Very Small Movements. (4) Apparatus for Recording the Force of a Blow. Exhibited by Dr. R. S. WoopwortH; New York University Medical School. . SEVENTH ANNUAL RECEPTION. 517 3. New Methods for Demonstrating Psychological Phe- nomena with the Stereopticon. Exhibited by Professor J. McK. Carrert; Columbia University. 4. Apparatus for Studying the Diffusion of the Motor Im- pulse. Exhibited by Crark NissLer; Columbia Uni- versity. 5. A Graded Series of Areas for Use in Studies of Discrimi- nation and Practice. Exhibited by Dr. Epw. L. THORNDIKE; Teachers College, Columbia University. M ZOOLOGY. In CaHarGeE or CHARLES L. BRISTOL. 1. Anatomical Preparations. From the Morphological Museum of Princeton University. Exhibited by Professor C. F. W. McCLure. 2. Osteological Specimens. Showing improved methods of preparation. Exhibited by S. H. Cuuss. 3. Map of the New York Zoélogical Park. Showing im- provements, so far as completed. Exhibited by W. T. Hornapay. 4. Photographs of the New York Zoélogical Park. A col- lection showing the buildings and animals. Exhibited by W. T. Hornapay. 5. The Young of the Hag-fish, Bdellostoma stouti. A unique specimen of the newly-hatched young of this Hag-fish secured during the past summer near Monte- rey, California. Exhibited by BasHrorp DEAN. 6. Eggs of the Atlantic Hag-fish, Myxine glutinosa. Until the present year, the specimens here exhibited were unique. Collected from deep sea fishers (St. George’s Bank, Newfoundland), by Prof. A. E. Verrill, of Yale 518 CATALOGUE OF EXHIBITS. University. Exhibited with them are the Eggs of the Pacific Hag-Fish, 4dellostoma stouts. Exhibited by BAsHForD DEAN. 7. The Pearly Nautilus, Nautilus pompilius. Collected in $ the Solomon Islands, by Dr. Arthur Willey. Exhibited by Epmunp B. Witson. 8. Earthworm with gills, Alma nilotica, from the Nile Val- ley. Exhibited by Epmunp B. WILson. g. Born wax-plate model of larval Ceratodus. Exhibited by BASHFORD DEAN and J. H. McGrecor. 10. Born wax-plate model of the head of a Seven Day-embryo Chick. Exhibited by W. S. WaLtace. 11. Fish and Preparations illustrating a Brook-Trout epi- demic due to Sporozoa (mov. gen. et. nov. sp.). Exhibited by G: N. CaLkIns. 12. Preparation showing Ciliated Cells with Basal Bodies and Internal Fibrille. Exhibited by E. U. Van Har.incEn. 13. Photographs illustrating the Natural History of Nova Scotia. Exhibited by C. W. BEEBE. ; 14. Illustrations of Cave Animals ; from Kentucky and Indi- ana Caverns. Exhibited by R. ELtswortu Catt. 15. Preparations of the Heads of Harmless and Poisonous Snakes. Exhibited by RAymonp LrEE Dirmars. 1. Heads of non-venomous snakes, showing the swallowing teeth, and representative charateristics. a. Heads of Cuban Boa (Xiphisoma) mounted with open mouth, to show formation and distribution of teeth. 6. Head of typical “ harmless’ showing position of shields. ) snake (water snake) c. Skeleton head of Boa (Boa constrictor), showing the dentition of a non-venomous snake. 2. Heads of venomous snakes, showing the poison appa- ratus. 16. SEVENTH ANNUAL RECEPTION. 519 d. Head of Rattlesnake (Crotalus adamanteus) show- ing the poison fangs partially raised. ec. Head of Rattlesnake (Crotalus terrificus) showing the fangs raised as in the act of biting. *. Head of Rattlesnake (Crotalus adamanteus var. atrox). The fangs are fully raised. . Head of Water Moccasin (Ancistrodon piscivorus). In this example the fangs rest against the roof of the mouth. h. Skeleton head of Rattlesnake (Crotalus adaman- teus), showing the dentition. 7. Chart, showing dissection of the head of a poison- ous snake. The gland secreting the venom is seen behind the eye. 7. Snake venom. Dried and in liquid form. k. Fang of poisonous snake under magnifying glass. Developmental Stages of Some Australian Animals. Exhibited by BASHFORD DEAN. 1. Specimens illustrating Development of Spiny Ant-Eater (Echidua). 2. Specimens illustrating Development of Various Aus- tralian Marsupials. 3. Large Embryos of Ceratodus. os ) [Annas N. Y. Acap..Sct., Vol. XII, No. 12, pp. 521-548. May 4, 1900. ] 10s03 (QNOSIPNGwey Ole — JUsle, IEIRIWNUIDIA | ISILSUNID)S WitH NOTES ON THE COLLECTIONS MADE BY THE NEw YorxK UNIvERSITY EXPEDITIONS IN 1897 AND 1808. W. M. RaAnkIN. (Read May 8, 1899.) [Plate XVII. ] For a few weeks during each of the summers of 1897 and 1898, a party sent out by the New York University was in the Bermudas investigating the fauna and the general character of the islands, with a view to the desirability of establishing there a permanent biological station. Among the various collections gathered was a considerable number of Crustacea, which have been in my hands for identification and study. | Hitherto the most complete list of the Bermuda Crustacea has been that of Heilprin, who, in 1888, conducted to the islands a patty from the Philadelphia Academy of Natural. Sciences. Some of the results of this expedition were published in the “ Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy ” of that year, and in book form—‘“ The Bermuda Islands ’’—the following year. Pro- fessor Heilprin enumerated 27 species, all but four of which have been collected by the N. Y. University expedition, but which now puts on record in the following list 43 species, 16 more than Heilprin collected. Besides Heilprin’s list there are several other recorded collec- tions from the Bermudas, and it has been my purpose in the present paper to gather together all these reports and to com- pile, along with the notes on the species of this expedition, a com- plete list of the hitherto recorded Crustacea of the Bermuda is- lands. ANNALS N. Y. AcaD. Sct., May 4, 1900.—33. (521) 522 _ RANKIN. BIBLIOGRAPHY: The publications, which include special collections of Crus- tacea from the Bermudas, are as follows : J. M. Jones—‘“‘ The Naturalist in Bermuda,’ London, 1859. A. Heilprin—‘‘ The Bermuda Islands,” Philadelphia, 1889. A. E. Ortmann—‘“ Decapoden und Schizopoden der Plankton- Expedition,” 1893. The following ‘‘ Reports of the Challenger Expedition ”’ : “The Brachyura,’ Miers; ‘The Anomura,’ Henderson ; ‘“The Macrura,” Spence Bate; ‘The Stomatopoda,” Brooks ; “The Phyllocarida,”’ Sars. In addition to these published lists I have, through the kind- ness of Miss Rathbun, of the U. S. National Museum, received a list of the Crustacea collected by Dr. G. Brown Goode at the Bermudas in ’76 and ’77, and now in the National Museum. I have also seen several species in the American Museum of Nat- ural History in New York, which were collected by Professor Whitfield. MATERIA STUDIED FOR foils PARERS In the present paper I have noted for each species, so far as I have been able to determine, its recorded observance by the authorities quoted above, and have likewise indicated those found in the Goode and Whitfield collections. The results of this compilation give a total of 61 species. The Amphipoda and Isopoda, several species of which were collected, still await identification. Doubtless this total represents very imperfectly the crustacean life of the Bermudas. During the two short seasons spent on the islands by the expedition no particular attention was given to the Crustacea above other forms of marine life ; and the fact that 18 species recorded by other investigators were not discov- ered by this expedition, argues for the existence of many more, as yet unrecorded. The field of research was limited, being mostly confined to Castle Harbor, at Walsingham, in ’97, and to Bailey’s Bay on the north shore, in ’98, at which two localities the temporary THE CRUSTACEA OF THE BERMUDA ISLANDS. 523 laboratory was situated. The most of the littoral forms were found in the vicinity of these two places. Tonging for coral in Castle Harbor, at a depth of a few feet, gave some of the rock- living forms, as d/pheus. Expeditions to Castle, Cooper, and St. David islands, increased the number, especially in land and rock crabs (Gecarcinus and Grapsus). In 1897 an excellent opportunity was afforded the expedition of learning something of the bottom at six fathoms depth, through the courtesy of Lieut. Gubbins, in charge of the government dredger “St. Albans,”’ at work in the channel at St. George; from the material thus gathered several species of Alpheus were procured. In 18098 some attempt at hand dredging at the Flatts and in Harrington Sound was made. The securing of a new species of ka, a genus hitherto unknown from this region, and the WVebala of the Challenger Expedition, proves that many interesting forms may be found by an extension of the work on these lines. (CISUAIRCAC IND IRUISINCS) Ole eels, [eI MONDAY CIRUIS= IACI AUN TVANOINUS\. The physical conditions of the Bermudas: warm, shallow waters, a coral shore, largely rocky, but with stretches of sandy beach, would naturally lead us to expect a similarity in their crustacean fauna to that of the West Indies and the adjacent shores of Florida; and such, in fact, we find to be the case. The land-crabs, Gecarcinus, find dry exposed hillsides suitable for their burrows ; the mangrove swamps hide the bright col- ored Goniopsis ; on the spray-washed cliffs the rock-crab, Grap- sus, climbs ; the great variety of littoral crabs find shelter under the stones of the beaches ; and masses of Sargassum conceal the Nautilograpsus, which, with Leander natator,and perhaps others, have found their way to the islands in the floating weed. In the tide-pools may be found the swimming crabs, Ca//inectes and Acheloiis, and the hosts of the agile shrimp, Leander affinis ; while the coral is tunneled by, and gives shelter to, the Alpheus and Gonodactylus. All these characters of the Bermudan shores must be familiar to one who has visited the West Indies ; so it is not surprising 524 RANKIN. to find that out of a total of 61 species in this list all but five have already been reported from the neighboring regions. These five are the two new species, Mika bermudensis and Alpheus lanctrostris, and the eastern species, Palemonclla tenuipes (from the Sooloo Sea), Leander affinis (from Amboina), and Penaeus velutinus (from the Pacific). As to these three last-mentioned species, there is some reason for separating the Bermuda forms from their eastern allies ; but even if on further study this should prove advisable, it is clear that they are closely related to the species mentioned above. The same interesting relationship is shown in other forms as well,—as in the genus A/pheus we have the-d. hippothoé var. bahamensis, which, as I noted in a previous paper, is very near the East Indian variety A. edamensis ; and the new species of ka comes quite near the Amboinian JV. processa. With such exceptions, however, the crustacean fauna of Ber- muda is most closely allied to its nearest neighbors, and it is probable that further investigations both in the Bermudas and | the West Indies will show a still more complete similarity of the forms. Many of the species, as is also the case with those found in the West Indies, have a distribution more or less widely extended in both hemispheres. I have reckoned that 18 out of the 61 are so distributed ; while 33 are, so far as known, confined to the West Indies and the coast of America, between, approximately, the Carolinas and Brazil. Two, Panopeus herbsti and Alpheus candet, belong to the east and west coasts of America ; and four, Neptunus anceps, Calcinus tibicen, Alpheus hippothoé var. bahamen- sis, and Alpheus bermudensis, belong to the West Indies alone, though it is highly probable that further research will discover them on the shores of the mainland. Of all the list, only three are known from Bermuda alone—the two new species described in this paper and Paranebaha longipes. The expedition is entitled to the credit of adding eight species to the crustacean fauna of Bermuda, z. ¢. Panopeus herbstiu, Nep- tunus spinimanus, Nika bermudensis, Leander natator, Alpheus lancirostris, A. hippothoé var. bahamensis, Lepas anatifera and L. pectinata. Or bo or THE CRUSTACEA OF THE BERMUDA ISLANDS. DECAPOMA: OcyPODID#. 1. Ocypode arenaria (Catesby). Cancer arenarius Catesby, History of the Carolinas, II., p. 35, Te One ¢ from South Shore, ’97; one ¢, sandy beach, Cooper Island, 98. Reported by Miers. Distribution: South shore of Long Island, to Brazil ; West Indies. GECARCINIDA. 2. Gecarcinus lateralis (Freminville). Ocypoda lateralis Freminville, Ann. Sci. Nat. (2), IIL, p. Dio Wyss 7 &, 3 9, Castle and Cooper Island, 97. Burrows in the sandy soil among the grass. Seen also on the small islands off « Seaward,”’ Bailey’s Bay. Reported by Heilprin, Miers, and J. M. Jones. I am inclined to consider G. daterahs and G. ruricola (Lin- naeus) as synonyms ; but as my specimens correspond to Milne- Edwards’ description ‘‘ Tarses armés de guatre rangées d’épines ”’ (Hist. Nat. Crust., II., p. 27, 1834), while the two specimens from the Bahamas which I have examined have szr rows, and therefore would be M.-Edwards’ G. raricola, | adopt Heilprin’s determination until a more complete series from both the Ber- mudas and West Indies may be examined. Miers’ reported G. /agostoma is probably, as Heilprin sug- gests, also G. /aterals. Distribution: West Indies; Florida Keys. *3, Cardisoma guanhumi Latreille. Reported by Miers. Distribution: East and west Central America; West Indies ; West Africa. Nore.—Species prefixed by (*) are not in the collections of the N. Y. University Expeditions. They are placed in their appropriate place in order to make the list consecutive, 526 RANKIN. GRAPSID. 4. Sesarma cinerea (Say). Grapsus cinerea Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, I., pv. 442, 1818. Several specimens from the Flatts and Bailey’s Bay, ’98. Very numerous at the Flatts on rocks above high water mark. They run very rapidly and conceal themselves under stones when pursued. They may not uncommonly be found on the trunks of the juniper trees, the bark of which they resemble in color. One specimen was taken as high as two feet from the ground. Reported by Heilprin, from the Flatts; Whitfield collection. Distribution : Virginia to Florida; West Indies. *s. Cyclograpsus integer Milne Edwards. Reported by Heilprin ; Goode collection. Distribution: Florida; West Indies ; Brazil. 6. Pachygrapsus transversus (Gibbes). Grapsus transversus Gibbes, Proc. Am. As. Adv. Sci., II., p. Lol 1350: Numerous specimens from the tide pools under stones in Castle Harbor and Bailey’s Bay, ’97 and ’98. They conceal themselves among the stones which they somewhat resemble in color. It seems to be the most common littoral crab. Reported by Heilprin, Miers and Ortmann ; Goode collection. Distribution : warm and temperate waters of both hemispheres. *7, Pachygrapsus gracilis (Saussure). Goode collection. Distribution: Florida; West Indies ; Yucatan. 8. Nautilograpsus minutus (Linnzus). Cancer minutus Linnaeus, Sys. Nat., Ed. X, I., p. 625, 1758. Numerous specimens found, in ’97, in the tide-pools with Pachygrapsus among the Sargassum in which it lives, and is so found distributed over the shores of the Atlantic, Pacific and Indian oceans. THE CRUSTACEA OF THE BERMUDA ISLANDS. . 527 Reported by Heilprin—“ one small specimen.’’ Goode col- lection. g. Grapsus grapsus (Linnzus). Cancer grapsus Linnaeus, Sys. Nat., Ed. X, I., p. 630, 1758. 3 6,22. On rocks of Castle and Cooper Islands and on South Shore ’97 and’98. These brilliantly colored crabs, though quite common on the surf-beaten rocks of the islands, are difficult to collect, as they make their way with surprising activity over the jagged coral cliffs, disappearing suddenly into narrow clefts or dropping into the boiling surf below. Reported by Heilprin and Miers (G. maculatus). Distribution : Warm seas of both hemispheres. 10. Goniopsis cruentatus (Latreille). Grapsus cruentatus Latreille, Hist. Nat. des Crust., VI., p. 70, 1803. 26,19%,1 2 juv. Longbird Island, at end of the St. George causeway, 98. Very numerous among the mangroves at this place. The crabs are exceedingly wary and at the slightest dis- turbance hide themselves among the roots of the mangroves or in the crevices of the causeway wall. Reported by Heilprin and Miers from Hungry Bay. Distribution: Florida to Brazil; West Indies; West Africa. CANCRID. 11. Eriphia gonagra (Fabricius). Cancer gonagra Fabricius, Sp. Ins., p. 505, 1781. 2 9 with ova. Cooper Island, near shore, 97. Reported by Miers “‘a small adult male.” Distribution: Atlantic coast, South Carolina to Brazil; West Indies. 12.’ Panopeus herbstii M.-Edwards. M.-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I., p. 403, 1834. (2) 1 $. No locality noted, ’97. A large specimen, 40 mm. long, and 61 mm. wide. In the form of its abdomen and the antero-lateral teeth this specimen 528 RANKIN. . resembles very closely the figure and description of P. validus Smith from the west coast of Central America, given by Benedict and Rathbun (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XIV., p. 362, 1891). | Prob- ably P. herbsti and P. valdus represent the east and west coast forms of the same species: (CD) silage ies under stones Long Bird Island, ’98. The @ is 22mm. xX 34mm. As the stones are lifted it is quite possible to overlook the crab, so close is its resemblance to the mud in which it lies concealed. - Heilprin, Miers and Ortmann report P. herdsti var. serrata Saussure ; and J. M. Jones previously reported the same. These were small specimens—probably P. dermudensis. P. herbstit 1 consider new to the Islands. _ Distribution : Rhode Island to Brazil; West Indies ; probably west coast of Central America. 13. Panopeus bermudensis Benedict and Rathbun. Benedict and Rathbun, The Genus Panopeus. Proc. U. S. Nat: Mus., XV 2p. 376, pla tox aio: Numerous specimens from Bailey’s Bay and Coney Island and dredged at the Flatts, ’98. The average size of the male is 9.5mm. long and 13 mm. broad. They may be found at low tide under stones in small de- pressions in the sand. They are variously colored, dark, light or mottled, corresponding to their surroundings. The fingers vary considerably ; sometimes quite dark, frequently as light as the palms. I find a large tooth on the dactyl of the larger hand in all but two specimens. Collected at Bermuda by G. Brown Goode (B. & R., l. c. supra. p. 377); and probably the P. herbsti var. serratus of the other reports belongs here.. Distribution: Florida Keys to Brazil ; West Indies. *14. Eurytium limosum (Say). Reported by Miers. Distribution : New York to Brazil ; West Indies. or we) Ne) THE CRUSTACEA OF THE BERMUDA ISLANDS. 15. Actaea setigera (Milne-Edwards). Xantho setiger Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I., p. 390, 1834. Actaca setigera A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Crust. du Museum, Ds 27 ole ON AUOE siren 2. TKO. 1 g, Castle Harbor, under stones at low tide, 98. Purplish-red in color, lighter on appendages; fingers and _ lower portion of hand black. Size, 40 mm. broad, 27 mm. long. An unusually broad specimen, probably quite old. Reported by Heilprin, “one male dredged off Shelly Bay,” and by Ortmann. Whitfield collection. Distribution: Florida Keys ; West Indies. 16. Xantho denticulata White. White, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 2, II., p.-285, 1840. 1 &, Cooper’s Island, ’97. Reported from Bermuda by J. M. Jones; Goode collection. Distribution : West Indies ; Mexico; Brazil. *17. Lophactaea lobata (Milne-Edwards). Goode collection. Distribution : Florida Keys; West Indies. * 18. Lobopilumnus agassizii Stimpson. Reported by Heilprin ; Goode collection. Distribution : Florida. | PORTUNIDAE. 19. Callinectes ornatus Ordway. Ordway, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., VII., p. 571, 1863. I @ spurious, 49. Bailey’s Bay at low tide, 97 and ’98. Olive-green carapace, appendages marked with blue. Reported from Bermuda by J. M. Jones ; Goode collection. Distribution : South Carolina to Brazil; West Indies. * 20. Callinectes sapidus Rathbun. Reported by Rathbun in Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVIII, p. 352, 1896. 530 ‘ RANKIN. J. M. Jones reports Lupa diacantha. Distribution : Cape Cod to Texas; Jamaica; Brazil. 21. Neptunus anceps De Saussure. H. de Saussure, Crust. Nouv. des Antilles et du Mexique, in Mém. de la Soc. Phys. Hist. Nat., Genéve, XIV., p. 434, pl. i fic ater elo sos 1 9, Cooper Island, ’97. Length 18 mm., width 30 mm. Heilprin in his list, gives VV. hastatus which is a Mediterranean species. A. Milne-Edwards in his key to the species of Veptunus (Arch. Mus. H. N., Paris, t. X., p. 326, 1861), makes the dif- ference between JV. hastatus and NV. anceps consist in the breadth of the last two segments of the male abdomen. As my single specimen is a female I cannot verify this statement, but have no doubt that the Bermuda form is JV. anceps. Distribution: ‘‘The Antilles, taken at Cuba,’ Saussure. *22. Neptunus sayi (Gibbes). Reported by Ortmann ; Goode collection. Distribution : Atlantic coast of North America ; West Indies. 23. Neptunus (Achelows) spinimanus (Latreille). Portunus spinimanus Watreille, Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat., DOANE jon lig USO), Achelous spinimanus A. M.-Edwards, Arch. Mus. H. N. Paris, XS ps 34 Diaz loons The single specimen was presented to me by Rev. H. J. Wood of St. George, who had obtained it from some fishermen of St. David’s, ’97. The carapace is covered with a close drab- colored pubescence except on ridges which are smooth and brownish-red. Pereiopods marked with longitudinal white stripes. Length 60 mm. breadth 100 mm. This species has not before been recorded from Bermuda and, according to Mr. Wood, had never before been observed. Distribution : South Carolina to Brazil; West Indies ; Chili, (A. M.-Edwards). THE CRUSTACEA OF THE BERMUDA ISLANDS. 531 24. Neptunus (Acheloiis) depressifrons Stimpson. Amphitrite depressifrons Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., WAU 6, (Oe Sieh, iekey7, Achelous depressifrons Stimpson, ibid., p. 223. 1 9, Coney Island, in the sand at low tide, ’98. Color of carapace—above mottled like the sand, below, white, giving it a close resemblance to its environment. Small red markings on fingers of chelipeds and on propodos of second pereiopods. Length, 14 mm; breadth, 19 mm. Reported by Miers, ‘an adil male’’ ; Goode collection. Distribution ; South Carolina to Florida; West Indies. * 25. Portunus (Achelous) sebae M.-Edwards. Goode collection. Distribution : Coast of North America. INACHIDA. * 26. Podochela riisei Stimpson. Reported by Miers. Distribution : West Indies and Brazil. PERICERIDA. 27. Macrocoeloma trispinosa (Latreille). Pisa trispinosa Latreille, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat., X., p. 142, 1825. I @. The cove at Coney Island, ’o98. Reported by Miers—two specimens, and by Ortmann ; Whit- field collection. Distribution : North Carolina to Brazil; West Indies. 28. Microphys bicornutus (Latreille). isa bicormuia Seatrelle neye. Meth), xX, p) 141, 1825. ; Numerous specimens from Bailey’s Bay, Castle Harbor, and White Island in Hamilton Harbor. Common. Reported by Heilprin, Miers, J. M. Jones* and Ortmann. Distribution : Florida to Brazil ; West Indies. 1Jones reports, “‘Pericera cormuta, from fish pot.’’? It is probable that J/- crophys bicornutus is meant. HS2Z RANKIN. 29. Mithrax hirsutipes (Kingsley). Mithraculus hirsutipes Kingsley, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. BO mply 14, fe. 1.1070. Mithraculus forceps A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. au Mexique, pt. 5, I., p. 100;:(2)} 1880: Numerous specimens from Castle Harbor in tide pools, and dredged, ’97 and ’98. This and FPachygrapsus transversus were the most common species noted. | I consider that the name JZ. hirsutipes should take precedence over JZ. forceps as the latter does not seem to have been pub- lished until 1880, although the “ Mission scientifique,” in which the name appears, bears the date on the title page of 1875. Reported by Heilprin (3 specimens), Miers (1 specimen) and Ortmann ; Goode and Whitfield collections. _ Distribution: North Carolina to Brazil; West Indies. * 30. Mithrax hispidus (Herbst). Goode collection. Distribution : Florida to Brazil ; West Indies. * 31. Mithrax (Nemausa) rostrata A. M.-Edwards. Reported by Miers. Distribution : Gulf of Mexico. CALAPPIDE. 32. Calappa flammea (Herbst). Cancer flammea Herbst, Natur. Krabben u. Krebse, II., p. LOU IZOB. Miers, Challenger Brachyura, p. 284 (for synonomy). “4 8, St. David Island, Coney Island and Bailey’s Bay, in shallow water, ’97 and ’98. One was taken while exuviating ; the crab was nearly buried in the sand, with the posterior margin of the carapace alone protruding. Reported by Heilprin, Miers and Ortmann. Distribution: North Carolina to Venezuela; West Indies ; East Indies and Cape of Good Hope. THE CRUSTACEA OF THE BERMUDA ISLANDS. 533 * 33. Calappa gallus (Herbst). Reported by Miers. Distribution : East and West Indies ; Red Sea. HIpPiIp&. 34. Remipes cubensis Saussure. Saussure: Wev. Mace Zools sen) 2, 1Xe. os 5Osh Loin 7: Ftippa scutellata (Fabricius), Sp. Ins., II., p. 474, 1793. Eighteen specimens from the sandy beach of Cooper Island, 97. Reported by Henderson. Jones reports ‘‘ Hippa or sand-bug. Distribution : American and African shores of Atlantic. ” PORCELLANIDA. 35. Petrolisthes armatus (Gibbes). Porcellana armata Gibbes, Proc. Am. As. Adv. Sci., III., p- 190, 1850. Numerous specimens from under stones in tide pools. Castle Harbor, Bailey’s Bay and Harrington Sound, ’97 and ’08. The specimens present considerable variation in the color— dark-blue, speckled, reddish-white and slate. _ Reported by Heilprin, Henderson, Ortmann. Distribution : Circumtropical. CGENOBITID. *36. Coenobita diogenes (Latreille). Reported by J. M. Jones, Heilprin ; Goode collection. Since leaving the islands I have seen several living specimens from near the Flatts, but none were collected by the party. Distribution : West Indies to Brazil. 37. PAGURID®. 37. Calcinus tibicen (Herbst). (Plate XVII, Fig. 1.) Cancer tibicen Herbst, Naturg. Krab. u. Krebse, II., p. 25, pl. XXIII, fig. 6, 1796. 534 RANKIN. Pagurus sulcatus M.-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., II., p. 230, 1834. Not Calcinus tibicen (M.-Edwards), 1. c. p. 229 ; Dana (Crust., p. 458); and authors. The original description of Cancer tibicen by Herbst, as pointed out by Hilgendorf (see Henderson, Chal. Anomura, p. 61.), agrees with the West Indian C. sa/catus (M.-Ed.) ; and the C. tibicen, as described by Milne-Edwards from the South Seas, is another species. I consider, therefore, that this Bermudan and West Indian form should take the name C. tébicen (Herbst), and that C. sadcatus (M.-Ed.) should be asynonym. Milne-Ed- wards’ short description of C. sulcatus agrees well with my spec- imens, except that the furrow on the propodos of the third per- elopod is placed by him, probably by mistake, on the rzght side instead of the /eé/¢. Heilprin, in his list, identifies his specimens as C. obscurus Stimp. (Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist. N. Y., VII., p. 83) 1862): As Stimpson’s specimens are from Panama, and as he describes the ambulatory feet as ‘‘ dark-olive, almost black,” it is probable that these Bermuda forms should not be referred to C. obscurus. I add from my material a more complete description of the species : Calcinus tibicen (Herbst). Carapace and -appendages minutely and closely punctate. Carapace and chelipeds reddish-brown, a darker area in center of tergum ; back of cephalo-thoracic groove lighter, more or less mottled with dark spots ; rostrum minute ; optic peduncles above orange, slightly darker at ends, terminating distally with a white band ; below of a lighter shade, longer than the peduncles of the inner antennae. Ocular scales appressed, triangular, with red base and white tips ; cornea black. Inner antennze: dark-brown peduncle and orange flagellum. Outer antenne ; basal joint and spine dark-red, distal joint and flagellum orange. First pair of pereiopods: chelz reddish- brown, tips of fingers white, somewhat excavated; the upper margin of smaller hand with blunt keel and without any ser- rations. THE CRUSTACEA OF THE BERMUDA ISLANDS. 539 Second and third pairs of pereiopods slightly lighter in color than the first ; propodos with only a few hairs at its distal end, yellowish-white ; dactyl of same color but with a median circular band of reddish-brown and a black tip. On the outer surface of the propodos of the third pereiopod of the /ef/¢ side is a broad and shallow, but well marked, longitudinal furrow. Eight specimens, several with ova. In various gastropod shells, found under stones on shore of Castle Harbor and dredged in the channel, ’97. Distribution : West Indies. 38. Clibanarius tricolor (Gibbes). Pagurus tricolor Gibbes, Proc. Am. As. Adv. Sci., III., p. 189, 1850. Numerous specimens in various small spiral shells from Bailey’s Bay and Castle Harbor’97 and’98. Several specimens were collected which had adopted the shell of the Pulmonate, Bulimus decollatus, as their habitation. This brightly colored and very active little hermit crab is very abundant among the stones in tide-pools. Reported by Heilprin ; Goode collection. Distribution : Florida and West Indies. SCYLLARID#. 39. Scyllarus equinoctialis Lund. Lund, Skrivter Naturh. Selsk., II., pt. 2, p. 21. Copenhagen 1793. Three specimens, 26,19, bought from fishermen were sent alive to the New York Aquarium in ’97, but did not survive. Hielprin reports a Scyl/larus sculptus M.-Edwards, purchased atthe Crawl. My specimens differ from M.-Edwards’ description of S. sculptus in the lack of the median spines and it is probable that S. @guinoctialis—the common West Indian form, is the one reported by Hielprin rather than S. sculptus. Reported also by J. M. Jones. Distribution: West Indies to Brazil. 536 RANKIN. PALINURID#. 40. Panulirus argus (Latreille). Patinurus argus Latreille ; Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., EVs 300). 1537. 2 ¢ juv. Locality not noted, 97. Two adult specimens were sent to the N. Y. Aquarium for exhibition, but did not survive the journey. This is the ‘“‘lobster”’ of the Bermudas ; its large size and brilliant coloring make it by far the most striking of the Ber- muda Crustacea. Heilprin reports “ Palinurus americanus Lamk., the large Ber- muda Crayfish.” As he says however that ‘“‘I am unable to state positively if the species is correctly referred,” it is probable that his species should also be P. argus. Reported also by Jones ; Whitfield collection. Distribution: Florida Keys; West Indies to Brazil. STENOPID. * ar. Stenopus hispidus (Latreille). Reported by Spence Bate. Distribution : warm waters of both hemispheres. NiKipe. 42. Nika bermudensis n. sp. (Plate SOV, Fig..2:) Three specimens, 2 @ with ova, 1 ¢. Harrington Sound, dredged at a depth of one fathom in clean white sand, ’98._ I am indebted to Mr. F. W. Carpenter of New York University for these specimens. Rostrum one-third the length of the cephalo-thorax, some- what shorter than the opthalmapoda, spiniform, not extending backward asa keel, bifid at apex, the lower tooth being the longer, projecting beyond the teeth on both sides are two hairs. Anterior margin of carapace produced into a small rounded antennal angle, not spiniform, no ocular tooth. Fronto-lateral angle rounded. THE CRUSTACEA OK THE BERMUDA ISLANDS. 537 First pair of antennz: basal joint of pedicel reaches beyond the tip of rostrum, second and third joints together not so long as the first, third a little shorter than the second ; outer flagellum robust, equal in length to the pedicel, basal two-thirds fringed with long cilia; inner flagellum slender, rather more than twice the length of outer. Second pair of antennz: scaphocerite almost as long as the pedicel of the inner antenne, a spine on its distal, outer angle ; flagellum a little longer than the body. Third pair of maxillipedes : the two terminal joints together a little shorter than the antepenultimate ; distal end of penultimate reaches the tip of pedicel of inner antennae. First pair of peretopods: robust, shorter than the third maxil- lipede, that on the left side terminates in a claw, on the right side in a small chela; the three terminal segments together equal in length to the meros. Second pair of pereiopods: very slender and chelate, that on the left side, when extended, reaches slightly beyond third mawxillipede, that on the right ride about one-third longer; a bunch of fine hairs at the base of the hand; carpus multiarticulate ; the ischium of both limbs has a sheath-like pos- terior outgrowth. Third, fourth and fifth pairs of pereiopods long and slender, terminating in sharp claws, each of which has a bunch of fine hairs at its base and a few minute hairs near the tip; third and fifth pairs sub-equal, fourth noticeably longer, principally on account of the greater relative length of the meros and carpus so that the dactyl and part of the propodos reach beyond the end of the third and fourth; meros of the third pair has five backwardly projecting spines. Telson: tapering to the apex, which terminates in a spine on either side ; dorsal surface grooved, with two pairs of dorsal spines. Total length of a female, 14 mm., cephalo-thorax, 9g mm. This is the first recorded appearance of a eka in the western Atlantic. The five described species of the genus are as fol- lows : 1. Wika edulis Risso (Hist. Nat. Crust., Nice, p. 85, pl.3, fig. 3, 1816). = Processa canaliculata Leach (Malacost, Pod. Brit., oll, JE HORS), Seas of Europe, Madeira, Cape Verde, Japan. AnnaLs N. Y. AcAD. Sci., XII, May 22, 1900—34 538 RANKIN, 2. N. japonica De Haan (Fauna Japonica, pl. 46, fig. 6, 1850). East Coast of Asia. 3. WV. hawaiensis Dana (U. S. Expl. Ex., Crustacea, p. 538, 1852). Hawaii. 4. NV. macrognatha Stimpson (Proc. Phil. Ac., p. 27, 1860). Hong-Kong. 5. WV. processa Spence Bate (Challenger, Macrura, p. 527, pl. 95, 1888). Amboina. The more marked differences between the Bermuda species - and the others are the following : /V. edulis has a keel on the ros- trum ; in WV. hawazensis the rostrum is broad and triangular; /V. japonica has no spines on the upper surface of the telson; JV. macrognatha has smaller eyes and longer maxillipedes; JV. processa, to which the new species is most closely allied, has a longer rostrum, longer maxillipedes and pereiopods, the carpus of the 3d, 4th and 5th pereiopods is equal to the meros and ischium together (in WV. dermudensis the carpus is equal only to the meros), the second joint of the pedicel of inner antenne is rel- atively longer than in JV. bermudensis, where it very slightly excels in length the terminal joint. From all these species WV. bermudensis differs in having a bifid rostrum. PALAMONID. 43. Palemonella tenuipes Dana. Dana, ‘Grust-Uo S. Expl. Psp: 592) .pls se nnuec shelton: 1 6,1 @ with ova. Broken out of coral rock in Castle Har- bor, 6-8 feet, ’97. These two specimens belong, no doubt, to the same species as those dredged by Heilprin in Shelly Bay and referred by him to Dana’s P. tenuzpes from the Sooloo Sea. I note eight dorsal spines on rostum instead of seven, and no spines on carpus of the second pereiopod. Probably a new species should be made for this Bermuda form. 44. Leander natator (Milne-Edwards). Palemon natator M.—Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., II., p. 393, 1837. THE CRUSTACEA OF THE BERMUDA ISLANDS. 539 This single specimen was found in ’g7, in a tide pool at Castle Island under masses of Sargassum with which it had undoubt- edly reached the island, as it is'a sargassum-living form and is so distributed throughout the warmer seas. I find on the rostrum eleven dorsal, and four ventral teeth. Not before reported from the Bermudas. 45. Leander affinis (Milne-Edwards). - Palemon affintis Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., II., p. 391, nOBye Numerous specimens, usually with ova. Very common in pools among the rocks on the shores of Castle Harbor, ’97 and ’98. As noted by Heilprin the number of rostral teeth varies: con- siderably. The only difference from Spence Bate’s description (Chal., Macrura, p. 782) of his Australian form seems to be that in the Bermuda form the ocellus is not clearly distinct from the cornea of the eye, as Spence Bate gives it, but lies just within its margin. Reported by Heilprin and Ortmann; and by J. M. Jones as Palemon vulgaris. ; Distribution: New Zealand (Dana); Port Jackson (Bate). ALPHEID&. 46. Alpheus edwardsii (Audouin). (Plate Vic.) 3°) Athanas edwards Audouin, Planches de la description de l Egypte par M. Savigny, Crust. pl. X., fig. 1, 1810. Three specimens from Castle Harbor, ’97. Reported by Heilprin and Ortmann. Distribution: Circumtropical. 47. Alpheus hippothoé de Man. var. bahamensis Rankin. Rankins AnnalseNeovee cad Ser. Xs oy 247, pl. POXGX fie. 5 hoOo: Four specimens, St. David Island, in tide pools, ’97. 540 RANKIN. These specimens have the characteristic blue tips of the fingers. New to Bermuda. Distribution: Bahamas. 48. Alpheus bermudensis Spence Bate. (Plate DOVAE, Fico") Spence Bate, Chalenger, Macrura, p. 547, pl. 98, fig. 3, 1888. (2) 3 specimens from dredger, 97. (0) 9 specimens from Bailey’s Bay, under rocks at low tide, ’98. (c) 2 specimens dredged in 1-2 fathoms at the Flatts, ’98. Heilprin considers that A. dermudensis is the same as A. avarus Fabr. and A. edwardsii Audouin. The synonomy of the two latter is probable ; but there are well marked differences in speci- mens-of the same size of A. bermudensis and A. edwardsit. In A. edwardsi there is a deep transverse constriction in the larger chela above and below ; in A. bermudensis only above as shown in the figure (plate XVII, fig. 4). A deep longitudinal furrow is on the inner side near the upper surface of A. dermudensis, none in A, edwardsi (cf. fig. 3). The dactyl is longer and less sickel-shaped in A. edivardsiz, and on the meros is a spine at the distal inner end. The carpal joints of the second pereiopods also. differ, the first in A. bermudensis being shorter than the second, instead of longer, while the third and fourth are propor- tionately shorter than is the case in A. edwardsi. The small chela of A. dermudensis is very much smaller than the large ; the fingers are about the length of the palm, slightly gaping, as the dactyl has a long slight curve. Reported by Heilprin and Spence Bate, who also had a specimen from St. Thomas, W. I. 49. Alpheus minor Say. Say, Jour Acad Nati Ser ehily dpe 24 cp alole: Numerous specimens from the dredger, ’97, and broken out of coral rock in Castle Harbor, 97 and ’o8. Reported by Heilprin and Ortmann. Distribution: Virginia to Panama; West Indies ; west coast Central America. THE CRUSTACEA OF THE BERMUDA ISLANDS. 541 50. Alpheus candei Guerin. Guerin, in Sagra’s Histoire de Pisle de Cuba, Paris, p. L, pl. De eon 13857. Alpheus transverso-dactylus Kingsley, Bull. U. S. Geol. Sur- veya UNa(O- a.), 1p: 190s 197.8: Seven specimens of a yellowish-green color with darker green carapace broken out of coral rock in Castle Harbor ’97 and ’98. The description given by Kingsley (I. c. supra) of specimens from California corresponds very closely to Guerin’s figure of his specimens from the coast of Cuba and to my material from Bermuda. I think there can be no doubt that A. transverso- dactylus Kingsley should be considered as a synonym of 4. candet Guerin. Kingsley himself says ‘“‘I cannot separate from this, i. e., the Californian A. transverso-dactylus, two specimens from Bermuda, one collected by J. M. Jones and the other by G. Brown Goode.” This species comes near A. streptochirus Stimp. from the Cape Verde Islands. Reported by Kingsley from Goode and Jones collections. Distribution : California ; West Indies. 51. Alpheus lancirostris n. sp. (Blate SGVil Big. 15") Nineteen specimens, 11 ¢, 8 2 ; two from dredger ’97, the remainder from under stones in Bailey’s Bay, at low tide, ’98. Carapace smooth. Rostrum prominent, laterally compressed and slightly bent down at tip, extending backward as a sharp lance-like keel to the posterior region of cornea where it broad- ens out to a triangular base; the keel is separated from the ocu- lar lobes by a broad and well marked sulcus. Ocular lobes prom- inent dorsally ; no spine, but slightly angular anteriorly. Inner antennz: basal joint of peduncle reaching to the tip of rostrum, with a sharp spine equal in length to the basal joint ; two following joints cylindrical, the third half the length of sec- ond ; upper flagellum short and stout, tipped with a long pencil of hair; inner flagellum rather more than twice the length of outer. Outer antennz : basal joint of peduncle with short spine ; 542 RANKIN. scaphocerite slightly longer than peduncle, ends in a stout spine, lamellar portion narrowed at base; flagellum nearly twice the length of the longer flagellum of inner antennz, about equal to the body length. First pair of pereiopods: meros triangular in cross section, a spine at the distal end of the inner lower margin ; carpus short ; large hand much swollen, a deep narrow sulcus on upper mar- gin, a depression on inner lateral surface running backwards and downwards from this, a shallower depression on the outer sur- face ; a sulcus on the lower margin constricts the palma sharply from the thumb; dactyl strongly arched, very little longer than the thumb; articulation vertical; tip of dactyl and of thumb calcareus ; scattered hairs on hand and dactyl; the whole aspect of the large hand, which appears to be always on the right side, is very similar to that of dA. edwards (cf. pl. XVII, fig. 3) ; small hand cylindrical, long and slender, fingers nearly straight, as long as palma, slightly hairy. Second pair of pereiopods: carpus five-articulate ; first and second joints subequal, third and fourth equal, together about the length of fifth, which is shorter than the second; hand, slightly longer than fifth carpal joint. Third and fourth pairs of pereiopods similar, no meral spine. Fifth pair of pereiopods more slender than fourth. Propodos of third, fourth and fifth pairs fringed with small spines; their dactyls slender and sharp. Pleopods slender; in the females loaded with well developed ova. Telson rounded at distal extremity, lateral margins slightly concave ; two small spines on each side of median line of dorsal surface. Uropods rounded at distal end; outer one with well- marked dizresis ; the outer angle of proximal portion is marked by a minute spine and a longer articulated one is median to this. Color of fresh specimens: three broad, transverse bands of brown on the carapace and one on each segment of the abdo- men; antenne and margins of the telson and uropods orange ; pereiopods yellow ; large chela spotted with brown and with an orange area on the inner side; ends of fingers white. In alco- hol the species is characterized by alternate bands of pink and white, while the chelz are mottled with blue. THE CRUSTACEA OF THE BERMUDA ISLANDS. 543 The affinities of the new species are with A. zztrinsicus Spence Bate from Bahia (Chal., Macr., p. 557. pl. III., fig. 1), In both the rostrum is broad and flat at the proximal end and the sharp keel is separated from the eyes by a deep and wide sulcus, but in the new species the broadening of the keel of the rostrum towards its distal end is not so prominent, and the sharp spines on the inner dorsal surface of the ocular lobes are wanting. The teeth on the large chela of A. zntrinsicus are wanting in the new species, and also the meral spines of the third and fourth pereiopods. The carpus of the second pair of pereiopods is five-jointed in the new species, six-jointed (according to Spence Bate’s figure and description) in A. cutrinsicus. Measurements of large 9: total length, 45 mm.; length of carapace, 15 mm.; of large chela, 21 mm.; of small chela, 13 mm. 52. Alpheus websteri Kingsley. Kingsley, ProcAc: Nat! Sci. Phil® p; 416; 1870. Five specimens, dredged in channel, 6 fathoms, ’97. This is probably the same as A. formosus Gibbes (Proc. A. A. A. S. III. p. 196, 1850), though as I am in doubt about the exact synonomy I retain provisionally the name above. The small black spines of the uropods noted by Kingsley serve readily to identify this species. The triangular rostrum with the lateral sulci clearly distinguish it from A. menor, and place it in the same group with the new species. The specimens were at first marked by a white band along the median dorsal surface and a wavy line on each side. Heilprin reports one specimen of A. formosus Gibbes, obtained by dredging. Distribution : Florida and West Indies. PENZIDA. 53. Sicyonia carinata (Olivier) (?). (Rate xaval Hic) 6:) Palaemon carinatus Olivier, Encyclop., t. VIII., p. 667, 1811. Sicyonia carinata Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. L, DOXA ply IX hes OM 18.30: 544 . RANKIN. Sicyonia carinata Spence Bate, Challenger, Macrura, p. 294, PH eOWIMNT figs:62, 53, 1888. Two damaged specimens. Harrington Sound, dredged in clean white sand with ka bermudensis, 1 fathom. Iam indebted to Mr. F. W. Carpenter, of the New York University, for the specimens dredged at this place in July, ’98. The specimens come near to, and perhaps are, the S. cavinata Olivier, the only species of Szcyonza reported from the West Atlantic region.. My specimens differ from the figures of Spence Bate and Milne-Edwards (cf. fig. 6) in the position of the rostral teeth, mine having four teeth close together on the dorsal surface of rostrum and none below. One other tooth is posterior to the gastric region. As the thoracic appendages are entirely wanting Iam not able to make a careful comparison of the forms and leave the Bermuda species for the present as S. carvinata. Reported by Ortmann. I @. Distribution : St. Thomas, W. I., and Brazil. * 54. Peneus constrictus Stimpson. Reported by Ortmann ; Goode collection. Distribution: Coast of North and South Carolina. * 55. Peneus velutinus Dana. Reported by Heilprin. Distribution: Pacific? * 56. Pandalus tenuicornus. Goode collection. PHYLLOCARIDA. 57. Paranebalia longipes (Willemoes Suhm). Nebalia longipes Willemoes Suhm, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., ser 2, 1.; p. 20, ploVi 1870: Paranebalia longipes Sars, Report on the Phyllocarida, in Challenger Report, p. 10, 1887. * Two specimens, ¢, dredged at the Flatts, 1 to 2 fathoms in clean sand, ’98. THE CRUSTACEA OF THE BERMUDA ISLANDS. 545 The type specimens of the Challenger expedition came from Bermuda in Harrington sound. Also collected there by Dr. Goode. Not reported from other localities. STOMATOPODA. 58. Pseudosquilla ciliata Miers. Miers, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, V., p. 108, pl. III., figs. 7 and 8, 1880. One specimen from dredger, ’97. Reported from Bermuda by Bigelow in Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. XVII., p. 499, 1894. Distribution: Atlantic and Pacific. 59. Gonodactylus cerstedii Hansen. Hansen, Isopoden, Cumaceen und Stomatopoden der Plank- ton-expedition, 1895, p. 65. G. chiragra Fabricius (in part), Ent. Spo MUO, Gs. 17/0). Five specimens, broken from coral rock, Cie Harbor and Bailey’s Bay, '97 and ’98. Reported by Heilprin, one specimen from Flatts ; Brooks and J. M. Jones ; Goode collection. Distribution: West Indies; Florida to Brazil. CIRRIPEDIA. 60. Lepas anatifera Linnzus. Linnzeus, Systema Nature, 1767. Darwin, Monograph on Cirripedia, Lepadide, Ou 7s, SIAL Several dried specimens from a log cast on the shore, ’98. Distribution : Common in all waters. 61. Lepas pectinata Spengler. Spencler oknmit. Nat Selsy Il, p. 1060;)11703: Darwin, Monograph on Cirripedia, Lepadide, p. 85, 1851. One specimen attached to sargassum in water near North Rock, ’98. Distribution: Atlantic and Mediterranean waters. PRINCETON UNIVERSITY, May, 1899. BATE Oval (547) Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. PLATE XVII. BERMUDA CRUSTACEA. PAGE. . Calcinus tibicen (Herbst). Cephalo-thoras es Ata cea dee emer ea see cise este ener eee 533 . Nika bermudensis Rankin n. sp., X 6.............00008 536 a. First pereipod of right side. 6. Second pereiopod of right side. . Alpheus edwardsii (Audouin) ..................ceceeeee 539 First pereiopod ; larger chela (from De Man), x 1%. . Alpheus bermudensis Spence Bate ..................005 540 First pereiopod ; larger chela (from Spence Bate), x 2 . Alpheus lancirostris Rankin n, sp., X 1% ............ 541 a, Cephalic region of carapace, dorsal aspect, x 474. 6, First pereiopod ; smaller chela, x 1%. c. Telson, from above; xX 1%. . Sicyonia, carinata (Olivier) escent ee eee 543 Carapace (from Spence Bate), x 2. (548) ANNALS N. Y. ACAD, SCI. XII. PLATE XVII. R. Weber, del. [ANNALS N. Y. Acap. Scr., Vol. XII., No. 13, pp. 549 to 588, May 22, 1900. ] CONTRIBUTIONS TO) AN SIAN: SYNGAS TEE: CON DITIONAL SENTENCE. Louis H. Gray. (Read March 27, 1899.) AmoneG the numerous problems presented to the scholar by the syntax of the Avesta’ the question of the original distinction between the subjunctive and the optative is one of the most interesting.” The view of Delbrtick with regard to this primary distinction between the two moods in Indo-Germanic has long _been accepted by the majority of scholars. He formulated his opinion in the following sentence (Gebrauch des Conj. und Opt. 13): “ Dieser relative Grundbegriff ist fiir den Conjunctiv der Wille, fir den Optativ der Wunsch.” ‘ Will” is defined as a de- sire for the attainable; ‘‘ wish’’ implies a longing for what may perhaps be unattainable (ibid. 16, cf. his Vgl. Synt. il, 374). Delbriick has reiterated his view with regard to the fundamental difference between the subjunctive and optative more than once, and he still retains it as being the most probable working hypo- thesis in the study of the modal relations of the Indo-Germanic (Grundlagen der griech. Synt. 116-117, Altind. Synt. 302, Vgl. Synt. der Indo-Germ. Sprachen ii., 349-352). On the other hand, the same scholar, Grundlagen der griech. Synt. 117, recog- nizes the possibility of regarding the subjunctive as a nearer future and the optative as a remoter future. This is the view which has been maintained with much energy and feeling by 1 My deepest indebtedness is due to my teacher, Professor Jackson, of Columbia University. It is his collection of examples from the Avestan texts that has formed the nucleus of the present paper. To him I express sincerest thanks. * The principal literature as far as the Avestan is concerned is as follows: Spiegel, Gramm. der altbakt. Sprache 322, 337-338; Vgl. Gramm. der altéran Sprachen 499-504; Jolly, Conjunctiv und Optativ und die Nebensatze im Zend und Altper. | especially 70-104; Bartholomae, Altiran. Verb. 181-219. (549) 550 GRAY. Prof. Goodwin of Harvard, in his “relation of the optative to the subjunctive and other moods” (Appendix i. of his ‘Greek moods and tenses,’ 371-389, edit. 1893). Thus Goodwin says, 389: ‘Its (the optative’s) relation to the subjunctive. . .is substantially that of a ‘remoter future.’’’ The gulf between the views of these two scholars seems to me to be more apparent than real. Goodwin in particular seems to be a little too nice in his distinction between “‘ will” and “wish.” “ Will”’ and ‘“‘ wish” in my judgment denote nothing more or less than different grades of desire, which itself of necessity implies future time. I empha- ' size this point, because, if it be granted, a synthesis of the views of Delbriick and Goodwin appears not impossible. I feel, then, little hesitation in adopting Delbriick’s hypothesis. This will lead to the following classification of the uses of the subjunctive and optative (Vgl. Synt. ii., 374, cf. Gebrauch des Conj. und Opt. 16-17; Bartholomae Altiran. Verb. 181. See also the classifi- cation of Goodwin, 375, 388, and compare. Elmer, Studies in Latin Moods and Tenses, Cornell Studies in Class. Philology Vis, 175-231, Bennett, ibids ix.) 3147): a. Subjunctive= Will 6. Optative= Wish ( Volitative Subjunctive Prescriptive Optative | Prospective “6 Potential Both the subjunctive and the optative, like the imperative, seem to have stood originally only in positive sentences. Their equivalent in negative sentences was the injunctive. The conditional sentences fall into two main divisions, and each of these is to be divided in its turn into two classes. First of all, conditions are (1) real, (2) ideal. The real conditions fall into the two classes of (1) logical conditions (“af he goes, it is well’), (2) anticipatory conditions (‘‘if he shall go, it will be well’’). The ideal conditions are either (1) possible conditions (‘if he should go, it would be well’’) or (2) unfilled conditions (‘if he had gone, it would have been well’’). The logical con- ditions have the indicative (or the injunctive) in the protasis ; the anticipatory conditions contain the subjunctive in the pro- tasis. CONTRIBUTIONS TO AVESTAN SYNTAX. 551 In both classes of the ideal conditions we find the Optative in the Protasis. With regard to the time-element of these classes of the conditional sentences, it is to be noted that the logical conditions fall either into the present or the past, while the anticipatory conditions are concerned with the future only. The possible conditions, like the anticipatory, imply future time; and the unfulfilled conditions, like one class of the logical, deal with the past. The following diagram may serve to make my divisions more clear. Conditions. / ww Ver (nd. iy ) (O /2t.) I. line : i & Pos) sible 4. VO ‘ pt. a Pr/esent \ Fut\ure Fut ure b\ Past Past First and foremost it must be observed that the class of a conditional sentence is determined in all cases by the mood (and tense) of its protasis. The form of its apodosis is a secondary matter. 552 GRAY. With regard to my translations I have systematically rendered the subjunctive by “may” or “shall,” and the optative by “might” or “should.” Of these alternative renderings I have used “‘ may’ for what I regarded as the volitative subjunctive, and “shall”? for the prospective. Similarly “might” translates the potential optative, and “should” the prescriptive. For an oc- casional violation of the English usage of “shall” and “will” I must plead the necessities of a scientific uniformity in so delicate a problem as the mutual relations of the moods. I have rendered the injunctive in all cases by “‘is to,” and the future in- dicative by ‘will.’ While it is quite evident that the subjunc- tive and the optative are sometimes used in the conditional sen- tence with iterative force (cf. Jolly, Conj. u. Opt. 43-45, 59, 102, 85, 94; Bartholomae, Altiran. Verb. 188, IQ0—-I9I, 194, 212, 216; KZ. xxvii, 37 ;\Sprachgeschichten-..9127); Jacksons Enoc A. O.S. xvii., 187 and especially the examples in his forthcoming Avestan syntax ; cf. also the use of the subjunctive and the op- tative in Greek general conditions, Goodwin Greek moods and tenses 170 seqq., and the iterative subjunctive in Latin, Gilder- sleeve-Lodge Latin Gramm. 364), I have thought it best not to disturb the uniformity of my renderings for the sake of this special shade of meaning. It will, I hope, be readily deducible in all cases where it occurs, even from my translations. In the discussion of the conditional sentence in the Avesta seventy-eight examples have been considered. Twenty-eight of these are Logical, thirty-three Anticipatory, nine Possible, and three Unfulfilled. The five remaining examples are conditions whose Protasis contains no finite verb. With regard to the por- tions of the texts whence the passages considered have been taken, twenty-four sentences are from the Gathas, fifty-four from the Younger Avesta. Of the latter two are from the verse Yasna, four from the prose Yasna, one from mixed prose and verse Yasna. Nine are from the verse YaSts, four from the prose YasSts, six from mixed prose and verse Yasts. The Vendidad gives twenty-eight examples, all but one in prose. The data with re- gard to the Apodosis are as follows: Logical Conditions with Indicative in the Apodosis ten, Subjunctive six, Optative two, In- CONTRIBUTIONS TO AVESTAN SYNTAX. 553 junctive two, Imperative two; Injunctive in the Protasis, and Injunctive in the Apodosis four, Subyunctive in the Apodosis one. Anticipatory Conditions with Subjunctive in the Apodosis fourteen, Indicative seven, Optative seven, Injunctive four, no finite verb one. Possible conditions with Optative in the Apo- dosis three, Indicative one, Subjunctive five. Unfulfilled Condi- tions with Optative in the Apodosis two, Subjunctive one. Con- ditional sentences with no finite verb in the Protasis have in the Apodosis the Indicative once, the Subjunctive twice, the Opta- tive once, and the Imperative once. The single instance of a condition without an introductory conditional particle has the In- dicative in both clauses. The relative frequency of the moods in Protasis and Apodosis is as follows: Indicative, Protasis, twenty-three ; Apodosis, twenty. Subjunctive, Protasis, thirty-three ; Apodosis, twenty- nine ; Optative, Protasis, twelve ; Apodosis, fifteen. Injunctive, Protasis, five; Apodosis, ten. Imperative, Apodosis, three ; no finite verb, Protasis, five ; Apodosis, one. Examples from the Gathas are lacking only for the type Sub- junctive + omitted verb, and Optative + Indicative. I am not able to quote at present a Gathic example of the Unfulfilled Con- dition. ANNALS N. Y. Acap. Sci., XII, May 10, 1900—35 554 GRAY. AD REAL CONDITRIONS: I. REAL CONDITIONS IN THE PRESENT OR PAsST—LOGICAL CONDITIONS. a. Indicative in the Protasis. a. Indicative in the both Clauses. a. Present tense in both Clauses. I: dhe PRrotasis 1s,introduced: by. thevemeral relative ya—- ys. 33. 2 (GAv. verse): at yi akam dragvaité vacapha va at va manawha sastolbya va varasaiti vawhau va coibaité astim tot vara radenti ahurahya zaose mazda. ‘then whosoever will work harm to the wicked whether by word, or by thought, or by both hands, or doth instruct one in the good, they are responsive unto his will in their love of Ahura Mazda.’ (Note the Optative varsSaété $1.) ys. 38. 4 (GAv. prose): mitt ya va vawuhis ahurod mazda nama dadat va~huda hyat va dadat tais va yazamaide tas fryamahi tas namahyamahi tas wsmidyamani. ‘thus whatever good names Ahura Mazda, creator of good, gave you when he created you, we worship you with them, we delight you by them, we honor you by them, we claim you by them.’ yt. 10. 28 (yAv. verse)—cf. also yt. 10. 38: aat ahmai nmanai dadaiti gausca vadwa viranqmca yahva awsnuto bavaite upa anya scindayeiti yahva thisto bavaiti. CONTRIBUTIONS TO AVESTAN SYNTAX. 555 ‘then to this house he giveth hosts both of kine and of male children, where he is well-pleased; others he doth destroy, where he is displeased.’ yt. 10. 87 (yAv. verse) : dat yahmai xsnuto bavaiti misro yo vouru-gaoyaoitis ahma jasaiti avaiirhe. ‘then with whomsoever Mithra, lord of wide pastures, is well-pleased, to that man he comes for aid.’ (cf. the Subjunctive wzyasaztz in the similar sentence yt. 10. 19.) yt. 13. 47 (yAv. verse) : yatara va ais paurva frayazante Sraorat fraxsnt avi mano sarazdatout awhuyat haca ataravra fraorisinti uyra asaungm fravasayo. ‘then whichsoever of the two doth first worship them very zealously in mind, from devotion of the soul, thitherward do turn the awful Fravashis of the righteous.’ (cf. the Subjunctive frayazaiti in the similar sentence yt. 10. 9.) 2» he Mrotastsmis iminoduced by wes7. t.do7. vse Le 21 (yA\ve prose): yes 0wa didvatsa. . . a te ashe fraca stuyé ni te vaedayemt yest té aimhe ava-uriraoda yat yasnaheca vahmaheca. ‘if I have incurred thy displeasure . . . I praise thee therefor, I acknowledge thee, if I have fallen short in that which is worship or of prayer.’ ys. 62. 9 (yAv. prose and verse) : Gat yest S& aém baraiti aésmam . a he pascacta frinati atars mazda ahurahe. 556 GRAY. ‘if then he bringeth wood to him, . . . thereafter the Fire of Mazda Ahura blesseth him.’ (cf. vd. 18. 26, where the Apodosis has the Subjunctive afrinat.) yt. 6. 3 (yAv. prose) : yewot st hvara noit usuxsyeiti ada datva vispa morancintt ya hanti hapto-karsvohva; nava cis mainyava yasata awhava astvaint paiti-dram noit paitistam vidonte. ‘if the sun does not arise, then all the demons which are in the seven zones work destruction; neither do any spiritual angels in the material world find recourse or resistance.’ vd. 8. 40-41 (yAv. prose) : sasta hé paowrim frasnadayon ; aat yat hé sasta not frasnata Gat vispam hvam tantim ayaosdata karanaotti . yesica apd vawnuhis barzsniim vaydanam pourum paiti-jasaiti kva aésam asa druxs ya nasus upa-dvasait. ‘first they shall wash his hands; for when his hands (are) not washed, he maketh all his body in impurity ‘if the good waters come first to the top of his head where of these (places) doth this Druj, the Nasu, pounce.’ The following parallels for this form of the conditional sentence may be cited from the Rig-Veda, the Old Persian inscriptions, and the Greek. yad agné adivya asy apsuja va sahaskrta tam tva girbhir havamahe. ‘whether, Agni, thou art born in heaven or in water, O thou who wast made by might, we invoke thee with our hymns.’ Bh. 1. 23-24: yadas[am ha|\cama adah y avada akunavyata, ‘as it was said unto them by me, so was it done.’ Euripides Bellerophon. frag. 294, 7 (ed. Nauck): . , ~ . ’ 5 . . , ef weot te d0@ow GLOY POV, OVX slaw eor. CONTRIBUTIONS TO AVESTAN SYNTAX. 597 6. Aorist tense in the Protasis and Present tense in the Apodosis. Phe sOkasis 1seimeroduce day: Eniewaen er all relative ya—-: ys. 48. 4 (GAv. verse): yo dat mano vahyo mazda asyasca hvo dactnam syaotanaca vacawhaca ahya saosing ustis varsnang hacaité wahmi «rata apimam nana armhat. ‘whoso hath made his mind better and more righteous, he doth follow the Faith both by deed and by word, (even) choices, longings (and) creeds: in thy sight at the last shall all men be.’ (It is to be noted that d@/ may possibly be regarded as a Sub- junctive, cf. Jackson Av. Gramm. § 642.) b. Indicative in the Protasis and Subjunctive in the Apodosis. a. Present tense in both Clauses. Lethe se corastsms introduced by the aenierall relative ya—-: Wit 254 (y-Awe pose): kat t@ nara yaozdayan amhm... yanasaum... fra- barantt. who bear forth . . . the ‘how shall those men be purified. . . corpse.’ (cf. the Subjunctive fravwharat in the relative clause in the similar condition vd. 7. 23 below.) ys. 46. 8 (GAv. verse): yi va moa ya gacda dazsd? aénamhe not ahya ma adris Syaodanas frosyat paityaogat ta ahmai gasoit dvacsawha tanvam a ya tm hupyatos payat. ‘or whosoever giveth these my creatures unto sin, never shall his dart cleave me by his deeds; on his body retributively should 1The Pahlavi tradition renders a2 ‘unto the good, and even unto the evil’ (avd sapirth amatic avd saritarth). For the asyndeton in ¢ cf. ys. 33, 2 and ond see Darmesteter’s translation ad /oc. 558 GRAY. come with hatred those things which might hold him back from the good life.’ vd. 18. 69-70 (yAv. prose): yo... «rsudra avi frawharasaiti hazawram anumayanam fravinuyat .. . a@dre asaya vawhuya frabaroit. ‘whosoever emitteth his seed, . . . he shall offer (?) a thousand sheep, . . . unto the Fire (Atar) with good piety should he present them.’ (Note the Subjunctive and the Optative side by side in the Apodosis of this sentence). 2. Lhe Protasis 1s introduced: by ween yee yt. 13. 70 (yAv. verse and prose): ta he jasinti avatshe yest $& bavaintt anadzarata. ‘they shall come to his aid, if they are not distressed by him.’ (cf. the Indicative ya#zdyeinti in the similar passage yt. 13. 63.) vd. 6. 28 (yAv. prose): yesica ate nasivo fridyeitica puyetica kuda te varazyan aéte you masdayasna. ‘and if these corpses be decayed and stinking, how shall these Mazdayasnians do ?’ vd. 15. 22 (similarly also vd. 15. 16 and 40) (yAv. prose): yest not haradram baraitt attada atte yot spana adaityo- apharatram tiwisyan para atsam trixintam raesi cikaén baodd- varstahe cidaya. ‘if he does not take care, then these dogs shall receive harm, not being cared for according to the religion. For the wounds of those that have received harm they shall pay the penalty with the punishment of a Baodha-varshta.’ Asa parallel for this form of the conditional sentence containing the Indicative and the Subjunctive we may quote Rv. 1. 161. 8: r . r Zz r = o = , = = = i yadi tan néva haryatha trtiyté gha savané madayadhva.. CONTRIBUTIONS TO AVESTAN SYNTAX. 559 ‘if ye accept not even this, surely ye shall have your joy at the third pressing.’ A similar condition is presented in Greek by Odyss. 17. 475-476: GAR et Tov mTwWyay ys Ueot xat épmvvEc stacy, ’Avtivooy mp0 ydpoco Tehog Cavdtoto xysty. c. Indicative in the Protasis and Optative in the Apodosis. a. Present tense in both Clauses. Ihe rirotasis 1s iutnoduced ibys phe ener al relative ya—- yS02 902) (Gua. Verse): kim hoi usta ahuram yi dragvodabis acsaimam vadayort. ‘whom do ye will as a lord for her, who (=if one?) might strike down the wrath of the wicked ?’ b. Present tense in the Protasis and Aorist tense in the Apodosis. i, Une WrOrasis 1S dincroOclueecl xy ule eemere)l relative ya—-.- ys. 65. 14 (yAv. prose): yatca ahmat asti masyo yatca ahmat asti vawhd yatca ahmat astt srayo yatca ahmat asti paro-aryastaram tat no dayata yuzam yasata. ‘what is greater than this, and what is better than this, and what is fairer than this, and what is more precious than this, that ye should give unto us, ye angels !’ A similar condition containing the Indicative and the Optative is found also in the Rig-Veda, e. g., Rv. 9.95. 5: co) indrasca yat ksayathah saubhagaya suviryasya patayah syama. ‘if thou and Indra are rulers for weal, we should be lords of manly might.’ 560 GRAY. As a Greek example we may cite Aischylos Agamemn. 9o08-— Os GAR st Ooxst aoe TDP, brat ttc Gosddas Avot TAY OS. d. Indicative in the Protasis and Injunctive in the Apodosis. a. Present tn the Protasis and Preterite in the Apodosis. tr. DhewProtasisms introducedtbyat meraem cman relative ya—- vd. 3. 26 (yAv. prose and verse) : yo imam sam aiwi-varosyeitt Gat aoxta im za : nara ‘whoso tilleth this earth, . . . then is the earth to say unto him: (Okman ac 2 Phe Protasis 1sumtroduced by wee? ys. 44. 15 (GAv. verse): yest ahya asa por mat xsayehi hyat him spada anaocawha jamaété avas urvatas ya ti mazda Aidarazo Rudra aya kahmai vananam dada. ‘if thou hast power through Asha over him to ward (him) off from me, when the two hostile hosts shall come together through those doctrines which thou, Mazda, dost desire to have main- tained, unto which one of the twain art thou to give the victory ?’ e. Indicative in the Protasis and Imperative in the Apodosis. a. Present tense tn both Clauses. I. The Protasis is introduced by yeoz, yest: ys. 34. 6 (GAv. verse): yest aba sta haidim mazda asa vohii manawha at tat mot daxstam data. 1 With regard to the uses of the Avestan Injunctive, especially where it is pre- cisely equivalent to an Imperative, Subjunctive (as in this passage), Optative, or even Indicative see the discussion to appear in Professor Jackson’s forthcoming Avesta Syntax. CONTRIBUTIONS TO AVESTAN SYNTAX. 561 ‘if thus the world indeed (exists), O Mazda, Asha, and Vohu Manah, then give me this sign.’ ' VtOw2 (yAws nese): yest aht paurva-nacmat aat mam avi umanaya: yest paskat dat mam avi apaya. ‘if thou art before, then await me; if (thou art) behind, then - overtake me.’ The following parallels for this form of the conditional sen- tence may be cited from the Rig-Veda, the Old Persian, and the Greek. IR ils Ae yan nasatya paravati yad va stho adhi turavaseé ato rathéna suvyta na a gata. lo} ‘whether, O true ones twain, ye are afar, or here with Turvasa, come unto us with well-rolling car.’ Bh. 4. 37-39: tuvam ka «|Sayatiya| hya aparam ahy haca drauga darsam patipayauva mar|tiva hya| draujana ahatiy avam ufrastam parsa yadiy avada malniyahy| dahyausmaiy duruva ahatiy. ‘thou who art king hereafter, guard thyself fearfully from the Lie. The men that shall be a liar, punish him well, if thou shalt think thus: May my kingdom be safe!’ (Indicative in Protasis and Imperative in Apodosis. Another conditional clause follows, which has the Subjunctive in the Pro- tasis and the Imperative in the Apodosis. This latter clause is followed in its turn by a Subjunctive in a Protasis without Apodo- sis and by a Volitative Subjunctive.) Sophokles Antig. 98 : GAK €¢ COOKS GOL, OTELYE. 1Perhaps we might translate: ‘if indeed ye are thus, O Mazda and Asha, through Vohu Manah.’ I have followed, however, the Pahlavi version which ren- ders sta by sti ‘ world’ (Neryosang s7s¢7), and which sees in Vohi Mananhad an instr. == nom.= voc. 562 GRAY. b. Injunctive in the Protasis. a. Injunctive in both Clauses. a. Present tense in both Clauses. 1. The Protasis is introducediby thieremenay relative ya—- The appearance of the Injunctive in conditional sentences or indeed in any construction save with the representative of the Indo-Germanic *é ‘not’ developed late in the pre-Indo-Ger- manic period.' The usage must have existed even then if we may judge from the Vedic and Avestan languages. The most primitive form of the conditions containing the Injunctive was probably that in which the Injunctive appeared in the strong, or root-aorist. From this Aorist was developed later the imperfect Injunctive (Streitberg Verhand. der 44. Versammlung deutsch. Philol. und Schulmeister 22. Sept., 1897, pp. 165-166). ys. 32. 10 (GAv. verse) : hvo ma na srava morondat ys actstam vatnaphée aogada gam asibya hvaraca yasca dading dragvato dadat. ‘this man is to destroy my works who is to call the Cow and sun a most evil thing to be seen with the two eyes, and who is to give gifts unto the wicked.’ b. Aorist tense in both Clauses. tthe Protasissis imino duced: bivagugca- ys. 53. 1 (GAv. verse): vahista its sravi zaradustrahé spitamahya yest hot dat ayapta asat haca ahurod masda. ‘the best wish is to be called Zarathushtra Spitama’s if Ahura Mazda is to give him the boons in accordance with Asha.’ 1See Delbriick Vgl. Synt. li. 352-357, 363-364, 373. CONTRIBUTIONS TO AVESTAN SYNTAX. 563 Zine eRcotasisits imtrocdmceds yg tine: cenetayl relative ya—-: ys. 45. 5 (GAv. verse) : yor mot ahmat ssraosaim dan cayasca upa-jiman haurvata amaratata. ‘whosoever unto this one, even unto me, are to give obedience and teaching, they are to come to Haurvatat and Ameretat ’ (i. e., Salvation and Immortality). ys. 46. 13 (GAv. verse): yi spitamam saradustram radawha maratacsu xsnaus hvo na forasriidyat aradwo at hot mazda ahum dadat ahuro ahmai gacda vohu fradat manamha. ‘whosoever among mortals is to rejoice Spitama Zarathushtra by liberality, that man (is) to be reputed upright: then to him Mazda Ahura is to give life ; for him is Vohu Manah to prosper herds.’ [Bartholomae Grundriss der iran. Philologie i. 231 regards asnadus as nom. sg.,and not as a verb. See also Jackson Zoroaster 84. | b. Injunctive in the Protasis and Subjunctive in the Apodosis. a. Present tense in the Protasis and Aorist tense in the Apodosis. [new TOSS sentir oduced | bythe oener all relative ya—- vd. 18. 29 (yAv. prose) : yasca mé attahe marazypahe yat paro-darsahe tanumazo gaus dadat not dim yava azam yo ahurd mazda bitim vacim paiti- pavasamno bua. ‘whosoever is to give to me the body-size of this bird, the Paro-darsha, of meat, never shall I, Ahura Mazda, be question- ing him twice.’ ! 1 Following the tradition, we might render: ‘ whosoever is to give to this my bird, the Paro-darsha (cock), its body-size of meat,’ etc. 564 GRAY. II. REAL CoNDITIONS IN THE FUTURE—ANTICIPATORY CON- DITIONS. a. Subjunctive in the Protasis. a. Subjunctive in Both Clauses. a. The Present tense in both Clauses. 1, Vhe Protasisis imtroducedmby thie semernal relative ya—-: ys. 11. 5-6 (yAv. verse) : yo mam tat draond zinadt va trafyatl va apa va yasaiti yat me dadat ahuro mazda . nowt ahmi nimdane sanatite avrava nacoa ravacsta @at ahmi nmane zayante dahakaca mirakaca. ‘whosoever shall take away from me, or shall steal from me, or shall hold back from me that portion which, Ahura Mazda gave_—me, +. . not in this house shall there be born preston warrior, . . . then in this house shall be born both serpents and vipers (?), etc.’ (Note the variant readings for sa@na@te: zanacte J 2. zanacti BH 1, zanaite Mf 2.K11.L 13, zanaiti I 6. 7.C1.L1.0 2, zaznartz Lb 2.) Vvs1 19-0) (WAV prose) yasca mé actahmi awhvo yat astvainti spitama saradustra bayam ahunahe vairyehe marat fra va maro dadranjayat fra va dranjayo sravayat fra va sravayd yasaite briscit taro paratumeit hé urvanam vahistam ahim fraparayent. ‘and whosoever in this material world, O Spitama Zarath- ushtra, shall recite the portion of the Ahuna Vairya, or reciting it shall pronounce it, or pronouncing it shall chant it, or chant- ing it shall present it as a sacrifice, thrice I shall bring his soul across the bridge into paradise.’ CONTRIBUTIONS TO AVESTAN SYNTAX. 565 (Note marat J 2, mraot K 5 as variant readings for marat and cf. the Indicative aparaodayete and the Subjunctive ¢axava in the similar sentence ys. 19. 7.) VSu oto ((GAv. verse): ahma awhat vahistam ys mot vidva vaocat haidim mavram yim haurvatato. ‘unto him shall be the best thing, whoso wisely shall proclaim for me the true Word of Haurvatat.’ (Note vaccat K 5511-81. 3 3372 Vy 13) 2503. Bh), vaocu J 6 as variant readings for vaocdat.) ys. 46. 4 (GAv. verse) : yastam xsadrat mazda moidat Jyataus va hvo tang fro-ga padming hucistos carat. ‘whosoever, O Mazda, shall thrust him from kingdom and from life, he shall come proceeding to the paths of good knowl- edge.’ (Note the variant readings mo-vat P 6 for moat and carat J Dy Bo Gs Uo deo dhe flo Mibe MS aio edi ase We Be OM ator aaa, Vitj 13218 | (yANVen verse): aat yo na his hubsrata barat Jva asaonam fravasayo sasta datwhius hamo-xsavro ho awharti zasustamo awsayo kascit masyanam yo vohu-baratam baraite midram yim vouru-gaoyaotim arstatamca fradat-gatdam varadat-gacdvam. ‘then whatsoever sovereign ruler of the land while alive shall treat well these Fravashis of the righteous, he shall be a prince most rich in gain whosoever of men (he be), who (=if he) treateth well Mithra, lord of wide pastures, and Arshtat who maketh the world increase, who maketh the world multiply.’ (Note the variant reading davat F 1. Pt 1.E1.L 18. P 13 for barat.) 566 GRAY. vd. 7.23 (yAv. prose): kat ta nara yaosdayan aphan asaum ahura mazda ya nasaum Jrapuharat. ‘how shall those men be purified, O righteous Ahura Mazda, who shall eat a corpse.’ (For the number of frawuharadt see Jackson Av. Gramm. § 915.4; note also the variant reading frawharat Mf 2. and cf. the Indicative fradarant in the similar sentence in Vd. 7. 25 above.) vd. 7. 36-37 (yAv. prose) : yat acte yo. mazdayasna baésasai fravazante kataro paurvo amayante mazdayasnaiibyd va datvayasnacibyo va. dat mraot ahuro mazda daévayasnacibyo paurvo amayayanta yada maz- dayasnaéibyascit. yat paotrim daévayasnod karantat ava ho miryaite yat bitim daévayasno karantat ava ho miryaite . anamato 21 aéso yavaeca yavactataca. ‘if these Mazdayasnians shall betake themselves to the heal- ing art, which first shall they try their healing upon, Mazdayas- nians or Daéva-worshippers (see Jackson Av. Gramm. § 925 n.) ? Then spake Ahura Mazda: They shall try their healing first on the Daéva-worshippers before the Mazdayasnians. If he shall operate first on a Daéva-worshipper and he shall die, if for a second time he shall operate on a Daéva-worshipper and he shall die, . . . he (is) incapable forever and forever more.’ (Note the variant readings amayaointi K1. P1 prim. man. for amayante, amayanta Injunctive for Subjunctive Br 1,L1. In vd. 7. 39 Mf 2 once has forantat for korontat.) 2. The Protasis is introduced by yedi, yeast: yt. 19. 43 (yAv. verse): yest bavani paranayu sam caxram karanavane asmanam radam Rkaranavane. ‘if I shall become matured, I shall make the earth my wheel, I shall make the heaven my chariot.’ CONTRIBUTIONS TO AVESTAN SYNTAX. 567 vd. 3. 14 (yAv. prose): yest && barat aévo yat tristam upa va nasus raedwat nawhanat haca casmanat haca. “if he shall bear the corpse alone, then the Nasu shall defile him by the nose, by the eye.’ (Note the variant reading édavat Jp 1. Mf 2. Bri. Ml 2 for barat.) vd. 6. 47 (yAv. prose): yest nowt didarazyante actada hé aéte sind va karafs-x’ ard vayo va korefs-x’ard actapham astam avi apamca urvaranamca barantam frajasat. ‘if they shall not fasten it down, then either these corpse-eat- ing dogs or corpse-eating birds shall carry some of these bones both to the waters and to the plants.’ vd. 15. 4 (yAv. prose; cf. vd. 15. 6): yezica aéte asti datahva arante garamohva vidante yat va avte garama «arava stamanam va hisvam va apa-dazat ahmat haca irisyat. yest tat pati trisyeiti aihat haca syaodnavaraza ada bavainti paso-tanva. ‘and if these bones shall get between his teeth, or shall be stuck in his throat, or if this warm food burns his mouth or his tongue, he shall perish from that. Thereupon if he perishes from that, those who did that deed become damned.’ (Note the variant reading dazat Jp 1. Mf 2. L 1. 2. K 10 for daiat). ; 6. Present tense in the Protasts and Aorist tense in the Apodosts. ithe rota sts mismintnoduced: by the: eeneral relative ya—- ys. 46. 6 (GAv. verse): at yastam nowt na tszmnod ayat adrijo hvo daman havya gat. ‘then whosoever shall not come when bidden, he shall go unto the true creations of the Druj.’ 568 GRAY. c. Aorist tense in both Clauses. i the Protasistisminmtmodiced™ by wy7aa7. ys. 48. 1 (GAv. verse): yest adas asa drigam vanwhaiti .. . at tot savais vahmam vaxsat ahura., “if in time to come (? cf. the Pahlavi translation and gloss: pavan zak dalasnd | pavan tand i pasinod|) Asha shall conquer the Druj, ... then because of thy mercies the prayer shall in- crease for thee, O Ahura.’ ad. Aorist tense in the Protasis and Present tense in the Apodosis. I. The Protasis 1s 1mtroduced. by. the oenterar relative ya—- ys. 45. 3 (GAv. verse) : yo im vi not 9a madram varasanti yard tim mInadica vaocaca acibyo awhsius avot awhat apamam. ‘whoso of you shall not do the Word even as I both think and speak it, unto them shall the last day of the world be for the destruction.’ (Note the variant readings varasantiC 1.K 11.0 2., varasante Ip 1 for varasanti. With avo here cf. avactas ys. 31. 20 and see Jack- son A Hymn of Zoroaster 54. The tradition regards manaz and vaoca as locatives rather than as verbs, but cf. Jackson Av, Gramm. § 651, Bartholomae Grundr. der iran. Philol. 210.) Here again we find similar forms of the conditional sentence with the Subjunctive in both clauses in Sanskrit, Old Persian, and Greek. Rv. 2. i) pele yas tubhyam dasan na tam anho asnavat. ‘whosoever shall serve thee, distress shall not visit him.’ Dar. Pers. e. 22—24. yadiy kara parsa pata ahatiy hya duvais|ta\m Siyatts axsta hauveiy aura nirasatiy abiy imam vidam. CONTRIBUTIONS TO AVESTAN SYNTAX, 569 ‘if the Persian follx shall be protected, there shall descend upon this house through the Lord that peace which shall be forever- more.” et OE x8 pH OWOYOM, sw OE xEv ADTOS Ehopac. b. Subjunctive in the Protasis and Indicative in the Apodosis. a. The Present tense in both Clauses. 1. The Protasis isintroduced by the general relative ya—- WSs Delo iss) (Gua, wes) ya daénad vatrim hanat mizdam asahya yasa asim yam tsyam ahurod masata mazda. ‘what (= if any) faith shall merit the wished-for reward, that desirable blessing of Asha I seek which Ahura Mazda is to multiply.’ ViSiG ua (VAN WeESE) vispacibyo sastim baraite atars mazda ahurahe yacibyo acm ham-pacarte wsafnimca siirimca. ‘unto all doth the Fire of Mazda Ahura bear proclamation, for whom he shall cook the evening and the morning meal’ (or ‘the repast and the banquet ’—see Darmesteter Etud. Iranienn. ii 161-162 as compared with Le Zend-Avesta i 389 n. 24). (Note the variant reading pacaiti Pt. 4. 1.Mf.3. Pd. H. 1. 2. P 6.F 1.3 9.K 7c. 15 for pacaite.) yt. 10. 9 (yAv. verse) : yatara va dim paurva frayazartt Jraorat fraxsnt avi mano zarazdatoit anuhyat haca ataradra fraorisyetti miro yo vouru-gaoyaoitts. 1 For other renderings of this crux hyd duvais[ta]m siyatis axsta see Oppert Le ‘peuple, . , des Médes 199; Bartholomae Ar. Forsch, ii 100-102, cf. Grundr. der iran. Philol. i 227 ; Spiegel Altpers. Keilinschr.2 114-115; Foy KZ. XXXV. 49. ANNALS N, Y. ACAD. Sci., XII, May 22, 1900—36 570 GRAY. ‘whosoever first shall worship him very zealously in mind, from devotion of the soul, thitherward turneth Mithra, lord of wide pastures.’ (Cf. the Indicative frayazante in the similar passage yt. 13. 47.) vd. 13. 3 (yAv. prose) : yasca dim janat spitama zaradustra spanam sizdram urvisaram yim vanhaparam, .. . nava-naptyaccit he urvanam para- marancatte. ‘and whosoever, O Spitama Zarathushtra, shall kill the dog with spiny back (?) and sharp snout (?), Vanhapara, . . . he doth destroy his soul unto the ninth generation.’ (Cf. the Indicative jazvti in the similar passage vd. 13. 8.) 2. The Protasis is introduced by yeoz, yesz- yt. 5. 63 (yAv. prose and verse) : hazavram te asam saodranam ... barani.. . yest jum frapayemt aot sam ahuradatam. ‘a thousand libations shall I offer thee, . . . if I come alive to this earth created by Ahura.’ yt. 14. 52-53 (yAv. prose and verse) ; yest SE mayo gaurvayal . . para batsaza hacaite _vara8raynd ahuradato = - hamatta aryabyo daithubyo votyna jasantt. ‘ifa bandit shall partake of it, . . . Victory created by Ahura doth draw back his healing might. Continually on the Aryan lands shall come plagues,’ etc. (Note the variant reading of an Optative gaurvayoit K 38. M 4. M1 2 for gaurvaydt.) vd. 13. 49 (yAv. prose): nowt me nmanam vidato histanti zam paiti ahuradatam yest me nowt awhat spa pasus-haurvod va vishaurvo va. CONTRIBUTIONS TO AVESTAN SYNTAX. 571 ‘nor doth a house stand established for me upon the earth created by Ahura, if there shall not be a dog guarding the flock or guarding the village.’ As parallels from the Sanskrit and the Greek for conditional sentences having the Subjunctive and the Indicative we may quote : Revue Abii Te yasmai tvam sukrte jatavida u lokam agné krnavah syonam asvinam sa putrinam viravantam gomantam rayim nasaté suasti. ‘for what pious man thou, O Jatavéda Agni, shalt make a pleasant place, he gaineth for his weal wealth of horses, sons, heroes, and kine.’ Euripides Alkestis, 671-672: qv 0 eric Eh0y Udvatoc, obdeic Bovietac Jvyoxsv, TO yhoacg 0 odxet Fat avtorc Baov. c. Subjunctive in the Protasis and Optative in the Apodosis. a. The Present tense in both Clauses. Ii dihe we rotasic isintroduced by the, general ; relative ya—- ys. 30. 9 (GAv. verse) : atca tot vaem hyama you im forasim karanaun ahum. ‘and then should we be for thee the ones who [=if any ?] may make the world prepared.’ Wiis Ws Oh == We, OA, 1 (Gen Wome) usta buyat ahmat natre yasa Owa bida frayasiite. ‘well may it be for that man, who shall continually worship Ehiees yt. 14. 48 (yAv. prose) : yat maxyaka frayazante varadrayno ahuradato . . . nowt wWra arya dainhavo fras hyat haéna noit voiyna. 572 _ GRAY, ‘if men shall worship Victory created by Ahura (cf. Jackson Av. Gramm. § 926 n.), . . . here upon the Aryan lands should come neither horde nor plague.’ (Note the Optatives awesacyaras and fras hyat in both Clauses of the similar sentence yt. 8. 56.) 2. The Protasis is introduced iby yj aocmeiagce vd. 16. 7 (yAv. prose) : yest aparanayuko frasnavat sasta hé paotrim frasnadayan, ‘if an infant shall touch her, they should wash his hands first.’ vd. 8. 3 (yAv. prose) ; yest attym nmansm upa-bsradwotaram ava-zanan ava aetym nmanam barayan avada iristam harazayan upa actam nmanam baodayan. ‘if they shall perceive this house more portable, they should bear this house away ; they should leave the corpse there: they shall perfume this house.’ (The Subjunctive baodayan seems to express a command valid in any case, whether the corpse be brought to the dakhma, or the dakhma be built around the corpse.) vd. 16. 8 (yAv. prose) : yest nairika vohunis atwi-vacnat yat hé drayo xsafna sacante arime gatum hé nishidacta. ‘if the woman shall see blood when her three nights shall have elapsed, she should sit in her place of isolation.’ (Note the variant readings Subjunctive for Optative mzShidaite Mf. 2. wzshadaita Jp. 1. and Indicative for Optative mshadazti Kla. n2shadata L 4.) b. Present tense in the Protasis and Aorist tense in the Apodosis. i. The Protasis is introduced by theyseneral relative ya—-.: ys. 68. 10-12 (yAv. prose) : yo v6 apo vawnuhis yasaite ... ahmai vahistam ahim asaonam vraocapham vispo-xadram dayata vanuhis apo. CONTRIBUTIONS TO AVESTAN SYNTAX. 573 ‘whosoever of you shall worship the good waters, . . . unto him should ye give, O good waters, the best life of the righteous, radiant, all-glorious.’ The following are examples of conditional sentences in San- skrit, Old Persian, and Greek, which have the Subjunctive in the Protasis and the Optative in the Apodosis. Revise elerlelie: yad didyavah prtanasu prakrilan tasya vam syama sanitara ach. ‘when the arrows shall play amid the battles, we should be victors of that booty.’ Bh. 4. 54-50: yadiy imam hadugam nay apagaudayahy karahya Jvahy auramazda duvam dausta biya u[tataiy tauma| vasiy biya uta dargam jiva. ‘if thou shalt not conceal this edict, (but) shalt tell it to the people, Auramazda should be thy friend, and thy family should be many, and thou shalt live long.’ ! Aristophanes Nephel. 116-118. qv obvy padyc poe TOV GOecxoyv ToVToY doxoy, 0. vov Osthw Oto oe, TOUTWY THY YoEoy, obx dy dzodetmy ob0 dy bBehov dvdevt. d. Subjunctive in the Protasis and Injunctive in the Apodosis. a. The Present tense in both Clauses. if Phe enor stsmismmtrgodmced by shire seme all relative ya—- yt. 11. 4-5 (yAv. prose) : yasca saradustra imat uxdam vaco fravaocat .. . noit dim yava...arvvi .. . aot ava-spasnaot. ‘whosoever, O Zarathushtra, shall pronounce this spoken WOLd@s 21. never him... isthe wicked many... 2 to spy.’ 1On jiva@ as a Subjunctive see Bartholomae ZDMG. XLVI. 295, and Grundr. der iran. Philol. i. 201. This view is sustained by the Precative in the Babylonian version (1. 102) wméka lirikn. Cf. also the Elamitic rendering éakataktine and see Weisbach Achimeniden-inschriften zweit. Art. 52 and Foy ZDMG. LII. 580 Anm. 4, 582. 574 GRAY: 2, Hhe Protasisms untroducedypyn W227 vd. 5. 14 (yAv. prose) : yest not atte mazdayasna aéttam kahrpam hvara-darasim karanavan yara-ara@o avavantam asavaynya tam cidam dacsayo. ‘if these Mazdayasnians shall not make this corpse beheld by the sun for the length of a year, thou art to teach so great a penalty as for the murder of a righteous man.’ vd. V1. 12i(et veda 13) Gvenptose))e: yest aphat upactam va atwi-naptim va awi-iritim va aiwi- vantim va actada hi atte mazdayasna acta vastra fraca karantan nica kanayan. ‘if it shall be stained with either semen, or matter, or ordure, or vomit, then are these Mazdayasnians to tear up these garments, and they should bury them.’ (In this last example the use of the Optative Zazayan beside the Injunctive arantan is noteworthy. On the other hand, the lateness of the passage should warn us against pressing too strongly the fundamental distinctions between the two moods. ) As an example of the conditional sentence having the Sub- junctive in the Protasis, and the Injunctive in the Apodosis in the Rig-Veda we may cite Rv. 4. 30. 23: uta nunam yad indriyam karisya indra paunsyam adya nakis tad a muinat. ‘and now whatever heroic, manly deed thou shalt perform, O Indra, that no one is to minish to-day.’ e. Subjunctive in the Protasis and no finite form of the verb in the Apodosis. | a. Present tense in the Protasis. rn Dhe Protasis issmirodmcedwbyamueece vd. 5. 4 (similarly also vd. 5. 7, cf. vd. 8. 34) (yAv. prose): yesica atte nasavd . . . naram astryeintim anhat isara-Sstaitya mé vispo amhus astva tsasam pit-asam araodat-urva poso-tanus. ‘and if these corpses . . . shall defile man, straightway (will or would be) all my material world desiring the destruction of righteousness, with hardened soul, and damned.’ CONTRIBUTIONS TO AVESTAN SYNTAX. 575 B ADEAE CONDITIONS: Optative in the Protasis. I. IpbEAL CONDITIONS IN THE FUTURE-POSSIBLE CONDITIONS. a. Optative in both Clauses. a. The Present tense in both Clauses. 1. The Protasis is introduced by the general relative ya—-.: ys 43. 3 (GAv. verse) :. at hvo vanhius vahyo na abi-jamyat ys na arasus savawho pado sisoit. ‘then should this man come unto what is better than good, who justly should teach the pathways of weal.’ ys. 50. 2 (GAv. verse): kada mazda ranyo-skaratim gam isasoit yo him ahinai vastravaitim stoi usyat. ‘how, O Mazda, should one desire the Cow joy-giving ? who- soever (= if any one) should wish her (to be) well pastured for _ this world.’ ! b. Present tense in the Protasis and Perfect tense in the Apodosts. If Cone wenorasis is introduced) by wyzo7: yt. 8. 11 = yt. 10. 55 and 74 (yAv. prose and verse) : yeor st ma masyaka aoxto-namana yasna yasayanta . Sra naruyo asavaoyo Owarstahe sr ayu susuyam .. . upa Vwarstahe jaymyam. ‘if indeed men should honor me with worship in which my name is mentioned, . . . forth would I be arrived at the appointed time for the righteous men, . : . forth would I be come at the ap- pointed time’. (Note the variant reading yazznti J 10 for yazayanta.) 1If we depart from the tradition, we may also render: ‘how, O Mazda, should he desire the Cow joy-giving, who should wish her (to be) well pastured for this world ?? 576 GRAY. b. Optative in the Protasis and Indicative in the Apodosis. a. The Present tense in both Clauses. rt. The Protasts istimtcoduced vby wage: vd. 6. 4 (yAv. prose): yest masdayasna tam zam karayan yest apo harazayan yat ahmi spanasca narasca para-iridintt antarat naemat yara-drayo ka hé asti cia. ‘If the Mazdayasnians should cultivate that land, if they should let the waters flow where either dogs or men perish within the course of a year, what is the penalty ?’ For similar conditions with the Optative in the Protasis and the Indicative in the Apodosis in Sanskrit and Greek we may cite the following : Rv .0s0 7/4 LO: asvina yad dha karhi cic chusrityatam imam havam vasvir i su vam bhiyah pracanti su vam prcah. ‘O Asvins, if at any time ye should hear this prayer, your benefits, good indeed, prepare delights for you.’ Iliad 10. 222-223: GAR et tig prot Gyno dw exoeto xat Gddos, palhoyv dairwpn xat Vapoakswtepov gota. c. Optative in the Protasis and Subjunctive in the Apodosis. a. The Present tense n both Clauses. I.- Lhe Protasis is introduced by the czenerat relative yva—- ys. 50. 3 (GAv. verse) : atcit ahmai mazda asa anhaiti yam hot xsadra vohuca cost manawha yo na asois aojawha varadayacta yam nasdistam gacvam dragva baxsait. ‘Then indeed, O Mazda, shall he have (the Cow), which the Kingdom and the Good Mind promised, whosoever through the strength of piety should increase the nearest land which the wicked man doth share.’ CONTRIBUTIONS TO AVESTAN SYNTAX. D577 ys. 10. 8 (yAv. verse): yo yada pudram taurunam haomam vandaeta masyo | fra abyo tanubyo haomo visaite baéSazdat. ‘whatever man should welcome Haoma even as a tender son, Haoma shall come unto their bodies for healing.’ (Note the variant readings vandaita, B 3. M 1, vandaiti L 13. Lb 2.K 11. Bb 1 for vandaéta, and visaéte Pt 4, visaite J 3. Mf 2 DiSOUD Ad) Ge fol pe Oa Col. 2. Oo One. Bb LW ozsaria es for vis dite). 2, WING JrOLASIS 1S whalerOChweESch oy VGOR, WORE & vd. 6. 3 (yAv. prose) : yest masdayasna tam zam kavayan yest apo harazayan yat ahmt spanasca narasca para-widinti antarat naémat yara-drayjo nasuspacim pascaéta astryante atte yot mazdayasna apasca Zamasca urvarayassca. ‘if the Mazdayasnians should cultivate that land, if they should let the waters flow, where either dogs or men perish within the course of a year, then shall these Mazdayasnians de- file with corpse-burial both waters, and lands, and plants.’ (Cf. the Optative and Indicative in the similar passage vd. 6. 4 and the Subjunctive and Indicative in vd. 6. 8. It is also in- teresting to observe the implied remoteness of the possibility of such a defilement, as contrasted with the positive future certainty of the penalty if the defilement is committed.—Professor Jack- son.) vd. 9. 47 (yAv. prose) : yesica hd na paiti-hincoit yo noit apivataite datnaya mazda- yasnos yaosdadryat haca kuda aéttat druxs parandite ya haca wrista upa jvantam upa-dvasaite kuda aétat nasu porandaite ya haca trista upa jvantam upa-raédwayeitt. ‘and if this man should sprinkle who should not be cognizant of the Mazdayasnian religion in accordance with purification, 578 GRAY. how then shall that Druj be combated, who pounceth from the dead onto the living, how then shall [that Nasu be combated, who mingleth from the dead onto the living ?’ (Note the variant reading apavaitd ME. 2. for apivataite.) 6. Aorist tense in the Protasis and Present tense in the Apodosis. 1. The Protasis is introduced bys theraenetal relative ya:— ys. 46. 10 (GAv. verse) : yo va moi na zana va masda ahura aayat awhius ya th voista vahista . ro tas vispars cinvato frafra paratim. ‘whosoever, either man or woman, should give me in this world what thou, O Mazda Ahura, dost deem best, . . . forth with them all I shall come unto the Cinvat-bridge.’ The conditional sentence containing the Optative in the Pro- tasis and the Subjunctive in the Apodosis is not absolutely un- cnown to the Sanskrit, although examples are very rare. Asa k to the Sanskrit, althoug! pl A possible instance we may cite Rv. 8. 40.1: indragni yuvam su nah sahanta dasatho rayim yena arlha samatsva vili cit sahisimah. ‘Indra and Agni, mighty ones, ye shall give wealth to us, whereby (= if by it?) we should gain what is fixed and fast.’ II. IbEAL ConDITIONS IN THE PAST—UNFULFILLED CONDITIONS. a. Optative in both Clauses. a. The Present Tensezin both Clauses. 1. [he Protasisiswntrodweed by wean yt. 8. 52-54 (yAv. prose and verse) : yeol si azam noit daidyam spitama saradustra aom staram yim LUSUV UML.) hamahe si mé ida ayan hamaya va xsapo aa pairika ya duzyarya vispahe awhius astvato CONTRIBUTIONS TO AVESTAN SYNTAX. Ono parot paridnam awhvam ava-hisidyat aca paraca dvaraiti, ‘if indeed I should not have created, O Spitama Zarathushtra, that star Tishtrya, . . . verily all the day and all the night this Pairika Duzhyairya would seem (?) a bond (?) before the life (?) of this material world, (as), she rusheth to and fro.’? yt. 13. 12-13 (yAv. prose and verse) : yelol st me noit daioit upastam uyra asdunam fravasayo noit me 10a anhatam pasvira ya sto saradanam vahista arujo aogara arujo xsadram arujo astva awhus awhat . . hazdyat ... vaonyat . . . upa-dayat. ‘if indeed the awful Fravashis of the righteous should not have given me aid, then I shall not have cattle or men, which are the two best things of the kind; the power will belong to the Druj, the kingdom will belong to the Druj, the material world will belong to the Druj, . . . would use violence, would conquer, . . . would yield.’ (The interchange of the Optatives hazdyat, vaonyat, and upa- dayat with the Perfect Subjunctives ahat and ashatszm has already been noted by Bartholomae Altiran. Verb. 189-190. The general sense of the passage seems to be an Unfulfilled rather than a Possible Condition. ) b. Optative in the Protasis and Subjunctive in the Apodosis. a. Lhe Present tense in both Clauses. i hem nokasis is tmtroduced byiyerod: vd. 1. 1 (yAv. prose): yer zt azam noit daidyam spitama szaradustra asd ramo- daitim not kudat satim vispo awhus astva airyanam vaczo trasnvat. Q 1 Professor Jackson suggests that Azszdyat may be a reduplicated form of the Av. 7/ sad, Old P. 1/ dad ‘seem,’ and that pazrdia may be from the 1/ Zax ‘stretch’ + patti. The genitive azhvam would then be governed by the preposition parar?. 580 GRAY. ‘if I should not have created, O Spitama Zarathushtra, a place joy-giving, (although really) not pleasant anywhere, all the material world will come to Iran Véj.’ (For this strange use of the Subjunctive, apparently due to the loss of feeling for the finer mood-distinctions, compare the interchange of the moods in the preceding example.) As examples of the conditional sentence containing the Op- tative in both clauses in Sanskrit and Greek we may cite the following passages: RV. 8.944522 yad agné syam aham tvam tvam va gha sya aham syus té satya thasisah. ‘if I should be thou, Agni, or thou shouldst be I, thy wishes should come true.’ Iliad 7. 28: GAR et prot te TeoLo, TO xEV TOAD xEOdLOY Et. In the case of the Condition of Unfulfilled Ideality the Greek has made an innovation on the Indo-Germanic form by substitu- ting the Indicative for the Optative. This change renders the sentence more vivid, since it brings to the front the actual state caused by the actual unfulfillment of the condition. Cf. for example Iliad 5. 679-680: zat vo x &te whgovac ’Avztwy xtdve Oto¢ > Odvaceve, et wn do OSL vonas peas xopvdatohos ” Extwp. Yet in the Greek we find relics of the more primitive con- struction. For example, we have the Optative in the Apodosis of an Unreal Condition in Iliad 2. 80-81 : et pev tes TOY Ovscnoyv “Ayarw@y Ahhoz EvoTtEyY, ~ ' evd0g xev yatusy zat voorLotusia uadhov. Cases are not wanting of the original form of this condition with the Optative in both Clauses, as we see in Iliad 23. 274— 278. gt psy vov et dddw aePievoepev ° Ayacot, 5 ~ 5 -) \ 5 ' ' 7 T dy érw ta Tp@Ta haBov xhaomvos CEpotpyy. CONTRIBUTIONS TO AVESTAN SYNTAX. 581 The Latin stands nearer to the Indo-Germanic syntax in this form of the conditional sentence than the Greek, e. ¢., Cicero, de Sele cil lig: guae si exequi nequirem, tamen me lectulus oblectaret meus. In like manner we find the Subjunctive and not the Indicative in Unfulfilled Conditions in Germanic, ec. ¢., Otfrid 2. 3.46: thaz éina uuari uns nussi, habétin uur thre uutzzi. ‘that one thing were good for us, had we that knowledge’ (cf. also Erdmann, Untersuchungen tiber die Synt. der Sprache Otfrids i. 108-111). CA DERE CLIVE (EON DIMIONS: Under this rubric we may place those conditional sentences whose Protasis contains no finite form of the verb. Such sen-- tences are “defective’ in so far as they cannot be classified un- der any of the classes already discussed, since we have seen that the verb of the Protasis determines the class to which a condi- tional sentence belongs. The omitted verb in Indo-Iranian as well as in Indo-Germanic is generally the copula as ‘to be.’ The following examples from the Avesta may serve to illustrate the Defective Condition. a. Indicative in the Apodosis. ys. 31. 2 (GAv. verse) : yest Ms nowt urvané adva aibi-dorasta vahya at va vispang ayo yada ratum ahuro vacda. ‘if through these things the better path for the soul (is) not in sight, then I come to you all, as Ahura knows the judge.’ (For aéi-dorasta as locative cf. the Pahlavi translation madam nikézisnih, similarly also ys. 50.5. See further, Jackson, A Hymn of Zoroaster, 22-24). 582 GRAY. b. Subjunctive in the Apodosis. yt. 10. 19 (yAv. verse): ahmai natma usjasaiti miro giantd upa-thisto yahma natmanam midro-druxs nacoa mainyu parti-paite. ‘unto. that side shall Mithra proceed, angry (and) displeased, on which side (is) the Mithra-druj, neither shall he protect him- self against the two spirits.’ A similar Defective Condition having the Imperative in the Apodosis is found in Rv. 1. 14. 8: ye yejatra ya tdyas te te pibantu jihvaya. ‘whosoever (are) to be honored or (are) to be praised, let them drink with thy tongue.’ A similar omission of the verb in the Protasis is very com- mon in the younger Avestan when the Protasis is introduced by the formula yes: not ‘otherwise. This Avestan phenomenon is precisely the same as the Greek usage with ¢¢ dé py. a. Subjunctive in the Apodosis. vd. 13. 31 (yAv. prose): yest noit spa avaca va addityo-xratus pasim va naram va racsyat para he irisinto ratsam cikayat baodd-varstahe civdaya. ‘otherwise the dog without giving voice or being mad shall wound either beast or man. One shall atone for the wound of the injured man with the atonement of a Baodha-varshta.’ (Note the thematic Subjunctive cekayat found as a variant reading for the Subjunctive cekayat—Jackson, Av. Gramm. § 551—in K1. Mf 2.) b. Optative in the Apodosis. vd. 16. 2, 7 (yAv. prose) : yest nowt nairika atrem aiwi-vacnat yest noit nairika abre ra- oxsnan paiti-didyat . . . yest noit nairika niurucdyat. CONTRIBUTIONS TO AVESTAN SYNTAX. 583 ‘otherwise the woman shall see the fire, otherwise the woman would behold the light of the fire. . . otherwise the woman would grow too weak’ (cf. Darmesteter, Le Zend-Avesta Trad. ii. 232 n. 11 for this last word. The interchange here between the Subjunctive azw-vaénat and the following Optatives is a mark of the lateness of this particular passage. ) c. Imperative in the Apodosis. vd. 8. 17 (yAv. prose) : . yes noit upa vi spitama saradustra spanam sairitam cadru- casmam not spactam sairi-gaosam xsvasayacit tada atta pada vivadayantu. ‘otherwise let them cause to go six times along these ways, O Spitama Zarathushtra a yellow dog with four eyes, or a white one with yellow ears.’ As an example of a similar Defective Condition in Greek we may cite Aristophanes, Nephel. 1433: M00¢ TAVTA pn TUTT: et O& PH, GaVTOY TOT attidese. Instances are not lacking in the Avesta of conditional sentences which are not introduced by any conditional particle or pronoun whatsoever. As an example we may cite: vd. 5. 1-2 (yAv. prose) : na tat para-iridyett avi jafnavo raonam a tat marayam us- vazaite haca barasnavo gairinam avi jafnavo raonam. ... na tat frasusaiti haca jafnavod raonam avi barasnavd gairinam upa tam vanam acitt yam hd marayo are aesman isaitti. . . ka hé astt cia. ‘a man perishes in the depths of the valleys ; a bird goes from the heights o: the mountains to the depths of the valleys; . a man proceeds from the depths of the valleys to the heights of the mountams|; he comes to that tree where the bird is; he wishes fuel for the fire; . . . what is his penalty ?’ _ The same type of sentence is found in other languages as well. Cf. for instance a Latin example, where conditions with and with- out a conditional particle stand side by side, in Juvenal, 3. 100— TOL: 584 GRAY. rides, maiore cachinno concutitur ; flet, st lacrimas adspexit amct. With regard to the tenses of the Subjunctive, Optative, and Injunctive in the conditional sentences of the Avesta, I have not been able to detect any difference in force between the Present and the Aorist. The distinction which exists in some languages, such as Greek, between the Aorist and the Present seems to be entirely lacking in Avestan. This is the same conclusion as was reached by Jolly in 1872 (Conj. u. Opt. 20-21). Variations in mood in the same verb when it is repeated in a parallel passage or in different manuscripts of the same passage are rather frequent. The following examples may be collected from the texts considered above. A. Indicative beside Subjunctive: /rinaitt ys. 62.9: Gfrinat vd. 18. 26, sa@udaite ys. 11.6: sdnaite Mf 2. K.11. L 13, sanaite J 62.796 Te Ly 1012). marat..ys, L9NOT Pt 4. Sule ivit ale 2 eke Bb 1: marat J. 2, vaocat ys. 31.6 J 2. Pt 4. Mf 1. 2. Jp. 1. K 4. 3%. Pd. ds, Dh 1.(8°2 3 vaocas Ko. VS Ae Di Seen) oben eee L 13. 2. 3. Bb 1, carat ys.46. 4 K 4.10. Jm. 1.L1: carat J 2. 3.6. 7. Pt. 4.8 1. Mf 2. Jp. 1. L. 13. 2. 3. O 2, daraz yt. 13. 18 Mf-3.-K-13.-14. 38. Lb. 5. H.5.5 10): davaz F 1. Pt lB ets: P 13. (cf. vd. 13. 14), ham-pacaite ys. 62.7 Pt 4.1. Mf. 3. Pd. Hil. P6. Mf l. Ip1. Kh 4.36.5 9. 259 25K Jabs ya pacts Pt4. 1. Mi. 3. Pd. 1.22 PGE edt Ol Keel os B. Optative beside Subjunctive: gaurvayat yt. 14.52 F1.E 1. K 16. Jm4.L11. Pt. 1.L18.P 13.03: gaurvayot K 38. M. 1. Ml 2, zShidaiti vd. 16. 8 Mf 2 and z7Shadaita Jp 1 and Indic- atives miShadaiti K la and nishadata 4: nishidacta L 2. Br. 1. L 1. K 10, visate ys. 10.8 M 1. J 2, and Indicatives visazte J 3. Mf 2. and visaztz. K. 4.36. 7.0m 1) -P 6. Cle L223 Op2s Bbate visacte Pt. 4. A somewhat similar phenomenon is the use of different modes in the Apodoses of a single Protasis. Thus in the Apodoses of the conditional sentence in Vd. 18. 69—70 we find in one the Sub- junctive fravinuyat and in the other the Optative fradarozt. The lateness of the passage arouses one’s suspicion. It is to be nferred from the passages which we have cited that the Sub- CONTRIBUTIONS TO AVESTAN SYNTAX. 589 junctive and Indicative are most liable to be interchanged. The possible ground for this is the fact that the Subjunctive and the indicative are the most vivid moods. On the other hand, the majority of these interchanges between the Subjunctive and the Indicative are certainly only apparent. They are due to the fre- quent confusion in the Avestan manuscripts of the signs for @ and @ (compare on this Jackson, Av. Gram., § 18, note 1). It is noteworthy that an interchange between the Optative and Indica- tive is scarcely found without some of the manuscripts showing a Subjunctive as well. Especial emphasis is to be laid on the fact that the older the Avestan texts are, the more accurate are the distinctions in the use of the moods. Thus we find that the Gathas are the most exact in their use of Indicative, Subjunctive, Optative, and Injunctive, while in certain portions of the Vendi- dad a confusion reigns which is almost hopeless, so far had the feeling for the language decayed. Concluston.—In the light of the examples which have been given in discussing the problem of the conditional sentences in Avestan, one important fact becomes clear. This fact is that the conditions are capable of exact classification, and that their types are as clearly defined as are those of the conditional sen- tences of Sanskrit or of Greek. More than this, we see that the types of the conditional sentences in Avestan are quite the same as those which meet us in the Vedic language, and that in one instance—the Unfulfilled Condition—the Avestan type is older than the Greek. The inference which is to be drawn from these proofs of the antiquity of the Avestan syntax in regard to the conditional sentences is the necessity of emphasizing the impor- tance of a strict adherence in the interpretation of the Avestan texts to the laws of the great body of Indo-Germanic syntax. COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, March, 1899. ANNALS N, Y. ACAD. Sct., XII, May 26, 1900—37. INDEX RERUM. ANREP OMUCLLON S. Sec Nier odes dared eslels SaEE NOE ER On UO Sch ee eR eA aR EET aOR eT Teeeoee 549-553. Ay REAL CONDITIONS -ecnes cas estes marc are seen son seeelican oteie con aee snare chee 554-575. I, Real Conditions in the Present or Past—Logical CONGTEIONS 52 eis eneceieec as coe seat eee eee 554-564. a. Indicative in the Protasis!.....2.........0s.co.-00s-es cesenees 554-562. Qs Indicative tubo hk ClAUSeS secre cdccnes coeteeacsstesevecsece alee 554-557- b. Indicative in the Protasis and Subjunctive in the Apodosts 557-559. c. Indicative in the Protasis and Optative in the Apodosis.... 559-560. a. Indicative in the Protasisand Injunctive in the Apodosis... 560. e. Indicative in the Protasis and Imperative in the Apodosis.. 560-562. b. Injunctive in the Protasis.............. .c.ccsseceseceeeeeeeeee 562-563. Qa Tnjuncivienn Goth Clausesttersnnccissen ete tees cneasce soaseeteee 562-563. b. Injunctive in the Protasis and Subjunctive in the Apodosis 563 564. II. Real Conditions in the Future—Anticipatory CONGICIONS or o5208 Sisco dss teed sedes sexeeasacceeuetetee eee 564-575. a. subjunctive in the Protasis:¢..... 22% .c.::.-.-..00c-ssesaveeeeee 564-575. Qs WSULJUNCLLUE Ute BOLI CLAUSES Noelocnaecer he eerlaeceeeceee seas 564-569. b. Subjunctive in the Protasis and teedtne in the Apodosts 569-571. c. Subjunctive in the Protasis and Optative in the Apodosts.. 571-572. ad. Subjuuctive tn the Protasis and Injunctive in the Apodosis 573-574. e. Subjunctire in the Protasis ana no finite form of the verb 1H the (ADOMOSIS sve aaa dievesten cide os Sede oceseeseeenttece essences 574-575. B.,’ IDEAL “CONDERIONS Asccsnseadsoswastseeaneen coo casosceee cess teense e eee 575-581. Optativein the Probasisicccs-c:.s.cceccscrcscecs-scecusewecmcneeteee 575-581. I, Ideal Conditions in the Future—Possible Condi- LIONS 8.05 scsschGedeauids ganado as oe cadbaaildeyyuceedstwodseenee setae 575-578. Qs \Opiativerim WOlhiGlaztses irae .nsccccsusenececnscaceteeterecee neces 575-5706. 6. Optative in the Protasis and [Indicative in the Apodosts...... 576. c. Optative in the Protasis and Subjunctive in the Apodosis... 576-578. II. Ideal Conditions in the Past—Unfulfilled Con- LI OILS 5 eis oo 6 oe ene 578-581. @s (Opiate rin Cor MOlauses..0..ee1 tence one Oe nee eee eee 578-579- b. Optative in the Prolasis and Subjunctive in the Apodosis.. 579-581. (586 ) INDEX. 587 CHAD ERE CIV | CONDIRIONS sa: ac seeueceeceeastin neers aeltoaeetbeaseseliccict = 581-583 Oh TUIRTIIEE U2 2 AN IOLOSIS aeis660000000 5000000800008N00000 05 OdoReEnE 581-582. lis, SOGTLGDE DP WEG PAOD .0060005000600500085600900000950000c0de 582. Defective Conditions containing Ye2t NOLL ..crceceverecsercceeeecenecsenereees 582-583. Za) SUOJUMCLIVE 110 CHEN APOMOSIS) 10s .wenieaieiola ow aeons sesieealelesieeiseee- 582. Os OHUREO TE ULB AVQHIRIS soe5ccn8csbabodes boHDEdebNDdESEGObN0DNEC 582-583. OS PERIL UE HP. AYPQTOSES 5155096000080 000000005003099000 20005 3000 583. Variation of Moods im the MAnuscrtpts......0.ccrcocceorerereearacavetevssers 584-585 (COPAGUESUDB0600900100060000004080000000000000 con .0dDoDAbSCaUDdE dooAGoUdeDsEnOpoGodE 585. A. Avesta. a. Gava-Avesta Ws 2754) 589 29,2 559 30,9 571 31,2 581 6 565 32,10 562 ie D8 Boe 554 34,6 560 38,4 554 43,3 575 44,15 560 453 568 5 563 46,4 565 6 567 8 557 Io 6578 13 563 48,1 568 4 557 50,2 575 3 576 53,1 562 54,1 569 INDEX LOCORUM. b. Yasna. 1,21 555 11,5-6 564 19,6 564 62,1 571 7 569 9 555 65,14 559 68, 10-12 572 c. Yasts. 5,63 570 6,3 556 8,11 575 52-54 578 10,8 577 9 569 19 582 287) 554 55 575 74 575 87 555 gI 571 I1,4-5 573 13,12-13 579 18 565 47 555 7 55S 14,48 571 52-53 570 16,2 561 19,43 566 ad. Vendidad. I,1 579 3,14 567 26 560 5,1-2 583 4 574 14 574 O30) 577 a Bif® 28 558 AT 5 On 7,12 574 23 566 25 «557 36-37 566 EHO S72 17) 583 40-41 556 Opa Sal7 13,3 579 Bit 582 4978) 570) LA e507 22 558 16,2 582 7 572,582 8 572 18,29 ©6563 69-70 558 588 B. Old Persian. Bh. i, 23-24 iv, 37-39 54-56 Dar. Pers. e, 22-24 C. Rig-Veda. i, 14,8 4757 161,8 rs, AeA iv, 30,23 41,11 Vandel o 74:10 vill, 40,1 43,28 44,23 ix, 95,5 556 561 573 568 582 561 558 568 574 573 571 576 578 556 580 559 INDEX. D. Greek. Aisch. Ag. 908-909 Arist, Neph. 116-118 1483 Eur. Alk. 671-672 Bell. 294,7 100 i, 324 ii, 80-81 v, 679-680 vii, 28 X, 222-223 XXlli, 274-275 Odyss. xvii, 475-476 Soph. Ant, 98 E. Latin. Cic. de Senec. I1 Juvenal_ iii, LOO-101 F. O. H. German. Ott. ii, 3,46 560 573 583 571 556 569 580 580 580 576 580 559 561 581 583 581 [Annas N. Y., Acap. Sct., Vol. XII., No. 14, pp. 589 to 616, May 26, 1900. ] [Zoology of Puget Sound, Columbia University Contributions No. 12. | SOME ASCIDIANS FROM PUGET SOUND, COLLEC- TIONS OF 1806. Wm. E. RITTER. (Read November 14, 1898.) [ PLATES XVIIT.-XX. ] THE collection of Ascidians made by the Zoological Expedi- tion of Columbia University to Puget Sound during the summer of 1896, and placed in my hands for study, contains, according to the determinations that I am now able to make, fifteen species, seven of which are new to science. Dr. Bashford Dean, who collected the Ascidians, did so with the design of describing the new species himself, and to this end made colored figures from life of several of the species. Upon learning that I was, and had been for some years, en- gaged upon the preparation of a monograph of the Tunicata of. the Pacific coast of North America, he very willingly and kindly turned over to me not only his material, but also his fig- ures. Hence it is that Iam able to report on this interesting, though small, and in the case of some of the forms, quite de- fective, collection; hence it is, also, that I am able to enrich several of the descriptions by excellent colored figures from life. I wish to acknowledge here my obligation to one of my students, Miss Edith Byxbee for the excellent and extended aid she has given me in this research. The greater part of the work on the simple Ascidians is hers. (589) 590 RITTER. Lis? OF THEsSrPECiis, COMER CIED: Cynthia superba n: spy. 2a. see eee eae ee 590 Cynthia deani ni sp... Sat ace ee ee eee 592 « " Macrosiphonus' 1. spl. ac 4 sae ee 597 $s erecta) nisms. ets 6 2 ee. ote ae Ae een oe 598 «< castaneiformis: yon Drasche:- 52 eee 599 “ haustor Stimpson. si oat cena er ee 601 ntyela stimpsonin. ‘Sp. e.) oc. 2 wie wei cee: eee 602 ” spabbsu Stimpson: (6. vs ae wer eee epee 604 Ascidia koreana, Traustedt. ..,.20 <..). «0. oe oe ee 604 Corella wilimeriana Herdman:? -\25 22 see 604 Chelyosoma producta Stimpson...................-. 605 Distoma, molle in. sp: vise. es ei eee Pee 605 lobata nm.) sp. Steet nee ee eno eae eee 606 Amaroucium californicum Ritter (MS.)............. 608 Distaplia occidentalis Ritter (MS.)...............4.. 609 DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES: Cynthia superba n. sp. (Pl. XVIIL., Fig. 1, Pl. XIX., Figs. 16, 17, 18 and 20, and Pl. XX5\ Fie, 10.) GENERAL APPEARANCE: Body regularly pear-shaped; the broad end at the base. Attached by the base, but the area of attachment not extending over the entire base. A rather prom- inent knob and numerous short, closely interwoven root-like pro- cesses on this area. Siphons prominent, the branchial bent over so that the orifice looks ventrad ; atrial directed upward. Exter- nal surface of body entirely free from wrinkles or other irregu- larities, but closely set with very fine short papillz. Color of the anterior half bright orange red; the posterior half yellowish white. Length 15 cm.; diameter in thickest part 6.5 cm.; in smallest part 4.5 cm.; transverse section of body at any level almost a perfect circle. . SOME PUGET SOUND ASCIDIANS. 591 Test: Leathery, about 1 mm. thick and very uniform through- out. Surface closely beset with short, conical, acute processes, the bases of which are nearly equal in thickness to the height ; many of these processes are single, but others have one or sev- eral smaller ones arising from their bases (Pl. XIX, Fig. 16). MantLe: Moderately developed, not quite as thick as the test; longitudinal and circular muscle layers about equal in thickness ; the longitudinal fibers somewhat stronger and ar- ranged in bands more distinctly than the circular fibers. BRANCHIAL APPARATUS: Siphons prominent, strong, branch- ial bent over to nearly a right angle with the antero-posterior axis of the body; atrial nearly erect, the two of about equal size; branchial distinctly four-lobed, atrial two-lobed. Atrial orifice surrounded by a row of processes similar to but distinctly larger than those covering the entire surface of the test. Branch- ial tentacles very large, about 18 in number, 13 large ones with smaller ones scattered irregularly among the larger, grouped somewhat in the region of the dorsal tubercle. The numerous large branches of the tentacles themselves bearing short secon- dary branches, or processes (Pl. XIX., Fig. 20). Dorsal tu- bercle conspicuous ; mouth of the hypophyseal duct with long horns produced into a double, inturned spiral, one horn with four turns, the other with about six (PI. XIX., Fig. 17). Branchial sac with nine folds on each side, each having sixteen to eighteen bars ; from three to five, usually four, bars between the folds ; transverse vessels of four sizes, usually arranged in the following manner: the space between two vessels of the first order is divided into two parts by a vessel of the second order ; each of these spaces is again divided by a vessel of the third order, and each of these four last spaces is crossed by a vessel of the fourth order ; so that between two of the broad vessels of the first order there are seven smaller vessels. The meshes contain about eight to sixteen stigmata each. The whole structure of the sac rather irregular (Plate XIX., Fig. 18). Dorsal languets consisting of a row of large, closely placed ones situated along the right margin of a broad dorsal area in which there are no stigmata; and of numerous smaller accessory ones scattered 592 RITTER. irregularly over the area to the left of the row of large ones (El eXeXe, Fig..s10): INTESTINE: Forming a wide loop on the left side of the body ; cesophageal opening about midway on the dorsal line of the branchial sac. REPRODUCTIVE GLANDS : Situated on both sides of the body, very voluminous, particularly on the left side in the intestinal loop. The collection contains but a single specimen of this magnifi- cent species, so the study of it has been less complete than could be desired. (For comparison with other species, see discussion following description of the next species.) Cynthia deani n. sp. (PIX VALE Bigs: 2 and 3vand: El; XenxXe Viios 21.22. ancdeem, GENERAL APPEARANCE : Body oval, tapering gradually toward the posterior end, where it is attached by a clump of root-like processes of the test. Siphons placed at the anterior end, usu- ally prominent, though the branchial is sometimes on a level with the body, apparently owing to contraction. Branchial siphon four-lobed, bent over so that the orifice looks ventrad ; atrial siphon two-lobed, directed straight forward; color of specimens preserved in formalin, a dull white, or light gray, the anterior part, and especially the siphons, tinged with orange-red. Test: Thin, coriaceous ; in young specimens almost trans- parent ; covered with papillz, each bearing a number of short spines which, in the youngest (smallest) specimens, are regularly arranged in circles, with a larger spine in the center. This reg- ular arrangement disappears in older specimens. The spines imparting to the test a harsh feeling (Pl. XIX., Fig. 21). Mantie: Thin, muscles well developed, especially the longi- tudinal ones. BRANCHIAL Sac: Nine folds on each side in well developed specimens, eight of them strong, the ones next the endostyle on each side weak, sometimes disappearing before reaching the an- terior end of the sac ; six to ten bars on the folds, usually only SOME PUGET SOUND ASCIDIANS. 593 about three between them, this number varying from one to five according to the size of the individual ; folds ending abruptly at the cesophageal opening where the bars are prolonged in the form of languets ; transverse vessels of at least three sizes, usually six narrow ones between two broad ones. Meshes oblong, crossed by delicate secondary vessels. Stigmata six to twelve in a mesh, small and narrow ; a longitudinal vessel often running part way down the branchial sac and so forming smaller, square gnesines (Gal, XODX,, Jette) 2H), TENTACLES: About twenty-four in number, twelve large, very stout ones, twice branched, and as many small ones alternating Wwadn toreron “(els NODC Ihe, 223), Peritubercular area shallow ; dorsal tubercle large ; mouth of hypophysis with its horns turned in and twice coiled. DorsaLt Lamina composed of languets, short at the anterior end and passing part way round the opening of the cesophagus. No basal membrane present; transverse vessels on the right side ending in languets opposite the dorsal languets, and in the larger specimens, a few small accessory languets present between these two rows (PI. XIX., Fig. 23). ENDOSTYLE very broad. INTESTINE: Making a wide loop; cesophageal opening about half way between the anterior and posterior extremities of the branchial sac ; liver large. OvarRIEs: One on each side of the branchial sac, in the form of a slender tube bent like the letter S lying down. The genital duct directed upward ; endocarps present on the mantle. There are two specimens of this species in the collection, both small and apparently young. One measures 2.6 x I cm., the other 5 x 2.3cm. The color of the test seems to be well preserved. The above description is based partly on these two specimens and partly on a number from the Young Naturalists’ Society of Seattle. The latter are preserved in alcohol and their test is colorless. It is also thicker and lacks the semi- transparency characteristic of the test of the Columbia specimens. The largest one in the Young Naturalists’ collection measures 5 x 2cm. and the genital organs are perfectly developed. 594 RITTER. Some of the characters, such as the number of bars on or between the folds and the number of the accessory languets, are variable, but the variation seems to be in the direction of increase of number with increase in the size of the individual. There are so many points in common between this species and C. superba that I have been in much doubt as to whether they are not the same thing. It has seemed possible that the smaller animals may be only immature individuals of the larger one. I have tried to explain the differences between the two by imagining them to be such as would be expected were this the case ; but the explanations thus reached are unsatisfactory, as I shall now attempt to show. In the first place, as regards the papillae on the surface of the test. These are frequently single in C. superba, while they are never so in C. dean; again, when the large ones have smaller ones about their bases, these smaller ones are always closer to_ the larger, and less numerous in the former than in the latter species. Compare figures 16 and 21, the first from the anterior part of the body of C. superba, the last from a corresponding region of C. deant. These differences I do not believe are due to differences in age merely. One might imagine that the condition seen in C. superba has been produced from that in C. deant by an extension and thickening of the bases of the primary papillze until they have come to carry the secondary ones on their sides. As a matter of fact, however, the base of a group, 2. ¢@., of a primary papilla with its surrounding secon- dary ones, is actually somewhat larger on the average in C. deant, the supposed younger specimens, than in C. superba. Thus their average diameter at base is I.9 y in the former species, and 1.55 “in the latter, measurements being made of papilla from near the antertor end of the animal in each case. As to external characters, it is to be further noted that C. superba is much more highly colored than C. deanz, the entire anterior half of the: former being orange red, while only the siphons are red in the latter, and these not markedly so. As all the specimens in this collection were preserved in the same way, 2. €., in formalin, it cannot be supposed that the color has been SOME PUGET SOUND ASCIDIANS. 595 destroyed in the one case and not in the other. To be sure, it is possible that the color increases with age, but this is not usual with ascidians. The internal structural differences that do not seem explicable on the supposition that they are due to differences in age alone are the following: The tentacles are more numerous in C. deant than in C. superba, they being about twenty-four in the former and eighteen in the latter. In species in which these structures are small and very numerous, such a difference in number as this could not be considered as of great consequence ; but where the number is small and the tentacles themselves are large, the difference certainly is of considerable importance, particularly since the larger number is found in the supposably younger specimens. The much more highly coiled condition of the hypophyseal mouth in C. superba can, I think, hardly be considered as due to differences in age, although it must be admitted that the differences here are in the direction that would be expected on this supposition. But, judging from what we know of other ascidians, we are not warranted, I think, in believing that differ- ence so great in this respect as that here found is to be thus accounted for. Again, the differences in the branchial sacs and the accessory dorsal languets in the two forms are too great, I believe, to be explained away on this hypothesis. Compare figures 18 and 22, also 17 and 23. The question of whether the Cyzthia cortacea of Stimpson °64 is the species now under consideration must, I am _ con- vinced, with the data now at hand, be answered in the negative. Stimpson describes his species as being ‘‘smooth, and scarcely at all wrinkled.” This statement clearly means that it is not only without wrinkles, but also that it is without asperities. It is true that the papille of our species are very small, but I can hardly believe they could have escaped so good an observer entirely. The branchial sac, the author says, ‘has about the same number of folds as the preceding species,” referring to Styela gibbsii, which, he says, has 10 folds. As our species has 596 RITTER. 18, it hardly seems possible that Stimpson could have erred so widely as this. His statement that the “filaments at the summit of the branchial sac of C. coriacea appear to be few, and shaped like the palpi of the bi-valve acephala”’ I am at a loss to know how to interpret, but it certainly seems that if he had been examining our species the large branchial tentacles could not have escaped his notice, and certainly had he seen them he could not have compared them to the palpi of bivalve molluscs. On the whole I am inclined to think that his C. corzacea is in reality a Styela. The nearest allies of these two closely related species are C. papillosa L.., and C. nordenskioldi Wagn. But C. papillosa is very clearly distinguished from both, first of all, perhaps, by the distinct circle of long bristles borne by the margin of each orifice. Its papillee are also larger throughout and are not arranged in the groups of primary and secondary ones as in our species. From both C. superba and C. deani, C. nordenskioldii is distin- guished superficially by its four-lobed atrial orifice ; while in its internal structure it differs in possessing four gonads on each side, our species possessing only one. All four of these species resemble one another in the posses- sion of accessory dorsal languets. In C. xordenskioldii, to judge from the figure accompanying Wagner’s description (’85), the transverse vessels on each side end in languets, so that the dorsal lamina is represented by a double row of them with a clear space between. In C. papillosa there is a row of languets in the center of a broad clear space and besides these the transverse vessels on the right side end in languets, the arrangement being similar to that found in C. deant. This supplementary row of languets does not appear to have been anywhere described for C. papillosa, but an examination of specimens from Naples shows it to be present. The Pacific coast species seem to differ from the others in pos- sessing the small accessory languets scattered between two rows and having no relation to the transverse vessels. This condition, as pointed out in the description of the species, is but feebly de- veloped in C. deanz, but much more highly so in C. superba. SOME PUGET SOUND ASCIDIANS. 597 Cynthia macrosiphonus n. sp. (Cal NOx eile. A aiovel Jelk, IO, Tei, 21.) GENERAL APPEARANCE: Whole animal, including siphons, 10.4 cm. long: exclusive of siphons 4.5 cm.: greatest diameter 2.7 cm. Siphons very long, the branchial nearly one and a half times as long as, and the atrial a little longer than the body. Both siphons four-lobed. Body attached on the left side near the posterior end by a broad base. Color a muddy brown shading in places to a yellowish brown; siphons lighter colored. Test: In the posterior part, thick, coriaceous, prolonged into short processes at the point of attachment, thinner toward the anterior part. Dark over the body and over the lower part of the siphons; lighter, translucent and very smooth over nearly the whole of the branchial and the anterior half of the atrial siphon. Test on the anterior part of the body crumpled and irregularly wrinkled, that over the lower part of the siphons with deep transverse folds. An inner layer of test present, separating readily from the outer test and from the mantle. This inner layer soft, transparent, containing fibres and test cells ; inner sur- face of outer test smooth, soft and shining. Mantite: Thin; musculature well developed ; dorsal muscle large ; circular muscle bands at the base of the siphons, and both longitudinal and circular muscles of the siphons very strong. BRANCHIAL SAC: Six folds on each side, about fourteen bars on a fold, and seven or eight between them; meshes oblong, often irregular, with usually four small oval stigmata; most of the transverse vessels of one size, but occasionally a very wide one present; series of stigmata frequently crossed by a small secondary vessel. Tentacies : About fifteen in number: five (?) long slender ones with fine branches and smaller intermediate ones of at least two sizes. PERIPHARYNGEAL Banp: Widely separated from the tentacles, enclosing a large triangular space on the dorsal side on which the dorsal tubercle lies; mouth of the hypophysis with both horns turned in and once coiled (Pl. XIX., Fig. 24). 598 RITTER. DorsaL Lamina: Represented by very slender languets closely placed on a rather broad basal membrane (Fig. 24). INTESTINE: Forming a wide loop. Gonaps: Two large branched organs, lying one on each side of the body. There is only one specimen of this species in the collection and for this reason it has not been thoroughly dissected. Its external appearance, however, is very striking and should make it easily recognizable. The siphons are very long and flexible, and the smooth translucent test which covers them differs strik- ingly from the dark, crumpled and coriaceous test of the rest of the body. The nearest allies of this species appear to be C. sguamulosa, Alder, North-western Europe, and C. dura Heller, Atlantic, Mediterranean, and Pacific (Herdman), but the remarkable character of the siphons distinguishes it definitely from either of them. Cynthia erecta n. sp. (Gaby POV OLS: Jeiteae Ga) GENERAL APPEARANCE: Body barrel-shaped, of nearly the same diameter throughout; length, exclusive of siphons, 3.6 cm., greatest diameter, 2.9 cm.; siphons placed at the dorsal and ventral edges of the body, 8 mm. apart ; branchial 1.4 cm. long, bent somewhat toward the ventral side ; atrial g cm. long pointing anteriorly ; color, in specimen preserved in formalin, light-gray, tinged with yellow at the posterior end; siphons dark-brown. Test: Smooth in the anterior part, divided into irregular areas by slight folds toward the posterior end, especially on the left side ; prolonged into short processes at the posterior end where the body is attached; also a few on the right side ; test not thick, but tough ; that of the siphons with deep transverse wrinkles as though much contracted. INTERNAL STRUCTURE, as far as known, agreeing perfectly with that of Cynthia macrosiphonus, from which, however, it is very distinct in external characters. SOME PUGET SOUND ASCIDIANS. 599 The close correspondence in internal structure between this species and C. macrosiphonus naturally suggests the possibility that the two may in reality be but strongly marked variations of the same species, but the external differences are so great, not only in form and proportions, but also in texture of the test, that it hardly seems possible that they are not distinct species, and it is probable that further study of ample material will discover dis- tinctive characters other than those now apparent. C. erecta is undoubtedly a very close ally to C. dura Heller. From the accounts of the internal structure to C. dura as given by Heller, 77, and Traustedt, ’83, I am unable to find any dis- tinctions that would warrant the recognition of a separate species for my specimen. The external characters appear, however, to be very different. C. dura is a strongly depressed species, it never being even in young individuals where the form is, accor- ding to Heller “mehr rundlich,” as high as broad. Again, ac- cording to both Heller and Traustedt, the test of C. dura is very hard and much tuberculated over the entire surface. Cynthia castaneiformis von Drasche. (IPL, SOW IDL, Ess, (©) aia yy, ere 1ally UDC lair, 25.) Cynthia castaneiformis Drasche, ’84, p. 373. Cynthia castaneiformis Traustedt, °84, p. 27. I identify this as von Drasche’s species with some hesitation. von Drasche, however, made his description from a single spec- men, and that a rather small one, hence probably an immature one. I therefore conclude that the discrepancies between his description and my observations are due to the insufficiency of specimens at his command. The peduncle is described and figured as being as long as the body. In some individuals this is true ; in others, however, the peduncle is longer than the body, and in still others it is shorter. The orifices are said to be “‘sitzend.’”’ In most preserved speci- mens they are so, but in life they are not (Figs. 6 and 7); they are quite prominent and are turned toward each other. In de- scribing the processes of the test, the author makes no mention of 600 RITTER. secondary processes on the primary ones. In young individuals the processes are simple; in older ones, however, there are a few short secondary processes on the primary ones. The author describes the branchial sac as having seven folds on each side ; as a matter of fact there are eight, but in a young specimen it would be very easy indeed to fail to recognize all of them. The detailed structure of the branchial sac I have thought best to give complete, partly because of the inadequacy of von Drasche’s description, and partly because of its very pe- culiar structure (Pl. XIX., Fig. 25). There are, as already said, eight folds on each side. These are large and closely placed. _ Each has about twenty internal longitudinal bars, and the interspaces between them two or three bars. The stigmata are elongated transversely to the direction of the endostyle and the folds of the sac. They are somewhat irregular in shape, size and arrangement, but on the whole they are arranged in series and in such fashion that a space is left between two adjacent series, against which the ends of the stigmata of each series abut. These spaces—longitudinal vessels they might be called—usually alternate with the internal longitudinal bars (Fig. 25, 1. v.' and I. v.”). The internal transverse vessels, or bars, are small and numer- ous, the typical arrangement being one between each two stig- mata, Fig. 25 t. v.2 These small transverse vessels connect with the internal longitudinal bars. Some of them cross the in- terserial spaces, or longitudinal vessels, and some do not, but terminate in these spaces. In addition to the small internal trans- verse vessels there are also larger ones, Fig. 25, t. v.', there being about ten of the smaller to one of the larger. The result of this arrangement is that typically each mesh of the branchial sac contains a single stigma. von Drasche desribes and figures the stigmata to be nearly round. So far as there is any elongation, however, this is in the transverse direction, as shown by his Pl. XX. Fig. 9, I have for some years believed the C. castaneiformis of von Drasche to be identical with C. v7//osa Stimpson, ’64. Very recently, how- ever, Herdman, ’98, has re-described what he believes to be C. SOME PUGET SOUND ASCIDIANS. 601 villosa, and if he is right the two would seem to be quite distinct, although closely allied. They appear to differ both in external and in internal characters. As Herdman collected his specimens himself, he would have undoubtedly noted the pink color of the rather prominent siphons, had they been present, which disting- uishes C. castaneiformis (Figs. 6 and 7). Again, the spines of C. villosa appear to be both longer over the anterior portion of the body and to extend back over the pedunculated portion considerably more than is the case in C. castaneiformys. As to internal structure although the two forms agree in the number of folds and the peculiarity as to direction of the stig- mata, they differ markedly in the absence from the sac of C. wd/l- osa of the internal transverse vessels and the regular interserial spaces or vessels. (Compare Herdman’s description and PI. XIIL., Fig. 11.) Again it appears that the dorsal languets of C. castaneiformus are considerably more numerous and filiform than in C. villosa. There are numerous specimens in the collection, and in addi- tion it has been collected at several other points on our Coast south of Puget Sound. Cynthia haustor Stimpson. (RIP OXGVAE ies: 8. © and 10) Cynthia haustor Stimpson, ’64, p. 159. Cyntlia haustor von Wrasche, °84, p. 372, Pl. III., Figs. 3 and 8. Cynthia haustor Vraustedt, ’84, p. 29. Gyniia haustor Merdmian.) 9S, p. 2575) Rie XUN Figs.) 1 and 2. But a single specimen of the species is contained in the col- lection ; but as this is one of the most common representatives of the genus on our shore, north of San Francisco Bay, there can be no doubt as to its identification. I am glad to be able to present the excellent figures drawn from the living animal by Doctor Dean. . ANNALS N. Y, Acab. Sci., XII, May 28, 1900—38. 602 RITTER. Styela stimpsoni n. sp. (PIS XVIII, Fig. and 125" and Pit Xx hig 260) sancelse 5) DOXG, Migs. 27 and28)) GENERAL APPEARANCE : Body irregularly oval ; narrow at the anterior end where the siphons are placed; the atrial at the dorsal edge, and the branchial close to it, except in one specimen where it is 1.1 cm. distant. Body sloping gradually from the branchial siphon to the broad posterior end, where it is attached by root-like processes of the test. Average length of four specimens 3.2 cm., average of greatest diameter 3.1 cm. Siphons prominent though often contracted ; both orifices four-cleft. Test: Over the greater part of the body, thin, leathery, usu- ally smooth, or with wrinkles due to contraction. Color, in life, as shown by Dr. Dean’s figures, bright orange-red ; this, how- ever, wholly destroyed in preserved specimens, the color here being a light gray. Toward the posterior part the test becomes thicker, firmer, crumpled, and furnished with numerous processes and irregularities ; color of this part usually a dark brown, tinged with yellow ; inner surface of the test, smooth, white, and shining. Mant_Le: Thick, composed of small but strong muscle fibers very densely woven in the upper part, somewhat more loosely woven in the lower part. Mantle closely attached to the bran- chial sac by many strong vessels. : BRANCHIAL Sac: Four folds on each side; the two folds on each side of the endostyle with four to six bars ; the other folds stronger with ten to fourteen bars ; four or five longitudinal ves- sels between the endostyle and the folds on each side ; about six vessels between the other folds ; transverse vessels of three sizes, usually five or six medium-sized ones between two broad ones ; the series of stigmata often crossed by small secondary vessels which are sometimes incomplete. Meshes oblong with five to seven long, rather narrow stigmata in them (PI. XIX., Fig. 26). TentTactes: Unbranched, very numerous, of three lengths, about twenty long slender ones, with shorter ones alternating with them, and very short ones alternating with these, so that there are three short tentacles between two long ones ; peripha- ryngeal band close to the circle of tentacles. SOME PUGET SOUND ASCIDIANS. 6038 DorsaL Lamina: A broad membrane with its free margin ir- regularly cut and toothed ; passing part way round the opening of the cesophagus which is placed nearly at the lower extremity of the branchial sac (Pl. XX., Fig. 27). DorsaL TUBERCLE: Raised above the level of the branchial sac. Mouth of the hypophysis crescent-shaped with the horns coiled in, forming small spirals ; opening toward the left side. DicestivE Tract: Forming a narrow loop; stomach long and narrow, marked with numerous longitudinal lines which are formed by the folds within the stomach. Heart: Very conspicuous, a long slender tube lying close against the lower side of the stomach, but closely attached to the mantle by large vessels. Gonaps: Numerous, eight to ten on each side of the body, in the form of long, slender tubes, sometimes bent on themselves and somewhat twisted: each tube ending in a large but short vas deferens. Endocarps numerous (PI. XX., Fig. 28.) There are six specimens of this species in the collection. Of the six, three have their long axis directed anterio-posteriorly, while the other three have it in the opposite direction. These latter three, however, show signs of being much contracted. This species agrees in many particulars with S. joanne Herd- man 98, but differs from it in external form and color, S. joane being “whitish gray.” (Since Herdman himself collected the single specimen upon which his description is based reference is of course here made to the color in life.) The muscula- ture of S. joan@ is said to be “very delicate,’ and the mantle thin. The dorsal lamina is a “plain narrow membrane,” and the tentacles are “long and slender, closely placed, about forty in number,” apparently not differing greatly in length, as is the case in S. stimpsonit. It is also closely related to Polycarpa fiumarkiensis, Kiaer’93, but from this it differs in having a much larger number of tentacles, twenty to twenty-five being the number in this latter species; in the uncoiled condition of the horns of the hypophysis mouth of P. finmarkiensis, and in the absence of toothing (presumably so, since no mention is made of the teeth by the author) on the edge of the dorsal lamina of the European species. 604 RIGVRERe Styela gibbsii Stimpson. (CBR OCWALIIRS Anise sie} eyorel: 70.) Cynthia gibbsu Stimpson, ’64, p. 159. Styela gibbsi Herdman, 98, p. 261, Pl. XIII., Figs. 1-4. There are ten specimens of this well-defined species in the collection. Herdman’s recent redescription supplements Stimp- son’s original rather meager description so well that it is un- necessary for me to add anything from the data at hand beyond the presentation of Dr. Dean’s figures from life. Ascidia koreana Traustedt. Phallusia koreana Traustedt, ’84, p. 14, text Figs. III. and EV eraledbn IGS. elven cis I have considerable doubt about the correctness of this identi- fication. It is very possible that careful study of sufficient material of both the Puget Sound and the Corean forms will prove them to be specifically distinct, but pending the oppor- tunity for such study, I have not thought it justifiable to separate them on the evidence at hand. The Puget Sound forms appear to have a larger number of tentacles than .have the Corean forms. There are five specimens in the collection. Corella willmeriana Herdman. (Get, XV Pic: 15.) Corella willmertana Herdman, 98, p. 252, Pl. XI., Figs. 1-4. The collection contains a single specimen of what I identify as this species. The only point of difference I note between the individual at hand and Herdman’s description, is in the character of the sur- face of the test. The author speaks of this as being “very smooth and glistening,’ whereas in my specimen it has many inconspicuous asperities. SOME PUGET SOUND ASCIDIANS. 605 Chelyosoma producta Stimpson. Chelyosoma producta Stimpson, ’64, p. 161. Chelyosoma productum von Drasche, 84, p. 381, Pl. VII. Figs. 5-9. Chelyosoma productum Traustedt, ’84, p. 7. Chelyosoma productum Herdman, 98, p. 252. Chelyosoma productum Bancroft, ’98. A large number of this very common Puget Sound species is contained in the collection. Distoma molle n. sp. Gel SOX nics 2O;ands3@) GENERAL CHARACTER OF THE CoLony: Comparatively reg- ularly disc-shaped, attached by nearly the whole of the under surface. Greatest diameter of the larger of the two colonies at hand 8.6 cm.; shorter diameter of same colony 5.5 cm.: thick- ness in thickest portion 2 cm. Very soft and flabby. Test more than usually transparent, the individual zooids showing through it very distinctly. Color, a light gray, this being imparted to the otherwise quite transparent testicular mass by the thin, somewhat more opaque superficial layer to which a small quan- tity of fine sand adheres. The soft testicular substance contains many cells which are small and rather uniform in form and size ; no bladder cells present. GENERAL CHARACTER OF Zooips: Distinctly seen through the test for nearly their entire length. No systems recognizable. Placed mostly at oblique but varying angles to surface of colony. Each zooid in the form of a dumbbell with a very long handle, the thorax forming one of the balls, the intestinal loop the other, and the much elongated cesophagus and rectal portion of the intestine the handle, the two ends or balls being nearly equal in size. Average length about 8 mm., of which about 5 mm. be- long to the handle of the dumbbell. The ectodermal appendage at the posterior end of the abdomen large and always present. BRANCHIAL APPARATUS: No orifices, either branchial or atrial, recognizable on the surface of the colony ; this probably 606 RITTER. due to the extreme flabbiness of the test. Branchial and atrial siphons about equal in size and shape, both long and strong ; the lobes of each well marked—almost tumid in some specimens. Thorax always much contracted, very dense, so that its internal structure is made out with great difficulty. Apparently three series of long stigmata in the branchial sac; but the extreme state of contraction makes certainty on this point impossible. Musculature of mantle well developed, particularly as to the circular fibers, these arranged in more or less regular bands, as are the longitudinal ones ; the circular fibers almost as well de- veloped at the posterior as at the anterior end of the thorax. DIGESTIVE APPARATUS: CEsophagus very long and narrow ; stomach nearly globular, its walls somewhat irregularly thick- ened, but not distinctly folded. Post gastric intestine short, the intestinal loop forming almost a circle, the stomach being situated at the point where the intestine returns upon itself to produce the circle. Rectal portion of the intestine very long, running closely parallel with the cesophagus. SEXUAL ORGANS: Situated on the left side of the intestinal loop, but extending slightly behind it; ovary not voluminous though the individual ova when fully grown are large ; the ovary on the cesophageal side of the.intestinal loop, and immediately behind the stomach. Testis forming a dozen or more large, dis- tinct elliptical masses; vas deferens distinct throughout its length when filled with sperm. Embryos developed in the atrial chamber, this not produced into a special incubatory pouch; apparently about six embryos and tadpoles in the chamber at one time. Distoma lobata n. sp. (PIO XOxe Bigs. 3 1, 32 sandsae GENERAL CHARACTERS OF CoLtony: Massive, the smaller ones rather regular, thick cake-like, the larger ones very irregular and prominently lobulated. Largest specimen 10 cm. long, 4 cm. wide in widest part ; most prominent lobe 3.5 cm. high and 3 cm. in diameter. Texture firm, but not hard. No sand imbedded in SOME PUGET SOUND ASCIDIANS. 607 test, and entire surface very clean. Color, transparent white. Outlines of the zooids and the branchial orifices distinctly seen on the surface. Zooips: Numerous closely set, evenly distributed, very much contracted in all the specimens at hand; disposed rather regu- larly perpendicularly to the surface of the colony ; systems pre- sent, though not conspicuous; zooids in each not numerous. Average length, as determined by measuring the depth to which they reach in the test, about 6.5 mm., actual average length in the contracted state assumed by nearly all the individuals about 2.5 or 3 mm.; a few found with length as great as 4.5 mm. The long-pedunculate portion of the body between the thorax and the gastro-genital mass which characterizes the zooids in the normal condition, is wholly obliterated in the contracted Statei(Eig: 3)2)); Test AND MANTLE: Former without sand grains ; quite uniform in texture, made up largely of bladder-cells, the small cells be- ing comparatively few ; no vessels present. Mantle well devel- oped, both longitudinal and circular muscle fibers being numerous and strong. The ectodermal appendages given off from posterior portion of mantle seem to be less prominent here than in most species of the genus, though they are present. BRANCHIAL AppaARATUS: Branchial orifice easily distinguish- able on surface of colony, the common atrial orifices rather ob- scure. Both siphons prominent on detached zooid, the atrial particularly long, though variable for different individuals ; both with six well marked, broad, short lobes. Internal structure of the thorax determined with much difficulty on account of the heavy musculature of the mantle and the extreme state of con- traction. Branchial tentacles apparently about twenty-four in number, of moderate length. Endostyle heavy, closely tortu- ous. Apparently five series of stigmata, though some uncer- tainty here. Dorsal languets not seen. DicestivE Tracr: CE#sophagus very long. Stomach and intestinal loop proper forming a prominent mass at the extreme 608 RITTER. posterior end of the zooid , stomach apparently somewhat longer than broad, wall nearly or quite smooth, but extreme state of contraction makes certainty here impossible. Intestinal loop rather narrow, rectal portion running close along and parallel with cesophagus ; rectum in all specimens examined contained several large, elliptical, dark colored foecal masses ; anus about midway of the length of the branchial sac. REPRODUCTIVE ORGANS: Both ovary and testis placed along- side the intestinal loop, the latter extending somewhat, though but slightly behind it; ovary small and with few ova in all the specimens at hand; testis rather large, in the form of a quite reg- ular rosette. No embryos or buds seen. This species is closely related to a Destoma that is widely dis- tributed on the coast of California, and which I have designated in my MS. notes as D¢stoma y. It appears, however, to be specifically distinct from it, D. y, being almost always with- out systems, while D. /obata almost always possesses them. The “bladder’’ cells, which are so characteristic of the test of D. lobata, appear to be wholly wanting in D. vy. Again, I have never seen colonies of J. y of anything like the size of the largest specimen of D. lobata. Interestingly enough the species resembles quite closely D. z/- Jotum Sluiter from the coast of South Africa, though it is un- doubtedly specifically distinct from it. Amaroucium californicum Ritter (MS.). The Amaroucium which | identify as A. calfornicum is well known to me from its abundance at various places on the coast of California, particularly at Monterey Bay. The only point in which the northern specimens present any difference from the more southern ones is in the length of atrial languet. On the whole this structure seems to be somewhat longer in the former than in the latter. But its great variability, not only in general, but particularly in zooids of the same colony, precludes the pos- sibility of attaching any great importance to the difference noted. SOME PUGET SOUND ASCIDIANS. 609 Distaplia occidentalis Ritter (MS.). Distaplhia occidentalis Bancroft, 99, p. 59. Next to Ammaroucium no other genus of compound ascidians is more abundantly represented, at least as to number of indi- viduals, on our coast than is Distaplia. They present great va- riety in form and size of colony, and in color, and I have, at va- rious times and from various localities, entered provisionally in my notes at least four species. These have, however, always been differentiated on superficial characters, z. ¢., characters of the colonies. The attempt to find constant structural differences between the zooids of the supposed species have been unsuccess- ful thus far, and as the superficial characters are found, upon ex- amination of a very great quantity of material collected at different seasons of the year, to be exceedingly variable and inconstant, I am now of the opinion that but a single species has yet come under my observation. The differences in color and form and size of colony are probably due to differences in age, state of de- velopment of the zooids, and perhaps of other factors not yet recognized. The colonies contained in the present collection are somewhat larger and thicker than is usual with specimens from points farther south, but beyond this I find nothing distinctive in them. UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY, CALIFORNIA, July 14, 1898. BUBLLOGR AeA. ’98, Bancroft, F. W. The Anatomy of Chelyosoma productum Stimpson. roc Cal.wAcadeSci-. 20 ser-.)Zo0l., Vol. 1... No: 3, 13898.) p.. 309: ’99, Bancroft, F. W. Oogenesis in D¢staplia occidentalis Ritter (MS. ), with remarks on other species. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Univ., 1899, Vol. XXXV, pp. 59-112. 84, Drasche, Richard von. Ueber einige neue und weniger ge- kannte aussereuropdische einfache Ascidien. Denksch. der katserlichen Akad. der Wissensch. su Wien, Math. Naturw. Classe, 48 Bd., 1884, p. 369. 610 RITTER. 77, Heller, C. Untersuchungen iiber die Tunicaten des Adria- tischen und Mittelmeeres. Denksch. der kats. Akad. der wissench. su Wien, Math. Naturw. Classe; 37 Bd... 1877.9) can. ’98, Herdman, W. A. Description of some simple Ascidians col- lected in Puget Sound, Pacific Coast. Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc., Vol. XII., 1898, p. 248. ’93, Kiaer, Johan. Oversigt over Norges Ascide simplices. Videnskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, Christiania, No. 9, 1893, p. 60 and p. 96. 764, Stimpson, Wm. Description of new species of Marine In- vertebrata from Puget Sound. Proc. Phu.7A cad. of Nat. Scis,, VOl TO. 1 S804, p-.50: ’80, Traustedt, M. P. A. Oversigt over de fra Danmark og dets nordlige Bilan kedkjendte Ascide simplices. Aftryk af Vidensk. Meddel. fra den naturh. Foren. t. Kjbenhava, 1879-80, p. 3. 83, Traustedt, M. P. A. Die einfachen Ascidien (Ascédie@ sim- plices) des Golfes von Neapel. Mittheil. a. d. Zool. Stat. Neapel, 1V. Bd., 1883, p. 448. 84, Traustedt, M. P. A. Ascidie simplices fra det stille Ocean. Aftryk af Vidensk. Meddel. fra den naturh. Foren. t. Kybenhavn, TSS4.. D>, Te 785, Wagner, W. Die Wirbellosen des Weissen Meeres. Zodlogische Forschungen an der Kiiste des Solowetzkischen Meerbusens in den Sommermonaten der Jahre 1877-79 and 1882. W. Engelmann, Leipzig, 1885. (611) PEATE XVII. PuGET SOUND ASCIDIANS. Kiguuen Cynthia Superba iwitter,<. 2.2. -e sees eee 603 Figs. 29 and 30. Distoma molle Ritter, the first in con- tracted state, the second in‘extended, x 12.)).5-:eeeeeeeeeeeee 605 Fig. 31. Distoma lobata Ritter, general character of COLONY XT... cose ks is see veaisei go en seleSbon cee settee 606 Figs. 32 and 33. Same species, first in contracted state, second extended, i2eymneaae tee soles Se eRe te 606 AINA ONS Nor ENGEL SGI WO al i Aj i eee Dees at ! Fi} =| ~ a GF ee — = 1S n 2 og! e) i, [ANNALS N. Y. AcAD. ScI., XII., No. 15, pp. 617 to 690, June 2, 1900. ] RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES JANUARY, 1899, TO DECEMBER, 1899 RICHARD E. DODGE Recording Secretary ANNALS N. Y. AcaD. Sci., XII, June 2, 1900-39. [Annats N. Y. Acap. Sci., XII., No. 15, pp. 617 to 690, June 2, 1900. ] RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OK] SCIENCES: January, 1899, to December, 1899. RicHarD E. DopnGeE, Recording Secretary. BUSINESS: MEETING: JANUARY 2, 1899. Academy met at 8 P. M., Vice-President Kemp presiding. The minutes of the last business meeting were read and ap- proved. The following candidate for resident membership, approved by the Council, was duly elected: Samuel (hore, 42) Cedar St. New Work, Nov: There being no further business, the Academy adjourned. RICHARD E. DOopbcE, Recording Secretary. SIECMIOIN Ole AVSIIROIMOMOAT ZeUNID) Jels | SIuCS), f JANUARY 2, 1899. Sectiomsmet,aty 3) Ee Mea es Dudley presidine. = iiive minutes of the last meeting of Section were read and approved. The following program was then offered : Wm. Hallock, A Mopet to ILLusrrRatTeE KIRCHHOFF’S PRIN- CIPLE. F. L. Tufts, ON tHE ApsoRPTION AND REFLECTION OF SOUND Waves By Porous MATERIALS. (619 ) 620 RECORDS. P. H. Dudley, TRANSLATIVE CURVES OF COUNTER BALANCE AND CRANK PINS IN RUNNING LOCOMOTIVE. In the absence of the Secretary, Mr. Theodore G. White was elected Secretary pro tem. The principle illustrated in Professor Hallock’s paper may be stated as follows: Any system that has an inherent rate of vibration in itself, will respond to vibrations of the same period as its inherent vibration factor, but is indifferent to vibrations faster or slower than that particular rate of inherent vibration. The model consists of a brass ring, on the center of which a brass ball is held in equilibrium by means of three spiral springs which are attached to points equi-distant from one another around the circumference of the ball, and at their other extremities to points equi-distant from one another, upon the inner circumfer- ence of the ring. The model is suspended from the axis per- pendicular to the plane of the ring and springs. Vibrations are imparted to the model thus suspended, by means of a string, or better, by means of a spiral of wire, attached to the ring, and held by the hand in a horizontal position. Vibrations delivered through the weak spiral spring, impart a succession of impulses to the ring, while the ball has its own inherent rate of vibration in the plane of the ring itself, due to its mode of suspension. When the vibrations imparted to the ring are too rapid or too slow, beats are produced, which disappear as the rapidity of the induced vibrations approaches the inherent rate of vibration. A modified form of the same apparatus consists in suspending the former apparatus concentrically within a second brass ring, so as to connect the two rings. One rate of impulses is then imparted to the outer ring, concentric rings, another set of impulses is imparted to the second and by means of the spirals connecting the ring, according to their inherent rates of vibration. In the discussion of this paper, Professor D. W. Hering sug- gested connecting the string or spiral by which impulses are im- parted to the ring, to a tuning fork, the rate of vibration of which could be regulated by weighting and which could be operated electrically for reciprocating motion of small amplitude and of a known rate. RECORDS: 621 The second paper, by Dr. Tufts, gave the results of experiments on the transmission and reflection of sound by such materials as flour, sand, sawdust, shot, and a few different kinds of cloths. It was stated that when sound waves strike against materials pervious to air they act very much like a pneumatic pressure, and that the amount of sound transmitted through such mate- rials is inversely proportional to the resistance offered by the materials to the passage of a direct current of air. The results of the experiments upon the reflection of sound from the same materials showed that those materials which transmitted the ereatest amount of sound reflected the least. The paper also contained an account of some experiments in which the sound waves had to pass through some pervious material, such as the curtain upon a wall, and were then reflected back through the same by the impervious wall. The results of these experiments showed that there was greater reflection when the curtains were of very porous or of very impervious materials, than when they were of materials of medium porosity, such as velvet. In the discussion that followed, Professor Hallock suggested the practical application to the improvement of the acoustics of rooms which might result from these investigations, and the use- lessness of. the method of stringing wires in large halls to break up echoes which had been often advised but which was disproved by these investigations. Mr. Dudley also spoke of the attempts which had been made to obtain materials absorptive of sound to deaden the noise in railroad cars. The third paper by Mr. Dudley was profusely illustrated by lantern slides. These showed the loci of the center of gravity of the counter-weights, crank pins and driving axles in running locomotives. Some of the photographs showed the position of the counter-weights in the driving wheels of running locomotives in ref- erence to the stremmatograph under the rail. The counter-weights added to locomotive driving wheels to balance the reciprocating parts, crank pins, main and side connecting rods, when the loco- motive is running, besides rotating around the axles, move along the rails per revolution, a distance equal to the circumference of the drivers. The locus of the center of gravity of the counter 622 RECORDS. weights six inches from the tread of the tire in a seven foot driving wheel, travels above the locus of the driving axle, over three times as far as it does below. The locus of the center of gravity of the crank pin for 24- inch stroke of piston in a driving wheel of 7 feet diameter, travels 44 per cent. more above the locus of the driving axle than below. The above cited facts show that the relative velocities of the center of gravity of the counter weights and crank pins are not constant, for each portion of a revolution as in the stationary en- gine, but are unequal and constantly changing. Therefore the forces generated are unequal, and perfect counter-balance does not obtain in the locomotive. Part of the unbalanced forces must be absorbed by the locomotive, and part by the permanent way. The upper portion of the driving wheel moves much faster than the lower portion running on, and in contact with, the rail, in striking contrast to the uniform velocity of the rim of the fly wheel of a stationary engine. Mr. Dudley also showed lantern slides of running locomotives, in which the lower spokes of the driving wheels were sharply defined, while the upper ones, running so much faster, were not stopped for the same exposure. The Section adjourned at 9.40 P. M. THEODORE G. WHITE, Secretary pro tem. SECON TORS BIOLOGY JANUARY 9, 1899. Section met at 8 P. M., Professor Lee presiding. The min- utes of last meeting of Section were read and approved. The following program was then offered : Robert W. Shearman, THe SKULL oF A CHIM-EROID. Richard Weil, AN ANOMALY IN THE INTERNAL COURSE OF TROCHLEA NERVE. J. L. Wortman, Hisrory oF THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE CAN- NON-BONE IN ARTIODACTYLA. RECORDS. 623 George 8. Huntington, THz Morruorocy anp PHYLOGENY OF THE VERTEBRATE ILIOCOLIC JUNCTION. Mr. Shearman described the chief branchial and cranial features of the Chimeroid ( Hydrolagus collet) and brought out facts to show that the group Holocephali should be regarded as a suborder of the Elasmobranchii instead of an order as is cus- tomary at present. The paper was discussed by Professors Os- born and Huntington. Mr. Weil described very briefly an abnormal course of the trochlea nerve in a human embryo. Dr. Wortman substituted the paper as given above for the one which he was announced to give, viz., “‘ Notes on an Am- phichelydian Tortoise from the Jurassic of Wyoming. Dr. Wortman showed that the formation of the Cannon-bone of the camels, represented possibly in potential, in forms as early as Protylopus of the Eocene, and in various stages of develop- ment in Pebrotherium, Protolabis, Procamelts and Auchenia down to the modern Camels. The various stages in the process were described as follows: 1st. There was a reduction of the soft tissue between the metapodials and a flattening of the con- tiguous sides with a consequent loss of motion of the bones upon one another. 2nd. The articular surfaces were reduced and the sides of the bones became roughened for the stronger attachment of ligaments. 3rd. The bones became joined by the formation dr”) of bony tissue at the line of union, a suture marking the place of contact. 4th. The bones finally became firmly united in a large part of their extent, even the suture disappearing at an early period of development of the individual. Dr. Wortman considered these facts as evidence that the Can- non-bone in its incipiency is the result of a senile change, 1. e., acquired with the age of the animal, and that, as evolution pro- eressed, its formation was brought about earlier and earlier, until in modern camels it is clearly an inter-uterine formation. This, he maintained, is clearly an instance of the inheritance of an ac- quired characteristic. In discussing the paper, Professor Osborn remarked that un- doubtedly these changes were acquired characters, but the induc- 624 RECORDS. tion could not be safely made from them that acquired characters are inherited. By the theory of ‘“‘ Organic Selection”? advanced by Morgan, Baldwin and Osborn, such characteristics persist for very long periods without becoming hereditary. Even as senile characters, they are adaptive, and if they appeared in certain in- dividuals at a slightly earlier age than others, those in which they appeared earlier would possess a slight advantage over others, and thus, after a very long period of time, probably thou- sands of years, a senile character would become a juvenile char- acter and finally a congenital or fully hereditary character, as in the camels. Professor Huntington exhibited a large number of slides to show the variations in the Iliocolic Junction of different types of vertebrates. Gary N. CALKINS, Secretary. SECTION: OF GEOLOGY ANDAMINERALOGY JANUARY 16, 1899. Section met at 8 P. M., Professor Kemp presiding. The min- utes of the last meeting of Section were read and approved. The following program was then offered : F. J. H. Merrill, ON THE ORIGIN OF THE WHITE CLAYS OF Lone ISLAND. George F. Kunz, On THE FINDING oF NATIVE SILVER IN Davipson Co., N. Y. ; R. Ellsworth Call, THe Geotocy oF MAmMMotH CAVE. Dr. Merrill described in his paper white clays as being strongly marked at many points along the western part of the north shore of Long Island in connection with the -Quarternary deposits. In seeking for their source on the mainland he had reached the conclusion that they are probably identical with the white and vari-colored residual clays derived from the decom- position of the limestone beds of New York and Westchester Counties. If this be true, their absence farther east may be ex- RECORDS. 625 plained. Dr. Merrill illustrated his paper with numerous spec- imens of both the residual clays from the mainland and their transported equivalents from Long Island, together with maps and charts. He also gave a brief account of some recent studies regard- ing the peculiar course of the Hudson River in its passage through the Highlands. He pointed out the fact that while the general stream courses of the region are determined by the line of strike, they are modified greatly by fault-lines having a some- what N. W.—S. E. course, transverse to the strike. He next showed that the sharp turn taken by the Hudson in cutting through the Highland range diagonally, instead of conforming to its trend, strongly suggested that in the same way it has here followed a fault-line. The paper was discussed with much interest by Professor Dodge and other members. Mr. Kunz in his paper described the aces of native silver at Silver Hill, N. Y., where the metal occurs in peculiar fibrous and minutely crystalline masses.. Specimens weighing over ten ounces each of quite pure silver were exhibited. Dr. Call read a very comprehensive paper dealing with the origin, history and present condition of the Mammoth Cave, and illustrating his remarks with an extended and beautiful series of lantern slides and maps. GEORGE F. Kunz, Secretary. SUB=SBeCTION OF ANDTHROROEOGM INIDBES MC HOL OG Ne JANUARY 23, 1899. Section met at 8 P. M., Professor Boas, presiding. The min- utes of the last meeting of Section were read and approved. The following program was then offered : Charles H. Judd, THe Visuat Perception oF Linear Dis- TANCES. 626 RECORDS. B. B. Breese, A MoprricaTron oF PsycHopHysicAL METHODS. A. Hrdlicka, THe Parnrine or Bones. CHARLES B. BLIss, Secretary. PUBEVG MER @iUiRas: JANUARY 30, 1899. A lecture was given under the auspices of the Section of Geology and Mineralogy by Rev. Horace C. Hovey, D.D., of Newburyport, Mass., on THE REGION OF THE CAUSSES IN FRANCE, THEIR CAVES, CANYONS AND PRE-HISTORIC REMAINS. The lecture was followed with the greatest interest by the fifty members present and at its conclusion a vote of thanks was ex- tended to the speaker. J. F. Kemp, Secretary pro tem. BUSINESS MEETING. FEBRUARY 6, 1899. Academy met at 8 P. M., Mr. P. H. Dudley, presiding. The reading of the minutes of the last meeting was dispensed with. The Secretary presented the list of nominations of honorary and corresponding members and fellows to be voted on at the next annual meeting, which list had been prepared by the Council in accordance with the by-laws. The Secretary announced that Professor William Hallock was to conduct the Sixth Annual Reception and Exhibition. There being no further business, the Academy adjourned. RicHaRD E. DopcE, Recording Secretary. RECORDS. 627 SHCRION OF ASTRONONDYE ANID Ee EOVSieS: FEBRUARY 6, 1899. Section met at 8.30 P. M., Mr. P. H. Dudley, presiding. The following program was then offered : L. J. R. Holst, THe INFLUENCE OF THE NEW JENA GLASS ON MopErRN OPTICS. Mr. Holst gave in his paper a short account of the develop- ment of photography and photographic lenses, and in addition showed a number of photographs taken with some of the stan- dard lenses in regular use, as well as several that were taken by a similar lens of Jena glass. The latter showed much better definition over a broader field. A number of micro-photographs were also exhibited, showing that with Jena glass a greater depth of focus is obtained than with ordinary optical glass. A general discussion on the paper followed and a vote of thanks to Mr. Holst was tendered by the Section. le AG, ois: Secretary pro tem. SECON? OF s BIOL O GN: FEBRUARY 13, 1899. The following program was offered : Francis B. Sumner, OxsserRVATIONS ON THE GERM LAYERS OF TELEOST FISHES. Gary N. Calkins, THe Evorurion oF THE KARYOKINETIC FIGURE. Frederic S. Lee, THE Cause AND SIGNIFICANCE OF Mus- CLE FATIGUE. Owing to the severe storm on the night preceding it was decided by the Chairman and the Secretary, that the meeting be postponed. Gary N. CALKINS, Secretary. 628 RECORDS, SECTION OF GEOLOGY “AND OMINE RAE OG ie FEBRUARY 20, 1899. Section met at 8 P. M., Professor Kemp presiding. The min- utes of the last meeting of Section were read and approved. The Chairman announced his great regret that the speaker for the evening, Professor R. D. Salisbury, who was to read a paper on ‘‘The Surface Geology of New York and Vicinity,” was unavoidably detained in Chicago, and had telegraphed his regrets and apologies. Dr. Wallace G. Levison gave a brief preliminary note on re- cent experiments made by him in regard to the emission of “uranium ’”’ or ‘‘ Becquerel”’ rays by certain uranium minerals, especially uraninite. He wrote and drew figures on a card with glue and covered the designs with powdered uraninite which adhered to the marked portions. This card he then placed upon a photographic plate that was completely wrapped in black paper, and protected from contact with the uraninite and from exposure to light-rays ; and in two or three days a sharp image was produced on the plate. Further experiments had enabled him to reduce the time. He was still engaged in these tests, and had not intended to speak of them at present, but did so on this occasion, as the regular paper had failed and the evening was open, The Chairman, Professor Kemp, stated that in Professor Sal- isbury’s absence, he had undertaken to occupy a part of the time and would give a paper ‘‘ON THE TITANIFEROUS MAGNE- TITEs.”’ He described the two great groups of magnetites long since recognized as with or without the presence of titanium, and the mode of occurrence of the two, the purer magnetites chiefly in granitic and gneissoid rocks, and the titaniferous ones closely associated with rocks distinctly igneous, and apparently separated out from them inthe process of cooling. He then discussed the theories as to the manner in which the titanium was combined, and the formulas proposed to express the relations which are still matters of some uncertainty. The geographical occurrences RECORDS. 629 were then dealt with, in Canada, the Adirondacks and Wyoming, and abroad in Sweden and Norway. AQ series of analyses was then presented on the screen, and the other relations of the var- jous ingredients discussed, with special reference to replace- MMEMLS WELG. The results of many analyses were shown in a remarkably in- teresting chart, in which the relations of the components were plotted in curves, and important deductions were made possible to the view. Professor Dr. H. Lundbohm, of Sweden, was present and ad- dressed the meeting by invitation. He expressed his great in- terest in the paper of the Chairman and gave some additional facts with regard to the titaniferous ores of Sweden. Mr. Kunz raised the question, suggested by the chart, as to the replacement of phosphoric acid by vanadic in the apatites as in the lead compounds. The Chairman had distinctly noted the fact that the chart showed the two acids to be present in inverse relations but was not aware that the replacement had ever been recognized with lime, as with lead, and thought the vanadium more probably present in some other association, perhaps with the chromium. Another point, raised by Dr. Lundbohm, was treated, namely, the especial superiority possessed by or claimed for some varieties of iron made from titaniferous ores. The Chairman held that this superiority for some purposes, such as car-wheels, might perhaps be due to the presence of certain other elements associated in most of these titaniferous ores such as small amounts of nickel, cobalt, etc., rather than to the titanium, which is not generally regarded as an advantageous ingredient. There is trouble and cost in working these ores, which have thus far made the attempts in many cases unprofitable in com- petition with cheap and easily worked ores from Lake Superior and Alabama; but there is no insuperable difficulty, and the titaniferous ores constitute a great reserve supply for the future. Professor D. 8. Martin read a short BloGRAPHICAL NOTICE OF THE LATE Mr. CHartes W. A. HERRMANN of this city, who died June 20, 1898, at the age of 97, and was long known in 630 RECORDS. former years as a student, dealer and importer of minerals, and exerted an important influence in the third quarter of this cen- tury in making European minerals familiar and accessible to American students and collectors. GEORGE F. Kunz, Secretary. SUB-SECTION. OF ESYCHOLOGYAND ANTPEROROROGN. FEBRUARY 24, 1899. Section met at 8 P. M., Professor Bliss, presiding. The min- utes of the last meeting of Section were read and approved. The following program was then offered : F. Boas, ON ANTHROPOMETRIC CHARTS. F.C. Spencer, OriGIn AND PERSISTENT INFLUENCE OF Sa- CRED NUMBER CONCEPTS. R. 8S. Woodworth, THe Accuracy oF MOVEMENT. CHARLES B. B.Iss, Secretary. ANNUAL MEETING. FEBRUARY 27, 1899. Academy met for the annual meeting with President Osborn in the chair. The minutes of the last annual meeting were read and approved. The Corresponding Secretary reported concerning his work during the previous year in correcting and arranging the list of honorary and corresponding members, which work called for an extensive amount of labor. The accompanying report of the - Recording Secretary was then submitted, followed by the ac- companying report of the Treasurer, which was referred to the Finance Committee for auditing. ’ The Editor of the ANNALS made a verbal report of the progress of the ANNars during the year, and of the many plans for the RECORDS. 631 improvement of the Academy publications which he had been able to put in operation. The last official report was that of the Librarian, which is herewith filed and which was read by the Recording Secretary. The following nominations for honorary members were read as selected by the Council : ord hayleioh. Wi Ae): Cle ele) he walvovalelinstitus tion of Great Britain, Albemarle street, Piccadilly, N. W., Lon- don. George Howard Darwin, M.A., F.R.S., Trinity College, Cambridge, England. Professor J. K. Rees spoke concerning Mr. George Howard Darwin, and Professor Hallock and Professor Cattell concerning Lord Rayleigh. The honorary members were then unanimously elected. The following list of corresponding members was nominated by the Council, and the Secretary was instructed to cast one bal- lot for their election, which was done: Dr. Louis Dollo, Brussels, Belgium. Dr. Otto Jaekel, Berlin, Germany. Prof. Dr. Eberhard Fraas, Stuttgart, Germany. Prof. Dr. Charles Depéret, Lyons, France. Dr. C. W. Andrews, London, England. Dr. Max Schlosser, Munich, Germany. Mr. G. H. Boulenger, London, England. Prof. G. B. Howes, London, England. Dr. Walter Innes, Cairo, Egypt. Dr. A. Liversidge, Sydney, New South Wales, Australia. Prof. Mansfield Merriman, South Bethlehem, Pa., U. S. A. Dia Stuart WVellersGhicaco ll Wis) Ay Prof. Ludwig Boltzmann, Vienna, Austria. Dr. A. Smith Woodward, London, England. Prof. Dr. Fried. Kohlrausch, Berlin, Germany. Prof. R. H. Traquair, Edinburgh, Scotland. Prof. W. C. Brogger, Christiania, Norway. Mr. J. G. Baker, Kew, England. Prof. Wilhelm Ostwald, Leipzig, Germany. 632 RECORDS. The following list of resident members was nominated as Fel- lows by the Council, and were all unanimously elected : Prof. J. McK. Cattell, Prof. L. M. Underwood, Dr. F. M. Chapman, Diy A. Blake: Dr. TM ‘Cheesman’ Die Ge NEallkams: Prot. De WwW. enne; Prof. G. S. Huntington, Mr. W. T. Hornaday, Prot “Has wee Prof. H. M. Howe, Prof, beavis erudden Prot, Fea aeloy de Mr. G. van Ingen, Dryky Mel Luquer Dr. J. L. Wortman. Dr. Morris Loeb, The President then appointed as tellers Professor Lee, Dr. Wortman and Mr. Crampton, ballots were distributed, votes re- ceived and counted, and the following officers for the succeeding year were declared elected : President—Henry F. Osborn. First Vice-President—James F. Kemp. Second Vice-President—Charles L. Bristol. Corresponding Secretary—William Stratford. Recording Secretary—Richard E. Dodge. Treasurer—Charles F. Cox. Librarian—Bashford Dean. Councilors—Franz Boas, William Hallock, Charles A. Dore- mus, Harold Jacoby, Lawrence A. McLouth, L. M. Underwood, Curators—Harrison G. Dyar, Alexis A. Julien, George F. Kunz, Louis H. Laudy, William D. Schoonmaker. Finance Committee—Henry Dudley, John H. Hinton, Cor- nelius Van Brunt. At the close of the business part of the meeting Professor H. F. Osborn delivered the Presidential address entitled THe Mam- MALIAN SUCCESSION IN AMERICA AS COMPARED WITH THAT IN EUROPE IN TERTIARY TIMES. After adjournment an informal reception was held. RicHARD E. DopcE, Recording Secretary. RECORDS. 633 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY. The last year of the Academy has been a very satisfactory one in many ways. The interest in our meetings and in our work has continually increased, and is perhaps greater at the present time than for many years. The membership has in- creased extensively, and the affairs of the Academy are in a very pleasing condition. During the year from March 1, 1808, there have been seven meetings of the Council, fourteen business meetings of the Acad- emy, thirty-one meetings of the several sections, three public lectures, and one public reception. The Sections of Astronomy and Physics, of Biology, and of Geology and Mineralogy have met each month, except that the Section of Biology lost a meet- ing in February, owing to the severe storm. The Section of As- tronomy and Physics had an additional meeting in June. The Section of Anthropology, Psychology and Philology has been divided into sub-sections, for the purposes of economy of effort, and the sub-section of Anthropology and Psychology has held four meetings, the sub-section of Philology two meetings. Par- ticular mention should be made of the good work and increased interest in the sub-section of Anthropology and Psychology, largely due to the personal and persistent efforts of Dr. Boas. During the year a total of ninety-four papers has been pre- sented before the Academy, including those of three public lec- tures. They may be classified as follows, viz., Anatomy 3. Comparative Geology 1. Petrography 4. Anthropology 8. Descriptive Geology 7. Philology ro. Archeology 2. Economic Geology 7. Physics 10. Astronomy 3. Mechanics 5. Physiology 2. Botany 1. Mineralogy 1. Psychology 7. Chemistry 1. Paleontology 5. Sociology 17. Thirty-seven members have been elected, twelve have resigned, one has been dropped for non-payment of dues, leaving a total of 350 on the secretary’s list, a difference of twenty over last year. The nominations of two honorary members, twenty cor- responding members, and seventeen fellows are now pending. ANNALS N. Y. AcaD. Sci,, XII, June I, 1900-40. 634 RECORDS. The Fifth Annual Reception, held in April last, was in some ways the most successful in the history of the Academy, and was certainly more scientific and pleasing. A very large number of cuests attended during the two evenings and one afternoon of the reception, and seemed extremely interested in the results there exhibited. A number of changes in certain important particulars have been made during the last year. The by-laws have been very completely revised and simplified, and made workable, particularly in such a way as to give the individual sections and sectional officers more importance in the program, and in reducing the number of business meetings at which the Academy must be organized by the president and secretary to one a month. The public lectures have been established on a better footing than heretofore, and have been announced as to date a year in advance, and assigned to the various sections, so that each of the different departments of science may be popularly represented. During the summer the program of the meetings of the year, containing also certain information for ready reference, was issued. This program has been found very helpful and will probably be continued. : The publications of the Academy have been greatly improved as to quality, appearance and dignity, by the change incorporated in January last, when the TRANSACTIONS were abolished. The thanks of the Academy are certainly due to our enthusiastic and very careful Editor, Mr. van Ingen, for the great amount of work and care that he has put upon the publications. It is through the publications only that we are known abroad in the world, and it is very necessary that we should thus appear in the most favorable manner possible. The Academy is in great need of more money for publication, and our efforts should be devoted as fully as possible to the securing of contributions for such work. We are continually obliged to decline valuable scientific papers by our members be- cause of lack of funds for printing. This is a condition of affairs which should not be allowed to continue long. It is a great pleasure to the Academy to feel that certain of the scientific RECORDS. 635 wants of the city are soon to be met, owing to the encourage- ment given by one of our Patrons who has always been inter- ested in the Academy. I refer particularly to the gift to the Scientific Alliance, of which the New York Academy of Sciences is the original member, of $10,000 for a scientific building, given by Mrs. Herrman. During the coming year it is hoped to bring the several sections in touch so as to have a uniform policy of procedure and the manner of printing the proceedings will be simplified and unified. No special plans of procedure are under discussion. RicHARD E. Dopce, Recording Secretary. ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TREASURER. For the Year Ending February 27, 1899. RECEIPTS. Balance on hand as per last Annual Re- DOWD ee pia enya colli ty Sh Tea | $737.40 limeoune. IReinoneineae IwiaGl 5 355655455 50 $420.14 i Jeo IKeRNEICTOY JE UNA! 2 AG ben ole 61g 6 gO.00 eee NUD OMEbNUIN Ges fv. tae ae. ie ioe 89.86 600.00 (Sites MlemibpenshhipMibeeseiy. . ati ss) c oy : 600.00 MaTGIAbVOMULCS SW eh eieasi see tale eae 170.00 ANTONE IDES eX cid. 6 6 oe ee ec ae $ 40.00 io SO a bin oni6 6 Heo aR ere 135.00 ss IKSXOXG) Giro Jn “6S: Cece aR 2,155.00 ss SO Olmert teste tee cic Ns e's 70.00 2,400.00 $4,507.40 DISBURSEMENTS. Costof jpulblishine: ANNALS cies... .: $2,105.02 Less amount contributed by Mr. R. Stuy- WSSEN ONG se eNenaia. 81s G) cum eer ouataet dla 6 6: amen AVOW] EB O2 ono Cost of publishing TRANSACTIONS........ 11.86 636 RECORDS. Expenses of RecordinesSectetaives.. eae $336.47 : Corresponding Secretary... 11.36 eC - Dteasunier yn oe eae 39.71 ss Librarianicg Sas aeiee ace 45.00 ent, of (ROOMS ¥. i. - 2) eee Re eee 253.00 JanitorialleSenvices:.-c race eee ; 3.00 insurance! Premium 7-25 eee eae 5.00 Expenses of Wecturest( cis een ee 19.75 General Expenses ayia 172215 Expenses of Pith AnnualNeceptiony..: 580.82 Dues to the Scientific Alliance......... 66:02 4.017855 Balance Cash mow ont handa. see eee $1,489.85 DETAILS OF PERMANENT FUND. Balance as per lastvAnnualtkteport..2 ee $698.68 Life Membership Fees received during the year.... 600.00 Initiation, Mees received dunes the year. yk 170.00 Balance mowsonw hance nro eee $1,468.68 DETAILS OF AUDUBON FUND. Balance as per last Annual Neport -sa.6 eee $212.86 Accumulation of Income, during syeatas) rer 89.86 Balanceénew on hander eee ae ee $302.72 DETAILS OF GENERAL INCOME ACCOUNT. Deficiency ‘as’ per lastyAnnualaeport.. .. sss $174.14 Cost of Publishing ANNALS and TRANSACTIONS..... 1,640.17 Expenses of Oficersye sec ates =, Xo ete ae eee 432.54 Rent of- Rooms), i 40 os Gee ena. «1 eee 253.00 Expenses of Filthy Annual@keception.. 2c eae 580.82 Other Expenses..s..)3 2) See». hee I11.02 $3,191.69 Income fron Permanenteslnimd. ..; Seer $420.14 iy Publicationjivend.. . 2ice er 90.00 Annual MDUCS.4.)... cee ene » cee 2,400.00 $2,910.14 Deficiency, due Permanent Fund. $281.55 RECORDS. 637 SUMMARY. Balance toncredit of Rermanent Muncdaperer si $1,408.68 “ ud ulbomebiuinclherenesr i ar 3027/2 $1,771.40 isessD encit im General Income account. a ee 281.55 Balance yeashyjon hiancl aii ere ear $1,489.85 ASSETS. GasheimiBa mle ia. c05 uv «cennen teeter et $1,489.85 Investments in Bonds and Mortgages : aye Wermaneinesate IWIN oo ceo oa oe oe $8,402.75 alc Bublication: Funds seri. sl. 0. = 1,800.00 Aye \wiGholovorn Je WbaVel gto ecw no.6 aisia LHOVe25 U2.COOOO Annual Dues in Arrears : OT PSO tant eis eer ie eae ies 10.00 SPS OO RAM gr takin kos sas seetete nic 50.00 SE OOV Ot oie, ce a toy aa woe ee era ee 190.00 G5 TUS: 6 irs aaa ameter tic PeeN st 370.00 620.00 CHAU 5-5 cclioe 5 yB Sen eee Rr Rare EO $14,109.85 INSRASainsh amount last yeat. +. 4. o).). $13,207.40 Respectfully submitted, C7 ie Coxe Treasurer. Above report has been compared with the Treasurer’s books and vouchers and found correct. Joun H. Hinton, For the Finance Committee. JEUNUNIWUEIL,- IRISIPOIR TT Qa Nala) ILJOS IK OAURIUAIN|, FEBRUARY 27, 1899. Since the last Annual Report of the Librarian, the library has been removed from the old library building of Columbia Univer- sity, and is now shelved in Schermerhorn Hall, in accordance 638 RECORDS. with the terms of agreement between the Academy and the University. Dr. Bashford Dean has been especially active, as a member of the Library Committee, in supervising the arrangement of the books and in determining the sequence to be adopted. The present room is ample for the accommodation of the books at date, and space remains for a considerable amount of expansion. Everything relating to the library has necessarily been in a more or less chaotic condition during the process of removal, but from now on the books will be available for reference. All the accessions during the year have been stored in the gallery of the Museum of Fossil Plants and Vertebrates, in Schermerhorn Hall. In the same gallery are also all the back numbers of the Academy’s publications. The former should be incorporated in the library as soon as possible, in order that we may be in a position to know what numbers of any serials are lacking. The latter should be carefully sorted and a certain number of each issue should be filed where they can be readily obtained for filling requests for back numbers, subscriptions, etc., and the remainder stored, either in packages or boxes, labelled and arranged in sequence. In order that all this may be ac- complished, considerable assistance will be required, which the incoming librarian will be in a better position to recommend than I can at the present time. Mr. van Ingen reports concerning requests for back num- bers that a large number of requests have been received during the last two years, but until quite recently it has been impos- sible to fill the orders because of the great confusion resulting from the obligatory stacking of the back number in piles on the floor of the gallery of room 104, Schermerhorn Hall. Lately some order has been put into the mass, and all the requests will soon have been attended to. Accompanying this report are several communications received by me as librarian and also accounts with vouchers, showing ex- penditures on behalf of the library. A balance of $7.33 is in my hands, which is subject to the instructions of the Academy. RECORDS. 639 I would suggest that I be authorized to place it where it can be available for the payment of expressage, postage due on returned mail matter, and other incidentals. Respectfully submitted, ARTHUR HOLLICK, Librarian. BUSINESS MEETING. Marcu 6, 1899. Academy met at 8 P. M., Vice-President Kemp, presiding. The minutes of the last business meeting were read and ap- proved. The following candidate for resident membership, approved by the Council, was duly elected. Gustav Langmann, 121 West 57th St. The name of one candidate for resident membership was read and referred to Council according to the by-laws. There being no further business, the Academy adjourned. RicHAarD E. DonceE, Recording Secretary. SECON, OF ASTRONOMY ANDIEEDYSIES: Marcu 6, 1899. Section met at 8 P. M., Mr. P. H. Dudley presiding. The minutes of the last meeting of section were read and ap- proved. The following program was offered : J. K. Rees, THE GREAT HorizonraL TELESCOPE FOR THE PARIS EXPOSITION IN IQOO. P. H. Dudley, Stresses IN RaiLts DUE TO THERMAL CHANGES. The chairman called for nominations of officers to serve for the ensuing year. Professor J. K. Rees, after a few introductory remarks, nominated Professor M.1. Pupin for Chairman and Dr. W.S. Day for Secretary. The candidates were unanimously elected. 640 RECORDS. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. The paper by Professor Rees was illustrated by lantern views, among which were several of the Yerkes Observatory in Wiscon- sin, showing not only the great telescope itself, but also the very large dome required in which to mount it. The author then pointed out the problem that the French astronomers had set before them, viz, to construct a telescope that should far sur- pass the great Yerkes instrument. In order to avoid attempting the construction of a dome for a telescope having a focal length of 200 feet, which would be out of the question, they are build- ing their telescope in a fixed horizontal position, directing the light into it by means of a mirror that may be so moved as to tollow the course of a star and so called a siderostat. Professor Rees showed views of the details of the mirror, its mechanism and the methods of polishing it. The object glass of the tele- scope will be about 49 inches in diameter, and when the instru- ment is completed, it will be the largest in the world. Mr. Dudley in his paper showed that most of the heavy modern rails are held so tightly by the bolts through the splices, that when great falls of temperature occur, they may break, through an ‘excessive tensil’ strain, before “they ‘can’ “render Sin vine splices. On a rise of temperature, strains of compression are set up, so that nearly all breakages occur on a drop in temperature. R. Gorpon, Secretary. SECTION FOE BIOLOGNS MARCH 13, 1899. Section met at 8 P. M., Professor Lee, presiding. The minutes of the last meeting of the Section were read and approved. The following program was then offered : F. B. Summer, OssERVATIONS ON THE GERM LAYERS OF TELEOST FISHES. H. L. Clark, FurrHER NOTES ON THE ECHINODERMS OF BERMUDA. Paper presented by Professor C. L. Bristol. RECORDS. 641 Jonathan Dwight, Jr., THE SroueNces or MouLrs AND PLUMAGES OF THE PASSERINE BirDs OF NEw YorK STATE. The Chair appointed Professors H. F. Osborn and C. L. Bristol and Mr. C. F. Cox a committee to consider and nominate candidates for the grant of the John S. Newberry Research Fund. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. Mr. Summer showed that Teleost eggs can be divided into two types according to their approach to the holoblastic forms of cleavage ; that germ disc and yolk cannot strictly be contrasted as epiblast and hypoblast respectively; that the germ-ring arises either by involution or delamination or both; that the ‘SErostomad oF Kuptier is al reality, his (contention) that tie prostomia represents the entire blastopore being, however, wrong ; that the hypoblast in the stone-cat-fish is derived partly from the posterior lip of the prostoma and partly from the germ-ring, perhaps wholly from the prostoma in the trout ; that the function of Kupffer’s vesicle, which arises as a cleft between the prostomal entoderm and the involuted margin of the blas- toderm, is probably the absorption of fluid nutriment elaborated from the yolk by the periblast. Dr. Clark’s paper summed up the work on the Echinoderms collected by the New York University Expedition in the summer of ’97 and ’98, and presented a check list of the Echinoderms thus far reported from Bermuda. The collection of 1898 was especially rich in holothurians, containing many species hitherto collected, adding several others to the list from Bermuda, and one new to science. From his work on Stchopus, Dr. Clark suggested that the different forms found in Bermuda may be ma- ture and immature individuals of S. m0 (Semp.). Synapta vivipora was found under conditions widely different from those in Jamaica. The new Syzapta is allied to S. ezhaerens and Dr. Clark has named it S. acanthia. The Echinoderms from Bermuda are distributed as follows : Asteroidae 4; Ophiuroidea 7 ; Echinoidae 8 ; Holothuroidae 10. Dr. Dwight fully described the process of moult in its rela- tion to the plumage of about one hundred and fifty species of 642 RECORDS. land birds common to eastern North America. The early plum- age of these birds was described together with the time and method of the acquisition of later plumages. Stress was laid upon the underlying principles of the sequence or succession of plumages peculiar to each species, and the moults and plumages were classified according to a definite scheme by the author. Gary N. CaLkins, Secretary. SECTION, OF, GEOLOGY AND? MINE RAE @Eexe MARCH 20, 1899. Section met at 8 P. M., Professor Kemp, presiding. The minutes of the last meeting of Section were read and ap- proved. The following program was then offered : Richard E. Dodge, A Lake History 1n NorTHERN NEW York, illustrated by diagrams. John D. Irving, THE GEoLoGy oF THE NORTHERN BLACK HILLs AND THEIR SILICEOUS GOLD Ores, with illustrations by lantern and by specimens. Mr. G. F. Kunz was nominated and elected as Chairman, and Dr. Alexis A. Julien as Secretary of Section for ensuing year. The subject of Mr. Irving’s paper was further discussed by Mr. John H. Caswell and by the Chairman. A exis A. JULIEN, Secretary. SUB-SECTION OF ANTHROPOLOGY AND PSYCHOLOGY: MARCH 27, 1899. The annual meeting of the Sub-section was called to order by the Secretary of the Academy, Professor R. E. Dodge. The following officers were elected for the ensuing year: Chairman, Dr. Franz Boas’; Sectetarys Dr. C) Hy Judd: RECORDS. 643 The following program was then presented : Livingston Farrand, Nores or Cuitcorin MyrHo.oey. M. H. Saville, Zarporecan ANTIQUITIES. A. Hrdlicka, Zarorecan SKULLS. ‘Charles B. Bliss, Recent SuGGEstions For A New Psy- CHOLOGY. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. In Dr. Farrand’s paper several typical myths of the Chilcotin tribe were described and attention was called to similarities in details between these and the traditions of neighboring tribes of British Columbia. The bearing of these facts on the question of transmission or independent origin of myths was discussed and it was argued that while independent origin must be admitted as a general principle, transmission must also be invoked to explain certain similarities. The fact of transmission can be shown not only on the inherent evidence of the traditions themselves but also on historical evidences of the borrowing and adoption of myths from other tribes within the memory of individuals still living. The next two papers described and discussed the results of the recent expeditions to excavate among the Zapotecan ruins. The third paper was a review of Rene Worms’ “ Psychologie collective et psychologie individuelle,”’ a paper recently read by Worms before L’ Academie des Sciences Morales et Politiques. CHARLES H. Jupp, Secretary. SUB-SECRMON OF PHILOLOGY: Monpay, Marcu 27, 1899. Sub-section met at 8:30 P. M., Professor A. V. Williams Jack- son, presiding. The minutes of the last meeting of Section were read and ap- proved. The names of two candidates for resident membership were read and referred to the Council according to the By-Laws. Mr. Jackson called attention to the coming address to be de- livered before the Sub-section, on April 28, by Professor C. R. Lanman, on THE New ScHoLar: His AIMS AND HIS PROBLEMS. 644 RECORDS. The following program was offered : E. H. Babbitt, CoLtLeEGE Worps AND PHRASES. Louis H. Gray, ConrrisuTions TO AVESTAN SYNTAX, THE CONDITIONAL SENTENCE. A. V. Williams Jackson, Nores on THE DRAMA oF AN- CIENT INDIA. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. Mr. Babbitt first drew attention to the plan which had been carried into effect by the American Dialect Society to col- lect data with reference to collegiate vocabulary and students’ slang. He explained that more than one hundred replies had been received from various colleges and these replies, written on blanks prepared for the purpose, gave a good idea of the words and phrases employed by students in different parts of America in their academic relations, their sports and associa- tions and in their daily college life. Mr. Babbitt gave results from 700 or more titles and he drew attention to the Dialectic Society’s forthcoming publication which would make current the material gathered. In the discussion which followed, Professor Kemp and Pro- fessor Sihler—the latter an invited guest—commented on the lists by making some additions and by comparing with German university student phrases. Mr. Gray, Fellow in Indo-Iranian languages at Columbia Uni- versity, in the second communication of the evening, presented some new and important syntactical results from the Avesta. From an extensive study of the conditional sentence of the Avesta, Mr. Gray was able for the first time clearly to prove the exact points of resemblance between the Protasis and Apodosis in Avestan as compared with the Sanskrit and the Greek. He pointed out in detail in what respect the Avestan conditional sentence was older than the Greek. Professor Jackson presented some of the results of his studies in the Sanskrit Drama with reference to the observance or non-observance of the unity of time. He confined his dis- cussion to the three extant plays of Kalidasa. He first showed RECORDS. 645 by a detailed analysis that the action of the Drama Malavika is comprised in six days ; the romantic plays Sakuntala and Urvasi, on the other hand, cover a period of several years in their action. The examination included an interpretation of several passages. In the miscellaneous business Professor Sihler called attention to the coming meeting of the American Philological Association which is to be held at New York University in July. This will be the first meeting of the association held in New York since 1876. The question of the election of officers for the sub-section was postponed. The sub-section then adjourned. A. V. WILLIAMS JACKSON, Seeretary. WEIGH C IMIS, MARCH 31, 1899. An illustrated lecture under the auspices of the Section of Biology, by Professor Henry F. Osborn, and entitled, RECENT DIscoVERIES AMONG THE D1nosaurs, drew a good-sized and in- terested audience. Professor Osborn illustrated his description by lantern slides and sections. At the close of the lecture a vote of thanks was extended to the lecturer. Francis E. Lioyp, Secretary. BUSINESS: MEETING: ENPRIL: 3). NSOO- Academy met at 8 P. M., President Osborn, presiding. The minutes of the last business meeting were read and ap- proved. The Secretary reported from the Council as follows: That the edition of the Annats, beginning with the first part of the volume for 1899 will be increased from 1000 to 1250 copies. The following candidates for resident membership, approved by the Council, were duly elected: 646 RECORDS. Woodbury G. Langdon, 719 Fifth Ave. James P. Hall, Tribune Building. James McNaughton, 1 Broadway. L. J. R. Holst, 52 East Union Square. William Dutcher, 525 Manhattan Ave. The name of one candidate for resident membership was read and referred to Council according to the By-laws. The following paper was read by title, and referred to the Publication Committee, viz., Theodore G. White, THE BLack River, TRENTON AND Urica FoRMATIONS IN THE CHAMPLAIN VALLEY oF New YorK AND VERMONT. President Osborn then spoke at some length concerning the work of the late Professor O. C. Marsh, of Yale University. President Osborn spoke of the fact that the great trio of Ameri- can vertebrate paleontologists, Leidy, Cope and Marsh, had now passed away. He then considered in detail the results that Professor Marsh had given to the world in the last twenty years concerning vertebrate palazontology, and spoke particularly of the importance of his discoveries concerning the ancestry of the horse, and also concerning the great group of dinosaurs. At the close of this brief but forceful eulogy, the Academy adjourned. RicHARD E. DOonGE, Recording Secretary. SECTION OR BIOLOGY: APR BeTOOO: Section met at 8 P. M., Professor F. S. Lee presiding. The minutes of the last meeting of Section were read and ap- proved. The following program was then offered : R. Ellsworth Call, THe ZooLocy or MAmMMoTH CAVE. N. R. Harrington, THE SENFF ZooLOGICAL EXPEDITION. RECORDS. 647 SUMMARY OF PAPERS. Dr. Call records in this paper the number and classification of the fauna of Mammoth Cave, Kentucky. It includes remarks on the distribution within the cave and on the habits of the sev- eral forms. These habits were not dissimilar to those exhibited by related groups not epigeal and were believed to be indicative of out-of-doororigin. Thus, the habit of hiding under sticksand stones in a region of perpetual darkness, from enemies who like them- selves were devoid of eyes, or if possessing them, were so aborted that they were useless, was cited as an indication that the earlier ancestors of the present cave species were out-door species which became adopted to their changed environment but had not lost the habits acquired by their ancestor above ground. The various forms of spiders, the coleoptera, the orthoptera, all exhibit habits quite similar to those of species which live above ground, The so-called ‘cave rat,’’ popularly believed to be blind, is in fact not so. Experiments on specimens kept in captivity for some time seem to indicate that the power of vision was only lessened, but not destroyed, by the change in environment. The nest-building habits of the cave Weofoma were given at some length and it was remarked that much of materials left by earlier explorers was utilized by these animals for nest-building materials. With this habit was correlated the supposed antiq- uity of certain piles of canes, partly burnt, left by the aboriginal visitors to the cave and commonly believed to be of very great age from the fact that they were found under large rocks “‘ which must have fallen after”? the piles were formed. This conclusion was rendered invalid by the observation that many of these piles contained the fragments of cane with burnt ends arranged in every possible manner and were evidently simply carried thither by these animals in building nests among the loose rocks. To- bacco plant buds, acorns, hickory nuts, and similar miscellaneous matters testify to the recency of these piles in opposition to the theory of great age. The colors of certain of the coleoptera, chestnut brown or mahogany, were cited as an indication of rather recent origin, the 648 RECORDs. forms not having lived long enough under ground to have lost all color. It was shown that loss of coloration in pigmentation was a slow process and had not yet been completed with these forms. Lantern slides and drawings illustrated the paper. Mr. Harrington described the work of the expedition which was directed to the lower Nile. The campaign of the English against Khartum made it impossible to visit the upper Nile. Short descriptions of a number of the fish of the region visited, and of the method of fishing used by the natives were iliustrated, to- gether with the work of the party, by specimens and lantern slides. A communication from Dr. Bashtord Dean was read recom- mending Mr. Francis B. Sumner as the recipient of the grant of the Newberry Research Fund for 1899. This recommenda- tion had previously been approved by the sectional committee on nominations. Francis E. Lioyp, Secretary. SECTION OF ASTRONOMY. AN D SEV skes: APRIL 10, 1899. Section met at 8.15 P. M., Professor M. I. Pupin presiding. The minutes of the last meeting of Section were read and ap- proved. The following program was then offered : Cope Whitehouse, SoLar RADIATION. A. S. Chessin, ON THE TEMPERATURE OF GASEOUS CELESTIAL Bovis. W. C. Kretz, ON THE PosITIONS AND PROPER MOTIONS OF Stars IN Coma BeErEnIces, from Rutherfurd Photographs. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. In the second paper, Dr. Chessin showed that Dr. See’s so- called law, R7 =a constant, was not a law at all, and was the result of erroneous calculations. He also called attention to the calculations of A. Ritter on the same subject, in ‘‘ Wiedemann’s RECORDS. 649 Annalen”’ for 1878. He showed how far from applicable to the actual facts most of these theoretical discussions and calcula- tions are. In the discussion Professor Pupin called attention to the fact that in the concentration of a heavenly body the work done by gravitation might be an excessively small fraction of the total work done by all the forces, including particularly the forces of chemical affinity. But we cannot at present base any calcula- tions on these as we know so little about them. Professor Rees said that if astronomers cannot yet solve these problems, it is because they cannot get the proper knowledge from the physicists on the physical parts of the question. _ “In the third paper, Mr. W. ©. Kretz related that Rutherfurd took fourteen photographs in the years 1870, 1875, and 1876, of the cluster in Coma Berenices. The positions of these stars on the plates were measured with a Repsold measuring machine, and the reduction was made by the method worked out by Pro-. fessor Jacoby. Great precautions were taken to eliminate all possible errors. The positions obtained were compared with those obtained by Chase with the Yale heliometer in 1892. In this manner a catalogue of the positions and proper motions o: 24 stars was obtained, which was the object of the research. In the discussion, Professor Rees said that the Academy should be proud of Mr. Rutherfurd. He also expressed appreciation of the generosity of Miss Bruce, who has altogether given some- thing over $22,000 for carrying out several important pieces of work. On motion of Professor Rees, it was voted that the paper be referred to the publication committee of the Council. The section then adjourned. Wm. S. Day, Secretary. SECTION OF CHhOLrOGY AND” MINERALOGY: JVORIUL, 117, MEOIO Section met at 8:15 P. M., Professor J. J. Stevenson presiding. ANNALS N. Y. ACAD. Sci., XII, June 1 , 1900-41. 650 RECORDS. The minutes of the last meeting of Section were read and ap- proved. The following program was then offered : A. A. Julien, Nore on a FELDSPAR FROM THE CALUMET CoppER MINE, KEWEENAW Point, MICH. E. 0. Hovey, GEoLoGicAL AND MINERALOGICAL Nores GATH- ERED DURING A COLLECTING TRIP IN RUSSIA. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. The feldspar from the Calumet Mine 1s of common occurrence in museum-collections and was originally taken by some miner- alogists as a form of leonhardite, but has since been generally recognized as orthoclase, although this has not been confirmed by any analysis on record. Occurrence.—The specimens described below were gathered from the outcrop of the vein at the Calumet Mine, a few days after its first opening. The feldspar was here abundantly dis- tributed through the cellular brownish material of the amygdal- oidal melaphyre. It lined the sides of the cavities in crusts up to I cm. in thickness, and even completely filled them, thus making red aggregates 5 or 6 cm. in length, united by irregular branching seams in an almost continuous network. The inter- iors of these geodes were often completely filled with white cal- cite, rarely showing minute strings of metallic copper. Else- where the calcite had been partially or entirely removed, showing the drusy surface of orthoclase, here and there studded with green spots and films of malachite and chrysocolla, scales of a white talc-like mineral and of brilliant black hematite and dull films of pyrolusite. Bright red rhombs of apparently the same feldspar also occur at the Calumet Mine in the coarse copper-conglomerate, in two associations: Ist. They lie enclosed within the brown jasper-like pebbles of quartz-porphyry and felsite-porphyry. These rhombs may vary up to I cm. or more in length, and their outlines are often more or less rounded, like those of the associated grains of gray quartz. They have been described by R. Pumpelly (Geol. Survey Mich., I. (1873), Pt. II., p. 37), who also states, RECORDS. 651 “Tt not rarely happens that in these flesh-red crystals there appear dirty green portions exhibiting the twin-striation of a triclinic variety. The feldspar is hard and brilliant, but is nevertheless no longer intact ; under the glass the crystals ap- pear cavernous, 10 per cent. or more of the substance being gone.’ 2d. They are distributed through the interstices be- tween the pebbles in still greater abundance, from 2 to 3 crys- tals appearing on a square centimeter of surface, with contrast brought out by their bright cleavage-faces on fracture. These crystals commonly enclose minute films and granules of gray quartz, and sometimes particles of gray to white calcite, but never any metallic copper. At the Portage Lake Mines in the cavities of the conglomerate, the same bright red feldspar is commonly interspersed, often with shining cleavage-faces on the fracture, but sometimes finely gran- ular or dull and then approaching laumontite or other red zeolite in appearance. They often vary from 5 to 10 mm. in length and sometimes reach over 2 cm. Albany and Boston Mine. The red feldspar-rhombs vary in dimensions from 1 to 4 cm., within the interstices between the pebbles. Epidote is a common associate with analcite, phrenite, quartz, chlorite, calcite and metallic copper. Huron Mine. The feldspar occurs as jin the preceding in association with analcite, laumontite, epidote, calcite, quartz and metallic copper. Osceola Mine. The feldspar occurs in very minute granules, less than 0.5 mm. across, but occasionally in larger grains, 4 to 9 mm. in length. The same red rhombs also occur in the cavities of the amygdaloid which overlies the conglomerate. Allouez Mine. Bright red shining rhombs of feldspar, up to two or three mm. across, in the cavities of the conglomerate, as- sociated with calcite, chalcotrichite, malachite and quartz. Peninsula Mine. The coarse conglomerate contains the same red feldspar in rather inconspicuous grains, mixed with calcite and metallic copper. Occasional pebbles occur, up to 1.5 cm. in length, chiefly made up of the same feldspar in aggregates of shining grains, I to 1.5 mm. across, mixed with granules of gray quartz. 652 RECORDS. Rhode Island Mine. The sides of the cavities in the coarse conglomerate are encrusted with similar salmon-colored to red grains and crystals, usually less than 0.5 mm. across, but vary- ing up to 3 mm. Coarse pebbles also occur here, up to 3 cm. across, which seem to be made up of the same feldspar in dull red grains. Schoolcraft Mine. The amygdules in the trap (brown amygda- loid) are lined by copper, forming the outer shell ; inner layer, red feldspar with interior filling of calcite or delessite. Orthoclase crystals have also been noted in the conglomerate or amygdaloid, by H. Bauerman, R. Pumpelly and others, at the Phenix, Bohemian, Amygdaloid, Bay State, St. Mary’s, Southside, Evergreen Bluff, Michigan, Sheldon and Columbian, Ossipee, and other mines of this district. In the Ontonagon region, the cavities of the coarse conglom- erate contain scattered crystals of the same red feldspar, 2 to 3 mm. across. Many pebbles of quartz-porphyry also occur, whose small phenocrysts seem to consist of the same form of orthoclase. All the observations point to a wide distribution of this variety of the mineral throughout the copper-bearing rocks of the Lake Superior region, in the cavities of the conglomerate and of the cellular traps. Form.—Vhe crystals are invariably of a simple type, in most cases rhombic prisms. In the drusy cavities of the amygdaloid at the Calumet Mine, to which the following description applies, the crystals display a single modification, an orthodome on the opposite obtuse angles. Skeleton forms are also common, made up of thin plates, sometimes bent, parallel, or arranged in empty box-like outlines, following rhombic contours ; these are plainly results of under-development from lack of material. But else- where, in the cavities of the amygdaloid, some feldspar surfaces present a corroded or eaten-out appearance, with dulled lustre, perhaps affected by the same solvent which has carried away the calcite from the core of these geodes. Many faces and cleavage-planes also exhibit distinct curvature which in some cases is due to many successive offsets of laminz RECORDS. 653 with sudden projections of portions of the faces. Striations sometimes occur on the faces of some crystals, not like those of a plagioclase, but rather like insets of the feldspar along cleavage- lines of the calcite-filling of the geode. The curvatures, slight distortions and striations look like effects of intense pressure at the contact-surfaces of feldspar and calcite. Physical Characters.—Lustre almost vitreous. Color, deep orange to brick-red. Hardness about 6. Specie gravity, 2.455, 10 distilled: water at 21-«@. his is extraordinarily low for the mineral, to which only one previous determination corresponds, that of a reddish orthoclase from Marienberg, Saxony, the gangue of tinstone, for which Kroner found the specific gravity to be 2.44. The mineral is opaque, and, in thin section under the microscope, this is found to be due to the general diffusion of cloudy matter, either white (kaolinic) or bright orange (iron-oxide), with scat- tered black opaque granules. Translucent spots occur only at rare intervals, and all the indications point to incipient alteration, with little or no removal of material. Many minute irregular clefts and fissures also traverse the mineral, occupied by films of iron-oxide, and seem to indicate a slight disintegration or shattering of the material, perhaps by ex- pansion ; this also may have a bearing on the origin of the curva- ture above described. Chemical Composition.—The material for the analysis was care- fully picked out to eliminate granules with adhering calcite, in preference to treatment with dilute acid. The latent porosity of the mineral and partial solubility of its amorphous coloring ma- terial were shown by the bleaching produced on the edges of fragments, after digestion in acids. The material was dried at nK@@~ (Ce The cobalt-oxide was verified by test of residue before the blowpipe. This and the manganese-oxide may have been both derived in part from a chlorite-mineral whose decomposition has produced both the talc-like scales and black stains (pyrolusite) within the geodes. The water, expelled only on ignition, may have been retained in combination with decomposition-products, and a part of the lime with undetermined carbonic acid. 654 RECORDS. Molecular Ratio. Quantitative Ratio. SOG teas ctaes GU. Olas Ja tesnatetrentenenses 1.025 4.100 EE Oates aticdes LOLS 7 oc vcntichie sone tases 106 INGOs em ba0s Ns OO oneshinameres seer ee nccree 037 x 858 Iie (Oh recnadcs LUBA Ree OE Ags eae O10 CoiOp ee Ri SIs anaaeen Sarhcise aceite a 002 Mig Oo aeace WOT Gucmmstanesceemenoecde ses 007 I Ones DATA G aioe nec teudoor ees 153 INE O)codone BOQ dssaeaveesesmascuerseces 048 “44 Nba OE esdocde Bole USE SERRE EN ee Cs o10 ln? Ora eeces DT Ainawarucusenseesecnce sees O4I CaO meee. DHS aco nece cacecnckonees 020 In interpreting the formula of Orthoclase from these results, with reference to the normal ratio of the quantivalences, RRS alte fee lee it seems necessary to assume an isomorphous substitution of a part of the heptads by the dyads, here found in unusual eXcess. It also seems natural to connect this excess of protoxides with the general incipient decomposition of the mineral, the minute fractures throughout its material, possibly produced by expan- sion through absorption of oxygen and water, its remarkably low specific gravity, and perhaps the frequent curvature of its faces and cleavage-planes. Professor J. F. Kemp called attention to the unusual pres- ence of cobalt-oxide in a feldspar, shown in the analysis. Doctor Hovey then gave a very interesting description, with lantern illustrations, of the geological and mineralogical excur- sions in Russia, held in connection with the recent International Congress. Many of the lantern pictures were beautifully col- ored ; they referred in part to ethnographic observations ; and the accompanying remarks awakened much interest. ALEXIS A. JULIEN, Secretary. RECORDS. 655 SDGEH VANNUAL RECEEMON] NDE CHIBI TTONe The Sixth Annual Reception and Exhibition was held April 19th and 20th at the American Museum. The affair was under the charge of Professor Wm. Hallock, of Columbia University, and was an unqualified success. The number of entries was more limited than customary, and the exhibit thus showed more clearly the progress of science during the year. The exhibition remained open for two evenings and one afternoon and as usual the first evening was devoted to a reception to the members of the Scientific Alliance, and the second evening to a reception to the interested public. A full account of the reception appears in Sczence, for April 28, 1899. RicHARD E. Dopcg, Recording Secretary. SUB-SHEHION OF ANTHRNOEOLOGY AND ESVe CHOKOGY: APRIL 24, 1899. Section met at 8 P. M., Dr. Franz Boas presiding. The following program was then offered : E. A. Gerrard, AN OsjecTivE MErHop oF StTupYING Emo- TIONAL EXPRESSION. S. I. Franz, On AFTer-IMAGEs. J. R. Swanton, THE STRUCTURE OF THE CHINOOK LANGUAGE. Stansbury Hagar, THE AsTRONOMICAL COSMOGONY OF THE PERUVIANS. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. Mr. Gerrard’s paper presented methods for the study of emo- tional expression as found in literary compositions. The relative emotional values of the different parts of speech, of different sentence lengths, and other variations in the kind of language used and in its arrangement, were discussed and illustrated by curves derived from a number of writings. 656 RECORDS. Mr. Franz presented some results of experimental investiga- tions of visual after-images. The latent period increases as the area of stimulation decreases ; but it decreases as the intensity or the duration of stimulation increases. The duration of the after- image increases with any increase in the intensity, duration, and area of the stimulation. The after-image of the colors in the middle of the spectrum is not more intense than that of the ex- treme colors if the intensity of the colors is first equalized. The de- gree of attention is of the first importance in determining the dura- tion of the after-image. Retinal transference is not real; its apparent reality is due to the impossibility of distinguishing the fields of vision of the two eyes. Mr. Swanton. Discourse in the Chinook language shows great lack of subordination, its short sentences following each other without connectives. The verbs are aggregations of many pronouns added to a short stem. They serve in this way to epitomize the whole sentence, object and indirect object, as well as subject. Mr. Hagar. The Peruvians, contrary to the generally ac- cepted opinion, were in possession of a large amount of astro- nomical knowledge. It can be shown that they had a full zodiac, and that their whole political as well as their religious life was controlled by their astronomy. There are also many striking similarities between their terminology and rites and those of other, frequently very remote, peoples. CHARLES H. JUDD, Secretary. PUBICLC Mae GUE. UNDER THE AUSPICES OF THE SUB-SECTION OF PHILOSOPHY. APRIEN 28, 1800: Professor Charles R. Lanman, of Harvard University, deliv- ered a lecture on THE NEW SCHOLAR, HIS IDEAS AND PROBLEMS. The lecture was a very interesting and thoughtful summary RECORDS. 657 of the modern scholar’s ambitions and difficulties, and was fol- lowed with pleasure by a good sized audience. A. V. WILLIAMS JACKSON, Secretary. BUSINESS MEETING. May I, 1899. Academy met at 8:15 P. M., President Osborn presiding. The minutes of the last meeting were read and approved. The Secretary reported from the Council as follows: That it had been voted to print a program for next year as had been done for the year just ending. It was also voted that meetings be- gin next year at 8:15 P. M. sharp. It was also voted to have the Librarian prepare for publication in ANNALS a catalogue of serials in Library. The following Candidates for resident membership, approved by the Council, were duly elected. | Dire Nideprr2 ashOothy Street: Professor Edward F. Buchner, 3 West 63d Street. The Secretary announced that Professor Kemp had been made a life member, in accordance with the regulations of the By-Laws. WiririAvie Ss) Dav. Secretary pro tem. SLCMON] OF ASTRONOMY AND? TERY SIGs: May 1, 1899. Section met at 8:25 P. M., Professor M. I. Pupin, presiding. The minutes of the last meeting of Section were read and ap- proved. The following program was then offered : M.1I. Pupin and 8. G. F. Townsend, MaGNetizaTion oF IRON WITH ALTERNATING CURRENTS, PRELIMINARY ACCOUNT. C. C. Trowbridge, PHosPHORESCENT SUBSTANCES AT LIQUID AIR TEMPERATURES. 658 RECORDS. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. M. I. Pupin and 8. G. F. Townsend. The current wave in a transformer with open secondary circuit is a complex harmonic vibration, and the object of the research is to determine the am- plitudes and phase relations of the components of the funda- mental vibration. The component due to eddy currents is determined from the curves of electromotive force and current, together with the static hysteresis loop for the given magnetization, by a graphical method. The eddy current component is found to lag behind the electromotive force. Also, the dynamic hysteresis loop is shown to have a rounded point, as distinguished from the sharp point characteristic of the static loop. The phase of the fundamental of the total current is found by means of a specially constructed phase-meter. Its amplitude is determined from the electromotive force and total watts. The remaining component to be determined is that due to hys- teresis and induction reaction. This and the eddy current com- ponent form two sides of a parallelogram of which the funda- mental of the total current wave is the diagonal. If the last two are determined in amplitude and phase, the fundamental of the distorted wave of magnetizing current can readily be found. The ultimate object of the investigation is to formulate the laws which govern the reactions accompanying the magnetiza- tion of iron by alternating currents. C. C. Trowbridge. Calcium sulphide, made phosphorescent by exposure to sunlight at ordinary temperatures, was made non-luminous by immersion in liquid air. Then when allowed to heat up gradually to normal temperature, the phosphorescence again became visible at about —100° to —75° C. The same ma- terial, if exposed to sunlight while immersed in liquid air, phos- phoresced faintly while still immersed. When exposed to the electric arc it phosphoresced strongly. In both of these cases the phosphorescence became brighter when the temperature was raised. From these results and what was previously known, it was concluded that when a phosphorescent substance, like cal- cium sulphide, is excited by light, the phosphorescent energy will RECORDS. 659 be given up at the temperature of excitation, even when as low as —190° C., but if it is cooled below the temperature of excitation, the phosphorescent discharge is arrested, and remains so until the temperature is raised again until it is within at least 100° of the temperature of excitation. It was found that calcium tungstate which gives a whitish fluorescence when exposed to Roentgen rays, gave a green phosphorescence when exposed to light while immersed in liquid air. Wm. S. Day. Secretary. SP CHOON OR BIOLOGY: May 8, 1899. Section meh at S310 E.Mey Professor he S.)Weenoresidines The minutes of the last meeting of Section were read and ap- proved. The following program was then offered : W.R. Rankin, Notes on THE CRUSTACEA OF BERMUDA, COoL- LECTED BY THE NEw York UNIveERsITY EXPEDITIONS OF 1897 AND 1808. H. F. Osborn, Upon THE STRUCTURE OF THE FEET OF THE MuLe-FootTepD Hoc oF TEXxas. H. F. Osborn, Upon a ComMpLeTeE SKELETON OF TYLOSAURUS DyspELor, INCLUDING THE CARTILAGINOUS STERNUM. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. Professor Rankin’s paper gives a list of 61 recorded species of crustacea from the Bermuda Islands. The paper appears in full on pages 521-548 of the present volume of the ANNALS. Of the total number of species, 43 were found by the expedi- tion, and notes on their distribution are given. Eight of these 43 species are new to the Bermudas, and two, Weka dermudensis and: Alpheus lancirostris are new species. The genus ka is for the first time recorded from the West Atlantic region. 660 RECORDS. The physical conditions of the islands are touched on, and the crustacea are shown to be in the main similar to those found in the West Indies and the adjacent coasts of America; though 18 have a more or less extended range over both hemispheres. Professor Osborn reported upon the anatomy of the feet of a specimen of the well known ‘“ mule-footed hog” of Texas, re- cently presented to the Zoological Museum of Columbia by Dr. Wickes Washburn. Externally the feet present the appearance of complete fusion of the third and fourth toes. Internally, how- ever, considerable differences are observed. In the pes, the third and fourth metapodials and the first phalanges are entirely sep- arated and normal, and the second pair of phalanges are closely united and the terminal phalanx is also closely united, so it has the appearance of a single element. The fusion is less advanced in the manus; here the metapodials, first and second phalanges are separate, one of the second phalanges being abnormally hypertrophied and a supernumerary element being inserted be- neath it. The terminal phalanges are very firmly united into a single element, which holds the bones above it together. Discussion followed, during the course of which, Professor Bris- tol stated that a large number of experiments were being carried on at a western ranch to ascertain the effects of breeding upon this peculiar variety. Professor Osborn remarked that this anomaly presented an interesting case of the persistence of a character which must have originated as a sport. Professor Osborn’s second paper included a description of the remarkable complete skeleton of a Mosasaur, recently mounted in the American Museum of Natural History. The skeleton was procured in 1897, from the famous Smoky Hill Cre- taceous beds of Kansas, through Mr. Bourne and has been worked out with the greatest care. It is practically complete as far back as the 78th caudal, and the bones are approximately in position, including the fore and hind paddle and, what is more remarkable, almost complete cartilaginous sternum, sternal ribs and epicoracoids. The species represents the largest type of American Mosasaur, 7ylosaurus dyspelor Cope. As illustrated by numerous photographs and drawings, the specimen throws a RECORDS. 661 flood of new light upon the structure of the Mosasaurs. The principal characters are the following: 7 cervicals, 10 dorsals connected with the sternum by cartilaginous ribs, 12 dorsals with floating ribs, 1 sacral and 72 caudals (out of a total num- ber of 86); coracoids connected by broad epicoracoids having a transverse diameter of 22 cm. The sternum is triangular in shape tapering posteriorly and having the general form of that in 7rachydosaurus. There is no evidence of an episternum, the shoulder girdle in general being more degenerate than Platacar- pus, in which an episternum has been observed. The fore paddles are smaller than the hind ones and include two coosified carpals. The fifth digit is somewhat enlarged and set well apart from the others. The hind paddle is slightly larger and very completely preserved. The tail is remarkable in presenting an upward curvature in the mid region, which probably supported a prominent caudal fin, but it is not angulated as in /chthyosaurus. The skull shows the presence of epipterygoids. The total length of the skeleton as preserved is a little over 27 feet, the estimated total length of the animal is 30 feet. In mounting a single large panel has been used, the animal lying upon its ven- tral surface, with the paddles outstretched, the sides of the back bone curved in a graceful manner exactly as originally imbedded in the matrix. FRANcIS E.*Lioyb, Secretary. SECHON OF GEOLOGY AND) MINERALOGY: May 15, 1899. Section met atve.15 kb. Vi Dr AYA ulientpresidine.y Uhe minutes of the last meeting of Section were read and approved. The following program was then offered : : Arthur Hollick, A REcONNOISSANCE OF THE ELIZABETH Is- LANDS, MASSACHUSETTS. W. Goold Levison, Norrs on: (1) PHoroGRapHs oF M1n- ERALS FOR ILLUSTRATING Books AND LECTURES. 662 RECORDS. (2) PHOTOMICROGRAPHS OF OPpaQguE Microscopic MINERALS FOR ILLUSTRATING Books AND LECTURES. (3) A Meron oF SHOWING THE ACTION UPON PHOTOGRAPHIC PLATES, OF BECQUEREL RAYS FROM MINERALS, SERVING AS A TEST TO DETECT THE EMISSION OF SUCH Rays. Above illustrated by lantern slides. (4) DeraAcHABLE Foor FOR A PORTABLE MICROSCOPE. (5) PRELIMINARY NOTE ON THE CHEMICAL COMPOSITION AND SOME PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF A MINERAL FROM THE Topaz Lo- CALITY, HUBBARD MINE, TRUMBULL, CONNECTICUT. Heinrich Ries, PReLrminary NoTres ON THE PuysicaL PRo- PERTIES OF CLAYS. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. Doctor Hollick’s paper was illustrated by specimens, photo- graphs, sketches and charts. The Elizabeth Islands extend in a southwesterly direction from Wood’s Hole, Mass., forming the barrier between Buzzard’s Bay on the north and Vineyard Sound on the south. The principal islands are five in number, and beginning at the eastern end of the group they are known as Naushon, including Nonamessett, Uncatina, Pine Island, Buck Island and the Weepeckets, Pasque, Nashaweena, Penikese (in- cluding Gull Island), and Cuttyhunk. Little or nothing has been written in regard to them for the reason that each island, with the exception of Cuttyhunk, on which there are a num- ber of separate holdings, belongs to some one individual, family or corporation; hence there is no line of public travel to or through them and no house of public enter tainment, except in connection with Cuttyhunk. The trip occupied a week and was made possible through the courtesy and kindness of the owners. Taken as a whole the islands represent a partially submerged morainal ridge, which has become separated into islands and iso- lated from the mainland in recent geological times. They ap- parently represent a later, more northern branch of the terminal moraine, the southern or older portion of which is represented by Montauk Point, Block Island and Martha’s Vineyard. One RECORDS. 663 of the most interesting discoveries was an exposure of plastic and lignitic clay, presumably Cretaceous in age, on the south side of Nonamessett. The proximity of this locality to the mainland leads to the inference that other deposits of the same age, which have escaped erosion, may be found further north, up the old estuaries, where theoretically the formation once ex- tended. The general surface features of the islands are such as are characteristic of typical morainal regions, consisting of rounded hills and corresponding depressions, many of the latter occupied by ponds or swamps. In the discussion, replying to an inquiry by Professor Kemp, Dr. Hollick stated that only indefinite lignite remains had been detected in the deposits, and that no ilmenite boulders had been recognized. The chairman explained that the P:mus rigida, of sparse occurrence on Naushon, was the prevailing conifer along the south shore of Cape Cod to the eastward, while, on the other hand, the beech was rarely found on the Cape. The morainic chain of the Elizabeth Islands extended to the northerly part of the Cape, in Brewster and Orleans, separated from the south shore by modified glacial deposits in Dennis, Harwich and Chatham. Professor R. BE. Dodge was inclined to believe that the whole as- pect of the topography of these islands was that of a drowned shore- line, modified by subsequent erosive action, probably not caused by easterly winds. Professor J. F. Kemp favored the view of the author, that present erosive action was mainly concerned; and Dr. Hollick pointed out that the prevailing direction of the wind was south- east, that extremely violent currents prevailed in the channels, especially during ebb-tides, that sandspits occurred only at the east end of the channels, and that, during the process of sinking and erosion, the embayments deepened, met and united, and thus the channels were cut through. Doctor Levison exhibited by the lantern six photographs of minerals, natrolite and calcite, taken by reflected light ; four enlargements of photomicrographs, by reflected light, of minute groups of aragonite, apophyllite and stilbite; a new method of 664 RECORDS. showing the photographic action of the Becquerel rays on a sensitive plate, by use of a written inscription on a card, in the form of a glue-line dusted with the powdered uraninite ; a simple mode of attachment of a separate foot to a microscope, in order to render it portable; and read a note on a visit to the Hub- bard Mine, Fairfield County, Connecticut, with description and analysis of apparently a new lithia mineral from that locality. The Chairman suggested that such photographic enlargements might be of great service for study of faces and even goniometric determinations on very minute crystals, where numbers of such crystals were arranged in coincident planes and proper adjust- ments could be made. In the absence of Dr. Ries, an abstract of his paper was pre- sented by Professor Kemp, with emphasis on two important con- clusions: first, that the plasticity of clays was not caused by the predominance of any particular constituent, such as kaolin, but by the physical coherence of minute surfaces; second, that the fusibility of clays was due, not so much to their mineral components, but to their ultimate chemical composition, and that this could be therefore practically improved, when necessary, by intermixture with the proper constituents. The Academy then adjourned to October 2, 1899. ALEXIS A. JULIEN, ‘ Secretary. BUSINESS MEETING. OCTOBER 2, 1899. Academy met at 8 P. M., Professor Osborn, presiding. The minutes of the last business meeting were read and approved. The Secretary reported from the Council that Doctor Theo- dore G. White had been made a life member, in accordance with the regulations of the By-Laws. The president welcomed the members of the Academy to the Session, 18g9—1900, and spoke of the promise of a very interest- ing series of meetings during the winter, covering the reports and RECORDS. 665 papers based upon observations made during the previous sum- mer. In this connection he alluded to the activity of members of the Academy in many widely different fields of research, and to the death of Mr. Nathan R. Harrington, whose plans for an expedition up the Nile had been presented at one of the last meetings of the Academy. Allusion was also made to the loss the Academy had sustained in the death of Judge Charles P. Daly. Two members of the Academy had been recently elected to im- portant offices in the American Association for the Advancement of Science, and it is incumbeht upon the Academy to prepare for the meeting of the Association in New York City during the month of June, 1900. A committee consisting of Professors Kemp, Britton and Stevenson was appointed to draw up suitable resolutions con- cerning Judge Charles P. Daly. RIcHARD E. Dopee, Recording Secretary. SECON, OF FAST RONOMYAUAN DP EMSIeS:. OCTOBER 2, 1899. 3 Section met at 8.40 P. M., Professor M. I. Pupin, presiding. The minutes of the last meeting of the Section were read and approved. The following program was offered : William Hallock, Compounp Harmonic VIBRATIONS OF A STRING. SUMMARY OF PAPER. Professor Hallock. Some German investigators have ex- perimentally determined by photography the motion of a point of a string. The vibration varies of course according to the part of the string bowed, the speed, the kind of bow, etc. This communication consisted essentially of a set of curves showing successive positions of a string vibrating under the influ- ence of a fundamental, and the first seven overtones, each curve ANNALS N. Y. AcAD. Sci., XII, June 1, 1900— 42. 666 RECORDS. showing the position of the string at a particular instant. Sixteen such curves were shown for the first sixteen sixty-fourths of a complete period of the fundamental. The amplitude of the com- ponent was proportional to the wave-lengths, in each case. Thirty-two points were computed for each curve. Each curve is computed from the formula : bien. £4 : Ces Za y, = @ Sin 27 si 27 + dsin 27 += sin 27 — + ete. r ie L, I, L, : i SG: 4+ Asin 27 => sin 27 iE 8 8 In the discussion, Professor Pupin said that it would be interest- ing to photograph the vibration of a string loaded, and then un- loaded. Such a study might help our theories of electrical waves along a cable. Wmn.-S. Day, Secretary. SECTION OF? BIOLOGY OCTOBER 9, 1899. Section met at 8:15 P. M., Professor Frederic S. Lee, presid- ing. The minutes of the last meeting of Section were read and approved. The names of 4 candidates for resident membership were read and referred to the Council according to the By-Laws. The evening was devoted to reports of the past summer’s work by a number of members. SUMMARY OF PAPERS, Professor H. F. Osborn gave an account of the ExPLORATION BY THE AMERICAN Museum Party IN THE Como BeEDs OF SOUTH- ERN WyomING, and of further work in the Bone Cabin Quarry, which resulted in the discovery of a large number of the remains RECORDS. 667 of Dinosaurs. Four miles distant a L7vontosaur skeleton was found. Parties were also sent to the Freeze-out Mountains and north to the Rattlesnake Mountains, but without success. Professor E. B. Wilson reported upon his SEARCH IN Ecypr FOR PoLyprerus, which. resulted in the obtaining of a few fine females, but with unripe ovaries; this was in winter, between Assuan and Mansourah. Professor Wilson reported also the rediscovery by him of the gillbearing earthworm, A/ma. Professor Bashford Dean reported on the work of the Seconp SENFF EXPEDITION TO THE Nive, and spoke of the death of Nathan Russell Harrington, the senior member of the party. Mr. Harrington had for four years identified himself with the Biological Section, and had left with it an enviable example of energetic and persistent effort to complete an important research and of sacrifice and devotion to a life-work. Professor Dean further reported on his work on the California coast while a guest of Stanford University. He was successful during the present summer in obtaining a number of freshly hatched young of Sdellostoma, and many developmental stages of Chimara collier. Doctor G. N. Calkins reported the passing of a successful sum- mer at the Marine Biological Laboratory at Wood’s Hole, where he was at work upon the Protozoa. Professor F. E. Lloyd gave a brief account of a collecting trip in Vermont, embodying some remarks upon certain species of Lycopodium found there. He also reported upon the marked success of the Biological Laboratory at Cold Spring Harbor during the summer. Professor F. §. Lee spoke on the continuation of his experi- mental work upon the lateral line in fishes, conducted at Woods Hole. Francis E. Lioyp, Secretary. SECRION Ob GEOLOGN AND MINE KANE OGY® OCTOBER 16, 1899. Section met at 3 P.M.) Mri Geo. F. Kunz, presiding. The 668 RECORDS. minutes of the last meeting of Section were read and approved. The following program was then offered : G. F. Kunz, Exurpirions oF Various MINERALOGICAL SPECI- MENS. J. F. Kemp, On THE OCCURRENCE OF IDOCRASE AT SEVEN Devits, MONTANA. : J. J. Stevenson, THE SECTION AT SCHOHARIE, NEW YorK. J. F. Kemp, GEoLocicaL SURVEY OF THE ADIRONDACK RE- GION. H. F. Osborn, Visir ro THE Como BLUFFS SECTION. R. E. Dodge, Work at PuEBLo Bonito, NEw Mexico. A. A. Julien, DisrriBuTion oF Opa or HYALITE. G. F. Kunz, Vistr To THE ANcIENT LOCALITY OF JADE AT JORDANSMUHL NEAR BRESLAU, GERMANY. E. O. Hovey, Excursion To YELLOWSTONE PARK. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. Mr. Kunz exhibited the following specimens : Idocrase crystals in compact erubescite, from vicinity of Bose- man, Montana. Precious opal cementing a fine sandstone, from Alabama. Struvite from the old locality at Hamburg, Germany, col- lected about fifty years ago by Mr. Bartha. Illustrations from the Imperial Printing Works at Vienna, Austria. These were manufactured by the process of covering the surface of the fossil or other natural object with a thin coat- ing of molybdenite; running between rollers: connecting the film with galvanic battery in a bath of metallic salt and printing from electrotype thus produced. Professor Kemp remarked on the occurrence of idocrase, garnet and epidote together with copper ores, at the contact zones of eruptives on limestones, as illustrated by various copper deposits in the Western states, ¢. ¢., at Seven Devils in Montana, where epidote and hematite contain bornite, and, in a number of places in Mexico, where epidote, idocrase and garnet have served as characteristic minerals for the identification of such zones, RECORDS. 669 The regular paper of the evening was then delivered by Pro- fessor Stevenson. The Schoharie valley is an indentation in the Helderberg mountains, about 35 miles southwest from Albany, New York. It shows a section from the Hudson to the Ham- ilton groups with almost continuous exposures at various locali- ties. This was examined during the summer of 1899 with the view of making comparisons with conditions observed in parts of the Appalachian region, within Pennsylvania and Virginia. There are some notable contrasts between the northern and the southern sections. At Schoharie, the Medina is wanting and the greenish shales of Clinton rest on the Hudson. In southern Pennsylvania and in Virginia the red and white Medina are both present and Hudson forms pass upward into the red Medina, occurring abundantly in southwest Virginia in a bed 100 feet below the white Medina. At Schoharie, the Niagara is differentiated physically from the overlying Waterlime, but much of the Niagara fauna passes into the Waterlime; in localities further west and south, the Salina shales intervene and there is no passage of fauna. The upper Waterlime at Schoharie differs ereatly in color and composition from the Tentaculite or lower division of the Helderberg, but at least two forms, most charac- teristic of the Tentaculite, are found in the upper waterlime. These forms were not observed by the writer in the Waterlime of southern Pennsylvania. The several subdivisions of the Helder- berg are very distinct physically, the boundaries of each being sharply defined ; but the physical changes were such as to cause only gradual disappearance of the several faunas and forms, which persist throughout, showing little variation. The passage from Helderberg to Oriskany at Schoharie is abrupt to the last degree—from a very good limestone to a ferruginous and only slightly calcareous sandstone. The faunal change is as abrupt as the physical. Here again the contrast is very great, for in southern Pennsylvania the passage from Helderberg to Oriskany is very gradual, through a silicious limestone containing forms belonging to each. In southwest Virginia, the upper part of the Helderberg becomes silicious and in some localities is almost a sandstone. 670 RECORDS. Doctor Hovey then referred to some recent observations on evidences of glaciation in a quarry at Schoharie, the surface of the limestone showing a very smooth planing with very minute scratches, though some grooves occur which are quite deep. Professor Stevenson pointed out that the pre-glacial form of the valley was clearly about the same as at present, the action ot the glacier having been entirely ineffective. On some of the projecting limestone beds, the edges have been just rounded off, while the face of the step has entirely escaped glaciation; on others the face also is smoothed and striated. In his view the opportunities for palazontological research were far from being exhausted in the Schoharie Valley, and he referred to the sup- plies of fossils stored up in certain stone fences, and the dangers to be incurred from indignant farmers. The Chairman related incidents connected with the arrest of Mr. J. De Morgan at a visit in 1877, for breaking down stone walls, and his rescue by the village tailor. Professor Osborn stated that the results of an excursion to the Schoharie Valley in 1876, in which he participated, led to the formation of the first scientific expedition of Princeton College. Professor D. 8. Martin also gave reminiscences of an early visit to this classic locality. The Chairman called upon the members present to present notes on geological observations during the last summer. Professor Kemp reported on the progress of his geological survey of the Adirondack region. One result was the recogni- tion of a true quartzite of pre-Cambrian date, affording thus a fragmental sediment. The sedimentary rocks in the region he found to be widely charged with graphite, indicating an abundance of organic life in pre-Cambrian time. Further types of eruptive rocks had also been identified to fill up gaps in known series. Professor Osborn related some results of a visit, with Dr. Matthew, to the Como Bluffs Section, south of the Union Pa- cific R. R., 3 hours west of Laramie; the more certain estab- lishment of its Jurassic character with a bed containing remains of Dinosaurus about 40 feet below the top (a fresh water de- posit), while in the marine beds beneath, Belemnites and Betan- RECORDS. 671 odon were found, the latter serving as nuclei for large concre- tions. The search for skeletons was no longer confined to the bluffs, but chiefly directed to the level grass lands below. Quarries have been plotted in detail, during this excursion, for exact location of bones hitherto discovered. On the slopes of .the Freeze-out Mountains, fine outcrops of underlying Trias were recognized, in probable substantiation of Professor Marsh’s conclusion as to the existence of the Jurassic below. He also described the mode of occurrence of the mastodon recently found by a German, while digging in his market garden, three miles back of Newburgh, N. Y. The skull was first found and was injured by the excavator; afterward the tusks, backbone, scapula and pelvis, but no limb bones. The associa- tion of many stems, gnawed by beavers, indicated the probability of a series of dams, which successively caused a rising of the waters and the deposit of the layers of humus, etc., over these bones. Professor Dodge gave a preliminary account of his work at Pueblo Bonito, New Mexico, during the summer. The object of the work was to find evidence concerning the antiquity of the Pueblo ruins in the Chaco Canon. The evidence to be ob- tained from the deposits on which the ruins are situated, seems to indicate a very long occupation of the country previous to the desertion of the ruins. Doctor Julien discussed the common distribution of opal or hyalite ; the exclusively recent character of all existing occur- rences of this mineral, in seams, veins and contact deposits ; its transitional and unstable character and ready passage into more permanent forms of silica; its apparent survival in small propor- tion in the soluble pazt of chalcedony and its varieties; the probability that some of the known geological aggregations of amorphous silica (chert, hornstone, etc.) were not deposited as such, but originally in the form of opaline silica; and the office of this diffused mineralizer in the silicification of fossils. Mr. Kunz described his recent visit to the ancient locality of jade (nephrite) at Jordansmuhl, near Breslau, Germany, with the special object of study of the minerals associated with 672 RECORDS. jade. In an ancient quarry for road material, immense masses of zoisite-quartzite occurred, forming columns thirty feet in height. In one of these a single mass of pure jade was found, 4,817 pounds in weight, which was separated and has been transported to this country. This is estimated to be five times the bulk of all the jade implements now stored in European museums, and this implies that there is no need to search for an Asiatic origin of their material. A similar deposit of nephrite in place was discovered in 1897 by Professor Jascewski at Cham Folga and Onot in eastern Siberia. . Doctor Hovey presented some notes of an excursion with Pro- fessor Iddings to the Yellowstone Park, with its novel oppor- tunities of geologizing with a field glass. In the Black Hills the picturesque Pinnacles were described, which have been produced by the resistance of pegmatite-veins to erosion; the red beds, in which a layer of ancient oyster-shells was examined; the Wind Cave, with its stalactites ; and the spodumene deposits in abandoned tin drifts, where the spodumene crystals lie like logs, often 30 feet in length and 30 to 4o inches across, commonly mined and shipped to New York for the extraction of lithia, while the accompanying tin ore is thrown aside. ALEXIS AN WIUUBING Secretary. SECTION: OF “ANTEROPOLOGY AND POVCHOROGY. OCTOBER 23, 1899. Section met at - 3.15) «P2 Mey Dr. EP. Boas, aresidine tne minutes of the last meeting of Section were read and approved. The following program was then offered : E. L. Thorndike, ON Menta FariIGcue. Livingston Farrand, Baskerry DEsIGN OF THE SALISH INDIANS. Charles H. Judd, Movement AND CONSCIOUSNESS. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. Dr. Thorndike stated that mental fatigue may mean either "RECORDS. 673 the fact of incompetency to do certain mental work or a feeling of incompetency which parallels the fact or the feeling or feel- ings denoted by our common expressions ‘“ mentally tired,”’ ‘“mentally exhausted.’ Among the conclusions to which the experiments have lead are the following: first, that the fact of incompetency is not what it has been supposed to be; second, that there is no pure feeling of incompetency which parallels it and is its sign, that consequently the mental states ordinarily de- signated by the phrases mentioned are not states made up of such a feeling of incompetency, but are very complex affairs ; and third, that these mental states are in no sense parallels or measures of the decrease in ability to do mental work. The ex- periments show no decrease in amount, speed or accuracy of work in the evenings of days of hard mental work over morn- ings or in periods immediately following prolonged mental work over periods preceding it. Dr. Farrand’s paper was a contribution to the solution of the problem of the evolution of decorative art, and particularly of the question of development of geometric patterns from realistic por- trayals of natural objects. Attention was confined to the basketry designs of the Salish Indians of British Columbia and western Washington, which exhibit certain peculiarities marking them off rather sharply from the designs used by neighboring stocks. It was shown that while the adjacent tribes in the northwest make use almost exclusively of animal designs, and their conventionalism is of a unique nature and not geometric, the tendency of the Salish decorations, on the other hand, is entirely in the direction of extreme geometric conventionalization and the use of animal motives is not predominant. The question of variants and of convergent evolution in designs were discussed and the points made were illustrated by the exhibition of a large number of designs taken. from the baskets collected by the Jesup North Pacific Expedition from the region under discussion. Dr. Judd’s paper referred to the recent psychological discus- sions which have emphasized the importance of movement and motor nervous processes as conditions of consciousness. It was pointed out that just as psychology must look for the con- 674 RECORDS. ditions of sensation elements in non-psychical processes, so a careful analysis of the facts of perception force us to look for the represented factors and for the synthetic activities in non-psychical conditions. In support of this position examples were cited in which the representative factors were not capable of conscious re- vival even with concentrated attention, and it was shown that syn- thetic activities become progressively less conscious the more complete and immediate the process of perception becomes. ‘Finally, the attempt was made to discover in the facts of move- ment and in the nervous processes which follow the reception of sensory stimulations, the conditions of perceptual synthesis and the conditions which make possible the present effects of past experience without complete or even partial revival of any sen- sory factors, either as revived sensations or as repeated sensory stimulations in the nervous system. CHARLES H. JUDD, Secretary. RPUBEICF ERT Wier: OCTOBER 30, 1899. UNDER THE AUSPICES OF THE SECTION OF ANTHROPOLOGY AND PsyCHOLOGY. Professor Hugo Munsterberg of Harvard University lectured to a large audience on THE PsycHICAL AND PuysicaL WORLD. The Professor pointed out that the science of Psychology must seek to discover the factors of mental phenomena which are more elementary than sensations. These factors are the psychical atoms. Some of their attributes may be inferred from the similarities which exist among sensations and from the fusions which take place between sensations. Such atoms are not forms of reality, but logical concepts made necessary by the demands of explanatory science. CHARLES H. JUDD, Secretary. Ou RECORDS. 67: SECTION OF ASTRONOMV SND Ee EeySilcS: DECEMBER 4, 1899. Section met at 8:15 P. M., Professor M. I. Pupin, presiding. The minutes of the last meeting of Section were read and ap- proved. The following program was then offered : M. I. Pupin, Lone ELecrricat WAVES, WITH EXPERIMENTAL DEMONSTRATIONS. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. Professor Pupin gave a brief outline of the mathematical theory of the propagation of electrical waves and exhibited ap- paratus by means of which he had performed experiments bear- ing upon this theory. He pointed out that the most essential quantities to be considered in wave propagation are the wave length and the attenuation. The wave length plays a more im- portant part in purely scientific investigations, whereas the attenuation constant is of prime importance in electrical engineer- ing. The difficulties met with in long distance telegraphy and telephony are due to attenuation. The lecturer pointed out how both of these quantities could be determined experimentally with an artificial cable, which he exhibited. One of the most impor- tant conclusions drawn from these experiments deals with the method of decreasing the attenuation constant by increasing the reactance of the line. The lecturer performed several experi- ments for the purpose of illustrating the methods which he de- scribed in the course of his lecture. The subject has been pub- lished in full in the Zvansactions of the American Institute of Electrical Engineers, Vol. 15, p. 111, 1899, to which reference is made. Wm. S. Day, Secretary. 676 RECORDS. SECTION \OF GEOLOGY. AND) VINE RAIEO Exe DECEMBER 18, 1899. Section met at 8:15 P. M., Professor J. J. Stevenson, presiding. The minutes of the last meeting of Section were read and ap- proved. The following program was then offered : J. F. Kemp, (1) Recenr THeEortes REGARDING THE CAUSE OF GLACIAL CLIMATE. (2) MeraMoRPHOSED DIKES IN THE Mica Scuists oF Morn- INGSIDE HEIGHTS. W. D. Matthew, Nores on THE GEOLOGY OF THE LARAMIE PLAINS AND RATTLESNAKE MOUNTAINS IN WYOMING. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. During the subsequent discussion of the first paper by Pro- fessors R: E. Dodge, D. S. Martin and others, Professor Stev- enson called attention to the fact that the great excess in the area of the peat bogs on the surface of the earth, during the present period, over that of the swamps which prevailed during the Carboniferous, shows the little foundation for the hypothesis of an excess of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere during the formation of coal. Dr. Julien also pointed out, in reference to the theory of the refrigerating influence of the absorption of carbon dioxide from the atmosphere, during the decay of rocks, that this effect may have been more than offset by the heat produced during the accompanying absorption of oxygen. In the discussion of the second paper, Dr. Julien acknowl- edged the resemblance of outcrop of black hornblende schist to a sheared dike, produced by its strong constrast in color with the enclosing light gray micaceous gneiss ; and by the sharp lines of separation of the schist from the highly tilted beds on either side, as if thrust up from below. But this is but one of hun- dreds of exactly similar outcrops in New York and Westchester Counties. All are intercalated, however, as thin beds in the RECORDS. 677 Manhattan Series; in not a single case has a hornblende schist been observed to cross the other beds. If one or all of these are dikes, the lamination of the associated beds must also have been effected by a general shearing. But the series is accepted as typically metamorphic, a succession of true beds of altered sandstone (quartzitic gneiss), shales (mica schist), magnesian schists (dolomite marble), etc., into which the injection of trap dikes exclusively between the beds would be entirely improbable. These hornblende schists, moreover, on Morningside Heights, as elsewhere, thin out along the strike like the other lenticular beds ; often become partially: or entirely biotitic and quartzose ; passing gradually into biotitic schists, biotitic” and hornblende eneisses, exactly like those of acidic constitution which enclose the above supposed dike. Indeed a basis element rich in lime and magnesia, is distributed throughout the Manhattan Series, and was originally perhaps hornblendic throughout, or, in the absence of silica, concentrated in the numerous dolomite beds. The more purely hornblendic layers correspond in composition, as shown by the interesting analysis in the author’s paper, to beds of altered marl; their density has enabled them to resist . and escape, in the present surviving layers, the biotitic altera- tion which has affected the general series. In the discussion of the third paper Professor H. F. Osborn remarked on the uncertainty of the age of dinosaur-beds, whether Jurassic or Lower Cretaceous. All determinations hitherto have been made by collectors, but neglected by the palzontol- ogists, though the section is here continuous from the Mountain Limestone of the Carboniferous up to the base of the Creta- ‘ceous. Nor has the correlation yet been made with the corre- sponding beds of the Wealden, Purbeck, etc., of England and the European continent. The aeolian theory of the author, however, does not appear consistent with the reported observa- tions of remains of fish in these beds. The chairman, Professor Stevenson, stated that no true Limestone fossils have yet been detected in the bed so called in Wyoming, nor the good evidences yet needed of Jurassic life in Ss) the Dinosaur-beds, of other vertebrate life, lacustrine remains, 678 RECORDS. etc., of that age, and for confirmation of synchronism of Jurassic life between the continents. As to the heavy oils of Wyoming, they contain but little paraffin and perhaps less than twenty per cent. of kerosene, and are likely to be worthless, except possibly hereafter for use as a coarse fuel. ALExIsS A. JULIEN, Secretary. SECTION OF (ASTRONOMY AND ]PEIVSices: NOVEMBER, 6, 1899. Section met at 8:15 P. M., Professor M. I. Pupin, presiding, The minutes of the last meeting of Section were not read. The name of one candidate for resident membership was read and referred to the Council according to the By-Laws. The following program was then offered : J. K. Rees, NovemBper METEOR SHOWERS (ILLUSTRATED). SUMMARY OF PAPER. Among other things the speaker said that one of the theories of the origin of some meteors was that they were at some time ejected from the sun or moon, earth, or other planets, by vol- canic explosions, and if from the earth, they traveled in an orbit that intersected that of the earth. The later theories which identify the meteor streams with comets or the remains of comets, seem most satisfactory. Those meteors which reach the earth have a large percentage of nickel in their composition, and show when they are polished a peculiar and characteristic crystalline structure. A great many of these meteors reach the earth on~ an average each day, as many as ten million or more, it has been estimated. Interplanetary space is full of them. During the meteor showers, this number is greatly increased. At one place on the earth as many as 240,000 were estimated to have been visible during the eight hours progress of the shower of 1833. Historical records seem to show that showers of meteors have been seen at intervals of thirty-three years in the fall of the year RECORDS. 679 for some time back. In 1799, Humboldt saw one from the Andes Mountains. In 1833 there was another. Professor H. A. Newton, of Yale, after investigating the subject, predicted another in 1866, which came as predicted. Professor Newton, and Professor Adams of England calculated that there was a large bunch or collection of these meteors traveling around the sun with an orbit of about thirty-three and a quarter years. This orbit at one point intersected the orbit of the earth. It was later shown that this orbit was practically identical with that of Tempel’s comet of 1866. Three other similar cases of a con- nection between the meteor showers and comets have been found, and these seem to indicate either that the showers and comets are identical, or that the meteors are parts of a disinte- erated comet. In observing the meteors, the best results are obtained from photographs. Professor Elkin of Yale has a battery of cameras fastened to an equatorial axis, each camera covering a distinct part of the heavens. By means of two such arrangements sev- eral miles apart, the exact distance between the two stations being known, it will be possible to get photographs from which can be deduced with accuracy the path of the meteors, the velocity, and the distance from the earth. The Columbia University Observatory was obliged, on ac- count of the sale of the old observatory site, and the storage of the instruments, to make arrangements for observing the ex- pected shower from other places. Col. P. S. Michie of West Point, placed the observatory there at the service of Professor Rees, and Mr. C. A. Post, of Bayport, offered his time and in- struments. A report on the work done during the week No- vember 13-18, will be presented to the Academy. Wi Se Dave Secretary. SP CHON FOE BIOEOGH. NOVEMBER 13, 1899. Section) metas 5a Me btotessor lS) Wee presiding she minutes of the last meeting of Section were read and approved. 680 RECORDS. The following program was then offered : H. F. Osborn, ON THE RELATION OF THE CENTRA AND INTER- CENTRA IN THE CERVICAL VERTEBR@ OF LizArpDs, MoOsASAURS AND SPHENODON. Arthur Hollick, THe Discovery or a Masropon’s Tooru AND REMAINS OF A BOREAL VEGETATION ON STATEN ISLAND. C. L. Bristol, A REport oF THE New York UNIVERSITY Ex- PEDITION TO THE BERMUDA ISLANDS IN THE SUMMER OF 1899. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. Professor Osborn called attention to the confused statements relating to the cervical vertebra in the Lizards, Mosasaurs and Sphenodon, and pointed out that both Gegenbaur and Wieder- sheim, the principal German authorities on the comparative anatomy of vertebrates failed to recognize clearly the important part played by intercentra of the neck region. He then, com- mencing with Sphenodon, pointed out that we have a series of intercentra or intervertebral ossicles, extending throughout the. whole length of the backbone, but considerably modified by a coalescence with the atlas and axis. In /Yatecarpus, the Cre- taceous Mosasaur, on the other hand, the intercentra of the axis and atlas are entirely free and separate, retaining their primitive wedge-shaped form, while the centrum proper or odontoid proc- ess is also free from the axis; in the remaining cervicals the intercentra are secondarily shifted forward upon the hypapo- physes. Varanus, the monitor lizard, exhibits a still greater ex- tension of these hypapophyses with the intercentra placed at their tips. In Cyclurus, on the other hand, the intercentra are still in their primitive position between the vertebrae. There is no question, therefore, that true intercentra are very important elements in Lizards and Mosasaurs, and that they are second- arily modified partly by coalescence with the atlas and partly by adhesion to the hypapophyses, this showing a complete change of function. The leading facts in Doctor Hollick’s paper are as follows : In the Moravian Cemetery at New Dorp, Staten Island, im- mediately in the rear of the Kunhardt Mausoleum, was a swamp, RECORDS. 681 which covered a superficial area of about 3,600 square feet. A small pool of water accumulated towards the center in time of rain and dried out during drought. The margin was a quak- ing bog of peat and sedges. It occupied a morainal basin, located about 1,200 feet from the southern edge of the moraine and about 120 feet above tidal level. During the summer of 1899, in the course of certain improve- ments in the development of the cemetery, the swamp was drained and the bog muck was dug out, so that at the present time the morainal basin is entirely free of water and mud. The organic remains, animal and vegetable, brought to light during the progress of this work, show that the basin was the site of a Quaternary pond. The surface deposit was of fine peat and a coarse peat, composed of various kinds of swamp vegetation. Below this was a fine organic mud, containing trunks and branches of trees, to a depth of about five or six feet. Below this was a black, sandy silt, distinctly stratified, and containing numerous cones and small twigs of white spruce [cea Cana- densis (Mill.) B.S. P.], a tree of northern range, which does not now extend further south than northern New England and the Adirondacks. Below the cones, at a depth of about 23 feet, was found a Mastodon’s molar. The maximum depth of the entire deposit was about 25 feet and bore every indication of having been laid down in still water, in a continuous and unbroken series of layers ; and, inasmuch as it was in a morainal basin, it must all have been post-morainal in age. A considerable amount of charred wood was also found in connection with the cones, presumably indicating the presence of man. The probabilities are that a pond was formed in the morainal depression immediately after the recession of the ice sheet, and that this pond was a receptacle for silt, dust and de- caying vegetation ever since, the accumulations finally filling it up and converting it into a swamp with a little pool of casual water in the middle. Professor Dean, referring to Dr. Hollick’s paper, spoke of the occurrence of the remains of the mastodon on Manhattan Island. ANNALS N. Y. ACAD. Sci., XII, Aug, 2, 1900—43. 682 RECORDS. During the process of excavation for the ship canal across New York Island at about 122d Street there were found extensive peat remains on the side of the Harlem River, together with sunken logs, which suggested the conditions just referred to on Staten Island. During the canal work, a number of specimens were brought to the speaker for examination. The first of these finds was a number of bits of mastodon tusk, which the workmen had hoped might prove of commercial value. The residue of this find, in the form of poorly preserved bones, had been thrown away. There were subsequently brought for examination bones of the following animals: deer, fox, seal, beaver (jaw), and turtle. Professor Bristol reported upon the third New York Uni- versity Expedition’to Bermuda which left New York on May 27th, via the Quebec Steamship Company’s steamer ‘‘ Orinoco.” The last members to return arrived on August Ist. The party consisted of Professor C. L. Bristol, Messrs. F. W. Carpenter, C. E. Brush, Jr., F. Erdwurm, of the graduating class ; Messrs. Hill, Magnus and Wouley of the present Junior class, and Mr. A. Benton Muller. The reconnoissance work of the two former years was con- tinued from White’s Island in Hamilton Harbor as headquarters. The buildings on the islands afforded far better facilities for lab- oratory work than was obtained on the other trips, and also brought the party nearer to the south shore and the Great Sound. An important feature was a series of pools constructed above tide level and supplied with plenty of running sea-water, in which a day’s ‘‘catch”’ could be examined alive at leisure. A naphtha launch and a small yacht gave the necessary facilities for collecting. The principal work was reconnoissance and many new forms were found among the Crustacea, Echinoderms, Ccelenterates, Tunicates and Mollusca. Perhaps the most impor- tant single trip was that made to North Rock, an isolated frag- ment of the old atoll-shaped reef, about nine miles out atsea. At dead low tide a small area is laid bare but almost awash, and at- tainable only inthe smoothest of water. Here the life of the ocean swarms and offers rare opportunities for study. Asin the former RECORDS. 683 years a large number of the showy fishes that abound in the coral reefs were brought home alive for the New York Aqua- rium. Notwithstanding the sudden fall of temperature at the northern edge of the Gulf Stream the system of regulation of the temperature was so perfect that less than one per cent. died on the voyage. A pair of green parrot fishes of large size, and a large green murray about eight feet long were the most conspicuous among them, and were living and in good health at the date of the meeting. : Francis E. Luoyp, Secretary. SECTION OF GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY NOVEMBER 20, 1899. Section) met ate s:15 Er Me Mie Geol F. Kunzepresidine The minutes of the last meeting of Section were read and ap- proved. On motion by Professor Stevenson, a committee of three was appointed to prepare resolutions in reference to the recent death of its distinguished honorary member, Sir William Dawson, of Montreal. The following paper was then presented: Charles Barnard, Some RercENr CHANGES IN SHORELINE OF NANTUCKET. SUMMARY OF PAPER. These changes have become apparent by comparison with the outlines indicated in Shaler’s map of 1888 (Bull. No. 53, U.S. Geol: Survey), he shoreline, there represented as nearly straight, from a point just beyond the Range Lights to Brant Point, in the harbor, has become materially changed by a rapid advance of the beach on each side, so that the original shore end of the break-water is lost to sight in the sand or covered by buildings. On the north shore, beyond the apron beach, the sea has steadily advanced upon the land, the increase of material at the 684 RECORDS. break-water having been evidently derived in large part from the bluffs. At the eastern end of the harbor the narrow beach, styled the Haulover, between the main island at Manumet and the shore end of Great Point, was broken through by the sea in the storm during the night of December 16, 1896, and the opening has become an inlet a mile in width, with a depth of eleven feet at low water, each end of the remaining beach having been bent back into the harbor in the form of a curved hook. The entrance of the tide through this inlet has caused a decided in- crease in the five narrow bars of sand, which extend like finger points from the shore of Coatue Beach. It does not appear to have seriously affected the current at the break-water, nor re- duced the scouring action of the tides at that point ; but shoals seem to be growing at about one-third the distance between the harbor and the port entrance, at the slackwater caused by meet- ing of the tides from east and west. The eastern shore, from the harbor south, shows a rapid de- struction by the sea, and at Squam Pond a river of beach sand has been swept in. At Sankaty Light the apron beach has very considerably in- creased, particularly at Siasconset, and to the south and west, the width of the beach now reaching about the third of a mile. A similar advance of the sea is shown along the south shore, though to a less degree than on the east, the wastage of both shores having contributed to build out the apron beach at Sias- conset. The subject was further discussed by Professors R. E. Dodge, J. J. Stevenson, H. L. Osborn, J. F. Kemp and others. Several specimens of Laurentian limestone, magnetite and corundum from the vicinity of the Palmer Rapids of the Mada- waska River, Ontario, Canada, were exhibited. ALEXIS A. JULIEN, Secretary. RECORDS. 685 SECTION OF ANTHROPOLOGY AND PSYCHOLOGY. NOVEMBER 27, 1899. Section met at 8:15 P. M., Dr. Franz Boas, presiding. The following program was then offered : Dr. A. Hrdlicka, OpsERVATIONS ON THE NAVAHOES, PHYSICAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL. Dr. M. H. Saville, Notes on tHE Mexican CoprEx TELLERI- ANO-REMENSIS. Dr. Franz Boas, THe Eskrmo or Hupson Bay. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. Dr. Hrdlicka described the physical characteristics of the Navahoe indians and details of a number of measurements made on fifty adult males and thirty adult females. Observations on the life and social and industrial habits of the tribe were also presented. The language belongs to the Athapascan group. From the physical examinations it appears that the tribe, not- withstanding some evident mixture, is radically allied to the ancient Pueblos and to the short-headed people of to-day in other parts of New Mexico and Arizona, and possibly in old Mexico. Dr. Boas’ paper was based on observations made by Captain George Comer of East Haddam, Conn. The paper described particularly the natives of Southampton Island, who heretofore have never been visited. The arts of the tribe show a peculiar development, owing to the lack of materials with which other Eskimo tribes are well supplied. The traditions of the tribes of the west coast of Hudson Bay show remarkable analogies to the traditions of the Athapascan tribes of the McKenzie region. The well-known tradition of the magic flight was among those recorded by Captain Comer. There are traditions which make it evident that the Eskimos of this region believed in the trans- migration of souls. The dress of the women is very remarkable, and it was suggested that the enormous pockets in their stock- ings may bea survival of the custom of carrying the children in the boots, as is still done by the Eskimo of Pond’s Bay. CHARLES H. Jupp. Secretary. 686 RECORDS. BUSINESS MEETING. DECEMBER 4, 1899. Academy met at 8:15 P. M., Professor Stevenson, presiding. The minutes of the last business meeting were read and approved. The Secretary reported from the Council that Professor J. F. Kemp would have charge of the Annual Reception in the spring of 1900. The following Candidates for resident membership, approved by the Council, were duly elected : Maurice A. Bigelow, Teachers College. Edward W. Barry, Passaic, N. J. Walter Bryan, M.D., 215 St., James Place, Brooklyn. Dr. W. Golden Mortimer, 504 West 146th Street. Romyn Hitchcock, Hotel Lincoln, Broadway and 57th Street. H. R. Linville, Boys’ High School. Edward L. Thorndike, Teachers College. R. S. Woodworth, N. Y. University Medical College. Dr. Annie D’Zou, 63 Stuyvesant Avenue, Brooklyn. RicHARD E. DopbcE, Recording Secretary. SECTION OF SBIlOLOGN: DECEMBER II, 1899. Section met at 8:15 P. M., Professor Bashford Dean presid- ing in the absence of Professor F. S. Lee. The minutes of the last meeting.of Section were read and approved. Thenames of two candidates for resident membership were read and referred to the Council according to the By-Laws. The following program was then offered : Bashford Dean, ConTRIBUTION TO THE DEVONIAN FISH FAUNA OF OHIO.’ H. R. Linville, AN Account oF ZOOLOGICAL EXPLORATIONS ON PuGET SOUND DURING SUMMER OF 1899. M. A. Howe, VEGETATIVE REPRODUCTION BY MEANS OF Broop ORGANS IN THE HEPATICA. RECORDS. €87 SUMMARY OF PAPERS, Professor Dean referred to the purchase of the Jay Terrell collection of fishes, by Mr. William E. Dodge, and his presen- tation of the same to the American Museum. Dr. Dean spoke of the great interest of this material, and described two new forms of Placoderms now in the paleontological museum of Columbia University. The new forms resemble, in the character of their “jaws,” the long known Callognathus. In one favorably preserved ‘“‘jaw ”’ the rounded and tooth-bearing margin suggests the condition in Diplognathus. In one specimen the shoulder armoring is particularly narrow antero-posteriorly. Several der- mal plates are present which are unknown in the anatomy of Coccosteus, and their definite position has not been determined. The so-called “ pectoral spines,” described by Newberry, and re- ferred to by other writers, are now to be regarded as belonging in the region of the mouth. A specimen of one of those in the Terrell collection, presents a well-marked tooth on its margin. In a newly acquired specimen a portion of the body investiture is preserved, which exhibits a smooth surface, from which arise conical eminences in somewhat definite rows, resembling those of Anchenaspis (Thyestes). Dr. Dean referred also’ to the mode of occurrence of the Placoderm-bearing concretions in the Cleve- land shales. In the region near Linville, Ohio, on the testimony of the veteran collector, Rev. Dr. William Kepler, of Clyde, Ohio, the following arrangement maintains. At the base of the shale are found the smaller species of Denchthys (D. gouldi, and D. intermedius ?). Above this is a layer of flag stone ten feet in thickness. Overlying this occurs a narrow seam in which are sharks, Z7ztanichthys and Mylostoma. After an intervening seam, two feet in thickness, a wide band of the shale contains Dinichthys and Trachosteus. At the top of this shale, after another intervening (sandstone ?) seam, in a layer of 20 to 30 feet thickness, which yields sharks, occur large specimens of Dinichthys, and the forms referred to in the present communi- cation. 688 RECORDS. Doctor Linville then reported on his trip to Puget Sound. The party consisted of five members: Dr. H. R. Linville of the Boys’ High School, New York City ; Professor M. A. Barber of the University of Kansas; Professor E. Morrison of Pacific College, Oregon, and Dr. Linville’s father and brother. The work of collecting was not divided among the members of the party, except that Professor Barber gave his entire time to the examina- tion of the flora, while the other working members of the party studied the fauna without reference to particular groups. The methods of collecting employed were ‘‘ towing,” shore collecting, pile collecting and dredging. The towing was attended with no great success, the shore collecting was very profitable, but the greatest interest was in the pile collecting and the dredging. The material collected from all sources abundantly represented every large group except the Protozoa and the Chordates. The collection has not yet been studied systematically. Enormous quantities of /Vocttlucea have been reported to be present in Scow Bay, a long, narrow inlet two miles from the town, but at the time the bay was explored by the party, Woc- tilucea were not seen. Large red and yellow sponges and a form resembling Granta represented the Sponges. The Ccelenterates were found in great abundance. ‘There were many representatives of a form resembling Odea and another form resembling 7udularia. Medusas allied to Zygo- dactyla occurred in great numbers about the docks. Zhatl- mantias also was abundant and so were many unidentified forms. The Scyphomeduse were represented by Cyanea. The Anem- ones were represented by at least five species, the largest of these being a white J/etridium, specimens of which frequently exceeded 12 inches in length. This species studded the piles to the depth of 20 feet below low tide mark. Another, a large orange-colored Metridium, was dredged in ten fathoms of water in Scow Bay. In the same situation were found small bluish- green forms with slender elongate tentacles. A large mottled, red and green anemone, with large bag-like tentacles was obtained; the latter, however, were also to be found on the piles. Most numerous were the small sand-anemones found RECORDS. 689 attached to the rubble-stone along the beach. Equally im- portant, and as magnificent in size were the Echinoderms. The Asteroids, Cribrella, the large 20-24-rayed forms and other species were easily obtained from the piles. Most notable of the Echinoderms, was a species of Ec/inus and Spherechinus, the latter in countless numbers. Of the several species of Holothurians obtained, the most remarkable is the giant /Yolo- thuria californica. Herneteaus of unfamiliar species occur abundantly. Salanoglossus had been found there in former years. Annelids were abundant in the sand and a large sessile annelid, with a strong leathery tube, was found attached to the piles. Their luxuriant brown tentacles alternating with the white anemones, form in the green water a wonderful picture. Among the mollusca the most remarkable in point of size is the large Cryptochiton stelleri mentioned in the report of the Columbia University Expedition of 1896. In variation the lim- pets of Puget Sound are indeed marvellous. Gradations were found from the smooth brown limpet found on the piles, to a rougher, grayish form on the granite boulders, on to the corru- gated white ones, found among the barnacles, which also grew upon the boulders. In the latter situation, the ridges on the limpets began at the top of the shell and extended radially to the periphery, closely resembling the barnacles themselves in external markings and in color. The Crustacea of the Sound are not especially remarkable. Under the bark of the piles, giant and small isopods were found abundantly. The small ones are credited by Mr. Henry F. Moore, of the U. S. Fish Commission with eating the piles through at a point between low and high water marks. Puget Sound is especially rich in Ascidians, and there are said to be twenty-five species there. One species of simple tunicate as yet undescribed attains the length of nearly five inches. Dr. Howe gave an account of the various means by which the ganectophyte in the Hepaticae reproduces itself without the intervention of the asexual phase. Allusion was made to the formation of the easily detached proliferous branches in J/e¢z- 690 RECORDS. geria, and an outline was given of the developmental history of the gemmae in Riccardia, Marchantia, Lunularia, Blasia, Sca- pania, Radula and Cololejeunea. These gemmae seem in most cases to be modifications of trichomes, and they bear more or less structural resemblance to the protonemata which result from the germination of the spores. Francis E. Lioyp, Secretary. GENERAL INDEX TO VOLUME XII. Names of authors in heavy face type. Generic and specific names in 7fadics. PIO EDE Bs cess OAGBOOS RU ECO ROR a aTEOD 153 AGE TOUICHFUG? >sacbbeeascoebonacbexceo0b0s 145 PACH CV OUS Rata ie dacconen neces Aen neeenee 523 A. depressifrons Stimpson...... 531 A. spinimanus M.-Edw........ 530 UNcro theless oases heleane erste 47, 52 Actea setigera M.-Edw............... 529 PRAIA Ons BARE SEES OB CEROEDOROONAMOSOCEPHCOLE 167 AA CRTVA TD Beco ncnennosusobodesbos 6b6006 147 PALCLULOMESTIL GS ERAS e ERE eeeee 153 Adams; oProfa) relics. eescssseos. 678 i gerine-augite, Black Hills........ 264 Aigerite-porphyry, Quartz; Black TESTS ise atic Rana teen a aN ar) 248-57 PALOMO MR re cick Ta seis eee RO eee 153 AFTER IMAGES, S. I. Franz....... 654-5 A\stigre Nie IEes, ILENE Ol sconcnsoonsecoe 655 ACTS PUsteeteermene nuance te sane eeates 181 PASTOSICIS | ecnnonocroconocoeencebonon Mee 181 YAU POTD ela aiocpn bn cAE EDC ae oso OnCOn 47, 181 A. holocephalus Matt............ 47 Ame Viatimezucmclanttenee pce 47 PASTEL CUMS amass ese ee ceote 42, 47 AU BOE a SRA CSAP 5 GAEDE SEC SEGRE oer 167 UOTUD SBS asoe sob bOOOIOCOR SOR eaCCAGee 167 JeN Wales? 8 iS leaned esha acy REE COROGE AE CHE 598 ANderme Direalespelnesy Mienateeceere ase 656 PNlexxennGkere, N08 TSiscaccocenbes con0ad00e 88 Algonkian; Black Hills 196-8, 204-9, 295-6 Allen, Prof.; ref. (note)............ 105 PAULORDSIIE es Ma Nob atioleisen euiscn ioe cice 153 AG, BNISEOVATAY . Oilsocanasoooonse00 soc 666 VAUD VELA Earned fas aia aia atlas 5 39-43 DAUD ACU Sie Notre ae nite raise Wowie wee ee ase 523 Jl, GUGHALS IBAIOE ccoonagonocsaogee? 540 ARN CCHINUGACISISE Meu ee mone ene 524 A. bermudensts Spence Bate... 540 WAUICOILE COM a dona Sa baticiae aisle ieee 524. Als Goda (CwG so 5 c5cadobbodcoo 541 PACU ANTEMSUS Mareen eienaeeen ence 524 A. edwardsii Audoum........... 539 A. formosus GibbeS...........44. 543 A. hippothoé de Man. var. bahamensts Rankin........... 539 A. hippothoé var. bahamensis.. 524 A, intrinsicus Spence Bate..... 543 Ale, USICHT ORT UScimnsoconpspoonoLb noone 524 A. lanctrostris, nN. Sp...... 541-3, 658 86 GEUOOP SBS] s0c100600500000800 540, 543 A. streptochirus Stimpson...... A, transverso-dacty usKingsley A. webstert Kingsley............ ALTERNATING CURRENTS, MAG- NETIZATION OF IRON WITH, PRE- LIMINARY Report, M. I. Pupin AnD S. G. F. Town- SOM Gy esate ncn saeseoecenesmast ee 656-7 PALUCOLILES Pale eaecircnectacoeen eee eer 145 Amarouctum californicum Ritter (ES yea isaeu tic ihtecree Seale geaaers 590, 608 ALITY PSD oggogdococcdsascaEdG0 aG080d000 167 AT DOOTYEDIALUD -crcopocaooscon coodoobboneN 153 ALG UDINE Boo cocoansnaccaseocvevocKGue6 153 American Dialect Society ; ref...... 643 American Philological Ass’n.; ref. 644 FaNTUNVES! IG ISI58" Ell oog Nosdodoboeboodeoaeode 88 CCAS ec doe bseocaboode ppbGesonéaae 178 Amphibohtes; Black Hills, 245, 247-8, 288-9 AMPNUCEUG ane ane see a nae 153 AGN HTOES TOD. oesacco6000d8 080000980 008008 153 Amphitrite depressifrons Stimpsor.. 531 AIULERUS rset eee Meare eae 145 ALTILUSUUTIEN Cs ema aera paste eae 154 ZUIPINCUC snopornnnaonckacdonodescese04c8o6s 167 AN ANOMALY IN THE INTERNAL COURSE OF TROCHLEA NERVE, Richardgvvieileen eres eees 621, 622 Anchenaspis ( Thyestes).......000008 686 AU CHUL EGS Re VE ANG A ise ate 167 NIG GAA TIIS opeanascecononbotsagede oso 178 AN aVGkesPsO}O\, JANG 1249 TEs saoonodhoupoodoo 488 Amnid exson'el aie Aerie clanaunceneseneaneee 88 Andersson, J. G. and H. Hed- StrOmiis ret eas te eae 46 Black Hills, Andesite family ; 245, 247, 281-84 Andrews, Dr. C. W.: Cor. Mem... 630 Anemones, Puget Sound............. 687-8 AUTO Oo 30,00¢06055000000000600000000 167 Animal designs, common in Indian basketry, ceases usecase ame moeecnenses 672 Animalia: Whitfield’s list........... 145 CAGLUSOMLY OF Barta saiaeie ten eens eee eee 167 Ammnalls of Ne WeyAce Sew eaaaee 64, 484 (691) 692 INDEX. Annelida: Whitfield’s list............ LST | AlUrxia, sy iocse ches Sapa eee ns ac eeade meet 178 Annelids : Puget Sound............... 688 | | ALLY DO vow sacdan nice scelsint enone sseeee 149 Annie Creek (Blk. Hills) : Quarts- | AUCKCHAG Jractesieascsen aoReaceeee tasters 622 CLUE DOLPHY TY townaneanaatetesticets 253-4 | AUDOUIN ; ref................ 539, 540, 548 EQUBTOTIIG Shep B AHS 0050 IBGOG GONE CBOGOC 154 Augite-vogesite ; Black Hills PA ILONLED sich sans inine ae Neem RE Ose 154| 245, 247, 287-8. ALR ACOPUP UN: duane sae seeeceee ee GY WACO OG soccue odeeensoadcocdxa0G0deRcCc 145 ANTHROPOMETRIC CHARTS, F. | duwers. ref. BOAS soc ccna ca domotnateite ss aeeccie 629 344, 533, 356-358, 361-362 ANTIQUITIES, ZAPOTECAN, A.Hrd- | Auwers-Bradley, Star Catalogue 361 CK AS. scasercys sence eee ce G42) A Vella any cacnnebaceuseccneemee se eee 167 Antiquity of piles of canes, etc., in | AVESTAN SYNTAX, CONTRIBUTIONS Mammoth Cave disproved......... 647 TO, THE CONDITIONAL SEN- Antiquity of Pueblo ruins............ 670, TENCE, Louis H. Gray...549-88, 688 Apodosis and Protasis of Avestan Index Wocarumi is peseeeeesee ses 587 compared with Sanscrit and | Indexa enunieeeepeeteeeeeee eee 586-7 Greene ee een ie, Meta u aew gs 643) WAGiCila Os ccsoeteoteen or oes 154 APOLLR AUS enc ee eee 107 |*Avicwlopecterts a. .ccscesoecedasseee oer 154 ADI CODSIN Secenn scene seneoee te ie sence 5 BA GUI CO os sie Sasi ateseseeecoee See eeR eee 154 AI ENUCOLULES eens eee Cee 53, 181 | sda oyurnss No Gen 50S aoaoscacdoosadSpo0ses 88 Babbitt, E. H.; COLLEGE WorpbDs AG COTO te ce NERA Nites 08h Ole eke 154)|)) AND PPHRASES, 208. secesee tees 643 VA. CULECLOILUC OR ERE EERE ee 167 | Bactelite sie iC jall. J at oe aes 178 Argelandern:prefi.cscenaceceeeeeees 2156) |(BaileyssRen Wes) veleecesespeeesseeeeee 88 Argelander’s Catalogue of Stars, WBaily/si-“Walande2?\efesasseseess 344 347, 351, 301) Baker). G.53)Cor) Mempiese- ces 630 ALON EI US Relies eaters ee ssn ea tee 181 | Balanoglossus ; Puget Sound........ 688 AAP USLO Za Tah Wisse 181) Ban Dhiaa Heels sinacns basa eee SRE eee I8I ARTIODACTYLA, HISTORY OF THE | <* Bald Mountains’”’ (Blk. Hills) ; DEVELOPMENT OF THE CANNON- Geology... 2ncethcar nsescceectoneneeeee 288 BONE IN, J. L. Wortman.....621, 622 | Quarts-egirite-po' PhYT)......+ 256-7 ASAPNUS aon ascaaneseedett mone aee Tt | Bancroft, EF.) Wieserel.-sneeeees: 605, 609 Ascidia koreana Traustedt........ 590, 604 Banded gneiss; Long Island........ 114 Ascidians ; Bibliography ........... 609-10 | Baptanodon, Discovery of..........-. 670 ofmbugets soundussssecow cere ene O88; | BBarbatia. tere ces eeseee ae eee 154 ASCIDIANS, SOME FROM PUGET Barnard, Charles; SomME RE- SOUND COLLECTION OF 1896, CENT CHANGES IN SHORELINE Wim Ee Rittemescccese.n eee 589-016) OP INANTUCKIED ss-mese-eeeeceeteaee 682-3 Aspinwall Sie: ©cirefee mace eeeecenene 488 Barry, Edward W.; Res. Mem.... 685 AStAVEES DEES Bia tL Re eee er ane 15 4i\eBartha\:rely-qceteseeteeaseseesenenees 667 ASLOVEASS Aoaaswociaaanet eee eee ae 147 Basalt family ; Black Hills........... 287-2 A. tenuispina Lamk............ 130 BASKETRY DESIGN OF THE SALISH Asterina folium LKt...........000- 116-130 INDIANS, Dr. Livingston Far- Asteroidea of Bermuda...... T3OjT 35 HOAO Ne TANn Gy... sastscsseanseome mesa cee aeeeee 671-2 Asteroids!) Bermudaseceeeeeereenne 118 Bate, Spence; ref., Puget Sound) sssseeesseecereeeee 688 522, 538, 530, 540, 543, 544, 548 ASL OCCTLUTIN Minn Senne SS eee DAG) | DOL 7S ona canesaeseeee ease eee ASTRONOMICAL COSMOGONY OF BO eUWOstonid wae rearone eee eee teeta 666 THE PERUVIANS, Stanbury Beaver, Remains of prehistoric, FL Ag aS. fesse gece esac suet sessecem 654-5 found on Manhattan Id............. 681 Astronomy, Peruvian knowledge of 655 Becquerel rays; emission of......... 627 Athanas edward ti Audouin, new method on sensitive plates 663 539, 540, 542 Beebe, C W.: ref............-.0.e00 488 Athapascan group, Navajoe lan- | Beechi:)rare) at'Cape) Codie. --e-o-- 662 puage belongs tols.cssss-csesetenees 684) |pBelementiesscc- teas eee ee ee eee 179, 669 ALHYETS Ricsane ena cee see e ee ne 148=9) | Bellerop hartucnccsses: capes ce steeeeee ane 167-8 Atoms Psy chicalys.c.sscsesecoscsea 673)|| Benedictirets-cess.cneee te eee 528 Attenuation : Effect, etc., on long BERENICES, COMA, POSITIONS AND distance’ telegraphy..-...c.c esses. 674 PROPER MOTIONS OF PRINCIPAL INDEX. STARS IN CLUSTER OF, Walter CRP etz esses lense 341-78, 647-8 | BERMUDA, FURTHER NOTES ON THE ECHINODERMS OF, H. L. BERMUDA ISLANDS, THE CRUSTA- CEA OF THE, W.M. Rankin, 521-48 Bessel’s Star Catalogue; ref...... 345 | IB ESSE lin eh aiateccsdcccneneareen 358 LIEN PUCILUG coaniie OBO DEES SHE ROE AOPAEO ODT Hop 181 LBROIEGEIS ocenbacodnctieceneanobnpAenbaoesee 181 Bibliography of Bermudan Crus- CAC Ca ah aeate cma erctewieiclnenemneseeinnn 522 IG hgavallll, 1s IES Te cesoosocoacvseaos 88 IBIS Cl Owe tance cub oncumeass eas aeasenes 545 Bigelow, Maurice A.; Res. Mem. 685 UBWOLILE War una n Nee Selo aactenccianince sake 269 Biack HiLis, NORTHERN, A Con- TRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF, oD laying rater eee cece. 187-340 Table of Contents (for index ).187-8 BLACK RIVER, TRENTON AND UtTiIcA FORMATIONS IN THE CHAMPLAIN VALLEY OF NEW YORK AND VERMONT, Dr. Theo- doresGravighit Creeeeesntece acess 645 Blackwell’s Island tunnel ; ref...... 113 leks, 10%, Vo Ako Ss Welisccacos sepode0r 88 West Memliauaainamcaepeccencn cat 631 ES VOUS UCR Spe AR aL w i cianeagyec mee amainien Rescue 689 Boas, Dr. Franz; ON ANTHROPO- MEE WIVRST Cx @VAURUTS ots temreeen ac weer citar 629 Boas, Dr. Franz; THE EsQuiIMo OnPEMUIDSONPBAVIneener eee este eee 684 Boast Drarnanzieenetnsnse esses 88, 488 IBodcettyelimbley erebypsere rere enter 488 Boltzmann, Prof. Ludwig; Cor. INMema sia eh intent acacaswaakitamnee ae 630 Bonn Durchmustering number; ref. 367 BOREAL VEGETATION, THE Dis- COVERY OF A MASTODON’S TOOTH AND REMAINS OF, ON STATEN Ip., Arthur Hollick.679-81 EO HILOLE Was Nate eu Soe ekicle aensmaieen ict 667 IBOSS)j release ceeeiciceseseee 3575 359, 300 Bocce Gi, Talos Corn, Mist goose 630 IBO UTNE a Tele owe eta sateen etal 659 Blowtwellesreterereeceeeeeeeeeees 315 | Brome, 1Dye, Il, (Ces: Wet acosoacnadepocecs LLNS Brace, D. B.5 ref... A Sa | Brachiopoda ; \W hitfield’s list... 148-54 IBrAchiopodSipeeeeucsee cee ccncteee 52; 53'| Bradleyeanetse eee ee 344, 53, 55, 50} States Catalogue ene seeeeen es. 3 Branchial apparatus; Cynthia SIREUE Ws S0)..5 onsen onaoacsogsa0odde 591-2 Distoma lobata nr. Sp.r.cccse0e 00s 607 Distomia molle n. SP. ...cce..000..-005-6 | Branchial sac: Cynthia deani n. sp..592-3 | 117-39 | 693 Cynthia macrosiphonus n. sp.. 597 | Styela stimpsoni Nn. Sp.......+ +0 602 | Brasseur, C. L. A.; re 88 | Breese, B. B.; A MODIFICATION OF PsyCHOLOGICAL METHODS... 625 Breese Sims nciinel rene @teecict sas 88 TE AWULE RAD ol Sn atidgnacoaondooedoBcoCadTn 155 Brewer Gaslanenelecreaccereeecearece: 88 | Dresses tcolom Wo... sceceene sents 132 IeBristolaleroterfare tie ses cen eeee nee: 117 IASON, (CIs 8 We sacosossonccoovour 88, 488 | Brittle stars: Bermuda............... 640 | Bvetitiora, ibis, 1, (Ge 2° TB cocoons 88, 488 Britton, N. L.; pete a be Nene 88, 93 Brégger, Prof. W. Cy rety. 47, 245, 248, 258 Cors! MiempeinunscaGccu-sisce se 630 Brontosaur, Discovery of............ 666 BrOOkSisireiyaeeinerecaee ese n cere 522 Bruces Vissi nelecesteencre rere erer 648 Ley, (Co leh lites TE sooncbcoa0obse Bryan, Walter; Res. Mem........... 685 Bryozoa ; Whitfield’s list........:-.- 148 BUCCAL Bannan ec ease ence eee 168 BU ECUIVOP SOS pm eae eet oe oats 168 Buchner, Prof. E. F.; Res. Mem... 656 Boiinas HAEQUUBE Sscedoo9a0020002000000 535 DEL AE NORD ER CE PAB on wate aEn metab uc obG 168 Bunting, M. SUT eLee i aaeweedunnaterenee 88 PS USI GOW ies Teton sleuae aren shtsene ae ee cee 168 By- agen: Mo Ae, Sito IDA. 5, DSO Ose ne se ewe ee eat 8-14 Byxbee, Miss Bdith);sretie-s-ccsee 589 Calappa Flamma Herbst............. 532 Calappa gallus Ferbst...........-.,++- 533 (QM ET OOS. COSCO ac9.05000080500)000000000 534 (CQUEEIDS IMOUCETD. oeso600000000000000000C 524 Gaicibcermclerbstree ssc eeeee 533-5 Calcium sulphide, phosphorescent, how made non-luminous.......... 657 Calcium tungstate, effect of liquid BUT: OMe sami eiare cones eocoes teakiosee ses 658 Calkins, Dr. G. N.; THE Evo.v- TION OF THE KARYOKINETIC IPUE WII socosqoegscoocaosadeacouss0c00 626 Calkins, Dr. G. N.; Res. Mem 631 TEL cheese east elec eeee 88, 488 Call, R. Ellsworth; THE GE- OLOGY OF MAMMOTH CAVE...... 623-4 Call, R. Ellsworth; THE Zo- OLOGY OF MAMMOTH CAVE...... 645-7 Call) Re Elisworthis reteecessc-eeee 488 GMC CLES eh OE Naje sacs eee ceeeee ore 523 Callinectes ornatus Ordway......... 529 C. sapidus Rathbun............. 529 (COLO CRRR NB Rte NBS Ha eRe aciacig dog aaCeR see 155 COM cpat hus eae eee ene 686 Calumet mine; Feldspar............ 649-53 694 INDEX. Cal ieHeenca meted secececcrensecsess 181 OF THE, THEIR CAVES, CAN- CALUPIF OP HOTU messes sawee ate ees eacett 168| YONS AND PRE-HISTORIC RE- Cambrian; Black Hills, MAINS, Rev. Horace C. Hovey, 209-32, 296-311 DD ivdicsdiaheacatedseoserseenee tener 625 - CAMBRIAN, A PAL#ozo1c TER- Cave rat (Mammoth Cave) not RANE BENEATH THE, Geo. F. Dit diss Habs denice sete corettete woraistsehe 646 IVatthe wy, «oko cae aeeeneceanestoee Al— SO Cavoscal aise: cet eee eee eee 168 Cambrian, ‘Cy.clesiintensesaseceesscecee 45 CELESTIAL BODIES. ON THE TEM- Cambro-Silurian ; Black Hills...198-201 PERATURE OF GASEOUS, A. S. Camel, Formation of the Cannon- Gessini isis: gcaseceneece ieee nee 647-8 bonevingthewsrres-ce esses sctees soccer 622 | Cephalopoda; Whitfield’s list...... 178-81 Games sak sdeeoacsaesgecee da seepen ese. 622) Cexastodenma messepae tence teee eee 155 Campop ly MAM Maeateaaensnecees DWAO3|) Cer: COL a xcsead cera-bncede date een 155 CANUPLOWE CLES nam oascnee ecco aise WS Gal Cerzorites: ee. aeen sentence eons nearer 145 Canadas eHaunamines- pees eee eeetee eee Wea EE TALIOTIG wapdonoosudcuoueunnasSeeokoN 0S 168 COPLCCILANLGR Tes renee eee en eee ee eoe 168 | CERVICAL VERTEBR OF LIZARDS, Cancer arenarius Catesby............ 525| MosasaAuRS AND SPHENODON, Gnjlammea VllexbStanseesecee: 532 ON THE RELATION OF THE C. gonagra Fabricius........... 527 | CENTRA AND INTERCENTRA IN C. srapsus Winneus:..+..-+5.--6 527 THE, eh. He Osbornie eset eee 679 C. minutus Linneus.....2...-.. 526 | Chetetes LAS R EET ae eee 146 Go tibicen TWerbsteccess-necee 5335-534 (CREA sescemacececateesccacsetteae ecto 155 CONCHA EY Aes naatee nee ise ee 5270) Chandlers: (G2) releeasecaeneesseeees 88 Cane, Piles of in Mammoth Cave, Chapman\;erefi-eecteeeceeceeeee eee 315 OY {E10) (6 lean ean anSopacoa cer acsonetdadac 646) Chapman, Drs) refe-cese- see 105 CANNON-BONE IN ARTIODACTYLA, Chapman, F, M.; Res. Mem........ 631 HISTORY OF THE DEVELOPMENT LOL sciences see eceee aaa 88 OF, Jol) Wortmants0.0sn 620s ia) Charzecep ialts) cts eee 182 CORT ATS Is tha Raciccnenn ste ae eae 168 | Charter, Order of Court, and By- OCOfUN Barr Mopac Seater 53 VERS INS Me TeWOS IS1Cscagoendessboc I-14 ‘Carbon dioxide ; No excess during Chase, Frederic L,; ref., coal formation period.............+ 675 343, 367, 478, 648 ‘Carboniferous ; Black Hills, Chase!smmumber -erefirserscenetenceee 367 201, 202, 234-7 | Cheesman, Dr. T. M.; Res. Mem. 631 Cardiomorpha Boardooodsdndonan0beGdS 155, 185 | Chelyosoma producta Stimson . 590, CORMOPSIS SM aasee cere tee ere 155. C. producta von Drasche...... Cardisoma guanbumi Latreille...... 527. C. productum Bamcroft......... 605 CI AULA ee MORRO USC ORE eEGearaGscdaS 155 C. productum Herdman......... 605 COV AU ATVEL Roe e ROC 155 C. productum Traustedt........ 605 COP ALUMS Ro aan ORO 155 Chessin A. S.; ON THE TEM- COPCEM A re .ac oad seta saenaeooseaee me aesees 168 PE! ATURE OF GASEOUS CELES- Carpenter; ref., RAL BODIES Seco reece eee 647-8 19S, 20257238. 295, 207,13 1 Sul Chester; At hleys ene taeeeaseeeeeeeeeee 488 Carpenter, F. W. 5 xef., CHICOLTIN MyTHoLtocy, NOorTeEs 117, I19, 122-25, 536, 544| oF, Livingston Farrand........ 642 COPY AUUS, ian Soe ah wateen saeesneee eee meee 155|CHIM£ROID, THE SKULL OF, GaSSIA ATION ee 168 Robert W. Shearman........ 621, 22 Caswell; ref........ 2A4. 66; (67, SAsrG5 i ChziaraGollsedss eos soeceeeeeece econ 666 Catalogue of stars in coma berenices CHINOOK LANGUAGE, ST\UCTURE 344-51| OF THE, J. R. Swanton......... 654-5 Catesby i; releeessacesceeeneens conceit 25 Chinook language; lack of subor- Cat-fish, Stone; Hypoblast, how dingvOny ees. saccee ee se essere 655 detived .2ic2..40 cee ee 640 | Chiridola 5.8. eee ee 135 Cattell, Prof. J. McK.; Res Mem.. 63 31 | Gx roti fexa Our beeeeeeeenane 126, 134 Tee PT Era a Botinet so 88, 488 | CRometes o0ecabi cae ase aun 149 COUN OPORG a acu een eene eek ee 145 | Chonophyllum ( Ptchophyllum)..... 146 CAUSE AND SIGNIFICANCE OF Mus- Chubb; {S34 tire eee eee 488 CLE FATIGUE, Frederic Saicee (626) Gzbora a cee eee ee eee 155 CAUSSES IN FRANCE, THE REGION Cidaris tribuloides Lamk............ 13 INDEX. 695 (COTLOITPU Tsonac see caraccecdocna sondse caer: 185 | Como BLUFFS SECTION, VISIT TO, (CHILTERN SAeiGrRbeU Rae OnenC oe ada 168 ih OSborn nes ne 667, 669-70 COU TUPEMU CA rananena snan se aanceseal cee 545 | COMPLETE SKELETON OF TYLO- (COMLGIAU ns See op adE Cbs be anacnecooHOGGdoeS 168 SAURUS DyYSPELOR, INCLUDING CLELOP OKAY Wein hea ealeonictuscsecmac nite 146 THE CARTILAGINOUS STERNUM, Clark, Hubert L.; FURTHER Heh Osborne eee cess 658-60 NoTEs ON THE ECHINODERMS COMPOUND HARMONIC VIBRATIONS OF BERMUDA...........- 117-38, 639-40 OF A STRING, Wm. Hallock...664—-5 GlarlewaNVeo wb ecnre lena cuckee wee enecees 88 | Conditional sentence, Avestan, older (CUA O ROTO, cceonoon csacencedodebGeeboG08 148i) thant: Greekai teense 643 (Unda teosesceecadagoqdenseson09eceno8 UG | QOMOGMCMITE scoqocvec00080600000000000 156 Cla veUan eine cemtenl seen semadicnee LG) | Conocephaluswew encase ereeee a eeee 182 Clays caused by decomposed lime- CONSCIOUSNESS, MOVEMENT AND, - StOM Ceara tetera scence ame aemasoiactes 623-4 Dr CuHe Jud dios. 671-3 Clays, Fusibility of, how caused... 663 Constants of photographic plates : CLAYS OF NORTH SHORE OF LONG Comayberenicestiaa ee cece 449-59 ISLAND, ORIGIN OF THE WHITE Gonstellaniae ences oes 148 AND VARIEGATED, F.J. H. Mer- (Constitutions Ne YaeA cw Cassese 6-7 Deane ao RE OnC ES aEeeenaatoa sore 113-116 | CONTRIBUTION TO THE DEVONIAN Clays, Plasticity of, how caused... 663 Fish FAuNA OF OHIO, Dr. CLAYS, PRELIMINARY REPORT ON le BashtordeDeantean. sere ercce 685-6 THE PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF, laComulanivdcs meee eee eneee ey eee 54. Eleinnichwlvic Saeen senses eeeee GOR NGG ili Cope sisi canes min eas hvala eae 169 Ciays, WHITE, OF LONG ISLAND, CONTRIBUTIONS TO AVESTAN SYN- ON THE ORIGIN oF, F. J. H. TAX, THE CONDITIONAL SEN- Mierri ee aaa aaoasie salsa 62354) | ATENCE wie whit a Gray ease 549-88 Clements, James; Inc. Mem...... I-3 | Cooper, Wm. ; Inc. Mem............ 1-2 Chibanarius tricolor Gibbes.......... 535 Copel; rete ect menue teen 659-60 Clifton (Staten Id.): Marl fossils.. 100 Copper in drift; Staten Id........... g2 CHSOSHHE - soaddonsosquaseseusoHnenaoBnone 169 | Copper zones, Minera's characteris- lute wVieING Pine foreman eect teats 88 TICE T ON ee aA US ae eae 667 (CORSO ALIS hou babbnsae sobsoe caSdoneOHEAee EO) |) COAHCOU Ge sup oooocanseadaddvecdodoseconcbc 156 Celenterata , Whitfield’s list........ LCS OW COI AUT exer eatu se onbcagnaotasccoubadosasec 156 Celenterates ; Bermuda............... 681 | Corella witllmeriana Herdman, uget is dinedeisscuaeatecrcnecstes 687 | 590, 604, 612 Cenobita diogenes Latreille.......... Deel COZ Bild oeaaddcroddonedonagaanoa coo ONbeNo 156 (COWL Berries seo oseogsOancoe Seu Ieee 533 Corresponding members ; N.Y. Ac. Colcord osm eac ch ek anaes nalts 53 SCONE BERENS ALE AEE De BnaaaatinE ceeds 29-40 Coleoptera (Mammoth Cave); Re- COSMOGENY, ASTRONOMICAL, OF (GSale Clave, Sjovdabooososoocesooesodse 646-7| THE PERUVIANS, Stanbury College words and Phrases.......... O43 he cul agmariate Hee neue te easy eMs 654-5 COUGIE] CULE CIN Memes seeeree ee = (iso) |] (Coynnovertls INI Ws NCS SCsasagudeoadooos (CONTITOMATD, sabe bASEcodCSo RSS ESCO OGOGS 169 Coruacsillars 5 INS AY ANG. Sle csacen 66, 486 Columbia Univ. ; Geological Con- | Crampton, [al dps GB Telisn cundcosec 88 tributions; J. D. Irving.......... Roi fall OU ex RLS Ra Ged naeonbneecicodcsb60 I49 CoMA BERENICES, POSITIONS AND CU aSSULCH Ge Bese ice sien se Sauraeicte eee 156 PROPER MOTIONS OF THE PRINC- OG RBAG AICI 3-300 00d oo oon Ho bOIEenDbee 182 IPAI, STARS IN THE CLUSTER OF, Cretaceous and Tertiary clays; N. VV CeuKie tz) eens 341-78, 647-8 Shore of Wong dieehee saree pe een 113 CoMA BERENICES, ETC Index Cretaceous drift of Staten Id .......91-100 locas morc soeneseceic estes 586-7 | Cretaceous mosasaur, Intercentra of MpaQGVEN< TREAT. ogodoovoopouRbecoKed Seo) | axisvandiatlasi ims sentence cea 679 ComerniGsyieltiesee toscana 488, ace Cade > VEOISE Cl scopaacaosadosooboc. 688 Comeyatempelysneseeserecease asec 678 Gre SES GCSE REE aORC Roan obenooaaaade 41 Comets and meteor showers ident- OVALE MOT Ob seonorcsoooacboadaocnocees 155, 6 LCA eM Minn ear anbausceememubaanee 678 | Crosby, Prof. W. O. ; ref..54, 55, 197, Como BEps IN SOUTHERN Wyom- 198 , 202, 203, 229, 238, 240, 207. ING, EXPLORATION IN, BY AM. Crow Peak ( Black Hills) ; Geology MuseEvuM Party, H. F. Osborn..665-6 225, 302 696 Crown Hill (Black Hills) ; Geology 3c2! CRUGLOUTATI Rh conch no een aacen aeaee 169 Crustacea ; Bermudan................ 681 Bermuda ; Bibliography........ 522 Bermuda; Heilprin’s list...... 521 CRUSTACEA OF BERMUDA, NOTES ON, COLLECTED BY THEN. Y. Univ. EXPEDITION OF 1897-8, Wea Rankine assesses 658-9 CRUSTACEA OF THE BERMUDA Is- LAND, W. M. Rankin........... 521-48 Gyustacea.. Puget sda ie.scoascce: 688 Crustacea ; Whitfield’s list......... 181-83 Cryptochiton stelleri; Puget Sd..... 688 @ryptonelllage sess -crerosnce seca 149 Crystals, Study of, by photographic enlargements yeast ne -peecsesseecees 663 CLEWOCHITLUSS LP SRR Boyne 147 | CUCU CU Ieee aes ew sees 156 Cucumaria punctata Ludw., 123, 124, 133, 135 Cumberland, Wm.; Inc. Mem...... I-3 | CUHCOHU OR a aconeuronsiecese enacts 156 Currents, Erosion. by<....cc.-bs.-< 662, 683 | Curtis WG wGsaretrsss. ieee: 88, 488 Cromcorm eeucet odie tease cate ees 687 | CYA aK ONTO ao eres seseeesacineee 146 CY CLNOCHLIU SE eee tee nese ate ae 147 Cyclograpsus integer M.-Edw........ 526 CY) MONCH ees a arteetaen eases 169 | (CW ALU th esciscigioncondageaGh OOOSCRCCAGNS 169 Cyclurus, Position of intercentra in 679 | (OW OGIG ansbon sechoaebacosceuCdensseesd8es 150) Cynthia castanetformis Traustedt... 599 C. castaneiformis von Drasche, 590, 599-601, 612, 614, C. coriacea Stimpson, ’64...595, 596 C. deani n. sp. 590, 592-7, 612, 614 | Cxdunauatienencen eee 598, 599. GHeErecta Wa SPiresssee 590, 598-9, 612 C. gibbst Stimpson............... 04 | C. haustor Herdman,.590, 601, 612 | C. haustor Traustedt............ 60. C. haustor von Drasche......... 601 C. macrosiphonus n. sp-, | 590, 597-8, 599, 614, 616 C. nordenshioldii Wagn......... 596. CPAP UMOSA NaRae soe Staats eee 599 Cynthia squamulosa Alder ........... 598 C. superba, n. sp., 590-2, 594, 595, 596, 612, 614, 616 C. villo a Stimpson, ’94.....600, 601 Cypraa Sitercisfe stots iiciers\ee sialon cierseiecieceais ce iciets 169 OYPrecagdeHan.v.ccescsccers weno ites YA CYPHICAH AUR Wonca ese ens COI ee - 156 ON UR ATAU? aeorrretecnoranoexccorcccy ee. SHY CYDTUMETL ES a tens sotaees eo eT Gystidianss.. acces aeecencteseieereee 53 INDEX. (OW AUTOLH ES cqocdoaqecebocenenencen6+) 157 CYTUNA scnderwossad seen sensceteeeee 149, 152 Cy rtolilessirsnnentemaeccueeee seeeeee 169 (CO UOT Depdonticsooos5enNG8C00 0060. 146 Gystosty lis Seeeeee eee eee eee 146 CYPLOCEKOS sree oes cep se eee 179 TD aCite hance hoe so sees oe eeeeesec cee 284-6 D’Agelet ; Star catalogue ; ref..345, 361 ID ENaC AN GB ICS concusos cocbodsaocee 88 DOM ANTE We sooo ae 182 Daly, Judge Charles P.; ref......... 664 Dana; ref.....53, 56, 534, 538, 539 544 Darwiniiretsscs.cirenctensensenet een 545 | Darwin, G. H., M. A., F. R. S.; rons Memepsscgsscdte seen 630 | Davipson Co. N. C., ON THE | FINDING oF NATIVE SILVER IN, Go MARU Zeta aerencsnaee 6 23-4 Davis “Boseneh cosscusseceeas-eseeeeeee 488 | Davis, Dr. H. S.; ref., 350, 351, 355, 361, 365, 478, 488 | Deadwood Gulch (BI’k Hills) ; Dacite | Dean, Bashford ; CONTRIBUTION TO THE DEVONIAN FISH FAUNA Dean Bashford ; SECOND SENFF _ EXPEDITION TO THE NILE....... | Dean, Bashford: ref, 88, 488, 589, 601, 604 | Deca pod ars seca swtecenen nee sesaeeese 525-45 Deer, Remains of pre-historic ; Manhattan ldtaes-nessecscnceeess one 681 VD eveiaantcinrelia:..snsstateercnecnecs 538 Delbruiicktssretacsaaeec eee eee ee 549 deMan iret sah Seeccs-censcseeecnes 539 Dey Morgan we ;anc lee saseeet eee ete ee 669 Dent aleunn ee eee 169 Deperet, Prof. Dr. Charles; Cor. Were ia icic/Sdnaecinat ees aren ee certs 630 |»DieeSaussurelsirefy esse eseseeteeces 530 DEV ETCUX Wale lean aaeeee een eee eee eee 296 DEVONIAN FIsH FAUNA OF OHIO, CONTRIBUTION TO, B. Dean.....685-6 Drabase" Statenwl disse eeeeetee 94. Diadema setosum Gray........0--0+++ 131 Dialect Society, American; ref..... 643 PLAN CHOKAe. cei eeesccmn co ack soe tee 157 NY OER aR tso Sed Seicicioeooo BE OTicoGn 157 I BHARTI VTh se Soace eco n05069 200000080500 145 D. flabelliforme Eichw ......... 46 ICAU NE ISiLUDIAU ROL Boop sonoca Dab 85555> 104-7 Digestive apparatus ; Dzstoma molle I SPvisscis shins cee cemars oessoomommeceeere 606 Digestive tract; Dzstoma lobata n. SP ai bwle aice a cbionens secouaateeeetenaeee 607-8 Styela stimpsont D. SP...e.eeeeee 603 TO AGRI ATION be cpenoa-2026 59 080 39909- 182 Dikes in Cambrian, eruptive rocks, INDEX. 697 GBs Halse. 32. aise segeeahecece 222 Driller eran euiscatucren sence n seed 169 LOGICA OS: AOU Pesasececeosensee5s9ooe 686 | Dudley, P. H.; STRESSES IN LD), OOF TIGUGOISs sadscoumos000cee3e 686 RAILS DUE TO THERMAL DEMO OU SH aance oan ea Sia RTA Tan as TAO ACEAIN GES penaa es reece meenicestc starts. 638-9 Dinosaur beds, Uncertain age of... 676| Dudley, P. H.; TRANSITIVE Dinosaurs, Discovery of.......... 666, 669 CURVES OF COUNTER BALANCE Dinosaurs, RECENT DISCOVERIES AND CRANK PINS IN RUNNING AMONG THE, H. F. Osborn..... 644 IAOICOMOMMIND, daccogosonosccopsdenus 619 LD LOWER R EN SEN: ROM cinta Nd Pete ta ae ini) |) Deeley) JA ISls BME doncuccsscande 88, 488 Diorite family ; Black Hills, Dunn, Miss L. 1B 5 HEE tera neeee yeaa 88, 488 245, 247, 86-7 Dutcher, Wm. ; Res WISIN, Soocceses 645 Diorite, Mica-porphyry,; Black Dwight, Jonathan, Jr.: THE SE- Jes lly oc science See ies aes LEN 281-4 QUENCES OF MOULTS AND PLUM- IDG MOO bocconccsaecccuncneGodeGce oC 160} AGES OF THE PASSERINE BIRDS LDGN OT YOUELS soe cocecnato030064000s 05008 686| oF NEW YORK STATE............. 640-1 LDU RUC PE Koc sseac cone aace ee ACe LES: 169 | Dwight, Jonathan, Jr.; ref........ 88 DY MMISELITIUD. cco pacooceoodeseoo500G[G7 16597. IDyeies Ce 1B. 8 TEL Gocoadoasoncdosonb0000 142 I DESC OG ios Cas icc occ Cos OESCOGEE SSE OSELE ROE 149 | Dystactella ( Tellenomya)............ 157 J OPSCOBE TUS eos ucn pene wicBao ever Cos AG 179 | D’Zou, Dr. Annie; Res. Mem..... 685 Distaplia occidentalis Bancroft...... 609 D. occidentalis Ritter......... SOO), (6010) || IUAIME; A Bs 8 Wlocosoosuswoonodonosoe 88 Distuma tlotum Sluiter.............+. 608 | Earbones of Trinidad opossum...103-118 D. lobata n. sp...... 590, 606-8, 616 | East River; Material on bottom.... 114 DET LOMEUMSD: fact: Boro), COS 40) (OO) || IH AAHONGU, So sancssoconssovacenoooSbns6oes 182 UDR SR eRe ae oes dN ROE SER SOR EE 608 | Echinodermata ; Whitfield’s list....147-8 IDNaenEnas., IRE Iasaconnoae ssonescuoennence 488 | ECHINODERMS OF BERMUDA, FuR- ID YiseCoh ats AIRS ts) Be EE a ele eit a 488 THER NOTES ON THE, H. L. Dodge, R. E.; A LAKE History Clarke eeeeernceeee: 117-35, 639-40 IN NORTE INVES SOUS 641 | Echinoderms; Bermuda............. 681 Dodge, R. E.; Work aT PUEBLO Lchinotdea ; Bermuda...... 131, 132,135 BoniLo, N. “Mex ach seeae crear NSify OW | PAAR 5 nog s0eeK600G0000c0000000800000 117 Dodge, R. Ee PNT Luteecers scree ceca 488 | Echinoneus semtlunarts Gmel...... 13 Dodge, Wm. E Bias) ea bey prericee 686 | Echinometra subangularts Lecke 117,132 DD OULU ra ou ottnises Te NASA as oe 169| Echinus ; Puget Sound............... 688 IDolllo, IDyr ILOwIS 8. TE Gedonoconeondebe 630 | Eddy, Casper W. ; Inc. Mem....... 1-2 Dolomite, Crystallinesy.2.-.2:--4-5- 115 | Eddy current, Component of, how DomesNoyonpearisobsenvatony--. -O30)|) . determinedies ses ereee eee eeceeeee 657 UDO OG eB acdon or ahetlaekcse nce es oes 157| Edinburgh Yearly Results; Star Doolittles Games inet aan. 488 Catalogue eere ene nee eecer 349, 360 Dorsal lamina; Cynthia deani, n. YUM OU sco poboancocneoncsoousdeoG 157, 185 S)0)). oho SBeR a SEAS U aoe NaH AaSaE Seon 53) Hdmonsonk alse Waihet en sese a seeee 488 C. macrosiphonus n. Sp..-..... 598 | Elasmobranchiu Holocephali a sub- Styela stimpsoni Ni. Sp......+.-+- 603) (ond enfolery teeters heneaue en semactecnes 622 Dorsal tubercle; Styela stimpsonz, ELECTRICAL WAVES, LONG, WITH IDs. G Dociguppeabospaoasoocomnaaqdansaosee 603 EXPERIMENTAL DEMONSTRA- LD OSCICUC ror Rinnpe amen SE chy se Sea 157) |) EBLONS VIG Le MEA Ines se cee ee cceee 674 IDyotiyelleisis YANG Jig. 8 Tkellso concooadoadoods 488 ee ee (Black Hills) Geol- Drainage of Black Hills............. LOO—5i | OR VA cn oaccmassnnee ne emmccates 232, 249-52 DRAMA OF ANCIENT INpDIA, NOTES Ellin, Profeireianeissesutecos ashen 678 on, A. V. W. Jackson......... 643-4 Elliptocephalus aici meneie Cloutier 182 Drama, Sancrit; Unity of time...... 643 | EMOTIONAL EXPRESSION, AN OB- Dreyer; Catalogue of stars......... 348 | | JECTIVE METHOD OF STUDYING, Dreyiuss ret ee es eeeacee eee 106-7 Bw At Gertardyecccssess ccumne ce 654 Drift (Staten Id.); lEarlier de- LEG UMETOIS 3030059606000000000000. 6000000 182 SCLIP HONS Mae taec ee ccecamoos cose sores OP=3 || JBAHOGT HES scocdaoodbadacdnsses00 9800286 179 DRIFT ON STATEN ISLAND, SOME PEP LOCOSLEG Ware Siac aene cone ose 157 FEATURES OF, Arthur Hollick 91-105 | Amd@opty gid ..... cc sce ee veces ee eee ee eees 169 ANNALS N. Y. ACAD. SCcI., Vol. XII, Aug. 13.—44. 698 Endostyle; Cynthia deanin. sp.... 593 Eopale@ozoic rocks; N. Brunswick.. 42 Epiblast; Teleost eggs............... 640 Epidote in copper oreS............+++. 667 Episternum in Platocarpus........... 660 Episternum lacking in Zylosaurus Dy speyor, Cope. .wansate cosas 660 TE ULE OTS ALC. saanecanaaceee isc tae 54 TEC OSP EBON OS ROO SOOOCE ESOP ADONOONCS 169 Eriphia gonagra Fabricius,.......... 527 JEP ROAOND can coovncobonbgannonbbonaooore 169 Eruptive rocks; Black Hills....... 204-94 Esquimo, THE, OF Hupson Bay, DrhiranzesOass ssc eaeeeeeeeee 684 Etcheminian ; Derivation of name.. 42 Fauna distinct from Cam- DLL aIN se satoaeaedes cece snaaeseaes 52-4 Hossilsitoundames cee seco ecces: 52-4 Oldest Paleeozoic fauna......... 4I Section below the Cambrian...41-56 Two cycles in terrane............ 45 Westward extension on Atlan- _ tUeyCOaStaaricncenotste te secee 54-6 VECO BLOCHLILTES are eee ee etias 147 LU INUCKOLUSa mat eats eee eee eee ociee 157 VES LOMDILQLUS Nine Oa eee Eee 169 LPLUVYPLETUS Rika Sona seeacesiec sete nus: 182 Lurytiume Mmosum Say ...ccccceceeees 528 PEUENTUG to dsartacenown a seer ae a eee 169 Evolution illustrated by cannon bonekingcamelerene m.seneka tens 622-3 EVOLUTION OF THE KARYOKI- NETIC FicureE, G. N. Calkins... 626 EXCURSION TO YELLOWSTONE PARK oO LOVE Yyateecsecee 667, 671 EXHIBITION OF VARIOUS MINER- ALOGICAL SPECIMENS, G. F. 1 Qh oU Arians Geaaeaenbsooebaaceaasoaodseg 66 LEGO RYT A revece sete nen ee ee eee Re 158 EXPLORATION BY THE AMERICAN MusEUM PARTY IN THE COMO BEDS OF SOUTHERN WYOMING, Ak OSDOnM Ms eoseaeee ene canes 665-666 Mabricius)sireticne 527, 533, 540, 545 Farrand, Dr. Livingston ; Bas- KETRY DESIGN OF THE SALISH INDIANS yosatsachaes coeeccen eae enceaeis 671 Farrand, Dr. Livingston; NOTES ON CHILCOTIN MYTHOLOGY...... 642 Farrand, Dr. Livingston: ref... 88 POSCLOLGHIO Ry setes nce eee eae ena 170 Fault-lines, Effect of, on Hudson IRL VeLe. Sadeeesaencaee Feloleisls Rare citetaetoee 624 Fauna, Distinctness of Etcheminian fromyGambrianncesenceseseeecesaacees 52 Mauna Canadascssanesceeeseeeeeeneee 42 Mammoth’ Cavers... s.2-ccesseee 646-7 WE VOSTLES Dw NUNS a eNO Lora Ree 146 INDEX. FELDSPAR, NOTE ON, FROM THE CALUMET COPPER MINE, KE- WEENAW Point, Micu., A. A. i ABUGT= olsaat pe panncansancdhopagpscodac: 649-53 Fellows and Resident Members, ING Wer Arcad SS. Clwesanescesteetioseee 15-25 TCIOSTELIG sata een PRE Sac eeEEe 148 DEL CUS Hons Vans t adden mere nee eee eee ee 170 FINDINGS, ON THE, OF NATIVE SILVER IN Davipson Co., N. CA Geoww hy wkKounZeaseeeeereeteere 623-4 Fishes, Showy; Bermuda............ FIsHES, TELEOST, OBSERVATIONS ON THE GERM LAYERS OF, F. Be SUMNER. .cuscsscsenencoeaeene 626 TOSSUP EM Asc cccene sect ee Se osteo 170 TGStUT POND sac eels eet eee ee CRETE 148 Flight, Magic, Tradition of ......... 684. Fintermann) Prof......+..:2.e 273-5, 277 Foerste and Shaler; ref............... 55 F, O. H. German (Avestan Syn- tax))5) Indexslocanum = ne emeeerce 588 Holey. Acme sre tenrece meee een ee eees 488 Foley Peak (Black Hills); Geology 278 OG PUOGT AAD Sem 90 0080080800 000 A0C852 43 J TO UGSIUEEU OU Br noericnndee nb0nan 00000086: 147 Formula for string vibration ......... 665 Fossils ; Staten Island................. 94-8 FossiIts, TYPES AND FIGURED SPECIMENS, Lisr oF, USED IN THE PAL/EONTOLOGICAL WORK OF R. P. WHITFIELD, SHOWING WHERE THEY ARE PROBABLY TO BE FOUND AT THE PRESENT TIME, RPV bitfieldaes-eassesaenee 139-86 Fosters Wis: Jisj teliscseensaseesceoeee 88 Box a5 AW fcr maentens cece 488 Fox, Remains of pre-historic : Manhattan! Islandi.2-eaeeae ccaee 681 Fraas, Dr. Eberhard; Cor. Mem... 630 PV AEUIE v2; dclasasss comedeneencenseeceoes 155 Hramlslin Wess. mel sesseeetseeaeenee 488 Franz, S. I.; ON AFTER IMAGES..654-5 raser sreticccnpc sue eneeee eee 103 Fraser, Percival ; ref............... 207 ireminwvillesireteecesssseesemeeeeeee 525 Joriés,, JE; Els reke ao. ee eeceeeeee 488 YT) GER OPE CE CROC ROCCO RRS e 170 PICLV IG Jo ruus eve nae eee 158 FURTHER NOTES ON THE ECHI- NODERMS OF BERMUDA, H. L. Clark... nv abouls GocaSateoee nee sates 117-38 Fusibility of Clays ; Cause..... . 663 EUSUSPUL Erase tenon aa eor eee eee ee 170 PUSUS’ cissce seca eet es Bh ROSE SRT 170 Ganectophyte ; Peculiarity of repro- GUGCHON:..-5.3 58 Sooss cane eee eeeeeoaes 8-9 GanonesaWe Her iretseeene neste 488 Garnet (Melanite)O.t-scr.<.-e-soenae 270 INDEX. 699 Garnet in copper OFreS..............04 667 GLACIAL CLIMATE, RECENT GASEOUS CELESTIAL BopIEs, ON THEORIES REGARDING THE THE TEMPERATURE OF, A. S. CAUSE OF, J. F. Kemp........... 675 GHESSim ee ee saaauscreseeneaes 647-8 | Glaciation at Schoharie............... 669 Gasteropida ; Whitfield’s list...... 167--78 | Glass, Jena, for lenses................. 626 GaStenpods ios vosons eeewnecsiested ences G2 — BiG LOUCCOILG/L OMEN eee Rete Reece 170 GOSTOWMEED scqscsoodco0s—n0s60000G0000 MSS) |) GY MONE UALS cscooogdvcas0sdoa00000b00080 147 (GECAHOULUS: damascarn yasescooeoceteec eee Beet KG pon\ellsS sae sdouosdopodonbadodedoosooubds 132 Gavasostonza Miers sane. 525 GLAZECHA? soscoscenscgovedobacessbo0cens 158 G. lateralis Freminville........ B2pGoldt; Blackwell sia. serene 310-11 Gaigllergs Io 1858 38a osaaoocosasqsoHodEee iS) lk GOMGHECEETOS so ccoccoodoacodsdbunneeoso0es 179 Gemimceiny Blas7ai es eaceceeeosenees 689 | Gonads ; Styela stimpsonin sp..... 603 Hi, (COMMUIG IEP TOR la oecdoon53600000 080 S50) | WOOLLY oes pogoaandoobedbosonadbucs ode 179 1 LETOOUGH ED rcoacaocacoosonG0de6e OSO) || GALA NLOBaccosavaddondoneossesco0000beG0 158 Tha) MAGACUGH TD ceconcpoanb0cc0000e BYEK0) | GOLLEO BSS 06 ooa0d0acqaccc0psdcgnene00G0009 523 MARZO ULA Menta nnicnteasceete re X85) || (GOAL OES WOR. coacdosooooonboGonouodonbo 523 Ih ARARA ET o3e pod caccqeoce 260506 689 | Gonodactylus chiragra Fabricius... 545 ID SAB ROMs acobconaonaccne een. 689 @ESICALD EllanseMeaceeees sae eete: 546 Geologic structure; Black Hills...190-5 | Goode, G. Brown; ref...... 522, 528, 541 ‘GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL Gould, B.A.; Star catalogue...... 345 NOTES GATHERED DURING A COL- Coulda sce ee Merah eaten 158 LECTING TRIP TO Russia, E.O. Graham, A.; Star catalogue....... 349 EV OWS sais acess ace cicis arenes (Vile). 133} || GAC AILHOMOE brononobooooboabeasounee 158 ‘Geological conditions; Staten Is- (CREMETEISEL, scndoedps0oadq0d0b00000000 158, 185 Nena Rate ae aaa enn ty Salt oer aan Ae gI-2| Grantia ; Puget Sound............... 687 ‘Geological history (Black Hills); Graphite ; Adirondacks............... 669 TED BOWNESS 150 cndcccqosuobannodesod Por t)||) (GH CHPSUECA, bs ooadoscodcooudcbapocéosoHeuGs 526 ‘GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF ADI- CHODSUSN SHH RY Rena NO NN Dee Meet 523 RONDACK REGION, J. F. Kemp (GAG GUIGIAUS ops shan onsAtaopHadcobode 526 667, 669 G. cruentatus Latreille......... 527 ‘Geological Survey, U. S.; ref...... 88 G. grapsus Linneus............. 527 ‘GEOLOGY OF MAMMOTH CAVE, R. GI ACUIALUS a ene eee 527 Elisworthy CalilGeeereccncreees: 623-4 | Gratacap, L. P.; ref......... 88, 97, 489 (GEOLOGY OF THE LARAMIE PLAINS Gray sprrete soe scenes ee ears 130, 131 AND RATTLESNAKE MOUNTAINS IN WYOMING, NOTES ON, W. De Matthew: siete ce acseieecccenes 675-7 ‘GEOLOGY OF THE NORTHERN Biack HIiis, A CONTRIBUTION, AD ee Livin Osa oe nee sae eee 187-340 ‘Geometrical designs in Salish baisketiy aiiss ics ceensecisise ssi ale 672 (GERM LAVERS OF TELEOST FISHES, OBSERVATIONS ON, F. B. Sum- FOX aR REA eB on prsuune MBN EH AGH 639-40 German, F. O. H. (Avestan syn- tax) indexclocaruna:seosesceesneas 588 ‘Gerrard, E. A.; AN OBJECTIVE METHOD OF STUDYING Emo- TONAL MOXCPR'ESSTON Halen ee seeet 654 (LASER coc HOR COR CASO ION ERS 158, 160 GEFOUPEPESUS coagd00c0no5da0b08cecGuD Sabb 158 ‘Gibbes ; ref.....526, 530, 533, 535, 543 ‘Giblet Id.; Specimens of AZe/iita... 117 ‘Gralleys Vo WWES Ehcodsqosonaadcoeooons 488 (CUIDLAROEAL LOD 566 080060000000000000 00 147 Gillis ; Star catalogue............. 346, 350 GiihignnS, (COs Wet condscossasdacosoa: 114 521, 522, 525, 526, 527, 528, 529, 530, 532; 533, 534, 535, 536, 539, 540, 544. PLOL CLOTS AE ane S Sarge NR eae ce oe 171 DEC UCHR MERCER OS RAP eon ag AIRES 3 WTCUC OCCT. US eee 179 Teller aCh sein mea kee eee 598, 599, 610 LELETLUPDYONULES ee smaceee ee eeeee een 149 Henderson; reise ssceneees 522, 533, 534 Hepatice, Canectaphyte on the, Neproductionsseacessee easeaesttses 88-9 HEPATIC#, VEGETABLE REPRO- DUCTION BY MEANS oF BROOD ORGANS IN THE, M. A. Howe 685, 688, 689 Ler bStiielseneenseeseneeee 532-534, 548 | FELCH CORTOSS NS Maseat snteeeeae ee esses 179 Herdman, W.A.; ref., 590, 598, 601, 603, 604, 605 Hering, Prof. W. D.; Res. Mem.. 631 HERMANN, C. W. A. ; BIOGRAPH- ICAL NOTICE OF, D.S. Martin. 628 Hermann, Mrs.; Giftto N.Y.Ac.Sc. 634 flerneteaus ; Puget Sound ........... 688 JnISagoVayR ICD labeonconocoobudsuoooessobeoa 315 UL OLELOCER AS Sata coos eae nee oe ees sere 179) iEliewins, Mrs: Nes reficscs.c..ecoeeee 489 | Elildburglay Welacs- miele scssecscssenee 88 | Hilgendoriie metis.eeesse poeceeeee 534) Eh BR Sabeasire te oeecaneneen cate 88 | ELI Prof sretscchenseeec nee 352 | Lippide Boon so nanccondcanuadboaaronebOco 533 | LLUPPOMOPAYCUS Stace saesnodonce esters 145 ' HIsTORY OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE CANNON-BONE IN ARTI- ODACTYLA, J. L. Wortman..621, 622 Hitchcock, Romyn; Res. Mem.... 685 HO.iick, ARTHUR, A RECONNOIS- SANCE OF THE ELIZABETH Is- THAINIDS. SNWASS i rceo meric teenaiten 660-62 Hollick Arthur ; THE DISCOVERY oF A MASTODON’s TOOTH AND REMAINS OF BOREAL VEGETA- TION ON STATEN ISLAND.........679-81 Frolm'Gerardsmetisscetseeee sneer 54 lp lfo) brol\Sani no BEER ABO REEEEbOsE SpE Arodcdocs 296 Holoblastic cleavage; Teleost eggs 640 LfTolocephali ; Sub-order of Elasmo- branchiia gsi scucest snadeeleo neces 622 FL OLOPER sat Seale Mestauaide con eoen Ae e EE 170 LLOVOCWUGUD oScrge Seceen a Sasa eee 135 TAR QULLCULATE WAC seeeseteneee 125 ELM CRU ONILLCO eee eRe ee 688 f7. captiva Ludw....... 124, 125, 133 Hi. flortdana Pourt........... 122, 123 HT. surinamensis Ludw. 1D, 225 2Abee iolothunian Seeeeeeseeecseee 117, 119, 688 ; FHolothurioidea ; Bermuda..133, 135, 640 Holst, J. R.; THE INFLUENCE OF THE NEw JENA GIAss ON MODERIN OPTICS peeeeeereaaaseaeee Talo e{ey Ie \[ee INGE Ike a cnoctmoosdscbeode 645 Honorary Members, N. Y. Ac. Sc.. 26-9 Hloppingyy Oversees eee nese eee 489 \Welornaday,y bs dl nelensss ee ee eee 489 INGE IN Mehisl Aas snapdousscoodnooase 631 | Hornblende schist, Manhattan series67 5-6 Horse ancestry, Prof. O. C. Marsh’s GISCOVEDy Pill peeaeeeeeeeee: eee eee 645 Hovey, E. O.; EXcuRSION TO YELLOWSTONE PARK............ 667-671 Hovey, E. O.; GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL NOTES GATH- ERED DURING A COLLECTING “ET RIPYTO) RUSSIAN eases see eeeeee 649, 653 FLOVe yr Os rehssn anes eee 489 Hovey, Rev. H. C., D.D.; THE REGION OF THE CAUSSES IN FRANCE, THEIR CAVES, CAN- YONS AND PRE-HISTORIC RE- MAINS 3.4 oe ctoscsved ie oe senabacbhies eee 625 lowe; dic Mies tiretaseaserce coc 498 Res,, Memiit=- Se -seeer ates Fe 631 Howe, M. A.; VEGETABLE RE- PRODUCTION BY MEANS OF Broop ORGANS IN THE HE- PATIGIB 5. cccene tees Sesto 685, 688-9 PHOLOGY AND PHYLOGENY OF THE VERTEBRATE, G. S. Hunt- Sho¥=A 40) Dna oc eancunereeeets LN EWULUS SSAA pete eetanceee tees WUE TUS HE Saas ous selsle east eee Illustrations; Imperial printing PLOCESSSeeeesee sean 667 DOTA CUNT ater OOO G OIC OSBORN IGneWS 9 Oreiethal, cons cocenoocbacenc-cbOed6 103, 104 Index locarum ; Avestan syntax..... 586 ’ Index rerum; Avestan syntax........586-7 INFLUENCE OF THE NEW JENA GLAss ON MODERN OPTICS, J. Re IOISG ii 5. seivccctepteccrsesee Innes, Walter; Cor. Mem............... INDEX. 701 VOW eC HIVICWAT bret. tac eenssneeeeneee ARS) | TEDOGRUES monoasoqadoabdadcousdeosecn GaSe 145 lowesy Erom Gaba) Cory Memetee (02 01|'/ocerarussetenetete ete een serea ne 158-9 LOWE ye ofeckz ase Leleceeeseeeeeriseeete 42, 47 | Internal structure; Cyzthia erecta Hrdlicka, A.; OBSERVATIONS ON THERES Dye ec Nets ieceae sora srorsunesiciois 598 THE NAVAJOES, PHYSICAL AND | Intestine; Cynthia deani n. sp..... 593 IPS NACIEKOICOYEMONG secnqdoonancgousesc 684 Cynthia superba B. Sp... ...--- 592 Hrdlicka, A.; ZAPOTECAN Intrusions in eruptive rocks (Black SSRN LS) SoH Sa ae een a a 642 Flili's)\y;5Comparisonsweeeenescerscr 234-7 Hudson Bay tribes; Traditions..... 684 | Irving, J. D.; A CONTRIBUTION Hudson River, Course of, modified TO THE GEOLOGY OF THE ipyastaulltalineseenaree ee csceercceenecee 624 NORTHERN BLACK HILLS..... 187-340 Infeilete, (Co vale 9 Fe Gocosooaobocandosace 88 Irving, J. D.; THE GEOLUGY OF Etim bold tsreleceseeeeeeee eee a 678 THE NORTHERN BLACKS HILLs Huntington, G. S.; THE Mor- AND THEIR SILICEOUS GOLD PHOLOGY AND PHYLOGENY OF ORES See a eeu amare 641 THE VERTEBRATE ILIOCOLIC IGRABOYER,. [4 IDEB TEs Gscaocnoodouaosodes 88, 274 ]WIKCIION Grecoaddounsaubagedcnoone On, On) || Ibambore, 12, ISS HElconocosbaceocsadostooe 315 EuntingtonGe Si ess Miem= Ost sacar dian. easene a eee ee Beate 159 Pep UNe be beerce te eee AAAS et 88 | Isopods ; Puget Sound............... 688 Elxd Sys toneikenoesdatestandtosedacaces 103 | Jackson, A. V. W.; NOTES ON HYALITE, DISTRIBUTION OF OPAL THE DRAMA OF ANCIENT INDIA..643-4 - ORSe Ate Avy (We mace acne ecece 667, 670)| Jacob;/Star catalogue. .2).5.---...-... 347 VEL Up OULSUSHCOLIC ima eemenc ene ere 622 | Jacoby, Prof.; Method of, Posi- Hyoidean arch; Derivation......103, 107) tions of stars in Coma Berenices.. 648 JENQTIT OUI S scoodcoonnborsoon bbb 6od000000 53 | Jacoby, Prof. H.; ref., EL OVE LES eee eee 5255S 45) Le 89, 421, 428-9, 478 LON DUDALIG( 596 545300550500 SQ0D0COB80e 53, 54, 55 | Jade implements, European, not of Hey Oltbhordeselllseeeeeeratacceeeea sere 43 ANFENAIS O)AleAbal Go oscsododascuoscooodalo 671 Hypapophyses, Extension of, in JADE, VISIT TO THE ANCIENT YORCHUSt meres cee neneceewcecatne-te 679 LOcALITY OF, AT JORDANSMUHL Hypoblast; Teleost eggs............. 640 NEAR BRESLAU,G.F.Kunz, 667,670-1 Catfish ;° How. derived:......... 640; NagceraD rl AU inetounae eee 315 Trout ; How derived............ 640) |Mfamalcay Zeltser ee seeree 118 Hysteresis loop, Dynamic, distin- janes Up PEs pels casepeacon scene 142 tinguished from static loop........ O57, | Jascewskiperote: rete rpescseeeeeee 671 Jay Terrell Collection of Fishes ; Ichthyosaurus ; Form of tail......... GG)" ret oe Sse ecassen a eteawesoameeeee 686 Iddings, Prof. ; ref.............:..:.+- 671 | Jena glass; Superiority for lenses.. 626 Idocrase in copper ores..........-...---. 667 | JENA GLAss, INFLUENCE OF, ON JDOCRASE, OCCURRENCE OF, AT MopDERN Optics, J. R. Holst.. 626 SEVEN DEVILS, J. F. Kemp..... GOTH MEMTIC YA ac dey. teen secs eeeeemnaee 141 WLON EAT COON Ph open ara U5 9) enneya Dire refiee nse 207, 297, 315 Igneous intrusions ; Black Hills.....243-4 | Johnson; ref..............ecece eee nena ee 315 ILtocoLtic JUNCTION, THE Mor- J@lmargora., (Cio 1858 FROG scooggca0qa0sa08c 89 Jones, J. M.; ref. 522, 525, 528, 520, 30, 531, 533, 535, 536 541, 545. Judd, C.; MovEMENT AND Con- SCIOUSNESS Judd, C. H.; THE VisuaL PEr- CEPTION OF LINEAR DISTANCES,. 624 Jferelel (G5 18 GF TS ssocccacoocneesoodas 89, 489 Julien, A. A.; DIsTRIBUTION OF OPATOR MEIWATEREaeen tee ateeies 667, 670 Julien, A. A.; Nove ON A FELD- SPAR FROM THE CALUMET Cop- PER MINE, KEWEENAW POINT, DVT CEUIG AINGi seems se eeeeeniciec econ 649-53 Jurassic character of Como Bluffs SCH OMI sed etecwecn conics 669-70 702 Kalidasia; Sanscrit plays..........+.643-4 Kaolin, Material resembling; iBlackwellis mild assscscsescesseceeenee 113-4 Kaolin; Not cause of elasticity of ~ CLAY SIR es ok seein ee eee 663 KARYOKINETIC FIGURE, THE Evo- LUTION OF THE, G. N. Calkins 626 INceler anya areinemse tear aeceeseres Kemp, J. F.; GEOLOGICAL Sur- VEY OF THE ADIRONDACK RE- GION Kemp, J. F.; METAMORPHOSED DikEs IN Mica SCHISTS OF MORNINGSIDE HEIGHTS........... 675-6 Kemp, J. F.; ON THE OccurR- RENCE OF IDOCRASE AT SEVEN DD) Eales MIO NAAN AN «sence Kemp, J. F.; ON THE TITANI- FEROUS MAGNETITES............00. Kemp, J. F.; RECENT THEORIES REGARDING THE CAUSE OF GLA- CIA CiiNAT Ea ea eee 675 Kemp, J. F.; ref., 89, 113, 222, 79, 315, ae IETS WGN ooocookodobooedssnosoodec 65 Kennebecasis Valley (N. B.); Ter- TANS ian reasauceauestienicae seep nate 6-52 Kepler, Rev. Dr. Wm.; ref...... 686 Kiaer, Johann\s-retisse sea 603, 610 Kanovmi Clarencescetenos treaece 142 Kingsley; irelit accesses 532, 541, 543 KIRSCHOFF’S PRINCIPLE, A MODEL TO ILLUSTRATE, Wm. Hallock, 618, 619 Kissam, Benj. P.; Inc. Mem...... I-3 Rel ore tiscn ctmacices aacatacntaaeee 132 Kloock’s ‘*Tafeln der Praeses- STOn ise are fe vn anil Rts ae 352 Tn appis Were loess ee meeaceecsee eee 142 Knevels, D’Jurco V.; Inc. Mem... 1-3 Knobel st ret.o.5. oes natten ee 344 Ken or wAR PE As ere feta eee eee 89 Kohlrausch, Prof. Dr. F.; Cor. Mem 630 Kretz, W. C.; POSITION AND. PROPER MOTIONS OF THE PRINCIPAL STARS OF CLUSTER oF CoMA BERENICES...341-78, 647-8 FGretz; uel crass cen ater eee eee 403 Kroeber vASiestret enees. tase 489 Kunz, G. F.; EXHIBITIONS OF VARIOUS MINERALOGICAL SPECI- MIEN Sere a teen Seek OR eteane gas ae 667 Kunz, G. F.; ON THE FINDINGS OF NATIVE SILVER IN DAVID- Kunz, G. F.; Visir To THE AN- CIENT LOCALITY OF JADE AT JORDANSMUHL NEAR BRESLAU, GERMANY Sse ec eetene cen 667, 670-1 Re bid emratet 667, 669' INDEX. Kunz5'Giuk: siete se..sccrusoeerceece 89 Kupffer’s vesicle in Teleost, How GCELIVER i scsaccticaiwssneeesosce tees 640 MOHD EGY bob oqn00 00402005 950n0 6004000 53, 149 Laccolite; Black Hills.............. 209-28 La Croix, Prof. P.; Cor. Mem..... 630 LAKE HIsTory IN NORTHERN N. Na RED Odp.e aa smeseeneeeeree 641 Lalande ; Star catalogue............ 44. Lamellibranchiata ; Whitfield’s list 153-606 Lamellibranchs in Etcheminian.....52, 53 Wamkisirets tsenosateeecee 118, 131, 536 Lamphrophyre family..245, 247, 287, 288 Langdon, W. G.; Res. Mem........ 645 Langmann, G.; Res. Mem........... 638 Language, Navajoe, belongs to Athapascan group ............-..+ 684 Lanham, Prof. C. R.; THE NEw ScHOLAR ; His AIMS AND PROB- ALA EMIS ahs) ad cts eres Seine erase toe 642, 655-6 Latin (Avestan syntax) ; Index lo- CATUMA soc Baw sasacms abaoccia seen 588 Latreille ; ref., 525, 527, 530, 531, 533, 536 Gauter, Be sinelis ce soscase vote eee 489 WawrencessAvul: “rele seen aeeeeee 89 EGRIUSPIUG Saas ys sae oe 171 Weckeys refeskos se siecoeeee eee Ly) Lee, Frederic S.; THE CAUSE AND SIGNIFICANCE OF MUSCLE INARI GUE! 0c, easneosen-ceeneeee means 626 Lee, Frederic S.; Res. Mem..... 631 Trees Wissen Pf nae sacar sescasesneceters 489 YEGTTHE? GZS socigne06n086000000000066 523-4 Leander affinis M.-Edw.............- 539 TE MOLALOR ore uanisetee se eee 533-4 Eeawatator Naclidwiaeceeeeceecee 538 LE CAD 3 Foc d dais da ee Ocoee eae 159, 185 UECTUILEN sa visees dese sncnene naan ate ete 159 FL CUOBUSTN Gc sowcsae ccseconsuseaaneee 169 UGCLOV HY VECHUS\snen ci nece conn acee ene eser 149 VECIOSEY O60 Sera esetndaeneneaeneeseeees 171 Ienkers: Vaiene eee eee 89 Lenses, Superiority of Jena glassfor 626 LEO DER CTO [FH Derg sbemoncis0 ne co0g0000: 524 L. anatifera Linneus........... 545 LE a PECLUILOL Dae eanseenaereesese 524. L, pectinata Spangler........... 545 L CPCVELUC Os cacrsseaceec acetates a eee 183 LEPLENRGdecscseeoneesonee ERS eee 149 Leptoboluus. vs sass suas Sorts evens tenes Oee: 149 DEG OAL Ie? Gorocmiceio aca npo8 95 oa 28 171 LE CDLOSOLEN RS Ri ecie eke eee ee 159 Leskes viel, soscie.ce toe eee 132 Weuciters) Blackshinl ssssessesseeeeecee 270 Levison, W. G.; ON PHOTO- GRAPHS OF MINERALS, etc..660, 662-3 INDEX. 703 Levison, W. G.; ref............. (Koy, velsto) Lovo, Jig JBI9 IRAE ceoonpeoesecedaden 89 Librarian, N. Y. Acad. Sci., An- Lophactaea lobata M.-Edw.......... 529 oA IRNEYOYAE Oho boconodeooncdooonchons ORD) || SLOW AOE UDR: co cosh anonedobopkesobone: 146 Library, N. Y. Acad. Sci., Bouts © silvia ti wecereaeercin tw te 89 64-5, 484-5, 636-7 | Lower Silurian age; Crystalline PUCK ASN ieee sinasissdeeislsccce ee ctctads 183| terrane (Westchester Co.,N. Y.) 113 Lignitic clay; Elizabeth Islands... 662) Loxoment@.cccc.cccececsccccsccesscecseces 171 ECOL CN ane Na Ser N07 9 eae eee TREN) | LAB So8 TREN Gnoonocnoesooes 118, 130, 131, 149 Limestone, Decomposed, produces TEU CLI GS cei ena Ree ete neue 159-60 Clasy Sieeeiem mee ceases aia ranma 623-4 | Ludlow, Wm.; ref..........-....-.. I4I EAT LO PLE Nana a aoe lean ets 159, 185 | Ludwig; ref. 121, 123, 124, 125, 129, impets;huget ound sacs acess 688) ia 344n 35 Linckia guildingt? Gray.........0.0.. 130| Luzdia clathrata Say............ 118, 130 LINEAR DISTANCES, THE VISUAL VET TELTO eon RoR sao aoe oE oOo Sob ESRONE 17] PERCEPTION OF, Charles H. Teun reheseasiane saesaan nee 535 AAs ae aR ne ia tena grate CP IEC UNO crsnctonpooneucosuaucdobooonese 689 LEQ PRU RID oO ORM SSO ELC LCE CEE Oe LSC) SLPTOOU ODA Oanpccsoosconeodscbeoe 160, 186 LEVIES IL aires ae settee eee Cereal eee WO) || LAR? CHOIR DUP 0556000005008 0o0o0eee 530 LEC ELI rR ate as ea aa ae ana 150} cuquer, ee) Mclss refi i2.2. SN 489 LECTED US HEE ets aute tree Na 150 INSET IN Kel ssa pboongnosmseocaueoebad 631 Linguloid brachiopod................. D2 We then aime le science teen re ueae a emee 358 Winneeusiy melee esse 526, 527, 545 | Lyceum of Natural History in the Linville, Dr. H. R.; AN Ac- CityaofdNei Vins se nee aera 1-5 COUNT OF ZOOLOGICAL EXPLOR- LECOROROOUE cocoonprssonondononoseeesacee 666 ATIONS ON PUGET SouND Dur- LESROCTIIG cosoonoouossesobenenuceoosonc: 160 ING SUMMER OF 1899........ 685, 687-8 Linville, H. R.; Res. Mem........ 685; | MeC@elland ai Hsstnetescn he sceees 315 502 OC We eS Maca ER rene Tina ND SO) PMic@lures) GalkeaWieet retaaee eens 489 Liostracus Ouangondianus Hartt... 47 | Machrochetlus. ..ccccccececececececececes 171 Liquid air, Effect of on calcium LL CLUE BAS sh MUU een hs aus eae 171 Sul plaid ewe ava cee he sateen 657 || MacDougal Ds ahs rete wceeee 489 on calcium tungstate............ 6538) |) McGregor, Jp Hy reh eeee 489 List oF Fosstzs, TYPES AND McNaughtan, James; Res. Mem.. 645 FIGURED SPECIMENS, USED IN Macroceloma trispinosa Latreille.. 531 THE PALAONTOLOGICAL WORK MACHOL OIE ate oe EOE nae 160, 185 oF R. P. WHITFIELD, SHOWING WL ORGH AOS aS nani BORE SEGRE bOROLO 160 WHERE THEY ARE PROBABLY Madras Yearly Results; Star cata- TO BE FOUND AT THE PRESENT Moyeqb anes aR MAM ana ner anne aes A NY 349 TIME, R. P. Whitfield.......... 139-86 | Magic flight, Tradition of............ 684 Literary compositions, Study of MEI. NAYS 1a/8. s8StisoodoppodssoooooN6ee 89 CMO WONG I cs oooanonnddcondooosddeUs OGV.1 9 IM FevenoVe(HIW®.. ceqngaocoboeonbecsonuDennde 269 Weitnvaymarneraly Newer. jee ceeeeeeces 663 | Magnetites with and without ti- PETL LOL ONLUS SHARE ee Noe EERE 159 tanium, Occurrence of............. 627-8 TELLU ALES ature eee a OOS Sse 179 | MAGNETITES, ON THE TITANIFER- Liversidge, Dr. A.; Cor. Mem...... 630| ous, Prof. J. F. Kemp........... 627 LizARDs, MOSASAURS AND SPHE- MAGNETIZATION ON IRON WITH NODON, ON THE RELATION OF ALTERNATING CURRENTS, PRE- THE CENTRA AND INTERCENTRA LIMINARY ACCOUNT, M. 1. Pu- IN THE CERVICAL VERTEBR pin AND S. G. F. Trowbridge..656-7 Om Ht He Osborne eee OFC) || AVG DOO ASTID, scooaoucosootcadoodosedaber 54 LiiloyyGls 1, BAB Te cocopeaensooadodbe Songs) ||| Malacost iret seeussa.csccescacnereee 537 Resse Miemeiaeeereerereercerceeneee 631 | Malavika; Drama; Unity of Time.. 644 Lobopilumus agassizit Stimpson..... 529| Malleus; Continuity with first vis- Morsay, Sie INGS were sssoscossononucens 489 Ceralyanchipeeseneeccen nes 103, 104, 107 Loeb, Dr. Morris; Res. Mem....... 631 | MAMMALIAN SUCCESSION IN AMER- Lone ISLAND, ORIGIN OF THE ICA AS COMPARED WITH THAT IN WHITE AND VARIEGATED CLAYS oF, F. J. H. Merrill.....113-6, 623-4 Wongdeny Ach Caiereleeencece scence 489 EUROPE IN TERTIARY TIMES, H. 704 MAMMOTH CAVE, GEOLOGY OF, R. Ellsworth Call................ 623-4 MAMMOTH CAVE, ZOOLOGY OF, R. Ellsworth Call.................00.. 645-7 Mantle; Cynthia deani n. sp........ 592 C. macrosiphonus n. Sp...s.0.. 597 Co. SIRE UE BGS) Vigqo00006 caabo700Cor 591 LOR HOOD UYDETT sac cadboussiue sero: 607 Styela sttMpsont Ni. SP.secccreeee 602 Manuel’s Brook (N. B.); Ter- HAMS Naehae haeee ee eee aero m arenes 46, 50-2 Manus of ‘* mule-footed’’ hog of “Iso. ciara GR Nan Aan DIA rere iN b 659 MG PATE RIO» soo peBoos tb ongonnnssoedoGNt 689 PLN BUOL TIO eceanine aap dede non bcEsteodecoue 171 an PaeH DUA soegoboonbcaudsd cob ecbdaaaer 17I Marl fossils; Clifton, Staten Id..... 100 Marsh, Prof. O. C.; Work in Vertebrate Palzeontology.......... 645 Ich aa eOnB EOS OeODACORE aoe Saacon dice 670 Marsupalia, Ossicula of.............. 104-5 MUO AIA TOD ERROR TOSS R EO ES 160 Martin, D. S.; BIOGRAPHICAL NoTIcCE OF THE LATE Mk. CHARLES W. A. HERMANN...... 628 Martin Dr Da Sapinet.s eee 113-4 Mle reas TR NAY e TRebie Soe dnb adeosaudoose 89 MA OULONVG, secs cesccloecnenteiacteee sees ee 152 Mastodon; Newburgh, N. Y....... 670 IMiewalnentai@nal IWGlat eos" a Sosouce cocce 680-1 Mastopon TooTuH, THE Discoy- ERY OF A, AND REMAINS OF BOREAL VEGETATION ON STATEN IsLAND, Arthur Hollick........ 679-81 MativersiVVs Vie satel. nacees eee 92 Matthews UD rs mreinsesceeateae 669 Matthew, G. F.; A PAL#ozoic TERRANE BENEATH THE CAm- IBRIVAIND ayaa carispae cece steiantiac asteeies 41-56 MatthewaiG. [R. nefee see 47 Matthew, W.D.; NoTEs ON THE GEOLOGY OF THE LARAMIE PLAINS AND RATTIESNAKE MOUNTAINS IN WYOMING......... 675-7 Matthew, W. D.; ref. ......./...: 89, 489 Micckeli fre tinnncansceen cece een 103 Meckel’s cartilage, Os tympanicum Continuolisiwitheesesceeeisesnsiee 104-6 Miechicar ieucetesdanemsceeeesee scenes ane 687 Nie ek: rely Sh saccmraccsensnnees een eaee 55 Meetings of N. Y. Ac. Sc.; Record 617 LBL att eka le se gee eaicsdah oe ease OS 270 Me lemarume liga s senses en sense eee 160 Melhta sixaforis A. Ag.......... Lil7y e2 Melocrinus ( Ctenocrinus) ......0.000 147 Membership, N. Y. Ac. Sc.......... 63-4 Memoirs. Ne Ye Ate. Se). 2.s.c25 00 64 MENTAL FATIGUE, ON, Dr. E. L Whorndikes.).5a ote seo eee 671-2 | Miers; ref....... INDEX. | MHA ART HOT ssnocen oo bse oneHoL bbe onGonneer 160 MeKIStOMAR ccamonenoniaties nse 150 Merrill, F. J. H.; ORIGIN oF WHITE AND VARIEGATED CLAYS OF Lone ISLAND........... 113-6, 623-4 Merril shy enrol peeseeee eee 89 Merriam, Prof. N.; Cor. Mem..... 630 Merritt; En uretis secneaeeeeeee 489 MCSA DERE een ten e eeee 171 METAMORPHOSED DIKES IN THE MIcA SCHISTS OF MORNINGSIDE HieGHts, J. F. Kemp.22..-5-. 675-6 METEOR SHOWERS, NOVEMBER, JK Reese 22k. seeesscosseee 667 8 Meteor showers and comets identi- Cal ss inde denen anaeake me aenceeee 678 Meteors, Origin, history and recur- | eaKenGeyors.aee- Stereo ctotcholee aS 677-8 | VLCLOPLOMED nme eee eee eee eee 172 | Metridium ; Puget Sd..............+. 687 Weta SeFI Gena owe te te dsclaecina: teases 688-9 MEXICAN CODEX TELLERIANO- REMENSIS, NOTES ON THE, Dr. Wile 165 SEN AUIS pu coacsssadeouaabse 684 | Mica-diorite porphyry; Black Hills, 245, 247, 281, 285 Mica ScHISTS OF MORNINGSIDE HEIGHTS, METAMORPHOSED ID TSES INGE) ere Kemipape seer: 675-6 Michies Cole Ra'Sie) rebeeesss eee 678 MUCHCHINIG so. sc oncugeniese teen eee 146 Microline’s Black EMls).--ecccescnees 264 Microdiscus bellicinctus..:.....0..000 55 MMGCHOU GI Rear. Se EEE 186 Microphys bicornutus Latreille...... 531 522, 525-8, 531-3, 545 Milne-Edwards; ref., 526, 527, 529, 530-2, 534, 535, 538, 539, 543, 544 MINERALOGICAL NOTES GATHERED DUIRNG A COLLECTING TRIP TO RusstA, GEOLOGICAL AND, E. OW TIOVEY ss Socse seen ee eer aes 649-53 MINERALOGICAL SPECIMENS, EX- HIBI IONS OF VARIOUS, G. F. IGUNZ 5s Sicsmapeceescoceee eee eee eee 667 Mirror for Paris telescope............ 639 Minot. Profs) neta eenssce eee aes * 105 Mitchill, Samuel L.; Inc. Mem... 1-2 Mithraculus hirsutipes Kingsley ... 532 MM. hirsutipes M.—Edw...........- 532 ME harsutipes TACT DStawseesessseeee 532 Mithrax hirsutipes Kingsley......... 532 MM. rostrata M.—Edw.............- 532 MERGE «Son ioe Seas es en eee 172 Mixer: ari 3 mrefie ees eee nee 89 MopeEL, A, TO ILLUSTRATE KIR- CHOFF’S PRINCIPLE, William Fiallocky ss. Untescccsecestemtesenc 618, 619 INDEX. 705 MODIFICATION OF PSYCHOLOGICAL UV GLUCAN eect EAN Ge ates we eene stein cleans 172 ‘ METHOps, B. B. Breese........ OAS || NGI 250S 90 cooocadodaouscn scodenoodoobueS 172-3 NAQEOLEE BESS ec HORROR COO IECR: OBOE LOO USO WV aellosna psusmecmeemsccteeececek ees 523 ML CGEOUGPSOS Soooogb0d80b0866000000 000 53, 160 | Mautilograpsus minutus Linnzeus... 526 AL AHOLP Socea hepOBe BORO OSOOLN OCG DOOE CoE NP NWN OTROS 6 SccasaasenaedcuoscceacosaeHine 179-80 WHOM O GHD resoooeeode esocc 160, 185, 186 | Navajoes allied to Pueblos........... 684 WWoliuscar Berm dare cee seescenieens 681 | NAVAJOES, OBSERVATIONS ON, JPRS Sic eas saandiacsnoeeccoesubr ces 688 PHYSICAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL, MIGROTUCTAUD sooeasoocscnsceoocn. ceeded TSOs aD ta Avhirdilickaleecesereeeeeenes 684 MHOPOYINETUB 3 so0enc00sdessooquoondeasodse LZ 2W Mecer areas auiateacaine aa aeennaadsas seaeeeenes 161 MUO ODU AC sss Seca Os BOSE HE HO EHEC EEE PANELING iden oe OB AHEM MAR GOR BOGSeOoUOE AE 523 Mionnoes Caberelteennnsteacetererere 89 | Nebalia longi~es \Nillemoes Suhm,, 544 MOB COLGED Hoss. 000600 g8doK oot bDb0bONe TA SRA C27 LCOS e ee ear eeeratac menue vunsa acer 161 IMI@yoRey, TELS let ike cocosadodsesaeduoe kets} | AV ATAU Aticccoos sccdacscpoaonanodaase6oese 161 MIoxorRS,, If. JB58) TEI coasccospocoudoacsone. S01 Mem odor ayaesenanr tee ener eee 161 Moraine, terminal, Northern branch Neotoma, Nest building habits of.... 646 Obs Isliizaloetial GIS’ soocccocopaobecnde (LOH |} INS PlaVEliTbaXS,s5< coopaaonoacacasacooosocndeces 267 NGS REET 6 mea cnnsnacae deacencanaeecen Cees 172 | Neprite ; Jordansmiihl, Ger.......... 670-1 MORPHOLOGY AND PHYLOGENY OF IME PRTOGUE: j ocdoecasoG00008800000 606060 173 THE VERTEBRATE ILIOCOLIC | AVG BEAT ODS CHBRGIS scoceceooe0cesenb00000 524 JuncTion, G. S. Huntington, | Neptunus anceps De Saussure...... 530 622, 623 | LV. depressifrons Stimpson...... 531 Morrisania; Colored clays....... 113, 114 | IM (USCIS sccoobeec conoos0adAanoGS 530 Mortimer, Dr. W. G.; Res. Mem.. 685 | IN: StasVE: (GROSS, soocos0a0sccs00000 530 Mosasaurs, LIZARDS AND SPHE- | UNI SPULUILOTLUS See nee senses 524 NODON, ON THE RELATION OF LV. spinimanus Latreille........ 530 THE CENTRA AND INTERCENTRA Nest-building habits of eotoma..... 646 IN THE CERVICAL VERTEBRA Olah. Osborne cre wen: Moult, Relation of, to plumage.....640-1 | MOoULTS AND PLUMAGES OF THE PASSERINE Brirps or N, Y. SPARE i Dwiehty ite sessscsncc 640-1 MOVEMENT AND CONSCIOUSNESS, IDSs (Sp dele |evelel cccccacososesooace. 671-3 MovEMENT, THE ACCURACY OF, R. S.Woodworth ................. 629 MuLE-FootrepD Hoc or TExas. UPON THE STRUCTURE OF THE FEET OF, H. F. Osborn..........658-9 NLHOTIIO Goose na ospo RO ORE SD EEG DoS EE 160 Miter iOS Breenetie senor 126-9, 134 Munsterburg, Prof. H.; THE PsYCHICAL AND PHYSICAL WORD ea a astetcscrecnecsecsnaner 673 | WIT ALISODID ssocacos vosodebebob05600000 172 NABER Tei ie ran Cetra ciiaeabioriaed watinen as aise 172 Muscie FATIGUE, THE CAUSE AND SIGNIFICANCE OF, F. S. Lee..... 626 HUET UO Renesas reo OCH EOE EDCOEE DEOL 160 HAMAS ds sonoq0 bbsagcecoocoddedous50080 686 AL DISTOR Bunnies don scoacuasocuosoasqoaeb bnoee 160 Myths; Origin and transmission-... 642 MUM GHAR socoodooob6d0ado0e0eK I6I, 185, 186 NACH OCT TEND. 9 o56900500000100008000000000 16] ETEOIIS SA io ca BARGE OGEnE Tota OSAOR OE SuGGOe 161 Nahant (Mass.), Fossils found at.. 55 INaShies Gaara tee ence seectioceace 89, 489 /Nevada Gulch (Black Hills); Quartz-porphyry, Rhyolite........278-9 LNCUCHILON TE tate ati ae cote naan nanen nee 173 | NIGGA S eI odobonducdaososeosoaces 686 Newberry Research Fund; F. B. | SULIT? IRSCH ONES. spocadonodacosdedeod 647 | New Brunswick ; Palzeozoic fauna.. 41-5 Sections of terrane............... 41 | Newfoundland ; Paleozoic fauna....45-52 Sectionsvoftemanes a peeeeeee- 45 New Jersey Geological Survey; ref. 489 NEw ScHoLaR; His AIMS AND PROBLEMS, G. R. Lanham, | 642, 655-6 | New York Academy of Sciences ; Charter, Order of Court, Consti- TULL OMEN ELC Hear e ue IN eel anu aria I-40 Council eee sen daeace 9 Cowsncnlllores 7 sosncsassdodsososoobe 66, 486 Former Presidents.............. 63, 483 Library.............64-5, 484-5, 636-7 | Mectingsssacaesescese 65, 485, 617 Membershipsaceesesceen: 63-4, 483-4 Oihicers eee re eeeee S89, 66, 486 Organization: peeasss-cerescsact 63, 483 Rublicationsyeseeceenceceee cece 4, 484 SECHONS Mesanescosenemree come 65, 485 Seventh Annual Reception..479-519 Sixth Annual Reception..57-89, 654 New York Botanical Garden; ref... 489 New York University ; Expedition for Bermuda Crustacea ........... 521-48 706 Newland, D. H.; ref........ Newton ; ref., 198, 202, 203 238, 240, 241, 244 279, 274, 275 Newton, Henry; ref................ 141 Newton, Prof. H. A.; ref.......... 678 INicholsiels Ei !retpessneeceenenone: 489 WNViicke eine MeteOrsmescnscnceceeeectc res 677 NUE ae whcicnscaceeceeeneeeteeen tame ee 523 INGER ANOCTINUGEMS DS matarcesilce cece selset-e 524 LV. bermudensis n. sp., 536-8, 544, 658 DV edU1S WRASSOVsaceeeeseee sates 537-8 NV. hawaiensis Dana..........5+. 538 LV, japonica De Haan............ 538 XV. macrognatha Stimpson...... 538 IMTOO p cpcodbeqouseuadeceda 524, 538 LV. procesa Spence Bate......... 538 INGRIDG ech dos Ceeen steele meh 536 Nile, Lower; Senff Expedition ..... 647 Nine Year Catalogue of stars........ 348 INisslerss@askrehis ties occm cation sees 489 WNoctilucas Meus ets S de cenneasertntite: 687 North Attleborough, Mass. ; Cam- brianwtaunayerepeesseeeeerereeeteeree 55 North River; Material on bot om... 114 INoseans UBlacksilllste 2 ses case cece 268 NOTE ON A FELDSPAR FROM THE CALUMET COPPER MINE, KEw- EENAW PoInT, MicuH., A. A. liom easescaeceeauge sevens one 649-53 UAL CLEOS DUT sanseet si nccete sewetn cence eee 150 DNUCUIG Moi Sous sence gcesonsene oma 161, 185 IN UCULEIEC nas toeadinec see ese ec ere 161 TE HUGH COA sont Has Co OB DEG COO OGEDOEEOSE 161 IN UCUL Less aera veh ecaaeneune geese 162, 185 UNAICILAY Barer Bop Lanne mnece eco GnOcG ado 162, 185 OUT SS ea cis Ae BAT ON msc 687 OBES CUS Se eIR es Me weise eee oe 173 OBJECTIVE METHOD OF STUDYING EMOTIONAL EXPRESSION, E. A. Gerrard arasccseuceen et oeauese 654 ODOLEH GRAS, see en eee ee 53, 150 | ODOMUS sei Fececatoet cok cseeeeneseee 41, 53, 150 OBSERVATIONS ON THE GERM LAyY- ERS OF TELEOST FISHES, F. B. SUMNER eyes eee eeeee 626, 639, 640 OCCURRENCE OF IDOCRASE AT SEVEN DEVILS, MONTANA, J. F. Kem pe kivenctahassacccseetosdesece 667 Ocypoda lateralis Freminville....... 525 Ocypoda arenaria Gatesby.........+ 525 OCP POLE Bison sd uancaelsonoreeeeeere 525 | ODCRLOTUSUS eee sooo eee 173 | Oerstediiretin eres hee 126, 134 | Officers, N. Y. Ac. Sci...... 8, 9, 66, 486 | OLY C1 cci a de soatncack sacecewonewonettee 183 Oils; Wyoming; Composition and OTT. INDEX, Old Persian (Avestan syntax); In- dex locaruntiadsustess 2 eeceeo ieee 588 Olenellus (sens. strict.); Not found on) Atlantic/coastacuasecueseseoseces 55 Olenellus Gilberti Meek .......00c000. 55 ONTadingst WWaleycenasnaser set 55 O. Lapworthi Peach............ 57 Olenellus Thompsoni Hall............ 55 O. reticulatus Peach............ 55 Olen eller ies eee ean to ee 47 OVEAUSICALACLES pee 47 OO rh casale seaceoueoane tee tensa 173 Olivierssreheaesssseasntessceneuateee 543-8 OE AH BU eiocooceoca0r600 SaC00000 850560060 146 ON THE ABSORPTION AND REFLEC- TION OF SOUND WAVES BY Porous MATERIALS, F. L.Tufts 618-20 ONCOCET EAS 5 ct Jai wcdoestectecas haved 180 @not:sProfismiretissssste eee eee 671 Opal, Precious. ys ose cseaceee ences 667 OpAL OR HYALITE DISTRIBUTION On AWVAN Julienterenresseccneee 667-70 Opaline silicia, Office of.............. 670 Ophiactes Miille7e tke iene seseeeen 130 Ophtletajavceiuaseaaaat sss near 173 Ophiocoma crassispind Say.......++++ 118 ONechimata Wamliyeissccser: 118-31 ON pumiil ip Meters cease 118-31 Ophiomyxa flaccida Say..........0+++ 131 Ophionerers reticulata Say.......:.++ 131 Ophiostigma tsacantha Say.......060s 131 Ophiura appressa Say....c..cscecee 118-3 |\Opltrid se once to cose secant aenane 118 Ophiuroidea of Bermuda, 130, 131, 135, 640 OpossUM, DEVELOPMENT OF THE OssICULA AUDITA IN, Richard Wiel... .ssceceecnnosnuoeseaasesaoene Optics, MODERN, INFLUENCE OF THE NEw JENA GLASS ON, J. R. 103-7 ETOISE: .seicciie see vosmeceaee oe 626 @xbit off meteorsiesceeseooseeee eee 678 Order of Court for name ‘‘N. Y. ANC, SC? 2ticags actgscanescsceesecnseenee 3-5 ORD WAVetrelseoeancmcteeeeeee cece 529 Ore bodies (Black Hills)......... 294-315 Organization, N. Y. Ac. Sc...:.... 63, 483 ORIGIN OF THE WHITE AND VA- RIEGATED CLAYS OF THE NORTH SHORE OF LONG ISLAND, F. J. | PH Merrill oneeesecese: 113-6, 623-4 | OFERIS 0: earcemoam ace eee ee ee eae es I50-I OPEROCER AS ou ee eee ee a 180 Orthoclase; Black Hills.............. 262 OPER ODES ove sescido tore keaeeeeee 162 OFTMOM OLA oo eeesonen sous eon eee 162, 185 Orthoptera in Mammoth Cave....... 646 OFtROTRCCO. coe evevciisaweneeeeeeoer eee 53 INDEX. 707. Ortman ; ref, 522, 526, 528-33, 539, 540, 544 Osborn, H. F.; EXPLORATION BY THE AMERICAN MUSEUM PARTY IN THE Coma BeEps OF SOUTH- HARING WWAVONUIN Gracie istecenenciccceeece 665-6 Osborn, H. F.; ON THE RELATION OF THE CENTRA AND INTERCEN- TRA IN THE CERVICAL VERTE- BR OP LIZARDS, MOSASAURUS ANDER OPEUENODONEGcerecesccneceosecs Osborn, H. F.; REcENT Discov- ERIES AMONG THE DINOSAURG.... Osborn, H. F.; MAMMALIAN SuCc- CESSION IN AMERICA AS COoM- PARED WITH THAT IN EUROPE TN GE RSLTAR Vase asehes sme ecsnas Osborn, H. F.; UPON A COMPLETE SKELETON OF TYLOSAURUS Dys- PELOR, INCLUDING THE CARTI- LAGINOUS STERNUM..........0.0+. 658-60 Osborn, H. F.; UPON THE STRUC- TURE OF THE FEET OF THE Mu.Le-FootTep Hoc oF TExas... Osborn, H. F.; VISIT To THE 658-9 Como BLUFFS SE MION bis 667, 669-70 Osborn Heskee met sees ee 89, 107, 489 OssicuLA AUDITA IN THE Opos- SUM, DEVELOPMENT OF, R. EN IGT cas nantan sas GasOn tea aT ASaaeeTee 103-7 Ostergenisnel een sece aceite eccee 129 @stracods re wana Meee ase ta ied 53 OSTA C CGN ear a ainaraa ere eosre aes teicets 162 Ostwald, Prof. Wm.; Cor. Mem... 630 Os tympanicum continuous with Mieckelys; cantilagennacmssercccesses 104 Ovaries; Cynthia deani n, sp ...... 593 Rachy cardiumaramenrsce ces secretes 162 Pachygrapsus gracilis Saussure...... 526 UPALG CSU CE SUSP Mae eeien coat clas 532 P. tramsversus Gibbes .......... 526 LOMO NITED concines 050000000000 4000008 146 Paddles in 7ylosaurus Dyspelor..... 660 Rog sonwNeykescucete reeset 349 Ee USUTLAIER lain nenvetinie acces ononon tects 533-5 Pagurus sulcatus M.-Edw............ 534 IP trUCOlOG Gilby DESH nesancrerecces 535 J AOERTIEL TAD rep focedaGnubcodeesoobOsOnEOODO 173 WEAN EUCHIC Gene eee nee 41, 52, 53 Palemon affinis M.-Edw.......... Bee) se ayere) PN carivacius, Olivienmasaneesnn. 543 P. natator M.-Edw...........+. 538 IZ DINER AS Se dcbonooobeEbagoRndeoe 539 Palemonella tenuipes Dana.......... 538 JPOULQUPORUD sooa088 odoodeodos55eKcoD ek 145 Palconetlonmuauncccuccsnecsee 162, 185 Palzeontological Research in Scho- Ineybes Wel ooeduedocsoonocodc0004n000 669 PALAZONTOLOGICAL WoRK OF R. P. WHITFIELD, List OF FossILs, TyYPEs, etc., R. P. Whitfield.139-86 Paleontology, Vertebrate, Professor O. C, Marsh’s work in......... ... 645 Palzeozoic limestone of N. Y. and Westchester Cosiiiiis.dosveccseeses 114 JOGO ILE: 6 oo0006006060000000600006 183 J RUAN Ssopocgoesdsobece5o00e ean 145 Palzeozoic limestone once on site of Ibfoyover lielh SVG; sans noaoodososudossouneoc 115 PALAZOZOIC TERRANE BENEATH THE CAMBRIAN, G. F. Mat- the wi su ieaksseacacsccsenednnesieaccmat 41-56 EDL ATG SERA ar on arene Cites 185 PAR UPIA eile Seen eae nea a 536 Palinurus americanus Lamk... 536 EP eapeuspicatrelllemerceceeeeees 536 Polencneile UPPED ssocadeonea0080560 524 Pandalus tenwipes ...... Hey wciteeeeeise 544 POM OPC sic raat enaaneee occ eee Ree 162 Panopeus bermudensis Benedict and” Rathbun ss ecneenrenen 528 AAA AUN ODE ESS ACR URE DSR AHOBOR MERC 524 P. herbstii M.-Edw ......... 527, 528 P. herbstit var. serrata Saus- | SUME}-wiesisckis coweecunecestemaetis 528 IP aiduss Smaithipen ene en rener 528 Pans, Catalogue de 1’ Observatoire devs me nal kia mueeae 347, 348, 361 Parabolina ; Smith Sah ee ae 47 JOB SIGUOIS 06066 09050000000 000000008 160, 162 Paradoxides ; N. Brunswick, : 41, 42, 47, 23 Raradoxidianyzomestasseeneeseeeneecces Paranebalia lomgipes ...rccececsevecers Sy Paranebalia longipes Sars.........00 544 Zongipes Willemoes Suhm...... 544 PAV AWOMIG mem ianacceersaeenc cn secsenos 162 JAR OPI LOUIS Soob009000000 00050000000080 162 Barker inet. ance yen nen tonne 105 Parkers in @. sur ef tie sac aaeaae aaa 89 PASSERINE BIRDS or N.Y. STATE, SEQUENCES OF MOULTS AND PLUMAGES IN, J. Dwight, Jr.....640-1 Ie eNiRoValsy, INE SMa ANC. WSC coogoononesooue 25-6 Bauldines Nese lnicsyMienaynreeeseer 2 Paulmiersihy @s-eretiemaseeenseeeeere 89 Peach ?soneninsy nc: pean atone cere 55-6 Peat bogs, Present, exceed carbon- IfELOUSUS WAM PSeeeee merece ce 675 iReclchanaiWew Gs relic useeceneeemaeen 89 PROCLEN Se ec auauactinne eaianeoincemaceie Teles 163 rellew,, Caps sane tsp ameneeeeseceeeee 489 PCW RUA ER) acderacloioeieclelseoestottsiee saceeee 543 Peneus constrictus Stimpson......... 544 IE SMTOOU 86 dopc0bq00080d00 160050 524. Ps veletipe tis) DANA sweet eeeilels 544 PCRLACHINUS i tacniceenneen ke aeeeeee ee 147 708 INDEX. ROMLOMLEN Semen pris #5 siscisse seueoseicser 151) Pinus rigida ; Cape Cod........,... 662 PENEr CULT ES Resa ha dje sista set eeesaneo tas 147 | Pirrson, L. V.; ref..244, 263, 272, 275 TRERUCEL OD) COWMLULA Nesta oadeyceeig recesses 531 | Pisa bicornuta Latrielle............-.. 531 Peripharyngeal Band; Cynthia mac- P trispimosa catrielles. een aces: 531 GOSUPLOMUS IN, SPhteeeracee seein: BO: | ASIII a8 va deris cocscineeensaae sane sakes 173 PRELUPLOMUES: sa a.gcnewaseies) Clestie ates lisciets OAS EUAN AT AUO crpscopnoeaccodsecosoIbaneaace 106 ACHEPLOMUY Bij. weoiteina sericaeinaeemeeeeeats 163 | Placersiy Black Hallsisc..escseeseees 311-15 REP USOMOLG s0s\e sscjasisielyeseiaesice asses NOB) LVACOMCHIES a mace aeaaiaee asec e aes 686 SRB B ER TID OO OL CEBOS EG OSUSeCODC OTOL 103 | Plante ; Whitfield’s list.............. 145 REF USS OLED Fa Her ncieanelaneeiseeeerscise sees 173 | Plastic and lignitic clay; Elizabeth Persian, Old ; Avestan syntax ; In- lc ee a eRe mE Bae eeBeoncadnanadc toss 662 dex. Jocanumiy recs aatececees sete 588 | Plasticity of clays, Cause of......... 663 PERUVIANS, ASTRONOMICAL Cos- ¢ latocarpus, Intercentra of axis and MOGONY OF THE, Stanbury atlasuinic: cos .daceueaaeceies anemseseeoee 679 EVAR Ar) oc atelance sic eseceusacceees ORV SIS WW GiMAd WSs pocnnoddoootooseaboIe 53, 173, 174 Pes of ‘‘mule-footed’’ hog of EMCO CELUNUSH nei ees ce teteeeece cette 147 MONASH aanscseuen ww cumaeetensssii odes O56) AUER CHAS occoooqeunccocsace coonsecOC 53 RSters siete ae- eee eee 104, 345, 35? J UE AGHOND, sonocc boone rece 800880, 00006000 163 arpiola zie leiolsys ecb =the uaa stoeiel cece elaine OE EU OHOT UC soseocnocobacanococanosocccbec 17/2} Petrography of eruptive rocks ; TELE UH OLOTLOM UC ae Sane entel dees eee ae 173-4 BlackmeEnillsts. Sean neers nece DAA OA PLCUTOLL CII. emeeccececene nes eetee eee eee 174 PRELOP ORO eae eee ener eee WAS | PLC atlas se Gadencenn toe oecieseccee near 163 PEPUACOD Siena eal ft Un atne aoe ae eR 183 | Plumage, Relation of Moult to..640, 641 Phallusia koreano Traustedt......... (OMNIA DSS coacbboacbanonoaK0Dd Jo0Ge2660 183 Philological Ass’n of America; ref 644 | Podochela ritsed Stimpson............ 531 LE ROVA CEU AT eee sae enee eee ert eae DS 5) | LKOO OL NCHtUni esecade neste emcee eee 622 WE NOLATU UY Gi eta Susteren 163 | Political life of Peruvians controlled PROG RM santo ete nc mee Ee nRee eRe TOR) |) byrastronomiyecessenecteeeee ence ies 655 Phonolite family ; Black Hills, Polycarpa finmarkensis Wiaer....... 603 DHS DAO 27715 |e OLYPLENLODStSmeeeet sen teeesaaese cee tate 174 Phosphorescent substances at liquid Polypterus, Search in Egypt for, aiimitemMperatuneeneaerereeceeneeereree 656-8; > Prof. aE, BS Wilsonmsas.seeeensreeee 666 Phosphoric acid replaced by vanadic ROO) e; ACs ire fens meceececateenseer eee 89 INV OPALILESA .- tease taees-mencremee eee 628 | Pond; Stam cataloguesysss-seste sees 345-6 Photographic plate, Effect of uran- ; j}Porambomites):515.20).05.eeeee 151 ium or becquerel rays on........... 627) | PEOKCCUILON aonaaccuenietaeone eee eee 174 PHOTOGRAPHS OF MINERALS, etc., | Purcellana armata Gibbes.......... 533 Wa Ge eevisonas eset. 660) 1662=3)|\'Ronceliarid en re ere eae 533 Photographs to study meteors ....... 678 | Porphyry, Mica-diorite; Black Photography, Use of, to determine | pELITS Ws... Aes ficeeioceee eee ree ate eaee 281-4 vibration of a string..............++ 664-5 Porphyry, Quartz; Black Hills...275-81 TAU RUG TORAADS. coponiceGboon0 dss008005 Er 180, Porphyry, Quartz-egirite; Black PPREMONEDN cedeee Sinaee Sasa Eee 185 ANS: de suate leseemncen tees 248-57 Phyllocanid \.c.s2cef be. wtsteea aoe 53 Portland type rhyolite, quartz-por- Tap MOcartd ama eee eae ee GAA) ephyry.a: sa xccancsnessdceeeetecese meee 276-7 PHYLOGENY, THE MyTHOLOGY WOK LUMEE Lica cosa cs seicetnosaedenatee 529 AND, OF THE VERTEBRATE ILIO- Portunus seb@ M.-Edw ........00..20. 531 COLIC JUNCTION, G. S. Hunt- L. spinimanus Latreille........ 530 TINTON ie sc awaneniaeeenecepmaac ee 622, 623) POSITIONS AND PROPER MOTIONS PHYSICAL WORLD, THE PSYCHICAL | OF THE PRINCIPAL STARS IN THE AND, Prof. Hugo Munsterberg 673 CLUSTER OF COMA BERENICES, Piazzi\; stay cataloguess.cs-cceoesee 344 Win Ge Kiretz s3ceeeces 341-78, 647-8 Picea Canadenszs, Nill... .k.c0s--ese 680. |) Post;iC. Ac ref. sssceseen eeeeeeeee 678 Pickering, sHJC.5 rely. ccs. FO SGUITIOND, A ngocoadn coAbodeROBBeBEBONe 669 IE UO COG NCIS, Sooo osdocnooseep soo scbOBOOOe 180 VEL OCHINGLES te Mere n i meae se raeesees 622 Processa canaliculata Leach......... 537 SE ODUCLIUS Se SAR ECHR See atic se I5t TAHOE LOLS aime Nara R MMe Be sh ecetclstata at Finesse 183 Prostoma not the blastopore in Tel- EOS FES Sue anon ee eeteniccisisiasise 640 Protasis and apodosis, Avestan, compared with Sanscrit and Greece nt Me aoa ae Be 643 JP RUROLGIT Bio soo cocacchabceddanods0Go sO 50C 163 JORORDEU CMU scoss00bQ0080287 HR GHRECOSEC 155 CE OLOULO DS Hen ereh hepa ec araes siis oi ieind= 622 Rrotolemianwaunarssseses.es sec sees 55 TAS NERY het Shes NSB rose Oe MERITS 48, 52 Protolenus ; New Brunswick, 41, 42, 49, 51, 55 LPORDEOBOUIUT Bos s 00005000 s0n06G005000000 080 47 Protopeltura acanthura Brégger.... 47 LE SHOHTMOSE SEN Ol cose soabeeboe 47 UZ OCOZO CRE ER Re a sions 41 Protozoa ; \Whitfield’s list............ 145 IRLOLOZOAM Sytner neice seater ee reer 53 LETROEN UO EIIS a ech caeooocuscenbonad ooeCHnCee 622 Prudden, Prof. T. M.; Res Mem... 631 WEES CUUPUPILOCHUPLULC San REE ee oe Ree 53 JE SOTETODUUD 826s SBR GUOS SBE EBER BE a RGOEE 163 LESCU COLLIS setae Ree Nec eset nace ies eye JEM OT ROLIOHUS socs30805000000090000020000 163 Pseudosquilla ciliata Niers.,.......... 545 leyClaneell IKONS, oqdodoncosegoudbucebo- 673 PSYCHICAL AND PHysICAL WORLD, Prof. Hugo Munsterberg....... 673 PsyCHOLOGICAL MeTuHops, A Mop- IFICATION OF, B. B. Breese..... 625 J ECL AIEI GREE aE RBEE aR COSC COR TOC 164 ELCVULED ois Naseer on oaes 164 PG CLASP US: eek eters meres teen sean ea 183 LER NODA OB sto ugcpoabdoo0Kdobaedu00 400000 180 LARWGLCQU ET Olle nsasoceecntdas 0960050588000 164 JER AGM BMT Moosscecva 669/.000000600000 146 PUY LOMUCL YG) Siaeann ase eet ece cease 148 Publications, N. Y. Ac. Sc....13, 64, 484 PUEBLO BONILO, WoRK AT, R. E. Dod Seis tensecsesscoseconee: 667, 678 Pueblo ruins, Antiquity of............ 670 Pueblos, Navajoes allied to.......... 684 709 PUGET SOUND COLLECTIONS OF 1896, SOME ASCIDIANS FROM, VV SE pReitte iene cereecersisiascsteces 589-616 Pumpelly, R. ; Pupin, M.1.; Lonc ELECTRICAL WAVES, WITH EXPERIMENTAL DEMONSTRATIONS ......-.:0c+0c00-+ 674 Pupin, M. I.and S.G. F. Town- send ; MAGNETIZATION OF IRON WITH ALTERNATING CURRENTS, PRELIMINARY ACCOUNT.........-. 656-7 Pu pin yl Viewle sre tte erase eee 489 PYSYUSUS Geter ie Nase RECENT eS. 174 PA AL GSathapadececcudoonsdcacasdennschogd 174 PY TOKEN ES re a BA EEO ONE 265-7 PY GUD Sai eee AMOR ET Se 174 Quartz-zgirite-porphyry ...245-6, 248-57 Quartz-porphyry...... 245, 2460-7, 275-81 Quartzite, Pre-Cambrian, in Adiron- dacks | Quetelet, E.; Catalogue of stars...347-8 Radcliffe yearly results; Star Cata- LOGUE MN: taiat aa Retaueeaecr 349, 360 IRCA GRO AR Kari HOCH OBESE SO BOC 164, 689 | Ragged Top (Black Hills), lacco- TICS ee rem ea eR ean aacocancrice sen manta, Rails, R. R., break with drop rather than rise of temperature... 639 PONZO os aiese teeciec cone aae ee 164 Ranikiny rete ec Bpeoro ven aoe 539, 548 Rankin, W. R.; NOTES ON THE CRUSTACEA OF BERMUDA, COL- LECTED BY N. Y. UNIVERSITY EXPEDITION OF 1897 AND 1898.658-9 Rankin, W.R ; THE CRUSTACEA OF THE BERMUDA ISLANDS.....521-48 IM INIT EB ecsdesecobedcn 16G0R08080N0200 175 Rat in Mammoth Cave not blind... 646 Rathi bumy-sire tyes sesecaaeee ects 528, 529 Reathkerenelieescnnacaeactbesteceacrr 103 Rayleigh, Lord; Hon. Mem...... 630 TE CEPLECUIILE ee eee eee esse ees 145 Reception and Exhibition, Sixth Annual, of N. Y. Ac. Sc...57-89, 654 Reception and Exhibition, Seventh Anmuall sot eNeeVis ACH SCieaee 479-519 RECONNOISSANCE OF THE ELIZA- BETH ISLANDS, MAss., Arthur Sioa 4 INGpplonds Ol ndqnoaasoncosdosooncas 631 Rees, Professor J. K.; NOovEM- BER METEOR SHOWERG......--.--. 677-8 Rees, Professor J. K.; THE GREAT HORIZONTAL TELESCOPE FOR THE PARIS EXPOSITION, 710 INDEX. Rees, Professor J. K.; Rutherford ; ref............. 343, 398, 648 a Fes 4809, O78 IG elloyersea Jee YEAR Ue! ee podoeongapooccadde 489 TEAS) VSGHS 1k Uppepcoooonoonansd00000002 103 RELATION OF THE CENTRA AND SACCOCTINUS asacesecisten cise cterenent ron sette 147 INTRACENTRA IN THE CERVICAL Sacred Number Concepts, Origin VERTEBRA OF LIZARDS, Mosa- and Persistent Influence of, F. C. SAURS AND SPHENODON, H. F. SPEH Cr eenacanee suena lonceetee areas 629 Osborne cen tarscennetsser 679) Satlord); refs. ace. eee ee deaceeeene 353 Remipes cubensis Saussure......-- ++ 533 | Safford; Star catalogue....348, 350, 362 Religious life of Peruvians controlled St. John ; New Brunswick ; Fauna, by AStrOnOMy, 6... s- ese .eseeereeennel 655 43-4, 55 Report, Annual, of Librarian, N. St. Johns; Newfoundland; Fauna 50 IV ACS Crs aaasasansacesten electisisitaeines 634 Sakuntala ; Unity of Time 6 Report, Annual, of Recording Sec- Sag Teaieans (eecleaiiay scien ¢ retary, IN. VY. ACs SCoccccreeremenss 632) py: Livingston Farrand 671-2 Report, Annual, of Treasurer, N. Salt.; rape 47 NEVA: Se settee eeeneeee sees sees enarees 634 Sand Dollars (See Echinoidea). Reproduction, Peculiar, of the Ga- Cpe 1a MeCtOpluyitetcermenaateesetencacecetses 688-9 Cie ith Mie ee ade ULNOLLES ©. \s-sssencens eee iE Reproductive ane Cynthia su- Sanscrit and Greek , Avestan pro- PE, WUD? oc donocodagRe DoGOubGSOAdUDOSOOBOD0 592 tasis and apodosis compared with 643 Rape Staite Bsc ra Unie me 8 Repsold measuring machine ......... 648 Pt as SAE een ang coer deg oa Respighi; Star catalogue........... 348 | Savigny, M ; ref... nee ego RELEPOLK Oar aceieveioseepeceecseeeene cee 148 | Saville, Dr M. H; Notes on IRATE Soa bopobosooboneGnpacoo nS KOCONBaD SES 151i THE MEXICAN CODEX TELLERI- Rveuterselusa ble pmehesdsesseenaesee cece 89 ANO=IREMENSIS@y ae eceeeeeoeeeneaee 684 TURUOP ONG eetocoucemaceancanena wes: 148 | Saville, M. H.; ZAPOTECAN AN- Rit GHOWella sienene cee sesescisncoscesc E500) PIQUITIES)2. she ccereceee aero 642 RAYNOCANINUS 6. aces carenenercneceeees P75 Saville; Min kdss nen.sescn sees 89 Rhyolite family............... PY polyps fsa & | SPR ATAU es copa Asko oo NbU Go cuSer SoS ec: 164 TRECCU AIOE a RO SES Eee eae 689 | Say; ref...118, 130, 131, 526, 528, 540 Richards, El Mus ref. .css-meqseeeese 89 | Scevog: IVI vevvvecereeveeseceeeeseeecens 175 Richardson Conta mea ater menace 89 SCOLELID Oia caweeneneane nea a ee eeeereee 175 Ries, Henrich; PRELIMINARY SCONLOULE CAS amaeaeea odes Sede eeneees 164 NOTES ON THE PHYSICAL PROP- SARL TB 3s Tae CCHOOOSCOTONROOOOSS 689 ER IESRO RN GIA. Gae ee nee 661, 663 | Scapharca.. Bae Votercieupeieiscinirele ciel cieieres meets 164 Ries, Heinrich; ref................ 89, 489 Scaphiocelia ganbaon chondosodeoonnaasaK0= I5! Rig- Vein (Avestan syntax), Index SCAPRUOCTINUS sroeeeeeeeseveeeeeceeeeees 148 TAPE Ta iar enn en eee 588 | SCAPHIS .eeeeeeeeeeereeeeneteetetteeeny 180-1 Risso sicher se eee ee. 537 ISCEMELIA. «Woah aeectoccscceecereccnon eateries 52,53 Ritter, wAuenebecc cise el naceeae teen 647 Schaeffer, F.C. ; Inc. Mem....... aon Eee Ritter, Wm. E.; SoME ASCIDIANS Scheiner's «Der Photographie FROM PUGET SOUND COLLECTION der Gestirne 12 See ceechcoreee 401 OF L806. ao esucseaaesense eee 589-616 Schist, Manhattan, on shores. of Ritter, Wn. E.; ref., Long Tee oa coe Sonate siseae Ii4 590, 608, 609, 612, 614, 616 Schizocranta ish cletins siewescoe seemed eeeties I5I mobineon ttaricealonicee eae 346 | Schizodesma w.r..eeeevevveersrseereeeees 160 Rogers ; Star catalogue......-sese<+-- 348 | micaniea! aares ee 3 eee: 164, 186 Rosenbusch; PElasececeees 258, 259, 265 Sok Seere Mas ee Whee 403; pe ROStCEULHEG.) neces sicccievceeeas a iceeeenees 175 Se OSSEhs a eet or. Mem..... 630 ROSLELIELES ewan ence eee ene nece ee ieee 175 | CHOLAR, THE NEw; His Aims Ruby Basin (Black Hills); Cam- PAD Aree aut oR ee brian siliceous OreS............05 297-301 Schiipphade aCe aee Faas a2; 255 Rumker; Star catalogue............ 346 | Scientific Alliance; Gift to N. Y. Rusby, H. H.; ref.......ssseeeeeseeees 489 | Ke, Sc..b.10 see ee 634 Russel, Prof. I. C ;..226, 238, 240, 24% Scylavid@....ccecescsececessssensnneerees 535 INDEX. 711 Scyllarus equinoctials Lund...... Bp SIS) SYZOHZEET, 6 sa ccondoguoooOoOOBeMBMeneE rece Ee 146 S. sculptus M-Edw............++ 535 | Smoky Hill cretaceous beds (Kan- Scyphomeduse ; Puget Sd............. 687| sas); Mosasaur found............... 659 Sea-Cucumbers (See Holothurio SOLAR RADIATION, Cope White- LLCO VR Cae sich sdarcisieaisa ssc ealsiarasctinetta DOUS Crrare meena neeeaas s ose vs 647 Sea Urchins (See chino idec)..... OT BIE 0 cece ba de tootbopcadnsacedecqoReeee 164 Seal, Remains of prehistoric ; Man- SoME ASCIDIANS FROM PUGET Ivevetamiplicl ye ian cussccci scsi: seas ass 681 SOUND COLLECTION OF 18096, SES" (Diss )) JEN Y Goashasonscocssassaned: 647, | WV ten Ee ECIete Reema eeeae 589-616 SEARCH IN EGypT FoR POLyp- SOME FEATURES OF THE DRIFT ON TERUS, Prof E. B. Wilson..... 666} STATEN IsLAND, N. Y., Arthur SECTION AT SCHOHARIE, ON THE, Hollick scene eee imaera aie QI-102 els SECVENSOMY occ iccue ssc: 667-9 | Souls, Esquimo belief in transmis- SAECTOA GICs sonntioobsnsavesQnocOd Bonne 164. |. Siom ORs inee: reeecemenen eee 684 Sempeniirefeee sac IIg, 120, 133| SOUND WaveEs, ON ABSORPTION Semperia bermudensts Heilp......123, 124 AND REFLECTION OF, BY POROUS SENFF EXPEDITION, SECOND, TO MATERIALS, F. L. Tufts 618, 620 NILE, Bashford Dean............ 666 | Spencer, F. C.; ORIGIN AND PER- SENFF ZOOLOGICAL EXPEDITION, SISTENT INFLUENCE OF SACRED N. R. Harrington............ 645, 047 NUMBER CONCEPTS...........000-0 629 SGHOGP LIB soosdecosoodscosaoooeUOtyaeaeer LO4 Spengler peer ese aa reer 545 SAH FUIUISOIS: coodonaotongSa66 sbodbdoR. SOHOre WS I SMAAAAAUILIS Scsaonoonoadoodsocadeoouocc 688 Seven wilte cin laneliacscjoeataceses sais 480) SPLeriala eee nena ears 164 Sexual organs; Déstoma molle n. sp 606 | SPACrexOCNUS. .occeveccevcesscevececeeee 183 Shaler and Foerste ; ref............... P| AAA OUGEr Oc Wasonoodesnnsondacodensocoaens 103 Shaw, W. R.; THE SKULL OF SPHENODON, LIZARDS AND Mosa- THE CHIMAROID Bee carers 621, 622| sAuRS, ON THE RELATION OF Sheeptail Gulch (Black Hills) ; CENTRA AND INTERCENTRA IN Camb. -siliceous Ores.............06 302-5 THE CERVICAL VERTEBRA OF, SHORELINE OF NANTUCKET, SOME Hi. Osborne elas 679 RECENT CHANGES IN, Chas. Spiders in Mammoth Cave. ........ 646 Barnard iiaiisadienuecssc sec cesceses Shop UCL ata ubncantoneasuanobouddeookse once 152 Stcyonia carinata M.-Edw........... INS SYA AIGAe) on apabodacdodcocagubosodadobe 152 Sicarinata Oliviersr.... ss. ABSA ANS DUOUZS Hac ccae cee ee eee eee EEE ee TET 181 S. Carinata Spence Bate........ 544 Spodumene deposits in Yellowstone SWOTITIEI Bons OAD C ELROD BSE OC RORROnseceaeee 164. Par es acs oe Boas is) ARNG Maus eas apy tae 671 SW AGTLIOT Bla baenonconososuandadeocenesease ASRS Ae JER LOIS siocncobhon0s00 oscoododusnenec 165 SILVER, NATIVE, ON THE FINDING Starfishes (see Asteroidea and Ech- OF, IN DAvipsoN Co., N.C., G tnodermca). EP RGUIT Zee ee icine manacias 623-4 | STARS, THE POSITIONS AND PROPER Silver, Peculiar, found at Silver | MOTIONS OF THE PRINCIPAL, IN eT INES Cee ar tie dewacecsaessesis 624) THE CLUSTER OF COMA BEREN-. Six Year Catalogue of Stars......... 347 ICES) VV. Car Koretznca 341. 78, 647-8 SKULL OF THE CHIM/ROID, R. Staten Island; General Geologic W. Shearman.................. 621, 622 Conditions siy:tkeeecesuesene eee 91-2 SKULL, ZAPOTECAN, A, Hrdlicka.. 642) STATEN ISLANDS, N. Y., SOME DIMES Treen ener ee uk daneainahceeee 608 FEATURES OF THE DRIFT ON, A. Sina eee ire terre eneaceacs cake. Soil o Holicky sneer utenennnae seers gI-102 SMrithyne te wens ses eve tciasce cos 528 | Static loop distinguished from dy- SUMAN ya mne hese ete ewan ue iioe ls 315| namic hysteresis loop............... 657 Syamiin, WG, Aly IM codéocoadonoossenoace ANBYO)||| SYA POMIUE Sannmnneecososod 0590600000000 536 ST eee ea ecg 89 | Stenopus hispidus Latreille........... - 536 Syomhdn. Vals JSL8 skis n3 Gopesdasoneenaoas AS OM S£e7 Of Lecas aac cancecucnceeoesesececes 52 Swat, Jal, 18 TRA nasanensconedseoenees 89 | Stevenson, J. J.; ON THE SEC- Smith, Ed. (Newfoundland); Ter- TION AT SCHOHARIE, N. Y ...... 667-9 VAN Osta eseeer sve nesiecccinsce skis 445 45-52, 55 | stevenson, J. J.; ref....0.......-.2.. 89 Smith; Prof. T. C.; ref......221=2) 245)| S72chopus ....i..cc2coesoeccsenereesee 11g, 135 270 ,273, 291, 294, 297, 301, 307, 309, | Stachopus diaboli Heilp., 11g, 120, 121, 133 313, 315 712 INDEX. 6 / RULES. MOIS Geppoacanosaooc 120 S. bankensis LUdw...........0++- 129 S. mibtt Semp ...119, 120, 133, 640 S. inherens O. F. Mill, S. xanthomela Heilp............ 119 126, 127, 128, 129, 134, 640 SYGHG DOA paacoponncobabocoocodcsaG5b0b0R0 148 S. tnnominata Ludw........... 129 Stimpson; ref., 529, 532, 534, 539, 541, Ss 70S2O/@ NICUIN es eeee eee ee 126, 134 544, 590, 600, 601, 604, 605, 610 S. vivipara Oerst...... 126, 134, 640 Stimeyy wy. Mies refrac reeccssosenes HOO)|(Symaptas:.a.cns-eeeseeeeeeee ee eee 125 DSLOMLALOPOA Gimmes aacescteraeecces YAS I WS) AeHeeEdaent peceaponesddocooddoonone 56° 117 (SOMA TOT oka sien bbnacnobanen pasbenst IYNSS WE SIENA OGIO. oonocosuosdeob00000000000 165 Stone, (Ganka ureters eae eens AKO} SEALED ILO encdceoa 20003007200 205005560 165 SLAP OLOULMATCHLOLO antes atone AT NVSVMOCLUOLCs suet seep aee eae eer ee ree eeee 148 SAG UOMO ARUES cocoandcocadagonesonen 152 | Syntax, Avestan; Index locarum... 587 STRESSES IN RAILS DUE TO THER- Index) merunaeee ees see eeeeeeeee 586-7 MAL CHANGES, P. H. Dudley. .638-9 | Syrdvgopord.......0..ccceesececncnencsses 146 SUALCRIAILO LILI eee Ee ee ee 153 String Vibration, Formula of........ 665 | Tail of Tylosaurus dyspelor......... 660 RSL OMLALODOL Daten eee eee eee DAS LACHEALA) Wace setae nen eeeeaeeeae 165 SLONUOUM Graces ceisan caches Seek cian DHS WW LaDe sve iat oat one eRe eee 165 DSLHOMLD ODES Nanntet eh ince een eG 146 | Taylor; Star catalogue.............. 346 Siaxovaver, Ole 13)a8. ate Bagadsooodonoonbnceses Sil Mert, Oss ere hi 5.422 ee ee eee 89 ISZHOD/LOC OTL eae easee eee eee eee ee 152| Telegraphy, Long distance; How ISOM QOIITELE occnonctoriGaseocbn0ds 200006 152-3 retarded xs iceasSsascsscaes esac nee 674 STRUCTURE OF THE CHINOOK LAN- Teleost eggs; Two types according GUAGE, J. R. Swanton.......... 654-5 to holoblastic forms of cleavage.. 640 STRUCTURE OF THE FEET OF THE TELEOST FISHES, OBSERVATIONS Mu.t-FootepD Hoc oF TEXxAs, ON THE GERM LAYERS OF, F. FSH OSbornr.sche.cnecoees sence 658=0)) = Basumnertesss seers 626, 639-40 StruviesMretyasa sums sema-eane nent 352| Telephony, Long distance; How Struve’s Star Catalogue. fysscs05-5.00 361 retarded ys sucuicciecwecne seen eee 674 MOLT IEULLE PAGS le Shine terse ee ER 667 | Telescope, Paris; No dome.... .... 639 SYALO OSs Soaoebinos 590, 595, 604, 612 | TELESCOPE, THE GREAT HORIZON- SuewoOseeELerdmatecsenseeseee ee 604 TAL, FOR THE PARIS EXPOSITION Ss MOG NelSiolwohoL oe nstuscodueee 603 WNP RIGOTO, Ifo 1S IVES) Soocsqacacs soe 638-9 S. stimpsoni n. sp., RMT TE ore pO RR SAO OGGOUAD A520 qe 165 6O2=35 Ol2 OA ONO) lipeli7zz a aanreeeene se neeeeree eee ee Rete 165 SLY LASTH Bera sctehicteenia tenis inane WANS) |fp SRT UO BN acoococsneosses6nGo5020005¢ 157, 165 Stylo-hyal joined with columella in HEUtMOpsts. Saas caasin dasa sees eno 185 SYM HOCKOD. ca spooncenoagidenosoeGcane: MOE} || Wiese Come, eccacdesacvodcssosces 678 SUOULILES to. scrrsccecteelseceneeeeceten eae 175 | Temperature, Effect of, on phos- Sugar Loaf Hill Laccolite; Black phorescent substances .............. 657-8 FUlLSs carerenncutescoeteceaeene ates 209-12 | TEMPERATURE OF GASEOUS CE- Sulphide, Calcium, Phosphorescent; LESTIAI BODIES ON THE, A. S. How made non-luminous.......... 657-0) me Chessiniessceceneaseeeee eneseeeee 647-8 Sumner, F. B.; OBSERVATIONS ON LONER’ bib. scohceces eee eee 165 THE GERM LAYERS OF TELEOST Tentacles ; Cyzthia deanit n. sp.... 597 ISELES S.cameenesaeaneceome scare 626, 639-40 C. macrostphonus n. sp... 597 Sumner, F,B.; Recipient of New- Styela stinipsont Ni. SP......0.0+ 602 bury RWesearchehmmdsaeene-ceecetece 647 | Ten Year Star Catalogue............. 349 Sumner (ha ineiesseeee eee 80) Leveled. wissccedousenck eee sa eee 176 Sunset Mine (Black Hills); Quartz- Ler eBr aren <0 sesecsdunessace tose 153 ee irite=porphynyeeesssesseteceee eee 254 || Uereuratul adenoid ee toessesteeee 153 RS AAO TIL ot eo EEY Rene Ban GeciesnacOu5OG0 D7 5 ||) Leveoratlei2a eee eee ee 153 SULT CULILES NTS Ae TS OES 1 EERE Pee LTS ENERO Hats cctctlonl Sena tesosore con meee 165 Swamps, Carboniferous, Present Terminal moraine ; Staten Id...... 92-102 ‘peat bogs exceed ...........cseceeeee 675 | Terrane, New Brunswick, Sections Swanton, J. R.; THE STRUCTURE OF oaths site kagtiocetedtesl tie dont seater 42 OF THE CHINOOK LANGUAGE....654-5 | TERRANE, PALA:OZOIC, BENEATH SYMADLD, siedervacsecasiaue eer ese eee 35| THE CAMBRIAN, G. F. Mat- Synapta acanthia n. Sp......129; 134, 040)) “CHEW!